Skip to main content

Full text of "Annual calendar of McGill College and University 1894-1895"

See other formats


CL ee 


“ 


eee 


aA 


ase thie ed Wh 
ANSE ap wit eh pings 





cGill University Libraries 


Mil INNA 






M<SGILL 
UNIVERSITY | 
LIBRARY _ 




















ee ee ee 
Pret 





SS 














ANNUAL CALENDAR 


eG AY COLLEGE 
CSNIVE RISE 
MONTREAL 





T= = ¢ a. 
2 oh \ » 
et : 
FOUNDED UNDER BEQUEST OF THE HON. JAMES McGILL,; 
ERECTED INTO A UNIVERSITY BY ROYAL CHARTER 
IN 1821, AND RE-ORGANIZED BY AN 
AMENDED CHARTER IN 1852. 


SESSION 1894—95 


atoutreat : 


PRINTED FOR THE UNIVERSITY BY JOHN LOVELL & Son. 





1894 











ADDENDA ET CORRIGENDA. 


Partial Students are required to pay a fee of $2.00 for the use 
of the College grounds, unless they sign and send to the Dean of the 
Faculty a declaration of their intention not to use the grounds. 


On page 18, line 16 from top, after the words ‘“‘ This ceases 


after 1895” should be added “except in cases of severe illness or 
domestic affliction.” 


~—s ——— ——__—_________ _ — —_— _ ~_ 


The List of Grgduates corrected to June, 1894, and the Zxamr- 
nation Papers (price 75 cents) of the Session 1893-94, are 
published separately, and may be obtained on application to the 
Secretary, or through booksellers. 








oberning Bodp Of th: Gniversit. 
; VISITOR: 


HIS EXCELLENCY THE RIGHT HONOURABLE ‘HE 
EARL OF ABERDEEN, M. A. (Oxon), P.C. 


GOVERNOR-GENERAL OF CANADA, ETC. 
GOVERNORS : 
[Being the Members of the Royal Institution for the Advancemeni of Learning.] 


THE Hon. SIR DONALD A. SMITH, K.C.M.G., LL.D. (Hon. 
Cantab.), President and Chancellor of the University, 
JOHN H.R. MOLSON, Esa, 
JOHN MOLSON, Eso. 
SIR JOSEPH HICKSON, 
WILLIAM C. McDONALD, Eso. 
HUGH McLENNAN, Eso. 
GEORGE HAGUE, Eso. 
EDWARD B. GREENSHIELDS, Esq., B.A. 
SAMUEL FINLEY, Eso. 
ANDREW FREDERICK GAULT, Esa. 
HON. JOHN SPROTT ARCHIBALD, M.A., D.C.L. 
CHARLES J. FLEET, Esq., B.A., B.C.L. 
(The Board of Governors has, under the Royal Charter, the power to frame Statutes. 
to make Appointments, and to administer the Finances of the University,) 


PRINCIPAL. 
(The Vice-Principal, during vacancy of the Principalship, discharges his duties.) 


(The Principal has, under the Statutes, the general superintendence of all affairs of 
the College and University, under such regulations as may be in foree, 
a ‘ > 


FELLOWS : 
SIR WILLIAM DAWSON, M.A., LL.D., F.R.S., C.M.G., Governors’ cred 
Fellow. . 
ALEXANDER JOHNSON, M.A., LL.D., D.C.L., F.R.S.C., Vice-Principal 
and Dean of the Faculty of Arts. ~ 


MENRY ASPINWALL HOWE, LL.D., Governors’ Fellow. 
« REv. GEORGE CORNISH, M.A., LL.D., Elective Fellow, Faculty of Arts. 
Rev. D. H. MACVICAR, D.D., LL.D., Principal of the Presbyterian College, 
Montreal, 





JOHN REDPATH DOUGALL, M.A., Representative Fellow in Arts. 
REv. J. CLARK. MURRAY, LL.D., F.R.S:C., Elective Fellow, Faculty of 
Arts. 
-HENRY T. BOVEY, M.A., D.C.L., LL.D., F.R.S.C., M.Inst.C.E., Dean of 
the Faculty of Applied Science. 
BERNARD J. HARRINGTON, B.A., Ph.D., F.G.S., F.R.S.C., Elective 
Fellow, Faculty Applied Science. 
Rev. E. I. REXFORD, B.A., Governors’ Follow. 
REV. CANON HENDERSON, M.A., D.D. (Dublin), Principal of the Montreal 
Diocesan Theological College. 
Very Rev. R. W. NORMAN, M.A., D.C.L., Governors’ Fellow. 
S. P. ROBINS, M.A., LL.D., Principal of McGill Normal School. 
FREDERICK W. KELLEY, B.A., Ph.D. (Cornell), Representative Fellow in 
Arts. 
Rev. JAMES BARCLAY, M.A., D.D. (Glasgow), Governors’ Fellow. 
~-ROBERT CRAIK, M.D., Dean of Faculty of Medicine. 
REV. WILLIAM M. BARBOUR, D.D. (Yale, U.S.), Principal of the Con- 
gregational College of British North America. 
N. W. TRENHOLME, M.A., D.C.L., Dean of the Faculty of Law, 
T. WESLEY MILLS, M.A. (Toronto), M.D., F.R.S.C., Representative Fellow 
in Medicine. 
DUNCAN McEACHRAN, D.V,S., Dean ofthe Faculty of Comparative Medi- 
cine and Veterinary Science. 
MALCOLM C. BAKER, D.V.S., Elective and Representative Fellow in Com- 
parative Medicine and Veterinary Science. 
Riv, A. T. LOVE, B.A., B.D, Principal Morrin College, Quebec, Q. 
ALEXANDER FALCONER, B.A., B.C.L., Representative Fellow in Law, 
Rev: CHAS. A. TANNER, Principal St. Francis College, Richmond, Oy 
CHAS. E. MOYSE, B.A. (London), Elective Fellow, Faculty of Arts, - 
JOHN COX, M.A. (Cantab), Elective Fellow, Faculty of Arts. 
R. F,. RUITTAN, B.A,., M.D., Elective Fellow, Faculty of Medicine. 
“WM: McLENNAN, B.C.L., Representative Fellow in Law. 
C. Ht McLEOD, Ma.E., F.R.S.C., Representative Fellow in Applied Science. 
Rev.°C, R. FLANDERS, B.A., Principal Stanstead Wesleyan College, Stan- 
stead, Que. 
C. H. GOULD, B.A., Governors’ Fellow. 
Rev. W. I. SHAW, M.A., LL.D., Principal of the Montreal Wesleyan Theo- 
logical College. ; 
F, G. FINLEY, M,D., M.B. (London), Representative Fellow in Medicine, 
FRANK D. ADAMS, M.A.Sc., Ph.D. (fleidelburg), Representative Fellow in 
Applied Science. 

(The Governors, Principal and Fellows constitute, under the Charter, the Corporation 
of the University, which has the power, under the Statutes, to frame regulations touch- 
ing the Course of Study, Matriculation, Graduation and other Educational matters, and 
to grant Degrees.) 


SECRETARY, REGISTRAR AND BURSAR :— 
[And Secretary of the Royal Institution.] 
OFFICE, East WING, MCGILL COLLEGE. 


Office Hours: 9 TO 5. 


JAMES W. BRAKENRIDGE, B.C.L., Acting Secretary, address Secretary’s Office, 
McGill College, Residence, 117 Shuter Str et. 
SAMUEL R, BURRELL, Clerk, 588 Cadieux Street. 





Principal and Professors Emeriti. 
SY c 


| Xetaining their Rank and 7 tles, but retired from active work. | 


SIR WM. DAWSON, LL.D., F.R.S., C.M.G. 


Emeritus Principal and Professor in the I 
HENRY ASPINWALL HOWE, LL.D, 


‘aculty of Arts. 


Emeritus Professor in the kaculty of Arts, 
WM. WRIGHT, M.D. 
Lmeritus Professor in the hacully of Medicine. 
Dy C, MacCALLUM, M.D, 
Limeritus Professor in the Facult y of Medicine. " 
MATTHEW HUTCI IINSON, D.C.L. 
Emeritus Professor in the Faculty of Law. 
lion. J. EMERY ROBIDOUX, D.C.L. 


Limeritus Professor in the Faculty of L 


Cw, 








Officers of Jnsteuction, 


PROFESSORS. 


ALEXANDER JOHNSON, M.A., LL.D, (Dublin) ; D.C,L., F.R.5,C. 
Senior Moderator (Math. and Phys.), and late Classical Scholar Trin. Coll., Dub. 
Peter Redpath Professor of Pure Mathematics, Vice-Principal 
and Dean of the Faculty of Arts. s Prince of Wales Tetracs, 
Sherbrooke Street. 
Rrv. GEORGE CORNISH, M.A., Lhd. 
Hiram Mills Professor of Classical Literature. 177 Drummond Street. 
PIERRE J. DAREY, M.A., B.C.L., LL.D., Offiever d’ Académie, 
Professor of French Language and Literature. 39 McGill College Av. 
ROBERT CRAIK, M.D. 
Dean of the Faculty of Medicine. and Professor of Hygiene. 1 Prince of Wales Terrace, 
Sherbrooke Street. 
N. W. TRENHOLME, Q.C., M.A., D.C.L. 
Dean of the Faculty of Law, and Gale Professor of Roman 
and Public Law. Rosemont, Cote St. Antoine. 
HON. J. S.C. WURTELE, D.C.L. 
Professor of Law of Real Estate. 78 Union Avenue, 
GILBERT P. GIRDWOOD, M.D., F.R.S.C. 
Professor of Chemistry, Faculty of Medicine. go University Street. 
Rev. J. CLARK MURRAY, LL.D. (Glasgow), F.R.S.C. 
Professor of Logic, and John Frothingham Professor of Mental 
and Morel Philosophy. 340 Wood Av., Cote St. Antoine. 
BERNARD J. HARRINGTON, B.A., Ph,D., F.G.S., F.R.S.C. 
David J. Greenshields Professor of Chemistry and Mineralogy, 
and Lecturer in Assaying. 295 University Street. 
THOMAS G. RODDICK, M.D. 
Professor of Surgery. 80 Union Avenue, 
WILLIAM GARDNER, M.D. 
Professor of Gynxcology. 109 Union Avenue. 
HENRY T. BOVEY, M.A., M.tInst. C.E., D.C.L., LL.D., F.R.S.C., 
late Fellow Queen’s College, Cambridge. 
Dean of the Faculty of Applied Science, William Scott Pro- 
fessor of Civil Engineering and Applied Mechanics. 
Sunnandene, Ontario Avenue. 
CHARLES E. MOYSE, B.A. (London) 
Molson Professor of English Language and Literature, 
Lecturer in History. ong Siieeanine Seaaee. 
Cc. H. McLEOD, Ma.E., F.R.S.C. 
Professor of Surveying and Geodesy and Lecturer on Descriptive Geometry, 
Supt. of Meteorological Observatory. Observatory McGill College. 
LEONIDAS HEBER DAVIDSON, Q.C., M.A., D.C, L. 
Professor of Commercial Law. 146 Metcalfe Street, Office 190 St. James. 
FRANCIS J. SHEPHERD, M.D. 
; Professor of Anatomy, 152 Mansfield Street, 
FRANK BULLER, M.D. 
Professor of Ophthalmology and Otology. 123 Stanley Street. 
JAMES STEWA RT, M.D. 
Professor of Medicine and Clinical Medicine. 285 Mountain Street. 
GEORGE WILKINS, M.D. 
Professor of Medical Jurisprudence and Lecturer in Histology, 898 Dorchester St. 
D. P. PENHALLOW, B.Sc. (Boston Univ.), F.R.S.C., F.R.M.S. 
Professor of Botany. McGill College. 








| - 
| 6 eneral Statement. 
. C Y? 


SESSION OF 1894-95. 
The Sixty-second Session of the University, being the Forty-second under the 
amended Charter, will commence in the autumn of 1894. 
| By Virtue of the Royal Charter, granted in 1821 and amended in 1852, the 
Governors, Principal and Fellows of McGill College constitute the Corporation 
| of the University; and, under the Statutes framed by the Board of Governors 
with the approval of the Visitor, have the power of granting Degrees in all the 
Arts and Faculties in McGill College and Colleges affiliated thereto. 
The Statutes and Regulations of the University have been framed on the most 
| liberal principles, with the view of affording to all classes of persons the greatest 
| possible facilities for the attainment of mental culture and professional training, 
: In Its religious character the University is Protestant, but not denominational ; and 
while all possible attention will be given to the character and conduct of Students, 
no interference with their peculiar views will be sanctioned. 
The educational work of the University is carried on in McGill College, 
| Montreal, and in the Affiliated Colleges and Schools. 
| I. McGILL COLLEGE, . 
: THE FacuLtty oF Arrs.—The complete course of study extends over four 
Sessions of eight months each; and includes Classics and Mathematics, 
Experimental Physics, English Literature, Logic, Mental and Moral Science, 
| Natural Science, and one Modern Language or Hebrew. The course of study 
. is, with few exceptions, the same for all Students in the first two years ; but in 
the third and fourth years extensive options are allowed, more especially 
. in favour of the Honour Courses in Classics, Mathematics, Mental and Moral 
: Science, Natural Science, English Literature, Modernand Semitic Languages. 
Certain exemptions are also allowed to professional students. The course 
: of study leads to the Degrees of B.A., M.A. and LL.D. 
: The Degree of B.A. from this University admits the holder to the study of the 
learned professions without preliminary examination, in the Provinces of . 
Quebec and Ontario, and in Great Britain and Ireland, etc. 

THE DONALDA SPECIAL CouRsE IN ARTs provides for the education of women, 
in separate classes, with course of study, exemptions, degrees and honours 
similar to those for men, 

THE FACULTY OF APPLIED SCIENCE provides a thorough professional training, 
extending over three or four years, in Civil Engineering, Mechanical Engi- 

. neering, Mining Engineering and Assaying, Electrical Engineering, and Prac- 
| tical Chemistry, leading to the Degrees of Bachelor of Applied Science, Master 


‘ ; ; : ye: 
of Engineering, and Master of Applied Science. 
THE FACULTY OF MEDICINE.—The complete course of study in Medicine extends 
over four Sessions of six months each, and one Summer Session of three ‘ 


months in the third Academic Year, and leads to the Degree of M D., C.M. 
Under new regulations, it will hereafter extend over four sessions of nine 
months each. 
THE FACULTY Of COMPARATIVE MEDICINE AND VETERINARY SCIENCE.—The 
complete course extends over three Sessions of six months each, and leads to 
the Degree of D.V.S. 
THE Facuiry or Law.—The complete course of law extends over three Sessions 
of six months each, and leads to the Degrees of B.C.L. and D.C.L. 
Il, AFFILIATED COLLEGES. 

Students of Affiliated Colleges are matriculated in the University, and may 
pursue their course of study wholly in the Affiliated College, or in part in McGill 
College,and may come up to the University Examinations on the same terms as 
the students of McGill College, 





tr ia nee eee ee 








MoRRIN COLLEGE, Quedec.—Is affiliated in so far as regards Degrees in Arts and 
Law. [Detailed information may be obtained from Rev. A. T. Love, B.Ay 
Principal. ] 

Sr, FRANCIS COLLEGE, Richmond, P.Q.-—Is affiliated in so far as regards the 
Intermediate Examinations in Arts. [Detailed information may be obtained 
from the Rev. C. A. TANNER, Principal. ] . 

Tur STANSTEAD WESLEYAN COLLEGE, Stanstead, P.Q.—Is affiliated in so far 
as regards the Intermediate Examination in Arts, [ Detailed information may 
be obtained from the Rev. C. R. FLANDERS, B.A., Principal.] 

Ill. AFFILIATED THEOLOGICAL COLLEGES. 

Affiliated Theological Colleges have the right of obtaining for their students 
the advantage, in whole or in part, of the course of study in Arts, with such facil- 
ities in regard to exemptions as may be agreed on. 

THE CONGREGATIONAL COLLEGE OF BRITISH NortTH AMERICA, Montreal, 
Principal, REV. WILLIAM M.) BARBour, D.D., 55 McTavish St. 

THE PRESBYTERIAN COLLEGE, MONTREAL, in connection with the Presbyterian 
Church in Canada. Principal, Rev. D. H. MAcVicar, D.D., LL.D., 69 
McTavish St. 

THE DIocESAN COLLEGE OF MONTREAL, Principal, REV. CANON HENDERSON, 
M.A., D.D., 896 Dorchester St. ' 

THE WESLEYAN COLLEGE OF MONTREAL. Principal, REv. W.1. SHAW, M.A., 
LL.D., 228 University St. 

[Calendars of the above Colleges and all necessary information may be 
obtained on application to their Principals. ] 

IV. McGILL NORMAL SCHOOL. 

THe McGiLti NorMat SCHOOL provides the training requisite for Teachers of 
Elementary and Model Schools and Academies. Teachers trained in this 
School are entitled to Provincial Diplomas, and may, on conditions stated in 
the announcement of the School, enter the classes in the Faculty of Arts for 
Academy Diplomas and for the Degree of. B.A, Principal, S. P. RoBins, 
LL.D., 30 Belmont St., Montreal. 

V. AFFILIATED HIGH SCHOOLS, ETC. 

The Trafalgar Institute for the higher education of women, Simpson St., Montreal, 
Principal, Miss Grace Fairley. The High School of Montreal, Metcalfe St., 
Principal, Rev. I. Elson Rexford, B.A. The Girls’ High School of Montreal, 
Metcalfe St. 

Schools which have prepared successful candidates for A.A, or for matricu- 

lation (June, 1893). 

High School, Montreal ; Girls’ High School, Montreal ; High School, Quebec ; 
Girls’ High School, St. John, N.B.; Coaticook Academy ; Cookshire Model 
School ; Cowansville Academy ; Huntingdon Academy; Inverness Aca- 
demy ; Knowlton Academy; Lachute Academy ; Sherbrooke Boys’ Aca- 
demy ; Sherbrooke Girls’ Academy ; Stanstead Wesleyan College ; St. Johns 
High School; Sutton Model School; Waterloo Academy; Eliock School, 
Montreal; Ottawa Collegiate Institute; Almonte High School ; Bishop 
Ridley College, St. Catharines; Montreal Collegiate Institute ; Bedford 
Academy; Girls’ High School, Quebec ; St. Francis College ; ‘Trafalgar 
Institute, Montreal; Brockville Collegiate Institute; Carleton Place High 
School ; Cote St. Antoine Academy; Lennoxville Model School ; Peter- 
boro Collegiate Institute; Whethem College, Vancouver; Williamstown 
High School ; Three Rivers Academy ; Shawville Academy ; Danville 
Academy; Hemmingford Model School ; Waterville Model School; Manson- 
ville Model School ; Paspebiac Model School ; Clarendon Model School ; 
Montreal Diocesan College; Guelph Collegiate Institute ; Hawkesbury 
High School; Kemptville High School; Sarnia Collegiate Institute ; 
Upper Canada College ; Woodstock College; Pictou Academy ; Mount St | 
Louis School, Montreal ; The Grammar School, Montreal, 





ACADEMICATL 


SEPTEMBER. 1894. 





t Saturday > 


2 SUNDAY 
3 Monday 


2 


4 Tuesday 

5 Wednesday 
6 Thursday 
7 Friday 

8 Saturday 

9 SUNDAY 
10 Monday 
11 ‘Tuesday 
12 Wednesday 
13 Thursday 
14 Friday 
15 Saturday 

6 SUNDAY 
17 Monday 


18 Tuesday 


19 Wednesday 


Thursday 


Friday 


22 Saturday 
23 SUNDAY 
24 Monday 

25 luesday 

26 Wednesday 
27 Thursday 
28 Friday 

29 Saturday 


OCTOBER, 1894, 


oy Monday 
Tuesday 


Wednesday 


Thursday 
Friday 
Saturday 


SUNDAY 


Monday 
Tuesday 


Wednesday 


Thursday 
Friday 
Saturday 
SUNDAY 
Monday 
Tuesday 
17 Wednesday 
18 Thursday 
19 Friday 

20 Saturday 
a1 SUNDAY 
22 Monday 

23 ‘Tuesday 
24 Wednesday 


TS 
16 


25 ‘Thursday 

26 Friday 

27 Saturday 
SUNDAY 

29 Monday 

30 ‘Tuesday 

31 Wednesday 


; 
|Normal School opens. 
Lecturesin Law begin. 
Matriculation in Law. 


Meeting of Normal School Com, 





| Meeting of Faculty,of Arts. 


Mat. and Sup. Exn’s in Classics 
Exhib.and Scholarship Exam. 
Mat. and Sup. Ex’ns in Math’s 
Exhib. ¢t Scholarship Exam, 
Mat. ct Sup. Ex’ns in English, 
Logic, Ment. and Mor. Phil. 





Exhib. and Sch, Exm’ns. 
Mat. ét Sup. Ex’ns in Modern 
Lang’s and Nat. Sc.: EF xhib. 
and Sch. Exam’ns, 
Exhib. and Sch. Ex’ns. Tect’s 
in Arts and App. Sc. begin, 
Meeting of F. of Arts at 11. 15 a.m 


Meeting of Governors. 
Summer Essays in Applied Sc. 


Meeting of Fac. of App. Sc. 


Meeting of Faculty of Arts, 


Session of Veterinary Faculty 
| begins. 

| Meeting of Fac. of App: Sc. 
Meeting of Normal School 

| Committee. 


|Founder’s Birthday. 
|The Wm. Molson Hall opened, 


| 31862. 
| 
| 
| 


Meeting of Faculty of Arts. 


Physics Building Com, 
| 





Meeting of Museum Com. 

Meeting of Library Com. 

Regular Meeting of Corporation 
Reps. Schol. ét Exh. Accounts 
audited. 

Meeting of Faculty of Arts. 

Meeting of Governors. 


New Library opened 1893. 


YEAR 


NOVEMBER, 1204 


t Thursday 


2 Friday 
3 Saturday 


4 SUNDAY 


5 Monday 

6 Tuesday 

7 Wednesday 
% Thursday 

9g Friday 

10 Saturday 


li SUNDAY 


12 Monday 

13 Tuesday 
14 Wednesday 
15, Thursday 
16 Friday 

17 Saturday 


18 SUNDAY 
19 Monday 


20 Tuesday 
21 Wednesday 
Thursday 
Friday 
Saturday 


22 
22 
“5 
24 


25 SUNDAY 


26 Monday 
27 ‘Tuesday 
23 Wednesday 
29 Thursday 
30 Friday 


SCR ere a ee 


DECEMBER, 


St ixy 
Monday 
Tuesday 
Wednesday 
‘Thursday 
Friday 
Saturday 


9 SUNDAY 


to Monday 

11 ‘luesday 
12 Wednesday 
13 Thursday 
14 Friday 


COON Au WG BOH 


londay 
8 Tuesday 
9 Wednesday 


23 SUNDAY ' 


24 Monday 

25 ‘luesday 
26 Wednesday 
27 Thursday 
28 Friday 


“20 SWAY 


31 Monday 


| 


Meeting of Faculty of App. Sc. 
Meeting of Normal School Com. 


| Meeting of Faculty of Arts. 


| Meeting of Faculty of Arts, 
Meeting of Governors. 
| exams. in Law, 


| 





SS S20 5. e  e  eeEEES: 
i804 


Meeting of Faculty of App. Sc, 
Meeting of Nor. Sch. Comm. 


Meeting of Fac. of Arts. 


Christmas Ex. in Law begin. 
Lectures in Arts and App. Se, 


end. 


Christmas Ex. in Arts and 


Applied Science begin. 


Christmas Vacation begins, 





| Meeting of Governors, 


Christmas-Day, 


Notr,—Meetings of the Faculty of Arts are held at 4.30 P.M. unless otherwise specified. 





JANUARY, 





1 Tuesday 
Wednesday 
Thursday 
Friday 


: SAND RY 


Monday 


‘Tuesday 
Wednesday 
i0 ‘Thursday 
11 Friday 
13 FORD! y 
14 Monday 
15 Tuesday 
16 Wednesday 
17 Thursday 
18 Friday 


a WONDK y 


Monday 
22 Tuesday 


Wednesday 


24 Thursday 
25 Friday 
BY SUNDA s 


28 Monday 

29 ‘Tuesday 

30 Wednesday 
31 Thursday 


Christmas Vacation ends. 


Meeting of Nor. Sc. Comm. 


Lectures in Arts, Law, Med. & 
App. Science recommence. 
Meeting of Fac. of Arts. 

Meeting of Fac. of App. Sci. 


Phys. Build’g Com. 


Meeting of Museum Com. 
Meeting of Library Com. 


Regular Meet’g of Corporation. 


Examiners appointed, Annual 
Report to, Visiter. 


Meeting of Governors, 


'Theses for M.A. and L.L.D. to 


be sent in. 


ARBRY, 1805, 





1 Friday 
2 Saturday 
3 SUNDAY 


4 Monday 
‘TLuesday 
Wednesday 
Thursday 
Friday 
Saturday 

19 SUNDA 

11 Monday 

12 Tuesday 

13 Wednesday 

14 Thursday 

15 Friday 


Saturday 
mh B " : A 94 


Monday 
‘Tuesday 
Wednesday 
Thursday 
Friday 
Saturday 


Meeting of Faculty of Arts. 


|Meeting of Fac. App. Science, 
|Meeting of Nor, School Com. 


Meeting of Faculty of Arts. 
Supplemental Exam/’s in Arts 
and Applied Science. 

Exams. in Law, 


Meeting of Governors. 





Friday 
Saturday 
DA! 


4 


Monday 
‘Tuesday 
Wednesday 
Thursday 
Friday 
Saturday 
TNHA YS 


Monday 
‘Tuesday 
Wednesday 
Thursday 


Friday 


Saturday 
SUNDAY 


Monday 
‘Tuesday 
Wednesday 
Thursday 
Friday 
Saturday 


Monday 
Tuesday 
Wednesday 
Thursday 
Friday 


Saturday 


LAY 


enwn 


Monday 
Tuesday 
Wednesday 
‘Lhursday 
Friday 
Saturday 
NAS 
Monday 
‘Tuesday 
Wednesday 
Thursday 
Friday 
maturday, 

5 Monday 

> ‘Tuesday 
Wednesday 


‘Thursday 


Friday 
Saturday 


SUNDAY 


Monday 


‘Tuesday 





Meeting of Fac. of Ap. Science, 
Meeting of Nor. Sc. Com, 


Meeting of Fac. of Arts.  Re- 
ports of Attendance on Lects. 


Exam ’s in Med, begin. 
| Meeting of Fac. of Ap. Science! 


Meeting of Faculty of Arts, 
Meeting of Governors. 





| 
Conv. for Degrees in Veterinary) 
Science. 
Lects. in Arts and Ap, Sc. end. 


t 





Exams. in Arts begin. 


Meeting of Nor. Sc. Committee! 
Conv, for Degrees in Medicine. 
Meeting of Fac. of Arts. 


Lectures in Law end. 

Good Friday, Easter Vacation) 
begins. . 

Examinations in Law. 

Easter. 


Easter vacation ends. 

Examinations in Law. 

Phys. Build’g Com. 

Examinations in Law. 

Examinations in Law. 

Meeting of Examiners, and Fac, 
ot Arts, 

Examinations in Law. 


Meetings of Museum Committee 
and F aculty ot Law. \ 
Meeting of Libr ary Committee, 


Exams, in Law. ; : 
24 Wednesday Regular meeting of Corporation. | 
Thursday 


i SUNDAY 


s Monday 
Tuesday 
Wednesday 
Thursday 


12 


Physics & Engineering suilding 


opened 1893. 
Theses for B.C.L. 
No lectures. 


Friday 
27 Saturda 
28 SUNDAY 


29 Monday 
30 ‘Tuesday 


|Declaration of results of Exam. | 
in Arts, 
‘Meeting of Governors. 


| 


Convocation for Degrees in Arts, 
Law and Applied Science, 








ae 





Examinations, Examinations 


te ee ee 


or oe ee se 


2 ‘Tuesday 


4 
AA} is! y , ‘ 
eC ee AY Woe ; Dat nay ee os 
t Wednesday |Meeting Nor. Sch. Committee. 
2 Thursday ar of Examiners for Sch. 1 Monday 

' 


3 Friday 
4 Saturday 


6 Monday 

7 Tuesday 

8 Wednesday 
g Thursday 
10 l'riday 

Ir Saturday 
IQSUNDAY 
13 Monday 

14 Tuesday 
15 Wednesday 
16 Thursday 
17 Fridav 

18 Saturday 


y eT 


| 
i¥ 


20 Monday 

21 ‘Tuesday 
22 Wednesday 
23 Thursday 
4 Friday 

5 


in Normal School begin. 


Queen’s Birthday, 


Wednesday 


4 Thursday 
5 Friday 
6 Saturday 


8 Monday 
g ‘Tuesday 


10 Wednesday 


11 Thursday 
12 Friday 
13 Saturday 


t5 Monday 
16 ‘Tuesday 


17 Wednesday 


18 Thursday 
19 Friday 
20 Saturday 


2 Monday 

3 Tuesday 

4 Wednesday 
25 1 hursday 
26 Friday 


30 ‘Tuesday 


Saturday |Meeting of Governors. 27 Saturday 6! 

7 / § : . . ; 
sf, 

27 Monday 29 Monday ng" 
b 


7 
28 ‘Tuesday 
29 Wednesday 


30 Thursday 
31 Friday 


TT 


1 Saturday 


Vacation. 





Normal Sch. closes for Summer 





31 Wednesday 


1 lhursday 


2 Friday 
3 Saturday 





a | 


~~ 


- 








N Whit-Sunday,. | 
3 Monday Examinations for Matric. and 5 Monday 
4 Tuesday Associate in Arts begin. 6 ‘Tuesday 
5 Wednesday Normal School Committee, 7 Wednesday 
6 ‘Thursday 8 ‘Thursday : 
7 Friday g Friday 
8 Saturday ro Saturday 


Trinity Sunday, 


10 Monday 12 Monday 
1r Tuesday 13 Tuesday 
12 Wednesday 14 Wednesday Peter Redpath Museum oy ened 


13 Thursday 
14 Friday 


Phys. Building Com. 1882, 

15 Thursday 

16 Friday | 
15 Saturday 17 Saturday 


: 


: 


17 Monday 
18 ‘Tuesday 
19 Wednesday 


Meeting of Museum Committee. 
| Meeting of Library Committee. 
| Regular Meeting of Corporat’n, 
Report of Normal School. 


19 Monday 

20 Tuesday ood 
21 Wednesday ; 4 
22 Thursday I 


Ta EET pes Re ee 


ra 


Sa 


‘20 Thursday 


21 Friday 
22 Saturday 


o° RTT WA 


24 Monday 

25 Tuesday 
26 Wednesday 
27 Thursday 
28 Friday 

29 Saturday 





Meeting of Governors. 


23 Friday 


24 Saturday 


= Tray Ti A Vv 
26 Monday 

27 ‘Tuesday 
28 Wednesday 
29 Thursday 
30 Friday 

31 Saturday 


i 





FACULTY OF ARTS. 


EXHIBITION, SCHOLARSHIP, €ic., EXAMINATIONS, 
SEPTEMBER, 1894. 








First YEAR | Sreconp YEAR, THIRD YEAR. Hour, 





| 
| 


Monday. Greek. Greek. Greek. | gto 


“i Latin. Latin. Latin Prose Comp. | 2 to 





Mathematics. | g to 


Tuesday. Mathematics. Mathematics, Latin. 9 to 





Mathematics, 9 to 
Jotany. 


Mathematics, | Mathematics. Ancient History. 





Botany. 
English, English, English. 


Logic. 





English, English. 





Chemistry. Chemistry. 
Thursday. | Mathematics. 


- Botany. 





French, French. 





, 
GrammarandComp.} General Paper. /|English Composition) 
(Classics.) (Classics.) 


Wriday. Mathematics. Mathematics, 








English. 





CHRISTMAS EXAMINATIONS DECEMBER, 1894. 








Day. Dare | First YEAR, SECOND YEAR.| ‘THIRD YEAR. FourtTH YEAR. 


Monday. Latin. Latin. Mechanics, Astronomy, 











“ M’ matics, P.M.| 


‘Tuesday. Greek. Greek. | Greek, Greek. 


ee Zoology, P.M. Latin, P.M. 
Wednesday. Mathematics. Psychology. | Latin, Moral Philosophy 

+ French, P.M. French, P.M. | Ment. Phil., P.M. Geology, P.M, 
Thursday. Chemistry. 

he 2 German, P.M. | German, P.M. 


Hebrew, P.M. | Hebrew, P.M. 





Friday. 2 English. 





a 








FACULTY OF ARTS. 
SESSIONAL AND HONOUR EXAMINATIONS, APRIL, 1895. 


~ 





DATE. First YEAR, SECOND YEAR. | ‘THrrp YEAR. FouRTH YEAR. 





Apriz. | A.M. P.M, A.M. P.M. | A.M. PM. A.M. P.M. 





t Mon. _|Hebrew . ....s000; 0%. Hebrew ..... seereces|tteDrew.... ..eece) Hebrew and 
B.A, Honours. 
Tues. |Greek. .............,|Greek. cceveeewse ess | MECHANICS... a... | Bthics. Ethics, 


to 


; 


3 Wed. |Latin....Anc.History|Latin.. . Composition, | Latin,.............| Latin. Latin. 





























MURR Sicse eons abctea cht -.|Convocation for Degr|ees in Medicine. .,,] .................. f 
1 4 
5 Fri. |English.,....English.|/English. English.|Ex. Phy- English,! Ex. Phy- History, . a 
SICS, | ~Sics, f: 
AEE Ie es BS yi MW UP 'e 60s sie bales a8 deTAR ar Che mene coll Cla mene Rn epi bee | = 
| | Bt 
m7 - | - : 

8 Mon. |Geometry Mathematics. ...,,../Greek...... +»+ee.-| Mechanics and . v 
| | and Arithmetic, ... / B.A. Honours. Wh 
. 9g Tues, |Trigonometry |Mathematics... .,.. Astronomy and....| Astr’y. and Optics. its) 

BIG IC OONGS sc Tas | a fiaedls 6 ecabesi ees c.f OpnESiae .. ..| B.A. Honours. fh il 
10 Wed. |French, German, |French., German, | Metaphysics, ,...., Geology. Geology. F 
a | eb 
rs Thurs. | 32060;. RUS Sees 3 PP rats Fee ota te eS aoc ge on 669% abialecy op ee MOU Dae bh weet ues Th 
| 
12 Fri. Good Friday. Easter|vacation beging,; > 7 sivese: OP eM heed ek he rere g 
| - 
13 Sat. [es be secre eevesiscevees SO droduhe d Nee bese oa iiela we Radle el ee ee TAD KRY KR Ud 
| xf 
14 Sun, BARRO Day iiss cdcle a; be tork hae eak Sees) i dv 6 dete Meee ai Ae IR eee : fl 
el 8 Vagaled 2 a DEAN MN peg PPE eee ts Ye ae et Pern eek eee teal MW ale esteees Tk RW oe 
/ -_ 
16 Tues. |Easter vacation ends. |....c0cesserecsces ss. CO eee vins tb caseean yt os Eee bee wae, CL EMEL a 
ped 
17 Wed. REISE iis cedt vk. d CIOMICK Sb wo oe TE eS oe ..--Zoology,| Greek, History, v 
ry ly ‘ | eo - ‘ 
18 Thurs. : Mera a cde Rae ..|Botany.......Botany.|French. German. | French. German, 
: B.A, Honours, 
19 Fri. | Honour Examinations|Honour Examinations|Honour Exam’tions| B.A. Honours, 
20 Sat. Meeting of |Examiners and Faculty. 9.30 A. M, y 
| 
. = ° / ms . a - Pca > / 
22 Mon. |Honour Examinations!Honour Examinations| Honour Exam’ tions B. A. Honours, 
23 Tues, Meeting of |Examiners and Facul|ty. 9.30 A. mM. 
; 
, * . . | 7. ~ cr ‘ = cS . 
24 Wed. Meeting of Examinjers and Faculty, 9,30/a.m. Regular Meet| ing of Corporation, 
| 
rt . ~ . a . } | : f 
25 Thurs. Meeting of|Examiners and Facul|ty. 9.30 A. M, 
; | . e 
- ss : — . | . ° a . Vie 
26 Fri. Meeting of Examinlers and F aculty. 9.30/A.M. Declaration} of results. Re! 
27 Sat. 9\9 6.9 OF a 6 a) 6.6104 4S oe O10 @ 0.1.4. 2:6 06 6 uiales COSesceeevnecehseeoeerssers ®@@reesnes ees o, 918,000 ee ee eeegetane : A 
PMN Sa walncv o Cech ou “ASA OE es Pee Seuss oehesalemenls ees ce erie 
30 ‘Tues. {Convocation for Degr lees in Arts. i 





’ 





EE EE ee RR Rr en ve) 


‘The Examinations begin at 9 A.M. and 2 P.M, when not specified otherwise, 


‘ 


oF 8 PE ES RE SEE TS jr RE OE EE SR ST NT et 


KACULTY OF APPLIED SCIENCE. 


SESSIONAL AND HONOURS 


EXAMINATIONS, APRIL, 1894. 


= — gs 








Days SECOND YEAR, Tuirp YEAR. | FourtTH YEAR, 


4|- 
5,English. 


6|Mathematics. 


eifrench, German. 
11|Desc, Geometry. 
12|Good Friday. 

13: Mathematics. 


14| Easter Day. 


17/Chemistry. 
ECT .'-:3 saw ele 


19| Mathematics. 


First YEAR. 








Exp. Physics. 


English. 


Surveying: 

Kinematics. 
French. 
Desc, Geometry. 


Mathematics. 


Zoology p.m. 


_|Botany a.m. & p.m, 


Mathematics, 


German. 


.|Mining. 


Exp. Physics. Machine Design, 


§ Machine Design. 


) Surveying. Goodesy. 





ae Re = sturec| J Lh. of Structures 
Theory of Structures| ) Dyn. of Machin’y. 
f 


Theory of Structures} { Th. of Structures 

a.m, and p.m.|] a.m. and p.m. . .. 
{ Geology. ‘ Th, of Structures. 
\ Dyn. of Machin’y.| ) Elect. Engr. 


Desc, Geom. Theory of Structures 


{ Mechanical Engr. 

) Th. of Struct. (adv.) 
{ Elect. Engr. 
| Hydraulics. 

| { Hydraulics, (adv.). 


Elect, Engineering. {Metallurgy 


Thermodynamics, 





Mathematics, 








Faculty of Arts. 


THE PRINCIPAL (Ex-Officio). 


Professors :—DAwson, (Zmeritus.) Professors :—CoussIRA'’. 


JOHNSON, Cox. 
CORNISH, EATON, 
DAREY, ADAMS. 
MURRAY, CALLENDAR, 
HARRINGION, Lecturers :—LAFLEUR., 
MoysE, GREGOR. 
PENHALLOW, DEEXs. 
COLBY, 


Dean of the Faculty :—ALEXANDER JOHNSON, M.A., LL.D. 

[CONTENTS.—Matriculation, etc.,§1.; Exhibitions, etc. § Il. ; Course of 
Study, § IIll.; Examinations, Degrees, etc., §1V.; Exemptions, etc.,§ V.; 
Medals, etc.,§ V1. ; Licensed Boarding Houses, § VII. ; Attendance and Conduct, 
$ VIII. ; Library, §1X.; PeterRedpath Museum, §X.; McDonald Physics Build- 
img, §X1.; Fees, etc., § XIL.; Courses of Lectures, § XIII] 

The next session of this Faculty will begin on September 17th, 
1894, and will extend to April 3oth, 1895. 





§ I. MATRICULATION AND ADMISSION. 


In this University those only who attend Lectures are denom- 
inated Students. 

Students in the Faculty of Arts are classified as Undergraduates 
or Partial Students. The conditions of admission for each and for 
Students of other Universities are given below. 


1, UNDERGRADUATES, 


Undergraduates alone can proceed to the degree of B. A. Candi- 
dates for admission to the First Year, as Undergraduates, are required 
to pass the First Year Entrance Examination. The successful Can- 
didates are arranged as First Class, Second Class, and Passed. To 

B 





18 


the most deserving in the First Class, the First Year Exhibitions are 
awarded. For those who aim at passing only, a minimum course 
is appointed, and there are two examinations in the year as follows :— 

(1) That held in the first week of June, concurrently with the 
examinations for Associate in Arts. Schools desirous to take 
advantage of this may send their pupils for examination to McGill 
College ; or, if at a distance, by sending in to the Secretary of the 
University the names of Deputy Examiners for approval, witha 
list of candidates, on or before May 1st, may have papers sent to 
them. (2) That held at the opening of the session, on September 
17th and following days, in McGill College alone. 

In 1895 the following regulations with regard to the First Year 
Entrance Examination will come into operation :— 

1. There will be an Entrance Examination at Christmas, which 
will include the subjects of the September Entrance together with. 
those of the lectures of the first term. This ceases after 1895. 

2, Any candidate who fails in one and not more than one subject 
at the September Entrance Examination may pass an equivalent. 
Examination at Christmas, or at the following Sessional Examina- 
tions, in the precise part of the {subject in which he failed. In this. 
regulation, Classics Mathematics, and English, are each regarded as 
a single subject. | 

3. The Entrance Examinations will be held in June and September 


on those days only which may have been appointed in the Calendar. 

As the examination is intended as a test of qualification for admission te the 
Classes of the University, certificates of passing are not granted except to those 
who subsequently attend lectures. Candidates who may have passed the examina- 
tion are not ‘* Matriculated,”’ i.c., enrolled on the * Matricula ” of the University,. 
until they have paid all the prescribed fees for the session and complied with the 
other University regulations, (See “ Directions ” below. ) 


FirsT YEAR ENTRANCE EXAMINATION, 


(2) For Passing only, 


Examinations begin on June Ist in McGill College and local centres; on. 
September 17th in McGill College only, 

Greek.—Xenophon, Anabasis, Book I. ; Greek Grammar, 

Latin.—Caesar, Bell. Gall., Book I.; and Virgil, Aeneid, Book I., Latin 
Grammar, [ In 1895, and afterwards, two books of Caesar will be required, ] 





‘te 


we 


19 


Mathematics .—Arithmetic, including a knowledge of the Metric system ; 


Algebra to Quadratic Equations (inclusive) asin Colenso ; Euclid’s Elements, 
Books I., II., III. 


English.—Writing from Dictation, A paper on English Grammer including 
Analysis, A paper on the leading events of English History. Essay ona 
Subject to be given at the time of the examination. 

French —Grammatr up to the beginning of Syntax, An easy translation from 
French into English. 


Candidates unable to take French are not excluded, but will be required to. 
study German after entrance, 

At the September (but not at the June ) examinations, an equivalent amount 
of other books or other authors in Latin and Greek than those named may be- 
accepted by the Examiners on application made through the Professor of Clas- 
sics. At the June examination, candidates from Ontario may present an equiva- 


lent amount from the books prescribed for the Junior Matriculation Examination, 
of the University of Toronto. 


Candidates who at the Examination for Associate in Arts have passed in the 
above subjects are admitted as Undergraduates. 


The Matriculation or Junior leaving Examination accepted by the Univer- 
sities of Ontario is accepted by the Faculty in so far as the subjects of their pro- 
gramme satisfy the Examiners of the Faculty, z.c., when the subjects taken are the 
same as or equivalent to those required in McGill University, 


For Candidates from Ontario, Second Class non-professional certificates wil] 
be accepted 70 tanto in the Examination. 


For qualifications required of Normal School Students, see Normal Schoo] 
regulations, 


Candidates who fail in one or more subjects at the June examination, and 
present themselves again in the following September, will be exempted from 


examination in those subjects only in which the Examiners may have reported 
them as specially qualified. 


(5) Higher Examination—For First Class, Second Class and Passing. 
The examination will be held on September 17th and following days in 
McGill College only, (For Exhibitions, see § Il.) 


Greek.—Homer, Iliad, Bk. IV. or VI.; Xenophon, Anabasis, Bk. I. or IV, ; 
Demosthenes, Philippics, I, and II. ; or Homer, Odyssey, Bk. VII or IX. 


Latin,—Cicero, in Catilinam, Orat. I. and II. or Virgil, Aeneid, Bks. III. and 


IV.; Caesar, Bell, Gall., Bks, I. and IJ. or III. and IV.; Virgil, Aeneid, Bk, I, 
or II, 


A paper on Greek and Latin Grammar, 





cx ( 


= >. 
- = ww” 


“ = <= 


“= 


4 


‘ 20 


Translation at sight from the easier Latin authors. Abbott’s Arnold’s Greek 
Prose Composition, Exercises 1 to 25, Collar’s Practical Latin Composition, Pts. 
III. and IV., or anequivalent, such as Arnold's Latin Prose Composition. 

Mathematics —Euclid, Bks, I., II.,-III., 1V.; Algebra to end of Harmonical 
Progression (Colenso) ; Arithmetic. 


Lnglish.—English Grammar and Composition.—(Mason’s Grammar, omit 
Derivation and Appendix.) 


french,—(solely as atest of qualification to join the French Class.)—Gram- 
mar up to the beginning of Syntax ; and easy translation from French into English 
Candidates unable to take French will be required to study German after entrance, 


SECOND YEAR ENTRANCE EXAMINATION, 


Candidates may be admitted into Second Year as Under- 
graduates, if able to pass the Second Year Entrance Exmination. 
The regulations for this correspond to those for the First Year, the 
higher examination being the same as that for the Second Year 
Exhibitions (see § II.) held in September ; or the candidates may 


take the First Year Sessional Examinations held in April. There 
is besides : 


For Passing only. 
An Examination beginning on Sept. 17th, in McGill College only. 
In Classics. —Greek.—Homer, Iliad, Book VI. ; Xenophon, Anabasis, Book [. 
Grammar and Prose Composition, 
Latin.—Virgil, Aeneid, Book VI. ; Cicero, Orations against Cati- 
line ; Grammar and Prose Composition. 


[An equivalent amount of other books or other authors in Latin 
and Greek than those named above may be accepted by the Exam- 
iners for entrance into the Second Year, on application made 
through the Professor of Classics, ] 


ln Mathematics :— 


Euchd.—Books I., II., III., IV., VI., with defs. of Book V, 
(Omitting Propositions 27, 28, 29 of Book VI.) 


Algebra.—To end of Quadratic Equations (as in Colenso’s Alg.). 
Trigonometry,—Galbraith and Haughton’s Trigonometry, Chaps. 


I, 2, 3,4, 6, to beginning of numerical solution of plane 
triangles. 


Arithmetic.—Elementary rules, Proportion, Interest, Discount, 
etc., Vulgar and Decimal Fractions, Square Root, 
Metric System. 








: 
ae if 


‘ 
— 


— —— -_______ ==. 


> 


—_———— 
— 


21 


—_— 
~—gle ee 4 


In English Literature.—Writing from Dictation, English Grammar, including if 
Analysis, English Composition, English History (Buckley). Essay, 


ES Ose 


Ln French.—¥ rench Grammar ; or (instead of French) German, in which know- 
ledge sufficient to enable the Candidate to join the regular class will be 
required, i 

Ln Chemistry.—The Chemistry of the non-metallic Elements and of the more 
common metals. 


wo 


“SESS 


[ Vote.—Candidates unable to pass in French or German are not excluded, but 
@ re required to begin German, and to continue the study of it for two years 
2. PARTIAL STUDENTS.—STUDENTS OF OTHER 
UNIVERSITIES. 
PARTIAL STUDENTS.—AIl Students who are not Undergraduates 
or Graduates, or Students in Special Courses, are called Partial 


ee ee 
~A aps 
a a 


Students. Candidates for admission as Partial Students must | + 
satisfy the professors of the several subjects they select of their wf 
fitness to attend the lectures, or be examined in these subjects, as G 
may from time to time be determined by the Faculty. fi 
The subjects in which an examination is necessary are :—Latin, i 
Greek, Mathematics, English, French. Candidates are required to 4 
appear at the ordinary entrance examinations announced above ; 
but on application to the Faculty, may, for sufficient cause, have a 9! 


later day appointed. 

STUDENTS OF OTHER UNIVERSITIES may be admitted, on the 
production of certificates, to a like standing in this University, after 
examination by the Faculty. 


ay 


._ 





3. GENERAL REGULATIONS. 

Candidates for entrance into the First Year of the Faculty of Medicine in 
McGill University may pass in the above examinations. 

Every student is expected to present, on his entrance, a written intimation 
from his parent or guardian of the name of the minister of religion under whose 
care and instruction it is desired that the Student should be placed, who will 
thereupon be invited to put himself in communication with the Faculty on the 
subject. Failing such intimation from his parent or guardian, the Faculty will 
endeavor to establish befitting relations. 

Every student is required to sign the following :— 


DECLARATION. 


**I hereby declare that I will faithfully observe the statutes, rules and ordi- 
‘“‘nances of this University of McGill College to the best of my ability,”’ 


22 


4. DIRECTIONS TO CANDIDATES FOR MATRICULATION OR 


ADMISSION. 
Candidates are required :— 


(2) To present themselves to the Dean at the beginning of the session, and 
fill up a form of application for matriculation or admission (§ 1.). 

(6) To pass or to have passed the required examinations (§ I.). Candidates 
claiming exemption, according to the regulations above given, from examination 
in any subject on the ground of examinations previously passed, must present 
certificates of standing in the latter, 

(¢) To procure tickets from the Registrar (§ XI.), and to sign the declaration 
above given, 

(Z) To present their tickets to the Dean. (Fine, etc., for delay stated in 
§ XI.) 

(¢) To provide themselves with the Academic dress (§ VIII.). 


§ II. SCHOLARSHIPS AND EXHIBITIONS. 
GENERAL REGULATIONS. 


1. A Scholarship is tenable for ¢wo years ; an Exhibition for one year, 


2. Scholarships are. open for competition to Students who have passed the 
University Intermediate Examination, provided that not more than three sessions 
have elapsed since their Matriculation ; and also to Candidates who have obtained 
what the Faculty may deem equivalent standing in some other University, pro- 
vided that application be made before the end of the Session preceding the exam- 


ination. 

3- Scholarships are divided into two classes:—(1) Science Scholarships ; (2) 
Classical and Modern Language Scholarships, The subjects of examination for 
each are as follows :— 

Science Scholarships :—Differential and Integral Calculus ; Analytic Geome- 
try ; Plane and Spherical Trigonometry ; Higher Algebra and Theory of Equa- 
tions ; Botany ; Chemistry; Logic, (For subdivision, see below.) 

Classical and Modern Language Scholarships :—Greek ; Latin; English 
Composition; English Language, Literature, and History ; French or German. 

4. Exhibitions are assigned to the First and Second Years. 

First Year Exhibitions are open for competition to candidates for entrance 
into the First Year. 

Second Year Exhibitions are open for competition to students who have 
passed the First Year Sessional Examinations, provided that not more than two 
sessions have elapsed since their Matriculation; and also to candidates for 
entrance into the Second Year. 

The subjects of examination are as follows :— 

First Year Exhibitions.—Classics, Mathematics, English. 

Second Year Exhibitions,—Classics, Mathematics, English Language and 
Literature, Chemistry and French or German. 









= q 
= (i 


ee 


“< = 





23 i 
4 
5. The First and Second Year Exhibition Examinations will, for Candidates } . 
who have not previously entered the University, be regarded as Matriculation P | 
Examinations. t 
6. No student can hold more than one Exhibition or Scholarship at the same H 
time. | 
+. Exhibitions and Scholarships will not necessarily be awarded to the best FS 
answerers at the Examinations. Absolute merit will be required. Ay 
8. If in any one College Year there be not a sufficient number of candidates Pp 
showing absolute merit, any one or more of the Exhibitions or Scholarships offered ) | 
for competition may be transferred to more deserving candidates in another year. All 


6. A successful candidate must, in order to retain his Scholarship or Exhibi- 
tion, proceed regularly with his College Course to the satisfaction of the Faculty. 

10. The annual income of the Scholarships or Exhibitions will be paid in four 
instalments, viz. :—In October, December, February and April, about the 2oth | 


aa 


za 


day of each month. 





11, The Examinations will be held at the beginning of every Session. . } 
There are at present seventeen Scholarships and Exhibitions :— * 
THE JANE REDPATH EXHIBITION, founded by Mrs. Redpath, of Terrace Bank, ¢ 
Montreal :—value, about $90 yearly, open to both men and women. qt) 
TEN McDONALD SCHOLARSHIPS AND EXHIBITIONS, founded by W. C. Mc- ry 
Donald, Esq., Montreal :—value, $125 each yearly, | 
THE CHARLES ALEXANDER SCHOLARSHIP, founded by Charles Alexander, Esq. 6 
Montreal, for the encouragement of the study of Classics and other subjects 
£4 


—value, $120 yearly. 
THE GEORGE HAGUE EXHIBITION, given by George Hague, Esq., Montreal, for 
the encouragement of the study of Classics :—value, $125 yearly. 
THE Mayor H, MILLs SCHOLARSHIP, founded by bequest of the late Major 7 
Hiram Mills : 
THE BARBARA SCOTT SCHOLARSHIP, founded by the late Miss Barbara Scott, 
for the encouragement of the study of the Classical languages and literature : 
—value, $100 to $120 yearly. 
Two DoNALDA EXHIBITIONS, open to women in the Donalda Department :— 
value, $100 and $120 yearly. 





value, $100 yearly. 


EXHIBITIONS AND SCHOLARSHIPS OFFERED FOR COMPETI- 
TION AT THE OPENING OF THE SESSION, SEPT., 1894: 


N.B.— Three of the Exhibitions are open to women (two of these to women, alone, 
' either in the First or Second Year), 


To students entering the First Year, three Exhibitions of $125, two of $100, 
and one of $120. 


24 


Subjects of Examination :— 

GREEK.—Homer, Iliad, Bk. IV. or VI. ; Xenophon, Anabasis, Bk. I. or IV. 
Demosthenes, Piilippics 1. and II., or Homer, Odyssey, Bk. VII. or IX. 

LATIN.—Virgil, Aeneid, Bk. I. or II. ; Cicero, In Catilinam, Orat. I. and II. ; 
or Virgil, Aeneid, Bks. III, and IV. ; Caesar, Bell. Gall., Bks. I. and II., or IJ, 
and IV. 

A paper on Greek and Latin Grammar. 

Text-Books.—Hadley’s or Goodwin’s Greek Grammar, Abbott’s Arnold’s 
Greek Prose Composition, exercises 1 to 25. Allen and Greenough’s Latin ~ 
Grammar, Arnold’s Latin Prose Composition by Bradley, or Collar’s Latin Com- 
position, Pts, LII. and IV. 

Mathematics.—Euclid, Bks, I., II., II1., IV. ; Algebra to end of Harmonical . 
Progression (Colenso) ; Arithmetic. 

Lnglish—English Grammar and Composition.—(Mason’s Grammar, omit 
Derivation and Appendix.) 

The First Year Exhibitions will be awarded to the best answerers in the above 
course, provided there be absolute merit. 

But in subsequently distributing the Exhibitions of higher value among the 
successful candidates, answering in the following subjects will be taken into 
account also :— 

1. A retranslation into Latin of an English version of some passages from one 
of the easier Latin Prose writers. (For specimens, see Smith’s Principia Latina, 
Part V.) 

2. Euclid, Book VI. (omitting Props. 27, 28, 29), with Defs. of Book V. 

3. English :—An Examination upon one of Shakespeare’s plays. For 1894— 
Macbeth. 

4. French :—Syntax and translation from English into French, in addition to 
the entrance course. 


To Students entering the Second Year, four Exhibitions of $125 and one of 
$90 (see also N.B. above). 

Subjects of Examination :— 

Greek.—Xenophon, Hellenics, I. and II. : Demosthenes, Olynthiacs, I, and 
II.; Herodotus, Bk. III. 

Latin —Virgil, Georgics, Bk. I. ; Horace, Odes, Bk. I.; Cicero, Pro Lege 
Manilia and Pro Archia. 

Greek and Latin Prose Composition, and translation at sight from the less 
difficult Latin and Greek authors. 

A Paper on Grammar and History. 

Text-books,—Myer’s Ancient History, Abbott’s Arnold’s Greek Prose Compo- 
sition, Latin Prose through English idiom (Abbott). 

Mathematics.—Euclid (six books) ; Algebra (Hall & Knight’s Advanced) ; 
McDowell’s Exercises in Modern Geometry ; Theory of Equations (in part); 
Trigonometry (first four chapters Galbraith G° Haughton’s), 





25 


English Literature.—Mason’s Grammar. Shakespeare, As You Like It, 
Trench, Study of Words, 

Chemistry.—Roscoe’s Lessons in Elementary Chemistry, as far as page 264. 

French,—Darey, Principes de Grammaire frangaise ; LaFontaine, les Fables, 
livres III. and IV.; Moliére, l’Avare ; Colloquial exercises ; Dictation. 

Or, instead of French :— 

German. —German Grammar; Grimm’s Kinder—und Hausmserchen (Van- 
dersmissen’s edition) ; Schiller— Der Neffe als Onkel, Der Gang nach dem 
Eisenhammer ; Dictation; Translation from English into German. 

A candidate for a Second Year Exhibition to be successful must not, at the 
special examination, be placed in the Third Class in more than one of the ordi- 
nary subjects. The award is made on the aggregate of the marks among those 
who fulfill this condition, 


Lo Students entering the Third Vear, three Scholarships of $125 and one of 

$120, tenable for two years. 

One of these is offeredin Mathematics and Logic, and one in Natural Science 

and Logic, as follows :— 

1, Mathematics.—Differential Calculus (Williamson, Chaps. I, 2, 3, 4,7, 9, 
Chap. 12, Arts. 168-183 inclusive; Chap. 17, Arts. 225-242 in- 
clusive). Integral Calculus (Williamson, Chaps. 1, 2, 3,4, 5; Chap. 
7, Arts, 126-140 inclusive; Chap. 8, Arts. 150-156 inclusive ; Chap: 
9, Arts, 168-176 inclusive), Analytic Geometry (Salmon’s Conic 
Sections, subjects of Chaps. 1-13 [omitting Chap. 8], with part of 
Chap. 14). Lock’s Higher Trigonometry ; McLelland and Preston’s 
Spherical Trigonometry, Part I. Salmon’s Modern Higher Algebra 
(first four chapters). Todhunter’s or Burnside and Panton’s Theory 
of Equations (selected course), 

Logic, asin Jevon’s Elementary Lessons in Logic, 

2. Natural Science.—Botany, asin Gray’s Structural and Systematic Bot- 
any. Canadian Botany, including a practical acquaintance with all 
the orders of Spermaphytes, Pteridophytes and Bryophytes. Chemistry, 
as in Roscoe’s Lessons in Elementary Chemistry. 

Logic, as in Jevons’ Elementary Lessons on Logic. 


Two will be given on an Examination in Classics and Modern Languages, as 
follows :— 


Classics. —Greek.—Plato, Apology and Crito ; Demosthenes, the Olynthiacs ; 
Xenophon, Memorabilia, Book I. ; Thucydides, Book VI. Zatin,— 
Horace, Epistles, Book I.; Livy, Bks. XXI., XXII. ; Virgil , 
Georgics, Book II.; Sallust, Catiline; Cicero, Select Letters 
(Pritchard and Bernard ; Clarendon Press Series), Greek and 
Latin Prose Composition, and Translation at sight. 


“—_ = -—- = 
- ——- 9 


| 





26 


Listory.— Text-Books.—Smith’s Student’s Greece; Mommsen’s Rome ( abridged), 

English Language and Literature.—Spalding’s English Literature (Chap, VI., 
Part III., to end of book); Shakspere, Tempest ; Milton’s Paradise 
Lost, Books I, and II. ; Trench, Study of Words. 

Lnglish Composition.—High marks will be given for this subject. 

rench,—Racine, Britannicus; Moliére, les Femmes savantes. French Gram- 
mar. Bonnefon, les Ecrivains célébres de la France. Translation 
from English into French ; Dictation. 

Or, instead of French: 

German,—Schiller—Egmont’s Leben und Tod (Buchheim), Die Kraniche des 
Ibycus, Das Lied von der Glocke, Der Kampf mit dem Drachen ; 
Goethe.—Torquato Tasso ; German Grammar ; Translation from 
English into German ; Dictation. 


Classical Subjects for Exhibitions, September, 1895. 


Frrst YEAR,—Gveek.—Homer, Iliad, Bk. 1V.or VI. : Xenophon, Anabasis, 
| Bk, I. or V, ; Homer, Odyssey, Bk. VII. or XI, 
Latin.—Virgil, Aen., Bk.1I, or II. ; Cicero, in Catilinam, | ee 
II.; or, Horace, Odes, III. and I1V.; Caesar, Bell 
Gall., I, and II, or V.and VI, 
SECOND YEAR.—G7veek—Xenophon, Hellenics, I. and II.; Demosthenes, 
Olynthiacs, I, and II.; Herodotus, Bk. III. 
Latin,—Virgil, Georgics, Bk. I.; Horace, Odes, Bk. I; Livy, 
Bk. XXII. 


EXEMPTIONS FROM TUITION FEES UNDER PRESENTATION 
SCHOLARSHIPS, ETC. 


Four exemptions from tuition fees may be granted by the Board of Governors 
from time to time, to the most successful students who may present themselves 
as Candidates, By order ofthe Board, one of these is given annually to the Dux of 
the High School of Montreal, and one to the Dux of any other Academy or 
High School, sending up in one year for entrance, three or more Candidates 
competent to pass creditably the Matriculation Examination, 

Inthe event of any Academy or High School in the Province of Quebec 
offering for competition among its pupils an Annual Bursary in the Faculty of 
Arts of not less than $80, the Governors will add the amount of the fees of 
tuition thereto. 

Exemptions from tuition fees, not exceeding three in number, may be given to 
holders of the Academy Diploma of the McGill Normal School, who, on fulfill- 
ing the required conditions, enter in the Second Year, if at the Diploma Examina- 





20 


tion they have taken 75 per cent. of the total marks with not less than two-thirds 
ofthe maiks in Latin and in Greek. (For exemptions from fees to Normal 
School Students, see regulations of Normal School.) 

One exemption is given annually to the pupil (boy or girl ) of the Montrea] 
High School holding a Commissioners’ exemption from the Schools of the 
Protestant Commissioners, Montreal, who has taken the highest marks at the 
A. A, Examination, and is recommended by the Commissioners. 


s III. COURSE OF STUDY. 


An Undergraduate, in order to attain the degree of B.A., is re- 
quired, after passing the First Year Matriculation Examination 
(see § I.), to attend the appointed courses of lectures regularly for 
four years, and to pass two Examinations in each year, viz., at 
Christmas and in April. If he fail at any one of these examinations, 
he is not allowed to proceed with his course until he has passed it 
subsequently. (See $IV.) Undergraduates are arranged, accord- 

ing toheir standing, as of the First, Second, Third or Fourth Year. 

The special arrangements made for Honour Students and for 
those attending lectures in other Faculties also are stated in § V. 


ORDINARY COURSE FOR THE DEGREE OF B.A. 
FIRST YEAR, 


GREEK.—HOMER.— Odyssey, Bk. XI. Xenophon,—Hellenics, Book I. Studies 
in History and Literature. 

LATIN.—CICERO, De Amicitia. Sallust, Catiline. VircIt, Aeneid, Bk. VI.— 
Translation at sight.—Studies in History and Literature.—Latin 
Prose Composition. 

MATHEMATICS.—Arithmetic, Euclid, six books. Algebra, to end of Quadratic 
equations. Plane Trigonometry, in part. 

ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE, 

First term.—English Composition, one lecture a week ; English Literature, two 

lectures a week. 

Second term.—MILTon’s Comus, one lecture a week. English Literature, in 
continuation of previous course, two lectures a week. The whole course will pre- 
sent an outline of English Literature from the Anglo-Saxon period to the 
Elizabethan inclusive. 

CHEMISTRY.—Lectures chiefly on Elementary and Inorganic Chemistry, with 
experiments in the class-room, and Laboratory work if desired ; 
the whole preparatory to the Course in Natural Science. 





28 


FRENCH.—DaRrEy, Principes de Grammaire frangaise.—La FONTAINE, Choix de 
Fables.—Mo.iizRE, L’Avare.—Dictation, Colloquial exercises. 


Or, instead of French, either of the following :— 


GERMAN.—VANDERSMISSEN AND FRASER’S German Grammar ; ] OYNEsS’ Ger- 
man Reader; Dictation; Colloquial exercises. 


HEBREW.—(For Theologica] Students only.)—Zlementary Cowrse.—Reading 
and Grammar, with oral and written exercises in Orthography and 
Etymology. Translation and Grammatical Analysis of Genesis.— 
Text-Books :—HARPER’sS Elements of Hebrew ; and Introductory 
Hebrew Method and Manual. 


SECOND YEAR. 


GREEK,—PLATO.—Apology. Aeschylus,—Prometheus Vinctus. History of 
Greece. 


LATIN,—Horace,—Fpistles, Bk. I. ; Livy, Bk. XXI. Translation at sight, and 
Latin Prose Composition. 

MATHEMATICS.—Arithmetic, Euclid, Algebra and Trigonometry as before.— 
Logarithms.—Plane Trigonometry, including solution of triangles 
and applications, 


MATHEMATICAL Puysics.—Mechanics, one lecture a week, 


ENGLISH LITERATURE.—A period of English Literature and one play of Shak- 
spere. During the session of 1894-5—The leading poets of the 
nineteenth century. SHAKSPERE, A Midsummer Night’s Dream 
{Clarendon Press Edition], TENNYSON, Gareth and Lynette. 

PsYCHOLOGY AND Locic.—First Term.—Elementary Psychology ( 7¢xt-Book;— 
MURRAY’sS Handbook of Psychology, Bk. I.). Second Term.— 
Logic ( Zext-Book ;—JEVONS’ Elementary Lessons in Logic), 


BoTANny.—General Morphology and Classification. Descriptive Botany, Flora 
of Canada. Nutrition and reproduction of plants. Elements of 
Histology, Zext-Books :—Gray’s Structural Botany. Penhallow’s 
Classification. Penhallow’s Guide to the Collection of Plants, 
Gray’s Manual. 

FRENCH.—RACINE, Esther.—Ponsard, 1’Honneur et 1’ Argent.—CONTANSEAU, 
Précis de Littérature frangaise depuis son origine jusqu’é la fin du 
XVIIe siécle. Translation into French :—Dr. JOHNSON, Rasse- 
las, Dictation. Parsing. Colloquial exercises. 


Or, instead of French, either of the following :— 


GERMAN,—VANDERSMISSEN AND FRASER’S German Grammar; Joynes’ German 
Reader ; Freytag—Die Journalisten; Uhland—Ballads and Ro- 





29 


mances (MacMillan’s Foreign School Classics); Translation at 
sight ; Dictation ; Colloquial exercises ; Parsing. 

HEBREW.—(For Theological Students only.)—/ntermediate Course. —Grammar. 
—Dr. Harper’s “ Elements and Methods.’’—Translation from the 
Old Testament.—Exercises;—Hebrew into English, and English 
into Hebrew.—Syntax.—Reading of the Masoretic notes. 


For the Intermediate Examination, see § IV. 


THIRD YEAR, 


GREEK.—LysIAS.—Contra Eratosthenem. 
EURIPIDES. — Medea. 


Or, instead of Greek :— 


LATIN.—JUVENAL.—Satires VIII and XIII. 
PLINY.—Select Letters. 

Latin Prose Composition. 

NATURAL PHILOSOPHY.— MATHEMATICAL PHysICs.—GALBRAITH AND HAUGH- 
TONS Mechanics, viz., Statics, First three chapters, omitting sec, 5, 
chapter I,, and sec. 21, chapter II.; Dysamucs, subjects of the first 
five chapters. Maxwell’s Matter and Motion (parts), GALBRAITH 
AND HAUGHTON’s Hydrostatics., 

In addition to the above, the Student must take three subjects out of the two 
following divisions, headed Literature and Science respectively, the selection being 
at the option of the Student, provided two be taken from one division and one 
from the other. 


Ll. Literature, &e. 


LATIN OR GREEK. — As above, according as Greek or Latin has been: chosen pre- 
viously. 

ENGLISH AND RHETORIC,—(A) CHAUCER’s Prologue to Canterbury Tales, ed. 
Morris. (B) BAIN’s Rhetoric. 

MENTAL PHILosOpHy.—First Term:—The Logic of Induction, as in MILL’s 
System of Logic, Book III. Second Term :—The Psychology of 
Cognition, as in MuRRAY’s Handbook of Psychology, Book II,, 
Part I. ‘ 

FRENCH.—(If taken in the first two years). CORNEILLE, Le Cid.—Cogery— 
Third French course. Translation into French—Johnson, Rasse- 
las, French Composition. Dictation —CONTANSEAU, Précis de 
Littérature frangaise, depuis le X VITe siécle jusqu’a nos jours. 


ESS rest eee 


= = 
. Tay, 





0 


GERMAN.—(If taken in the first two years).—VANDERSMISSEN AND FRASER’S 
German Grammar; SCHILLER—Siege of Antwerp; LEssInc— 
Minna von Barnhelm; History of German Literature; German 
composition ; Dictation. 

HEBREW.—(For Theological Students),—Advanced Course.—Gesenius’ Grammar 
—Harper’s Elements of Syntax. Exercises continued.—Transla- 
tion from the Old Testament.—Reading of the Masoretic notes. 


Ll. Swence. 


TOPTICS AND DESCRIPTIVE ASTRONOMY.—Opties (Galbraith and Haughton), 
Descriptive Astronomy (Lockyer’s Elementary Astronomy), English 
edition ; first five chapters. Students are recommended to use 
with this an ‘* Easy Guide to the Constellations,” by Gall. 

TEXPERIMENTAL Prysics,—Heat, Light and Sound; as in Ganot’s Treatise. 

ZOOLOGY.—Elementary Physiology, Embryology, morphology, development and 
classification of vertebrate and invertebiate forms; weekly 


demonstrations. 


FOURTH YEAR. 
GREEK.— DEMOSTHENES, —The Olynthiacs. 
Or, instead of Greek :— 


LATIN.—TAciTUs.—Annals, Book II. 
Latin Prose Composition. 

NATURAL PHILOSOPHY.—Mathematical Physics, Mechanics and Hydrostatics 
(asin Third Year), or Astronomy (GALBRAITH AND HAUGHTON 
OR BRINKLEY) and Optics (GALBRAITH AND HAUGHTON), 

MoRAL PHILOsOPHY,—First Term :—The Psychological Basis of Ethics. Second 
Term :—Ethics Proper, comprising the elementary principles of 
Jurisprudence and Political Science. Zext-Book :—Murray’s Intro- 
duction to Ethics. 

In addition to the preceding, the Student must take three subjects out of the 
two following divisions (headed Literature and Science respectively), the selection 
being at the option of the Student, proviced all three are not taken out of the 
same division. 


1, Literature, ete. 


LATIN OR GREEK,—As above, accordingas Greek or Latin has been taken 
above. 

HisTORY.—Lectures on the History of Evrope from the downfall of the Roman 
Empire of the West to the Reformation. Zext-Books :—Mvyers, 





31 


Medizeval and Modern History, pp. 1-398; Brycg, Holy Roman 
Empire (omit chaps. 6, 8, 9, 13, and Supplementary chapter), 

FRENCH, —(If taken in Third Year.) —Bonnefon, Les Ecrivains modernes de la 
France, Translation into French. Morley’s Ideal Commonwealths. 
Dictation. CORNEILLE, Le Cid. 

GERMAN.—(If takenin Third Year.)—Goethe—Aus meinem Leben ; SCHILLER — 
Wallenstein; German Grammar and Composition ; Dictation ; 
History of German Literature. 


HEBREW.—(For Theological Students.) — Advanced Course continued. 
Ll, Science. 


fASTRONOMY AND OpTics.—If not chosen as above. 

TEXPERIMENTAL Puysics.—Electricity and Magnetism, as in GANoT’s Treatise. 

MINERALOGY AND GEOLOGY.—I, Mineralogy and FPetrography, Minerals and 
rocks, especially those important in Geology or useful in the Arts. 
2. Stratigraphy, Chronological Geology and Paleontology.—Data 
for determining the relative ages of Formations. Classification 
according to age. Fauna and Flora of the successive periods, 
Geology of British America. 7ext-Bo0k.—Dawson’s Handbook 
of Canadian Geology. 


For the B.A. Examinations see § IV. 
NOTE ON THE ORDINARY COURSE FOR B.A. 


Instead of two distinct subjects in one of the above divisions in either Third 
or Fourth Year, the student may select one subject only, together with an Addj- 
tional Course in the same or any other of his subjects in which such Additional 
Course may have been provided by the Faculty, under the above rules, provided 
he has been placed in the first class in the corresponding subject at the preceding 
Sessional Examination (viz., Intermediate or Third Year, according to standing). 


The Additional Course is intended to be more than an equivalent in the amount 
of work involved for any of the other subjects in the division, 

(For details of additional courses provided, see under Section XIII.) 

Undergraduates are required to study either French or German for two years 
(viz,, in the First and Second Years), taking the same language in each year. 
Any Student failing to pass the Examination at the end of the Second Year will 
be required to pass a Supplemental Examination, or to take an additional Session 
in the language in which he has failed. In addition to the obligatory, there are 
other lectures, attendance on which is optional. 


Students who intend to join any Theological School, on giving written notice 


to this effect at the beginning of the First Year, may take Hebrew instead of 
French or German. 





32 


Undergraduates who have been previously Partial Students, and have in this 
capacity attended a particular Course or Courses of Lectures, may, at the discre- 
tion of the Faculty, be exempted from further attendance on these Lectures 
but no distinction shall in consequence be made between the Examination of 
such Undergraduates and of those regularly attending Lectures. 


+ Students claiming exemptions (see 3 V.) cannot count these subjects for the B.A, if they 
ave not taken the Third Year Mathematical Physics, 


HONOUR COURSES. 
Third and Fourth Years. 


I, CLASSICAL LANGUAGES AND LITERATURE, 

2. MATHEMATICS AND PuysIcs. 

3. MENTAL AND MORAL PHILOsoPHY, 

4. ENGLISH LANGUAGE, LITERATURE AND HIsrTory. 

5. GEOLOGY AND OTHER NATURAL SCIENCES. 

6. MODERN LANGUAGES WITH HISTORY 

7. SEMITIC LANGUAGES. 
Honours are given in Mathematics in the First and Second Years also. 
Candidates for Honours are allowed exemptions under conditions stated in 


$V. 


4 IV. EXAMINATIONS. 
COLLEGE EXAMINATIONS, 


for Students of McGill College only. 


1. There are two examinations in each year—one at Christmas 
and the other at the end of the Session. In each of these the Stu- 
dents who pass are arranged according to their answering as rst 
Class, 2nd Class and 3rd Class. 


In the Fourth Year only, the University Examination for B.A, takes the 
place of the Sessional Examinations. 


2. Students who fail in any subject at the Christmas Examina- 
tions are required to pass a Supplemental Examination (if permis- 
sion be obtained from the Faculty) on that subject before admission 
to the Sessional Examinations. 

3. Undergraduates who fail in one subject at the Sessional Ex- 
aminations of the first two years are required to pass a Supplemental 





33 


Examination in it. Should they fail in this, they will be required in 
the following Session to attend the Lectures and pass the Examina- 
tion in the subject in which they have failed, in addition to those of 
the Ordinary Course, or to pass the Examination alone without 
attending lectures, at the discretion of the Faculty. 

4. Failure in two or more subjects at the Sessional Examina- 
tions of the first two years, or in one subject at the third year 
Sessional Examinations, involves the loss of the Session, The 
Faculty may permit the student to recover his standing by passing 
a Supplemental Examination at the beginning of the ensuing 
Session. Forthe purpose of this Regulation, Classics and Mathe- 
matics are each regarded as two subjects. 

5. A list of those to whom the Faculty may grant Supplementa | 
Examinations will be published after the examination. The time 
for the Supplemental Examination will be fixed by the Faculty ; the 
examination will not be granted at any other time, except by special 
permission of the Faculty, and on payment of a fee of $5. 


UNIVERSITY EXAMINATIONS. 
for Students of McGill College and of Colleges affiliated in Arts 


I. FOR THE DEGREE OF B.A, 


There are three University Examinations: The AZatriculation, at entrance ; 
the /utermediate, at the end of the Second Year; and the Fina/é, at the end of the 
Fourth Year. 


1. [he subjects of the Matriculation Examination are stated in 
Section I. 

2. In the Intermediate Examination, the subjects are Classics 
and Pure Mathematics, Logic, and the English Language, with one 
other Modern Language, or Botany. Theological Students are 
allowed to take Hebrew instead of a Modern Language. ‘The sub- 
jects for the examination of 1895 are as follows :— 
Classics.—Greek.—Plato, Apology ; Aeschylus, Prometheus Vinctus. Latin.— 

Horace, Epistles, Bk. I—Livy, Bk. XXI. Latin Prose Com- 
position, and Translation at sight of Latin into English. 
0 





34 
Mathematics.—Arithmetic. 


Euclid, Books I., II., IlI., IV., VI., and defs, of Book V. 
Algebra, to Quadratic Equations inclusive (as in Colenso). 
Trigonometry, including use of Logarithms. 


Logic.—Jevons’ Elementary Lessons in Logic. x 


English.— Spalding’s History of English Literature, or Lectures (see course). A 
7% paper on the essentials of English History (Buckley). Essay on a 
subject to be given at the time of the Examination. 
With one of the following :— 
1. Botany.—Structural and Systematic Botany, as in Gray’s Text-Book, with 
descriptive analysis of plants. 
2. French.—Ponsard :—l’Honneur et L’Argent. Racine:—Esther. Contan- 
seau:—Précis de la Littérature francaise from the beginning to the ; 


XVIIIth century. Translation into French :—Rasselas. Grammatical 
questions, 


Geryman.—Vandersmissen & Fraser’s German Grammar ; Joynes’ German 
Reader ; Freytag—Die Journalisten ; Uhland—Ballads and Romances 
(Macmillan’s Foreign School Classics); Translation at sight; Dicta- 
tion; Colloquial exercises, 

; Hebrew.—Genesis—chap. Ill., 1V. Exodus—chap. X., XI. Deuteronomy, 
—chap. V. Exercises: Hebrew into English, and English into Hebrew: 
Syntax. Reading of the Masoretic notes, the Septuagint version and 
the Vulgate. 


3. For the Final or B.A. Ordinary Examination the subjects 
are those appointed as obligatory in the Third and Fourth Years, 
viz,, Latin or Greek; Mathematical Physics (Mechanics and 
Hydrostatics), or Astronomy and Optics; Moral Philosophy; and 
those three subjects which the Candidate may have selected for 
himself in the Third and Fourth Years. (See § III.) : 

The subjects in detail for 1895 are as follows :-— 


1.. Greek.—Demosthenes, The Olynthiacs ; Euripides, Medea. 
(Or Latin, as follows) :— 
2. Latin.—Tacitus, Annals, Book II.; Juvenal, Satt. VIII. and XIII. 


Mathematical Fhysics. 
1. Mechanics and, Hydrostatics, as in Galbraith G° Haughton’s text-books, with 
parts of Maxwell’s ‘* Matter and Motion”; or *Optics and Astronomy. 
Mental and Moral Philosophy. 


Murray’s Introduction to Eth cs, 
* Additional Courses as in % XIII 





ov 


Naiural Science. 


Mineralogy and Geology, as in Dana’s Manual and Dawson’s Handbook of Can- 
adian Geology. 
“Practical Geology and Paleontology ; or Practical Chemistry, as in % XIII. 


Lixperimental Physics. 

Electricity and Magnetism. (See courses of Lectures 2 XIII.) 

Hlistory, 
Myers :—Medizval and Modern History ; Bryce’s Holy Roman Empire (omit 

Chaps. 6, 8, 9, 13, and Supplementary Chapter), 
*Additionai Course as in 2 XIII, 
French, 

The Course of French for the Fourth Year. 


“The subjects of the Additional Course as in 3 XIII. 


German. 


The course of German for the Fourth Year. 
“Additional Course as in 3 XITI. 


flebrew (Theological Students), 
Isaiah LIII ; Ezekiel XXXVII; Job XXXVIII to ALI; Psalms XXXI to 


XXXV. Translation at sight. 

Gesenius’ Grammar; Harper’s Elements of Syntax; Reading of the Masoretic 
notes, the Septuagint Version and the Vulgate. 

Additional Courses (see § XIII), 

For details of each subject, see Courses of Lectures, § XIII. 

At the B.A. Ordinary Examination, of the Candidates who 
obtain the required aggregate marks, only those who pass in the 
First Class in three of the departments, and not less than Second 
Class in the remainder, shall be entitled to be placed in the First 
Class for the Ordinary Degree, | 

4. Every Candidate for the Degree of B.A. is required to 
make and sign the following declaration :— ° 

‘‘Ego———polliceor sancteque recipio me, pro meis viribus 
studiosum fore communis hujus Universitatis boni, et operam datur- 
um ut ejus decus et dignitatem promoveam,’ 


== 


a 
= GE “a =m 


SES= 


a 


Caan 


= 


ao == = 


= 





36 
Il. FOR THE DEGREE OF M.A, 


1. A Candidate must be a Bachelor of Arts of at least three 


years standing. 
_ Thesis. 


2, He is required to prepare and submit to the Faculty a thesis on 


some literary or scientific subject, under the following rules :— 

(a) The subject of the thesis must be submitted to the Faculty 
before the thesis is presented. 

(4) A paper read previously to any association, or published 


in any way, cannot be accepted as a thesis. 

(c) The thesis submitted becomes the property of the Univer- 
sity, and cannot be published without the consent of the Faculty of 
Arts. 

(Z7) The thesis must be submitted before some date to be fixed 
annually by the Faculty, not less than two months before proceed- 
ing to the Degree. 

The last day in the session of 1894-95 for sending in Theses for 
M.A. will be Jan. 31st, 1895. 


Examination. 


3. All Candidates, except those who have taken First or Second 
Rank B.A. Honours, or have passed First Class in the Ordinary 
Examinations for the Degree of B.A., are required to pass an ex- 
amination also, either in Literature or in Scicnce, as each Candidate 
may select. 

(a) The subjects of the Examination in Literature are divided 
into two groups as follows :— 

Group A.—1. Latin. 2. Greek. 3. Hebrew. 

Group B.—1. French. 2. German. 3. English. 

(6) The subjects. for the Examination in Sczence are divided 
into three gioups ;— 

Group A.—Pure Mathematics (Advanced or Ordinary). 2. 
Mechanics (including Hydrostatics). 3. Astronomy. 4. Optics. 

Group B.—1. Geology and Mineralogy. 2: Botany. 3. Zoo- 
logy. 4. Chemistry. 





37 

Group C.—1. Mental Philosophy. 2. Moral Philosophy. 3. 
Logic. 4. History of Philosophy. 

(c) Every candidate in Literature is required to select two sub- 
jects out of one group in the literary section, and one out of the 
other group in the same section for the Examination. Every Can- 
didate in Science is required to select two out of the three groups in 
the Scientific section; and in one of the groups so chosen to select 
two subjects, and in the other group one subject for Examination. 

(Zz) One of the subjects selected as above will be considered 
the principal subject (being so denoted by the candidate at the 
time of application), and the other two as subordinate subjects, 

(e) ‘The whole examination may be taken in one year, or dis- 
tributed over two or three years, provided the examination in any 
one subject is not divided. 

For further details of the examination, application must be 
made to the Faculty before the above date. For fees, see § XII. (In 
case of failure, the candidate may present himself in a subsequent 
year without further payment of fees.) 

Lectures to Bachelors of Arts. 

Lectures are open to Bachelors of Arts who are candidates 
for M.A., the sessional examinations corresponding to these lectures 
being reckoned as parts of the M.A. examination. The subjects 
are Greek, Latin, English, Mental and Moral Philosophy, Chemis- 
try, Botany, Geology and Mineralogy, French, German. 


Iii, FOR THE DEGREE OF LL.D. 


This Degree is intended as an incentive to and recognition of special study 
by Masters of Arts in some branch of Literature or Science. The thesis or short 
printed treatise referred to below is regarded.as the chief test of the candidate’s 
mastery of the subject he has chosen and of his power of handling it. A very 
wide range of choice is allowed in order to suit individual tastes. 


The following are the regulations :— 


I. Candidates must be Masters of Arts of at least twelve years 
standing. Every candidate for the Degree of LL.D. in course is 
required to prepare and submit to the Faculty of Arts, not less 
than three months before proceeding to the degree, twenty-five 
printed copies ofa thesis on some Literary or Scientific subject pre- 


a wae | we 


. so 5 Ge 


oe 
a & TA 


a3. eo S34 os 


~” 





viously approved by the Faculty, and possessing such a degree of 
Literary or Scientific merit, and evidencing such originality of 
thought or extent of research as shall, in the opinion of the Faculty, 
justify it in recommending him for that degree. 

N.B.—The subject should be submitted before the Thesis 1s 


written. 

Il. Every Candidate for the Degree of LL.D. in Course is 
required to submit to the Faculty of Arts, with his thesis, a list of 
books, treating of some one branch of Literature or of Science, 
satisfactory to the Faculty, in which he is prepared to submit to 

e 


examination, and on which he shall be examined, unless otherwise 


e 
ordered by vote of the Faculty. For fees, see § XII. 


§V.SPECIAL PROVISIONS FOR CANDIDATES FOR 
HONOURS AND FOR PROFESSIONAL STUDENTS. 


The Honour lectures are open to Undergraduates only, and no Undergra- 
duate is permitted to attend unless (2) he has been placed in the First Class in 
the subject at the preceding Sessional Examination, if there be one, and has (4) 
satisfied the Professor that he is otherwise qualified. (¢c) While attending lectures 
his progress must be satisfactory to the Professor ; if not satisfactory, he may be 
notified by the Faculty to discontinue attendance. 


1, Candidates for Honours in the Second Year. . 


Candidates for Honours in the Second Year have obtained Honours in 
the First Year may omit the lectures and examinations either in Modern Lan- | 
guages (or Hebrew) or Botany, giving notice of the subject at the beginning of 
the session: 


Il. Candidates for Honours in the Third Year. 


Every Candidate for Honours inthe Third Year must, in order to obtain 
exemptions, have passed the Intermediate Examination, and must in the Examin- 
ations of the Second Year have taken First Rank Ilonours, if Honours be offered 
in the subjects, or if not, First Class at the Ordinary Séssional Examinations in 
the subject in which he proposes to compete for Honours, and be higher than 
Third Class in the majority of the remaining subjects ; such Candidates shall be 
entitled'in the Third Year to exemption from lectures and examinations in any 
one of the subjects required by the general rule (see § III.) except that in which 
he is a Candidate for Honours, A Candidate for Honours in the Third Year who 
has failed to obtain Honours shall be required to take the same examinations for 
B.A. as the ordinary Undergraduates, 





corresponding examinations only at the ordinary B.A, Examination. Candidates, 


" 
i 
Mi 
ai 
i): 
39 j 
lke 
J th. 
Bt 
LILI, Candidates for B.A. Honours. I 
t 
A Student who has taken Honours of the first rank in the Third Year, and th 
s ; if 
desires to be a Candidate for B.A. Flonours, shall be required to attend two only ‘ 
of the courses of lectures given in the ordinary departments, and to pass the two } | 





however, who at the B.A. Examinations obtain Third Rank Honours, will not be 
allowed credit for these exemptions at the end of the Session, unless the Examin- 


ers certify that the knowledge shown of the whole Honour Course (Part II. as 


=p 


well as Part J.) is sufficient to justify it. A Student who has taken Second Rank 
Honours in the Third Year, and desires to be a Candidate for B.A. Honours in 


the same subject, shall be allowed to continue in the Fourth Year the study of 
» | 


the same departments that he has taken in the Third Year, but shall be required. 


—t.. 


to take the same number of subjects as in the Ordinary Course. 


NoTE.—For subjects of Ordinary Course see § III, €: 
ot 
LV. Professional Students. y 
Students of the Third and Fourth Years, matriculated in the Faculties of Law, of 
Medicine, or Applied Science, of the University, or in any affiliated Theological G 
College, are entitled to exemption from any one of the Ordinary subjects required P 
in the Third and Fourth Years. (For rule concerning ‘* Speciai Certificates,” f' 
see § IV.) ,! 
To be allowed these privileges in either year, they must give notice at the com- : 
mencement of the session to the Dean of the Faculty of Arts of their intention to f 
claim exemptions as Professional Students, and must produce at the end of the i 
Session Certificates of attendance on a full course of Professional Lectures during 
the year for which the exemption is claimed. id 


V. Students of the University attending A iiliated Theological Colleges. 
J S A, £ & 


I. These students are subject to the regulations of the Faculty of Arts in the 
Same manner as other Students. 

2. The Faculty will make formal reports to the Governing body of the Theo- 
logical College which any such students may attend, as to :—(1) their conduct 
and attendance on the classes of the Faculty ; and (2) their standing in the 
several examinations ; such reports to be furnished after the Christmas and Ses- 
sional Examinations severally, if called for. 

3- Undergraduates are allowed no exemptions in the course for the Degree of 
B.A. until they have passed the Intermediate Examination: but they may take 
Hebrew in the First or Second Years, instead ot French or German. 

4. In the Third and Fourth Years they are allowed exemptions, as stated : 
above. 

*Any student who, under any of the above rules, desires to take Experi- 
mental Physics is required to take Mechanics and Hydrostatics also, in the Third 
Year. 


40 


§ VI. MEDALS, HONOURS, PRIZES AND CLASSING. 


1. Gold Medals will be awarded in the B.A. Honour Examina- 
tions to Students who take the highest Honours of the First Rank 
in the subjects stated below, and who shall have passed creditably 
the Ordinary Examinations for the Degree of B.A., provided they 
have been recommended therefor to the Corporation by the Faculty 
on the report of the Examiners :— 

The Henry Chapman Gold Medal, for Classical Languages and Literature. 

The Prince of Wales Gold Medal, for Mental and Moral Philosophy. 

The Anns Molson Gold Medal, for Mathematics and Natural Philosophy. 

The Skhakespere Gold Medal, for the English Language, Literature and 

History. 

The Logan Gold Medal, for Geology and other Natural Sciences. 

Major Hiram Mills Gold Medal, for a subject to be chosen by the Faculty 

from year to year. 

If there be no candidate for any Medal, or if none of the candidates fulfil 
the required conditions, the Medal: will be withheld, and the proceeds of its en- 
dowment for the year may be devoted to prizes in the subject for which the 
M edal was intended. For details, see announcements of the several subject 
below. 

2. Honours of First, Second or Third Rank will be awarded to 
those Undergraduates who have successfully passed the Examin- 
ations in any Honour Course established by the Faculty, and have 
also passed creditably the ordinary Examinations in all the subjects 
proper to their year. 

The Honour Examinations are each divided into two parts, 
separated by an interval of a few days, under the following regula 

ons :— 

(a) No Candidate will be admitted to Part II., unless he has 
shown a thorough and accurate knowledge of the course appointed 
for Part I. 


(6) The names of the successful Candidates in Part I. will be 
announced before Part II. begins. 

(c) First or Second Rank Honours will be awarded to those. 
Candidates only who are successful in Part II. 


(dZ) Third Rank Honours will be.awarded to those who are 
successful in Part I alone. 





41 


By an Order of the Lieutenant-Governor of Ontario in Council, Honvurs im 
this University confer the same privileges in Ontario as Honours in the Univer- 
sities of that Province as regards certificates of eligibility for the duties of Fublac 
School Inspectors, and as regards exemption from the non-professional Examina- 
tion of Teachers for first-class Certificates for Grades “ A and B.” 


3. SPECIAL CERTIFICATES will be given to those Candidates for 
B.A. who shall have been placed in the First Class at the ordinary 
B.A. Examination ; have obtained three-fourths of the maximum 
marks in the aggregate of the studies proper to their year ; are in 
the First Class in not less than half the subjects, and have no Third 
Class. At this examination, no Candidate who has taken exemp- 
tions (see § V.) can be placed in the first-class unless he has ob- 
tained First Class in four of the departments in which he has been 
examined ; he must have no ‘Third Class. 

4. CERTIFICATES of High General Standing will be granted to 
those Undergraduates of the first two years who have obtained 
three-fourths of the maximum marks in the aggregate of the studies 
proper to their year, are in the First Class in not less than half the 
subjects, and have not more than one Third Class., In the ‘Third 
Year the conditions are the same as for the Special Certincate for 
B.A. 

5. PRIZES OR CERTIFICATES will be given to those Undergradu- 
ates who may have distinguished themselves in the studies of a 
particular class and have attended all the other classes proper to 
their year. 

6. His Excellency the Earl of Aberdeen has been pleased to offer 
a GOLD MeEpat for the study of Modern Languages and Literature, 
with History, or for First Rank General Standing, as may be 
announced, 

(a) The Regulations for the former are as follows :— 


(1) The subjects for competition shall be French and German, together with a 
portion of the History prescribed for the present Honour Course for the Shaks- 
peare Medal. Information concerning the History may be obtained from the 
Lecturer on History. 

(2) The Course of Study shall extend over two years, viz., the Third and 
Fourth Years. 

(3) The successful Candidate must be capable of speaking and writing both 
anguages correctly. 


7 





42 


(4) There shall be examinations in the subjects of the course in both the 
Third and Fourth Years, at which Honours may be awarded to deserving Candi- 
dates. 

(5) The general conditions of competition and the privileges as regards exemp- 
tions shall be the same as for the other Gold Medals in the Faculty of Arts. 

(6) Students from other Faculties shal] be allowed to compete, provided they 


pass the examinations of the Third and Fourth Years in the above subjects. 


(7) Candidates desiring to enter on the Third Year of the Course, who have: 
not obtained first-class standing at the Intermediate or Sessional Examinations of 
the Second Year in Arts, are required to pass an examination in the work of the 
first two years of the Course in Modern Languages, if called on to do so by the 
Professors. 

8 The subjects of Examination shall be those of the Honour Course in Modern 
Languages. 

(2) The Regulations for the Gold Medal, if awarded for First 
Rank General Standing, are as follows :— 


(1) The successful Candidate must take no exemptions or substitutes of any 
kind, whether Professional or Honour, in the Ordinary B, A. Examinations, 

(2) He shall be examined in the following subjects :— 

(2) Classics (both languages); (4) Mixed Mathematics :—Mechanics , Hydro- 
statics, Optics, Astronomy ; (c) Moral Philosophy ; and any fwo of 
the following subjects, or any ove of them with its Additional Course: 
(2) Natural Science ; (e) Experimental Physics ; (f) English and 
History; (g) French; (4) German. 

(3) His answering must satisfy special conditions laid down by the Faculty. 

(4) The same Candidate cannot obtain the Gold Medal for First Rank Gen- 

eral Standing and also a Gold Medal for First Rank Honours, 

7. THe NEIL Stewart Prize of $18 is open to all Undergra- 
duates of this, and also to Graduates of this or any other, Univ ersity, 
studying Tielagy 3 in any College affiliated to this University under 
the following rules :— 

(1) The prize will not be given for less than a thorough examination on 
Hebrew Grammar passed in the First Class, in reading and translating the Penta- 
teuch, and such poetic portions of the Scriptures as may be determined. 

(2) In case competitors should fail to attain the above Standard, the prize 
will be withheld, and a prize of $36 will be offered in the following year for the 
same. 

[Course for the present year :—Hebrew Grammar (Gesenius) ; Translation 
and analysis of Exodus ; Isaiah XL. to the end of the book. ] 


(3) There will be two Examinations of three hours each—one in Grammar 
and the other in Translation and Analysis. 





t bs a4 \ we 


This Prize, founded by the late Rev. C. C. Stewart, M.A., and 

F ‘ > : Ps | fe A 

terminated by his death, was re-established by the liberality of the 
late Neil Stewart, Esq., of Vankleek Hill. 


| 1c 


8. EaRLyY EnGLisH Text Socirtty’s Prize—tThe prize, 
annual gift of the Early English Text Society, will be awarded for 


proficiency in (1) Anglo-Saxon, (2) Early English before Chaucer. 


The subjects of Examination will be: 
(1) The Lectures of the Third and Fourth Years on Anglo-Saxon. 


(2) Specimens of Early English, Clarendon Press Series, ed. Morris and 
Skeat, Part II., A.D. 1298—A.D. 1393. The Lay of Havelock the Dane ( Early 
English Text Society, ed. Skeat), 

9. New SHAKSPERE SOCIETY’s PrizeE.—This Prize, the annual 
gift of the New Shakespeare Society, opeu to Graduates and Under- 
graduates, will be awarded for a critical knowledge of the following 
plays of Shakspere : — 

Hamlet ; Macbeth ; Othello; King Lear, 

10. “CuHarLes G. CostER MEMORIAL PRrize.”—This . Prize, ; 
intended as a tribute to the memory of the late Rev. Chas. G. 
Coster, M.A., Ph.D., Principal of the Grammar School, St. John, 
N.B., is offered by Colin H. Livingstone, Esq., B.A., to the Under- 
graduates (men or women) from the Maritime Provinces, ‘Nova 
Scotia, New Brunswick and Prince Edward Island. In April, 1895; 
it will be awarded to that Undergraduate of the First, Second or 
Third Year, from the above Provinces, who, in the,op nion of the 
Faculty, has passed the most satisfactory Sessional Examinations, 
under certain conditions laid down by the donor. 


11. SCIENCE SCHOLARSHIPS GRANTED BY HER MAJESTY’S 
COMMISSION FOR THE EXHIBITION OF 1851.—These scholarships of 
4150 sterling a year in value are tenable for two or, in rare 1m 
stances, three years. They are limited, according to the Report of 
the Commission “to those branches of Science (suchas Physics, 
Mechanics and Chemistry) the extension of which is specially 
important for our national industries.” Their object is, not to 
facilitate ordinary collegiate studies, but ‘“‘to enable students to 
continue the prosecution of science with the view of aiding in its 
advance or in its application to the industries of the country,” 

Two nominations to these scholarships have already been 





44 


placed by the Commission in 1891 and 1893 at the disposal of 
McGill University, and have been awarded. 


When nominations are offered, they are open to Students of not 
less than three years standing in the Faculties of Arts or Applied 
Science, and are tenable at any University or at any other Institution 


approved by the Commission. 

12. The names of those who have taken Honours, Certificates 
or Prizes will be published in order of merit, with mention, in the 
case of Students of the First and Second Years, of the schools in 
which their preliminary education has been received. 


§ VII. BOARDING HOUSES. 


Board and rooms can be obtained at a cost of from $r£5 te $25 
per month: Rooms only, from $4 to $10 per month: Board only, 


from $12 to $18 per month, 


Students can obtain a list of Boarding Houses on application to 
the Secretary. 


§ VIII. ATTENDANCE AND CONDUCT. 


All Students shall be subject to the following regulations for 
attendance and conduct :— 


t. A Class-book shall be kept by each Professor or Lecturer, in which the 
presence or absence of Students shall be carefully noted ; and the said Class-book: 
shall be submitted to the Faculty at all their ordinary meetings during the 


Session. 


2. Each Professor shall call the roll immediately at the beginning of the lec- | 
ture, Credit for attendance on any lecture may be refused on the grounds of 





45 


lateness, inattention or neglect of study, or disorderly conduct in the class-room. 
In the case last mentioned, the student may, at the discretion of the Professor, 
be required to leave the class-room. Persistence in any of the above offences 
against discipline, after admonition by the Professor, shall be reported to the 
Dean of Faculty. The Dean may, at his discretion, reprimand the student, o1 
refer the matter to the Faculty at its next meeting, and may in the interval sus- 
pend from Classes. 

3. Absence from any number of lectures can only be excused by necessity or 
duty, of which proof must be given, when called for, to the Faculty. - The num- 


ber of times of absence, from necessity or duty, that shall disqualify for the keep 
ing of a session shall in each case be determined by the Faculty. 

4. While in the College, or going to or from it, students are expected to 
conduct themselves in the same orderly manner as inthe class rooms. Any Pro- 
fessor observing improper conduct in the College buildings or grounds may 
admonish the student, and, if necessary, report him to the Dean. 

5. Every student is required to attend regularly the religious services of the 
denomination to which he belongs, and to maintain, without as well as within the 
walls of the College, a good moral character. 

6. When students are brought before the Faculty under the above rules, the 
Faculty may reprimand, report to parents or guardians, impose fines, disqualify 
from competing for prizes or honors, suspend from classes, or report to the Cor- 
poration for expulsion. 

7. Any student who does not report his residence on or before November rst 
in each year is liable to a fine of one dollar. 

S. Any student injuring the furniture or buildings will be required to repair 
the same at his own expense, and will, in addition, be subject to such other 
penalty as the Faculty may see fit to inflict. 

g. Allcases of discipline involving the interests of more than one Faculty, 
or of the University in general, shall be immediately reported to the Principal, or, 
in his absence, to the Vice-Principal. 

[Nore.—All Students are required to appear in Academic dress while in or 
about the College buildings, Students are requested to take notice that petitions 
to the Faculty on any subject cannot, in general, be taken into consideration, 
except at the regular meetings appointed in the Calendar.] 





‘3 oe 
= = 


=a BB es <= 


—= 


on. 


cor 


_ 
ee Se 
< te. 


=~ 2= 
PR Son 


* 


_—=_ 


cto. > 


Sed 


ro, 
“= Ww 


aon = = 


s 


a 


a 





46 


§ IX. LIBRARY. 
Librarian: —C. H. Gou p, B.A. 
Assistant Librarian :—H, MOTT. 

Extract from the Regulations. 


1. The books in the Library are classed in two divisions :—Ist, Those which 
may be lent ; and 2nd, those which may not, under any circumstances, be removed 
from the Library. The classification shall be determined by the Librarian. 

2. Students in the Faculty of Arts or of Applied Science, who have paid the 
Library fee, may borrow books on depositing the sum of $5 with the Bursar, 
which deposit, after the deduction of any fines due, will be repaid at the end of 
the session on the certificate of the Librarian or his assistant that che hooks have 
been returned uninjured. 


3. Students may borrow nof more than three volumes at one time, excepton 
the recommendation in writing of a Professor for specified books, and must retum 
them within two weeks, on penalty of a fine of 5 cents a volume for each day of 
detention. An additional deposit of $4 entitles a student to borrow two extra 
volumes. 

4. A student incurring fines beyond the sum total ot $1 shall be debarred 
the use of the Library until they have been paid. 

5. Any volume, or volumes, lost or damaged by any person shall be 
replaced or paid for at such rates as the Library Committee may direct ; and such 
rate of payment shall be determined by the value of the book itself, or of the set 
to which the volume belongs. And, further, any person found guilty of wilfully 
damaging any book, either by defacement or mutilation, or in any other way 
shall be excluded from the Library, and shall be debarred from the use thereof 
for such time as the Library Committee may determine. 

6. Graduates in any of the Faculties,on making a deposit of $5, are entitled 
to the use of the Library, subject to the same rules and conditions as Students; 


but they are not required to pay the annual Library fee. 


~. Graduates residing beyond the City limits, and applying for the loan of | 
books from the Library, shall not receive such books without the sanction of the 
Librarian, and depositing the value of the books with the Bursar of the College. 

8 Members of the McGill College Book Club, on presenting annually a 
certificate of their membership, are by special regulation of Corporation entitled 
to the use of Library on the same conditions as Graduates, but they are not 
required to make a deposit. 

g. Students in the Faculties of Law and Medicine, who have paid the 
Library fee to the Bursar, may read in the Library, and, on depositing the sum 
of $5 with the Bursar, may borrow books on the same conditions as Students in ~ 
Arts. They are required to present their Matriculation Tickets to the Bursar and 
to the Librarian or his assistant. 








( 





; " 
qs) 
WI 
41 | 
mI 
Io, Persons not connected with the College may consult books in the i | 
Library on obtaining an order from any of the Governors, or from the Principal, 
‘or the Dean of the Faculty of Arts or of Applied Science, or from any of the f | 
Professors in the said Faculties. Donors of books or money to the amount of if . 
‘fifty dollars may at any time consult books on application to the Librarian. i 
11. The Library is kept open from 9 a.m. to 6 p.m. and from 8 p.m. to Io |) 
p.m. daily, during the Session except on Saturdays, During the summer the g 
‘hours are from 9.00 a.m. to 5.00 p.m,, and no person is allowed in the Library » 
except during these hours. a 
12, A person desiring to read or to borrow a book, which he has ascertained wi 
from the Catalogue to be in the Library, will fill up one of the blank forms pro- ‘ie 
vided for Readers and Borrowers respectively, and hand it to a Library Assis- ‘a 


tant, who will thereupon procure him the book, 


13. Readers must return the books they have obtained toa Library Assis- 


= _ r 
= =e 
=_ ve We 


tant before leaving the Library. 


(3 

14. No conversation is permitted in the Library, q 

(s 

; 

§ X: PETER REDPATH MUSEUM. fii 

| 

t, The Museum will open every lawful day from g a.m. till 5 p.m., except a 
when closed for any special reason by order of the Principal or Committee. e 
t 
2. Students’ will obtain tickets of admission from the Principal on application. é 
3. Students will enter by the front door only, except when going to lectures. - 

4. Any students wilfully defacing or injuring specimens, or removing the 

same, will be excluded from access to the Museum for the session. 6 


§ XI. McDONALD PHYSICS BUILDING. 


The Building contains five storeys, each of 8,000 square feet area. Besides a 
lecture theatre and its apparatus rooms, it includes an elementary laboratory nearly 
60 feet square ; large special laboratories arranged for higher work by advanced 
students in Heat and Electricity, a range of rooms for optical work and photo- 
graphy ; separate rooms for private thesis work by students ; and two large labo- 
ratories arranged for research, provided with solid piers and the usual standard 
instruments. There are also a lecture room, with apparatus room attached, for 
Mathematical Physics, a special physical library, and convenient workshops. The 
equipment is on a corresponding scale, and comprises : (1) apparatus for illustra- 
ting lectures; (2) simple forms of the principal instruments for use by the students 
in practical work ; (3) the most recent types of all the important instruments for 

“exact measurement, by first class makers, for use in the laboratories for special 
‘work and research. 


48 


§ XII. FEES. 


All fees and fines are payable to the Bursar of the College. 

I. Under aduates —$37.00 per session, including Library, Gymnasium, 
Matriculation and the fee heretofore paid for the B.A. degree. 

Il. Partial Students,—$8.co per session for one course of lectures including 


the use of the Library ; $4 00 per session for each additional course. 
Special Fees. 


Laboratory and Practical Classes, viz., Chemistry, Botany, Physics, each 
per session (optional).......... 

Preemi10 (OPUONAL) ..03 sdewes es eese 0s 

Petrography (optional) ....0. sececeses 

Gymnasium (for partial students) optional 

Supplemental Examination, at date fixed by Faculty......... 


Supplemental Examination, when granted at any other time than that 


Heed by the Macuitly. uss tals, ex éaviaes a Ras ree 
Fee for a certificate of standing, if granted to a student on application... 
Fee for a certificate of standing, if accompanied by a statement of clas- 
sification in the several subjects of examination........ 
Examination Fee for Siudents of Affiliated Theological Colleges who 
present themselves for the entrance examination without intend- 
ie 46 econic MAGEreraGuates ics sila divieis s died oie 444s saw Sees 00 
Matriculation Certificate, for Students intending to enter the Medical 
Faculty eS esnwin ca ¥ ace Wh Bale Pa ope} 50 

‘* Special ” fees are additional to the regular fees paid by Undergraduates or 
Partial Students, but are payable only for the classes (optional) or objects named 
above. 

N.B.—The lectures in one subject in any one of the four college years consti- 
tute a ** Course.” 

Graduates in Arts are allowed to attend, without payment of fees, all Jectures 
except those noted as requiring a special fee. 

The fees must be paid to the Secretary, and the tickets shown tothe Dean, 
within a fortnight after the commencement of attendance in each session. In case 
of default, the student’s name will be removed from the College books, and can 
be replaced thereon only by permission of the Faculty, and on payment of a fine 
of $2. 

[All fines are applied to the purchase of books for the Library. ] 
Fee for the degree of M.A ...+. vec. a Io 00* 
“3 on 4 LE Div is Cone tsieen s 50 00* 

If the degree of M.A. be granted, with permission to the Candidate, on special 
grounds, to be absent from Convocation, the fee is $25.00. 

The M.A. or LL.D. fee must be sent with the thesis to the Secretary of the 





49 


University. This is a condition essential to the reception of the application. The 
Secretary will then forward the thesis to the Dean of the Faculty, 

"A Bachelor of Arts or a Master of Arts intending to proceed to a higher 
Degree is required, ix addition to the above, to keep his name on the books of 
the University, by the annual payment of a fee of $2 to the Registrar of the Uni- 


_versity. He may, if he prefer it, compound for the above annual fees, by the 


payment of $6 in one sum for the Master’s Degree, or $30 for the Doctor 
Degree, on or before the date of a dlication for the Decree. 
g bd PI > 


Lixtract from the Regulations of the Board of Governors for 
Election of Fellows under Chap. V. of the 
Statutes of the University. 


‘‘ From and after the graduation of 1588, all new Graduates shall 
“pay a Registration Fee of $2.00 at the time of their graduation, 
“in addition to the Graduation Fee; and shall be entered in the 
“ University list as privileged to vote, and shall have voting-papers 
“mailed to them by the Secretary.” 


§ XIII. COURSES OF LECTURES. 
l. ORDINARY COURSE, 
l. CLASSICAL LITERATURE AND HISTORY. 


(Masor H. Minis Prorgssorsaip or CLAssics.) 
Professor :—Rev. G. Cornisu, M.A., LL.D. 
Associate Professor :—A. J. Baton, M. A., P#.D. 
Sessional Lecturer :—Joun L. Day, B.A. 

GREEK. 


First Year.—Homer.—Odyssey, Bk. XI. Xenophon.—Hellenics, Book I. 

Second Year.—Plato —Apology. Aeschylus.—Prometheus Vinctus. History of 
areece. 

Third Year. —Lysias.—Contra Eratosthenem. Euripides.—Medea, 


Fourth Year—Demosthenes.—The Olynthiacs. 


a 


LATIN. 


First Year.—Cicero.—De Amicitia. Sallust.—Catiline. Virgil.— Aeneid, Book 
VI. Latin Prose Composition and ‘Translation at Sight.—Bender’s Roman 
Literature.—History of Rome. 

D 








50 


Second Year._Livy, Bk. XX1.—Horace, Epistles, Bk. I. Translation at sight of 
passages from Cicero and Livy, and Latin Prose Composition based upon 
selections from the sume authors. 

Third Year.—Juvenal.—Satires VIII. and XIII. Pliny, Select Letters. Latin 
Prose Composition. 

Fourth Year—Tacitus.—Annals, Book II. Latin Prose Composition. 

In the work of the Class the attention of the student is directed to the colla- 
teral subjects of History, Antiquities and Geography ; also to the grammatical 
structure and affinities of the Greek and Latin Languages, and to Prosody and 
Accentuation. 

The Latin pronunciation adopted in the lectures is based on the scheme issued 
by the Cambridge Philological Society (London : Trubner & Co.). 

In Greek, the system of pronunciation, outlined in the preface of Goodwin's 
Greek Grammar, is recommended to the attention of students. 


Number of lectures in Fourth Year—two weekly, or, at the discretion of the 
Professor, three. 


9. BNGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE. 
(MotsoN PROFESSORSHIP.) 
Professor :—Ounas. E. Moysn, 3.A. 
Lecturer :—C.W. Copy, B.A. 
First Year—English Language and Literature. Three lectures a week. Until 
Christmas the work of the Class will consist of exercises in English Compo- 


sition once a week. Two lectures a week will be given to the study of Eng- 


lish. After Christmas the course on English Literature will be continued 

and brought down to the end of the Elizabethan Period. Students are re- 

commended to use Pro!. Henry Morley’s Charts of English Literature, and to 

read the first chapter of Henry Morley’s English Writers (Cassell, 1887).* 
Second Year.—A period of English Literature, one play of Shakspeare and a 

modern poem. Qne lecture a week before Christmas; two lectures a week 
after Christmas. During the session of 1894-95, the leading poets of the Nine- 
teenth Century will form the subject of the Lectures. Shakspeare—A Mid- 
summer Night’s Dream (Olarendon Press Edition). Tennyson—Gareth and 
Lynette. 


Third Year:--A, Chaucer’s Prologue to Canterbury Tales. Lectures once a 
week ; Text-Book : — Chaucer’s Prologue, etc., ed. Morris. B. Rhetoric. 
Lecture once a week; ext- Books -—Genung’s Rhetoric. 

Fourth Year.—History. The lectures (once a week) will be a sketch of general 
European History from the Fall of the Roman Empire of the West to the 
Discovery. of the New World. The use of Professor Nichol’s Tables of Huro- 
pean History is recommended. | 


3. MENTAL AND MORAL PHILOSOPHY. 
(Joun FrorHingHaM ProressorsuiP or MENTAL AND Morat Puitosopny.) 
Professor: —Rev. J. CLARK Murray, LL.D. 


Lecturer :—Pavut T. LAFLEUR, M.A. 


Second Year.—First term.—Elementary Psychology. (Vext-Book :—Murray’s 





Handbook of Psychology, BookI.) Second Term :-—-Logic. (Text-Book: 
—Jevons’ Elementary lessons in Logic.)* 

Third Year.—First Term :—The Logic of Induction, as in Mill’s System of Logie, 
Book III. Second Term:—The Psychology of Cognition, as in Murray’s 
Handbook of Psychology, Book II., Part I. 

Fourth Year.—First Term :—The Psychological Basis of Ethics. Second Term: 
—Ethics Proper, comprising the elementary principles of Jurisprudence and 
Political Science. ext-Book:—Murray’s Introduction to Ethics. 

In the Third and Fourth Years, students are also required to write occasional 
essays on philosophical subjects. 

For Additional Courses see Honour Course. 


4. FRENCH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE. 
Professor :—P. J. Dargey, M.A.; B.C.L., LL.D., Officier d? Académie. 
Sessional Lecturer :—Rev. J. L. Morin, M.A. 


first Year.—Darey—Principes de Grammaire francaise. La Fontaine —Choix 
de fables. Moliére—l’Avare. Dictation. Colloquial exercises. 

Second Year.—Racine—Esther. Ponsard—l’Honneur et Argent. Contanseau 
—Preécis de Littérature Francaise, depuis son origine jusqu’A la fin du 
XVile siécle. Translation into French:—Dr. Johnson—Rasselas. Dic- 
tation. Parsing. Colloquial exercises. 

Lhird Year,—Corneitug, Le Cid. Cogery—Third French course. Translation 
into French :—Johnson—Rasselas. Dictation. Contanseau—Précis de 
Litterature Francaise, depuis le XVIIIe siécle jusqu’a nos jours. 

Fourth Year.—Cogery—Third French course, Bonnefon—Les Ecrivains mo- 
dernes de la France. Translation into French :—Morley—Ideal Common- 
wealths. French Composition. Dictation. Cornarue, Le Cid. 

For Additional Courses see Honour Lectures, 

Phe Lectures in the Third and Fourth Years are given in French. 





5. GERMAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE. 
Lecturer :—L. R. Gregor. B.A. 


first Year-—Vandersmissen and Fraser’s German Grammar ; Joynes’ German 
Reader; Dictation; Colloquial exercises. 

Second Year.—Vandersmissen and Fraser’s German Grammar ; Joynes’ German 
Reader; Freytag—Die Journalisten; Uhland—Ballads and Romance 
(Macmillan’s Foreign School Classics) ; Translation at sight; Parsing; 
Dictation; Colloquial exercises. 

Third Year.—Vandersmissen and Fraser’s German Grammar ; Lessing—Minna 
von Barnhelm ; Schiller—Siege of Antwerp; History of German Litera 
ture; German Composition ; Dictation. 





* The prizes are awarded on the work of the whole Session. 





52 


Fourth Year-——German Grammar and Composition; Goethe—Aus meinem 
Leben; Schiller—Wallenstein ; History of German Literature. 
For Additional Courses see Honour Lectures. 


6. HEBREW AND ORIENTAL LITERATURE. 


Professor :—Rev. D. Cousstrat, B.A., D.D., Officier qd’ Academie. 


Elementary Course.—Reading and Grammar, with oral and written exercises in 
Orthography and Etymology.—Translation and Grammatical Analysis of 
Genesis.—- Zext- Books.—Harper's Elements ‘of Hebrew ; and Introductory 
Hebrew Method and Manual. 

Intermediate Course.—Grammar.—Dr. Harper’s ‘“ Elements and Method.’— 
Translation from the Hebrew Bible.—Exercises.— Hebrew into English and 
English into Hebrew.—Syntax.—Reading of the Masoretic notes. 

Advanced Course.—Gesenius’ Grammar, and Harper’s Elements of Syntax.— 
Exercises continued—Translation from the Hebrew Bible.-—Reading of 
the Masoretic notes and of the Septuagint Version. 

The course comprises Lectures on the above Language and its Literature in 
particular, its genius and peculiarities, with a general notice of the other Oriental 
Languages. Comparative Philology, affinity of Roots, etc., also receive due 
attention, while the portions selected for translation will be illustrated and 
explained by reference to Oriental manners, customs, history, ete. 

For Additional Course see Honour Lectures. 


7. MATHEMATICS AND ASTRONOMY, 
(Peter ReppATH ProFrEessoRSHIP or PURE MATHEMATICS. ) 


Professor :—ALEXANDER Jonnson, M.A., LL.D. 


Sessional Lecturer :—Rev. H. M Tory, B.A. 

First Year.—Matuemarics.—Arithmetic.—Euclid, Books, 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, with defi- 
nitions of Book 5 (omitting propositions 27, 28, 29 of Book 6); Todhunter’s 
Edition—or Hall and Stevens’; the latter is recommended to Candidates 
for Honours especially. Colenso’s Algebra (Part I) to end of Quadratic 
Equations.—Galbraith and Haughton’s Plane Trigonometry to beginning 
of solution of Plane Triangles. 

Second Year.—MarTuEematics.—Arithmetic, Euclid, Algebra and Trigonometry 
as before.—Nature and use of Logarithms.—Remainder of Galbraith and 
Haughton’s Plane Trigonometry. 

Third Year.—( Optional, but open to those only who have studied Mathematica] 
P hysics).— ASTRONOMY (Lockyer’s Elementary Astronomy, English edi- 
tion; first five chapters, viz.: The Stars and Nebule; The Sun; The 
Solar System; Apparent movements ; Time) Students are recommended 





dod - YEH rte & 4 
Nee 


D3 
to use with this an “Easy Guide to the Constellations,’ by Gall. This 
subject is taken with Optics. 
Fourth Year—Astronomy.—(Optional) Galbraith and Haughton’s Astronomy or 
Brinkley by Stubbs and Brunnow.—This subject is taken with Optics as 
one course. The lectures will be given before Christmas. 


8. NATURAL PHILOSOPHY. 
(W. C. McDonAtp PRoFrssorsuips or Puysics.) 


JOHN Cox, M.A. 


) 
Professors :— $ 


Second Yeur.—Elementary Mechanics.—One lecture a week up to March, An 
examination will be held then, which must be passed in order to secure 
credit for attendance on the lectures. 

Third Year.—MAtuEMATICAL Puysics.—Galbraith and Haughton’s Mechanics 
viz.: Statics, first 3 chapters, omitting sec. 0, Chapter 1, and sec. 21, chap- 
ter IL; Dynamics, subjects of the first 5 chapters; the corresponding parts 
of Clerk Maxwell’s “Matter and Motion”: Galbraith and Haughton’s 
Hydrostatics. The lectures on this subject begun in the previous year will 
end about Christmas. 

(Optional, but open to those only who have studied the above Mathematical Phy- 
sics).—Optics (Galbraith and Haughton). The Optics and Astromony 
form one course. 

Phird Year.—ExprriMentat Puysics.—Laws of Knergy.—Heat, Light, and Sound 

Fourth Year.—Electricity and Magnetism. 

[In each year two hours a week will be devoted to fully illustrated experimental 
lectures onthe subjects named. Courses of practical work in the Physical 
Laboratory in the McDonald Physics building are arranged so that experiments, 
chiefly quantitative, bearing on the subjects treated in the Lectures, may be 
performed by the Students themselves. Opportunity is given to learn the nature 
and use of the principal instruments employed in the exact and practical meas- 
urement of physical quantities. 


9. GEOLOGY, MINERALOGY AND PETROGRAPRHY. 
(Locan Proressorsuip or Gronoey.) 
B. J. Harrineron, B.A., Ph.D,, F'.G.5., Professor of Mineralogy. 
FRANK D. Apams, M.Ap. Sc., Ph.D., F'.G.S.A., Logan Prof. of Geology 


and Paleontology. 


Fourth Year (1)—Minsratocy anno Perrograpay.—An eclementary course, in 
which attention is given more particularly to such minerals and rocks as 
are important in Geology or useful in the Arts, 


< 


2... 
= BC ws = Se WR 


— 


~ ~ 


=~ = 
. ws 


= 


“a 


aA 





o4 


(2) StrveTuRAL AND DYNAMICAL Grotogy.—Denudation and Origin of Aqueous 
Deposits; Constructive Forces; Volcanoes and Earthquakes; Arrange- 
ment of Rocks on the large scale; Field Geology and Construction of 
Geological Maps and Sections. 

(3) CHRONOLOGICAL GEOLOGY AND PaLmonToLoGy.—Classification of Forma- 
tions; Geological Periods; Mineralization and Classification of Fossil 
Remains; History of the several Periods with the Fauna and Flora of each 
Distribution, more especially in Canada. 

Saturday excursions will be made to points of interest, and Museum demon- 

strations will be given. 

Tuxt-Booxs.—Dawson’s Handbook of Geology, Dana’s Manual of Mineralogy 

Books of reference will be indicated in the Library. 

Students in Natural History are entitled to tickets of admiszion to the Museum 

of the Natural History Society of Montreal. 

For Additional Departments sce Honour Course, IL, infra. 

The Geology course is especially fitted to those students who have taken the 

Natural Science studies of the previous years, but others are not excluded, 


10. ZOOLOGY. 
Lecturer :—W. E. Drexs, B A., M.D. 


Third Year.—This course includes :—Hlementary Physiology, as laid down iu 
Huxley’s Lessons; a general account of Embryology ; the morphology, develop- 
ment and classification of Invertebrate forms, based on Shipley’s Zoology; and 
the comparative anatomy and classification of the Vertebrata. | 

In addition, weekly demonstrations are given on dry and alcoholic preparations 
both macro—and microscopical, illustrating the lectures. Text- Book :—Dawson’s 
Handbook, with books of reference. 


11. BOTANY. 
Professor :—D. P. Penuautow, B. Se. 
Demonstrator :—C. Nes Derick, B.A. 


Second Year.—This course is designed to give the students a thorough acquaint- 
ance with the principles of morphology and classification, the elements of 
histology’ and the most prominent physiological functions of the plant. 
The Flora of Canada will be given prominence as far as possible, and in 
descriptive work constant use will be made of the large Herbarium and of 
the Botanic Garden. So far as time may permit, weekly excursions will 
be made for field study of plants. : 

Text-Books.—Gray’s Structural Botany. Gray’s Manual. Penhallow’s 
Classification. Penhallow’s Guide to the Collection of Plants. 





vo 


For the coming year, a prize of $25.00 will be offered by Mr. W. Foster Brown 
for the best collection of Canadian plants. 

The specimens must be prepared in accordance with Penhallow’s Guide to the 
Collection of Plants. Specimens collected by persons other than the actual com- 





petitors will not be admitted, except when obtained by exchange. Competition 
ig open to those students only who have taken the regular course of Botany in 3 
the previous session. Oultivated plants will not be taken into consideration. Be || 
All collections will be returned after the awards have been made. h4 
Third Year.—Appivionat Course. Vegetable Anatomy.—Two lectures with r 


practical work each week. Microscopical manipulations, micro-chemical 1 
reactions, general histology of Spermaphytes. Microscopical Drawing. | } 
Fourth Year.—AvppirionaL Cours. Vegetable Anatomy.—Two lectures with - 
practical work each week. A continuation of the Course in the Third Year y 
embracing a study of the structure and life history of Pteridophytes | 


Bryophytes andThallophptes. No student will be admifted to the course in 
the Fourth Year without having followed that for the Third Year. 





a 
- 5 4 ; we! 
Text-Booxs.—Strasburger’s Vegetable Histology. Goebel’s Outlines of Classi- pl 
. ‘ ‘ = if 4 
fication and Special Morphology. i, 

: ae : *,* “ age -_ r . . ghee ii 
Fee for Additional Course, $10 per session for use of instruments and reagents, é 
A prize will be awarded to the student showing the greatest proficiency in the ; 
work of the two years. fir 

1 

a 

- 

12. CHEMISTRY. . 

c 

(Davip J. GREENSHIELDS PROFESSORSHIP oF CHEMISTRY AND MINERALOGY.) ’ 

= . : ¥ = — T. 

Professor :—B. J. Harrineron, B.A., PH.D. 

Sessional Lecturer :—Nevit Norton Evans, M.A.Sc. , 

4 

First Year.—A course of Lectures preparatory to the course in Natural Science 


The lectures are illustrated by experiments, and treat of the Elementary 

Constitution of matter, the Laws of Chemical Combination by weight and 

volume, the Atomic Theory, Quantivalence, Chemical Formule and Equa- 

tions, Chemical Attraction, characteristics of Acids, Bases and Salts, 

Compound Radicals, the preparation and properties of the principal ‘ 
Elements, and many of theircompounds, etc. A few Lectures are usually 

devoted to the consideration of some of the more important Organic Sub- 

stances, including Starch, Sugars, the Vegetable Acids and Alkaloids, 

Alcohol, etc. During the course, attention is called as far as possible to 

the relations of Chemistry to various manufacturing industries. 

Text-Boox.—Remsen’s Introduction to the study of Chemistry. 

Third Year.—AvDDITIONAL Department (The Chemistry of tne Metals, or Organic 
Chemistry).—One lecture a week. (Practical Chemistry)—Qualitative 
Analysis, asin Fresenius’ Qualitative Chemical Analysis, two afternoons 
a week. 

Fourth Year.—AvDDITIONAL DEPARTMENT.—A course of Practical Chemistry, in 
continuation of that of the Third Year. 





26 


No1z.—The chemical laboratories are capable of accommodating about sixty 
Students, and afford excellent facilities for practical work. Students in Arts 
taking classes in Practical Chemistry pay a special fee of ten dollars for the 
session. 


13. METEOROLOGY. 


Superintendent of Observatory :—C. H. McLuop, M4.E. 


Instructions in Meteorological Observations will be given in the Observatory at 
hours to suit the.convenience of the senior students. 

Certificates will be granted to those students who pass a satisfactory exam- 
ination on the construction and use of Meteorological Instruments and on the 
general facts of Meteorology. 


14. PEDAGOGY. 


Lectures on this subject will be given in the Normal School to undergraduates 
of the Third and Fourth Years who wish to obtain the Provincial Academy Dip- 
loma. 

Lecture hours: 3 p.m. Tuesday and Friday. 


15. ELOCUTION. 


Instructor :—J. P. SrepHen. 


Instruction is given in this subject at hours that may be settled at the begin- 
ning of the session. Special fee for session $3. 


16. GYMNASTICS, 
Instructor:—R. T. Mackenzim, B.A., M.D. 


The classes will meet at the University Gymnasium, at bours to be announced 
at the commencement of the Session. The Wicksteed silver and bronze medals 
(the gift of Dr. R. J. Wicksteed) are offered for competition to students of the 
Graduating Class and to students who have had instruction in the Gymnasium 
for two sessions,—the silver medal to the former, the bronze medal to the latter. 
(See Regulations appended.) 


ooo 


IT, HONOUR COURSES. 
1. CLASSICS. 
THIRD YEAR. 
Greek. 


Greek Authors :—Plato, Apology, Crito, Laches and Euthyphro; Her odotus, 
Bk. VII.; Thucydides, Bk. VI.; Euripides. Medea, The Authors to be read in 
class will be selected at the beginning of the session. 





ee ith: 
Views) s ' j al 
J 


O¢ 
2. Translation at sight from the worksof Xenophon and Homer, and Greek yy 
Prose Composition. t 
3. History of Greece (Selections from Grote); Mahaffy’s History of Greek Litera 

ture (Selections). 


4. General Paper on Grammar, Antiquities, Mythology and Philology. i, 
Latin. B 

Nii, QI Bak be re wr ty 

1. Jatin Authors :—Cicero, Select Letters, and De Officiis, Bk. III. ; Lucretius 5 
(Selections) ; Sallust, Catiline and Jugurtha; Catullus (Selections); Horace, p 
Epistles, Bks. I. and II.; Tibullus and Propertius (Selections). Livy, Bks a 
XXI.-XXIV. pes 
2. Sight Translation from Caesar, Nepos, Virgil, Ovid and Livy, and Latin Pp 


on 


Prose Come osttion. 
3. History of Rome (Selected portions of Mommsen); Teuffel’s or Cruttwell’s 
History of Roman Literature (Golden Age of Roman Literature). 


_ 


4. Grammar; Mythology and Antiquities. A paper testing the candidate’s 4 
general knowledge of classical philology will be given. The following i 
works are recommended for this purpose : ly 
Gow’s Companion to School Classics (2nd Edition). és 
Murray’s Manual of Mythology. Giles, A short Manual of Philology for rc! 
Classical Students. Madvig’s Latin Grammar (rev. by Thacher). Guhl +4) 
and Kohner’s Life of the Greeks and Romans. y 

J 
FOURTH YRAR. : 
Part I.—(1) Greek Authors :—Aischylus, Prometheus Vinctus ; Sophocles, Anti- f 
gone ; Euripides, Medea; Herodotus, Bk. IX. ; Xenophon, Hellenics, Bks. 
I. and Il.; Adschines, Contra Ctesiphontem. (2) Latin Authors:— 
6 


Horace, Epistles, Bk. I.; Juvenal, Satires VIII. and XIII. ; Persius, Sat- 
ires V. and VI.; Livy, Bk. XXI.; Tacitus, Annals, Bk. II.; Cicero De y 
Officiis. (3) Greek and Latin Prose Composition :—As in Arnold's Greek 

Prose and Smith’s Principia Latina, Part V. Part I7.—(1) Greek :— 

Plato, Republic, Books I. and II.; Aristotle, The Poetics; Thucydides, 

300ks VI. and VII.; Hesiod, Works and Days; Adschylus, Seven against 

Thebes: Aristophanes, The Frogs; Pindar, Olympic Odes; Theocritus, 

Idylls I. to VI.; Demosthenes, De Corona. (2) Latin :—Livy, Bks. XXII. 

and XXIII. ; Tacitus, Annals, Book I.; Tacitus, Histories, Book I. ; Virgil, 

neid, Books I. toITV.; Plautus, Aulularia; Terence, Adelphi; Juvenal, 

Sat. X.; Cicero De Imperio On. Pompeii. (3) History of Greeceand Rome :— 

Text-Books. 1. Grote’s History of Greece. 2. Arnold’s History of Rome. 3: 

Mommsen’s History of Rome. 4. Mahaffy’s History of Greek Literature. 

5. Cruttwell’s History of Roman Literature. 6. Cruttwell and Banton’s 

Specimens of Roman Literature. 17, Haigh’s Attic Theatre. (4) Composi- 

tion -—Composition in Greek and Latin Prose. (5) General Paper on 

Grammar, History and Antiquities. 





98 
2. MENTAL AND MORAL PHILOSOPHY. 
THIRD YEAR. 


Part I—Schwegler’s History of Philosophy, Chapters 1-21 inclusive: Mills 
System of Logic, Books IV. and V.; James’ Principles of Psychology, 
Chapters 10-16 inclusive ; selected portions from Thomson’s Ontline of the 
Laws of Thought, from Jevons’ Principles of Science, and from Venn’s 
Empirical Logic. Any two of these subjects, along with the Honour Lee- 
tures, may be taken as the Additional Course. 

Part If —Plato’s Theaetetus (by 8.W. Dyde) ; Fraser’s Selections from Berkeley. 


FOURTH YEAR. 


Part —Erdmann’s History of Philosophy, Vol. Il. (#ngl. Transl.); James’ 
Principles of Psychology, Vol. I[.; Spencer’s First Principles; Green’s 
Prolegomena to Ethics; Mill’s System of Logic, Book VI. Any two of 
these subjects along with the Honour Lectures may be taken as the Addi- 
tional Course. 

Part 11.—Aristotle’s Nicomachean Ethics; Zeller’s Stoics, Epicureans and Scep- 
tics; Spinoza’s Ethics; Watson’s Selections from Kant; Maine’s Ancient 
Law. 

N.B.—The class essays of Candidates for Hononrs are expected to display su 
perior ability in the discussion of philosophical subjects. 


3. ENGLISH LANGUAGE, LITERATURE AND HISTORY. 


THIRD YEAR. 


Part 1.—Karly English; Morris and Skeat, Part II., Extt. LIX. inclusives 
~penser—Faerie Queene, Bk. [.; Milton—Comus; Burke—Keflectiuns on 
the French Revolution ; Hallam—Middle Ages, Chaps. 1, 3, 5. (The above 
mentioned portion of the Honour work constitutes the Additional Course 
of the Third Year.) Sweet’s Anglo-Saxon Reader; Extt. 1V., VIII. an 
XXI.; Dryden— Annus Mirabilis: Absolom and Achitophel, Part I.; the 
Preface to the ‘‘ Fables ;” Macaulay—Essays on Clive (Macmillan), Ranke- 
History of the Popes, and Warren Hastings. 

Part I1—Sweet’s Anglo-Saxon Reader; the pieces in verse; Chaucer—Assem- 

bly of Foules (ed. Loun-bury); Sidney—An Apology for Poetry (ed. 

Cook) Milton—Shorter English Poems; Areopagitica (ed. Hales) : Addison 

—Essays on Paradise Lost and on the Imagination (Spectator); Words- 

worth—Prelude (Moxon’s ed.) ; Leslie Stepben—English Thought in the 

Highteenth Century, Vol. [1, chap. X., sections V. toX. inclusive; Mac- 

auiay, Vol. I., chap I.; Green, History of the English People—(Reigns of 

Eliz. and Chas. I1.) 


FOURTH YBRAR, 


Part I.—Sweet’s Anglo-Saxon Reader, Extt. II, XIII., XX.; Pope—Essay on 


Criticism, Essay on Man; Shelley—Adonais; Tennyson—In Memoriam 





59 


Buckle—History of Civ. in England, 4 chaps. (The above-mentioned por- 
tion of the Honour work constitutes the Additional Course of the Fourth 
Year.) Early English; Morris and Skeat, Part I1., Extt. X-XX inclusive ; 
Shakspeare—Love’s Labour Lost—A Midsummer Night’s Dream—Hamlet; 
Matthew Arnold—KEssays in Criticism (the second). 

Part 1].—Portion of Beowulf (ed. Harrison and Sharp) ; Sweet’s Second Anglo- 
Saxon Reader ; Vespasian Hymns; Sir Thomas More— Utopia (ed. Arber); 
Villiers—Rehearsal (ed. Arber) ; Campbell—Pleasures of Hope; Tenny- 
son—Coming of Arthur, Gareth and Lynette, Holy Grail, Passing of 
Arthur; Gibbon—Decline and Fall, and chaps. L., LI., LAIV., LXV. ; 
Guizot—History of Civilization in Europe; Macaulay—Vol. IL. chap, 3; 
Freeman—Growth of the English Constitution. 


t. MATHEMATIUS AND PHYSICS. 


First and Second Years.—MAtTuEMATICS.—Hall and Stevens’ Kuclid ; McDowell's 
Exercises in Modern Geometry ; Hall and Knight’s Advanced Algebra ; 
Todhunter’s or Burnside and Panton’s Theory of Equations (selected 
course); Lock’s Higher Trigonometry, with McClelland and Preston’s 
Spherical Trigonometry, Part I.; Salmon’s Conic Sections, chapters 1, 2, 
3, 5, 6, 7, and 10 to 13 inclusive; Williamson’s Differential and Integral 
Calculus (selected course). 

Third Year.—MATHEMATICAL Puysics.—Part I.—Minchin’s Statics, Vol. I., select- 
ed chapters. Williamson and Tarleton’s Dynamics, Uhaps. | to 8 inclusive. 
Part I.—Remainder of Minchin’s Statics, Vol. [, Besant’s Hydro-mech- 
anics, Part I., chaps. 1, 2,3, 7; Godfray’s Astronomy ; Parkinson’s Optics. 


B.A. HONOUR COURSE, 


Part .—MAtTuEmMaTicaL Puysics.—Honour Course of the Third Year (the whole) 
Purr Maruematics.—Williamson’s Differentia! and Integral Calculus ; 
Salmon’s Geometry of Three Dimensions (selected course). 

Part I. —Purr Marupmatics.—Boole’s or Forsyth’s Differential Equations (se- 
lected course). MxgcHanics.—Minchin’s Statics, Vol. II, except chapters 
14nd 18. Williamson’s and Tarleton’s Dynamics (the whole, including 
the Dynamics both of Rigid Bodies and of a particle). Routh’s Dynamics 
of a Rigid Body (for reference). Besant’s Hydro-mechanies. 

PuysicaL AsTRonomy.—Godfray’s Lunar Theory, or Cheyne’s Planetary 
Theory ; Newton’s Principia, Lib. I., Sects. 1, 2, 3, 9 and 11, 

LigHt.—Preston’s Theory of Light. ) 

Evecrricity anp MagNetism.—Ordinary Course, with Cumming’s Theory of 
Electricity and Maxwell’s Klementary Hlectricity, or Emtage’s Electricity 
and Magnetism. 


Hat ! 


Asouarion As in ordinary course. 


mo 


—* 


=a 


Mw A BS = ae 


™~ 2 


=e 


“~~ --_ = 


= 
= 


” 





60 


COURSE FOR THE MOLSON MATHEMATICAL PRIZES. 


Minchin’s Statics, Vol. I. with part of Hydro-Mechanics, Parkinson’s Optics: 
Preston’s Theory of Light (selected course.) 

Williamson’s Differential and Integral Calculus. Salmon’s Geometry of Three 
Dimension, (selected course.) 


5. GEOLOGY AND NATURAL HISTORY. 
THIRD YEAR. 


L’ art 1.—Mineralogy.—Crystallography. Physical properties of minerals depen- 
dent upon light, electricity, state of aggregation, etc. Chemical composi- 
tion. Principles of classification. Description of species important as con- 
stituents of rocks. (One lecture weekly during the First Term, and two 
during the Second.) 

Part I1.—Blowpipe Analysis and Determinative — Mineralogy.—One afternoon 
weekly in the Laboratory during the session. JZ'ext-Book :—Brush’s Deter- 
minative Mineralogy and Blowpipe. 

Instructions will be given to the class for study and collection in the vacation. 


B. A. HONOUR COURSE. 


Part 1—(Q) Mineralogy.—Description ot mineral species, particular attention 
being called to the Economic Minerals of Canada, Calculations of Miner- 
alogical Formule, Quantivalent Ratios, ete. (Two lectures weekly in the 
First Term.) 

(2) Palxontology.—Being an extension of that in the Third Year, with 
special studies of the more important groups of Fossils. One lecture and 
one demonstration weekly in the First Term. 

Part II.—(3) Petrography.—Essential and accessory constituents of Rock. Macro- 
scopic and microscopic characters. Preparation of Rock-sections. Micro- 
scopic examination of Minerals and Rocks. Principles of classification. 
Description and determination of Rocks. (One lecture weekly in the Second 
Term, with additional practical work or demonstrations.) 

(4) Canadian Geology.—Special studies of the Geology of the Dominion 
of Canada. (One lecture weekly in the Second Term.) 

(5) Practical and Applied Geology.—Including methods of observing 
and recording geological facts, and searching for mineral deposits.—Origin 
and mode of occurrence of ore deposits (One lecture weekly in the Second 
Term), with additional practical work or demonstrations. 

During the second term, fours hours a week will be devoted to practical work 
and demonstrations, which will include each week a colloquium on some Geolo- 
gical question. 

Text-Booxs.—Dana, Geikie, Dawson, Kemp, Nicholson, Survey Reports, etc, 

Candidates for Honours will be expected to attain such proficiency as to be 
able to undertake original investigations in some at least of the subjects of study. 

Students in the Faculty of Applied Science may be Candidates for Honours. 





6] 


ADDITIONAL DEPARTMENT. 


‘Third Year.—Mineralogy asin Part I. above. 

Fourth Year.—Palzontology and Practical Geology as in Parts I. and II. above. 
Or the student may take the Lectures in Mineralogy instead of Palewonto- 
logy, or those in Petrography or Canadian Geology instead of Practical 
Geology. 

6. MODERN LANGUAGES, 


(French and German, both of which must be taken.) 
THIRD YBAR. 


Part 1—Frenxcu.—La Fontaine :—Les Fables. Racine:—Les Plaideurs. Paul 
Albert :—Littérature de XVIle siécle. Translation into French—Gold- 
smith :—The Vicar of Wakefield. Corneille :—Horace. 

GrErMAN.—Heine—Die. Harzreise ; Schiller—Wilhelm Tell : Macmillan’s Ger- 
man Composition. (Hither of the above may be taken as the Additional 
Course in the language to which it belongs. See § III.) 

The Ordinary Course in French and German must falso be taken. See § OI 

Part 11,—Frencu.—Racine :—Phédre, Les Plaideurs. Boileau:—QL’Art Poétique 
Pascal :—Les Pensées. Clédat—Grammaire Elémentaire de la vieille 
langue francaise. 

GERMAN.—Lessing.—Nathan der Weise ; Schiller.—Maria Stuart. A special 
study of Goethe’s Faust (Part I.) ; History of German Literature (Gost- 
wick and Harrison). 


FOURTH YBRAR. 


Part .—Fruncu.—Cledat, Grammaire Elémentaire de la vieille langue frangaise. 
Paul Albert :—La Littérature Frangaise dés les origines & la fin du XVI. 
siécle. Emile Souvestre :—Un Philosophe sous les toits. Translation into 
French :—As You Like it. 

GrrMaN.—Lessing.—Laokoon; Behaghel’s Deutsche Sprache ; Wieland—Die 
Abderiten ; Macmillan’s German Prose Composition. 
(Either of the above may be taken as the Additional Course in the language 
to which it belongs.) 





The Ordinary Courses in French and German must also be taken. 

Part I/.—Frencu.— Moliére:—Le Misanthrope. Victor Hugo:—Hermani. La- 
Rochefoucaud :—Les Maximes. Montaigne :—Les Essais (Extraits par Eug. 
Voizard). Clédat, Grammaire Elémentaire de la vieille langue frangaise, 
Constans :—Chrestomathie des anciens textes frangais. 

GERMAN.—Goethe—Hermann und Dorothea; Schiller—Die Jungfrau von 
Orleans, Don Carlos; Selections from Heine’s Lyrical Poems; Zarncke— 
Jas Nibelungenlied ; History of German Literature ; Original Composi- 
tions in German. 

For First and Second Rank Honours, the successful Candidates must be capable 
of speaking and writing both languages. 





62 
7, SEMITIC LANGUAGES. 
THIRD YEAR. 


Part 1.—Hebrew.— Genesis, Isaiah, 40-66. Ecclesiastes.— Literature. F. Lenor 
mant: The beginning of History. 

Part I1.—Aramaic.—Daniel, Ezra; Selections from the Targums. 
Literature.—Sayce; Lectures on the Origin and Growth of Religion, 


FOURTH YEAR. 


Part ].— Hebrew.—Malachi, Psalms, 1-72; Job, 26-42. literature —Renan. A 


General History of the Semitic Languages. 
Part II —Syriac.—Selections from the Peshito, and from the Chronicles of 
Bar Hebreeus.—Literature.—W. Wright : Comparative Grammar of the 


Semitic Languages, 


ADDITIONAL COURSE. 


Part II. of each year (Literature excepted), along with the Honour Lectures. 





LECTURES IN THE UNDERGRADUATE COURSE IN THE FACULTY OF ARTS, a 
SESSION OF 1894-95. as 





ee 
} 






























































Hours, MonpaAy, ‘TUESDAY. WEDNESDAY. ‘THURSDAY. FRIDAY. 
———$—$—<——————— | ————— is: SET ORE Bee BL : Saree = 
expe 9 Latin. + Mathematics. Mathematics. ct Mathematics. Mathematics. 
Ded 10 Mathematics. Greek. Latin. | / Latin. Greek. 
fof] II English. * French. * German. * French. *German, | * French.* German. English. 
fay 12 Elementary Chemistry. * Hebrew. | English, | * Hebrew, Elementary Chemistry. 
A: * French. Logic. | #* French. * Hebrew. French. 
ae P. Greek. * Hebrew. German (c) ! Logic. Logic. German. Mathematics. 
On It Mathematics. Latin, | Botany. — Latin. Greek, 
elm 12 + Mathematics. Botany. Math. Phy. ee Mathematics. English. 
English (0). Latin (@.) 
[logy. 
9 English Literature. Greek, t Greek.. t+ Math. Phys, | Greek. + Greek. + English. + pin 
Apa | t Geology. (4) | + Anglo-Saxon. : German. Math. Phys, > 
ed 10 German. +Math. Physics. French. ¢ Ment. Phil. | Physics (Mathematical), French, Chemistry. Rhetoric. = 
rik] 4 t Mental Philosophy. + Latin, | | Hebrew. * Syriac,etc. 
et II Mental Philosophy. Zoology. Mental Philosophy. Zoology. Math. Physics. 
Latin + Math. 
12 f es rabcmppey Physics, | Latin. ae Physics. Latin. 
I tTebrew. iebrew. 
a) |} | 

9 Exp, Physics. A tronomy. (@) + Minpestoag:) + Greek. Geology.{Math. Exp. Physics. | + Greek. + Math. Phys. 
rm. | 10 Geology. French. + Ment. Phil. | + Astronomy, tT Mental Philosophy. Geology. 
fa ed | German. History. 
ape {| 4% Latin. f Geology. t Math, Moral Phil. + Math. Phys. | Greek. Moral Philosophy. |French. + Geology. Anglo- 
Om | + Chaldee. + Chaldee, Saxon and Early English. 
a 12 Moral Phil. | 5+ Mineralogy (a). Hebrew. Astronomy. (@) German, 

| I Hebrew, 
Ej EE, See, EE SE RI Sr aD Se ARO ES AEE SAO CN eee eo 

Honours. 


() During First Term. (45) Second Term. (c) For beginners entering 2nd Year. + For Candidates for 

* The student may take at his option French or German in the first two years, or, if 

Classes at 1 p.m. may be changed to other hours, 

Library open every day, 9 to 6 and 8 p.m. to rop.m. 

Determinative Mineralogy, Wednesday, at2p.in. EF 
Science. 


a Theological Student, Hebrew. 


The Museum will be opened as arranged by the Principal. 


-ractical Chemistry, Monday and Thursday, at 2 p.in., for 3d and 4th Years; First Year with the Class in Applied 


oe ee 


~ =" : - ~— ae eee a za 5 OC =| oe seen oo ae ene oa a ee ns, “ase z 
— . OS ae Sea ee ee 
= — a Se eae : SS SS rst Steet ees | 
- =a : ~ = Fe Ne aa Ta 


—— 






Special Course tor Vomen. 


IN THE FACULTY OF ARTS. 
DONALDA ENDOWMENT. 


Professors and Lecturers (as on page 1). Lady Superintendent, Miss HELEN 
G-AIRDNER. 


The classes for women under this endowment are wholly separ- 
ate, except those for Candidates for Honours (including most of 
the additional courses in the Third and Fourth Years). The exam- 
‘nations are identical with those for men. Women will have the 
same privileges with reference to Classing, Honours, Prizes and 


Medals as men. 
Regulations for Examinations, Exemptions, Boarding- Houses, 


Attendance, Conduct, Library and Museurn are the same as for 
men. Undergraduates wear the Academic Dress; others do not. 

In September, r, 1894, a Scholarship, value $125 yearly (tenable for 
two years), will be offered for competition in M: seus atics to Students 
of the ‘Third Year. The course is the same as for the Mathemati- 
cal Scholarship open to men. 

The Jane Redpath Exhibition is open for competition, at the 
beginning of the First or Second Year, to both men and women. 

Two other Exhibitions {one of the value of $1oo, along with 
free tuition, the other $120 without free tuition) are open for 
competition in the First or Second Year to Students of the Donalda 
Department only. For course see § II. ante. Candidates for these 
Exhibitions are allowed, according to the general rule of the 
Donalda Department, to substitute an additional modern language 
for Greek in the examination. In this case, while the regulation 
concerning one modern language will for Entrance only be as in 
SII. azze, the course in that which is to be substituted for Greek in 


the Exhibition Examination will be :— 





69 


For First Year :— 

French —Grammar—Darey’s Principes de Grammaire francaise.—La Ffon- 
taine’s Fables. Moli¢re—Le Bourgeois Gentilhomme. Sardou—Mlle de la 
Seigliére. Translation from English into French. 

or German :—Grammar ; Adler’s Reader—First and Second sections; Schiller— 
Der Gang vach dem Eisenhammer, Das Lied von der Glocke ; Stifter’s, 
Haidedorf; Translation from English into German. 

For Second Year :— 

French :—Eugéne Voizard, Essais de Montaigne. Lamartine, Jeanne d’Are, 
CoRNEILLE, Cinna. 

or German: 

Schiller—Der Neffe als Onkel, Egmont’s Leben und Tod, Die Kraniche deg 
Ibykus (Buchheim); Grammar; Translation of French and English into 
German. 

N.B.—F or examination in 1895 add Schiller’s Geisterseher. 

One free tuition may be awarded to a Candidate who approaches 
very near to the winner of either of the Exhibitions. 

The income of the Hannah Willard Lyman Memorial Fund 
will be given in prizes. 


I. MATRICULATION AND ADMISSION. 


Classics.—I. Latin.—Caesar, Bell. Gall., Book L; and Virgil, Aeneid, Book I; 
Latin Grammar. [In 1895, and afterwards, two books of 
Caesar will be required.] 

Greek.—Xenophon, Anabasis, Book I. ; Greek Grammar. 

Candidates who cannot pass in Greek may substitute an additional 
modern language, subject to the same regulations throughout 
the course of four years. In and after 1895, there will be an 
entrance examination in German for such candidates. 

Moathematics.— Arithmetic, including a knowledge of the Metric System ; Algebra 
to Quadratic Equations (inclusive) as in Colenso; Euclid, Books 
hog EE, iT: 

Lnglish.--Writing from Dictation. A paper on English Grammar, including 
Analysis. A paper on the leading events of English History. Essay ona 
subject to be given at the time of the Examinations. 

French.—Grammar up to the beginning of Syntax. An easy translation from 
French into English. Candidates taking Greek and unable to take French 
are not excluded, but will be required to study German after entrance. 
This regulation holds good only until 1895. 

An equivalent amount of other books or other authors in Latin and Greek than 
those named may be accepted by the Examiners, on application made 
through the Professor of Classics. 

E 


Ao SS os — 
> - = 


“a = 








a 
ee 


= 
— A — 9 ae 


=. 


Ta 


>< = Te 
~~ 


> wo Se em 


. ——_ 
> 















































66 


<= 


(Associates in Arts, who, at their special Examination, have passed in Latin, 
Algebra and Geometry, are not required to present themselves for the Matricula- 
tion Examination in these subjects.) 

PARTIAL STupENTs—Candidates unable to pass in all the above subjects may 
be admitted as Partial Students, in the separate classes ; if prepared to enter in 
three of the subjects of the ordinary course of study, they may 1n the First Year 
make good their standing as Undergraduates at the Christmas or Sessional 
Examinations. 


II. ORDINARY COURSE OF STUDY FOR THE DEGREE 
OF B.A. 





' 

; In separate Classes. 

ie 

he , . : . ; A Ki 

rae First Year.—Classies; French or German; English Grammar and Literature; 


oie Pure Mathematics; Elementary Chemistry. 
3 Second Year.—Classics; French or German; English Literature; Elementary 
\ Psychology and Logic; Pure Mathematics and Mathematical Physies; 
Botany. 
he Third Year,—ULatin or Greek; Mathematical Physics (Mechanics and Hydrosta- 
| ties) ; with any three subjects out of the two following divisions, at the 
a option of the Student, provided two be selected from one division and one 
te from the other :-— 
We I. Literature, ete—(a) Greek or Latin, according as Latin or Greek has. 
ae been previously chosen. (0) French or German (whichever has been taken 
Aart | in the first two years). (c) English and Rhetoric. (d) Mental Philosophy. 
es £3 II. Science.—(e) Optics and Descriptive Astronomy. (/) j Experimental 
it Physics. (g) Natural Science (Zoology). 
Fourth Year.—Latin or Greek, same Language as in Third Year ; Mathematical 
Physics (as in Third Year), or Astronomy and Optics ; Moral Philosophy, 
with any three subjects out of the two following divisions, at the option of 
| the Student, provided two be selected out of the one division, and one out 
of the other. 
I. Literature, ete.—(a) Greek or Latin, according as Latin or Greek ha 
been taken above. (+) French or German, same language as in Third 
Year. (c) History. 
I. Science.—(d) Astronomy and Optics, if not chosen as above. (e) 
+ Experimental Physics: (/) Natural Science (Geology). 

+ Undergraduates claiming exemptions (see § VY.) cannot take Astronomy and 
Optics or Experimental Physics if they have not taken the Third Year Mathema- 
cal Physics. 

Instead of two distinct subjects in one of the above divisions, the student in 
either Third or Fourth Year may select one subject only, together with an addi- 


i= 
r 
ee ee ee ee ee 


67 


tional course in the same, or any other of these subjects under the above rules in 
arrangements be made by the Faculty for it), provided she has been placed in 
the first class in the corresponding subject at the preceding Sessional Examination 
(viz., Intermediate or Third Year, according to standing). 
The additional course is intended to be more than an equivalent, in the 
amount of work involved, for any of the other subjects in the Division. 
Additional courses are provided at present in Botany and Practical Chemistry 
Gymnastics—A class will be conducted by Miss Barnjum, which will be optional 
and open to Partial Students. 
Hlocwiion.—Instruction in this subject will be given to those who desire it, by 
Mr. J. P. Stephen. Special fee for session, $3. 
Honour Courses AND ADDITIONAL CourssEs. 
(In Mixed Classes.) 


Undergraduates desirous to take one of the Honour Courses in Classics, Mathe- 
matics, Mathematical Physics, Mental and Moral Philosophy, English Language 
and Literature, History, Geology and other Natural Sciences, Modern Languages, 
or such portions of the Honour Courses as constitute the “ Additional Courses,” 
may inthe Third and Fourth Years obtain exemptions to the same extent as 
those given to men, but must take the same lectures with men. 

Details will be found in Section XIII. of the Calendar. 


III. DEGREES. 


Students are admissible to the degrees of B.A.; M.A,, and LL.D., 
conferred in the usual way, on the usual conditions; and will be 
entitled to all the privileges of these degrees, except that of being 
alected as Fellows. 


IV. FEES. 


The fees are the same as for men (see Section XII, ante). 

The fees are to be paid to the Registrar of the University, from whom tickets 
for the Library and copies of the Library Rules may be obtained. 

Exemptions from fees may be allowed to the highest pupil of the Girls’ High 
School of Montreal and of other Schools, on the same terms as to men. 

One exemption from tuition fees is annually allowed to the pupil (boy or girl) 
of the Montreal High School holding an exemption from the Schools of the Pro- 
testant Commissioners, Montreal, who has taken the highest marks at the A. A, 
Examinations and is recommended by the Commissioners. 


V. LODGINGS, &c. 


Women not resident in Montreal, proposing to attend the classes, 
and desiring to have information as to suitable lodgings, are ree 





—— 


a 


68 


quested to intimate their wishes in this respect to the Registrar of 


_the University, at least two weeks before the opening of the session. 


Students desiring information as to the above or other matters 
are referred to the Lady Superintendent, who will be found in her 
office in the rooms of the Donalda Department, every day during 
the session, except Saturday. 





LECTURES OPEN TO PARTIAL STUDENTS, SESSION 1894-95. 
CuEmistRyY:—Dr. Harrington. Tuesday and Thursday at 12. 
Botany :—Prof. Penhullow. Monday at 11, Wednesday at 12. 
ZOOLOGY :—Dr, Deeks. Tuesday and Thursday at 12. 
GwoLocy:— Dr. Adams. Monday and Friday at 12, and Wednesday at 10 a.m. 


ExperiMenraL Puysics:—Professor Cox and Prof. Callendar, Tuesday and 
Thursday, at 11 a.m. 


PsycuoLogy anp Logic:—Rev. Dr. Murray and Mr. Lafleur. Tuesday and Fri- 
day at 4 p.m., and Monday at 3 p.m. 





Mentat Pumosopsy:—Rev. Dr. Murray and Mr. Lafleur. Monday ané 
Wednesday at 3 p.m. 


MoraL PuitosopHy:—Rev. Dr. Murray. Tuesday and Wednesday at 12, and 
Friday at 11 a.m. 


Rueroric:—Mr. Lafleur. Tuesday at 11 a.m, 


Encuisu:—Prof. Moyse. Language and Literature, Tuesday at 3 p.m., Wednes- 
day and Friday at 4 p.m. Poets of the 19th Century, Wednesday, 3 p.m. 
Shakspeare, every alternate Friday at 3 p.m. Chaucer, Monday at 10 a.m. 


History :—Prof. Moyse. Thursday at 9 a.m. 


LATIN AND GreEK* :—Rev. Dr. Cornish and Dr. Eaton. 
FRENCH* :—Dr. Darey. 


GeRMAN* :—WMr. Gregor. 
MaTHEMATICS* :—Dr. Johnson and Mr. Tory. 
MATHEMATICAL Puysics* :— Professor Coz. 


Those Courses in which two lectures weekly are delivered will 
each amount to about 45 lectures, and the others in proportion. 


* The lectures on these subjects extend over all the Years of the Course, and 
- the hours will depend on the standing of Students with respect to previous pre- 
paration as ascertained hy examination. 





= 





















— a ee ee oes A 


—-s 


a a 


69 


FACULTY OF ARTS. 
"ORDINARY Lect URES IN THE DoNALp. A SPEC IAL COURSE FOR WOMEN. 



























































YEARS|Hours.) Monpay. | Tuvespay. | WEDNESDAY. THURSDAY, FRIDAY 
vk | Ets Te 
10 |'+Mathematics. 
4. nena ile aan es ionet _ ———__—_—_—_———————— 
ne 11 | German, + Mathema- | Greek. Math, 
tics. 
< we 38 = SSS es ae — | ———___ 
ad da) Spe Se | 
b> 12 | Chemistry, | | Chemistry, 
4 Ma | | 
i ape oe aaa Bf mh ao 
Be 2 Mathematics French, | Mathematics. | French. a Mathematics. 
<a as z + muti 
; . Y i P 
3 Latin, English. Latin. German, / Latin. 
—_— —- F —————— — —EE —_————_—_—_ — | —_—_— bo 
. eae 
4 Greek, | English | English 





: ) . 
SF TEETER I DEES KORVER eT pe — — LT — 
| { 


10 |Mathematics. + Math. Greek, | Latin, 










































































eg Oe tan} Math: Ehys Latin t Mathematics. | 3 
ro ; is 
< | ’ — —__ —— ——E——— = — Ee ————— —$ 
* . 22 Greek. Latin ! Botany '+ Mathematics 
= | = in |e 
= : ae 
4 
je 2) —_————- ————__ — =! _ he ERE bis - nse re |e 
is 9] 

Logic. French. English, French. English. 
; 5 = 
| 4 German. Logic. German, | Logic. 
| (s | | | 
| 10 —|_~—s English. Greek. / Greek. | French, 

: | ; : ea ipl hee | ; : | . iy 
= wipe French. Exp Physics Exp. Physics. | Latin. 
ea br i ater Mon Retna: 
al 
Qa | 12 Latin, | Zoology, Math. Physics. | Zoology. |Math.Physics 
a aes ee Dena aay AE AMR SLT A hoy Bios | 
“. ee Metaphysics. | | Metaphysics. German. | 

as German. | | 
EE 
9 |Astronomy (q@)} | pace ii 
FO 
oe 10 | French |Exp. Physics. | Geology. | Exp. Physics, French. 
<q | | | 
fa |— is _ tary) 
* 11 German. | Latin. Astronomy (qa). Greek, 
> See. OE da | 
ms | 
=) 12 | Geology. Moral Phil. Moral Phil. Mora: Phil. Geology. 
y 
oO > 
io = 
y) German. 








The hours for Practical Chemistry and Additional Botany will be arranged at the beginning 
of the Session, 

+ For Candidates for Honours, 

* For Honour Lectures in 3rd and 4th years see previous table 

(a) During First Term, 

(4) During Second Term. 





Faculty of Applied Srience, 


THE PRINCIPAL (ex-officio), 
PROFESSORS, ‘ 
ELARRINGTON, CARUS- WILSON, 
BOVEY, Cox, 
McLEop, NICOISON, 
CHANDLER, CALLENDAR. 
ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR. 
BAMFORD. 
ASSOCIATED PROFESSORS. 
DAREY, PENHALLOW, 
MOYSE, ATAMS. 
LECTURERS. 
CARLYLE, LEA, 
EVANS, SMITH, C.B. 
ASSOCIATED LECTURERS. 
LAFLEUR, GREGOR, 
COLBY, DEEKS, 


Dean of the Faculty :—HENRY T. Bovey, LL.D. M,. Inst, C.E., F.R.S.C. 


§ I. GENERAL STATEMENT. 


The Instruction in this Faculty is designed to afford a complete 
preliminary training of a practical as well as theoretical nature to 
such Students as are preparing to enter any of the various branches 
of the professions of Engineering and Surveying, or are destined to 
be engaged in Assaying, Practical Chemistry, and the higher forms 
of Manufacturing Art. 

Five distinct Departments of study are established, viz. :— 

(1)—Civil Engineering and Surveying. (2)—Electrical Engi- 
neering. (3)—Mechanical Engineering. (4)—Mining Engineer- 
ing. (5)—Practical Chemistry. 

Each of these extends over four years, andis specially adapted 
to the prospective pursuits of the Student. The subjects of instruc- 


tion in the several Departments are given in the Table on the fol- 
lowing page. 


The Degrees conferred by the University upon such undergra- 
duates of this Faculty as shall fulfil the conditions and pass the 
Examinations hereinafter stated will be, in the first instance, 
** Bachelor of Applied Science,” mention being made in the Di- 
ploma of the particular Department of study pursued; and, subse- 
quently, the degree of ‘‘ Master of Engineering” or of ‘‘ Master of 
Applied Science.” (§IV.) 





71 


é II. TABLE SHOWING THE SUBJECTS OF INSTRUCTION 
AND HOURS PER WEEK DEVOTED TO EACH 
SUBJECT. 











f ; ae ae ee he 
| . . 2 > 
_— 
| a) wu eS a a | ~ . 
foe Z < 2% Sz - 3 > 
ee mo ee sa Z oe Ue 
~ “ano a ~~ me Lol — m = 
SUBJECTS. =O m i fd = i me HF 
mF oh UZ m 7 ~ 2 Ue 
+5 i. Pee Dm Ss 4 < i 
A te o ug RO st Pa. 
} te z, eo = Z O any 
' — > > . 
ee ] (3) =e) la Relea teas 


og CUSTNEREY ssc 6 cae vee eroee/@ XI, 8 5 5 5 5 5 
a we hac ag DEE eg RSE dies RSE 3 3 Br. Aa 
J French or German .... ..... el pce ae | Meet 3 P33 3 eee 
a) WRREOINALICE 5 v.6b5 640 vciice over! Ren. £0 ee) IO Io | zo 
a Mechanism. 5.06 li ices eves ccs! ween I I r I eg 
a] Freehand Drawing .......... i6) 7 4 3 3 3 3 DS oes 
aa Geometrical Drawing..... eoenel ~y 3} 3to 6 | 3 to 6 [3 to 6 3 to 6 | 3 to 6 
fey Mathematical Laboratory.,.....| 2 XII. 3 (b) 3. (b) | 3 (b)} 3b 3 (b) 
PRODWOE didlos 665k. isi sct hE MIV,. Ve 6 pl ewes age Ney 





/ 
| = abe J 
MUO RIT 0:0 5 sion -03646rn& o:¥ ei ecouieed sof @ XL. rt) — Pye 


















































[— _ | 
/ 2 
: ROMO aes cu aoe aslhcre & vee *y 3 ma | ez | 7 | A 
4 RD 6 a iik's 0.00% wlesere si Gaewere SPRY oS ye | I r 
< : : pate | | | | 
French or German............. 38 2 2 | 2 | 2 2 
e Kinematics of Machinery. ...,. vie: 6; — 2 | 2 };— | _— 
Mathematics ......... ee ee Fe 0% 6 | 6 6 — 
a POMBO od) ciae Severe cose yeies - 12| 2 2 32 hive ! 2 
Ty Sed at ; . | Gat: 
S OUIVEYING «44 secs scceccscesece ry 2 3 — ;— ‘3 _ 
=) CONOR. on6 Sik vee adie: obs} SE. NN 8Ob gt 92 ; [— ike —_ 
fx] ohn ae STE eee = 3; . 8 | 8 | 6 | 6 / —_ 
mn Physical Laboratory. .,,..... -/@ XII. 2 6 6 | 6 ae | 5 
Shopwork.,,... racks ve SXIV. pS 6 | 6 3 _— 
| Chemistry....., dtteueres Sse Of ee ers a — 6+ 16 
| Determinative Mineralogy...... .._ 8 — — 3 3 
Dynamics of Machinery. . 2 at 66 Bir ‘ae 2 2 — — 
) Electrical Engineering......, is tr 5; ..— 2 (b) ae t NSH 
| Geology and Mineralogy * #.,,, eee | oe — — 4 tos 4 to 5 
Se Ma RPCEMEMR 6 Use Zoe a! cise b~eea'y tat 5 doe — _ — — 
3 SSSR ee ‘¢ nn . x %, a ee 
= Mathematics. , (Se ECesS 6 Laeeree 13} 3 3 3 3 | 
Machine Design ...,.. ..cccccess es 6) 2 2 - 2 -- 
.. Mining | 3 7 3 
SH | a i> “ee 8 eee Perea ar eeeesravneee / ——— — a Fe oe 
ME MAECE. w68 < Welee so hah < mies A. 25S 2 2 2 2 
ae I ‘i “ | — — 3 — 
aa | Theory of Structures ..... Th : Ij 4 3 3 3 — 
PE Wee hoe iceae’, cst. bate aie Io — — —_ —_— 3 
pap MPA C2 6 cue ks us | 8 3} 9 6 6 3 | — 
| Electrical Laboratory.... ..... SAI 6[ 6 (b) — — — 
| Physical Laboratory......... xe] s 3] 3 9 tort) 3 3 3 
| Testing Labora tory Fe casita | se 4; 6 | 3 (a) 3 tens oasis 
Thermodynamic Laboratory... .| 6 Si>. = 6 — — 
Cl RS Beams: ine RY Saye @XIV. — 6 6 — = 
| Assayi Ba re ave Seeceeesie ah — _ a - iy Bonen: 
MSSAYINGs.- 06.24, 2 XT, 18 | 9 
SeTPMISUEY SS ko dade cba eee te . So} — — — — 24 
Dynamics of Machinery...., “ ee Be) Oe eee ee ee aie 
Electrical Engineering, .....,,/ i 5s} — | 2 — ; — — i. 
Geodesy aT ee yr ere Cah by ord ae eel ae 2 2 — —_ — — f, 
Geology and Mineralogy * *. laa: am ,— |— 3 3 4 
o. Oe ee ae ee I} 2 | — 2 | 2 ~~ 
a Machine Design ......+. 00. a: eee I ;— — ' 
§q PR RMOMUATT CS cae kc ones Svenotes oe SAbe 2 fe) 3 (a) 3 (a)| 2 (a) | 
2 nerey ‘ : - 
ba Metallurgy......sssseee.sserees! ‘ 7 — ; — | 2 | 2 
Lheoryof Structures. .......66. °| * Bir) 4 ; — _ — _ 
> Thermodynamics.......ee.ceees - 9} 2 2 2 | 2 —_ 
2 Drawing (Designing)....... ... t 3} 8 3 9 ee — 
= Electrical Laboratory.. voee-/ @XIT, 6) — 12 — _ _ 
oO Geodetic Laboratory ...... ....| + | ae — — _- — 
a Hydraulic Laboratory,......... eae. a — 3 3 — 
Mechanical Laboratory......... ig 9) — a 6 _ — 
meuceum. Work) o's. vas scenes — — — 6 ~ f 
Physical Laboratory.......+0... a 3| Opt. 9 Opt. Opt. | Opt, 
Vesting Laboratory.....ss0 .s. sia 4| 3 a — 3 
Thermodynamic Laboratory... “6 5| 3 — 7 — 
oe, kak SNPS ee ee hee xIV. 3 — — 
pwor wipah SENSE SAIS a deitednidh Aeid Bn 3 4 4 








(a) First term. (b) Second Term. * Besides study in the Museum, 
** Also Saturday excursions, and Museum and Petrographical work. ' 





72 


§ III. MATRICULATION AND ADMISSION. 


All Students are recommended to take the First and Second 
Years of the Arts Course. They are then admitted into the Fac- 
ulty of Applied Science without examination. 

Students and Graduates in Arts will be admitted to such stand- 
ing in the Faculty of Applied Science as their previous studies 
will warrant, but are recommended to take the drawing and shop- 
work during their Arts Course. 

Candidates for examination must present themselves on the first 
day of examinations, and all Students must attend punctually at 9 
a.m. on Friday, September 21st, when the lectures will begin, 

Examinations for entrance will be held (1) on June 4th and fol- 
lowing days in McGill College and at local centres, and (2) on 
Tuesday, September 18th, and following days in McGill College 
only. 

Any Head Master or other person desiring a_ local examination 
in June must, before May 1oth, submit the name of some suitable 
person, preferably a University graduate, who is willing to act as 
Deputy Examiner, 7.e., receive the questions, hold the examinations, 
and forward the answers to Montreal. Further particulars rela- 
ting to this examination willbe given on application to the Secre 
tary of the University. 


SUBJECTS OF EXAMINATION. 


Matuematics—Arithmetic—All the ordinary rules, including 
square root and a knowledge of the Metric System 
Algebra—Elementary rules, involution, evolution, frac 
tions, indices, surds, simpleand quadratic equa- 
tions of one or more unknown quantities. 
Geometry—Euclid, Bks. I., II., III., IV. and VL. with 
definitions of Bk. V., and easy deductions. 
Trigonometry—As in Hamblin Smith, pp. 1-100, omit 
ting Ch. XI. 
Enciisn—Dictation. Grammar including analysis. The lead- 
ing events of English History. 
After entrance, one modern language, viz., FRENCH OR GERMAN, 
must be studied. In the former subject an entrance examination 
(to the beginning of Syntax, with easy translation) will be held at 





73 


the same time as the other examinations. The German may be 
taken without previous examination. 

Candidates who produce certificates of having already completed 
a portion of a course in some recognized School of Applied Science 
may be admitted to an equivalent standing. : 

PARTIAL STUDENTS.—Students may be allowed to take one or 
more courses of instruction, upon showing by examination or other- 
wise that they are qualified to do so. 


§IV. EXAMINATIONS. 
I. FOR THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF APPLIED SCIENGE., 
I. FACULTY EXAMINATIONS. 


There will be a Christmas examination for Students of the First 
Year in all the subjects, and for Students of the Second, Third and 
Fourth Years in Mathematics, and in those subjects which they take 
in the Faculty of Arts. A sessional examination in all the subjects 
will be held at the end of the First and Second Years. 


2. UNIVERSITY EXAMINATIONS. 


(a) There will be a primary examination at the end of the Third 
Year in all the subjects of that year. Candidates must pass this 
Examination before entering the Final Year. 

(4) There will be a final examination for the degree of Bachelor 
of Applied Science at the end of the Fourth Year, in all the subjects 
of that year. 

Successful Students will be arranged in order of merit. 


II. FOR THE DEGREE OF MASTER OF ENGINEERING. 


Candidates must be Bachelors of Applied Science of at least 
three years standing, and must produce satisfactory certificates of 
having been engaged during that time upon dona fide work in either 
the Civil, Electrical, Mechanical, or Mining Branch of Engineering. 

They must pass with credit an examination extending over the 
general theory and practice of Engineering, in which papers will 
be set having special reference to that particular branch upon which 
they have been engaged during the three preceding years. 





ww 


74 


Candidates must present applications for examinations, together 
with the necessary certificates and fees. The Faculty will notify 
the candidates whether their certificates are satisfactory, and also of 
the date of the examination. (See also § V.) 


| Ill. FOR THE DEGREE OF MASTER OF APPLIED SCIENCE, 


Candidates must be Bachelors of Applied Science of at least three 
years standing, must present certificates of having been employed 
during that time in some branch of scientific work, and must pass 
with credit an examination on the theory and practice of those 
branches of scientific work in which they may have been engaged. 
The other conditions as under the last heading. (See also § V.) 


§ V. GRADUATE COURSES. 
Students who take the Bachelor's degree in one of the courses 
provided by the Faculty of Applied Science may graduate in any 
of the remaining courses by attending one or more subsequent ses- 


sions, 
Graduates may also take an advanced course in the branch in 


which they have received their degree. On passing an examination 
at the end of such advanced course, the Master’s degree will be con- 
ferred without further examination as soon as satisfactory certificates 
of having been employed for two years in practical work have been 
received. 


§ VI. ATTENDANCE AND CONDUCT. 
The regulations under this head are in all respects the same as 
those in force for Undergraduates in Arts. 


§ VII. LIBRARY AND MUSEUM. 


Students in this Faculty have the same privileges with reference 
to the University Library and Museum as Undergraduates in Arts 


§ VIII. FEES. 
The total fees for all Students will be $102.00 per annum, of which 
amount the sum of $63.00 is for tuition, $14.00 are University fees 





75 


(matriculation, library, graduation, etc.), and $25.00 are for the use 
of the machinery and other apparatus, as well as the cost of material 
in the workshops and engineering laboratories. 

Every Student will be required to deposit with the Secretary of 
the University the sum of $5.00, as caution money for damage done 
to the machinery or other apparatus. 

Partial Students may be admitted to the Professional Classes in 
any year by payment of the ordinary fees for that year; or they 
may attend the lectures on any subject by payment ofa special fee, 
The fee for English or French or German is $4.00 per session. 
In all other subjects, the fee, unless otherwise specified, is $10.00 
for each term, or $20.00 for the whole session. 

SPECIAL WorKSHOP FeErs.—Partial Students desirous of taking 
the workshop courses will be required to pay the following fees, 
which include cost of materials and use of all tools : 

1 day, or 7 hours per week for the whole Session from 


September to April: $25 00 


2 days, or 14 = ¢ si f 45 00 
3 days, or 21 ¢ ‘s ‘ 60 00 
4 days, or 28 . ‘ i 70 00 
Supplemental Examination, at date fixed by Faculty $2 00 

7 “ if for any special reason granted 
at any other date than that fixed by the Faculty $5 00 


The fees must be paid to the Secretary, and the tickets shown 
to the Dean, within fourteen days after the commencement of atten- 
dance in each Session. In case of default, the Student’s name 
will be removed from the College books, and can be replaced thereon 
only by permission of the Faculty, and on payment of a fine of $2, 

Students are required to purchase their own chemicals, etc., 
except in the First Year. The larger pieces of chemical apparatus 
will be supplied by the Laboratory, the Students being responsible 
for breakage. 

Graduates in the Faculty of Applied Science may take further 
courses on payment of half the ordinary tuition fees. 

Fee for the Degree of Master or ENGINEERING or MASTER OF 
APPLIED SCIENCE, $10.00. 

If for any special reason the Degree of Ma.E., or M.A.Sc., be 
granted in absentia, the fee will be $25.00. 


a 2 hom SSN 








Ao" 


ae 


=s —, oe 
= = 


—Aa A A BS wwe 
~ es SS re = 


+ 


76 


§ IX. MEDALS, EXHIBITIONS, PRIZES AND HONOURS. 


1. THE BritisH ASSOCIATION GOLD MEDAL AND EXHIBITION, 
founded by the British Association for the Advancement of Science, 
in commemoration of the meeting held in Montrealin the year 
1884. 

The British Association Gold Medal for the Session 1894-95 will 
be awarded'to the Student in the Fourth Year who takes the highest 
standing in the Electrical Engineering Course. 

2, THE GovERNoR GENERAL'S SiILveR MEDAL (the gift of his 
Excellency The Right Honourable the Earl of Aderdeen). 

The Medal for the Session 1894-95 will be awarded in the Fourth 
Year Mining Course. 

The following Exhibitions and Prizes will be open for competition 
at the beginning of the session. Students are required to notify the 
Dean of their intention to compete, at least one week before the 
commencement of the examinations. 

3. A British Association Exhibition of $50.00 to Students enter- 
ing the Fourth Year, the subjects of examination being the Mathe- 
matics and Theory of Structures of the Ordinary Course. 

4. A Scott Exursition of $60.00, founded by the Caledonian — 
Society of Montreal, in commemoration of the Centenary of Sir 
Walter Scott, to Students entering the Third Vear, the subjects of 
Examination. being :— 

(2) Macaulay’s History of England, Vol. I, Cap.1; Scott’s Lady of the Lake. 


(5) Mathematics of the Second Year Course. (c) French or German of the 
Second Year Course, 


5. Three Prizes of $25.00 and $15.00, and $10.00, will be open 
for competition to Students entering the Second Year, the subjects 
of Examination being the Mathematics of the First Year course. 

6. Two prizes of $25.00 each, presented by E. B. Greenshields, 
B.A., and P. A. Peterson, M. Inst. C.E-, be will given for the best 
Summer Essays on engineering subjects. 

N.B. Undergraduates are strongly advised to prepare, during the 
Summer months, a thesis or report on some subject connected with 
the special course they are pursuing at the University. All prize 
theses must be placed in the hands of the Dean on or before the rst 
of October. 





(7 


7. The Mason prize of $50.00 in Electrical Engineering, given by 


Dr. A. F. Mason for original investigation in the practical applica- . 


tion of Electricity. 

8. Two Prizes, each of $10.00, from the British Association Medal 
Fund, to Students entering the Third Year, for proficiency in Level- 
ling or Transit Work. 

9g. Prizes or certificates of merit are given to such Students as 
take the highest place in the Sessional and Degree Examinations. 

10. Honours.—On graduation, Honours will be awarded for 
advanced work in Professional subjects, 

11. By the will of the late Dr. T. Sterry Hunt, F.R.S.,an endow- 
ment has been provided for Scholarships in Practical Chemistry, 
which it is hoped will be available before the close of next session, 

12. SCIENCE SCHOLARSHIPS GRANTED BY HER MaJeEsty’s Com- 
MISSION FOR THE EXHIBITION OF 1851.—These Scholarships of £150 
sterling a year in value are tenable for two or, in rare instances, 
three years. They are limited, according to the Report of the Com- 
mission, “ to those branches of Science (such as Physics, Mechanics 
and Chemistry) the extension of which is specially important for 
our national industries.” Their object is, not to facilitate ordinary 
collegiate studies, but ‘to enable Students to continue the prose- 
cution of Science with the view of aiding in its advance or in its 
application to the industries of the country.” 

A nomination to one of these scholarships for the year 1893 was 
placed by the Commission at the disposal of McGill University, 
and another may be granted in 1895. 

It is open to Students of not less than three years’ standing in the 
Faculties of Arts or Applied Science, and is tenable at any Univer- 
sity or at any other Institution approved by the Commission. 

13. WORKSHOP PRIzES.—(a@) A Prize of $20.00, presented by 
C. J. Fleet, B.A.,B.C.L., for bench and lathe work in the wood- 
working department, open to Students of not more than two terms 
standing in workshop practice. (4) Other prizes to be announced 
during the session, 





§ X. SPECIAL PROVISIONS. 


I. Partial Students may be admitted to the professional classes 
“pon payment of special fees (§ VIII). 


> Gest 
» “== SBS w= @ 






Ao Sk pees 


ms: 


ee 
- 


78 


2, Students in Applied Science may, by permission of the Faculty, 
take the Honour Classes in the Faculty of Arts. 

3. Undergraduates in Arts of the Second and Third Years, or 
Graduates of any University, entering the Faculty of Applied 
Science, may, at the discretion of the Professors, be exempted from 
such lectures in that Faculty as they have previously attended as 
Students in Arts. 


4. Students who have failed in a subject in the Christmas or Ses- 
sional Examinations may regain their standing by passing a supple- 


mental examination at atime appointed by the Faculty. Unless 
such supplemental examination is passed, Students will not be 
allowed to proceed to any subsequent examination in the subject. 
A second supplemental examination will not be granted. 

5. Students may be required to answer satisfactorily a weekly 
paper on such subjects of the course as shall be determined by the 
Faculty. 

6. Students who fail to obtain their Session, and who in conse- 
quence repeat a Year, will not be exempted from examination in 
any of those subjects in which they may have previously passed, 
except by the express permission of the Faculty. Application for 
such exemption must be made at the commencement of the Session. 

7. A Student may obtain a certificate of standing on payment of 
a fee of $2.00. 

8. Certificates may be given to Students who have passed through 
any of the special courses attached to the curriculum. 

9. The headquarters of the Canadian Society of Civil Engineers 
are at present in Montreal. The Society holds fortnightly 
meetings, at which papers upon practical current engineering sub- 
jects are read and discussed. Undergraduates joining the Society 
as Students may take part in these meetings and acquire knowledge 
of the utmost importance in relation to the practical part of the 
profession. 

10. Caps and gowns, also the overalls for the workshops, may be 
obtained from the janitor of the Engineering Building. 





79 


§ XI. COURSES OF LECTURES. 
1. CIVIL ENGINEERING AND APPLIED MECHANICS, 


Professor :—HENry T. Bovey, M.A., D.C.L., M.INsT.C.E., F.R.S.C, (Scott 
Professor of Civil Engineering and Applied Mechanics) . 
Associate Professor of Hydraulics :—H, BAMrorp, M.Sc, 


Lecturers PS: C.B. SMITH, Ma.E. 
rg sy 1 Kz. S. LEA, MA.E., 


THEORY OF STRUCTURES. (For Laboratory Work, see § XII.) 


The lectures on this subject embrace :— 

(2) The analytical and graphical determination of the stresses in the several 
members of framed structures, both simple and complex, as, e.g., cranes, roof and 
bridge trusses, piers, etc. 

(4) The methods of ascertaining and representing the shearing forces and bend- 
ing moments to which the members of a structure are subjected. 

(c) A study of the strength, stiffness and resistance of materials, including a 
statement of the principles relating to work, inertia, energy and entropy, together 
with a discussion of the nature and effect of the different kinds of stress and the 
resistance offered by a material to deformation and to blows. 

(a) The design and proper proportioning of beams, pillars, shafts, roofs, bridge 
piers and trusses, arches, masonry dams, foundations, earth works and retaining 
walls. 

TEXT- Book .—Bovey’s Theory of Structures and Strength of Materials, 


RAILROAD ENGINEERING, 


During the Session’ 1894-95. it is expected that Mr, C. B, Smith, Ma.E., will 
deliver a series of lectures on Railroad Engineering embracing :— 

(a) Traffic, gradients, curvature, train resistance, etc., leading up to :— 

(4) Determination of structures required in construction. 

(c) Laying out of work ; calculation of quantities of material used in con- 
struction ; specifications for same, 

(4) Track-laying, ties (wooden and metal), ballast, steel rails and fastenings, 
semaphores, switches, yards, turnouts, frogs, etc., methods of signalling, tele- 
graphic, staff, block, permissive block, etc. 

(¢) Operation and equipment, with special reference to couplers and brakes ; 
maintenance of way, renewals, surfacing, etc. 

(7) Résumé of Railroad law, having special reference to the duties of an 
Engineer. 


HYDRAULICS. (For Laboratory Work, see § XII.) 


The lectures deal with this subject both theoretically and with reference to its 
practical applications. 
The Student is instructed in the fundamental laws governing the equilibrium 





St) 


of fluids, and in the laws of flow through orifices, mouth-pieces, submerged (par- 
tially or wholly) openings, over weirs, through pipes in open channels and rivers. 
The impulsive action of a free jet of water upon vanes, both straight and curved, 
is carefully discussed, and is followed by an investigation of the power and 
efficiency of the several hydraulic motors, as, ¢.g., Reaction Wheels, Pressure 
Engines, Vertical Water Wheels, Turbines, Pumps, etc. 


PRACTICAL HYDRAULICS. 


During the Session 1894-95 Mr. R. S. Lea, Ma.E., will deliver a series of pract- 
ical lectures on Hydraulics, embracing quantity and quality of waters ; systems and 
sources of supply ; rainfall and evaporation ; storage as related to the supplying 
capacity of water-sheds; natural and artificial purification ; distribution includ- 
ing the location of mains, hydrants, stop-valves, etc.,for combined or separate fire 
and domestic systems ; details of construction, including dams, reservoirs, pumps, 
etc., preliminary surveys, estimates of cost, statistics, etc. 


2. SURVEYING AND GEODESY. 
Professor :—C. H. McLrEop, MA.E. 
Assistant :—J. G. G. KERRY, MA.E., 


This course is designed to qualify the Student for admission to the practice of 
Provincial and Dominion Land Surveying. It also affords a practical and 
theoretical training in Field Engineering, Practical Astronomy, and inthe simpler 
operations of Geodetic Engineering. The instruction is given by lectures and 
by practice in the field, drawing room, laboratory and observatory. The course 
of lectures is as follows :— ; 

SECOND YEAR.—Chain and angular surveying. ‘The construction, adjustment 


and use of the various instruments. Contour surveying. Underground survey- 
ing. Topography. Ranging curves. Leveiling and setting out work. . 
THIRD YEAR.—Railway locations. Geodetic levelling. Indirect and Baro- 


metric levelling. Hydrographic surveying. Introduction to Practical Astronomy. 

FOURTH YEAR.—Geodesy. Practical Astronomy. 

Each Student in this course is required to take part in the following :— 

1, Achain survey. 2. A contour survey based on I. 3. Compass surveys 
with and without local attraction. 4. A plane-table survey. 5. The preliminary 
surveys and location of a line of road, the work being afterwards set out for 
construction. 6, The hydrographic survey of a channel in the St. Lawrence 
River. 7. A triangulation survey from one base, checking on a second base, 8. 
The precise measurement of two base lines. g. Differences of level by spirit level, 
triangulation and barometer. to. Determinations of latitude by the zenith tele- 
scope and prime vertical methods, 11. Determination of the meridian. 12. 
Determinations of time by a portable astronomical transit, by sextant, and by 
the solar attachment. 13. Determination of longitude by the telegraphic metho d 
ard by moon culminations. 14. Exercises on the comparison of clocks and chro- 
nometers, 15. Practice in the use of field magnetic instruments. 

Students engaged in these surveys are expected to keep complete notes, and 





S1 


from them to prepare all plans and sections required, The necessary instruction 
in topography and mapping is given in the drawing room. 

The large drawing rooms are fitted up with suitable mountings for the various 
instruments, in order to permit of their use and investigation during the winter 
months. The equipment of surveying and geodetic instruments includes :— 

Six transits and transit theodolites. Seven levels, Four sextants. Two 
plane tables. Three surveyors and three prismatic compasses, Three current- 
meters. A 300 foot steel tape arranged for basework. An Altazimuth, <A 
Precision Level. A Zenith Telescope. Astronomical Transits, Break-circuit 
Chronometer, Chronographs. Heliotropes. Hand levels, chains, rods, tapes 
barometers, pedometers, and other minor instruments, 

The instruction in the Observatory and Geodetic Laboratory (see § XII.) will 
be given in the Fourth Year. 

Examinations for Land Surveyors :—Any graduate in the Faculty of Applied 
Science in the Department of Civil Engineering and Land Surveying may have 
his term of apprenticeship shortened to one year for the profession of Land Sur- 
veyor in Quebec or Ontario, or for the profession of Dominion Land Surveyor, 
He must, however, pass the preliminary and final examinations before one of 
the Boards of Examiners. The former examination should be passed before 
entering the University, or in the First or Second Year of attendance. 

Special provisions will be made for Students who desire to pass the Examina- 
tion for Dominion Topographical Surveyor. 

TEXtT- Books :—Gillespie’s Surveying, Johnson’s Theory and Practice of Sur- 
veying, Shortland’s Nautical Surveying, Green’s Practical and Spherical Astro- 
nomy, Nautical Almanac. 


3. DESCRIPTIVE GEOMETRY. 
es H. McLEop, MA.E. 

Lecturers :— <C, B. SMITH, MA.E. 
(J. G. G. Kerry, Ma.E. 

First Y£AR.—Geometrical drawing, orthographic projections, including pene- 
trations, developments, sections, etc. Isometric projection, 

SECOND YERAR.— Problems on straight line and plane, Projections of plane 
and solid figures. Curved surfaces and tangent planes, Intersections of curved 
surfaces. Axometric projections, Shades and shadows. Mathematical _ per- 
spective and the perspective of shades and shadows. 

THIRD YEAR.—Graphical determination of spherical triangles, Spherical] 
projections. Construction of maps, 

Text Book :—Millar’s Descriptive Geometry. 

* 4. FREEHAND AND MODEL DRAWING. 
A. T, TAytor, F.R.LB.A. 
C.B. Smin, Ma.E. 

This course is designed to give Students facility in observation and in sketch- 
ing objects, both from the flat and from the round. Special instruction is given 
in sketching parts of machinery, structural work, etc. 


Demonstrators :- 


KF 








82 
5- ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING. 
Professor :—C. A. Carus-WILson, M.A., M.Inst.E.E.,A. M Inst.C.E, 


(McDonald Professor of Electrical Engineering). 


The object of this course is to introduce the Student to the principles underly- 
ing the practice of Electrical Engineering. Very little time is devoted to thecon- 
sideration of strictly technical details, which the Student can far better study in 
the factory, where he is strongly recommended to go after his college course. 
The methods and the instruments used are, in almost every case, those that the 
Student will have eventually to usein practice. The object of the lectures is not 
to go over ground already covered by the text-books, except in cases where the 
subjects are not clearly put, but rather to direct the reading of the Students and 
to discuss problems arising out of the laboratory work. 
¢ laboratories is not commenced until 


The work in the Electrical Engineering 
the second term ofthe Third Year. By that time the Students will have gained 
a fair general acquaintance with Electricity in the Physical laboratory. They 
will then begin a series of experiments on Electricity and Magnetism on a 
practical scale, using methods and instruments in ordinary practical use, still 
however, confining their attention to the principles and not to their application. 
Thus the principle of the magnetic circuit will be studied in many different ways, 
but with apparatus put together for each special experiment. This term’s work 
is preparatory to that of the Fourth Year, when the Students will, in the Dynamo 
Room, study the practical application of these principles. 

Here they will make experiments on electrical machinery of ail kinds ; series, 
shunt, and compound dynamos ; motors, motor-generators, alternators, etc. They 
will be able to carry out tests of dynamos, transformers and motors under practi- 
cal working conditions, not only on the apparatus in the dynamo room but also 
throughout the building, where there are several motors, driving lathes, fans, etc., 
besides an electric elevator and an electric drill. In addition to these advantages 
they will have the opportunity of seeing a typical lighting station of twelve hun- 
dred lights at work, and may become familiar with the best practice and design 


on engines, dynamos, switchboard, wiring, etc. 


6. MECHANICAL ENGINEERING. 


Professor :—J.T. Nicotson, B.Sc., M.Can.Soc. C.E., M.Am.Soc. M.E. 


(Workman Professor of Mechanical Engineering). 
Assistant :—G. SINCLAIR SMITH, B.A.SC. 


This course embraces four subjects of study, as follows :— 


I. DESCRIPTIVE MECHANISM, AND KINEMATICS OF MACHINERY: 


A course of lectures, illustrated by the lantern, will be given inthe First Year, 
introducing the subject of mechanism in general to the Student. Beginning with 
elementary contrivances and common forms, the functions and principles of all 





kinds of ordinary mechanisms are explained ; 


and the course concludes with de- 
tailed descriptions of prime move 


rs, machine tools, locomotives, anda few lec- 
tures on the principles of the action of cutting tools, 


In the Second Year the Science of Kinematics appl 
Reuleaux’s principles and classifications are followed, 
andunique collection of models in the Museum, 


ied to machinery is taken up. 

and illustrated by the fine 
The synopsis of the course 
includes the following subjects: Definition ofa machine. Lower Pairs, Kine- 
matic chains and trains. Centrodes. Restraint, Higher Pairs. Force and 
Chain closure. Dead points, Notation Analysis of the quadric crank chain, 
the slider-cr ank chain, the double-slider crank chain, Chamber crank and 
wheel trains. Kinematic synthesis, 


II, DyNAmiIcs OF MACHINERY. 


While motion without regard to force was considered in the kinem 


atic course, 
the action of external forces so as to compel rest or pre 


vent change of motion, or 
so as to produce or to change motion in the links of mechanisms, 
dered in a series of lectures extending over two years. 


o 


is now consi- 


The Third Year course embraces the following ; 

Friction. Laws based on recent experiments, applied to journals and pivots. 
Railway brakes. Resistance to rolling. Friction in mechanisms treated graphi- 
cally. Dynamics of belt and rope drives, Friction clutches, Elementary parts 
of dynamics of the steam engine, curves of crank effort for single and multiple 
cranks. Fluctuation of energy and ofspeed, Fly-wheels, Indicators. Absorp- 
tion and transmission dynamometers, 


Fourth Year :—Balancing of double and single acting engines and of the loco- 


motive, Rigid dynamics applied to the connecting rod, the oscillating engine, 
the governor, and gyrostatic action in machinery. The inter-relation between fly- 
wheel and governor. Dynamics of machine tools, of pumping and of forging 
machines. Graphic treatment of the dynamics of complicated machines. 

ITI. MACHINE Desicn, 

In the above courses the parts of the machines considered have been supposed 
perfectly rigid ; their real state in this respect is considered in two courses of lec- 
tures extending over the Third and Fourth Years. The nature of the instruction is 
sufficiently indicated in the Text-book, which is Unwin’s Machine Design, 2 vols, 


IV. MECHANICAL DRAWING, 


This course extends over three years :— 

SECOND YEAR :—Elementary priniciples of mechanica] drawing. Simple 
machine details. Sketching of machinery, Dimensioning. Tracing and con- 
ventional colouring, 

THIRD YEAR :—Making of working drawings, Simple designing, Engine 
designing. 

FourTH YEAR :—Practica] machine design. The complete design of a ma- 
chine, such as a steam engine, a pump, a crane, a turbine, or a machine tool, 


{eee 


= 24 at 
rT 
= 


~~ “ee 


Pm, 


_ am “aX @ wa <= 


- = 1 oe S34 os 


‘ 





4 


7, MINING AND METALLURGY. 


Lecturer :—W. A. CARLYLE, MAE. 


The Jectures on Mining are given during the Third Year, and among the subjects 
taken up the following may be mentioned :—Blasting and the nature and use of 
different Explosives, Quarrying, Hydraulic Mining, Boring ; the Sinking, Tim- 
bering and Tubbing of Shafts ; Driving and Timbering of Levels, Underground 
Conveyance and Hoisting, Drainage and Pumping, Lighting and Ventilation of 
Mines, special methods of Exploitation employed in the working of Metalliferous, 
Deposits or of Coal Seams, etc. 

Ore-dressing and Underground Surveying will also receive special attention 
As yet there is no special mining laboratory in which practical operations in ore- 
dressing, etc., can be carried on, but it is hoped that this deficiency will be sup- 
plied in the near future. 

In the Fourth Year acourse of lectures on Metallurgy is given. The general 


roperties of the metals and the nature of fuels, fire-clays, etc., are first discussed 
; J ° 


and afterwards the more important metals and the methods of obtaining them 
from their ores by wet or dry process taken up in detail. 

Students of the Fourth Vear also devote considerable attention to the design- 
ing of mining machinery, furnaces, etc, 


8. CHEMISTRY AND ASSAYING. 
Professor :—B. J. HARRINGTON, B.A., Pu.D. (Greenshields Professor of 
Chemistry and Mineralogy). 
Sessional Lecturer :—-NEVIL NorTON EVANS, M.A.Sc. 
Assistant > — 

This course includes lectures and laboratory work. In the First Year, Students 
of all the Departments attend a course of lectures on the laws of Chemical Com- 
bination, Chemical Formulz and Equations, the preparation and properties of the 
more important Elements and their Compounds, etc. They also devote one after- 
noon a week throughout the session to practical work in the Laboratory, where 
they learn the construction and use of ordinary apparatus, perform a series of 
experiments designed to cultivate the powers of observation and deduction, and 
begin Qualitative Analysis. 

In the Second and Third Years, Students in the Department of Practical Che- 
mistry attend lectures on the Chemistry of the metals or on Organic Chemistry, 
and receive instruction in Qualitative and Quantitative Analysis, inciuding gravi- 
metric and volumetric methods and the application of electrolytic methods to the 
estimation of copper, nickel, etc. Blowpipe Analysis and Determinative Miner 
alogy also constitute part of the work of the Third Year. 

In the Fourth Year, special attention is devoted to such subjects as Mineral 
Analysis and Assaying, and the Analysis of Iron and Steel ; but considerable lati- 
tude is allowed to Students in the choice of subjects, and organic work may, if 
desired, be taken up. 





85 


Students of the Mining Course take Qualitative and Quantitative Analysis dur- 
ing the Second and Third Years, and devote considerable attention in the Fourth 
Year to Mineral Analysis and Assaying of various ores, fuels, etc, They also 
attend the class in Blowpipe Analysis and Determinative Mineralogy inthe Third 
Year. 

The chemical laboratories (see § XII) are open daily (Saturdays excepted) from 
g a.m, to 5 p.m, 

9. THERMODYNAMICS. 
Lecturer :—J, T. Nicotson, B.Sc., M.CAN.Soc.C.E. 
Demonstrator :—G. §. Smrru, B.A.Sc. 

Fundamental laws and equations’of thermodynamics. Application to perfect 
gases and to steam saturated and superheated. Efficiency of perfect heat engines. 
Efficiency of actual air, gas, petroleum, and steam engines. 

A study of the steam engine, including wire-drawing, cylinder condensation 
and jacketing, and the most efficient and most economical point of cut-off. Sizes 
and proportions of cylinders in singlé- double and triple expansion engines to 
develop a given power. Expected indicator diagrams. Sizes and proportions of 
the principal types of steam generators, Comparison of practical suitability of 
steam and caloric engines. Theory ot engine and boiler testing. 


Io. GEOLOGY AND MINERALOGY. 


B, J. HARRINGTON, B.A., Pu.D., F.G.S. 
FRANK D, ADAms, M.A.Sc., Pu.D. 


SECOND YEAR.—A preliminary Course in Zoology, with special reference to 
Fossil Animals, 


Professors :— 


THIRD YEAR,—Mineralogy (Ordinary and Honour), Petrography, Physical 
and Chronological Geology and Paleontology, Geology of Canada, Methods of 
Geological Exploration. 

FoukTH YEAR.—Special studies in Mineralogy and Petrography ; Advanced 
Course in General Geology and Paleontology ; Geology of Canada; Practical 
Geology and Field-work. 

For further details see Announcement of the Faculty of Arts. 

Note.—Students of the Mining and Chemistry courses take the Honour Miner- 
alogy of the Third Year in Arts. Mining Students take the whole Honour course 
of the Fourth Year. Chemistry Students take, in addition to the ordinary course 
in Geology, the Honour Mineralogy of the Fourth Year. 


11, BOTANY. 
Professor :—D, P, PENHALLOw, B.Sc., F.R.S.C. 


Course —General Morphology and Classification. Descriptive Botany. Flora 
of Canada. Nutrition and reproduction of Plants. Elements of Histology. 


12. ZOOLOGY. 
Lecturer :—W. E. Derks, B.A., M.D. 
For course see Faculty ot Arts p. 54. 





13, EXPERIMENTAL PHYSICS. 


Joun Cox, M.A. (McDonald Professor of Physics). 
Hucu L. CALLENDAR, M.A. (McDonald Professor of Physics). 


Professors :— { 


The instruction includes a fully illustrated course of Experimental Lectures on 
the general principles of Physics (embracing, in the Second Year—Zhe Laws of 
Energy—Heat and Light ; in the Third Year—Sound Electricity and Magnes 
tism), accompanied by courses of practical work in the Laboratory in which the 
Students will perform for themselves experiments, chiefly quantitative, illustrating 
the subjects treated in the lectures. Opportunity will be given to acquire 
experience with all the principal instruments used in exact physical and practical 
measurements, Students ot Electrical Engineering will continue their work in 
the Laboratory in the Fourth Year, when they will undertake, under the guidance 
of the Professors, advanced measurements and special investigations bearing on 


their technical studies. 
14. MATHEMATICS AND MATHEMATICAL PHYSICS. 


Professor :—G. H. CHANDLER, M.A. 
Lecturer :—R.S:. LEA, MA:E. 


The work in this department is conducted from the outset with special reference 
to the needs of Students of Applied Science. Much time is given to practice in 
the use ot Mathematical Tables, particular attention being paid to the solution of 
triangles, tne tracing of curves, graphical representation of functions, reduction of 
observations, etc. Areas, volumes, masses, centres of gravity, moments of 
inertia, etc., are determined both by calculation and by observation or experi- . 
ment, and each method is made to supplement or illustrate the other. In this 
connection, use will be made, in actual laboratory practice, of a large amount of 
apparatus, suchas balances, Atwood’s Machines, inclined planes, chronographs, 
rotation apparatus of various kinds, etc, The different methods of approximation, 
the reduction of results of experiments and observations by least squares, etc., 
will also receive due attention. 

The lectures will embrace the following subjects :— 

First YEAR.—Euclid, to the end of Book VI., with exercises on Loci, Trans- 
versals, etc. Algebra, including the Binomial Theorem. Elements of Solid 
Geometry and of Geometrical Conic Sections. Plane and Spherical Trigono- 
metry. Elementary Kinematics and Dynamics. 

SeconpD YEAR.—Analytic Geometry. Differential and Integral Calculus 
Dynamics of Solids and Fluids. 

THIRD AND FourTH VEARS.—Continuation of Analytic Geometry, Calculus 
and Dynamics. . 

Classes may also be held or advanced (optional) work in these or other 
subjects, 





S7 


Text-Books (Partial Jist) :—Todhunter’s or Mackay’s Euclid, Hail & Knight’s 
Elementary Algebra, Wilson’s Solid Geometry and Conic Sections, Wentworth’s 
Analytic Geometry, Chandler’s Calculus, Blakie’s Dynamics, Wright’s Mechan- 
ics, Bottomley’s Mathematical Tables, Chambers’ Mathematica] Tables, 


15. ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE. 
Professor :—C. E. Moysk, B.A. (Molson Professor. of English Language and 


Literature), 


i 
# 
Lecturer:—C, W, Corry, B.A. f 
ws 
First YEAR.—English Language and Literature. p 
=] > S f eeu 
r “ ~~ : ~ *,*¢ I 
SECOND YEAR.—A special course on English Composition. ta 
i, 
i 
16. FRENCH AND GERMAN. 4 | 
Lrench Language and Literature. 4 
a 
= ine a oT | 
Professor :—P. J. DAREY, Mom, BCE, LL.D., Officier d’ Académie, ii 
Sessional Lecturer :—J. L. Morin, M.A. € 
first Year.—Darey, Principes de Grammaire francaise. Lafontaine. les Fables fi / 
| S i 
Livres III et IV. Moliére, lAvare. Dictation. Colloguial exercises, ; 
7 
— a ° . - } 
Second Year.—Simples lectures sur les Sciences, les Arts et l’Industrie, par ' 
¢ f 





J. Garrigues et Boutet de Monvel. Short Selections for Translating English 
into French, by Paul Bercy. Dictation. Parsing. Colloquial exercises, 


a 6 |] 


~~ 


German Language and Literature. 
a ; : 
Lecturer: - L. R. Grecor, B.A. 


First Year,—Van der Smissen and Fraser’s German Grammar ; Joynes’ German 0 
Reader ; Dictation ; Colloquial exercises, 

Second Year.—Van der Smissen and Fraser’s German Grammar ; Joynes’ Ger- 
man Reader ; Freytag, Die Journalisten ; Uhland, Ballads and Romances 
(Macmillan’s Foreign Schoo] Classics) ; Parsing ; Dictation; Colloguial 
exercises, 

Third Year—Van der Smissen and Fraser’s German Grammar ; Lessing, Minna 
von Barnhelm ; Schiller, Siege of Antwerp ; History of German Litera- 
ture ; German Composition ; Dictation. 


17. METEOROLOGY. 


Instruction in Meteorological Observations will be given in the Observatory 
at hours to suit the convenience of the Senior Students. 

Certificates will be granted to those Students who pass a satisfactory examina- 
tion on the construction and use of Meteorological Instruments and on the general 
facts of Meteorology. 





§ XII. LABORATORIES. 


In the Laboratories the Student will be instructed in the art of 
conducting experiments, a sound knowledge of which is daily 
becoming of increasing importance in professional work. 

1. LABORATORY OF MATHEMATICS AND Dynamics.—This Labora- 
tory is fully equipped with instruments for the measurement of dis- 
tance (scales, micrometers, cathetometer), of area (planimeters) 
of volume (flasks, graduated vessels, etc.), of time (clocks, chrono- 
graphs), of mass (beam and spring balances) ; it is also provided 
with specific gravity balances, Atwood and Morin machines for 
experiments on the Laws of Motion, inclined planes, a variety of 
rotation apparatus (gyroscope, Maxwell’s Dynamical Top, torsion 
balance, pendulums, etc.), air-pumps, thermometers, barometers, 
Cr; 

2. CHEMICAL LABORATORIES.—The Chemical Laboratories are 
three in number,—one for Students of the First Year ; one for Stu- 
dents of the Second and Third Years, in which it has been found 
necessary to carry on both qualitative and quantitative work ; and 
one which is reserved for Students of the Fourth Year, and for 
special Students who may wish to carry on original investigations, 
There is also a special room in the basement which is fitted up for 
fire assaying. | 

The Laboratories are supplied with four balances by Becker & 
Sons, one Bunge and a bullion-balance by Troemner. ‘There are 
also a Laurent polariscope, a spectroscope by Duboscq, gas com- 
bustion and melting furnaces, apparatus for electrolytic work, etc., 
etc. Distilled water is obtained by means of a special boiler placed 
in the basement, which also supplies the steam for drying-ovens, 
steam baths and drying-chamber in the upper Laboratories. 

3, PuysicaL Laporatory.—The McDonald Physical Labora- 
tory contains five storeys, each of 8,000 square feet area. 
Besides a lecture theatre and its apparatus rooms the Build- 
ing includes an elementary laboratory nearly 60 feet square; 
large special laboratories arranged for higher work by advanced 
students in Heat and Electricity, a range of rooms for optical work 
and photography ; separate rooms for private thesis work by Stu- 
dents; and two large laboratories arranged for research, provided 
with solid piers and the usual standard instruments, There are also 





89 


under ‘various conditions ; there are four cylinders, which can be 
connected so as to allow of single, compound, triple or quadruple 
expansion, condensing or non-condensing, with or without jackets. 
The measurements of heat are made by large tanks, which receive 
the condensing water and the condensed steam. There are two 
hydraulic absorption brakes for measuring the mechanical power 
developed, and an alternative friction brake for the same purpose. 
Besides this large steam engine, a high speed automatic cut-off by 
Robb-Armstrong of Amherst, N.S., an Atkinson Cycle and an 
Otto gas engine, a Stirling hot air engine by Woodbury Merrill of 
Ticonderoga, are provided and completely fitted for purposes of 
measurement and research. Many smaller instruments are prol 
vided or are in course of construction for illustrating the genera- 
principles of thermodynamics, such as caorimeters, deicate ‘thermo: 
meters and gauges, a mercury column, apparatus for investigating 
the properties of superheated steam and other working fluids, 
draft gauges, pyrometers, fuel testers, indicators, planimeters and 
a Moscrop recorder. 

A 40 horse power two-stage air compressor of modern make 
fora central station is under construction in the workshops of the 
College, and will, it is hoped, be added to the Laboratory during 
next session. 

Of the five boiers which appy steam, three are fitted for 
experimental purposes. 

6. ELEcTRICAL LABORATORIES.— These consist of :— 

(1) Lhe Electrical Laboratory proper, where the standard 
instruments are kept and experiments made in the electrica course. 
The instruments comprise, amongst others, two of Lord Kevin’ 
electric balances, a Thomson galvanometer, four d’Arsonva gava- 
nometers, two Siemens dynamometers, two Kelvin electrostatic 
voltmeters, a complete set of Western ammeters and votmeters, 
besides resistance coils, etc. 

Current is supplied to all parts of the room from one of the 
lighting dynamos direct and from the accumulator room, 

(2)Zhe Magnetic Laboratory.—Here are set up a_ ballistic 
galvanometer, Ewing’s curve tracer, and a variety of apparatus 
made'in the College for magnetic tests of various kinds. 





a lecture room, with apparatus room attached, for Mathematica] 
Physics, a special physical library, and convenient workshops. 
The equipment is on a corresponding scale, and comprises: (1) 
apparatus for illustrating lectures ; (2) simple forms of the prin- 
cipal instruments for use by the Students in practical work ; (3) the 
most recent types of all the important instruments for exact 
measurement, to be used in connection with special work and 
research, | 

4. TESTING LABORATORIES.—The principal experiments carried 
out in these will relate to the elasticity and strength of materials, 


friction, the theory of structures, theaccuracy of springs, gauges, 


dynamometers, etc., the efficiency of shafting, gearing, etc. The 
equipment includes a troo-ton Wicksteed and a 75-ton Emery 
machine for testing the tensile, compressive and tranverse strength 
of materials. For the former, an addition has been specially 
designed, by means of which the tranverse strength of timbers up 
to 25 feet in length can be determined. The Emery machine is 
constructed and graduated with such accuracy as to render possible 
delicate experiments on elasticity, The Laboratories are also 
provided with an autographic torsion machine for testing -the 
torsional strength of materials, machines for determining the effect 
of repeated stresses, oil testers, strain extensometers, etc., and a 
very complete supply of gauges, micrometers, and other apparatus 
for exact measurements. 

The importance of tests of the strength of mortars and cements 
is very great, and the equipment of the Laboratory for the purpose 
is On a complete plan, including three one-ton tensile testing 
machines, representing the best English and American practice, 
steaming apparatus, volumenometers, apparatus for ascertaining 
standard consistency, mechanical mixers, special weighing 
hopper, spring balances, gun metal moulds, etc. By means ofa 
line of shafting driven by an electric motor, mixtures are prepared 
and placed in the moulds, mechanically, thus eliminating the 
personal error. The Laboratory is also fitted with copper-lined 
cisterns, in which the briquettes may be submerged for any re 
quired time. 

5. THERMODYNAMIC LABORATORY.—The Thermodynamic Labor 
atory is furnished with an experimental steam engine of 80 I.H.P., 
specially designed for the investigation of the behaviour of steam 





_— 


(3) Zhe Dynamo 
K W Edison dynamo, two r2 K W Edison dynamos, a 12 KW 
Mordey alternator made specially for this laboratory (the coils on 
the armature can be moved round through any angle, and two on 





The apparatus here consists of a 25 


three currents of any phase difference obtained), a 7 KW Victoria 
dynamo, a7 K W Fort Wayne dynamo, a 6 K W Thomson- 
Houston arc-light dynamo, a 15 K W Thomson-Houston incan- 
descent dynamo, and a 5 K W Brush arc-light dynamo. All these 
are driven off magnetic clutch pulleys by an 80 horse power 
MacIntosh and Seymour engine. There are also here several 
different transformers, motors, arc lamps, etc., anda.3 K W motor 
generator. 

(4) Lhe Lighting Station.—This comprises a 30 K W Edison- 
Hopkinson dynamo, and a 30 K W Siemens dynamo, each driven 
by a Willans high speed engine. The switch-board is arranged so 
that the building—containing twelve hundred lights—can be lighted 
by the two dynamos In series, or, if the load is light, by one 
running on two-wire system or by accumulators. The whole is 
in every respect typical of the best English and American practice. 

(5) Zhe Accumulator aining ~Crompton-Howell 
storage cells of a united "capacity of eight hundred ampere hours. 

7- GEODETIC LaBoRAToRy.—There are in this Laboratory a 
Rogers comparator for the investigation of standards of length, 
Rogers angular dividing engine for the graduation and investiga- 
tion of circles, a Munro-Rogers linear dividing engine, an astro- 
nomical clock and chronograph, a portable Bessel’s reversible pendu, 
lum apparatus, a Whitworth end-measuring machine, level triers 
etc. In connection with the Laboratory there is also a fifty-foot 
comparator and standard of length, for standardizing steel bands 
chains, tapes, rods, etc. 

8. HypRAuLic LABoratory.—Here the Student will study prac- 
tically the flow of water through orifices of various forms and sizes, 
through submerged openings, over weirs, through pipes, mouth 
pieces, etc. The Laboratory is supplied with several tanks for gaug- 
ing and other purposes, the largest h laving a height of 30 feet and a 
sectional area of 25 square feet, also witha large number of delicate 
pressure gauges and other apparatus. The Students themselves 
carry out tests upon hydraulic motors, eg., upon the different 
turbines, pumps, the Pelton and other wheels, etc. The facilities 





~ 








92 


for conducting such experiments are unusually great, as from 
the city water supply there is an available head of over 200 feet. 

By means of specially designed apparatus, investigations are 
carried out as to the force with which water, issuing from orifices, 
pipes, nozzles, etc., impinges upon surfaces of various forms and 
sizes. 

This Laboratory is also to be provided with a set of pumps 
specially designed for experimental work and research, They are 
to be adapted to work under all pressures up to 120 lbs. per sq. 
in., and at all speeds up to the highest found practicable. The set 
is composed of'three vertical single acting plunger pumps of 7 in. 
diam., 18 in. stroke, driven by oneshaft. They are to have two 
interchangeable valve chests, and it is arranged that both the 
valves and their seats may be removed and replaced by others. 

9. MECHANICAL LAaBoraTory.—In this Laboratory experiments 
will be carried out on the efficiency of belts, shafting, and machine 
tools. Governors of all types will be tested with the chronograph. 
Lubricants by journal friction-testing machine. Sliding and rolling 


friction and the stiffness of ropes will also form subjects for experi- 
ment. 


§ XIII. MUSEUMS. 

The Peter Redpath Museum contains large and vaiuable collec- 
tions in Botany, Zoology, Mineralogy and Geology, arranged in such 
a manner as to facilitate the work in these departments. Students 
have access to this Museum, in connection with their attendance on 
the classes in Arts in the subjects above named, and also by tickets 
which can be obtained on application. Students will also have the 
use of a Technical Museum, occupying the whole of the third storey 
of the Engineering Building. Amongst other apparatus the Museum 
contains the Reuleaux collection of kinematic models, pre- 
sented by W.C. McDonald, Esq., and pronounced by Professor 
Reuleaux to be the finestand most complete collection in America. 


§ XIV. WORKSHOPS. 


The workshops erected on the Thomas Workman Endowment 
have a floor area of more than 25,000 sq. ft. 





93 


The practical instruction in the workshops is designed to give 
the Student some knowledge of the nature of the materials of 
construction, to familiarize him with the more important hand and 
machine tools, and to give him some manual skill in the use of the 
same. For this purpose, the Student, during a specified number 
of hours per week, will work in the shops under the superin- 
tendence of the Professor of Mechanical Engineering, aided by 
skilled mechanics. ‘The courses commence with graded exercises, 
and gradually lead up to the making of joints, members of struc- 
tures, frames, etc., finally concluding in the iron-working depart- 
ment with the manufacture of tools, parts of machines, and, if 
possible, with the building of complete machines. 

The equipment includes the following : 

IN THE CARPENTER, Woopb-TURNING AND PATTERN-MAKING 
DEPARTMENTS.—Carpenters’ and pattern-makers’ benches, wood 
lathes, a large pattern-maker’s lathe, circular-saw benches, jig and 
band saws, buzz-planer, wood-borer, universal wood-worker, etc, 

IN THE MACHINE SHoP.—The most improved engine lathes, a 
36-in. modern upright drill, with compound table, universal milling 
machine, with vertical milling attachment, hand lathes, planer, 
universal grinding machine, universal cutter and reamer grinder, 
buffing machine, a 16-in. patent shaper, vise-benches, etc. 

IN THE SMITH SHOP.—Forges, hand drill, and a power hammer. 

IN THE FouNDRY.—A cupola for melting iron, core oven, brass 
furnace, moulders’ benches, etc. 

The machinery in the shops 1s driven bya 50 I. H.P. compound 
engine and a 10 I. H. P. high speed engine. 


ADDENDUM. 


Good board and lodging may be obtained at $£8 per month; or 
separately, board at $12 to $14, and rooms at $5 to $10 per month. 
The cost of drawing instruments for the whole course may be placed 
at from $15 to $30. Gown and overalls, $7 to $10. Books per 
session $10 to $30. 

Estimated necessary cost per session of 714 months, including 
fees but exclusive of clothing and travelling expenses, $270 to $320. 





Years|Hours. 


FIRST YEAR. 


SECOND YEAR. 





Pe 


, 


FACULTY OF APPLIED SCIENCE—TIME TABLE. 








| 
MonbDaAy. 


9 Mathematics. 


Mathematics, 


English. 





Chemistry. 








Mathematics. 


Physical 
Laboratory. 


TUESDAY. 


Mathematics. 


Mathematics, 


French, 
German. 


English, 


Shopwork. 


WEDNESDAY. 
Mathematics, 


Mathematics. 


French. 
German. 


Drawing. 


Geom. Drawing (a). 
Mathematical Lab,, (4). | 








Mathematics. 


German. 





Do 


Do 
Botany, 5. 


Mapping, 1. 
2 to 5 


*Chemistry, 4, 5. 
Shopwork, 2, 3. 


Zoology, I, 4. 


Experimental Physics. 


Surveying (x Tir. yy 4x | 
Desc. Geom., 1, 2 


9 35 45 5 





First Term, 


* The Chemical Laboratories are open to Second, Third 
Field work during September and October, 2 to 5 p.m. 
Tuesdays, ‘Thursdays and Fridays. For 3rd Year C7z 
first clear evenings each week, 7 to 9. 

(4) Second Term, 





tland Mining, 


French, 


Mathematics. 


Mathematics. 
Botany, 5. 


Kinematics, 2, 


Surveying, I, 4. 


Shopwork, 1. 


> 
Pe hd 


* Chemistry, 4, 5. 


Mechl, Drawing, 2, 3. 








‘THURSDAY. 


Mathematics. 

Mathematics. 
French, 
German, 


Drawing. 








FRIDAY, 


Mathematics. 


A, ee, ee 


SATURDAY, 


Shopwork. 





Mathematics, 





English. 


Chemistry. 





Freehand Drawing, 


Mathematics. 





Kinematics, 2, 3. 
Surveying, 1, 4. 
Chemistry, 5- 


Zoology, 1, 4. 





fxperimental Physics. | 


Shopwork, 23 3 
Mapping, 1, 4. 
Chemistry, 5. 





and Fourth Year classes daily (Saturdays excepted) from g a.m. to 5 p.m. 
For end Year Czvz/, on Mondays, Tuesdays, Wednesdays, Thursdays and Fridays. 
on Mondays, Wednesdays, ‘Vhursdays and Fridays. 


Pract, Chemistry. 


French. 








Shopwork, 4. 


Do 





Mathematics. 


English. 








Physical Laboratory, 
tT, 2,.3,-6e 








For Mining, on Mondays 


For ath year Czvz7, on Saturday mornings and two 


ivil Engineering Students. 2, Electrical Engineering Students, 3. Mechanical Engineering Students, 4, Mining Engineering Students. 5, Practical Chemistry Students 


— 


were 


ey ib T8, 


~ a 


~~ 


= a8 




















VERA ¥ 
R / , 
75 Saamiees) Se FACULTY 
Jie seem | M SS = OF 
tn ONDAY. —+ APPLIED 
3 ue $$ ; SC 
9 E . ] UESDAY. of IENCE—T 
xperi IMB “ 
Ee / mental P} Ele ry TAB 
rysics, |. Se Fee Wrpnes p EE) 
| “e cal k , NESI LF O 
/ Physi ino’ ne DAY ont? ; 
: LYSICs £& Ng.,% ; = wm 
io | Mineral bee T gh 
p2 Geol < neralogy +» 2 (a G HURS an 
I ogy, - ZYs 4, 5 ) reol: ‘SDAY i 
<q Dyn, of Mack » 4) 5 , 45 o (4) Dyn. , ey» Y. on Bet 
si ] ing, | 2s 3 % 2's IDA : — ae 
a 11 E ys al Lz be 4. I 2° Experime ms - ae ee 
9 ie ane rical Lab, 2 (a) | Desc. Ger nial Mnverea: Desc. G snk =e i: 
Hy athematics Ap. h 2 (2) | Shopws a Sas, I. es, its. Mineralogy, 7 I. RDAY. x 
ee] = : = a t, aif | Mining 7 “i 3: ! . Senna woe Py “a 3. Be icf 
al 12 : Elect oology : @), 3, 4.] vai | Mac Chemistry = rysical Lal yey Se Testing Tal a I 
Machine D —_ rical L ab., » 5s Sur — s achine Dea? » 5s G ccaaiacentae <i Electr e r ial 2 (a) 
S esigi | 3 2 (5) S vey ing, : Geir -S12N, 2 Geolog ; —— |- + ab , 3¢ 
urVv eyi a, 2,3, | ’ ho ro Eh — ? » 3 Th OY, Ean i “9 2% 5), 
ng, I, 4. Ap. Mech. pwork, 2 oe Pha rmo. | ak » 5s at ee ta 
- / . othe iaebe iab., 3 
- at Electric ai i tee i , iets Mathen aaa. aoa ae sical Lab. — 
St N Lab, 93» 4- cies ZO 1atics =, 2° 
ad gapping, j 2 (6) S es Zoology, 5. __Ap. Mech. 1, | Do 
Fada ty ork, i 4° . hopwe rk f — oJ 9 O° Pharmo a 1,2 
1emistrv Pe 3. h 9 29 3s a Phys. ve ab. a “° 
ry, 4, 5 D lining So: oe Pe 2. 
——____ >: r awing, . > 4 Mathe —_—— Mining i (4), ; 
9 ee } Chatatatty 2 35 4. IPI | matics. 2 Fs Do 
" on — } n sic — a 
Dei. Geodesy, 7 6 ar oi iSite cal Lab | Ap. Mech Bees, 
—_—— of ch’ 2 ‘ Mi = ‘hemistry I, 2,3 5] M: , 2 aaah oe | : 
a + 2; 3. hacen alogy (ay. 4 ; en 9455 ai Dr: tee gy 1 : z 
/ - 
< 10 muadyu. 7. tea, | Ele Dishes: Miteehea Testing 
Hyvdr nav 2.2 | F ctrics Mineral ae P ee = 
rhe Fis ydraulics ez = 9394. | lydrauli ul Eng’ ng ‘eas MOBY» 4) ny sical La : 
pt oer » 1, 35 4 Physic sat WER YG ok P. Lab. oe os ————— et Thermo. Lab.. 2, 4 
bn M eal L ab, — seology sae, 3,4 iy " —- oe hemi ab.” 2 ao 
1 N etallurg es ee Ee ge | Lhermody ~ a Rate 
1 Matt fecha Sy dynami — » 2 
a=} 7 1ematics ee nical, “L: 4 5s H Sp, as amics, T.2.2 = Jesig ; — co 
P Aes <tets Geolog » T, 2, 3. De: 2 Se baad aulic Lal | 9594 by lectric: gning, I. “4 = oF 
= BY, 4 A signing, 4. El Cees Metallu Eie*ne., 7 re ; 
fy p.- M * Aectric¢z » 3, 4- H Ah ak ulurgy s+) 2. — ss 
12 P hy sic 17 h. - ical Lab : y‘ draulic S, | = her mo, T 1, 5- G Design ~ 
Machi _Mech a ioe Bi i ies) Metall ae Ae Des ‘ab., ss reodeti ling, 4: 
chi ranice 2. ul urg esig Dae ic L 2 
ne D ° il L ’ y; ning, j S} ab., 
esign, 2, : eae ab., 3. D | o Geod me 1opwork, 
pale » 2, 3- taliee J i Tez Jo Ele esy,I 2, . 
I | Mat! ona fe 
2 to Des; eens ) | wiesiace, atics, rmo, Lab. 
5 Mees, I | igning ae Ph Mect 13+ D 
oes 4 PA Testi —— Miner: Do | ; td ole Eab a <2 gure : 
hemistry = Phuc: Lab., 1, mS A ralogy, 4, 5 / Make ees Batt ‘hermo. I ab., 2 —— 
¥25 Y° M ha al Ts,” : (a). | wy Desi; em: atics, ( ichs Geolog “ab., 3. , i pid ng Pg hs 
v4 anic¢ a Ps 2 De-ieni ~ yn. of Si es SN Y> 4: D 
hapniniry aD, Bieri eo | HS aah, Mach. (5). aes Mech fe) 
i of — a 2. 2 
5 my Assa il SX ab 2 | lesting I % 3: Thermo: I I: Es 
Cc ying, 9” Pl sab. 1ern ab., 
her 4- 1ysi g 4e -—-—~ 10 L b., 
nistry | D Cé al L: +5 —_ a 
5: esi; ening dey 2s D wr Do 
Ass: aying, 3- El esigning, + 
4- ectric 4. 
Tl al L 
lermo, ab., 2 
Pi Se 
Che AD, 3. 
mistry, 5. 



























































—— 


















































Chemistry 
, 5. 





























awe Fir 
st Te 
rm. (4) Second Term 

erm, 


7 Ci: g % . . « « i‘ - 4. 2 5. 
gi ) 
. 
1ێ 
: S 
7 “ 
Fan 
t 
. Mini 
igi 
> Ss 
° 


ractical 
chemistry Stud 











PLANS OF THE APPLIED SCIENCE BUILDINGS. 
(Scale: one inch = about forty feet.) 
a oe 
Be 


INSTRUCTOR Befroats( oy 6 Bo FOUNDRY 


METAL WORKING 
SHOP COALS 


(AT LOWER LEVEL} 


i.J | 
BOILER HOUSE 


(AT LOWER LEVEL) 


| : ENTRANCE Nia {il | 


. 
sal si 
a 
ile 


DYNAMOS 


THERMO - ' Tests OF 
DYNAMICS MATERIALS 
HYDRAULICS 
DYNAMOS 


GROUND FLOOR. 





- —— 
ee 
ov (| 
= t 


97 


_——" 


LLEI 











T WOOD TURNING Thy || 4 
AND at | 
PATTERN MAKING CLT SS 

i WORKSHOP ll 





AAS bce 20 are 


LT INSTRUCTORS TOOL ROOM li 


| OFFICE 


PROFESSORS 
iil eoom _ LANDING 

















LECTURE 
ROOM 





LABORATORY fs 


LABORATORY BN aa = CEMENT TESTING 





N 
ul) ss | — 





STOCKm ROOM 


WOOD WORKING 
WORKSHOP’ 


i : 
{ 

Li} DRAWING . . Tone 
OFFICE ROOM 


} 
i 
ee. 
ot ROFESSOR'S 
ROOM 


LABORATORY 


— =_ 
_—— 
C 
q 


Fat Lt 
ORRINOR. . " 


aati rr + a 7 
tecture goam ||) 


| _ = .* Ae 
LECTURE ROOM. LIBRARY STUBENTS LECTURE DEANS: 
BOOM ROOM ROOW. 


il 
t E SS 


Re Sey ae SECOND F 


3 +--+ 





is i ra) a 
A 3,5 
; 
: 
99 

aw 

a = ote an 
mT SS Se SS 4) 
HU a 
i = = ae 

tl i’ 


i 
DRAWING MRAWING a “¥ DRAWING 4 DRAWING — [il wc 
3 a 
SPECIAL al y 


bs ROOM é bi . 


li 





THIRD FLOOR. 


LANDING 
MUSEUM WH MUSEUM em ty MUSEUM MUSEUM 


SPECIAL 
ROOM 





FOURTH FLOOR. 





Faculty of BMeciciue. 
THE PRINCIPAL (ex-officio). 
Professors. 


WRIGHT, STEWART, BELL, 
MacCa..u, WILKINS, ADAMI, 
CRAIK, PENHALLOW, Major, 
GIRDWOOD, MILis, ALLOWAY, 
Roppick, CAMERON, FINLEY, 
GARDNER, BLACKADER, LAFLEUR, 
SHEPHERD, RUITTAN, ARMSTRONG, 
BULLER, 

Dean.—R, Craik, M.D. 
Registrar.—R. F. Rurtan, M.D. 
Librarian.—F¥. J], SHEPHERD, M.D. 

Director of Museum.—J. G. Adami, M.D. 


The Sixty-Second Session of this Faculty will be opened on Tues- 
day, October 2nd, 1894, by an introductory lecture at 3 p.m. Lec- 
tures for students entering on the study of Medicine this year will 
begin September 20th. The regular lectures wiil begin on October 
4th, at the hours specified in the time-table, and will be continued 


for six months. 

The Medical School of McGill University was founded in 1822 as 
the ‘‘Montreal Medical Institution” by Drs. W. Robertson, W. 
Caldwell, A. F. Holmes, J. Stephenson and H. P. Loedel—all of 
them at that time members of the staff of the Montreal General 
Hospital. 

Although founded in 1822, yet no session of the ‘* Medical Insti- 
tution’ was held until 1824, when it opened with 25 students. 

In 1828, the “ Medical Institution ”’ was recognized by the Board of 
Royal Institution as the Medical Faculty of McGill University. At 
this time the lectures were given in a building on the site of the pre- 





101 


sent Bank of Montreal. Later, the school was removed to a brick 
building still standing near the corner of Craig and St. George 
streets. 

In 1846, the lectures of the Faculty were given in the present 
central building of the University, now occupied by the Faculty of 
Arts, Students could reside in the College, board and lodging being 
charged at the rate of £3-5s. ($13) a month. 

On account of the inconvenience arising from the distance of 
the University Buildings from the centre of the city, it was decided 
in 1850 to erect a Medical school building in Coté street, provided 
with ample accommodation for L ibrary and Museum, and furnished 
with a large dissecting-room and two lecture rooms; this building 
was occupied for the first time during the session 1851-2, and suf- 
ficed for the wants of the Faculty until 1872-73, when the present 
main building was provided for it by the Governors of the Univer- 
sity. 

In 1824, the number of students in the Faculty was 25;1n 1844, 
50; in 1851, 64, with 15 graduates ; in 1872-3, 154, with 35 gra- 
duates ; in 1892-3, 315, with 46 graduates ; in 1893-94, 351, with 56 
graduates. 

There were no sessions held during the political troubles from 
1836 to 1839, and it is owing to this gap that the present 1s the 61st 
session of the Faculty. This is in reality the 6sth session of the 
school, which is the direct continuation of the “ Montreal Medical 
Institution ” 

In 1885, the Building in the University grounds, erected by the 
Governors for the use of this Faculty, was found inadequate. A 
new building was then added, which, at the time, afforded ample 
facilities for carrying out the great aim of the Faculty,—that of 
making the teaching of the primary branches thoroughly practical. 

The laboratories and lecture rooms, then added, have now become 
filled, and so great have been the advances in medicine and in me- 
thods of laboratory teaching, that it has been necessary again to in- 
crease the number and size of the laboratories. Owing to the 
timely generosity of Mr. John H. R. Molson, who has already done 
so much for the University, the Faculty are able to announce that 
their present facilities for teaching will, this year, be almost doubled. 



















102 


| As will be seen on reference to the architects’ plans om pages—, 
the new buildings have been erected as an extension of the old 
“ones, towards the -northwest, partially facing Carlton noad, and 
‘convenient to the Royal Victoria Hospital. They connect the 
Pathological building acquired in 1893 with the older buildings, and 
-comprise a large modern lecture room capable of accommodating 
450 students, with adjoining preparation rooms and new: suites of 
laboratories for Physiology, Histology, Pharmacology and Sanitary 
‘Science. The laboratories, etc., in the older buildings have been 
enlarged and improved, the whole of the second floor has been de- 
voted to the anatomical department, and will be divided mto a dis- 
q secting-room, anatomical museum, bone-room, preparation rooms, 
Professors’ and Demonstrators’ rooms, etc. 

On the ground floor the. Library and Museum has been greatly 
enlarged ; a room forming part of the Library has beem set apart 
as a reading-room for the use of students, where the reference 
library of the Faculty may be consulted ; and the old chemical 
laboratories have been increased by including the rooms formerly 
used by the department of Physiology. 

The Faculty is glad to be able to announce that, by the liberal- 
ity of the Honorable Sir Donald A. Smith in endowing the chairs of 
Pathology and Sanitary Science with one hundred thousand dollars, 
‘+ is able to establish these departments on a footing fully commen- 
surate with their importance and with the advances and require 
ments of modern medical science. 
































§. I. MATRICULATION. 


Intending Students who purpose practising Medicine in Canada 
are requested to observe that by the Regulations in force in the 
yarious Provinces of the Dominion, they are required to pass the 
Matriculation examination accepted by the several Registering 
Boards of these provinces before beginning their course of study. 

Students holding the degree of Bachelor of Arts are exempted 
from examination for matriculation, but must present their dip- 
lomas and be registered before beginning their studies. 





103 4 


The Preliminary Examination in General Education of the fol- i 
lowing Bodies is accepted by this University in lieu of its own | 
Matriculation Examination :— 

1. The College of Physicians and Surgeons, Ontario. 


2. The College of Physicians and Surgeons, Quebec. 


3. The New Brunswick Medical Board. ri | 
4. The Nova Scotia Medical Board. A | 
5. The Manitoba Medical College. + | 
6. Students who have passed the matriculation examination of a i 


recognized University or who have passed a State or Provincial 
examination or equivalent work, p 

Students not having any of the above qualifications for entrance 
are required to pass one or other of the following examinations :— fh 


_— Va 


—~ 


1, The June Matriculation in Arts and Medicine of this Uni- i 
versity, commencing June 1, 1894. Fi 
Papers for the June Examination can be sent to local centres on application to ; 
the Secretary of the University. The September examinations are held in Mon- 
treal only. f 

The subjects for examination are Classics, Mathematics and 
English, and one of the optional subjects as below. 


COMPULSORY SUBJECTS. 


Latin.—Ceesar, Bell, Gall, Book I., and_ Virgil, AEneid, Book I., Latin 
Grammar (On and after June, 1895, two books of Cesar will be required.) 

Mathematics.—Arithmetic (including the Metric System) ; Algebra, to Quad- 
ratic Equations inclusive ; Euclid’s Elements, Books I., II., III. 

English. —Writing from Dictation. A paper on English Grammar, including 
Analysis. A paper on the leading events of English History. Essay on a sub- 
ject to be given at the time of the examination. 


OPTIONAL SUBJECTS. 
One only of these subjects is required. 


(1) Greek.—Xenophon Anabasis, Book I., Greek grammar. 

(2) French.—One author and French grammar, 

(3) German,— One author and German grammar. 

(4) Chemistry.)—As in Remsen’s Elements of Chemistry (pages 1-160), 
and Physics (Gage and Fessenden’s High School Physics, parts I., IL., III. 





104 


2. The September Examination in Arts and Medicine of the Uni- 
versity, held in McGill College only, on Sept. 17th, 1894, and _ fol- 
lowing days, and including the same subjects above stated, except 
that alternative books in the classical] subjects will be accepted. 


§ II. ENREGISTRATION. 


The following are the University Regulations :— 


All Students desirous of attending the Medical Lectures shall, at 
the commencement of each Session, enroll their names and re- 
sidences in the Register of the Medical Faculty. 

The said Register shall be closed on the last day of October. 
Fees are payable to the Registrar, and must be paid in advance at 
the time of enregistration. 


§ III. COURSES OF LECTURES.* 
ANATOMY. 
PROFESSOR, FRANCIS J. SHEPHERD. 


Anatomy is taught in the most practical manner possible, and its relation to 
Medicine and Surgery fully considered. ‘The lectures are illustrated by the fresh 
subject, moist and dry preparations, sections, models and plates, and drawings 
on the blackboard. | 

Special attention is devoted to Practical Anatomy, the teaching being similar 
to that of the best European schools. The Dissecting Room is open from 8 a.m. 
to 10 p.m., the work being conducted under the constant supervision of the Pro- 
fessor and his staff of Demonstrators. Special Demonstrations on the Brain, 
Thorax, Abdomen, Bones, etc., are frequently given. Every Student must be 
examined az /east¢ three times on each part dissected, and if the examinations are 
satisfactory, a certificate is given. Prizes are awarded at the end of the Session 
for the best examination on the fresh subject. Abundance of material provided. 


* For recent alterations in these courses see special Calendar for the Medical 
Faculty, 
CHEMISTRY. 


PROFESSOR, GILBERT P. GIRDWOOD. 


Inorganic Chemistry is fully treated; a large portion of the course is devoted 
to Organic Chemistry and its relations to Physiology. The branches of Physics 
bearing upon or connected with Chemistry also engage the attention of the Class. 





105 


For experimental illustration, abundant apparatus is possessed by the College. 
The Chemical Laboratory will be open to the members of the class, to repeat 
experiments performed during the course, under the superintendence ot the Pro- 


fessor or Lecturer. 
PRACTICAL CHEMISTRY, 


PROFESSOR, R. F, RUTTAN. 

The course in Practical Chemistry includes two hours’ laboratory work three 
times a week for three months, in both first and second years. The Students are 
instructed individually in chemical manipulations, blow-pipe analysis, and 
qualitative determination of the salts, acids, etc., they will require to use in 
practice, They are required before finishing their course to te familiar with the 
principles of practical Forensic and Sanitary Chemistry. Special attention is 
directed to instructing the Student in making accurate notes of his experiments 
and his conclusions, These notes are examined daily, and criticized. A course 
of laboratory work in clinical chemistry is given during the spring term of th 
third year. 

PHYSIOLOGY. 
PROFESSOR, T. WESLEY MILLS. 

The purpose of this Course is to make Students thoroughly acquainted, as far 
as time permits, with modern Physiology: its methods, its deductions, and the 
basis on which the latter rest. Accordingly a full course of lectures is given, in 
which both the Experimental and Chemical departments of the subject receive 
attention. 

In addition to the use of diagrams, plates, models, etc., every department of 
the subject is experimentally illustrated. The experiments are free from elaborate 


technigue, and many of them are of a kind susceptible of ready imitation by the 
student. 


Laboratory work for Senior Students :— 


(1) During the first part of the Session there will be a course on Physiological 
Chemistry, in which the Student will, under direction, investigate food stuffs, 
digestive action, blood, and the more important secretions and excretions, includ- 
ing urine. All the apparatus and material for this course will be provided. 

(2) The remainder of the Séssion will be devoted to the performance of such 
experiments as.are unsuitable for demonstration to a large class in the lecture 
room and such as require the use of elaborate methods, apparatus, etc. There 
will be no extra fee for this part of the course. 

HISTOLOGY. 
PROFESSOR, GEO, WILKINS. 

This will consist of a course of lectures and weekly demonstrations with the 
Microscope. As the demonstrations will be chiefly relied upon for teaching the 
Microscopic Anatomy of the various structures, the specimens under observation 
will then be minutely described. Plates and diagrams specially prepared for 


these lectures will be freely made use of. 


—— i 1 eS AR SE 


a” we 


S 


- 


L 
% 
; 
é 


G 





106 


PHARMACOLOGY AND THERAPEUTICS. 
PROFESSOR, A. D, BLACKADER. 
The course on this subject comprises :-— 


I, A description of the Pharmacology and Therapeutics of the more important 


medicinal agents. 

II. The delivery ofa weekly lecture (‘ Clinical Therapeutics ’’) in the theatre 
of the General Hospital, on some case or groups of cases well adapted for illus- 
trating important points in both general and special Therapeutics. The material 


for these lectures is abundant, being obtained from both the wards and the out- 
door clinics. 
III. The attendance during the summer session of a course on Practical Materia 
Medica. 
MEDICINE. 
PROFESSOR, JAMES STEWART. 
F, G. FINLEY, 


ASSISTANT PROFESSORS, H. A. LAFLEUR 


While the lectures on this subject are mainly devoted to Special Pathology and 
Therapeutics, no opportunity is lost of illustrating and explaining the genera/ laws 
of disease. With the exception of certain affections seldom or never observed in 
this country, ali the important internal diseases of the body, except those 
peculiar to Women and Children, are discussed, and their Pathological Anatomy 
illustrated by the large collection of morbid preparations in the University 
Museum, and by fresh specimens contributed by the Demonstrator of Morbid 
Anatomy. 

The College possesses an extensive series of Anatomical plates, illustrative of 
the Histological and Anatomical appearances of disease, and the wards of the 
General Hospital afford the lecturer ample opportunities to refer to living 
examples of very many of the maladies he describes, and to give the results of 
treatment. 

CLINICAL MEDICINE. 
PROFESSOR, JAMES STEWART. 
ASSISTANT PROFESSOR, F. G, FINLEY. 
LECTURER, H. A. LAFLEUR. 


Bedside instruction is given in the Medical.wards of the Montreal General and 
Royal Victoria Hospitals on three days of every week with third year Students, 
and three days with those of the fourth year. Accurate reports ofall cases are kept 
by duly appointed clinical clerks, and are systematically read before the class. 
Instruction is given at the bedside, and every pupil is required to take part in the 
physical examination of patients, The mode of conducting investigations, the 
use of the microscope, the value of the thermometer and ophthalmoscope, etc., 
in medical diagnosis are all explained and illustrated. Senior Students are 
called upon in rotation to examine new cases before the class, and to be examined 





mY. 7 


107 


thereon as to their general knowledge. In addition, one weekly Clinica] Lecture 
is delivered, bearing upon some case or cases of importance which may happen 
to be under observation at the time. Special attention is directed to Medical 
Anatomy, and candidates for the degree. will be examined thereon. 


SURGERY. 
PROFESSOR, THOMAS G, RODDICK. 


The first part of this course consists of Surgical Pathology, illustrated by a 
large collection of preparations from the College Museum, also specimens as they 
are obtained from cases under observation at the Hospital, and contributed to that 
collection by the Hospital pathologist and from private sources. The second 
part of the course is devoted to the practice of Surgery, in which attention 1s 
drawn to cases which have:been observed by the class during the previous summer 
session. The various surgical appliances are exhibited, and their uses and appli- 
cation explained. Surgical Anatomy and Operative Surgery form a special de- 
partment of this course, and Quain’s and Maclise’s plates are used in illustration. 


CLINICAL SURGERY. 
PROFESSOR, JAMES BELL. 
ASSISTANT PROFESSOR, GEO. ARMSTRONG. 


‘This course is eminently practical, consisting of bedside instruction and lectures 
delivered weekly, illustrative of surgical cases actually present in the wards of the 
General Hospital. The class is separated into junior and senior divisions, which 
are taken charge of by the Professor on alternate days, when the reports of the 
Clinical clerks are read and criticized, and fresh cases are examined by the Senior 
Students. The surgical dressings are, as much as possible, reserved for these 
occasions, so as to give all present an opportunity of participating in the applica- 
tion of splints to fractures, dressing of wounds, minor operations, etc. Major 
operations are performed in the theatre attached to the Hospital, which is so 
constructed that the most distant can obtain a fair view of the operations. All 
the recently invented appliances for the treatment of surgical disease have been 
introduced into the Hospital. 


MIDWIFERY. 
PROFESSOR, J. C. CAMERON, 


The course will embrace: 1. Lectures on the principles and practice of the 
obstetric art, illustrated by diagrams, fresh and preserved specimens, the artificial 
pelvis, complete set of models, illustrating deformities of the pelvis, wax prepara- 
tions, bronze mechanical pelvis, etc. 2. Bedside instruction in the Montreal 





108 


Maternity, including the management and after-treatment of cases. 3. A com- 
plete course on obstetric operations with the phantom and preserved foetuses. 4. 
The Diseases of Infancy. 5. A course of individual clinical instruction at the. 
Montreal Maternity. 

Particular attention is given toclinical instruction, and a clinical examination: 
in Midwifery, similar to that held in Medicine and Surgery, now forms part of 
the final examination. 

GY NASCOLOGY. 
PROFESSOR, WM. GARDNER, 
ASSISTANT PROFESSOR, T. JOHNSTON ALLOWAY. 


The course on this subject will comprise two lectures a week throughout the 
session. The anatomy and physiology of the parts concerned will be first dis- 
cussed. Then the various methods of examination will be fully described, the 
necessary instruments exhibited, and their uses explained. After this, the diseases 
peculiar to the sex will be considered as fully as time will permit, in the follow- 
ing order :—Disord:<rs of Menstruation ; Leucorrhcea, its causes and treatment ; 
Pelvic Cellulitis and Peritonitis; Lacerations of the Cervix Uteri and Perineum ; 
Urinary and Fecal Fistulz ; Inflammations of the Uterus ; Displacements of the 
Uterus; Tumors of the Uterus; Diseases of the Ovaries. 

The lectures will be illustrated as fully as possible by drawings and morbid 
specimens. The Gynzcological Clinic of the General Hospital furnishes the 
Professor with ample material to illustrate the subjects considered in the didactic 
lectures. 

Particular attention is given to clinical instruction, and a clinical examination. 
in Gynecology, similar to that held in Medicine and Surgery, now forms part of 
the final examination, 


MEDICAL JURISPRUDENCE. 
PROFESSOR, GEO. WILKINS. 


This course includes Insanity, the subject being treated of in its, Medical as well. 
as Medico-legal aspects. Special attention is devoted to the subject of blood 
stains, the Clinical, Microscopic and Spectroscopic tests for which are fully de- 
scribed and shown to the class. The various spectra of blood in its different con- 
ditions are shewn by Zeiss’ Microspectroscope, so well adapted for showing the 
reactions with exceedingly minute quantities of suspected material. Recent re- 
searches in the diagnosis of human from animal blood are alluded to. In addition 
to the other subjects usually included in a course of this kind, Toxicology is taken 
up. The modes of action of poisons, general evidence of poisoning, and classifi-~ 
cation of poisons are first treated of, after which the more common poisons are 
described, with r-ference to symptoms, post-mortem appearances, and chemical 


tests. The post mortem appearances are illustrated by plates, and the tests are. 
shown to the class. 





109 
OPHTHALMOLOGY AND OTOLOGY, 
PROFESSOR, FRANK BULLER, 


Will include a course of lectures on diseases of the Eye and the Ear, both didac- 
tic and clinical. In the furmer, the general principles of diagnosis and treatment 
will be dealt with, inclucing three-lecturés on the errors’ of refraction and faults 
of accommodation ; in the clinical lectures given in the hospital, cases illustrative 
of the typical form of ordinary diseases of the eye and ear will be exhibited and 
explained to the class. In the out-patient department of the hospital, Students 
have excellent opportunities of gaining clinical experience. 


HYGIENE. 
PROFESSOR, ROBERT CRAIK. 


Comprises lectures on Drinking Water and Public Water Supplies ; conditions 
of Soil and Water as affecting health, including Drainage and the various methods 
for the removal of Excreta ; the Atmosphere, including Heating and Ventilation ; 
Individual Hygiene, comprising the subjects of Food and Drink; Physical Exer- 
cise and Bathing; discussion of the respective merits of the various forms of each, 
precautions, contra-indications, etc.; Village Sanitary Associations; Mutual Pro- 
tective Sanitary Association for cities.* 


BOTANY.} 
PROFESSOR, D. P, PENHALLOW, 


The purpose of this course is to give Students a good grounding in the princi- 
ples of General Morphology, and advance their knowledge of the comparative 
physiology of animals and plants, and enable them to determine readily such 
species of plants as may come under their observation. 

It comprises :— 

1. A course of lectures on general Morphology and Classification, Histology 
and Physiology, The lectwes are illustrated by means of the microscope and By 
the models and large collections in the Peter Redpath Museum. 

2. Practical work in the determination and classification of Species, for which 
the Botanic Gardens of the University offer special facilities. 

3. Studies in Canadian Botany. This work is prosecuted by means of field 
excursions, which are held as often as opportunity is afforded during the autumn 
months 

> Sake ha may attend the Lectures on Sanitation in the Faculty of Applied Science, 
; Pa sastivilctsn from Botany in the Matriculation, for Arts Students, do not entitle 
Students to exemptions in the First Year. Students may take in their first year either 
Botany or Zoology, subject, however, to the provisions of the law in the Province in 


which they intend to practise medicine, Students desirous to take both subjects in one 
year may apply to the Faculty for permission, 





110 


4. A special collection of Medicinal piants, now being formed at the Botanic 
Gardens, offers a valuable preparation to the course in Pharmacology. 


PATHOLOGY. 


PROFESSOR, J. G. ADAMI. 


The following courses constitute the teaching in this subject :— 
A. Obligatory. 


1. A course of General Pathology for Students of the Third Year (optional for 
those of the Fourth). This course extends from October to March, lectures being 
delivered thrice weekly. 

2. A course of Demonstrations upon the autopsies ofthe week, with instruction 
in the performance of autopsies. These demonstrations are held once a week, 
from October until July. For Students of the Third Year (optional for those of 
the Fourth). 

3. The performance of autopsies, Each student is required to take an active 
part in at least six autopsies. The autopsies are conducted at the General and 
Royal Victoria Hospitals by the Pathologist* to these Hospitals, and his assistants 
In addition to the actual performance of the sectio cadaveris, Students are expected 
to attend the practical instruction given in connection with each autopsy, in the 
method of preparation and microscopic examination of the removed tissues, so as 
to become proficient in methods of preparation, staining and mounting. 


B. Optional, 


4. Apractical course in Morbid Histology for Students of the Third Year, 
This class is held once a week during the winter months. Six sections are as a 


rule distributed at each meeting of: the class, so that each Student obtains a large 


and representative series of morbid tissues, and upon an average twenty minutes 
are devoted to the description and examination of each specimen, Fee $4, 

5- A-course of demonstrations upon Morbid Anatomy Museum specimens) 
once weekly during the winter months, for Students of the Fourth Year. Free, 

6. A course of Bacteriology, with demonstrations, held thrice weekly during 
the Summer Term, For Students of the final year. 

7. A practical course of clinical microscopy, held thrice weekly during the 
summer session. For Students of the final year. 

This course, in addition to instruction in the microscopical study of the fluids of 
the body, excreta, etc., in diseased conditions, includes instruction in the stains 
and detection of the commoner pathogenic bacteria. Fee $2. 


* The Professor of Pathology at the present time occupies this post at both Hospitals. 





111 


8. A practical course of Bacteriology for advanced students. Fee $1o, 
In addition to the above, lectures upon Special Pathology are given by the 
Professor of Pathology in connection with the courses in Medicine and Surgery, 


ZOOLOGY .* 
LECTURER, W. E, DEEKS, B,A., M.D. 


This course includes a systematic study of the classification of animals, illustra- 
ted by Canadian examples and by the collections in the Peter Redpath Museum. 
It forms a suitable preparation for collecting in any department of Canadian Zoo- 
logy and Palzontology, and an introduction to Comparative Physiology. It 
may be taken instead of Botany, or along with it, without any additional fee. 
Students in Botany or Zoology will receive tickets to the Peter Redpath Museum 
and to the Museum of the Natural History Society of Montreal. 


PRACTICAL MICROSCOPY. 


This is an entirely O/ftiona/ Course, and will be conducted by Prof, Wilkins. 
It is intended especially for teaching the ¢echnrgue of Microscopy. Students will 
be shown how to examine blood, etc., also to cut, stain and mount specimens.. 


Everything except over-glasses and cabinet cases provided. Fee $8. 


§ IV. QUALIFICATIONS FOR THE DEGREE} 


Ist. No one entering after September, 1594, will be admitted to the Degrees 


of Doctor of Medicine and Master of Surgery who shall not have attended Lec-. 


tures for a period of four nine months’ sessions or its equivalent in the Univer- 
sity, or some other University, College or School of Medicine approved of by this 
University. 

end. Students of other Universities so approved and admitted, on production of 
certificates to a like standing in the University, shall be required to pass the pri- 
mary and final examinations in the same manner as Students of the Faculty of 


Medicine of this University. 


* See under “ Botany ”’ supra. 


+ The changes in the requirements for the degree do not apply to students who are- 


now enregistered in Medicine. 


— 8 o> “S's 


Ge & 


| - 
~_ 


a 
- a, {er 
~ BE A VW GR 


— 


— 


— B= 4 ae 


= = eee 





112 


3rd. Candidates for Final Examination shall furnish testimonials of attendance 


on the following branches of Medical Education, viz. :— 
ANATOMY, > 
PRACTICAL ANATOMY. 

PHYSIOLOGY. 

CHEMISTRY. 

MATERIA MEDICA AND THERAPEUTICS, 
PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICE OF SURGERY. 


| 

Of which two full courses will 
OBSTETRICS AND DISEASES OF INFANTS. | 

J 


be required, 


GYN ZZ COLOGY. 

THEORY AND PRACTICE OF MEDICINE. 
CLINICAL MEDICINE. 

CLINICAL SURGERY. 


MEDICAL JURISPRUDENCE. 
GENERAL PATHOLOGY. 
HYGIENE AND PUBLIC HEALTH, 
PRACTICAL CHEMISTRY. 


Of which one full Course will 
be required, 


BOTANY OR ZOOLOGY, 

HISTOLOGY. 

PATHOLOGICAL ANATOMY. 

BACTERIOLOGY. 

MENTAL DISEASES. 
Provided, however, that testimonials equivalent to though not precisely the same 

as those above stated may be presented and accepted, 


4th. Courses of less length than the above will only be received for the time 
over which they have extended. 


Of which one Course will be 
required,* 


5th. The Candidate must give proof by ticket of having attended during 
eighteen months the practice of the Montreal General Hospital or of the Royal 
Victoria Hospital, or that of some other Hospital approved of by this University 

6th. He must also give proof of having acted as clinical clerk for six months in 
medecine six months in surgery in the wards of a general Hospital recognized by 
the Faculty. 


7th. He must also give proof of having assisted at six autopsies. 

Sth. He will be required to show by certificate that he has dispensed and com- 
pounded medicines for six months or has taken a full course in Practical Phar- 
macy: 

gth, He must also give proof by ticket of having attended for at least nine months 
the practice of the Montreal Maternity or other Lying-in- Hospital approved of 
by this University, and‘of having attended at least ten cases of labor. 

Ioth. No one will be permitted to become a candidate for the final or degree 
examination who shall not have attended at leastgone Session of this University. 

11th. Candidates who fail to pass in any two subjects of either the first or 
second years may be granted a supplemental examination at the beginning of the 
following session, 


* A course in Medical Surgery and topographical anatomy will be given for students 
qualifying for the Ontario Medical Council. 





113 


12th. Supplemental examinations will not be granted except by special per- 
mission of the Faculty, and on written application stating reasons, and accom- 
panied by a fee of $5 for each examination. 

13th. No Candidate will be permitted, without special permission of the Faculty, 
to proceed with the work ofthe final year until he has passed the subjects com- 
prised in the Primary Examination. 

14th. No student will be allowed to present himself for his final examinations 
who has not certificates of having passed all his Primary examinations in this 
University. 

15th. Candidates who fail to pass in a subject of which two courses are required 
may, at the discretion of the Faculty, be required to attend a third course, and 
furnish a certificate of attendance thereon, A course in Practical Anatomy will 
be accepted as equivalent to a third course of lectures in General and Descriptive 
Anatomy. 

16th. Every Candidate for the Degree must, on or before the 15th day of May, 
present to the Registrar of the Medical Faculty, testimonials of his qualifications, 
entitling him to an examination, and must at the same time deliver to the Regis- 
trar of the Faculty an affirmation or affidavit that he has attained the age of 
twenty-one years. 

17th. The trials to be undergone by the Candidate shall be such as are referred 
to under Section V. 


18th. The following Oath or Affirmation will be exacted from the Candidate 





before receiving his degree: 
SPONSIO ACADEMICA. 
In Facultate Medicinz Universitatis. 

igo, A——~B——, Doctoratus in Arte Medica, titulo jam donandus, sancto coram Deo 
eordium ser utatore, spondeo : me in omnibus grati animi Officiis erga hane Universita- 
tem. ad extremum vite halitum perseveraturum: tum porro artem medicam caute, 
caste, et probe exercitaturum ; et quoad in me est, omnia ad egrotorum corpurum salu- 
tem conducentia, cum fide procuraturum ; qux denique, inter medendum, visa vel 
audita silere conveniat, non’ sine gravi causa vulgaturum. Ita presens mihi spondenti 
adsit Numen, 


19th. The fee for the Degree of Doctor of Medicine and Master of Surgery 
shall be thirty dollars, to be paid by the successful Candidate immediately after 


examination. 





§ V. EXAMINATIONS. 


Frequent oral examinations are held, to test the progress of the Student; and 
occasional written examinations are given throughout the Session. 


The pass examinations at the close of each Session are arranged as follows :-— 
| H 





114 


First YEAR 
Lxaminations IN BOTANY* OR ZOOLOGY, HIsTOLoGy, PHysioLoGy, ANA- 


TOMY and CHEMISTRY, * 


Marks obtained in those subjects not completed in the first year will count for 
both Pass and Honours in the Primary Examinations. 


SECOND YEAR. 


Lxaminations in ANATOMY, CHEMISTRY, PRACTICAL CHEMIS'1 RY, PHYSIO- 
LOGY, HistoLocy, PHARMACOLOGY and THERAPEUTICS. 


THIRD YEAR. 


Examinations in PHARMACOLOGY and THERAPEUTICS, MEDICAL J URISPRU- 
DENCE, HyGIENE, GENERAL PATHOLOGY, MENTAL DISEASES, MEDICINE and 
SURGERY. 

FOURTH YEAR, 

Lxaminations in MEDICINE, SURGERY, OBSTETRICS, GYNAECOLOGY, CLINI- 
CAL MEDICINE, CLINICAL SURGERY, CLINICAL OBSTETRICS, CLINICAL GYN&- 
COLOGY, PRACTICAL PATHOLOGY, CLINICAL OPHTHALMOLOGY and BACTER- 
IOLOGY, 


By means of the above arrangement a certain definite amount of work must be 
accomplished by the student, in each year, and an equitable division is made be 
tween the Primary and Final branches. 

Ln order to pass in any subject it is necessary to make 50 per cent. ; and to 
obtain Honours it ts necessary to make 75 per cent. 


§ VI. MEDAL AND PRIZES. 


1. The “ Holmes Gold Medal,” founded by the Medical Faculty 
in the year 1865, as a memorial of the late Andrew Holmes, Esq., 
M.D., LL.D.,. late Dean of the Faculty of Medicine; it is 
awarded to the Student of the graduating class who receives 
the highest aggregate number of marks in the different branches 
comprised in the Medical Curriculum. 

The Student who gains the Hoimes Medal has the option of 
exchanging it fora Bronze Medal, and the money equivalent of 
the Gold Medal. 


*Students who have taken one or more courses in Botany or Chemistry before enter- 
ng may be exempted from attendance and examination. Students exempted in their 
first year subjects are allowed only a pass standing, but may present themselves for 
examination, 





* et 
Pper ta 


ed 


115 


znd. The “ Final Prize,” a prize in Books, or a microscope of 
equivalent value, awarded for the best examination, written and 
oral, in the Final branches. The Holmes medalist is not permit- 
ted to compete for this prize. 

3rd. The “Primary Prize,” a prize in Books awarded for the 
best examination, written and oral, in the Primary branches. 

4th. The “ Sutherland Gold Medal,” founded in 1378 by the late 
Mrs. Sutherland in memory of her late husband, Professor William 
Sutherland, M.D. ; it is awarded for the best examination in Theo- 
retical and Practical Chemistry, together wlth creditable examina- 
tion in the Primary branches. 

5th. A Prize in Books for the best examination in Practical 
Anatomy. 

6th. A Prize in Books for the best examination in Botany. 

7th. The “Clemesha Prize in Clinical Therapeutics,” founded in 
1889 by John W. Clemesha, M.D., of Port Hope, Ont. It is 
awarded to the Student making the highest marks in a special clin- 
ical examination. 


§ VII. FEES. 


The total Faculty fees for the whole Medical course of four full 
Sessions, including clinics, laboratory work, dissecting material and 
reagents, will be four hundred dollars payable in four annual instal- 
ments of one hundred dollars each. | 

Partial Students will be admitted to one or more courses on pay- 
ment of special fees. 

An annual University fee of two dollars is charged students of 
all the Faculties for the maintenance of the College athletics. 

(For graduation fee, see—supra. ) 


All fees are payable in advance to the Registrar, and, except by 
Permission of the Faculty, will not be received later than ist Novem~ 
ber. . 

Lt is suggested to parents or guardians of Students, that the fees be 
transmitted direct by cheque or P.O. Order to the Registrar, who 
will furnish official receipts, 


SA cd 





A ABER 


TS 


a a eS 





= 


Wg. Soe ote 


= = Se ae 


= 
_ 


A LTA BE EE EE DR 





116 


§ VIII. TEXT-BOOKS. 
(Prices current in Montreal.) 


ANATOMY.—Morris, Gray, Quain (Eng. ed.). 


PRACTICAL ANATOMY.—Cunningham’s Practical Anatomy, Holden’s Dissector 
and Landmark’s Ellis’ Demonstrations. 


Prysics.—Balfour Stewart. 

INORGANIC CHEMISTRY.—Wurtz’s Elementary Chemistry, Remsen’s Text-Book. 

ORGANIC CHEMISTRY.—Remsen. 

PRACTICAL CHEMISTRY.—Odling, 

PHARMACOLOGY and THERAPEUTICS,—W 00d, Hare, Edes and Bruce. 

PuysioLocy. — Huxley’s Ziementary Lessons, Foster, Mills’ Text-Book of 
Animal Physiology and Class Laboratory Exercises. 


PATHOLOGY.—Delafield and Prudden, Payne, Boyce, Frankel’s, Bacteriology 
or Woodhead. 

HisroLocy.—Klein’s Elements, Schafer’s Essentials of Histology. 

SuRGERY.—Holmes’ Surgery (Eng. ed.), Erichsen, Druitt, Bryant, Treves and 


the American Text Book of Surgery. 


PRACTICE OF MEDICINE.—Osler, Striimpell, Fagge and Flint. 


GLINICAL MEDICINE.—Musser’s Medical Diagnosis, Fenwick on Medical Diag- 


nosis, Jaksch on Clinical Diagnosis. 
MEDICAL J URISPRUDENCE.—Husband, Guy and Ferrier, Reese, 
MIDWIFERY.—Lusk, Parvin, Playfair and Barnes. 
DISEASES OF CHILDREN.—Smith, Goodhart and Starr, 
GynaceLocy.—Thomas and Mundé, Skene, Garriques. 
HiyGieNE.—Parks, Wilson (Eng. ed.). 
BorANy.—Gray’s Text-Book of Histology and Physiology. 
7Zo0LOGY.—Dawson’s Handbook of Canadian Zoology. 
OpHTHALMOLOGY,—Nettleship, Higgins, De Schwinitz, 
OQroLoGy.—Pritchard, Dulby. 
LARYNGOLOGY.—Haveland Hall. 


MEDICAL DICTIONARY.—Gould, Dunglison. 





” 


117 
§ IX. MUSEUM. 


Prof. J. G. ADAMI, Director. 
E. P, WILLIAMS, M.D,, Assistant Curator. 


M. BAILLy, Osteologist and Articulator. 


For the past fifty years, the rich Pathological material furnished 
by the Montreal General Hospital has been collected here. The 
Faculty is also greatly indebted to many medical men throughout 
Canada and different parts of the world for important contributions 
to the Museum. 

During the past few years, numerous and extremely important 
additions have been made to the Medical Museum. (See special 
Announcement of the Faculty of Medicine,) 

It is particularly rich in specimens of Aneurisms. In addition 
fto containing a large number of the more common varieties of these 
Ormations, there are specimens of such rare conditions as Aneurism 
of the Hepatic and Superior Mesenteric Arteries, Traumatic Aneu- 
rism of the Vertebral, together with several of the Cerebral and 
Pulmonary Arteries. The most important collection probably in 
existence, of hearts affected with ‘Malignant Endocarditis, ” is also 
found. The Faculty is indebted to Prof. Osler, late of this Uni- 
versity, for this collection. 

The Museum contains also a very large collection of different 
forms of calculi. The Faculty is mainly indebted to the late Prof, 
Fenwick for this collection. 

During recent years, Mr. Bailly, osteologist and articulator (lately 
with Tramond of Paris ), has been engaged injarranging and mount- 
ing the very large number of specimens of disease and injuries of 
bones which have been accumulating for years. In this collection 
are to be found examples of fractures and dislocations of the 
spine, osteoporosis, congenital dislocation of the hip, fracture of 
the astragalus, multiple exostosis, etc., etc. 


Obstetrical Department of the Museum. 


Besides the ordinary pathological preparations, dry and moist, 
usually found in Museums, this department contains a complete set 
of models of deformed pelves, a series of preparations in wax illus- 
trating the normal relations of the pelvic organs, the development 


tan. 


-— = 
> adie 


~~ 


2eQ “EER ES 


7. = R 


=~ =e eee 


~ 


. ~ Va Be ee =e * 





118 


of the uterus and its contents during pregnancy, various abnor- 
malities, twin pregnancy, foetal circulation, etc., a series of colored 
casts of frozen sections, Tarnier’s artificial pelvis, Budin’s bronze 
mechanical pelvis, models of obstetrical instruments, etc. 

Additions are being constantly made, and ere long the depart- 
ment will possess a complete collection of models, casts, prepara- 
tions and apparatus for the practical teaching and illustration of 
Obstetrics. | 


Anatomical Museum. 


In addition to the already large collection of normal and abnor- 
mal osteology, comparative and human skeletons of various classes 
of animals, moist preparations and frozen sections, the following 
preparations have been recently obtained : 

(1) A series of articulated skeletons of fore and hind limbs of 
the various domestic animals prepared by the articulator, Mr. Bailly. 

(2) Numerous moist preparations presented by the Professor 
and Demonstrator of Anatomy. 

(3) A complete set of Steger’s beautiful colored casts, taken from 
the celebrated frozen sections of Professors His and Braune of 
Leipzig. These preparations have been placed in the Museum so 
that they can be constantly consulted by the Students. 

(4) (a) A complete set of Steger’s brain sections ; 

(2) Set of hardened brains with the various lobes, convolutions, 
ganglia, etc., in different colors; 

(¢) Models of the cerebro-spinal and sympathetic nervous 
systems ; | 

(d) A set of Prof.D.J. Cunningham’s beautiful casts of the 
brainin situ, showing the relations of convolutions to the skull. 

(5) (a) A set of preparations showing the anomaly of vessels en- 
tering the kidneys ; 

(4) A number of rare anomalies of the aorta and its branches; 

(c) A series of preparations showing the shoulder girdle in 
various animals. 

For additions to the Museum during the past year, see special an- 
nouncement of the Faculty of Medicine. 





119 
§X. LIBRARY. 


Prof. F, J. Shepherd.......... 
Miss C. G. Forester 


Rat ENTS NEE .. Librarian. 
ie repo eS SdesecssavcessASSISt. Librarian: 


The Library ofthe Medical Faculty now comprises upwards of 
over fourteen thousand volumes, the largest special library connect- 
ed with any medical school on this continent. 

The standard text-books and works of reference, together with 
complete files of the leading periodicals, are on the shelves. Stu- 
dents may consult any work of reference in the library between ro 


a.m. and 5 p.m. A library reading room is provided. 


§ XI. McGILL MEDICAL SOCIETY. 


This Society, composed of enregistered Students of the Faculty, 
meets once a week during the spring term and fortnightly during 
the Winter, for the reading of papers and the discussion of medical 
subjects. It is presided over by a physician chosen by the 
members. 

The Students, reading room has been placed under the control 
of this Society, in which the leading English and American Medical 
journals are on file, as well as_ the leading daily and weekly news- 
papers of the Dominion. 

An extensive library of books of reference has also been estab- 
lished in connection with this Society. 


§ XII. COSTOF LIVING, ETC. 


This will, of course, vary withthe taste and habits of the Stu- 
dent, but the necessary expenses need not exceed those in smaller 
towns. Good board may be obtained from $15 to $20 per month. 
A list of boarding houses which -are inspected annually 
by asanitary committee is prepared by the Seeretary of the’ Uni- 
versity, and may be procured from the Janitor at the Medical Col- 


ege. 
§ XIII. HOSPITALS. 


The city of Montreal is celebrated for the number and importance 
of its public charities. Among these its public hospitals are the 
most prominent and widely known. ‘Those in which Medical stu- 
dents of McGill University will receive clinical instruction are :—1, 


| 
i 


er ers Does 
A 
$$ 


? 


— = 
We eee W 
a ee rs 





+ NS pe 


as 


oe 
_ jw 


+. - =a 





120 


The Montreal General Hospital; 2. The Royal Victoria Hospital ; 
3. The Montreal Maternity’Hospital. The Montreal General Hos- 
pital has for many years been the most extensive clinical field in 
Canada. The old buildings, having proved inadequate to meet the 
increased demand for hospital accommodation, have recently been 
increased bythe addition of the Campbell Memorial and Greenshields ' 
surgical pavilions and the new surgical theatre. The interior of the 


older buildings is now being entirely reconstructed on the most ap- 
proved modern plans. 

The Royal Victoria Hospital, at the head of University street, 
was opened for the reception of patients the first of January, 1894, 
and affords exceptional opportunities for clinical instruction and 
practical training. 


Montreal General Hospital. 


The main building contains an administration of block and wards 
for general medecine for Gynaecology and Ophtholmology and in 
addition are two Surgical Pavilions. 

Attached to the two new surgical pavilions which contain over 
100 beds is a large building containing a surgical amphitheatre fur 
nished with all the modern appliances for the carrying out of aseptic 
methods. 

Besides the theatre, which has a seating capacity of 300, and its 
adjoining rooms for etherizing, for instruments and for the prepara- 
tion of surgical dressings, there are on the same flat smaller operat- 
ing rooms and isolation wards ; commodious laboratories for cli- 
nical chemistry, bacteriology and general pathological work are 
provided in the basement of the Campbell Memorial wing. 

A much larger number of patients receive treatment in the Mon- 
treal General Hospital than in any other Canadian hospital. Last 
year’s report shows that between two and three thousand medical and 
surgical cases were treated in the wards, and the greater part of 
these were acute cases, as may be gathered from the fact that the 
average duration of residence was only 24.02 days. Upwards of 
thirty-two thousand patients are annually treated in the out-door 
department of this Hospital. 





121 


Annual tickets entitling students te admission to the Hospital 
must be taken out at the commencement of the Session, price $5.00, 
These are obtained at the Hospital. Perpetual tickets will be given 


on payment of the third annual fee. 
Lhe Royal Victoria Hospital. 


This Hospital is situated a short distance above the University 
grounds, on the side of the mountain, and overlooks the city. It 
was founded in July, 1887, by the munificence of Lord Mount-Ste- 
phen and Sir Donald Smith, who gave half a million dollars each for 
this purpose, and have since endowed it with one million dollars in 
addition. 

The buildings, which were opened for the reception of patients on 
the first of January, 1894, were designed by Mr. Saxon Snell of 
London, England, to accommodate between 250 and 300 patients. 

The Hospital is composed of three massive buildings connected 
together by stone bridges, and administration block in the centre, 
and a wing on the east side for medical patients, in immediate con- 
nection with which is the new Pathological wing and mortuary, and a 
wing on the west side for surgical patients. 

The administration block contains ample accommodation for the 
resident medical staff, the nursing staffand domestics. The patients’ 
entrance, the dispensary and admission rooms also are situated in 
this building. 

The Medical wing contains three large wards, each 123 feet long 
by 26 feet 6 inches wide, one ward 4o feet by 26 feet 6 inches, and 
twenty-one private and isolation wards averaging 16 feet by 12 feet, 
also a Medical Theatre with a seating capacity for 250, and rooms 
adjacent to it for Clinical Chemistry and other purposes. 

North of this wing and in direct connection with it are the Patho- 
logical laboratories and mortuary. In this wing are situated the 
mortuary proper with the most modern arrangements for the pre- 
servation of cadavers, the chapel, a post mortem room capable of 
accommodating 200 students, and laboratories for the microscopic 
and bacteriological study of morbid tissues, some designed for the use 
of students and others for post graduation courses and special 
research. Laboratories for Pathological Chemistry and Photography 
are also provided. 


| 
aif 


oS 


IT + * ae =) $ “4 Ae’ — a = 


. — = 


==, 


wT 


- 
"3 


a 


= 


mt es ae 


Sate 


=a Ba <a OD SR 


~~ 


> 
oe 


nates mee 


——— 





. es Ww 








The surgical wing contains three large wards each 122 feet long 
by 26 feet 6 inches wide, four wards each 40 feet by 32 feet, and six- 
teen private and isolation wards averaging 16 feet by 12 feet ; also 
a Surgical Theatre with a seating capacity for 250, with six acces- 
sory rooms adjacent for preparation and after-recovery purposes. 
In this wing are the wards for Gynzcology and Ophthalmology. 


CLINICAL INSTRUCTION. 


During the session of 1894-95, two medical, two surgical, two 
gynecological and two ophthalmological clinics will be held 
weekly in both the Montreal General and Royal Victoria Hospi- 
tais. 

Tutorial instruction will also be given in these different depart- 
ments, in the wards, out-patients’ rooms and laboratories. 

Special weekly clinics-will be given in the Montreal General 
Hospital on Dermatology and Laryngology, and in the Royal 
Victoria Hospital on diseases of the Genito-Urinary system. 

CiinicaAL CuErks in the medical and surgical wards of both 
Hospitals are appointed every three months, and each one during 
his terms of service conducts, under the immediate directions of 
the Clinical Professors, the reporting of all cases in the ward 
allotted him. Students entering on and after October next will be 
required to show a certificate of having acted for six months as 
clinical clerk in medicine and six months in surgery. The ex- 
perience so gained is found to be of the greatest possible advan- 
tage to the Student, as affordinga true fpractica/ training for his 
future professional life. 

DRESSERS are also appointed to the Out-door Departments. 
For these appointments, application is to be made to the assistant 
surgeons, or to the resident surgeon in charge ofthe out-patients’ 
department. 

The iarge number of patients .affected with diseases of the eye 
and ear, now attending the out-door department, will afford 
Students ample opportunity to become familiar with all the ordin- 
ary affections of those organs, and to make themselves proficient 
in the use of the ophthalmoscope, and it is hoped that every student 





123 


will thus seek to gain a practical knowledge of this important 
branch of Medicine and Surgery. Operations are performed on 
the eye by the Ophthalmic Surgeon after the out-door patients 
have been seen, and Students are invited to attend the same, as 
far as practicable, to keep such cases under observation so long as 
they remain in the Hospital. 

There are now special departments in both Hospitals for Gynzx- 
cology as weli as for Ophthalmology. 


The Montreal Materni 


The Faculty have great pleasure in announcing that the Corpor- 
ation of the Montreal Maternity have recently made very impor- 
tant additions to their building, and have still further improvements 
in contemplation, Students will therefore have greatly increased 
facilities for obtaining a practical knowledge of obstetrics, An im- 
proved Tarnier-Budin phantom is provided for the use of the 
Students, and every facility afforded for acquiring a practical 
knowledge of the various obstetric manipulations. The institution 
is under the direct supervision of the Professor of Midwifery, who 
devotes much time and attention to individual instruction. 
Students who have attended the course on obstetrics during the 
Autumn and Winter terms of the third year will be furnished 
with cases in rotation, which they will be required to report and 
attend till convalescence. Clinical midwifery has been placed upon 
the same basis as Clinical Medicine and Surgery, and a final 
clinical examination instituted. Regular courses of clinical 
lectures are given throughout the session. During the Autumn and 
Winter terms the demonstrator of Obstetrics gives clinical demon- 
strations in the wards and instruction in operation work on the 
phantom, Students will find it very much to their advantage to 
pay special attention to their clinical work during the spring term 
of the third year and the following summer. Two resident accou- 
cheurs are appointed yearly from the graduating class, to hold 


office for a period of six months each. 


Fee for twelve months, $12, payable at the Maternity Hospital. 


Ae 


, oe oe. ee 


a Rate «| 





eo SS 
= oe _ 


a 


=a. 





A LC EB eG Oe 





124 
§ XIV. STUDENTS’ APPOINTMENTS. 


General Hospital—Five Resident Medical Officers. 
Clinical Clerk, Gynecology. 

2, Ee Laryngology. 

¢ Diseases of Children. 

x “, Dermatology. 

es “te Diseases of Nervous System. 
University Maternity—Two Resident Medical Officers. 
Out-Door Dressers. 
Dressers in Eye and Ear Department. 
Surgical Dressers (in-door). 
Medical Clinical Clerks. 
Post-mortem Clerks. 
Student Demonstrators of Anatomy, 4 third-year Students, 
Prosectors to Chair of Anatomy, 2. 
Assistants in Practical Histology Course, 2. 
Assistants in Practical Physiology Course, 4. 
Assistants in Practical Chemistry, 4. 


§ XV. RULES FOR STUDENTS. 


1. In the case of disorderly conduct, any Student may, at the discretion of the 
Professor, be required to leave the Class-room. Persistence in any offence against 
discipline after admon‘tion by the Professor shall be reported to the Dean of the 
Faculty. The Dean may, at his discretion, reprimand the Student, or refer the 
matter to the Facuity at its next meeting, and may in the interval suspend from 
classes. 

2. Absence from any number of lectures can only be excused by necessity or 
duty, of which proof must be given, when called for, to the Faculty. The num- 
ber of times of absence, from necessity or duty, that shall disqualify for the keep- 
ing of a Session shall in each case be determined by the Faculty. 

3. While in the College, Students are expected to conduct themselves in the 
same orderly manner as in the Class-room. 

When Students are brought before the Faculty under the above rules, the 
Faculty may reprimand, impose fines, disqualify from competing for prizes and 
honours, suspend from Classes, or report to the Corporation for expulsion. 





TIME TABLE 





A.M. 





Io 


If 





P.M. 
2 





N.B.—The Demonstrator’s Hours in the Dissecting Room from 10-12 a.m., and from 8-10 p.m, 














MonpbaAy,. 


Anatomy 
Examination. 





* Practical Chemistry, 
2nd Year, 
till r2 o’clock. 





Out- Patients, 
Montreal Gen’!. Hospital. 





Physiology Examination, 
2nd Year. 


Chemistry 
Examination. 





Materia Medica 
Examination. 
Physiology, 1st Year. 





Practical Anatomy. 








TUESDAY, 





Anatomy. 





WEDNESDAY. 


Anatom 


y. 





Practical Chemistry, 
Botany, rst Year. 








Out-Patients, 
Montreal Gen’!. Hospital. 
Zoology. 





Physiology, 
and Year. 


Chemistry. 


Materia Medica, 
Physiology, rst Year, 





Practical Histology. 





Practical Anatomy, 


Practical Chemistry, 
and Vecar. 


Out-Patients, 
Montreal Ge n’l, Hospital, 


Physiology, 
2nd Year. 





Chemistry. 





Therapeutics 
5 
Physiology, rst Year. 


Practical Anatomy. 





t Corrections for 1894-95 will be announced at the opening of the session, 





‘THURSDAY. 


Anatomy. 


Practical Chemistry, 
Botany, rst Vear. 





Out-Patients, 
Montreal Gen’!, Hospital, 


Physiology, 
end Year. 


FIRST AND SECOND YEARS, FOR PAST SESSION (1892-93). 





FRIDAY. | SATURDAY 
| | 
i — _— Se 
Anatomy. | Practical Chemistry, 





Practical Chemistry, 
end Vear. 


— — 





Out- Patients, 
Montreal Gen’!. Hospital.. 
Zoology. 





Prac. Physiology, 





Histology 


Démonstration, 





Practical Physiology, 
Out- Patients, 


| Montreal Gen’!. Hospital. 











Chemistry. 


Chemistry. 








—— = 


Materia Medica, 
Physiology, rst Year. 


| Materia Medica, 
| Histology Lectures, 
1st Year. 





Practical Histology. 





Practical Anatomy. 


* Until Chris 


Practical Anatomy. 


tmas only. 


a DOT S85 7A PASS TE 
~- BQ BE SEE DS 








—_——.. 


Practical Anatomy. 


TIME TABLE—THIRD AND FOURTH YEARS, FOR THE PAST SESSION (1892-93).* 


Monpbay. TUESDAY. 


| 





| 
| 
| 
| 
: 
| 


Midwifery. Midwifery. 





Pathology. 








Jurisprudence, 
| 
| 
| 
| 


Medical Clinic, 4th Year.| 


| 
| 
| 
' 


a 


Surgical Clinic, (3) Surgical Clinic, (4) 


—_—_——_—_- .- Fr 


Materia Medica. Materia Medica. 





Medical Clinic, 3rd Year, 





a 


Medicine. Medicine, 


Surgery. Midwifery, 3rd year, 





oa are performed at the General Hospital between 12 a. m. and 2 p.m. 
orrections for 1894-95 will be announced at the opening of the session, 








WEDNESDAY, 


Gynecology. 


Jurisprudence. 


ee 


Medical Clinic, 3rd and 
4th Years. 


Therapeutics, 


Medicine. 


Surgery, 





4th year, 





‘THURSDAY. FRIDAY. SATURDAY, 





Midwifery. Gynzecology, 








Jurisprudence. 








Clinical Therapeutics. |Medical Clinic, 4th VYear.|Medical Clinic, 3rd Year. 


Se) ees 





Surgical Clinic, (4) Surgical Clinic, (3) Surgical Clinic, (4) 








Ophthalmic Clinic. + Materia Medica. 


Medicine, Medicine. 








—— a 


Surgery, Surgery. 
> : J 














$0 


Biko, 





43 


THE PRINCIPAL (Ex-Officio). 

N. W. TRENHOLME, QC. °M.A., D.C.Li. 
and International Law. 

Hon. Mr. JUSTICE WuRTELE, D.C.L., Professor of the Law of Real Estate. 

J.S. ARCHIBALD, Q.C., D.C.L., Professor of Commercial Law. 

L. H. Davipson, Q.C., M.A., D.C.L., Professor of Commercial Law. 

CHRISTOPHE A, GEOFFRION, Q.C., D.C.L., Professor of the Law of Contracts, 

ARCHIBALD McGown, M.A., B.C.L., Professor of Legal Bibliography. 

THOMAS ForTIN, LL.L., BCE, Professor of Civil Procedure and Municipal 
Law, 

W. DEM. MARLER, B.A., B.C.L., Professor of Notarial Law. 

Hon. C.J. DOHERTY, D.C.L., Professor of Civil Law, 

Harry ABgort, Q.C., B.C.L., Professor of Commercial] Law. 


Dean, and GALE Professor of Roman 


Dean of Faculty —Professor TRENHOLME. 
Secretary and Librarian of the Faculty.—Professor McGoun, 
Corporation Examiners for Degrees.—Professors TRENHOLME and FORTIN, 

Matriculation Examiners of the Faculty.—Professors ARCHIBALD and 
LAFLEUR. 

The Faculty of Law feels much satisfaction in being able to 
announce that the important step, so long and earnestly desired by 
all friends of the University, of placing the McGill School of Law 
on such a substantial and’permanent basis as to enable it efficiently 
to perform its part in ‘the great work of legal education in Canada, 
has been accomplished by the munificent endowment presented to 
the University by Mr. William C. McDonald. This endowment 
places the Faculty in a position to offer to those who desire to study 
the Law, either with a view to its practice as a profession or as a 
means of culture, or asa qualification for the discharge of the higher 
duties of citizenship, a comprehensive and complete course of legal 
study, with the use of library, reading room and other aids which 
have not heretofore been at the command of the Faculty. The 
course of study to be pursued, extending over a period of three 
years, and the instruction to be imparted, while designed so far as 


possible to qualify professional Students for the practice of their 


a 


( 


<> Fo) 
a ae 
= 


da a 
—————— 


2 SS ae 


— 


Se 
aa sie: 








128 


profession, will also fully recognize the important fact, which, no 
doubt,|was a main inducement for the action of the Faculty’s gene- 
rous benefactor, that upon the character of the Bar depends that of 
the Bench and of the administration of justice, and to a great ex- 
tent also the character of the public men and public life of the 
country ; that, in fact, from the ranks of no other profession are so 
many called to fill high positions of trust and to perform duties, the 
efficient and upright discharge of which is of vital importance to 
the community. 

In re-organizing the Faculty, under the W. C. McDonald endow- 
ment, a number of well-known names have been added to the staff, 
as shown above, and the courses largely specialized. It was felt, 
that while professional men, engaged in the active practice of their 
profession, might be relied upon to deliver regularly a limited num- 
ber of lectures, on spiritual subjects, they could not be expected to 
undertake to submit to the serious interference with their business 
and inevitable interruptions involved in very lengthy courses. And 
to obviate the difficulties and drawbacks necessarily arising from 
sole dependence, as heretofore, on professional men in active prac- 
tice, for attending to the interests and maintaining the efficiency of 
the Faculty, and to meet a deeply-felt wantin this respect, the Dean 
has been appointed as a salaried officer, whose duty it will be pri- 
marily to devote his whole time to the work. 

Further, the Professor of Legal Bibliography has been appointed 
secretary and librarian, and will have supervision of the Library,— 
comprising at present the law libraries of the late Mr. Griffin, Q.C., 
of the late Chancellor Day, and of part of the library of the late Mr. 
Justice McKay, all of which were bequeathed to the University ; and 
also of the law library of the late Mr. Justice Torrance, now the 
property of the Fraser Institute, of which he was a trustee—the use 
of which has been generously granted to the Faculty by the present 
trustees. The above law books will of themselves afford to the law 
student a library which will generally prove sufficient for his wants, 
and which will be kept up'and added to by the expenditure of a sum 
annually in the purchase of books. There will also be provided in 
connection therewith a reading room, in which the leading law 
magazines and literature of the day will be found. 





129 


As a place for the study of Law by professional Students, Mon- 
treal affords undoubted advantages, among other reasons, on account 
of the great variety and extent of the legal business done there, the 
constant sitting of all the principal courts of the Province, and the 
large number of first-class law offices open to Students ; while for 
all students, and especially for students of historic and philosophic 
jurisprudence, no more interesting or attractive legal system exists 
than that prevailing in this Province, where may be daily seen and 
studied, not simply theoretically, but in active operation as parts of 
our law, the three famous systems of jurisprudence,—Roman, 
French and English,—with additions and modifications introduced 
by our own legislatures and courts. The imposing features of the 
Roman Law may be recognized throughout the greater portion of 
our Civil Code, often combined with or incorporated into that noble 
system elaborated and perfected by Pothier and other great French 
jurists, both of the ancient and modern epochs, which is the direct 
source of most of our Civil Law; while nearly the whole body of 
English Criminal and Constitutional Law and large portions of 
English Commercial Law are equally parts of the law of this Province 

The importance of the Notarial profession, and of a knowledge 
of notarial practice and conveyancing, has led to the appointment 
as a full member of the Faculty ofa Professor of Notarial Law, whose 
course of lectures will be attended by all professional Students. 

With a view to extending as far possible the usefulness of the 
Faculty, the courses of lectures on commercial subjects have been 
so arranged, that young men engaged in banks or other business 
houses can attend them without interference with their regular 
duties. Students of other departments of the University, and, in 
fact, all who may desire to do so, may attend such particular courses 
as they may see fit to select. It is hoped that the course delivered 
will be found beneficial to all students, indeed to ail who may 
desire to know something of the constitution and laws by which 
they are governed, and of a science which had been characterized 
by Burke as “the collected reason of ages, combining the princi- 
ples of original justice with the infinite variety of human concerns.” 

While the Faculty accepts for matriculation the requirements 
stated in the Regulations below, it nevertheless strongly recommends 

I 


BEA SEA eo 


eo So 
-_ 


~- A BB Ga Ge TR 


=~ ~" FR > 
» - — 


4 
» w~ 





130 


Students intending to study law to take the B.A. course in the 
Faculty of Arts as a preliminary qualification; and if that be not 
attainable, as much as possible of the Arts course. 


LECTURES AND EXAMINATIONS. 


The classes in Law will begin in the Faculty Rooms, Fraser Ins- 
titute, on MonDAY, THE 3RD SEPTEMBER, 1894, at 4 p.m. 

The Sicpletnchtal and Masiciatent Examinations will be held in 
the Faculty Rooms, Fraser Institute, on the same day at 10 a.m, 

The lectures will be delivered in the Faculty Rooms in two terms 
the first beginning on Monday, 3rdSep ember, 1894, and the second 
beginning on Monday, 7th January, 1895. 

The Examinations will be held in the William Molson Hall, Mc-. 
Gill College building, at Christmas, and at the close of the session 
and as announced below, unless otherwise determined by the 
Faculty. 

The complete course of study in this Faculty extends over three 
years. Attendance at lectures is required of allstudents proceeding, 
to the degree of B.C.L. 

Professors Fortin and Lafleur will deliver their lectures in French.. 


SCHOLARSHIPS AND PRIZES. 


Two scholarships, each of one hundred dollars, are offered for 
competition, the preference being given to Students whose domicile 
is not in Montreal or vicinity. They will be awarded, after the 
Sessional Examinations in April, 1895, upon the results of the: 
Examinations of the first year, and will be payable during thesecond 


year. 

Prizes open to competition by all the Students except the medalist 
and holders of scholarships will also be given to the Students taking 
the best standing in each year. 

No scholarship or prize shall, however, be aw attiod to any Student 
unless a sufficiently high standing, in the estimation of the Faculty,. 
be attained, to merit it. 





lol 


CLASSIFICATION OF STUDENTS. 


Matriculated Students who do not take the whole course are 
classed as Partial Students, and are not entitled to proceed to the 
Degree of B.C.L. 

Occasional Students will be received without matriculation for 


~ 


attendance on any particular series of Lectures. 

Students who have completed their course of three years, and 
have passed a satisfactory examination, will be entitled, upon the 
certificate and recommendation of the Faculty, to the Degree of 


SRE SS 


yes : 
Bachelor of Civil Law, 
$ 
COURSE OF STUDY FOR 1894-95. Wf 
¢) 
b 
Roman Law: ah 
ts. 
ist Year. } ae 
History of Roman Law..... TT re eee i =f) 
Peace, FACICUT UAW ace seaet ‘scvbed nevees - 
Institutes of Justinian........... ote? Cates dee eoondn { 
Gaius, Commentaries.... .sseeeseeesernes oseeccacef THE DEAN, gf 
2nd and 3rd Years. ) 
Institutes of Justinian............. yaw es UG ee. 


Soaain, COM MRCNEATIES 65's 6 56 )6.60 3.60 o06s be eee lance oe 
Bebe, COR LAW 5 én0 4s-43,01. wwdiandaes! sé weeence ] 


Criminal Law .ecece seeeveeeve eevee eeeseseeevneneee rg ee T > D rs 
Constitutional Law... resi vciccc cece COE Est pore e i cutee aac res ae heb 


Law of Real Estate : 


History and nature of various kinds of tenure of real }) 


: : ’ ; ‘ ‘ °C : Tronre 
property in the Province and their incidents...... ' Professor WURTELE, 


Commercial Law: 


Insurance, Fire, Life and Marine..........+.+. «+++Professor ARCHIBALD. 


Commercial Law! 


Agency and Partnership....+. .sseeees eesees eveeevse Professor DAVIDSON. 


Law of Contracts eevee ee cee eeereee Geeeteert*t ee gseeeaete « Professor GEOFFRION 
Legal Bibliography and History: 
Sources of our Law: Imperial Statutes and English) 
laws in force here; Legislation within the pro- 
vince, classification of authorities French and 
English. ...e. seeeceoe **** seeeee seeeeseene eee ete J 


t Professor McGoun, 








Civil Frocedure : 
J Wripaiction of the civil Courts ied .6/s-d seveve Joe's 


eemerat F. eS OFF 1GAGINE hock Scabies Wweiw'nasl ea 0104 ms Professor FORTIN. 
Code of Procedure....+. 


Notarial Law: 
Notarial Practice and Conveyancing....+. see. +ee----- Professor MARLER. 
Civil Law : 


Law of Successions . 
Forced Licitations.......... cs 


Professor DOHERTY. 


Commercial Law: 


Law'of Banking ..e..ss. 
Documents of Title....... 


Civil Law ° 


Mearnape Covenants. iic.. .ecese ovvdeciecee sos. Fr rofessor LAFLEUR, 


| Professor ABBOTT, 


FACULTY REGULATIONS. 


1, Any person desirous of becoming a Matriculated Student may apply to 
the Secretary, Prof. McGoun, 181 St. James St., for examination and entry in 
the Register of Matriculation, and shall procure a ticket of Matriculation and 
tickets of admission to the Lectures for each Session of the Course. 


| 2, The degree of B.A. obtained from any Canadian or other British Univer- 


sity $ or a certificate of having passed the examination before the Bar for admis- 
sion to study Law in the Province of Quebec ; or the intermediate Examination 
in the Faculty of Arts in McGill University, shall be accepted in lieu of Examin- 
ation for Matriculation in this Faculty. For other candidates the Matriculation 
Examination this year will Le in the following subjects :— 

Latin. —Virgil, Aeneid, Book I.; Cicero, Qrations I. and II. against Catiline. 


Latin Grammar. 


+3 


French —De Fivas’ “ Grammaire des Grammaires ;”’ *Moliére, ‘* Le Bourgeois 
Gentilhomme ;” +Translation into French of Macaulay’s Essay on 


Frederick the Great. 
Exercises in Composition and Grammatical Analysis, in English and French. 


Mathematics —Arithmetic; Algebra to the end of Simple Equations ; Euclid, 
Books 1., I1., II. 


History.—White’s Outline of Universal History (or any equivalent manual) ; 
*Green’s Short History of the English People; Miles’ School 
History of Canada; + Duruy, Histoire de France. 


Literature.—*Collier’s Biographical History of English Literature ; | Laharpe 
Cours de Littérature ; | Lefranc, Cours de Littérature. 





133 


Khetoric.—Whately’s Rhetoric; Blair’s Lectures (small edition). 


Philosophy,—* Whately’s Logic ; t Logique de Port Royal; + Cousin, Histoire 
de la Philosophie ; *Stewart’s Outline of Moral Philosophy. 


N.B,—The works mentioned above preceded by an asterisk are for English 
Students only. Those preceded by across are for French Students only. The 
remainder are for both English and French. 


3. Students in Law shall be known as of the First, Second and Third Years, 
and shall be so graded by the Faculty, In each year, Students shall take the 
studies fixed for that year, and those only, unless by special permission of the 
Faculty. 


4. The register of Matriculation shall be closed on the 1st November in each 
year, and return thereof shall be immediately made by the Dean to the Registrar 
of the University. Candidates applying thereafter may be admitted on a special 
examination to be determined by the Faculty ; and, if admitted, their names shall 
be returned in a supplementary list to the Registrar. 


5. Persons desirous of entering as Occasional Students shall apply to the 
Dean of the Faculty for admission as such Students, and shall obtain a ticket or 
tickets for the class or classes they desire to attend, 


6. Students who have attended collegiate courses of legal study in other 
Universities, for a number of terms or sessions, may be admitted, on the pro- 
duction of certificates, to a like standing in this University, after examination by 
the Faculty. 


7- All Students shall be subject to the following regulations for attendance 
and conduct :— 


(1) A class-book shall be kept by each Professor and Lecturer, in which the 
presence or absence of Students shall be carefully noted, and the said class-book 
shall be submitted to the Faculty at each monthly meeting ; and the Faculty shall, 
after examination of such class-book, decide which Students shall be deemed to 
have been sufficiently regular in their attendance to entitle them to proceed to the 
examination in the respective classes, 


(2) Punctual attendance on all the classes proper to his year is required of 
each Student, Professors will note the attendance immediately on the commence- 
ment of their lectures, and will omit the names of Students entering thereafter, 
unless satisfactory reasons are assigned. Absence or tardiness, without sufficient 
excuse, or inattention or disorder in the Class room, if persisted in after admoni- 
tion by the Professor, will be reported to the Dean of the Faculty, who may 
reprimand the Student or report to the Faculty, as he may decide. While in the 
building, or going to and from it, Students are expected to conduct themselves in 








134 


the same orderly manner as in the Class roms, Any Professor observing impro- 
per conduct in the Class rooms, or elsewhere in the building, will admonish the 
Student, and, ifnecessary, report him to the Dean. 


(3) When Students are reported to the Faculty under the above rules, the 
Faculty may reprimand, report to parents or guardians, disqualify from compet- 
ing for prizes or honors, suspend from classes; or report to the Corporation for 
expulsion. 

(4) Any Student injuring the furniture or building will be required to repair 


the same at his own expense, and will, in addition, be subject to such penalty as 
the Faculty may see fit to impose. 


(5) The number of times of absence, from necessity or duty, that shall dis- 


qualify for the keeping of a Session, shall in each case be determined by the 
Faculty. 


(6) All cases of discipline involving the interests of more than one Faculty, 
or of the University generally, shall be reported to the Principal, or, in his 
absence, to the Vice-Principal. 


8. The College year shall be divided into two terms, the first extending to the 
Christmas vacation, and the second from the expiration of the Christmas vacation 
to the end of April following. 


The lectures will be delivered between the hours of half-past eight and half- 
past nine in the morning and four and half past six in the afternoon ; and special 
lectures in the evening ; the whole at such hours and in such order as shall be 
determined by the Faculty. Professors shall have the right to substitute an ex- 


amination for any such lecture. 


9. At the end of each term there shall be a general examination of all the 
classes, under the superintendence of the Professors, and of such other examiners. 
as may be appointed by the Corporation.; which examination shail be conducted 
by means of printed questions, answered by the Students in writing in the presence 
of the Examiners. The result shall be reported as early as possible to the 
Faculty. 


After the examinations at the close of the second term, the Faculty shall 
decide the general standing of the Students, taking into consideration the exam- 
inations of both terms, both of which examinations shall ‘be considered the Ses- 
sional or Final Examinations for the college year, as the case may be. 


10. No Student. shall be considered as having kept a Session unless he 
shall have attended regularly all the courses of Lectures, and shall have passed 
the Sessional Examinations to the satisfaction of the Faculty in all the classes of 
his year, 





139 


11, The Faculty shall have the power, upon special and sufficient cause shown, 
to grant a dispensation to any Student from attendance on any particular Course 
or Courses of Lectures, but no distinction shall in consequence be made between 
the Examinations of such Students aud those of the Students regularly attending 
Lectures. No Student shall pass the degree of B.C.L. unless he has prepared a 
Thesis, either in French or English, which shall have been approved by the 
Faculty. 

12. The subject of such Thesis shall be left to the choice of the Student, but 
it must fall within the range of study of the Faculty, and shall not exceed twenty 
pages of thirty lines each. Each Student shall, on or before the first day of 
March, forward such Thesis to the Secretary of the Faculty, marked with the zom 
de plume which he shall adopt, and accompanied with a sealed envelope, bearing 
the same om de plume on it, and containing inside his name and the subject of 
his Thesis, and the envelope shall be opened. in presence of the Faculty after the 
final decision shall be given on the respective merits of the several Theses. 


= 7 


13. The Elizabeth Torrance Gold Medal, in the Faculty of Law, shall be 
awarded tothe Student who, being of the Graduating Class, having passed the 
Final Examinations, and having prepared a Thesis of sufficient merit in the esti- 
mation of the Faculty to entitle him to compete, shall take the highest marks in 
a special Examination for the Medal, which examination shall include the sub- 
ject of Roman Law, 


~~ 1 ee r-A.CUC~<“< 
a A Ee Ce =e SR 
2 : = 


== oR 
ws 
— Sh . 


=“ 


14. Every Candidate, before receiving the Degree of B.C.L., shall make the 
following declaration :— 


yg” 
v* 


Fgo A.B. polliceor, me, pro viribus meis, studiosum fore communis hujus 
Universitatis beni, operamque daturum ut decus ejus ac dignitatem amplificem, 
et officiis omnibus ad Baccalaureatus in Jure Civili gradum pertinentibus fungar. 

15. The fees in the Faculty are as follows :— 

Pbeistration Fee. ...00..s'0c0 50 0's 24a ge ee Lee ‘Denese Vensege eer SOO 
sessional Fee by Ordinary Students... 00 cscs scan sssvee cous ceed cose 138 00 
Graduation Fee, including registration as voter in election of fellows...... « 12.50 
vee fot supplemental examination... ....0sis 0. « ene sadabbiecrv euwes a2 dS OO 
Sessional Fee by Partial Students, for each course........:..+02.eeeeee2 3 00 
For Partial Students who are students in other departments of the Univer- 

sity or affiliated Colleges, taking two or more courses, a single fee of... 5 00 

Matriculation and Sessional Fees must be paid on or before Nov, Ist ; and if 
not so paid, the name of the Student shall be removed from the books, but may 
be re-entered by consent of the Faculty, and on payment of a fine of not less 
than $3. Students already on the books of the University shall not be required 
to pay any Matriculation Fee. 

16. Partial Students may be admitted into any class on such terms as shall be 
arranged by the Faculty. 

17. The requirements and conditions for obtaining the Degree of D.C.L. in 
course can be ascertained upon application to the Secretary of the Faculty. 





SS 


136 


SYLLABUS, 


Monday, 3rd September, 1894. Matriculation and Supplemental Examinations. 
Ordinary Lectures begin. 

Saturday, 8th December, Last day for notice to be sent to Secretary of Section 
of the Bar by candidates at the January Examination for admission to study 
or to practise Law in the Province of Quebec. 

Monday, 7th January, 1895. Lectures, Second Term, begin. 

Wednesday, 9th January, 1895. Bar Examinations take place at Montreal. 

Tuesday, 26th February. Theses for Degree of B.C.L, 

Tuesday, 23rd April. Declaration of results of Examination. 

Tuesday, 30th April. Convocation for Degrees in Law. 

Monday, 4th June. Last day for notice to be sent to Secretary of Section of the 
Bar by candidates at the July Examination for admission to study or to 
Practise Law in the Province of Quebec. 

Wednesday, 3rd July, 1895. Bar Examinations take place at Quebec, 


EXAMINATIONS, 


Dates of Examinations, subject to be changed, if need be, by the Faculty. 

Lefore Christmas :— 

Monday, 3rd September, 1894, 10 a.m. Matriculation and Supplemental 
Examinations—Faculty Rooms, Fraser Institute. 

Saturday, 24th November, 1894, 3 to 5 p.m. On Preliminary Course on Obli- 
gations—The Dean. 

Tuesday, 11th December, 1894, 4to6p.m. On Legal History and Bibliography 
—Prof. McGoun. 

Wednesday, 12th December, 1894, 4 to6 p.m. On Civil Procedure—Prof, 
Fortin. 

Thursday, 13th December, 1894, 4 to 6 p.m. On Constitutional Law—The 
Dean. 

Friday, 14th December, 1894, 4 to 6 p.m. On Commercial Law—Prof. Davidson, 

Saturday, 15th December, 1894, 3 to 5 p.m. On Persons—Prof. Lafleur. 


After Christmas :— 


Saturday, 16th February, 1895, 3 to 5 p.m. Real Estate—Prof. Wurtele. 
Saturday, 23rd February, 1895, 3 to 5 p.m. Criminal Law—The Dean. 
Saturday, 13th April, 1895, 4 to 6 p.m. On International Law—The Dean. 
Monday, 15th April, 1895, 4to 6 p.m. Commercial Law—Prof. Archibald. 
Wednesday, 17th April, 1895, 4 to 6 p.m. On Civil Law (Successions)—Prof. 
Doherty. 
Thursday, 18th April, 1895, 4 to 6p.m. On Contracts—Prof. Geoffrion. 
Friday, tgth April, 1895, 4 to6 p.m. On Law of Carriers—Prof. Abbott. 
Saturday, 2oth April, 1895, 3 to 5 p.m. On Notarial Law—Prof. Marler. 





“ae 


"Pajv7 uaym “Suipjing anpesuy Aasvry ‘Aynong 2y3 fo wooy Arvsge7z IY) Uf 


8.30 to 9.30-a.m, | 


FACULTY OF LAW—TIME TABLE, 1894-95. 


I, MonpAY, 3rd September, to FRIDAY, 28th September, 4 weeks. 


| 


HOvurRs. MONDAY. ‘Tur SDAY. WEDNESDAY. THURSDAY. 


FRIDAY. 








Prof. McGoun. | 
Prof. Fortin. 
The Dean. | 


Prof. McGoun. 
Prof. Fortin. 
_The Dean. 


8.30 to 9.30 a.m. | 
4 to 5 p-m. 
§ to 6 p.m. 


Prof. Fortin. Prof. Fortin. 
The Dean. The Dean. 


IT, Monpay, ‘Ist October, to FRipay, 2nd November, 5 weeks, 
“Prof. McGoun. | 


Prof. McGoun. | pie S 
The Dean. Prof. Fortin, | The Dean. Prof, Fortin. 
| 


Prof, Lafleur. Prof. Davidson. Prof. Lafleur, | 


III, Monpay, 5th November, to FrRiDAy, 7th December, 5 weeks. 


4 to 5 p.m. 
5 to6 p.m. 














Prof. Fortin. 
Prof. Davidson. 


8.30 to 9.30 a.m. 


4 to 5 p.m. 
5 to 6p.m, 


Prof. Fortin. 
‘Prof. Davidson. 


The Dean. 
Prof. Lafleur. | 


IV. Monpay, 7th January, to FRIDAY, Sth February, 5 weeks, 


| The Dean, 
| Prof. Lafleur. 


Prof. Doherty. | Prof. Doherty. 
Prof, Archibald. | 


Prof. Wurtele. | Prof. Geoffrion. | 
V. MonbaAy, 11th February, to FRrpAy, 15th March, 5 weeks. 


The Dean. 
Prof. Geoffrion, 


4 tO § p.m. 


8.30 tO 9.30 a.m. | 
5 to 6 p.m. | 





Prof, Davidson. 


| 
The Dean. | Prof, Archibald 
Prof. Wurtele. 


Piof. McGoun. 
Prof. Fortin. 
The Dean. 


Prof. McGoun. 
The Dean. 
Prof, Lafleur. 





Prof. Fortin. 
Davidson. 


The Dean. 
Prof. Archibald. 





8.30 to 9.30 a.m, 


4to5 p.m, 
AS Hy 


The Dean. 


9 E rof, Archibald. Piof. Archibald. Prof. Abbott. 


i. Monpay, 





The Dean. The Dean. | The Dean. : 


ath March, to FRIDAY, rath April, 5 Ww eeks, 


8.30 to 9.30 a.m, | 


4 10 5 p.m. The Dean. | Prof. Doherty. j The Dean. Prof. Doherty. 
_5,to 6 p.m. Prof. Marler. | Prof. Abbott. be: Prof. Marler. Prof. rof. Abbott. 














| Prof, Doherty, | Sere. | Prof. Doherty. 


Prof. Archibald. 


The Dean. 
e rof. Abbott. 


The Dean. 
Prof, Abbott. 





— 
~] 





. . 
ay. 2 Ae 








138 


APPENDIX. 


The attention of intending Students is called to the following 
provisions of the Revised Statutes of Quebec and amendments, as 
bearing on the requirements for the study and practice of Law in 


the Province :— 

ARTICLE 3544 R.S.Q.—Examinations for admission to study and to practise 
jaw in the Province of Quebec are held at the time and place determined by the 
General Council. 

The places and dates as at present fixed are 


MONTREAL, - Wednesday, 9th Jan., 1895. 
QUEBEC, . . Wednesday, 3rd July, 1895. 


and alternately at Montreal and Quebec every six months, namely—at Montreal 
on the second Wednesday of each January, and at Quebec on the first Wednesday 
of each July. 

All information concerning these examinations can. be obtained from the 
General Secretary’s Office. The present General Secretary is W.C. Languedoc, 
Esq., Quebec. 

ARTICLE 3546.—Candidates must give notice as prescribed by this article, at 
least one month before the time’ fixed for the examination, to the Secretary of the 
Session in which he resides, or in which he has resided for the last six months. 

The present Secretary of the Montreal Section is Mr. D. R. Murphy, New 
York Life Building, Montreal. 

ARTICLE 3503a-—Added by Statute of Quebec, 53 Victoria (1890), Cap. 45, 
provides that Candidates holding the diploma of Bachelor of Arts, Bachelier-es- 
Lettres, or Bachelier-es-Science from a Canadian or other British University, is 
dispensed from the examination for admission to study. Such Candidates are 
required to give the notice mentioned above. 


ARTICLE 3548 R.S.Q. (as altered by by-law of ‘the General Council),—On 
giving the notice prescribed by Article 3546, the Candidate pays the Secretary 
a fee of $2, and makes a deposit of $3c, fur admission to study, or of $70 for 
admission to practice, which deposit, less $10, is returned in case of his not being 
admitted. 

ARTICLE 3552 (amended 1894, Q. 57 Vic., c. 35).—To be admitted to prac- 
tice, the Student must be a British subject, and must have studied, regularly and 
without interruption during ordinary office hours, under indentures before a 
Notary, as Clerk or Student, with a practising Advocate, during Four Years, 
dating from the registration of the certificate of admission to study. This term is 
reduced to Three years in the case of a Student who has followed a regular law 
course in a University or College in this Province, and taken a degree in law 
therein. 





139 


REQUIREMENTS FOR DEGREE OF DOCTOR OF CIVIL 
LAW. 


ADOPTED OCTOBER, 1891. 


Every Candidate for the Degree of D.C.L. in Course must be a 
Bachelor of Civil Law of twelve years’ standing, and must pass such 
examination for the Degree of D.C.L. as shall be prescribed by the 
Faculty of Law. He shall also, at least two months before proceed- 
ing to the Degree, deliver to the Faculty twenty-five printed copies 
of a Thesis or Treatise of his own composition on some. subject 
selected or approved by the Faculty, such Thesis to contain not 
less than fifty octavo pages of printed matter, and to. possess such 
degree of merit as shall, in the opinion of the Faculty, justify them 
in recommending him for the degree. 

The Candidate shall also pay to the Secretary of the Faculty, 
annually during the period of twelve years, for the retention of his 
name on the books of the Faculty, a fee of two dollars, to form part 
of the Library Fund of the Faculty. Upon cause shown, however, 
and with the consent of the Faculty, such fees may be paid at one 
time before the granting of the degree. 

The Examination for: the Degree of D.C.L. in Course, which 
shall be open to all who have taken the degree of B.C.S. of this 
University in the past, as well as to such as may take the degree 
in future, shall, until changed, be on the following subjects and 
authors, with the requirement of special proficiency in some one 
of the groups below indicated. In the groups otherthan the one 
selected by the Candidate. for special. proficiency, a thorough 
acquaintance with two works of each group shall be sufficient, in- 
cluding in all cases the work first mentioned in each group and the 
first two works in group third. 


1. INTERNATIONAL LAW. 


Phillimore, International Law. 
Hall, ce 6 


ae Pacis a 
“=a BE w= DS HE 





aa 


- = 
+ -7- “4 ain aw | 
~— : - 


_ 
~ Se 





140 


Wharton, Conflict of Laws. 

Savigny’s International Law, by Guthrie. 
Feelix, Droit International Privé. 
Brocher, Droit International Privé. 
Dicey on Domicile. 

Story, Conflict of Laws: 

Maine, Lectures on International Law. 


2. ROMAN LAw. 


Ortolan’s Institutes. 

Mommsen’s History of Rome. 
Roby’s Introduction to the Digest. 
Muirhead’s Roman Law. 


Mackenzie’s Roman Law. 

Savigny’s Roman Law in the Middle Ages. 
Bryce’s Holy Roman Empire. 

Institutes of Gaius, 

Fustel de Coulanges, La Cité Antique. 


3. CONSTITUTIONAL HISTORY AND Law. 


Dicey’s Law of the Constitution. 

Stubbs’ Constitutional History of England. 
Hearn, Government of England. 

Bagehot, English Constitution. 

Iranqueville, British Government and Parliament. 
Gneist, Constitution of England. 

Hallam, Constitutional History of England. 
May, . " js 
Gardiner, ’ ‘ ‘ 

May, Democracy in Europe. 

Freeman, Growth of the English Constitution. 
Mill, Representative Government. 

Bentham, Fragment on Government. 

Maine, Popular Government. 





14] 





4. CONSTITUTION OF CANADA AND WorRKS RELEVANT THERETO. 


Todd, Parliamentary Government in the British Colonies. 
s0urinot, Federal Government in Canada. 

Doutre, Constitution of Canada. 

Cartwright, Cases under the British North America Act. 
Lord Durham’s Report on British North America. 
Lareau, Histoire du Droit Canadien. 

Houston’s Constitutional Documents of Canada. 
Volume O., Statutes of Lower Canada. 

Maséres’ Collection of Quebec Commissions. 
Laferriére, Essai sur l'histoire du droit francais. 

Dilke, Problems of Greater Britain. 

Matthews (Jehu), A Colonist on the Colonial Question. 
Bryce, American Commonwealth. 

Curtis, History of the Constitution of the United States. 
Cooley, Principles of Constitutional Law. 


5. CRIMINAL Law, JURISPRUDENCE AND PouiTicaL SCIENCE, 


Stephens, History of the Criminal Law. 
Blackstone, Vol. IV. 

Harris, Principles of Criminal Law. 
Pike, History of Crime. 

Holland’s Elements of Jurisprudence. 
Austin, Lectures, omitting chapters on Utilitarianism. 
Lorimer’s Institutes. 

Amos, Science of Law, 

Woolsey, Political Science. 

Lieber, Political Ethics. 

Freeman, Comparative Politics. 
Aistoile’s Politics, by Jowett. 





faculty of Comparative PMAcdicine and 
Veterinary Scieuce. 


THE PRINCIPAL (Ex-officio). 
Professors: 
McEACHRAN (D.), BAKER, McEAcHRAN (C,). 
Associate Professors : 
GIRDWOOD, PENHALLOW. 


WILKINS, MILLs. 
BLACKADER, ADAMI. 


Dean of the Faculty :—D. MCEACHRAN, D.V.S. 
Registrar’:—C. McEACHRAN, D.V.S. 


The Sixth Session of the Faculty (being the twenty-ninth of the 
Montreal Veterinary College) will be opened on Tuesday, the 2nd 
October, 1894, by an introductory lecture, at 8 p.m., in the lecture- 
room of the Faculty, No. 6 Union Avenue. The regular courses 
of lectures will begin on Wednesday, 3rd October, at the hours 
named in the time table, and will continue till the end of March. 

The complete curriculum in this Faculty extends over three 
years, Graduates of recognized Medical Colleges are allowed to 
present themselves for examination after regular attendance on one 
full sessional course; graduates of recognized Agricultural Colleges, 
in. which Veterinary Science constitutes a branch of study, after 
regular attendance for two full courses. 

Allowances will be made to students of Human or Comparative 
Medicine, or others who can produce certified class tickets for 
attendance on any of the subjects embraced in the curriculum from 
any recognized college or university. | 

Graduates and students who avail themselves of the above 
privileges will nevertheless be required to pass an examination in 
the subjects comprised in the three years’ course, unless, from 
satisfactory evidence otherwise produced, the examiners consider 
it to be unnecessary. 





143 


Graduates of recognized Veterinary Colleges, desirous of taking 
the degree, may do so by attendance on the final subjects for one ful] 
session, but will be required to pass-the, examinations on all the 
subjects embraced in the curriculum, botany excepted. 

Partial and Agricultural students willbe received without matri- 
culation for attendance on any particular series of lectures. Such 
students will not be examined, nor will they be entitled to receive 
class certificates except as Partial students, nor will such attendance 
be accepted should the student subsequently wish to become a regu 
lar student of the Faculty. 

MATRICULATION. 

Every student, previous to his admission, must produce a certificate of educa- 
tional acquirements satisfactory to the Faculty, or submit himself to a matricula- 
tion examination in (1) writing, (2) reading aloud, (3) dictation, (4) English 
grammar, (5) composition, (6) outlines of geography with special reference to 
North America, (7) arithmetic (including vulgar and decimal fractions), 

A. N. Shewan, M.A , will hold the matriculation examination on Saturday, 
29th Sept., 9 a.m., at the College, 6 Union Avenue, when all those intending to 
enter the course should present themselves for examination. Candidates possess- 
ing certificates of education or of previous matriculation should produce them for 
the inspection and approval of the examiner. Graduates of any Faculty in a re- 
cognized University or Agriculturai College are not required to pass this exam- 
ination. 

No College is recognized unless its students are required to pass a matriculate 
examination. 


Notrre—It is contemplated to add the rudiments of Latinto the requirements for matriculation 


in the near future. 


REGISTRATION AND PAYMENT OF FEES. 


The following are the College regulations: 

All students desirous of attending the classes shall, at the commencement of 
each session, enroll their names and residences in the register of the Faculty, and 
procure from the Registrar a ticket of registration, for which each student shall 
pay a fee of $5. 

The said register shall be closed on the last day of October in each year, The 
fees are payable to the Registrar and all class tickets will be issued by him, and 
must be paid in advance (except under special circumstances) at the time of 
registration, 

All students must register, including those who receive free bursaries. 

Fees for the whole course are $180, which may be paid in three annual pay 
ments of $60 each, which, in all cases, must be paid on entering, Matriculation 
fee, $5, which is to be paid prior to the examination ; $5 for registration ; and $5 





for re-registration, payable at the beginning of each of the following two Sessions, 
and $20 on receiving the diploma. Students who are allowed time for previous 
study will be required to pay full fees, Payments must be made in all cases 
as above, 


SCHOLARSHIPS. 


The Faculty offers for competition this session (1894-5) two scholarships of fifty 
dollars each: one for First, and the other for Second year Students. These scho- 
larships will be awarded to the student in each ‘year who has the highest aggregate 
and who obtains not less than fifty per cent. in any one subject, and an average 
of seventy-five per cent. of the total number of marks attainable. 


STUDENTS OF THE PROVINCE OF QUEBEC, 


In consideration of the annual grant, the Council of Agriculture has the privi- 
lege of sending thirteen pupils, free of expense, to the whole course ; such students 
however, pay a fee of $5 for the course in Botany and $5 annually for registration. 
These Bursaries may be obtained by young men resident in the Province of 
Quebec, by application made to the Dean of the Faculty in the handwriting of 
applicant, accompanied by a recommendation from the Agricultural Society of 
the district in which he resides, provided the Council considers him qualified by 
education and in other respects for entering the College. 

In all cases, except when specially arranged, holders of Bursaries will be requi- 
red to give a guarantee that they will attend three Sessions ; and failing to do so, 
they shall be required to pay the fees for the Sessions which they have attended. 


GENERAL REGULATIONS. 


Students of this Faculty will be graded as of the First, the Second, and the 
Final year, 

In each year students will take the studies fixed for that year only, unless by 
special permission of the Faculty. 

Persons desirous of entering as Partial Students shall apply to the Dean of the 
Faculty for admission and shall obtain a ticket or tickets for the class or classes 
they desire to attend. 

All Students shall be subject to the following regulations as regards attendance 
and conduct :— 

A class-book shall be kept by each Professor and Lecturer, in which the pre- 
sence or absence of Students shall be carefully noted ; and the said class-book 
shall be submitted to the Faculty at a meeting to be held between the close of the 
lectures and the commencement of the examinations ; and the Faculty shall, after 
examination of such class-book, decide which Students shall be deemed to have 
been sufficiently regular in their attendance to entitle them to proceed to the 
examinations in the respective classes, 





ae 


‘a 


145 


Punctual attendance on all the classes proper to his year is required of each 
Student. Absence or tardiness, without sufficient excuse, or inattention or dis- 
order in the class-room, if persisted in after admonition by the Professor, will be 
reported to the Dean of the Faculty, who may reprimand the Student or report 
to the Faculty, as he may decide. While in the building, or going to or from it, 
Students are expected to conduct themselves in the same orderly manner as in 
the Class-rooms. Any Professor observing improper conduct in the Class-rooms, 
or elsewhere in the building, will admonish the Student, and, if necessary, report 
him to the Dean. 

When Students are reported to the Faculty under the above rules, the Faculty 
may repriniand, report to parehts or guardians, disqualify from competing for 
prizes or honors, suspend from classes, or report to the Corporation for ex- 
pulsion. 

Any Student injuring the furniture or building will be required to repair the 
same at his own expense, and will, in addition, be subject to such penaity as the 
Faculty may see fit to impose, 

All cases of discipline involving the interest of more than one Faculty, or of the 
University generally, shall be reported to the Principal, or, in his absence, to the 
Vice-Principal. 

The College year shall be divided into two terms, the first extending to the 
Christmas vacation and the second from the expiration of the Christmas vacation 
to the 30th March following, 

Each lecture shall be of one hour’s duration, but the Professors shall have the 


right to substitute an examination lor any such lecture. 

At the end of cach term there shall bea general examination of all the classes, 
under the superintendence of the Professors and such other examiners as may be 
appointed by the Corporation. The results shall be reported as early as possible 
tothe Faculty. 

The Students have ail the privileges of the McGill Medical Faculty’s Labora- 


tories, which are thus described in their annual calendar -— 
PHYSIOLOGICAL LABORATORY. 


The Physiological Laboratory, which is situated on the ground floor, is sup- 
plied with the most modern apparatus for the practical teaching of this most 
importaat branch of the medical curriculum, It contains, amongst other valu- 
able instruments ; kymographs, various manometers, etc., for demonstrating blood 
pressuie ; myographs, rheocords, moist chambers, ete., and various electrical 
appliances for demonstrating experiments in connection with nerve and muscle ; 
special apparatus for illustrating various points in respiration ; apparatus specially 
suitable for demonstrating the processes of digestion, as well as the chemical com. 
position and nature of the secretions, and the chief constituents of the tissues and 
nutritive fluids. The laboratory is arranged in such a way as to permit of 
Students assisting at, and taking part in, these demonstrations. [ During the past 


K ; 








146 


session, important additions of apparatus have been made to the Physiological 
Laboratory . | 


CHEMICAL LABORATORY. 


The Chemical Laboratory is large, lofty and well lighted, and can accom- 
modate comfortably 76 men at one time. Each Student, when entering on his 
course, has a numbered table in the laboratory assigned to him for his use during 
the session. Each table has its own gas and water fixtures, and is provided with 
shelves for its corresponding set of reagent-bottles, as well as a drawer and locker 
Containing a modern set of chemical apparatus specially adapted for the work. 
This apparatus is provided by the Professor of Chemistry, and suyplied to each 
Student without extra charge. The Student is required to pay only for apparatus 
broken or destroyed. 

The laboratory is furnished with a large draught closet for ventilation, sulphu- 
retted hydrogen apparatrs, gas and combustion furnaces, etc., giving to the 
Student unsurpassed advantages for acquiring a sound and practical knowledge 


of medical chemistry. 
PATHOLOGICAL LABORATORY. 


In the Pathological Laboratory accommodation will be provided for Students 
or practitioners who desire to carry on advanced study or private pathological 
research, 

The Laboratory has been entirely rebuilt recently, and is well stocked with the 
ustial apparatus for pathological and ba cteriological work. 

The demonstrations in Morbid Anatomy will be given ina small laboratory, 
specially arranged for the work. 

The classes in Pathological Histology will be held in the Histological Labo- 


ratory. 


HISTOLOGICAL LABORATORY. 


The Histological Laboratory is a large, well lighted room on the second floor. 


It is so arranged, that over eighty students can be present at the microscopical 


demonstrations. For this purpose, it is supplied with thirty-five microscopes, all 
from the well known makers, Zeiss, Hartnack and Leitz. From the large num- 
ber of microscopes employed, students will have special facilities in studying and 
making themselves thoroughly acquainted with the specimens that are subjects of 


demonstration. 
PRACTICAL MICROSCOPY. 


This is an entirely optional course, in charge of Prof. Wilkins, assisted by Dr. 
Gunn, It is intended especially for teaching the technique of Microscopy.? Stu- 
dents will be shown how to examine blood, etc., also to cut, stain, and mount 





147 


specimens, For this purpose they will have furnished them normal structures, 
with which they will te able to secure a cabinet of at least 100 specimens, which 
will be of great benefit when in practice. Reagents and apparatus, except cover- 
glasses and cabinet cases, provided. Fee, $8, 


COURSES OF LECTURES. 
BOTANY.,* 
a , PENHALLOW, B.Sc. 


The course in Botany includes General Morphology, Histology, Physiology 
and Classification. It is designed to give special prominence to Physiology, which 
will be made comparative whenever practicable. The course is illustrated by the 
microscope and gas microscope, and by the collections, models and apparatus in 
the Redpath Museum. Use is also made of the resources for practical instruction 
in Morphology, now afforded by the Botanic Garden, 


ZOOLOGY. * 
W. E. Derxs, B.A. M.D. 


This course includes a Systematic study of the Classification of animals, illus- 
trated by Canadian examples and by the collections in the Peter Redpath 
Museum. It affords suitable preparation for collecting in any department of 
Canadian Zoology or Palzontology, and as an introduction to Comparative 
Physiology. 

Students in Botany or Zoology will receive tickets to the Peter Redpath 
Museum and to the Museum of the Natural History Society of Montreal. 

It is optional with students to select either the course on Botany or on Zoology 


CHEMISTRY. 
GILBERT P, GIRDWOOD, M.D. 


Inorganic Chemistry is fully treated ; a large portion of the course is devoted to 
Organic Chemistry and its relations to Medicine. The branches of Physics bear- 
ing upon or connected with Chemistry also engage the attention of the Class. For 
experimental illustration, abundant apparatus is possessed by the College. 

The Chemical Laboratory will be open to members of the Class to repeat ex- 
periments performed during the course, under the superintendence of the Professor 
or his Assistant, 





* Students may take either Botany or Zoology, but must intimate at the beginning of the Ses- 
sion their choice, and adhere to this, except by special perinission of the Faculty, Students des- 
iring to attend both subjects in one session may do so by permission of the Faculty. 





148 
PHYSIOLOGY. 
WESLEY MILLs, M.D. 


The purpose of this Course is to make Students thoroughly acquainted, so far 
as time permits, with modern Physiology, its methods, its deductions, and the 
basis on which the latter rest. Accordingly, a full course of lectures is given, im 
which both the Experimental and the Chemical departments of the subject receive 
attention. 

In addition to the use of diagrams, plates, models, etc., every department of 
the subject is experimentally illustrated. The experiments are free from elaborate 
technique, and many of them are of a kind susceptible of ready imitation by the 
student. 

Laboratory work for Senior Students :— 

(1) During the first part of the Session there will be a course on Physiological 
Chemistry, in which the Student will, under direction, investigate food-stufts, 
digestive action, blood, and the more important secretions and excretions, includ- 
ing urine, All the apparatus and material for this course will be provided. 

(2) The remainder of the Session will be devoted to the performance of such 
experiments as are unsuitable for demonstration to a large class in the lecture 
room, and such as require the use of elaborate methods, apparatus, etc. 


HISTOLOGY. 
Gro. WiLxkans, M.D. 


This will consist of a course of ten lectures and twenty-five weekly demonstra- 
tions with the microscope. As the demonstrations will be chiefly relied upon for 
teaching the Microscopic Anatomy of the various structures, the specimens under 
observation will then be minutely described. Plates and diagrams specially pre- 
pared for these lectures will be freely made use of. 


COMPARATIVE PATHOLOGY. 
J. G., Apami, M.D. 


The teaching in Pathology in the McGill Medical Faculty includes courses in 


general and special Pathology, in Bacteriology (held during the Summer Session) 
and instruction in the performance of Autopsies. These courses—while directed 
especially towards giving to the Students a due knowledge of the causation and 
course of disease in man—are necessarily based largely upon the results of obser- 
vations upon the lower animals, and the greater part of all these causes is appli- 
cable equally to conditions obtaining in the domestic animals. There is in addi- 
tion a practical course of Pathological Histology for Students of Comparative 
Medicine, and instruction is given upon the performance of Autopsies upon the 
lower animals, 





—— 


149 


MEDICINE AND SURGERY 


D. McEAcHRAN, F.R.C.V.S. 


Students of all years must attend. 

The course embraces the principles and practice of Veterinary Medicine, in- 
cluding the diseases of domestic animals, their nature, causes, symptoms and 
treatment. It necessarily includes Pathology and Pathological Anatomy, with 
daily clinical demonstrations in the hospital and the yard practice of the College, 
as well as illustrations from plates, preserved specimens, and fresh material fur- 
nished by the Pathologist. 


The course on Surgery embraces Surgical Anatomy and Practice of S$ ur 


A 
2) 
a) 
pee 
om) 
» 


and will be illustrated by a large collection of surgical appliances. 

The Jarge and varied practice of the College furnishes abundance of cases for 
demonstration purposes, 

Special lectures will be given on Sanitary Science, Quarantine, inspection of 


meat and milk, and also on the examination of horses for soundness, 
ANATOMY. 
M.C. BAKER, D.V.S. 


In this course the Anatomy of the horse is the subject of special study ; while 
the structural differences of all the domestic animals are carefully explained and 
llustrated by fresh subjects. Thereis a very large collection of anatomical 
models by Dr. Auzoux, of Paris, natural injections and dissections, and a‘most 
complete collection of diagrams, including Marshall’s complete set, M. Achille 
Comte’s Anatomical and Zoological series, also a large collection of drawings 
specially prepared for the school by Mr. Scott Leighton, artist, Boston, and Mr. 
Hawksett, Montreal, 

The dissecting room is open at all hours, subjects are easily procured, and 
either the Professor or Demonstrator will be in attendance to superintend and 
direct students in practical dissection. The room is furnished with eve ry con- 
venience, is thoroughly lighted, and affords students all that can be reasonably 
desired. 

Students are required to pay for the material necessary for practical anatomy, 

Before a student can be allowed to present himself for his pass examination, 
he must produce tickets certified by the demonstrator that he has dissected two 
entire subjects, that is, one each session, 


MATERIA MEDICA AND THERAPEUTICS. 
M. D. BLACKADER, M.D. 


This course comprises a description of the physiological and therapeutic action 
of allthe more important medicines used in Veterinary Practice, with a short 








150 


reference to their general properties and principal preparations. It will also 
include a course in the practical work of compounding and administering medi- 
cines in the pharmacy and hospital. There will also be a few experimental 
demonstrations of the action of some of the more important drugs on animals. 


CATTLE PATHOLOGY AND OBSTETRICS. 
C. McEACHRAN, D.V.S. 


A special course on Cattle Diseases and Veterinary Obstetrics will be delivered, 
embracing the history of Cattle Plague: their nature, symptoms, pathological 
anatomy, prophylactic and therapeutic treatment ; breeding and general man- 
agement of breeding animals; diseases incident to gestation and parturition etc. 


SPECIAL COURSE ON DOGS. 


Professor Wesley Mills will give a special course on Dogs, which will 
include :— 

(1) Lectures on the physical and psychic characteristics of all the leading 
varieties, illustrated by specimens from his own -kennels and other sources, as 
well as by plates, etc. 

(2) The principles of training ; the feeding and general management of dogs, 

(3) The principles of breeding; the management of brood bitches and the 
rearing of puppies. 

(4) Bench show management and the public judging of dogs. 

(5) The rights and duties of dog owners. 

In all of the above courses the clinical and pathological aspects of the subjects 
will be considered, as well as the normal. 


THE MUSEUM 


contains a large collection of natural and artificial specimens, consisting of skele- 
tons of almost all the domestic animals, numerous specimens of diseased bones, 
preparations by Dr. Auzonx ofall the different organs in the body, natural dissec- 
tions, colored models, diagrams, etc., etc., all of which are used in illustrating 
the lectures, and to which the Students have frequent opportunities of referring. 

Students will also enjoy the privileges of the Museum of the Medical F acuity of 
McGill University, which is rich in pathological specimens. 


THE PHARMACY. 


All the medicines used in the practice of the College are compounded by the 
Students, under the direction of the Professors, from prescriptions for each par- 
ticular case, and most of them are administered or applied by them. For this 
purpose they are detailed for certain pharmaceutical duties alternately, By this 





151 


means they become familiar with the physical properties, compatibilities, doses, 
and uses of the medicines, and become expert in administering them to the dif 
ferent patients brought for treatment, ’ 


THE PRACTICE, 


The Hospital end Daily Clinics, as well asa very extensive out-door practice 
including most of the largest stables in the city and numerous farms in the vicin- 
i ty, afford excellent opportunities for clinical observation on horses of all breeds 
and ages. Owing to the number of cattle kept in the city, and the valuable 
thorough bred herds in the neighborhood, advanced students are enabled to see and 
do considerable cattle practice. The dog practice is the largest in Canada. All 
Canine diseases can be studied clinically, owing to the large number of dogs, 
brought to the College for medical or surgical treatment. 
Senior Students will be appointed to act alternately as dressers in the Hospi- 
tal, and first and second year men must assist in administering medicines and at 
operations. 


FREE CLINICS, 


To afford the Students still more extensive opportunities of clinical observation, 
an hour a day will be given to free clinics for animals belonging to the poor, 
which will be duly advertised. 


TEXT-BOOKS,* 


The following text-books are recommended :— 

Anatomy—Chauveau’s Comparative Anatomy; Strangeway’s Veterinary Ana- 
tomy ; McFadeyan’s Veterinary Anatomy. 

Physiolog y—Huxley’s Elementary Lessons ; Prof. Mills’ Text-Book of Compara- 
tive Physiology ; Outlines of lectures by the same author. 

fistology— Klein’s Elements ; Schafer’s Essentials of Histology. 

Botany—Gray’s Structural Botany : Bessey’s Botany. 

Zoology—Dawson’s Handbook. 

Chemistry— Wurtz’s Elementary Chemistry ; Armstrong; Remsen’s Organic 
Chemistry. 

Medicine and Surgery—William’s Principles and Practice of Veterinary Medi- 
cine; Fleming’s Sanitary Science and Police ; William’s Surgery ; Flem- 
ing’s Operative Surgery; Robertson’s Equine Medicine; Liautard’s Opera- 
tive Veterinary Surgery. 

Materia Medica—Dun’s Veterinary Medicines ; Walley’s Veterinary Conspectus ; 
Tuson’s Pharmacy. 








*Students are advised not to buy text-books extensively till after consultation with the 
Professor who teaches the subject. 








152 


Cattle Diseases—Steel’s Bovine Pathology; Clatter’s Cattle Doctor (Armi- 
tage) ; Fleming’s Veterinary Obstetrics. 

Canine Diseases. —Prof. Mills’ The Dog in Health and in Disease ; Hill on the 
Dog. 

Entozoa.—Cobbold’s Entozoa of Domestic Animals. 


Pathology.—Payne’s Pathology. 
BOARD AND TRAVELLING EXPENSES. 


Board can be obtained at from $15 to $20 per month. 

By the kindness of the Railway Companies, certified students of the College 
will be granted return tickets from Montreal to any part of their lines at greatly 
reduced rates, the said tickets to hold good from the close of one session to the be- 
ginning of the next. 

Return tickets will also be granted for the Christmas vacation. 


VETERINARY MEDICAL ASSOCIATION. 


This Association is for the mutual improvement of its members in all matters 


pertaining to the profession. 
The members are graduates and students of Veterinary Medicine, also grad- 


uates and students of Human Medicine. 
The meetings are held fortnightly, at which papers are read and discussed, 


cases reported, etc. 

The advantages which students derive from these meetings are very great. 
Not only do they hear carefully prepared papers on subjects of professional 
importance, but an opportunity is afforded for practising public speaking which in 
after-life is often extremely useful. The fees of the Association are expended in 
the purchase of books for the Library, drugs for experimental purposes, and the 
prizes awarded for papers read. 

The Library is owned by the Association, and is under the control of officers 
who are elected annually. It contains nearly 600 volumes, embracing works of 
great antiquity, as well as the modern works on Veterinary Science and colla- 
teral subjects, in both the English and French languages, all of which are avail- 
able for consultation and study by members. 

Every student is expected to become a member. ‘The entrance fee is $5, and 
the yearly subscription $2.50. A Diploma of Honorary Fellowship is conferred 
on all members who have complied with the regulations of the Association. 





ASSOCIATION FOR THE STUDY OF COMPARATIVE PSYCHO- 
LOGY. 





This Society is similar in constitution to the Veterinary Medical Association. 

Its object is the study of the Psychic Phenomena (intelligence, etc. ) of all 
classes of animals, and the diffusion of sounder views on this subject. 

Naturally, it is of great importance in the practice of medicine upon dumb 
animals, as well as of peculiar scientific interest. 








153 


QUALIFICATIONS FOR THE DEGREE. 


Candidates for the Final Examination shall furnish testimonials of attendance 

on lectures on the following subjects :— 
re Ee. gS a. Se 
ibis. or Zoology; }One course of six months, Ist year. 
Chemistry, 
Physiology, > Two courses of six months, Ist and 2nd years. 
Anatomy, 
General Pathology and Demonstrations, one course of six months. 
Cattle Diseases and Obstetrics, 
Practice of Medicine and Surgery, Two courses 2nd and 3rd years, 
Materia Medica and Therapeutics; J 

No one will be permitted to become a candidate for examination who shall 
not have attended at least one full course of lectures in this Faculty, including 
all the subjects embraced in the curriculum. 

Courses of less length than the above will be received only for the time over 
which they have extended. 

Students, except by special permission of the Faculty, must pursue the subjects 
of Anatomy, Chemistry, Histology and Botany in their first session, and are 
advised to take Physiology in addition, 

Candidates who fail to pass in not more than two subjects of the first two 
years may be granted a supplemental examination at the beginning of the follow- 
ing session. 

Supplemental examinations will not be granted, except by special permission 
of the Faculty, and on written application, stating reasons. 

Candidates who fail to pass in a subject of which two courses are required, 
may, at the discretion of the Faculty, be required to attend a third course, and 
furnish a certificate of attendance thereon. 

In addition to the written and oral examinations, candidates must pass a prac- 
tical clinical test, including examination of horses for soundness, written reports 
being required ; the clinical reports to include diagnosis, prognosis and treat- 
ment, 

The following oath or affirmation will be exacted from the candidate before 
receiving the degree : — 

DECLARATION OF GRADUATES IN COMPARATIVE MEDICINE AND 


VETERINARY SCIENCE. 


1 ; promise and solemnly declare that I will, with my best endeavors, 
be careful to maintain the interests of this University, and that, to the best of my 
ability, I will promote its honor and dignity. 


EXAMINATIONS. 





First Year.—Pass Examinations in Botany or Zoology and Histology (oral), 
and sessional examinations on the other subjects of the course of the year. 


: 


s 
: 
- 
f 
gf 


~ 



































Second Year,—Pass Examinations in Chemistry, Physiology, Histology 
(written) and Anatomy, in addition to sessional examinations. 
Third Year.—Pass Examination in Practice of Medicine and Surgery, General 
and Special Pathology, Veterinary Obstetrics, Diseases of Cattle and Materia 
Medica and Therapeutics. 
N.B.—Sessional Examinations will be held from time to time during the ses- 
sion, and attendance at these is compulsory. The standing attained at these 
examinations will be taken into account at pass examinations. 


AGE FOR GRADUATION. 


Students under seventeen will be received asapprentices, but cannot be entered 
as regular Students before attaining that age. 
lt Minors may pass the Examinations, but cannot receive the Diploma until they 
are twenty-one years of age. 


‘ HINTS TO STUDENTS. 


The Matriculation Examination which you have to undergo is by no means a 
severe one; and if you are not prepared to pass it, you should begin at once to 
‘improve your education. 
You had better not commence professional reading till you have become 
familiar with the fundamental subjects. Practice, except under the guidance of a 
‘ . thoroughly educated practitioner, is more likely to mislead than aid you. 
; It is advisable that you should arrive in Montreal before the opening day, so as 





to give you time to procure suitable lodgings. Endeavor by all means to be 
present at the introductory lectures on all subjects; you cannot miss one lecture 
without thereby losing valuable preparatory information. Come prepared to 
procure at once the necessary text-books and note-books. Make your arrange- 
ments so as to enable you to devote your entire time and undivided attention to 
your studies, as the three sessions which the curriculum covers will be found none 
too long to accomplish the necessary proficiency in the various branches of study 
required of you. 


NOTICE TO GRADUATES. 


For the purpose of increasing pathological material for the classess, Graduates 
are earnestly requested to send any interesting or obscure pathological specimens 
which may be met with in their practice to the Pathologist at the Veterinary 
College, No. 6 Union Avenue. The specimens may be sent C.O.D, by express, 
and will in all cases be acknowledged. A report upon the nature of the specimen 
will be sent if desired ; and the specimens, when of sufficient interest, will be pre- 
served in the Museum with the names of the donors affixed. 








































































































\ ~ cay 
Be! “ cy 
a q 
Re 
ORDER OF LECTURES. 
MONDAY, TUESDAY. | WEDNESDAY, | THURSDAY. FRIDAY. SATURDAY. 
8 | | 
LD: OR Anatomy. Anatomy. ' Anatomy. | Anatomy, Anatomy. Practical Anatomy, 
er hes | 
“ios Bh a ta 21S Dae TS RSE, Shaheen aA so BOLE MO 
9g to 10 a,m, i ag rete os medicine | Practice of Medicine Practice of Medicine | Practice of Medicine | Practice of Medicine Clinical Surgery, 
| and surgery, and Surgery, | and Surgery, and Surgery. and Surgery, 
ttt 9 Rea RE 5 BE? 2! j | > ASR sc fapeny 
to to 11 a.m, Cattle f athology. Pathology. | Cattle Pathology, Pathology Pathology. ! Pathological 
and and 3rd Year. 2nd and 3rd Year. | endand 3rd Year. | ord Year. and and 3rd Year, | Demonstration, 
i } - | 
PEI LOGS AA SERENE AERO A CaN aa, ee ee 
} es 6 . 
a eee en : : Botz 
Ir a.m, to 12 p.m, ple Avatar revic | Practical Pharmacy | Practical Pharmacy | Practical Pharmacy | Practical Pharmacy | Fon eany SPO rar 
an ospita ractice., |< spital Practice.!anc spit: ractice. |- “nits intial 4 spital Practice. | p eK aes : 
ess I jand Hospital Practice./and Hospital Practice, and Hospital Practice, |and Hospital I ractice. | practical Physiology. ev 
ioe ies = Faas S| (eae Se ES | EA te aay € SE a | Cy 
Physiology > : ) : | ‘ Physiology. | ‘ : = 
I tO 2 p.m, vi Y BY: Physiology, Physiology. Physiology / Demonstration Histological 
2n ear, end Year, | and Year. 2nd Year. | 1st and 2nd year men, | Demonstration, 
a Ki ee —ree Tt 
2 to3 p.m, * Materia Medica. 3otany, | *Materia Medica, Botany. | 
Physiology Physiology, Physiology, Physiology Histology 
® 5 / * ° stology, 
3 to 4 p.m, 1st Year. ist Year, tst Year. 1st Year, 8) 
Chemistry : : Chemistry ~ : | Examinati f 
y *6 . : eee hemistry , , el Chemistry. ee Reon oO 
4to5 p.m, Chemistry. i Materia Medica 5 to 6 C x +Materia Medica 5 to 6. y Horses for Soundness, 
8 to 10 p.m. Practical Anatomy, | Practical Anatomy. | Practica Anatomy. | Practical Anatomy, Practical Anatomy, 





* Union Avenue, t+ McGill, 









a Wh Wes Romine. SO Res Gite to 6 05 kt eee ees 
-_- -— eo eee = 





ee 


~" “aS . Sea < ~ > - - 
_ “ es ~~~ SS BQ GB waa Oe 








> ~eyr 


The McGill Normal School in the city of Montreal is established 
chiefly for the purpose of training teachers for the Protestant popu- 
lation, or for all religious denominations of the Province of Quebec 
other than the Roman Catholic. The studies in this school are 
carried on chiefly in English, but French is also taught. 


GOVERNMENT OF THE SCHOOL. 


The Corporation of McGill University is associated with the 
Superintendent of Public Instruction in the direction of the McGill 
Normal School, under the regulations of the Protestant Committee 
of the Council of Public Instruction, and it is authorized to appoint 
a standing committee consisting of five members, called ‘‘ The Nor- 
mal School Committee,” which shall have the general supervision 
of the affairs of the Normal School. The following members of the 
Corporation of the University constitute the committee of the Nor- 
mal School for the Session of 1894-95. 


NORMAL SCHOOL COMMITTEE. 


The Principal of the University, Chairman. 


Mr, SAMUEL FINLEY, 
Mr. GEORGE HAGUugE, 


; Governors of McGill College. 


ae laa ac ga LL.D., ; Fellows of McGill University. 


J. W. BRAKENRIDGE, B.C.L., Acting Secretary. 





157 
OFFICERS OF INSTRUCTION. 


McGILL NORMAL maya 

SAMPSON PauL Ropins, M.A., LL.D., Principal and Ordinary 
Professor of Mathematics, and Puete on Art of Teaching. 

ABNER W. KNEELAND, M.A., Ordinary Professor of English Lan- 
guage and Literature. 

MADAME SOPHIE CORNU, Professor of Frencn. 

Miss GREEN, Professor of Drawing. 

Mr. R. }. Fow.er, Lzstructor an Music. 

LILIAN B. Roptns, B.A., Assistant to the Principal, and Lnstructoy 
a ( es 15S 1: c, 

Mr. W.H. Situ, /ustructor in Lonice Sol-fa. 

a Jno. P. STEPHEN, lustructor in Llocution. 

T. D. Reep, M.D., C.M., Lecturer in Physiology and Hygvene. 

NeEviIL N. EVANS, M.A.Sc., Lecturer in Chemistry. 


MODEL SCHOOLS OF THE McGILL NORMAL SCHOOL. 





ORRIN REXFORD, B.Sc., Head a - of Boys’ School. 
Miss Mary iy earns Head Mistress of Girls’ School. 
Miss Lucy H. Derick, Head Mistress of Primary School. 


ANNOUNCEMENT FOR THE SESSION 1894-95. 


This Institution is intended to give a thorough training to teachers, 
by instruction and training in the Normal School itself, and by 
practice in the Model Schools; and the arrangements are of such a 
character as to afford the greatest possible facilities to Students from 
all parts of the Province. 

The thirty-ninth session of this School will commence on the 

third of September, 1894, and close on thirty-first of May, 1395. 
The complete course of study extends over four years, and the Stu- 
denis are garded as follows :— 





1.—Elementary School Class.—Studying for the Paes 
School Diploma. 
2.—Model School Class. —Studying for the Model School Dt- 


eee: 


Class. —Studying for the Academy arden 
All the followin regulations and privileges apply to male and 





female students aie. 


oe 


= oR 


>» 
= ~ 


e 
sp” 
’ 


—_~ 








158 
I, TERMS OF ADMISSION. 


(Extracted from the Regulations of the Protestant Committee of 
the Council of Public [nstr uction.) 

Any British subject who produces a certificate of good moral 
character from the minister of the congregation to which he belongs, 
and evidence to show that he has completed the sixteenth year 
of his age, may be admitted to examination for entrance into the 
Elementary School Class, or, if he has completed his seventeenth 
year, to the entrance examinations of the Model School Class: 
(See Vote a.) . 

Previous to admission to the Elementary School Class, every 
pupil-teacher shall undergo an examination as to his sufficient know- 
ledge of reading, writing, the rudiments of grammar in his own 
language, geography and arithmetic; before admission to the 
Model School Class he must give proof of his knowledge of the 
subjects of the previous year. Except as stated below, the exam- 
ination shall take place before the Principal, or before such other 
person as he may specially appoint for the purpose. (See Vote b.) 

All candidates who present certificates of having passed in Grade 
III. Model School Course, and all holders of Elementary School 
diplomas, shall be exempt from examination for admission to the 
Elementary School Class. All candidates who show that they have 
passed at the A.A. examinations, taking two-thirds of the aggregate 
marks, and have passed in French, and all holders of Model School 
diplomas, shall be exempt from examination for admission to the 
Model School Class. Holders of Elementary School diplomas, 
desiring admission to the Model School Class, shall be examined 
in Algebra, Geometry and French only. 

Candidates shall be admitted to examination for entrance only at 
the times regularly appointed by the Principal of the school at the 
beginning of the session. Candidates exempt from examination can 
only be admitted during the first week of the session, except that 
teachers who may be actually engaged in teaching at the commence- 
ment of the session may, at the discretion of the Principal, be 
admitted to the Elementary School Class not later than the close 
of the Christmas vacation. No teacher-in-training admitted later 
than the rst of October shall share in that part of the bursary fund 
which is distributed at Christmas. 





in the Normal School with 60 per cen 


159 


In exceptional cases the Principal of the Normal School may 
admit to the classes on trial persons whose qualifications may be 
insufficient for entrance. Such persons may be excluded from the 
School by the Principal whenever he may judge it best so to do ; 
but none shall be permitted to enter or to remain on trial after the 
semi-sessional examinations. 

No candidate is admitted to the Normal School until the provi- 
sions of the school laws respecting admission have been fulfilled. 


(See Note c.) 
Il. PRIVILEGE OF TEACHERS-IN-TRAINING. 


All teachers-in-training are entitled to free tuition. 

At the c lose of the semi-sessional examinations, the sum of $400 
from the bursary fund will be divided among the forty most success- 
ful pupils who do not reside at home with parents or guardians 
during their attendance at the school. Similarly the sum of $800 
will be divided at the close of the sessional examinations. The 
remainder of the bursary fund will be divided as an allowance for 
travelling expenses among teachers-in-training residing in the 
Province of Quebec at a distance of more than ninety miles from 
Montreal, in a proportion determined by the excess of distance 
above ninety miles, it being provided that no allowance for travell- 
ing expenses shal] exceed ten dollars. | 

All teachers-in-training who pass the semi-sessional examinations 

t. of the total marks, and who 
have not fallen below 50 per cent. in any one of the groups of 
subjects, English, Mathematics, French and Miscellaneous, nor in 
any one of the subjects required by the Syllabus of Examination 
prescribed for diplomas of the grade to which they aspire, shall be 
entitled to continue in their classes after Christmas. Except by the 
special permission of the Principal, none other shall be entitled to 

All teachers-in-training, who attain the standards defined above 
at the final examinations of the Normal School, shall be entitled to 
diplomas of the grade of the class to which they belong, and except 
with the con currence of the Principal of the school and the Professor 
of each subject in which there has been failure, none others. shall 
receive diplomas or share in the bursary fund. 

All holders of Elementary School diplomas obtained by reaching 


this privilege nor toa share in the Christmas bursary. 





Pes Be ee 


-_—— 
= 


ee es ee, ‘: 


Sees 
a 


le Sao 





4Sa CK 


a= 2 &@ <R &@ HR 


Pa 
_ 


a =k 


a 2 32 OO" SO 


a 








160 






the standards defined above shall be entitled to admission to the 
Model School Class, none others without the special permission of 
the Principal. Such holders of Elementary School diplomas as 
have taken not less than 75 per cent. of the total marks, nor less 
than 60 per cent. of those in any subject essential to the diploma, 
according to the Syllabus of Examination of the Protestant Com- 
mittee of the Council of Public Instruction, shall be entitled to 
admission among the “‘ selected students ” mentioned in the fol- 
lowing paragraph, but others may be so admitted by the Principal. 


(See Lote d.) 












Iil. STUDENTS FOR THE ACADEMY DIPLOMA. 











The Academy Class in the Normal School having been abol- 
ished for some years, Academy Diplomas in course are no longer 
given by the McGill Normal School ; but under the regulations 
cited below, Academy Diplomas are granted to holders of Model 

. School Diplomas from the Normal School who become undergrad- 
uates of the Universities. 








tr. I'he Normal School shall bring up selected students at the end 
of the Model School year to the examinations for the entrance into 
the first year of the Faculty of Arts of the Universities. They may 
be examined either at the examinations for the Associate in Arts in 
June or at those for the matriculation in autumn, and shall take the 
full course of study in the first and second years. 
















2. Such students shall be enrolled in the Normal School as stu- 
dents of the Academy Class, and shall be under the usual pledge to 
teach for three years. They shall engage in the practice of teaching 
at such times and in such schools as may be arranged by the 
Principal from time to time, in consistence with their college work, 


and shall be under the Principal and the regulations of the. Norma] 
School. 


3. On report of the colleges which such students may be attend- 
ing, that they have passed creditably in the Christmas and sessional 
examinations respectively, they shall be entitled to bursaries, not 
exceeding thirty dollars per session, in aid of fees and board. Such 


bursaries may be paid by the Normal School Committee out of any 
fund available for the purpose. 





- 


a 
~ 


=. 


“a 


161 


4. On passing the intermediate, or equivalent, examinations of 
the Universities, such students will be entitled to receive Academy 
diplomas, in accordance with the regulations of the Protestant Com- 
mittee of the Council of Public Instruction of such diplomas, 


5. Such students may, with the advice of the Principal, attend 
classes at McGill or its affiliated colleges, or at Bishop’s College, 
and the Normal School Committee shall make such arrangements 
as may he possible for free tuition at such colleges, 


6. It shall be competent to the Principal of the Normal School 
to provide any tutorial assistance that may in his judgment be 
necessary for Academy students. Also, it shall be his duty in the 
case of optional studies to select for the students those required for 
the curriculum of the Normal School. 


7. It shall be competent to students who have taken Academy 
diplomas as above to continue for two years longer at the Univer- 
sity, or to return thereto, after teaching for a time, in order to take 
the degree of Bachelor of Arts ; but they shall be held bound to 
fulfil their engagements to teach, and they shall not be entitled to 
bursaries. (See Vote e.) 

Holders of Model School Diplomas of the McGill Normal School, 
who are certified by the Principal of the Normal School to have 
taken 75 per cent. of the total marks at their final examinations, 
with not less than 60 per cent. of the marks in Mathematics, French 
Latin and Greek respectively, will be admitted without further 


examination to the first year in Arts of the McGill University, 


but all such Students must make good their standing in the Uni- 
versity at the Christmas examinations. 


Teachers-in training, who do not attain the standard defined 
above, must, in order to enter the University, pass the usual exam- 
ination for Matriculation. 


Exemption from the payment of fees in McGill College for the 
first year will be granted to the three holders of Model School 
Diplomas, not being resident in Montreal, who, of all those entering 
the University on the conditions stated above, have gained the 
highest aggregate of marks at their final examinations in the Normal 
School, as certified by the Principal of the Normal School. 

L 















162 


Exemption from fees in the second year will be granted to the 
three students entering fromthe Normal School, who, with credit- 
able standing in ali their examinations at the close of the first year 
in Arts, have taken the highest aggregate of marks of any Normal 


School Students of their year. 


































1V. CONDITIONS OF CONTINUANCE IN THE NORMAL SCHOOL. 

Teachers-in-training guilty of drunkenness, of frequenting taverns, 
of entering disorderly houses or gambling houses, keeping company 
with disorderly persons, or committing any act of immorality 
or insubordinatoin, shall be expelled. 

Each professor shall have the power of excluding from his lectures 
any student who may be inattentive to his studies, or guilty of any 
minor infraction of the regulations, until the matter can be reported 


to the:Principal. (See Note ¢.) 
V. ATTENDANCE ON RELIGIOUS INSTRUCTION. 


Teachers-in-training will be required to state with what religious 
denomination they are connected ; and a list of the students con. 
nected with each denomination shall be furnished to one of the’min- 
isters of such denomination resident in Montreal, with ,the request 
that he will meet weekly with that portion of the teachers-in-training, 
or otherwise provide for their religious instruction. Every Thurs- 
day after four o’clock will be assigned for this purpose. 

In addition to punctual attendance at weekly religious instruction 
each student will be required to attend public worship at his own. 


church, at least once every Sunday. 


VI. BOARDING HOUSES. 


1, The teachers-in-training shall state the place of their residence}. 
and those who cannot reside with their parents will be permitted to 
live in boarding houses, but in such only as shall be specially 
approved of. No boarding houses having permission to board male: 
teachers-in-training will be permitted to receive female teachers-in- 
training as boarders, and vzce versa. (See Note g.) 

2. They are on noaccount to be absent from their lodgings after 
half-past nine o’clock in the evening. : 


163 


3- They will be allowed to attend such lectures and public meet- 
ings only as may be considered by the Principal conducive to their 
moral and mental improvement. 

4. cA copy of the regulations shall be sent to all keepers of lodg- 
ing houses at the beginning of the session. 

5. In case of lodgings being chosen by parents or guardians, a 
Written statement of the parent or guardian shall be presented to 
the Principal. 

6. All intended changes of lodgings shall be made known before. 
hand to the Principal or to one of the professors. 


-_ 


7. Boarding-houses shall be visited monthly by a committee of 
professors, 

8. Special visitations shall be made in case of sickness being re- 
ported, either by professors or by ladies connected with the school 
and, if necessary, medical attendance shall be procured, 


? 


9. Students and lodging house keepers are required to report, as 
soon as possible, all cases of serious illness and all infractions of 
rules touching boarding houses. 


VII, ACADEMY DIPLOMAS TO GRADUATES. 


Granted under the Regulations of the Protestant Committee of the 
Council of Public Instruction. 


Graduates in Arts from any British or Canadian University, who 
have passed in Latin, Greek and French in the Degree Examinations, 
or who have taken at least second class standing in these subjects 
at their Intermediate Examinations, shall be entitled to receive first 
Class Academy diplomas, provided that they have also taken a reg- 
ular course in the Art of Teaching at the: McGill Normal School, 
or other public training institution outside the Province, approved 
by the Protestant Committee. 

Graduates who have not passed in French, as prescribed above, 
may, On application, be examined in that subject before the Prin 
cipal of the McGill Normal School, and, if satisfactory, such exam- 
ination shall be accepted .in lieu of the prescribed standing in French 
in the University examinations. 

To meet the requirements of Graduates and Undergraduates in 
Arts, who, not having previously taken a Normal School course, 
desire to receive Academy diplomas of the first class under regula- 


| 


7 
=a || 
a) 


Pt erate EB ce 


ee Sy ge Oe 


ar 


=. 
os 


AL. 





“ fal 
-_ 


= eee 


SS Soa 


“= <-_- > 


= 


eS a 
= 


a 








164 


tion 54, provision has been made for the delivery of a course of 
forty lectures on Pedagogy in the Normal School and for practice 
in teaching in the McGill Model School for forty half-days, open to 
Graduates in Arts of any British or Canadian University, to Under- 
graduates of the third year, and, with the permission of the Faculty 
and the concurrence of the Principal of the Normal School, to those 
of the fourth year. 

Undergraduates will be permitted to teach the forty half-days 
referred to above, at times extending over the sessions of the Model 
School corresponding to the third and fourth years .of their college 
course. Graduates will be permitted to teachin the Model Schools 
at such times as may be agreed on with the Principal. 

All persons taking this course of study in the Normal School 
shall be held to be subject to the regulations of the said school, and 
to be under the supervision ofits Principal while in attendance 
thereat. 

Graduates who have taken the above course of study in Pedagogy, 
and the first class Academy diploma, may be entered, ifso desired 
by them, in the published lists of the University as holders of such 
diplomas. 

Undergraduates who hold Madel School diplomas in course from 
the McGill Normal School, who take at least second class standing 
in Latin and Greek in the Intermediate Examination of the Univer- 
sities, shall be entitled to receive first class Academy diplomas 

Teachers who hold (a2) Academy diplomas granted before the 
ist July, 1886, or (d) second class Academy diplomas granted 
under these regulations, and who produce satisfactory proof to the 
Protestant Committee that they have taught successfully for at least 
ten years, shall, when recommended by the Committee, be entitled 
to receive first class Academy diplomas. 

Any candidate who presents to the Principal of the McGill Nor- 
mal School, (a) the requisite certificates of age and of good moral 

character, according to Form No. 1 below, and (@) satisfactory 
certificates that he has complied with either of the foregoing regu- 
lations, shall be recommended by him to the Superintendent of 
Public Instruction for an Academy diploma, of the class to which 
he is entitled under these regulations. 



















165 


FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF CHARACTER TO BE SUBMITTED 
By CANDIDATES FOR ACADEMY DIPLOMAS. 


“¢ This is to certify that I, 


the undersigned, have personally known and had 
opportunity of observing 


eee eeererv epee eee e ee 


Rdye-B ah bie Any. Kivlaldeea scab for the 


Bs: Senna tr seeeeeseoecees eee. last past; that during all such 
time 47s life and conduct have been without reproach, and I affirmthat I believe 


him to be an upright, conscientious, and strictly sober man.” 


This certificate must be signed by the Minister of the Congregation to which the 
Candidate belongs, and b ry 


eecee e@e@ceevase see 


wo School Commissioners, or Trustees, or Visitors, 
Vill. NOTES ON THE PRECEDING REGULATIONS. 


Chiefly extracted from the By-Laws of the McGill Normal School. 


(2) On application to the Principal of the School, 


candidates for admission 
will be furnished with forms of application, containing 


the required forms of cer- 
tificate of good character and of agreement to te 
Public School in the Province of Quebec. 

(4) Teachers-in-training admitted to the Elementary School clacs at the hegin- 
ning of a session must be able to Pp 


ach for three years in some 


arse correctly a simple English sentence ; to 
1001 reader, with no more than five per cent, of 
mistakes in spelling, in the use of capitals, and in the division of words into sylla- 
bles ; to give the names and state the positions of the continents 


Write a neat dictation from any scl 


, of the oceans, of 
the greater islands, peninsulas, capes, mountains, gulfs, bays, straits, lakes, rivers, 
and the chief political divisions and most important cities of the world; and to 
work correctly examples inthe simple rules of arithmetic and in fractions. 

(c) Teachers-in-training are expected to give their whole time and attention 
to the work of the school, and are not permitted to engage in any other course of 
study or business during the session of the school. 

There shall be no intercourse between male and female teachers-in-training 
while in school or when going to or returning from it. Teachers of one sex are 
strictly prohibited from visiting those of the other. 

Teachers in-training who leave the Normal School in the middle of a session 
are expected to assign to the Principal satisfactory reasons, accompanied, in case 
of failure of health, by medical certificates. 

(7) The J. C, Wilson prize of forty dollars and a book, annually chosen by the 
donor, shall be given to that teacher in-training of the Elementary School class 
who passes for a diploma, and takes the highest aggregate of marks at the final 
examination of the year. 

The Prince of Wales’ medal and prize shall be given to that teacher-in-training 
of the Model School class who passes for a diploma, and takes the highest 
aggregate of marks at the final examination of the year. 


ed 


| 


= Ip 


oA. 


pats = 
oe ae 


+ eg 


pn —acene 
~ 


! 
' 


2 
fl. 
i 














166 


be recognized as teachers-in-training for the Academy diploma 
e fulfilled the conditions stated in the regulations of the Protes- 
c Instruction must apply at the beginning 
of the Normal School for enrolment, and 


for certificates of enrolment to be presented to the Dean of the Faculty of Arts. 
Having entered college, they must report to the Principal of the Normal School 
y require, and must furnish him with certificates of 
thout which certificates, 


(¢) In order to 
Students who hav 
tant Committee of the Council of Publi 
of each collegiate year to the Principal 


from time to time, as he ma 
iccessfully passed their several examinations, wi 
of the Faculty or his representative, no bursaries shall be 
the Normal School that no student who has passed lower 
any two of the subjects :—Mathematics, Latin, Greek 


din any one of these subjects, has passed ** credit- 


having st 
signed by the Dean 
paid. Itis held by 
than the second class in 
and Frenéh, or who has faile 


ably’ at any college examination. 
(f) The date of the examination of graduates in Arts for Academy diplomas 


shall be the 20th day of May, or the school day next succeeding that date; the 


hours shall be from 10 a.m. to I2 noon. 
(g) No boarding house is attached to the institution, but every care will be 


fort and good conduct of the Students in private boarding 


taken to ensure the comi 
houses approved by the Principal, who will furnish lists to applicants for admis- 


sion. Board can be obtained at from $12 to $16 per month. 


Ix, COURSE OF STUDY. 


N.B. —The subjoined Course of Study has been designed, and all instruction in 


it is given with express reference to the work of teaching. 


1, ELEMENTARY SCHOOL CLASS, STUDYING FOR THE 
ELEMENTARY SCHOOL DIPLOMA. 


With the view of accommodating teachers actually in charge of 
schools at thé commencement of the Session, and whose previous 
education may enable them to enter at a more advanced period, the 
course of study in this class is divided into terms as follows :— 


First TERM, from September Ist to December 3rd. 


(Entrance Examination as stated above.) 


English. —The structure of sentences. Orthography and orthoepy. Pen- 


manship. The study of Milton’s L’Allegro, and the Sermon on the Mount, 
Matt. V, VI and VII. 

Geography.—-General view of continents and oceans. 
America. Eléments de Géographie moderne. 


North and South 


























— —_ Se 


: 


4 


= 


eet dee eS 
Es 


me 








167 | 


Ser, 


ff/istory.—Outline of general history. Histoire du Canada, en francais, 
Arithmetic.—Simple and compound rules, 

Algebra.—The elementary rules. 

Geometry.—Elementary notions, with Mensuration, 

French,—Darey’s Principes de Grammaire Francaise to page 50, with verbs 
of first conjugation. Méthode naturelle. 

Sotany.—High School Botany, Spotten. 

Chemistry.—Lectures. 

Reading and Elocution. 

Drawing.—Elements, simple outlines and map drawing. 

Afusic.—Vocal music with part songs. Junior Certificate of Tonic Sol-Fa 
College. 


Ait of Teaching.—Lectures on school organization and discipline, and on 


ig 
methods of teaching particular subjects. 4 
g 
SECOND TERM, January 6th to end of Session. Me 
ag SL ad Is 
{No pupils will be received after the commencement of this term. Those who dé 
a ; ‘ 3 eS) 
enter must pass the examination of the class in the work detailed above.) ef) 
English.—Structure of words and sentences. Etymology, derivation and Wy 
Syntax. Study of Macaulay’s Essay on Milton and of Goldsmith’s Deserted (! 
Village. af 
Geography.—Contour, elevations, river systems, political divisions and rl 
chief cities of the Old World. ‘‘ 


flistory.—Sacred. Histoire du Canada continuée. 

Arithmetic, —¥ ractions, Decimals, Proportion, Interest, Properties of Num- 
bers. 

Book-kecping.—Single Entry. 

Algebya.— Simple equations of one unknown quantity, with problems. 

Geometr y.—First book of Euclid, with deductions. 

Art of Teaching.—Lectures continued. 

/rench,—Principes de Grammaire Francaise, page 100, with verbs reguiar ; 
and irregular. Méthode naturelle, 

Botany.—High School Botany, Spotten. 

Physiology and Hygiene.—Lectures, 

Reading and Elocution, 


~~ —, 


Drawing.—¥reehand drawing from the solid, and elements of perspective. 
Music.—Elements of vocal music and part songs. Elementary Certificate 
of Tonic Sol-Fa College. 


Practye in Teaching in the McGill Model Schools, as directed by the 
Principal. 

Religious Instruction will be given throughout the Session. 

In addition to the text-books named above, each Student of the Elementary 
School Class must be provided with an Atlas of recent date, an Arithmetic, an 
Algebra and a Euclid. 











168 


2. MODEL SCHOOL CLASS, STUDYING FOR THE MODEL 
SCHOOL DIPLOMA. 


Students entering the School in this second year must have passed a satisfactory 
examination in the subjects of the Elementary School Class. The Class will 
pursue its studies throughout the Session, without division into terms, 


English.—Principles of grammar and composition. Style. History of the 
English Language. Study of Shakespeare’s Tempest, Scott’s Lady of the Lake, 
Tennyson’s Lotus Eaters. 

Geography .—Mathematical and physical. Use of the globes. 

History.—Rome, England. 

Art of Teaching.—Lectures on school organization and discipline, and on 
methods of teaching particular subjects, 

Arithmetic. —Commercial arithmetic. Logarithms. 

Book-keeping.—Double entry. 

Aleebra,—Equations of more than one unknown quantity, and quadratics. 

Geometry.—Second, third and fourth books of Euclid, with application to 


mensuration. 

Object Lessons, 

Latin.— Grammar, Cesar, Gallic War, Book I. 

French.—Translation from French into English, and from English into 
French. Darey’s Principes de Grammaire. Eléments de Littérature frangaise, 
Lecture francaise, Méthode Berlitz, Histoire de France. 

Agricultural Science —Principles, especially chemical and botanical, and 
application to Canadian agriculture. | 

Elocution. 

Drawing. —Elements of perspective, drawing from the cast and map draw- 
ing. 
; Music.—Instrumental music, part songs and rudiments of harmony, _Inter- 
mediate Certificate of Tonic Sol-Fa College. 

Practice in Teaching.—In the McGill Model Schools, as directed by the 
Principal. 

Religious Instruction throughout the Session. 

Such Students as, from their conspicuous ability and preparation, may be 
selected to enter the Academy Class of the Normal School, will, in addition to 
the work given above, read Xenophon, Anabasis, Book I., and Virgil, Aineid, 
Book I., with special attention to Greek and Latin Grammar. 

Other Students of exceptional ability may, with the consent of the Principal 
and the Professors of the several subjects, choose one of the following courses of 
extra study :— 

(2) Mathematics : Trigonometry. 

(6) Old English. 

(c) French : classiques frangaises, composition et grammaire. 

(d@) Drawing: water-color. 

(e) Music: violin. 





————— 





i's Cah 


= 
* 


169 


In addition to the text-books named above, each Student of the Model 
School Class must be provided with an Arithmetic, an Algebra, a Euclid, and 
Dawson’s Scientific Agriculture. 


3- ACADEMY CLASS, STUDYING FOR THE ACADEMY DIPLOMA, 


Will follow two years the course of McGill University and its affiliated 
colleges, or that of Bishop’s College, Lennoxville, being enrolled on the books of 
the Normal School, and receiving a bursary from the Normal School, not 
exceeding $30 per annum, and such tutorial assistance as may be deemed neces- 
sary. Such Students must take in their courses such options only as are approved 
by the Principal of the Normal School. 

The course for the current year in McGill College, for first year Students, 
is — 

Greek.— Homer, Iliad, Book XXII. Xenophon, Hellenics, Book I. 
Studies in History and Literature. 

Latin.—Cicero, De Amicitia, Virgil, Acneid, Bks. II. and I1I.—Transla- 
tion at sight. Studies in History and Literature. Latin Prose Composition. 

Mathematics.—Arithmetic. Euclid, six books. Algebra to end of Quadra- 
tic Equations, Plane Trigonometry, in part. 

English Language and Literature.—First term. English Composition, one 
lecture a week ; English Literature, two lectures a week. 

Second term,—Milton’s Comus, one lecture a week. English Literature, 
in continuation of previous course, two lectures a week. The whole course will 
present an outline of English Literature from the Anglo-Saxon period to the 
Elizabethan inclusive. 

The course for second year Students is :— 

Greek,—Plato, Apology. A°schylus, Prometheus Vinctus. History of Greece. 

Latin.—Horace, Epistles, Bk. I., 1, 2and 6. Livy, Bk. XXI._ Transla- 
tion at sight, and Latin Prose Composition. 

Mathematics.—Arithmetic, Euclid, Algebra and Trigcnometry as_ before. 
Logarithms. Plane Trigonometry, including solution of triargles and applica- 
tions. 

Mathematical Physics. 

English Literature.—A period of English Literature and one play of 
Shakspere. During the session of 1894-95: The leading poets of the nineteenth 
century. Shakspere, A Midsummer Night’s Dream. Tennyson, Gareth and 
Lynette. 

Psychology and Logic.—First Term, Elementary Psychology (7¢xt-Book : 
Murray’s Handbook of Psychology, book I), Second Term, Logie ( Zex?- 
Sook ;—Jevon’s Elementary Lessons in Logic). 

French.—Ponsard, |’Honneur et l’Argent. Racine, Esther. Contanseau, 
Précis de Littérature Frangaise depuis son origine jusqu’a la findu X VIIIe siécle. 
Translation into French :—Dr. Johnson, Rasselas. Dictation, Parsing, Colloquial 
exercises, 





Mechanics, one lecture a. week. 





Ss 


im 


ax hah 1A OOO RS, 


Pi ces 





2x = 


-_ Se ee 


- 


<_.-& _.-& TT “SR ee Ue 


> ~— te 















170 


The course in Bishop’s College for the current year is :— 
Greek. —Euripides, Hippolytus ; Xenophon, Memorabilia III. 
Latin.—Horace, Odes II ; Cicero, pro Roscio. 
English.—Rhetoric and Grammatical Analysis, with a course of Lectures on 
English Literature. 

History.—Greek and Roman. 

French.—Translation, Grammar and Composition, 

Mathematics.—Euclid, Books I., II., I11., [V., VI. and XI, Algebra to 
Progressions. Arithmetic. 


Fhysics .—Balfour Stewart’s Elementary. 
SYLLABUS OF LECTURES ON PEDAGOGY. 
(Open to Graduates and Undergraduates. ) 
THE LEGAL POSITION OF THE TEACHER: 


1. The organization of Public Instruction in Quebec. 2. The relation of the 
teacher to the Department of Public Instruction and to the Protestant Committee 
of the Council of Public Instruction. 3. The relation of the teacher to school 
commissioners and parents. 4. The relation of the teacher to pupils. 5. The 
teacher as a member of a profession. 


DISCIPLINE, 


6. Discipline as a means of immediate pleasure to pupils. 7. Discipline as 
tending to school success. 8. Discipline as a preparation for life. 9. Discipline 
developing character. Io. Discipline enforced by authority. 


INSTRUCTION IN SPECIAL SUBJECTS. 


Ir. English reading, writing, grammar. 12. Literature, composition. 13. 
French, 14. The classics. 15. Number; arithmetic and algebra. 16. Form; 
geometry. Number and form; trigonometry and mensuration. 17. Geography 
and history. 18. Botany and chemistry. 19. Drawing and music. 20, The 
acquisition of general knowledge. 


PHYSICAL DEVELOPMENT. 


21. Health, 22. Growth, 23. The training of the eye. 24. The training of 
the ear. 25. The training of the hand. 


MENTAL DEVELOPMENT. 


26. The training ofthe analytic faculty. 27. Observation and experiment. 28. 
The training of the synthetic faculty. 29. Understanding. 30. Judgment and 
reason. 31. Invention. 32. Imagination, 33. Memory of sensations. 34. 
Memory of conception. 35. Verbal memory, 


























= 





171 
MORAL DEVELOPMENT. 


30. Training in truthfulness, 37. In justice and purity. 38. In philanthropy 
and patriotism. 39. In earnestness. 40. In good manners, 


MODEL SCHOOLS OF THE McGILL NORMAL SCHOOL. 


Boys’ School—Orrin Rexford, B.Sc., Head Master. 
Elizabeth Reid, ) 
Emma M. Williams, j 
Girls’ School.—Mary J. Peebles, Head Mistress. 
Selina F. Sloan, ; 
Ethel Stuart, 


Assistants. 


Assistants. 


Gertrude Blackett, ) 

Primary School—Lucy H. Derick, Head Mistress. 
Annie L. Woodington, Ch glow can aia as 
Clara L. Douglas, j eee 


Louise Derick, Aindergarsen. 


These Schools can accommodate about 400 pupils, arej'supplied 
with the best furniture and apparatus, and conducted on the most 
modern methods of teaching. ‘They receive pupils from the age of 
four and upwards, and give a thorough English education. Fees: 
Boys’ and Girls’ Model Schools $1.00 to $1.50 per month; Primary 
School and Kindergarten, 75c. ; payable monthly in advance. 


TSS ieee 
e nae ars 


a. 


= 











Alniversitp School Cxaminations. 


1895. 






! Si FOR CERTIFICATES OF THE UNIVERSITIES AND THE 
TITLE OF ASSOCIATES IN ARTS. 






HELD UNDER THE SUPERINTENDENCE OF MCGILL UNIVERSITY, MONTREAL, 
AND THE UNIVERSITY OF BISHOP’S COLLEGE, LENNOXVILLE } AND RECOG, 
NIZED BY THE PROTESTANT COMMITTEE OF THE COUNCIL OF PUBLIC 
INSTRUCTION, 









These Examinations are held in Montreal and at Lennoxville ; ard local centres 
may be appointed elsewhere on application to the Principal of either University, , 
accompanied with the names of satisfactory Deputy Examiners, and guarantee for a 




















the payment of necessary expenses. 
The Examinations are open to Boys. or Girls from any Canadian school. 


PART I—ORDINARY A.A. 
SUBJECTS OF EXAMINATION, 
I, PRELIMINARY SUBJECTS, 


Writing, 

English Dictation. 

English Grammar, including Easy Anatysts, 

Arithmetic (all the ordinary rules, including Square Root and a knowledge 
of the Metric System). 

Geography (acquaintance with the maps of each of the four continents, and of 
British North America). 

british History and Canadian History. 

New Testament History* (Gospels and Acts, as in Maclear). 





*Candidates will be exempted from examination in this subject only,if their parents 
or guardians make written objection thereto, In such case an alternative subject may 
be required in 1895 and thereafter, particulars of which may be had on application to 
the Secretary. 





; Bt] 
173 al 

| 

ip i! 

II. OPTIONAL SUBJECTS. all 


a 


Section 1.—Languages. 


} es terse nal 


Latin :— 

* Caesar,—Bell. Gall., Bk, I. } # 
Virgil.—Aeneid, Bk, I. By 
Latin Grammar and Prose Composition (Collar’s Practical ‘ 200 marks e 

Latin Composition, Part III, Book I., or an equivalent). ry 
Translation at sight from easier Latin authors. i 
Greek i— tl 
Xenophon,—Anabasis, Bk. I. | Ff 
Homer.—lIliad, Bk. IV. 200 do 1 
Greek Grammar, vig 
French :— “i 
i 
Grammar and Dictation. i 
Darey’s Lectures Frangaises (selected extracts). I0o0-~=—s do ts 
Ke-translation, English into French. : 


German :-— 


Grammar, 
Adler’s Reader, Sections I. and II. 
‘Translation from German into English. 


— = <= 
~ ——— 


I0oo~ =3Or« edo 


a 


“a 


Section 2.—Mathematics. 


Geometry :— 


_— ~~ ta, 
-- 


Euclid, I., I1., III , with easy Deductions......... ....... I00 do 


Algebra :— 
Elementary Rules, Involution, Evolution, Fractions, Indices, ; 
Surds, Simple and (Wuadratic Equations of one or more $100 + do 


unknown quantities. 


Plane Trigonometry :— 


(As in Hamblin-Smith, pp. I-loo, omitting Ch, X1). I00~—s do 
Section 3.—English. 
The English Language :— 
Meiklejohn’s English Language, Parts I., II., III. wa 
Trench’s Study of Words, FOG GO 


* In 1896 Bk. II. of Caesar, Bell, Gall., may also be required. 








English Literature :— 
Meiklejohn’s English Language, Pt. IV. 
Shakspere, Julius Caesar, +100 do 
Scott’s Lady of the Lake. \ 
History.—(as in Primers of Greece and Rome, and Collier’s } 
CSTOOU TOVGNIS). 5 vise ot} sees cass 3480, deck > eee 
Geography.—Physical, Political and Commercial........+....+. Foo do 


Ioo marks 


Section 4.—Natural and Physical Sciences, etc. 


Zoology (as in Nicholson’s Introductory Text-Book)...........++. 100 do 
Botany* (as in Spotton’s High School Botany, with Penhallow’s 
Guide to the Collection of Plants, and Blanks for Plant 
PRMRTIMIONET) AGS a S58 eked as Eb read ak wale kbs co a ee 
Chemistry (as in Remsen’s Elements of Chemistry, pp. I to 160).. I00 do 
Physiology and Hygiene (as in Cutter’s Intermediate)........... 100 do) 
Physics (as in Gage and Fessenden’s High School Physics, Chap- 
ete EL Dey 0 ROC SG REE ae ee ae ede) Ae tae 
Geometrical and Frechand Drawing .ccccsccccrccsceccecessss 100 dO 
Geometrical,— Vere Foster R! and R2?, also problems I19 to 
129 of R®. 
Freehand,—Rules of Perspective, Drawing from the object (as in the Domi- 
nion Freehand Drawing books, numbers I to 5, inclusive). 





REGULATIONS, 
1, To obtain the Certificate of Associate in Arts, Candidates must pass in all 
the Preliminary subjects, and also in any six of the Optional subjects, provided 
that the six include one subject at least from each of the four Sections. 


2. In addition to the six Optional subjects selected for passing, Candidates may 
take other Optional subjects, but the total possible number of marks obtainable 
in all the Optional subjects chosen must not exceed L000. 


3. Candidates will not be considered as having ‘passed in any subject, unless 
they have obtained at least 40 per cent. of the total number of marks obtainable 
in that subject. 


* In connection with the Botany examination, marks will be given for collections of 
mounted specimens made in accordance with Penhallow’s Guide to the Colleetion of 
Plants. The Head Teacher of each school will forward with the answers a specimen 
from each pupil’s collection, and also (on a furnished form) a detailed statement as to 
the collections made. Not more than 50 specimens will be ex pected to constitute a col- 
lection, and marks may be allowed pro rata{for fewer. 

me = STS Le et 
+ These Blanks may be obtained trom booksellers in Montreal or elsewhere. 


enym, 
i 


t+ When two or more books or subjects are prescribed for one examination it is necessary 
to pass in each. Candidates will not be allowed to pass in the Preliminary Grammar, un 
less they show a satisfactory knowledge of Syntax (Parsing, Analysis, and questions con- 
nected therewith). In Classics, at least one-third of the marks allotted to grammar must 
be obtained, 











Se 


175 


4. The total number of marks gained by every Candidate in the Optional sub- 
jects shall be added up, and the Candidates arranged in order of merit in a printed 
list at the close of the Examination, those who are over 18 years of age on the 
first day of June being in a separate list. The marks in any subject shall not be 
counted if the Candidate has obtained less than 40 per cent. in that subject. 

5. Candidates who obtain at least 75 per cent. of the marks in any Optional 
subject shall be considered as having answered creditably in that subject, and 
special mention of the same will be made in the Associate in Arts Certificate. 


6. Candidates who pass in the subjects of the University Matriculation Exam- 
inations may, without further examination, enter the Faculties of Arts and 
Applied Science. (See Note 2 infra.) 

7. Candidates who fail, or who may be prevented by illness from completing 
their examination, may come up at the next examination without extra fee. 

8. Candidates who pass in all the Preliminary subjects may, at any subsequent 
examination, take the Optional subjects only, and without extra fee. 

9g. The Head Master or Mistress of each school must certify to the character 
and ages of the pupils sent up for examination. 

10, The examinations will begin on Monday, June 3rd, at 9 a.m. 


11. Lists of the names, ages, and Optional sudjects to be taken by the Candi 
dates, together with a fee of $4 for each Candidate, must be transmitted to the 
Secretary, McGill University, Montreal, on or before May Ist. (Blank forms and 
copies of the regulations will be furnished on application.) 


Extracts from Darey’s Lectures Frangaises, for the examination of 1895. 


Extracts beginning on pp. 10, 13, 15, 20, 32, 33, 37, 42; 47, 51, 56, 63, 68, 
74, 76, 85, 87, 92, 94, 99, 103, I10, 118, 125, 129, 133, 144, 149, 151, 156, 158, 


162, 166, 169, 176, 179, 182, 196, 215. 


NoTE 1.—No fees will be exacted for the examination of pupils of Academies 
vnder the control of the Protestant Committee ; but in order to obtain the certi- 
ficate from the Universities, the prescribed fee, viz., $4, must be paid to the Sec- 
retary of the University Examiners. 


‘ 


Candidates who pass Grade II of the Academy Course of Study will be exempt- 
ed from the Preliminary Subjects of the A.A. Examination. 


The answers must be written in the answer books, specially made for the pur- 
pose under the direction of the Board of Examiners. 


Lhe complete regulations of the Protestant Committee of the Council of Public 
Instruction with reference to these examinations may be obtained on application 
to the English Secretary, Department of Public Instruction, Quebec, 


NOTE 2.—MATRICULATION SUBJECTS REFERRED TO IN REG, 6. 


ln Arts —Greek, Latin, Geometry, Algebra, Arithmetic, English Dictation, 
English Grammar, British History. (Women may substitute French for Greek.) 


= 


eae 


a 
=— we 


“_—o — = 
a a2 2 OO Ss 





oe 


= 
=— Ca “Ue = A 


aa 


a 








176 


Bk, V.), Algebra, Trigonometry, Arithmetic, English Dictation, English Gram- 
mar, British History, 

After entrance in Arts or Applied Science, French or German must be studied. 
In the former subject an entrance examination is required, but may be passed 
either in June or in September; Candidates who are unable to pass must study 
German after entrance. Women who omit Greek must pass the entrance exam. 
ination in French, and afterwards study both French and German. (In 1893 and 
afterwards, women must pass in Greek or German.) 

[Matriculation Examinations are also held at the opening of the University 
Session in September, See Calendars of the Universities. ] 


PART II.—ADVANCED A.A. 
SUBJECTS OF EXAMINATION, 
I. PRELIMINARY SUBJECTS. 
As under Part I. 
II. OPTIONAL SUBJECTS. 


Section 1.—Languages. 
Latin :— 


Virgil.—Aeneid, I. 

Cicero.—In Catilinam, I. and II. 

Grammar, Prose Composition (Collar’s Practical Latin Composition, Parts 
III. and IV.), and Translation at sight from Caesar and Nepos. 


Greek :— 


Xenophon.—Anabasis, I. and II. 

Homer.—lliad, ['V., and Odyssey, VII. 

Grammar and Prose Composition (Abbott’s Arnold’s Greek Prose Composi- 
tion, Exercises I to 25), 


French :— 


Lamartine, Jeanne d’Arc, 

Moliére, Le Bourgeois Gentilhomme. 

Translation at sight from {French into English, and from English into 
French. 

Grammar and Dictation, 


German :— : 
Lessing, Emilia Galotti. 
Schiller, Der Kampf mit dem Drachen. 

Grammar and translation from English into German. 






ln Applied Science.—Geometry (Euclid, Bks. I. to 1V., VI., and definitions of 





eee Ee ee ee ee << = 








so Gee eel eee 





ret 
Section 2.—Mathematiecs 


Geometry :— 
Euclid, Bks. I, to IV., Defins, of Bk. V., Bk. VI. 


Algebra :— 


To the end of Progressions. 


Lrigonometry :— 


As in Hamblin Smith (the whole). 


Section 3.—English. 


The English Language :— 
Lounsbury’s History of the English Languaze. 
Mason’s English Grammar. 
A Composition. 


English Literature :— 
Meiklejohn’s English Language, Pt. IV. 
The Elizabethan Period (Morley’s First Sketch). 
Milton’s Paradise Lost, Bks. I. and II. 
History :— 
Grecian History.—The Persian and Peloponnesian Wars. 
Roman History.—From the Wars of Marius and Sulla to the death of 
Tiberius. 
English History.—The Reformation and Puritan England, as in Green’s 
Short History. 


Section 4—.Natural and Physical Sciences, ete. 


Lotany.—Gray’s Text-Book. = 
General Morphology and Classification, Determination of Canadian Species, 
exclusive of Thallophytes. Distribution of Orders represented in Canada. 


Credit will be given for collections of plants as under Part I._ 


Chemistry,—Inorganic, as in Remsen’s Elements. 
Also, an examination in Practical Work (to be held only in Montreal and 
at Lennoxvilleé). 


Physics.—As in Gage and Fessenden’s High School Physics. 
Also, an examination in Practical Work (to be held only in Montreal and at 
Lennoxville). b 


Drawing .—Orthographic Projection, including Simple Penetrations, Develop- 


ments and Sections, as in Davidson’s Orthographic Projection, 
M 








——-% 


REGULATIONS. 


The Regulations of Part I., with the following modifications and additions, will 
apply to the advanced subjects :— 

1. Candidates who pass in six of the advanced subjects (including one at least 
from each of the four Sections) will receive an Advanced A.A. certificate, The 


number of marks given to each subject will be the same as in Part I., and addi- 


tional advanced subjects may be taken as in Reg. 2, Parts « 

2. Candidates who fail in one or more of the subjects required for the advanced 
A.A. may, on the recommendation of the Examiners, be given an ordinary A.A; 
certificate. 

3. The examinations in the advanced subjects will be held at the same time and 
in the same manner as those in the ordinary subjects. They will be open to all 
who have already passed inthe preliminary subjects, whether they have taken the 
ordinary A.A. or not. The preliminary subjects must be taken either one or 
_wo years before the advanced subjects. 

4. Candidates who pass the advanced examinations.in Greek, Latin, Geometry, 
Algebra, and English Language* shall be considered as having passed the Higher 
Matriculation Examination of the First Year in Arts, McGill University. 

5. Candidates must, before May Ist, give notice of intention to present them- 
selves for the examination, specifying the optional subjects in which they wish to 
be examined. 

6, The ordinary fee of $4.00 must be paid before taking the preliminary sub- 
jects, and an additional fee of $10 at the time of making application for the 
advanced examinations.+ A Candidate who fails to pass the Advanced A.A, 
Examination shall be required to pay a fee of $5 for every subsequent Advanced 
A.A. Examination at which he may present himself. 

Dbl 

* French as in Part I., Note 2. 

+ Candidates from Academies under the control of the Protestant Committee of the 
Council of Public Instruction are exempt from the former fee, but not from the latter. 


































_— = 


No. MARKse 
2. David Walter Munn (Quebec High School), 759 
1. James Norris (Montreal Collegiate Institute), 707 
ASSOCIATES IN ARTS. 
I, Under 18 years of age. 

No MARKS. 

77. Kate Elizabeth Paterson (Miss Symmers’ and Miss Smith’s School, 
Montreal), 853 
66. Robt. Childs Paterson (Collegiate Institute, Montreal), 838 
96. Muriel B. Carr (Girls’ High School, St. John, N.B.), : 830 
=67. William A. Gardner (Huntingdon Academy), 786 
69. Arnold Wainwright (Collegiate Institute, Montreai), 777 
93. Ethel M. Seifert (Girls’ High School, Quebec), 765 
30. Abraham Vineberg (High School, Montreal), 754 
173. Archibald H, McLaren (Huntingdon Academy), 737 
3. Percy Butler (High School, Montreal), 731 
13. Thomas Jenkins (High School, Montreal), 728 
38. Charlotte Houston (Girls’ High School, Montreal), 726 
29. Leonard Thomas (High School, Montreal), 723 
yo. Angus T. W. Davis (Abingdon School, Montreal), 710 
136. Daisy Brodie (Cote St. Antoine Academy), 708 
75. Beatrice Williamson (Trafalgar Institute, Montreal), 707 
160. Mary L. Stimpson (Granby Academy), 701 
34. Gertrude W. Brandt (Girls’ High School, Montreal), 699 
“8. Lucy E. Potter (Miss Symmers’ and Miss Smith’s School, Montreal), 697 
6. John W. Costigan (High School, Montreal), 695 
63. John H, Evans (Collegiate Institute, Montreal), 684 
236. Norman H. Slack (Waterloo Academy), 680 
‘ 26. Moses Ship (High School, Montreal), 679 

121, James E. Thompson (Coaticook Academy), 


LIST 


OF 


SUCCESSFUL CANDIDATES 


STANDING IN EXAMINATIONS, 1894. 


ADVANCED ASSOCIATES IN ARTS. 









a 
co o 


. James H. Davidson, ( High School, Montreal), 
. Maud Gibson (Girls’ High School, St. John, N.B.), equal, 
. Laura Parks (Girls’ High School, St. John, N B.), 

. John M. Leney (High School, Montreal), 


. John Campbell (Collegiate Institute, Montreal), ) 
. Elizabeth J. Church (Compton Ladies’ College), | 


. Wilhelmina Fortune (Huntingdon Academy), 
. Emily Anderson (Sutton Academy), 
. Frances Cameron (Trafalgar Institute, Montreal), 


. Minnie I. Gordon (Lachute Academy), 
. Edson G. Place (Stanstead Wesleyan College), | 
. Charles A. Waterous (High Schvoi, Montreal), 

. Katie C, Pearson (Gis ls’ High Scnool, Montreal), Lequal 
. Alexander H. Duff (Collegiate Institute, Montreal), P 


7. Maude I. M. Newton (Lachute Academy), ) 
. Grace L. Codd (Waterloo Academy), 


. Malcolm M. Libby (Waterloo Academy), 

. Florence Jordan (Girls? High School, Montreal), 
. Ernest McConnell (High School, Montreal), 
. Archibald Gilday (High School, Montreal), 
. Gerbrand E, V. Howard (Aylmer Academy), § 
. Florence L. Copland (Girl’s High School, Montreal), 

. Randolph B. Mackedie (Abingdon School, Montreal), 
. William G, Bishop (Collegiate Institute, Montreal), 

. Myrtle M. Phelps (Waterloo Academy), 

. W. Scott Hutchinson (Cote St. Antoine Academy), 

. Jennie G. Bracken (Inverness Academy), 

. Mabel Dobbel (Girls’ High School, Quebec), 

. Gertrude Franchot (Trafalgar Institute, Montreal), 

. Annie Smith (Girls’ High School, Quebec), 

. Nellie E. Kilton (Cookshire Model Schcol), 

. Albert E, Snyder (Coaticook Academy), 

. F. Frederika Ryckman (Coaticook Academy), 

. Rebecca L. Avery (Sherbrooke Girls’ Academy), 

. John EF. Radford (High School, Montreal), 

. MacIver Terrill (Cote St. Antoine Academy), 


. Christian C. Murphy (Girls’ High School, Montreal), 
. Euphan E. Doak (Coaticook Academy) 


. Alfred Swift (Granby Academy), 
. Marion H, Gill (Granby Academy), 


equal, 
Yer ual 
[ek pre 
t equal, 


equal, 


} 
-equal, 


equal, 


Florence Thompson (Girls’ High School, Montreal), 


. Henry A. Collins (St. John the Evangelist’s School, Montreal), 
. Percy Luttrell (High School, Montreal), 


. Forrester Leslie (High School, Montreal), ) . 
. Arthur Jarvis (Cote St. Antoine Academy) Sequa , 


Marks. 


667 


661 
648 


647 
646 


















































 watwltd 
SAN : 


. Robert Angus (Cote St. Antoine Academy) 
. Edith L. Ives (Compton Ladies’ College), 
. Anna M. Scrimger (Girls’ High School, Montreal), 


. Lena Marsh (Knowlton Academy), \ 
. Fred. Cowans (High School, Montreal), 
. Agnes R. Edwards (Sherbrooke Girls’ Academy), 


181 


. Frederick C. Douglas (Collegiate Institute, Montreal), 
. Saidie Tighe (Cote St. Antoine Academy), 

. Herbert Clarke (High School, Montreal), 

. Walter H, Lynch (High School, Montreal), 

. Lena M, Reid (Girls’ High School, Montreal), 


Annie E, Wilson (Girls’ High School, Montreal), 


oe. ; ‘ 
. Cora M. Duncan (Granby Academy), 


; 


. Jessie L, Pedersen (Girls? High School, Montreal), 
. William Phillips (Cote St. Antoine Academy), 
. Lilian F. Swanson (Waterville Model School), 
. Lizzie Sangster (Sherbrooke Girls’ Academy), 
Joseph Lippiatt (Granby Academy), 
. Laura Rugg (Stanstead Wesleyan College), 
. Edith Simpson (St. Andrew’s Model School) 
. William S. McLaren (Huntingdon Academy), 
. Frank A, C, Mariotti (Collegiate Institute, Montreal), 
. Josephine Macartney (Girls’ High School, Montreal), 
. William F. Vittie (Granby Academy), 
. Maud Hanran (Inverness Academy), 
. Winifred E. Nunns (Coaticook Academy), 
. Fred. Locker (High School, Montreal), ) 


- equal, 


3. Minnie B. Sulley (Bedford Academy), 

. Lottie Ball (Granby Academy), 

. Jessie C. Walker (Lachute Academy), 

. Maud G. McKee (Coaticook Academy), 


II. Over 18 years of age. 


Marks, 
517 


. Katherine E. Mudge (Miss Symmers’ and Miss Smith’s Sch., Montreal),820 
. Robert W. Dalgliesh (Huntingdon Academy), 
. Cora G, Blair (Huntingdon Academy), 

. J. Albert McGregor (Huntingdon Academy), 

. Margaret Moe (Huntingdon Academy), 

. Marion A. Solomon (Waterloo Academy), 


. George A. Holland (High School, Montreal), ec a) 
. Joseph Moore (Huntingdon Academy), ai 


. Mabel L, Fairweather (Girls’ High School, St. John, N.B,), 651 
. Mary E. Savage (Waterloo Academy), 


769 
744 
737 
716 
697 


674 


648 





oss 


= 
a 
AS 
— ——— 





.< Ae o 


Z = Ra ee —a . = 


~~ - CCA BC |] SE | 
a a a a I 


~~ 








































Ce 


182 


114. Charles B. Woodworth (Bedford Academy), 
175, Duncan McNair (Huntingdon Academy), 
g2. Sara Jomini (Girls’ High School, Quebec), 


95. Ada A. Burns (Girls? High School, St. John, N.B.), 
201. Elizabeth M. Parslce (Sherbrooke Girls’ Academy), 
104. Annie R. Miller (Girls’ High School, St. John, N.B.), 


191 Forest A. Garland (Mansonvile Model School), 


97. Bertha M. Cushing (Girls’ High School, St, John, N.B.), 
36. Ruby E. Dedman (Girls’ High School, Montreal), 


110. §. Robert Martin (Aylmer Academy), 


79. Ethel Gertrude Ross (Miss Lawder’s School, Montreal), 


178, JohnJ. Walker (Huntingdon Academy), 


91. Harriet T. Meiklejohn (Girls’ High School, Quebec), 


130. Cyrus M. McCrae (Cookshire Model School), 
25. Watson Rowell (High School, Montreal), 
204; Earle P. Hovey (Stanstead Wesleyan College), 


108. Blanche J. Thorne (Girls’ High School, St. John, N.B.), 
51. Edith M. Smaill (Girls’ High School, Montreal), 


157, Bella J. Giddings (Granby Academy), 
171..Peter McEwen (t {untingdon Academy), 


223. Evelyn Perchard (High Schoo), St. Johns, P.0%; 


152. Ruperta Riddle (Danville Academy), 

72. Robina Bryson (Trafalgar Institute, Montreal), 
215. Annie F, Dewar (Bellevue Private School), 
122, Lucy F. Fiske (Compton Ladies’ College), 
154. Adelbert C. Webb (Danville Academy), 

207. Samuel Jones (Stanstead Wesleyan College), 

188: Janet E. Rodger (Lachute Academy), 

116. Katie I. Hall (Coaticook Academy), 


PASSED THE PRELIMINARY 


(In order of numbers). 


2 67 83 86 107 222 226 241 242 
251 252 253 256 259 261 263 267 269 
280 281 285 290 291 293 295 296 300 
309 310 312 314 316 318 322 325 326 
336 339 342 344 353 355 356 357 359 


SUBJECTS. 


243 245 246 
270 271 . 274 
301 303 304 
327 33° 337 
361 


> | 
Le) 
Lom) 


Co hs, Od) Chee Gia Od: ¢ 
GS. “Gu -G Os 
Ny CO Rr WH COW 


. 
—_ ee ae 


McGILL UNIVERSITY, MONTREAL, 


L894. 


rr . of a 
The following 


Avery, Rebecca L. 
Bishop, Wm, G. 
Blair, Cora G., 
Brodie, Daisy, 
Burns, Ada A. 
Cameron, Archibald, 
Cameron, Frances, 
Campbell, John, 
Carr, Muriel B., 
Codd, Grace L., 
Collins, Henry A., 
Copland, Florence, 
Cos tigan, John W., 
Dalgleish, Kobt. W., 
Davidson, Jas, H*, 
Doak, Euphan E., 
Dobbel, Mabel, 
Ferguson, Wm. R., 
Fiske, Lucy F., 
Fortune, Will helmina, 
Gardner, Wm. A., 
Gibson, Maud, 
Gilday, Archib: uld, 
Gill, Marion H., 
Gordon, Minnie F., 
Heeney, Wim. B., 
Jordan, Florence, 
Kilton, Nellie E, 
Leney, John N., 
Lynch, Walter H.., 
McGregor, J, Albert, 


JUNE, 


l. In 


Sherbrooke, Q 
Montreal 
sr ssa () 
. Henry, () 

St. John, N B 
Montreal 
Montreal 
Montreal 
John, N.B 
Waterloo, Q 
Montreal 
Montrea! 
Montreal 
Huntingdon, Q 
Montreal 
Coaticook, Q 
(Juebec 
Dutton, Ont 
Coaticook, Q 
Huntingdon, Q 
Huntingdon, Q 
St. John, N.B 
Montreal 
Granby, Q 
Lachute, Q 
Montreal 
Montreal 
Cookshire, Q 
Montreal 
Montreal 
Huntingdon, Q 


McLaren, Archib: ald i. Huntingdon, Q 


*Mackedie, Randolph B., 


Miller, Annie R., 
Moe, Margaret, 


Bacon, Fred. T. H., 
Bond, Frank L. C., 
Butler, Percy, 

Cape, Edmund G., 
Cowans, Fred., 
Davis, Angus T. a 
Locker, _ Fred, 


Montreal 
’ St. John, N.B 
Ormstown, Q 


Uandidates have passed the Examinations required for Entrance. 


Arts and Medicine. 


Kilbain, Q 
Montreal 
(Juebec 


Moore, Joseph, 
Mudge, Catherine &., 
*Munn, David W. 


Newton, Maude I. M,, Lachute, Q 
Norris, James, Montreal 
Parks, Laura, st. John, N.B 


Sherbrooke, Q 
Montreal 


Parsloe, E lizabeth M., 
Paterson, Kate E., 


Paterson, Robt. C., Montreal 
Pearson, Ida M., Waterloo, Q 
Perchard, Evelyn, St. Johns, Q 
Phelps, Myrtle M., Kastman, Q 
Potter, Lh cy E., Montreal 
Radford, John E., Montreal 


Danville, Q 
Martintown, Ont 
Stanstea’, Q 

Joaticoo] Q 


tiddle, Ruper ta, 
a0gs W. J, 
Rugg, voce 


Ry ckm: an, I’. Frederika, 


Savage, tiary E., Waterloo, Q 
Seifert, Ethel M., (Juebee 


Montreal 
Coaticook, Q 
Waterloo, Q 
Dunbar, Ont 

Granby, Q 
Coaticook, Q 
Kinnear’s Mills. Q 
Cote St. Antoine, Q 
Appleton, Ont 


Ship, Moses, 
Snyder, Albert, 
Solomon, Marion A., 
Stewart, Donald, 
Stimpson, Mary L., 
Thompson, James, 
Thompson, Jas. R., 
Tighe, Saidie, 
Turner, Wm. D., 


Vineberg, Abraham, Montreal 
W ainwright, Arnold, Montreal 


Williamstown, Ont 
Asbestos, Q 
Montreal 
Bedford, Q 


Watson, Robt., 
Webb, Adelbert OC. 
Williamson, Beatrice, 
Woodworth, Chas. B., 


IT, In Applied Science. 


Montreal 
Montreal 
Montreal 
Hamilton, Ont 
Montreal 
Montreal 
Montreal 


Macdonald, Ralph E., Antigonish,N 

Sheffield, Charles, Kingston, ‘Ont 
Thomas, Leonard, Montreal 
Terrill, McIver, Cote St. Antoine, Q 
Ward, Albert H., Hamilton, Ont 
Waterous, Chas. A., Montreal 


Nots.—Candidates who have failed in one or more subjects will, if they present 
themselves at the opening of the session in September next, be exempted from 
examination in those subjects in which they have obtained at least half marks. 

Successful Candidates must present themselves for enregistration to the Deans 
of their respective Faculties before the commencement of Lectures. 





* Also in Applied Science. 








184 


STANDiNG IN THE OPTIONAL SUBJECTS. 


[The numbers correspond with those inthe preceding lists. Candidates whose numbers are 


in parentheses are equal instanding. Those preceding a single asterisk have obtained at least 


two-thirds of the marks ; taose preceding a double asterisk, at least one-half ; those following, 

at least forty per cent, The Schrols’ and Candidates’ numbers are as follows : Montreal High 
School (Boys), 3-32 and 241-292; Montreal High School (Girls), 33-54 and 293-326; 
Montreal Collegiate Institute, 1 and 55-69 and 327-352; Abingdon School,.. goand 71; Trafalgar 
Jnsutute, 72-75 and 353-356; Miss ymmers and Miss Smith, 76-78 and 357 ; Mrs. Lawder’s, 79, 
St. Johr: tne Evangelist’s, 80-82 ; Sabrevois School,"83-86 and 358 ; High School, Quebec (Girls’), 

Basta > - High School, Quebec (Boys’), 2 and 359-362; Girls’ High School, St. John, N.B., 95-108, 

Aylmer Academy, 109-111 ; Bedford Academy, 112-114 and 363-365 ; Coaticook Academy, II5- 
121; Compton Ladies’ College, 122-124 ; Cookshire Model School, 125-133 ; Cote St. Antoine 
Academy, 134-143; Cowansville Academy, 144-146; Danville Academy, 147-154; Granby Aca- 
demy, 155-162; Huntingdon Academy, 163-178 ; Inverness Academy, 179-180; Knowlton Aca- 
demy, 181-184; Lachute Academy, 185-189 ; Mansonville Model School, 190-193 ; Mystic Model 
“chool, 194; Shawville Academy, 195 and 196; Sherbrooke, Girls’ Academy, 197-202; Stan- 
stead Wesleyan College, 203-214; St. Andrew’s Model School, 215 and 2165 St, Francis College 
School, 217-222 ; St. Johns High School, 223; Waterloo Academy, 229-238 ; Waterville Model 


school, 239 and 240; Paspebiac Model School, 366; Miss Gairdner’s School, 367; Sutton 


a 


Y 


Academy, 224-227: Three Rivers High School, 228,] 
y; {-227 ; g J 


Latin ,—77, 76, 69, 66, 167, 160, 96, (106, 165), 30, (172, 173), 101, 3, 34, (78, 238), 176, 13,* 50, 
I 


(36, 136), 14, (38, 122, 186), (6, 109), 177, 26, (187, 236), (157, 237), 63, (60, 84), (92, 202, 123 ), (56, 
73,99, 100,) (29, 42, 224), 158, (22, 133),(47, 55)» (44, 93), (75, 163, 166), (114, 156), (8, 143), (52, 127, 
152, 159, 238), 110, (10s, 161, 179), (17, 61, 223, 232, 233), 120, (121, 148, 175,) (4, 119), **2t5, 124, 
(82, 162, 210, 229, 234), (35, 54), (49, 45, 51, 72), (41, 95,) ) 


1Q Am Re mW ofoved 
138, (19, 32,87, 97, 197), (23, 39, 81, 94), 
- Q “ 6 779 io - - 7 7 5 Q Ak ~ {+ : cat + > 
(9, 48, 240), 154, (16, 33, 123) 151), (115) 212), (70, 107, 118, 178, 180), 153, (31, 104), (18, 46, 6 38, 
142, 150, 191, 195, 202). 

Latin (Aavanced).—2, ** 1, 

Greek.—So, 167, (69, 93), 76, (14, 173), 82, (56, 172),(6, 26), (63, 165), (9, 177), 77,* (30, 94), 166, 
176, 55, 163, (62, 78), 92, 114, ih 121, 81, (91, 175), (25, 60), 195, 32, (8, 89, 210), 88, 19,** 178, 
23, 87, 71, 207, 204, 18, (go, 151), 169. 


Greek (Advanced).—1, 2,* 


ete Raye a2 uae 76), (99, 121), (77, 96,) (163, 224), 166, (26, 136, 173), (66, 127), (3, tr, 176), 
(6, 106, 165), (78, 83), (13, 93, 167), (14, 8, 73, 119, 195), (17, 47, 141), (48, 70, 172), (63, 178, 
179), (84, 101, I22, 202, 240), 69, 


fy 1775 237, (5, 52);* (9, 44, 100, 114, 160, 175, 210), (45, 92, 
(19, 79, 139, 216), (7,25, 40, 43, 50, 61, 74, 186, 233), (49, 60), (22, 29,86, 133), (32, 42, 192, 226, 
234), (39, 75, 105, 113, 120, 138, 235), 197, (82, 198, 229, 236), ee 142, 159), (8, 56, 95, 135, 143, 
156), (27, 91, 148, 158, 187), (155, 204, 231), (116, 181 » 215), (33, 82, 110, 154),** (18, 
108, 130, 140, 162, 201), (57, 129) 1 » 212, 223), (15, 23, by 137, 152, 225), (10, 103, 171, 232), 
(71, 124), (62, 94, 102, 104), (51, 85, 98, 163 235), (31, 55, 125, 174), 123, (117, 199). 

French (Advanced).—2, 1.* 

Gernian,—44, 34, 5° 47, 74, 35, 73,* 36, 38, 75** 72. 

ims —70, (167, 172), 93, (29, 77), (13, 14, 26, 52, 71, 163, 165), 238, (177, 187), (35, 231), 

30, 92), (3, 75), (82, 121, 137), (11, 61, 173), (7, 229, 232), (8, 9, 79, 945 96, 122, 138, 171, 204), (100, 
103, ase (73, 170, 179), 135, (23, 31), (18, 88, 202), (6, Sr, 130, 186), (74, 134, 195, 201, 210, 237), 
(97, 106, 127, 131, 160, 166, 181, 224, 234 236),* «19, (17, 66, 154, 214), (72, 87, 95, 212, 223), (76, 
107, 126), (91,139, 142), (25, 56, 102,'r10, 191), (39, 69, 141, 158, 233), (176, 183, 366), (174, 189), 
(4, 22, 193)s (ree: 235), (115, 140, 198), (15, 215) 216), 222, (152, 192), (65, 86, 109, 119, 128, 136, 180, 
227),** (63, 73, 105) 124, 157), (153, 197, 225), 80, (24, 89, 211, 240), (s8, 98, 108, 156, 217, 222), 
{20, 67, 118), (16, 161), (114, 123, 132, 206, 208), (120, 162, 188), (5, 21, 55, 90, 113, 116, 129, 143, 
148,185, 194, 207). 


————————EE 
















































0. iueieieeeeeiiieee ee 


aan 





185 


Geometry (Advanced),—2, 1* 


A 7 aa - - - , . - - 
pha j i x a ok ro% = ? * "ie tt. 
Algebra,—g6, 66, 136, 106, 61, (101, 102), (128, 165), 163, 167, 30, 236,99, 15, (v3I, 142, 173 
235), (76, 100), 141,* (9, 186), 95, (39, 57; 97), (69, 227), (77, 223), 3+ 29, (70; 93, 135), (204, 237), (26, 
38, 105, 192, 195), (71, 98, 114, 179, 232), (4, 34, 37, 42) 121, 143, 176), (11, 47, 103, 134, 155), (87, 


; 120) ,*"* (6, 7> 31; 60, IO4; I4o, 179, 180), (22, 55> 56, ITQ; 159; 


2% » 70, II3, 132, 147, 187, 211, 216, 238) 
(54, 65, 67, 117, 129, 172, 214, 237, 366), (51, 75, 183, 194), (8, 82, 127, 154, 171, 197, 208), (5, 16 
17, 4°, 02, 04, 73), (15, 20, 36, 50, 51 83, QI, IO7, 109, IIT, TI2, 118, 122, 130, 133, 160, 161, 162 


A leebra (Ad vanced),—2,* I. 


1? wwonomet ry .- (103, 105), (7 75), 03, 170, (OI, 00, 172), 114, 71, 29, 1773 55; (142, 172), 107, 
2‘ . o 


31, 13, (3, 57; 62,). 605, (135, 138), *156, 113, (56, 81, 161, 174), (24, 178), 22, (60, 160), 82, 16,** 


co 


(7, 68, 69, 80), 131, (20, 64, 67, 195). 
Trigonometry (Advanced),—2* . 


79, (52, 62, 72), (35, 3,9) 


*# 46, 107, 33, 104, 42, (50, 


fasaslecin J ” Pe 
Linglish Language.—69, 75, 96, 49, 





(99, 100, 108,) *(41, 48), 36, (61, 224), 
105), (55, 65). 
English Language (Advanced),—1* 


I 7 oT, as —- 2p 4 for f " ony . ; at : = a ~~ 
English Literature.—g6, 44, (49s 77), 74193» (35, 39s 97s 139), (75, 76), (26, 30), (42, 66, 94, 99, 


o§ 2 22¢ i4Q 22. 224). (12 ‘ ; - ‘I7. 2 16 \. (24 : 50. 22 > & 
105, 133, 210, 229), (38, 233, 234), (13, 92), (106, 176), (17, 34, 36, 110), (87, 134, 160, 237), 11, (3, 69, 
. 


79; 130, 133, 163, 224), (£4, 195 41, 84, 88, 100, 119, 148), (6, 29, 46, 68, 122,205, 231) , (5, 28, 
435-455 47, 54, 73, 115, 136, 137, 153, 179), (109, 114, 187), (56, 166), (8, 31, 72, 214, 244), (7, 22, 40, 
> Yc 2 4" = ro rc a7 " ‘ ‘Cy. 7 2 QF oc 4 Q 

50, 78, OI, I2T, 201, 235, 238), (63, 107, 127, 152, 159, 175), (23, 120, 140, 174, 178, 186), (25, 37, 58, 
123, 156, 197, 195, 216, 366), (55, 135, 143, I9T, 195), (325.95, IOI, 102, 124, 131, 132, 144, 15) 


236), (9, 52, 60, 103),(158, 230), (59, 53, 62, 67, 118, 189, 222), * (15, 51, 282, 232), (89, 145, 154, 169, 
199, 223), (48, 70, 171), (141, 211), (27, 64, 117, 146, 208, 226), (33, 180, 188, 204, 221), (196, 217), 104, 
170, 227), (24, 155, 202), (16, 143, 161, 181), (105,164), (20, 193, 207), 57**, 194, 


5), 185, (125, 192), 162, (147, 239), 112, 


-~ 
to) 

60 

. 

rw 
ae 
= 
a 
v1 
™s 


English Literature (Advanced).—1,* 


History.—(77; 78), 122, 109, 76, (75, ‘210), 224, (130, 138), 99, 86,*68, (74, 79), 139, 214, (191, 


/ 


212), (14%, 197), 140, (58, 202), 73, 124, 215,**195, 204, 142, 193, (72, 85, 198, 227, 240). 


flistory (Advanced),—2, 1.* 


Geography .—61, 173, (11, 96) 77, (237, 240), 2290, (17, 32, 69, 85, 
(6,9), (66, 76, 82), (15, 70, 78, 109, 110, 121, 130), (174, 238), (68, 234), *(3, 
5, 8, 20, 30, 102), (67, 160, 23), (13, 16, 22, 165), 29, (18, 94, 119, 122,127, 163, 176, 235), 31, (71, 
81, 91, 99, 159, 167,172, 175, 210), (166, 232), (9, 87, 101%, 177), (120, 125, 170, 222, 233), 131, (14, 95, 
126, 157, 169, 201, 227), (59, 80,92, 118, 215), (27, 158, 366), (27, 106,°107, 187, 216, 239), 26, 58, 89, 
100, 104, 133, 141, 179, 224), **(56, 97, 161, 164, 186), 129, (145, 155, 171, 180), (24, 55, 64, 124, 136, 


t91), (63, 108, 116, 197), (65, 139, 150, 156, 162, 148), (25, 51, 90, 103, 123, 128, 132, 181, 189, 195, 


O00 


212), (142, 147, 199),(23, 88, 114, 117, 143, 144, 146, 188, 196, 217). 


a Oe aang ek 
Zoology .—234, 229, 233, 231, 236, 238,* 235, 237, 216,** 230. 


Botany.—66, 76, 44, 49, 75, (74,96), (38, 77, 93)» (54, 56), (99, 136), 39, (46, 72), 34, 104, 179, (45, 
236), (121, 187, 238), (122, 197, 201), 115, (41, 137), (124, 174, 229), (78, 127, 143, 237), 186, (64, 95, 
IOI, 171), (53, 100, 134, 233),145,* 215, (47, 119), (48, 116, 118, 198, 224, 235), 139, (73, 144), 231, 
164, (126, 180), (60, 202), (65, 146, 191, 222, 230), (51, 97), (105, 106, 193, 234), (117, 177), (37, 133, 
217)** (33, 40, 118, 224, 227), (59, 188), (135, 140), 203, 120), 108, 114, (131, 199),"(125, 132, 185), 


(102, 128). 





























186 


Chemistry.—z09, 15, (3; 44, 71, 160, 16), 3£, (24, 70, 216), (17, 29), (7, 135 52), (455, 15) (22, 49 
(4, 159), (22, 41, 51), 46, (47, 157)* (5, 45, TIO), (39, 40, 162) 
20, 55), 21, 104, (97, 100), (37; 108). 


; : Ee ae ay 
Physiology and Hygiene.—8, 93, 19, 69, (11, 93; 163), (61, 134, 167), (87, 94, 130), 160, (136, 


f r?, 
, mf ~ se ag he pte > J aC 100. 172 6, 207), (2 
138, 165, 179), (92, 166, 238, 240), (55, 232), (79, 176, 210, 234), 143, 139, (109; 772, 78 7), (30, 


nak 20% = qo ¢° 0 222) ‘67 8 . oS IO. I ‘ 
QI, 137), (119, 226, 229), 174, 62, (153, 191, 233), (67, 34, 65, 55, I14 . : 
4. Y uae 5 pan J e - . " oe Q Q > K aoc i ad 224 \. [ AL 
£35,171, 177),* (110,145, 161), (5, 173, 197, 214), (115, 124) 100, Tor, 200, 235), (175, 224), (89, 118, 


141), (86, 127), (113, 187), (58, 133), (116, 142, 147, 223), (192, 201, 202, 237), (90, 148, 154, 157,170, 
. 126). (2 pe acy - f awe #6 ee (te4- x46) 208) 
239, 366), (26, 126), (81, 132, 144, 152), (80, 120, 140, 159, 162, 164, 178, 204), 150,"* (117, 140, 190), 
- §5, 183 


3 é 88 ye : 93, 205, 2 50 83, 189, 208, 212 
222, (83, 169), (194, 222), 123, (188, 199), 131, (185, 193, 205, 211), (150, 155, 193 9 I 


3 “4145 


231). 


Pnysics.—70, (29, 232), 206, 13, 31, 11, 8*, 9, 24, 15, (6, 19), (3, 20, 207), 2 3,** (30, 58), 14, 255 
(55 22), 27- 

Physics (Advanced).—1.** 

Drawing ,—20, 38, 6, 36, (8, 136), (rr, 23), 31,* (30, 164), (35, 45, ¥42), (3, 54,137, 172 232) 


4 
(x5, 29, 104), 52, (So, 138), (22, 187), (47, 135), (96, 201), (24, +531 134+ 139), (T4T, 190), (19, 49% 
100), 25, 49,** (95, 113), 51, (39, 44, 10°), 48, (1 


140, 216), 


3, 42), (5, 9), 15, (14, 34, 


Drawing (Advanced).— 2,* 


Hassel the 


anivecsiiy Gxsminatons. 


SESSION 1893-94. 
FACULTY OF LAW. 
PASSED FOR THE DEGREE OF D. C. L,; IN COURSE. 
Donald MacMaster, B.C.L., Q.C. 
PASSED FOR THE DEGREE OF B.0.L 


Bannell Sawyer, Cote St. Antoine, Q. 


Arthur Hogle, Montreal. 
Arthur G. Jones, Richmond, Q., 


Gordon Walter MacDougall, B.A. 





Montreal. |  (Aeger.) 
John H. Dunlop, Montreal. | Joseph Charles Walsh, B.A., (Laval), 
William Henry Cox, B.A., (Laval), Montreal. 





_ Montreal. 
Jerome Internoscia, B.A., (McGill), | 


| 


Rapolla, Italy. 


Philip Sheridan, Montreal. 


FACULTY OF MEDICINE 


PASSED FOR THE DEGREE OF M.D., C.M. 


(Arranged alphabetically). 





Bazin, A. T., Montreal | Hannington, J. P., Montreal 
Byers, W. G.M., Gananoque, O | Hart, E. C., Baddeck, N.S 
Colvin, A. R., Lethbridge, N.W.T | Henderson, W., Vars, O 
Davidson, A., Burns, O | Hepworth, W.G., Manitoba 
Davis, R. E., Fallowfield, O | Holohan, P. A., B.A., Newcastle, N.B 
Drysdale, W.F., Perth, O | Jacques, H.M.,’ Upper Dyke, N.S 
Estey, A.S., Keswick Ridge, N.B | Kearns, J.F., Metcalfe, O 
Evans, J. W., Hull, Q | Kinghorn, H. McL., B.A., Montreal 
Ferguson, W., Pictou, N.S | Lambly, W.O., Montreal 
Fowler, E. S., Hudson, Wis | Lewis, J. F., Hillsboro’, N.B 
Fry, F. M., B.A., Montreal | MacCarthy, G. S., Ottawa 
Fulton, J. A., {Franklin Centre, Q McCrea, J., Detroit, Mich 
Gorrell, C. W. F., Brockville | McLaren, J.T., Bell Creek, P.E.I. 
Hamilton, G., Bright, O ' McLaughlin J. A., Avonmore, O. 













































McLean, C.M., 
McIntosh, L. Y., Strathmore, O 
McKenzie, ie Montreal 
Manchester, G. H., Ottawa 
Mathewson, G. Bo ‘ 
Mitchell, W., 

Nicholls, A.G., M.A., Montreal 
O’Connor, E. J., Ottawa, O 
Ogden, C. L., B.A., Warrensburg, N.Y 
Pritchard, J., B.A , North Wakefield, Q 
Reeves, J., Eganville, O 
Richardson, A., South March, O 
Richardson, H.]J., Spencerville,O 
Rimer, F.E., Bryson, Q 


Lachute, Q 


Montreal | 
| Scott, W. H., 


188 


Cambridge, N.B | Robertson, A. A., B.A,, 





| Ross, i 





Montreal] 

Peel, N.B 
Thorburn, N.S 
Derwentville, Q 
St. John, N.B 
Owen Sound, O 
Havelock, N.B 
Montreal 
Kemptville, O 


Ross, D. W., 


Ross, J. J., 


Scammell, J. H., 


Sharpe, E. M., 
Shaw, H.S., 
Shillington, A. T., 
Stenning, W. A., Coaticook, Q 
Wilson, R. D., Derby, N.B 
Wolf, C.G. L., B.A., Winnipeg, Man 
York, H.E., Metcalfe, O 


PASSED THE PRIMARY EXAMINATION. 


(Arranged alphabetically), 


Allen, J. H., B.A., 
Archibald, E. W., B.A., Montrea] 
Amit,’ ©. K., Tilsonburg, O 
Braithwaite, J. M. Mc., Barbadoes,W.I 
Brunelle, P., Lowell, Mass 
Church, H. M., Montreal 
Churchill, J. L., Lockport, N.S 
Colquhoun, P., B.A., Colquhoun, O 
Corbett, F. A., B.A., Parrsboro’, N.S 
Craig, R. H., Montreal 
Deacon, G. R., Stratford, O 
Dew ee J. E., 


West Osgoode, O | 
| Lambly, W. O., 


| Lee, F. J.. 


Glen Sandfield, O | 


Ellis, ee Dundela, O | 


Mayfair, O 
Keswick Ridge, N.B 


Elliot, F, 
Estey, A. ot 
Evans, J. W., 
Ewan, R. B., 
Ferguson, J. ‘OP 
Findlay, ( Z 4 


Montr eal 
Easton Corners, O 


Hull, Q | 


Hamilton, O | 
| Neil, R. W., 


Fish, &,., BA, Newcastle, N.B 
Fisk, W. a Abbotsford, Q | 
Foss, A. F., Sherbrooke, Q | 


Gallant, St. fon im Charlottetown,P.E.I | 


Montreal 
Pembroke, O 


Goltman, A., 
Grant, A. J., 
Grant, ld. 

Hartin, ce 
Harwood, R. DeL., 
Hepworth, W.G., 
Hogle, J. H., 
Howell, W. B., 
Irvine, ‘A. D4 
Keith, H. W., 
Kelly, ee 


Vaudreuil, 
Winnipeg, Ns 


Montre 
Montreal 
Havelock, N.B 


Pictou, N.S | 
Bells Corners, : | 


| Secord, J.H., 
Montreal | Shaw, R. B., 





Aimonte, O | Smyth, W.H., B.A., 


Kendrick, W. N., Spring Valley, Minn 
Inverness, Q 
Durham, Q 
Montreal 

Port Hope, O 
Hillsboro’, N B 
Chapleau, Q 
Williamstown, O 
‘St. Elmo, O 
Brockville, O 
Kingsclear, N.B 


Launder, S. E., 
Lanterman, M., 


Lewis, J. T., 

l yynch, Te ae 

Mc Arthur, A. W., 
McEwen, e 
McGannon, AV es 
McNally, G@ J., 


McTaggart, D. D., Montreal 
Macartney, F. W., Montreal 
Martin, R. H.,, Chatham, O 
| Mitchell, RK. W. , Deh Montreal 


Moffatt, W. As, Ormstown, Q 
Meles, E.B., Arnprior, O 
Morse, L.R., B.A., Lawrencetown, N.S 
Mowatt, W. B., Montreal 
Aylmer, Q 
Warrensburg, N.Y 
Buckingham, Q 


= 


Ogden, C.L., B.A., 
Palmer, A. J., 


Quay, D.D., Port Hope, O 
Quirk, E. Mc. G., Montreal 
Robins, G. D., B.A., Montreal 


Ross, R.O., B.A, Margaree, N.S 
Ryan, J.P., Portage la Prairie, Man 
Scammell, J. H., St, John, N.B 
Summerside, P.E.I1 
; Cove Head, P.E.I. 
aw, H.M., Berwick, N.S 
Smillie, NY 34 Huntingdon, Q 
Smith, R.E.G., B.A., Woodstock,N.B 
Montreal 






189 


‘Staples, C,A.B.A.,, Stillwater, Minn ; Warren, Pa Beg Harper, O 





Steeves, C. P., B.A.. Lower Coverdale, | Watson, J, A., B.A., Barbadoes, W.I 

N.B |} Wheeler, F. H., B.A., Florenceville, 
Sutherland, J. A., River John, N.S N.B 
Sterling, A., Fredericton, N,B | White, R. B., Pembroke, O 
Tétreau, T., Lawrence, Mass | Williams, J. A., Carleton Place, O 
Thomson, F. L., Mitchell, O | Wood, D. M., Kenmore, O 
Tupper, T.S., Fredericton, N.B | Wood, N.S,, Faribault, Q 
Vipond, C. W., Montreal | Wright, H. K., Montreal] 
Walker, D. F., Huntingdon, Q 


FACULTY OF ARTS. 
BACHELORS OF ARTS PROCEEDING TO THE DEGREE OF M,A, IN COURSE, 
Binmore, Evizasera, B.A. 
Davipson, Prerrs, B.A. 
Gunn, Witiiam T., B.A. 


McLrop, Evpenemia, B.A. 
‘ 





ADMITTED TO THE DEGREE OF LL.D, ‘‘ HONORIS CAUSA,’’ 
His KxogLurNcy Tue Rr. Hon. Joun CampsBetL HAmILron 
Gorpon, Hart or ABERDEEN, 


Francis REULEAUXx, ProFessor or KINEMATICS AND MACHINE 
Desicn, BERLIN. 


PASSED FOR THE DEGREE OF B.A 


ln Honours. 
(Alphabetically arranged). 
McGILL COLLEGR. 


hirst Rank.—Davis, Davin T. 
Day, Frank J. 
GRAHAM, ANGUS. 
MACKENZIE, JANE Bf. F. 
Morrat, Davip S. 


Second Rank.—Dicxson, Sypney M. 
SMITH, ALISTAIR. 
Warner, Acnves L. 


Ordinary B.A 
McGILL OC OL L K GE, 


Class J.—Harpver, Rosert M. 
Oainvy, ISABELLA 





See ee 


a a 3 oO" 7ST 
~ = ~ ~~ = SA 


~_s P= 





BLACKET, JOHN W. 
Bartow, WALTER S. 
Fraser, Frank C, 


Class I1.—Droxson, Ep. H. T. 
Boyp, Lesiie H. 
OcILvy, CHAS. 
SrewaArt, J.C. 
CraicG, MARGARET. 
Snaw, 8. Lovisa. 
Harvey, Frep. W. 


Class I11—Dvucios, ARNOLD W. 


}raAHAM, FreD. H. } 
Hawran, Rost. F. pequal: 
Davis, Ernest A. 

Naytor, Henry A. 

3ROWN, JESSIE 


HarGrRAvVE, EDI1TH equal. 
MacKeraAcuer, W. M. 
Garrett, W. P. 
Bonp, Wo. L. 
. > » yequal. 
MacVicar, Rost. M.! 
3IOKERDIKE, Ff’. A. C. 
MacGrecor, ALEXANDER 

3 ? 


3REMNER, WM. 
Lamsiy, M. O. + equal. 
Lewis, W. P. Roy 


IRELAND, Geo. D. 


Passed in September 1893.—BritTaly, ISABEL. 
CAMPBELL, Rosaria F’. 


MORRIN CULLEGE, 


Class II,—-FRASER, ETHEL. 





PASSED THE INTPRMEDIATE EXAMINATION, 


McGILL COLLEGE. 


Class I.—Frreuson, WILLIAM. 
Hammond, Evizasetu A. 
Smitey, Francois C. 
RopeERTSON, JOHN CO. 
Coin, WILFRID G, G, 
SAUNDERS, Frank ©, 
CAMPBELL, GrorGe A, 





191 || 


nN! 
it 
: Pa ei Vy 
ARCHIBALD, SAMUEL L, L feet Uh 
m - equal, fa) 
Scott, ARTHUR P, } Aa 
Class IJ.—Nicuois, AMy W. Ke | 
Hurst, J. Erne, mi 
Mouson, KEenNeETH, a 
HENDERSON, GRAOR, All! 
ie il 
e ~ Hurouinson, MarGarer, oy 
Ross, Hrerserr, mill 
LENNON, WALTER S. to a 
pele Nees fay 
PitcuEer, Winona J. ti | 
ie ued 
Locke, WiINIrrRED A. Lal 
MITCHELL, KATHARINE R, I | 


oh 
; : 

Hitt, Harrier §, M. ‘i 
ScHwarrTz, Hans J, 


GORDON, ALFRED FE, 


1 
a= 


; : " 
Class IJI],—St. James, Lean A, oo ' 
> a mn e 

PoLLock, TuHos, J. me 

; py 

TURNER, WILLIAM G, és: 

Bates, G. E,  ¢g M 


BROWN, JUSTINE M, 5 
JHALMERS, Louise H. 5 
Denoon, AGNES H, gs 


== wh EE ates | 


HOWELL, ARCHIBALD R. ¢g 
McBurney, Evita E, ¢ t 
McoOuaia, Mary. ¢ 

MACPHAIL, JEANNETTE. § af 
SCRIMGER, J, TuporR,  ¢ : 


Class IJ. —Laneuois, Prrer, 
Class IJ. —MacWiiiam, Evizasern, 
Taytor, WinttAM B, ss 





ST. FRANCIS COLLEGE. 


Class IJI,—Paterson, FREDERICK, 
Copurn, DAVID. ¢ 
VAupRY, OLIvA, ¢ 





WESLEYAN COLLEGE, STANSTEAD. . 


Class IJ]. —Bryant, Fuora, 
HowarD, CATHARINE, 
Rue@, Mary A, sg 
Ryan, WittiAm A, ¢ 


s With supplemental in one subject, arranged alphabetically, 










192 


FACULTY OF APPLIED SCIENCE, 


PASSED FOR THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF APPLIED SCIENCE, 






In Order of Merit. 






CIVIL ENGINEERING, 





Henry Martyn Mackay, B.A., Pictou, N.S. 
Alexander Scott Dawson, Pictou, N.S. 
Gerald Joseph Lonergan, Buckingham, Que. 
John Rankin, Montreal. 








ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING. 





Frank Henry Pitcher, Montreal. 


Alfred Collyer, Sussex, England. Rete 
Charles Henry Blackwood Longworth, Charlottetown, PBT tp tre, 


John William Morris, Wallace, N.S. 








MECHANICAL ENGINEERINGe 





Edward Darling, Montreal. 
William Archibald Duff, Montreal. 
Arthur Langley Mudge, Montreal. 
Leonard William Ernest Dyer, Montreal. 
“ James Shearer Costigan, Montreal. 
John Herbert Larmonth, Ottawa, Ont. 
























MINING ENGINEERING. 


Arthur Augustus Cole, B.A., Montreal. al 
Orton Edward Simpson Whiteside, Metcalfe, Ont., equal. 


William Wilson Leach, Montreal. 
Frank Lambert, Woodstock, Ont. 
Robert Alexander Gunn. Montreal. 
, Walter Chamblet Adams, B.A. Sc., Montreal. 


PRACTICAL CHEMISTRY. 


Herbert Molson, Montreal. 
Alexander Brodie, Quebec, Que. 
Matthew Francis Connor, Uttawa, Ont. 


BACHELORS OF APPLIED SCIENCE PROCEEDING TO THE DEGREE OF MA. &, IN COURSE. 


John George Gale Kerry, B.A.Sc. 
Robert Forrest Ogilvy, B.A.Se. 
Cecil Brunswick Smith, B.A.Sc. 
Ernest Albert Stone, B.A-Sc. 


193 
FACULTY OF VETERINARY SCIENCE. 


PASSED FOR THE DEGREE OF D.V,S- 


B. Anderson G. P. Baker J. A. Buchan 
A. G. Cannon i. J. Cary H. R. Clevelant 
C. French R. H. Grattan A. H. Hall 

D. McAlpine J. D. McGillivray J. H. Mcleod 
A. E. Moore CU. J. Mulvey I. L. Salley 

J. R. Shaw J. V. Solandt R. Thomas 

J. F. Walsh 


— en we — 
a a 





~~! 


— Ca CD a SE 


aA 


=~ = 


a“ 



























194 


cholarships and Exhibitions. 


v4 
4 
: 
SESSION 1893-94. 
FACULTY OF ARTS. | 


I. SCHOLARSHIPs (Tenable for two years), 








| 
| 


| 





























Year | | 
| 
of | Names of Scholars.|Subject of Exam-| Annual |Founder or Donor, 
. | | ination. | Value. 
Award. | | : 
| ; } 
1892. |Smith, A. | Mathematics. | $125 \W.C. McDonald, 
1892 |Graham, A. |Nat. Science. | «125 |W.C. McDonald, 
1892 |Dickson, S. M. Class.6° Mod. Lang} 120 |Chas, Alexander. 
1892 |Dickson, E. T. \Class.4° Mod.Lang} . 120 /|Barbara Scott. 
1893 |Howard, Edwin | Mathematics. 125 |W.C. McDonald. 
1893 | Wallace, James |Nat. Science. | 125 |W. C. McDonald, 


; 1893 |MacIntosh, Major |Class & Mod. Lang 125 'W. C. McDonald. 











NAMES OF EXHIBI-/ Academic | Annual FoundemorsbiGner 
TIONERS. Year. | . Value. 


eee 














Robertson, J.C. | Second $125 W. C. McDonald. 
Hurst, Ethel | cs 120 ‘Sir Donald A. Smith, 
Mackay, Hector First 125 W. C, McDonald, 
Cameron, Mary T. oe 100 ‘Sir Donald A- Smith. 
Bruce, John C. | * 125 W. C. McDonald. 
Mackay, Malcolm | “ty | 125 \Geo. Hague, Esq. 
Larmonth, George E.| = ) 100 ‘Major Mills. 
Wyman, Daniel B. | a | gO ‘Mrs. Jane Redpath. 








McDonald Bursaries, value $62.50 each, were awarded to A. K. Trenholme, 
and Ronald P. Campbell, at the First Year Exhibition Examination. 


* And a Sir Donald A, Smith Free Tuition, 


| fa 
f fe] 
| a 
| | 
| 

f 

Sf) oy: ilk é Aj & lj : i 
Zrizes, Honours and Standing, 

i 
SESSION 1893-4. | i | 
FACULTY OF LAW. | 
THIRD YEAR. ? | 
GRADUATING OLASS. i}! 
CH 
Arthur Hogle, Montreal, First Rank Honours, and Elizabeth Torrance Gc Id ‘ | 

Medal. 


Gordon Walters MacDougall, First Rank Honours and prize of $50, anc prize 
for Thesis. 


John Hamilton Dunlop, Seeond Rank Honours and prize of $25. 


SECOND YEAR, 


ua <A ASH 


= 


Robert H. Barron, B,A., Lachute, First Rank General Standing, and first prize 
of $50. 


a VA 


Albert Swindlehurst, Montreal, First Rank General Standing, and second prize 
of $25. 


—-~ 


PASSED ''HE SESSIONAL EXAMINATIONS, 


A=" “57h A EE Se 


Robert H. Barron, B.A., Lachute. 

Albert Swindlehurst, Montreal. 

S. Carmichael, B.A., Montreal. 

E. B. Devlin, B.A. (St Mary’s, Montreal), Aylmer, Que. ‘ 
J. A. Devlin, Aylmer, Que. sf 
Dominique Charles Gaudet, B.A. (Ottawa), Three Rivers, Que. 

William Patterson, M.A., Montreal. 


a 





FIRST YEAR, 


Victor Evelyn Mitchell, of London, England, First Rank 
Scholarship of one hundred dollars 
and Prize of Fifty Dollars, 


General Standing and 
Louis Boyer, First Rank General Standing 


Robert Thomas Mullen, Second Rank General Standing and Prize of twenty - 
five dollars. 
Passed tie sessional examinations in the First Year 

V. E, Mitchell, London, England. 
Louis Boyer, Montreal. 
Robert T. Mullin, Leitchfield, Pontiac Co; Q. 
Albert C. Hanson, Barnston, Q, 
William Donahue, Farnham, Q. 
Charles D, White, Sherbrooke, Q, 


ores 





196 
SESSIONAL EXAMINATIONS, 1893-94. 
DEAN N. W. TRENHOLME, D.C.5°; O:,, Examiner. 


FIRST EXAMINATION. 
ROMAN LAW .— 
Third Year.—Hogle, Jones; Dunlop and MacDougall, equal; Inter- 
noscia, Walsh, Sawyer, Cox. 
Second ** Barron, Swindlehurst, Devlin, E, B.; Carmichael and 
Gaudet, equal; Devlin J. A.; Landry and Whelan, 
equal; Lamoureux and Patterson and Sheridan, 
equal, 
Mitchell and Mullin, equal ; Boyer and White, equal ; 
Ogilvie, Hanson, Doucet, Gamble, Donahue. 


SECOND EXAMINATION. 


Third Year,—MacDougall, Jones, Hogle, Cox, Internoscia, Dunlop, 


Sawyer. 
Second * Barron; Swindlehurst and Carmichael, equal; Devlin 
E. B., Landry, Patterson, Gaudet, Whelan, Devlin 
TORS 
first ; Mitchell and Mullin, equal ; Boyer and Gamble, equal ; 
Hanson ; White and Donahue, equal; Ogilvie and 
Monty, equai- 
OBLIGATIONS.— 
Secona Year.—Bairon and Swindlehurst, equal ; Sheridan, Carmichael, 
Devlin J. A., Gaudet, Whelan, Devlin E. B., Lan- 
dry, Patterson. 
First Mitchell, White, Mullin, Boyer, Ogilvie ; Hanson and 
Donahue and Doucet and Monty, equal, 
MERCHANT SHIPPING.— 
Third Year—Hogle and MacDougall, equal; Dunlop, Internoscia 
Cox ; Walsh and Sawyer and Ringland, equal ; Sheri- 
dan, Jones (aegrotat). 
Second “ Swindlehurst and Barron, equal ; Devlin E. B.; Patter- 
son and Carmichael, equal ; Whelan and Devlin J. 
A., equal; Gaudet, Landry. 
First Mitchell and Boyer, equal ; Hanson; Gamble and 
Mullin, equal; Donahue, Doucet, White. 
LAW OF REAL ESTATE.—Servitudes, Hon. J.S. C. WURTELE, Professor. 
Third Year.—MacDougall and Sawyer, equal ; Sheridan, Jones ; Dun- 
lop and Hogle, equal ; Cox ; Rirgland and Internos* 
cia, equal ; Walsh. 
Second * Barron, Devlin £. B., Swindlehurst, Carmichael- 
. Gaudet, Landry, Patterson, Whelan, Devlin]. A. 








197 


first Year Boyer, White, Gamble: Mullin and Hanson, equal; 
Donahue, Mitchell, Ogilvie, Doucet, Monty. 


COMMERCIAL LAW. 





Sales, HON. J. S. ARCHIBALD, D.C.-1.; Prof. 


Third Year, —Internoscia, MacDougall, Cox, Hogle, Dunlop, Sawyer, 


Walsh, 

Second * sarron, Devlin E.B., Carmichael, Gaudet, Swindle- 
hurst, Landry, Whelan, Devlin J. A., Sheridan, 
Patterson. 

LR sE Mitchell, Boyer, Donahue, Hanson, Mullen, Cole, Ring- 


land, Ogilvie, White, Doucet. 


BILLS, NOTES AND CHEQUES,—L. H, Davipson, D.C.L., Q.C., Prof, 


third Year,—Hogle, Jones, MacDougall, Dunlop, Cox, Sheridan, 
Internosvia, Sawyer, Walsh (ger). 


Second * Barron, Carmichael, Gaudet, Swindlehurst, Devlin Js 
A., Landry, Lamoureux, DevlinE, B., Patterson, 
Whelan, 

frst Sé Mitchell, Gamble ; Boyer and Hanson, equal ; Mullin 


Donahue, White, Doucet. 
LAW OF OBLIGATIONS AND CONTRACTS,—C. A. GEOFFRION, Q.C 
Prof, 


Third Year.—Hogle, MacDougall, Jones, Dunlop, Cox ; Internoscia and 
Walsh and Sawyer and Sheridan, equal. 


> 


Second ‘* Barron, Swindlehurst ; Carmichael and Gaudet and 
Devlin E. B., equal; Whelan and Landry, equal ; 
Patterson and Lamoureux, equal ; Devlin j. A. 

first 6 Boyer and Mitchell, equal ; Hanson and Mullen and 
White, equal; Gamble, Fortier 
Doucet, equal ; Monty, Ogilvie. 


; Donahue and 


HISTORY OF LOWER CANADIAN LAW—FRENCH PERIOD.—Arcu- 
IBALD MCGOUN, M.A., B-C.L., Prof. 


Third Year.—Hogle, Jones, Dunlop, Sawyer; Internoscia and Walsh, 
equal ; MacDougall, Cox, Sheridan. 


Second . * Swindlehurst, Barron, Devlin]. A. , Whelan; Carmi- 
chael and Patterson, equal; Devlin E. B., Gaudet, 
Landry. 


Pos Sa Gamble, and Mitchell, equal; White, Mullen; Donahue 
and Ogilvie, equal ; Boyer, Doucet, Hanson, Fortier, 


-_ 


— > 


= 


me | 


— —e, 


— - 
a 2=> 


ba 


+4 


SST 


=a <.t& = 
- 


rn 
- 
a 
- 
4 
3 
4 
y 
S|. 
a) 








192 


CIVIL PROCEDU RE.—Tuomas Fortin, LL.D., D-C.L., Professor. 
Third Yeay.—MacDougall, Jones, Hogle, Cox, Walsh, Dunlop, 
Internoscia, Sheridan, Sawyer. 

es Barron, Swindlehurst, Whelan, Devlin E. B., Carmi- 
chael, Landry, Gaudet, Patterson, Devlin J. A. 


Seconda 


First Mitchell ; Boyer and Gamble, equal ; Mullin ; Donahue 
and Hanson, equal; White, Ogilvie, Monty. 


NOTARIAL LAW.—W. De M. Marler, B.A., B.C.L., Professor. 
Third Year.—Hogle, Cox, MacDougall ; Internoscia and Dunlop, 
equal ; Sawyer, Walsh, Sheridan. 
6 Baron, Swindlehurst, Carmichael, Devlin E. B. ; Patter- 
son and Devlin J. A. equal ; Gaudet. 
First Michell and Gamble, equal; Hanson, Mullin, Boyer, 
Donahue, White, Ogilvie. 


Second 


LAW OF GIFTS AND WILLS.—Hon. C.J. DOHERTY, Professor. 

Third Year.—Internoscia and MacDougall, equal ; Hogle and Dunlop, 
equal; Sheridan, Cox, Walsh, Sawyer. 

Second * Barron; Swindlehurst and Carmichael, equal ; Devlin 
E.B., Gaudet, Devlin J. A., Landry ; Patterson and 
Whelan, equal. 

First Mitchell, Boyer, Mullin, Hanson, Gamble ; White and 
Donahve, equal; Doucet, Ogilvie. 


RAILWAY LAW.—Harry Aspott, B.C.L., Q.C., Prof. 
Third Vear.—MacDougall, Hogle, Dunlop, Cox, Internoscia, Sawyer, 
Walsh. 
Second “ Barron Swindlehurst, Carmichael, Devlin E.B., Patter- 
son, Devlin J. A., Gaudet, Landry, , 
First ts Mitchell, Gamble, Vonahue, Hanson, Mullin, White, 
Boyer, Doucet, Ogilvie. 


LAW OF PERSONS.—E. Lafleur, B.A., B.C.L., Prof. 
Third <“ Hogle and Jones, equal ; MacDougall, Cox, Internoscia 
Sawyer, Dunlop, Walsh, Sheridan. 
Barron; Carmichael and Swindlehurst, equal; Devlin 
E.B., Devlin J.A, Whelan, Patterson Landry, 
Gaudet, Lamoureux, 
Mitchell, Boyer, Donahue, White, Hanson, Doucet ; 
Ogilvie and Mullin, equal ; Fortier and Monty, equal, 





199 ts 
ify il 
i | 

TS 2: a rTvt? ry waw | Pr] if 

FACULTY OF MEDICINE. hy 
HONOURS, MEDALS AND PRIZES. || 
Montreal, Que. 


Fy 
THE HOLMES MEDAL is awarded to ANDREW ARMOUR ROBERTSON, B.A., of : | 
. | i 


* 
THE FINAL PRIZE is awarded to ALBERT GEORGE NICHOLLS, M.A.,, of 5 
Montreal, Que. 


THE PRIMARY PRIZE is awarded to WILLIAM Nassau KENDRIC K, of Spring ‘an 
Valley, Minn. od 
THE SUTHERLAND MEDAL is awarded to GEORGE DOUGALL ROBINS, B.A,, DS 
of Montreal, Que, F | 


THE CHEMISTRY PRIZE is awarded to ALLAN DAvipsoN, of Burns, Ont. 


Montreal, Que. 


‘as 

PROFESSORS AND DEMONSTRATORS’ PRIZES. HH 

r 

per | 

THE BOTANY PRIZE is awarded to J.G. McDo UGALL, of New Glasgow, N.S. yf) 
THE CLINICAL CHEMISTRY PRIZE is awarded to A. A. ROBERTSON, B.A., of Cs 


_=3 4 


THE OBSTETRICS PRIZE it awarded to L. Y. McInrosu, of Strathmore, Ont, 
THE SENIOR ANATOMY PRIZE is awarded to R. O. Ross, B.A., of Margaree, 
Ont. 


THE JUNIOR ANATOMY PRIZE is awarded to C. B. KEENAN, of Ottawa, Ont. 


*” 4 ‘om 
« N » 


FACULTY OF VETERINARY SCIENCE. 
PRIZES. (* 

Veterinary Medicine and Surgery—Cecil French. 
Anatomy—J. C. Hargrave. 
Cattle Pathology—Cecil French, 
Cynology—A. E. Moore. Chemistry—J. C, Hargrave, 
Zoology—H. Dell. Physiology—J. C. Hargrave. 
For the best general examination in all subjects—Cecil French. 


SCHOLARSHIPS. 


For the highest aggregate obtained in first year subjects (Fifty Dollars—Harry 
Dell. 


For the highest aggregate obtained in second year subjects (Fifty Dollars)— 
J. C. Hargrave. 
EXTRA PRIZES. 
For the best essay read before the Veterinary Medical Association: tst— 
Cecil French. 2nd—A.E, Moore, 3rd—C. J, Mulvey. 


For the best essay read before the Society for the Study of Comparative Psy. 
chology. 
Ist—A.E. Moore. 2nd—J, A. Buchan, 3rd—J. H. McLeod. 

Next in order of Merit is—J. V. Solandt. 





200 


FACULTY OF ARTS. 


GRADUATING CLASS. 
B.A. Tlonours in Mathematics and Natural Philosophy. 


Smirx, AListair.—Second Rank Honours. 
B.A. Honours in Classics. 
Davis, Davip Turopore.—First Rank Honours and Henry Chapman Gold Medal 
B.A. Honours in Natural Science. 
Warner, Agnes'—Second Rank Honours. 
B.A. Honours in Mental and Moral Philosophy. 

GranaM, Ancus.—First Rank Honours and Prince of Wales Gold Medal. 

B.A. Honours in English Longuage, Literature and History. 
Morratr, Davi S.—First Rank Honours and Shakspere Gold Medal. 


MaAckenzig, Jann E. F.—First Rank Honours. 


Dickson, SypNEy.—Second Rank Honours. 
B.A. TIonours in Semitic Languages.. 


Day, Frank J.—First Rank Honours and the Earl df Aberdeen’s Gold Medal and 
Neil Stewart Prize 


Special Certificates for First Rank General Standing. 
Harper, Roperr M.—Special Certificate and Major Hiram Mills Gold Medal. 
Ogitvy, IsABELLA.—-Special Certificate, 
Buackett, Joun W.—Special Certificate. 
Bartow, WALTER 8.—Special Certificate. 


Frasser, Frank C.—Special Certificate 


THIRD YEAR, 


Howarp, E. Epwin.—First Rank Honours and; Prize in Mathematics and Natural 
Philosophy ; First Rank General Standing, 


MacInrosn, Masor H.—First Rank Honours in Classics; First Rank General 
Standing ; Prize in Latin, 

TRAVIS, KATHARINE.—First Rank Honours and Prize in Mental and Moral Philo- 
sophy ; First Rank General Standing; Prize in Zoology. 


SuruerLaNnD, Witiiam C.—First Rank Honours in Natural Science ; First Rank 
General Standing; Prize in Zoology. 








201 


RaDForD, Erue. S8.—First Rank Honours in Natural Science: First Rank Gen 
eral Standing. 


Watson, Rosatinp.—First Rank Honours in Natural Science ; First Rank Gen- 
eral Standing. 

KeitH, Nein D.—First Rank Honours and Prize in Semitic Languages and Liter- 
ature; First Rank General Standing; Prize, in Greek; Prize in 
Hebrew ; Prize for Collection of Plants. 

Burnet, ARTHUR—First Rank Honours in Classics: Prize in Greek. 

CrompBin, WiniiaM J. B.—First Rank Honours and Prize in Mental and Moral 
Philosophy. 

Wauacg, JaMes M.—First Rank Honours and Prize in Mental and Moral Philo« 
sophy. 

Gustin, W. ALFrep.—First Rank Honours in Mental and Moral Philosophy. 

Youneé, Henry.—First Rank Honours in Mental and Moral Philosoph ts 

J 
Rogers, Recinatp.—First Rank Honours in Mental Philosophy. 
Livy, AaroN.—First Rank Honours in Modern Languages: Prize in German 
? —] o> 

and Prize in French. 

Cameron, Susan E.—First Rank Honours in English Language, Literature and 
History ; Prize in English and Rhetoric. 

TRenHoLME, Norman McL.—First Rank Honours and Prize in English Language, 
Literature and History. 

LeRoy, O. E.—First Rank Honours in Natural Science, 

Witson, Margaret.—Second Rank Honours in Modern Languages; First Rank 
General Standing. 

Hickson, James ©.—Second Rank Honours in English Language, Literature and 
History. 

ArMstronG, L. Eruet.—First Rank General Standing. 


Wuitnaves, A. Maup.—First Rank General Standing. 


THIRD YEAR, 
PASSED THE SESSIONAL EXAMINATION, 


Howard, Keith; MacIntosh and Travis, equal; Radford and Watson, equal ; 
Wilson; Armstrong (Ethel) and Sutherland, equal; Whiteaves, Craig ; 
Burnet and Wallace, equal; Gustin and Cameron, equal; Crombie; 
Armstrong (E. N.) and Rogers and Smyth, eqtial; Hanson and Levy, 
equal ; Hopkins, Fourney ; Symmes; Weir and Young (H.), equal; Dyer, 
Lekoy, Hickson. 





SECOND YEAR. 


ROBERTSON, J. C.—(Private Tuition).—First Rank Honours and Prize in Mathe- 
matics; First Rank General Standing. 


HurcHinson, MarGaretT.—(Collegiate Institute, St. Thomas).—First Rank 
Honours and Prize in Mathematics. 


Fercuson, Wm.—(Prince of Wales College, P.E.I.).—First Rank General 
Standing; Prize in English; Prize in Classics; Coster Memorial 
Prize. . 

Hammond, EvizazeTH A.—(Girls’ H. 8., Montrea].)—First Rank General Stand- 
ing; Prize in Classics; Prize in Logic; Prize in Botany; Prize in 
German. 

Smivey, Francis C.—(St. Francis Coll.).—First Rank General Standing: Prize in 
Classics ; Prize in French. 

Scort, ArTHor P.—(Montreal High School).—First Rank General Standing ; 
Prize in Botany. 

Cote, Witrrip G. G.—(Mcntreal Collegiate Institute)—First Rank General 
Standing. 

SauNDERS, Frank C.—(Montreal H. S.).—First Rank General Standing. 


CAMPBELL, Groras R.—(Montreal H. S.).—First Rank General Standing, 


ARCHIBALD, SAMUEL.—(Montreal H. S.).—First Rank General Standing. 

Horst, 1. Eruey.—(Girls’ H. 8., Montreal).—Prize in English. 

HENDERSON, GRACE.—(Misses Symmers’ and Smith’s School).—Prize in Classics. 
Lennon, WaLter 8.—(Wesleyan Theol. Coll.).—Prize in Logic ; Prize in Hebrew. 


St. James, LEAH.—(McGill Normal School).—Prize in French. 
SECOND ¥EAR. 


PASSED THE SESSIONAL EXAWINATION, 


Ferguson, Hammond, Smiley, Ruber** 1, Cole, Saunders, Campbell, Archibald, 
Scott, Nichols, Hurst, M...son, Henderson, Hutchinson, Ross, Lennon, 
Pitcher, Locke, Mitchell, Hill, Schwartz, Gordon, St. James, Pollock, 
Turner, Bates s, Browne s, Chalmers s, Denoon s, Howell s, McBurney s 
McCuaig s, MacPhail s, Scrimger s. 


? 


(Oe ees 


s.—With supplemental examination in oue subject (arranged alphabetically). 
FIRST YEAR. 
Brucr, Joun C.—(Huntingdon Academy).—First Rank Honours and Prize in 
Mathematics. 


Mackay, Matcomm—(Montreal Collegiate Institute).—Second Rank Honours and 
Prize in Mathematics. 








203 


Cameron, Mary T.—(Trafalgar Institute).—Second Rank Honours and Prize in 
Mathematics; First Rank General Standing; Prize in Latin; Prize in 
German. 

Youne, Laura A.—(Prince of Wales College, P.E.I.).—First Rank General Stand- 
ing ; Prizein Latin. 

Hotpen, MakGarket—(Girls’ H.S., St. John, N.B.).—First Rank General Stand- 
ing. 

Mackay, Hector—(Kincardine H.S., Ont.).—First Rank General Standing. 

SMmiTH, ANNrE Lourse—(Misses Symmers’ and Smith’s School).—Prize in English ; 
Prize in French; Prize in Roman History. 

Browne, J. G.—(Montreal High Schoul).—Prize in Chemistry. 

Wyman, Danie, B,—(Hawkesbury H. 8S.).—Prize in Hebrew. 

McMaster, ANDRew R.—(Montreal Collegiate Institute).—Prize in English. 


Howarp, CampseLt—(Montreal Collegiate Institute.)—Prize in Latin. 
FIRST YEAR. 
PASSED THE SESSIONAL EXAMINATIONS. 


Holden, Cameron, Young, Mackay (H.), Steacy, Smith, Galt, Ker, Browne, Wy 
man (D. B.); Bruce and Mackay (M.), equal; Wyman (H. B.), McLeod, 
Campbell (R. P ), Saxe, Howard, Ross (A. R.), Doull, Ross (E.), Wal- 
bridge, McMaster, Macfarlane, Mallinson, Armstrong ; Larmonth and 
McLean, equal; Ives, Stevenson, Willis, Douglas, Marler, Bickerdike 


Gowan s, Russel s, Stephen s. 


(s) With supplemental examinatiou in one subject (arranged alphabetically). 


AWARD OF SCHOLARSHIPS AND EXHIBITIONS, ETC., SEPTEMBER, 
1893. 


I. FourrH Year.— Anne Molson Prize, Smith (Alistair). 
IJ, THinp YEAR.—ScuHouarsaips (tenable for two. years). 


Mathematical Scholarship.—*Howard, E. 
Natural Science Scholarship.—*Wallace, Jas. 
Classical and Modern Language Scholarship.—* MacIntosh (Major 


Ill. Seconp Yrar.—Exuisitions (tenable for one year). 
*Robertson, J. C., Private Tuition. 
§§Hurst, Ethel, Montreal Girls’ H. S. 


IV. First YEAR.—HIGHER ENTRANCE AND EXHIBITION EXAMINATIONS. %, 


Class I. *Mackay, Hector, Kincardine H.8., Exhibition. 
++ Cameron, Mary T., Trafalgar Institute, Lxhibition. 
* Bruce, John C., Huntingdon Academy, Lxhibition. 
+ Mackay, Malcolm, Montreal Coll. Institute, Exhibition. 
§ Larmonth, George E., Montreal H.S., Exhibition. 
tt Wyman, Daniel B., Hawkesbury H.8., Exhibition. 








4S3 TH 


-— Ba GS @ ee OS 


= Se 


a. 4 


a) 





204 


Class [/, ** Trenholme, Arthur K., Montreal H.S., Bursary. 
** Campbell, Roland P., Montreal Coll. Inst., Bursary. 
Stevenson, James, Montreal Coll. Inst. 


* Annual value, $125.—Founder, W. C. McDonald, Esq. 


$120,—Donor, Sir Donald A. Smith. 
$125.—Donor, George Hague, Esq. 

$100.—and free tuition, Donor, Sir Donald Smith. 
$100.—Founder, Major Mills. 

$ 90.—Founder, Mrs. Jane Redpath. 
$62.50.—Founder, W. C. McDonald, Esq. 


SUPPLEMENTAL .EXAMINATIONS. 
September 1892. 
(a) Sessional, 


THirp Year.—Bremner, Dickson (E.H.T.) Lewis, McGregor, McKerracher, 
Naylor. 
Seconp Year.—McNaughton, Symmes, Trenholme, Weir. 


First Year-—Denoon, Ross (A.R.), Scrimger. 


(6) Supplemental in one Subject. 


Second YeEAaR.—Crombie, Cushing, Hopkins, Levy, Tooke, Seymour, 


Young (S], 


First’ Yrar.—Hinds, Krause, Locke, Scott. 


SESSIONAL EXAMINATIONS, 1894. 


“3 


McGILL COLLEGE. 


GREEK. 


B.A, OrpINary.—Class [.—Davis (David T); Blackett and Harper, equal. Class 
I7— Dickson (E. H. T.). Class /77.—Hanran, Davis (E, A.), Lambly ; 
McGregorand Naylor, equal ; MacKeracher, Graham (F. H.) ; Bickerdike 
and Lewis and McCoy, eaual ; Bremner. 


THirD Yerar.—Class /.—Burnet and Craig (Wm. W.) and Keith (Prize), equal ; 
MacIntosh, Watt. Class J/.—Cameron and Gustin, equal ; Sutherland, 
Radford. Class /J/.—Weir, Wallace, Young (Henry), Crombie. 





rea 


PH 


Seconp Year.—Class /.—Ferguson and Hammond and Henderson and Smiley 
(Prizes), equal; Cole, Saunders, Archibald, Campbell, Locke. Class 11 
—Molson ; Robertson and Ross, equal ; Lennon, Howell, Scott, Schwartz, 
McCuaig. 

Class {1/.—Brown; Gordon and Turner, equal; Pollock; Bates and 
St. James, equal; Hurst, Mcartin Scrimger, Chalmers. 


First Year.—Class J—Howard. (Prize), Mackay (H.), Browne, Cameron 
(Prize), Ker; McLeod and Wyman (H. B.), equal. Class /I.—Smith, 
Raynes; Larmonth and Ross (A. R.), equal ; Bruce and Steacy, equal ; 
McMaster and Trenholme (A. K.) and Willis, equal; Armstrong and 
Campbell (R. P.), equal; Marler and Wyman (D. B.), equal ; Mackay 
(M.). Class /TJ.—Ives and Macfarlane, equal ; Saxe, Mallinson; Cun- 
ningham and McLean (S.), equal; Russel, Gowan, Doull; Cleland and 
Jouglas, equal; Botterell and Stevenson, equal; Boyce. 


LATIN. 


B.A. Orpinary.—Class J.—Davis (D. T.), Harper, Dickson (E. H. T.), Hargrave, 
Blackett. Class [/.—Ogilvy (Isabella), Craig (Margaret) ; Bickerdike 
and Fraser, equal; Graham (F. H.) and Mackenzie, equal; Boyd and 
Ogilvy (Chas.) and Shaw, equal; Hanran and MacKeracher, equal ; 
Barlow. Class I11].—Brown, Lambly, Duclos; Harvey and MacVicar 
equal; Bond, Garrett, Ellicott, Naylor; McCoy and Ireland, eq 

THirD YEaR.—Class J.—MecIntosh (Prize); Armstrong (Ethel) and Travis 
equal; Craig, Watson, Burnett. Ctass J7.—Whiteaves, Wilson. Class 
iif—Cameron, Hopkins; Armstrorig (E, N.) and Fourney, equal; 
Smyth, Symmes, Dyer, Rogers, Levy, Tooke, Hickson. 


Seconp YrAR.—Class 1.—Ferguson (Prize), Henderson, (Prize) ; Hammond and 
Smiley (Prizes), equal; Campbell, Saunders, Archibald, Cole, Hurst, 
Ross, Nicholls. Ctass //.—Lennon, Hill; Locke and Scott, equal ; 
Molson; Gordon and Howell, equal; Robertson and: Watson, equal ; 
McCuaig and Pollock, equal ; Schwartz; Denoon and Hutchinson and 
Pitcher, equal. Cldss J//.—Brown; Bates and Mitchell, equal ; Scrim- 
ger; McBurney and Stockwell and Turner, equal; Chalmers and St. 
James, equal; McMartin and Watters, equal; Krause; Gilmour and 
McPhail, equal; Hamilton, Hinds. 


Seconp Yrar.—(Latin Prose Composition).— Class —Hammond (Prize), Fer- 
guson (Prize), Smiley (Prize), Henderson (Prize), Cole, Scott, Arch- 
ibald; Locke and Saunders, equal. Class /7.—Robertson, Pollock, Ross, 
Campbell: Hill and Pi'cher, equa] ; Denoon and Gordon and Hurst and 
Nicholls and Watson, equal; Molson, Schwartz, McPhail. Class /Z/.— 
McCuaig and McMartin, equal; Howell and Lennon, equal; Mitchell, 
Hutchinson, Turner, Stockwell, Benny, Krause, Brown, McBurney, St. 
James, Bates, Scrimger. 


—. oA BABE UV <A TR HE 


aa 


a 2. 


~~ 


a 3 


a4 


a 





206 


First YEar.—Class ]—Cameron (Prize) and Young (Prize), equal; Browne 
(Prize) and Holden and Howard (Prize) and Smith, equal; McLeod 
and Steacy, equal; McMaster and Wyman (D. B.), equal; Ker, Galt. 
Class 1I.—Mackay (H.), Ross (Eliz.), Wyman (H. B.); Macfarlane and 
Mallinson, equal ; Bruce, Mackay (M.); Larmonth and Shaw and Wal- 
bridge, equal. Closs J/1,—Doull] and Stevenson and Trenholme (A. K.), 
equal; Ross (A. R.) ; Marler and Saxe, equal ; Stephen; Armstrong and 
Campbell (R. P.), equal; Russel; Bickerdike and Douglas, equal; 
Heeney; Cleland and Willis, equal; Ives, Gowan; McLean (S.) and 
Overing, equal; Dover. 


ROMAN HISTORY AND LITERATURE. 


First Year.—Class [.—Smith (A. L.), (Prize): Holden and Larmonth and 
McMaster, equal; Browne; Campbell (R. P.) and Ker, equal; Ross 
(Eliz.) and McLeod and Mackay (H.) equal; Cameron and Young (L. 
A.), equal; Howard (C.), Saxe ; Galt and Martin and Willis and Wyman 
(D. B.), equal. Class JJ.—Macfarlane and Mackay (M.), equal; Arm- 
strong and Bickerdike and McLean (S.), equal; Walbridge, Gowan ; 
Mallinson and Ross (A. R.) and Russel and Wyman (H. B.), equal; 
Mvers and Warren, equal. Class J//.—Coussirat ; Cunningham and 
Douglas, equal; Bruce and Cleland anc Dover and Ives, and Steacy 
and ‘Trenholme (A. K.), equal; Schwitzer and Shaw and Stevenson, 
equal; Doull, Crozier, Overing, Stephen; Botterell (J. E.) and Boyce, 
equal; Hill. 


MENTAL AND MORAL PHILOSOPHY. 


B.A. OrpiNARY.—(Moral Philosophy).—Class 1 —Graham (A.), Walker; Ogilvy 
(I.) and Warner, equal; Day, Moffat; Barlow and Dickson (E.) and 
Kelly, equal; Fraser; Davis (E. A.) and Ogilvy (C.) and Shaw, equal; 
Harper, Blackett; Brown (J. L.) and Hanran and Naylor and Sing 
equal. Class /J.—Ball and Leitch (H.) and Stewart, equal; MacKera 
cher and Peever,equal ; Bremner and Craig, equal ; Harnwell, MacVicar, 
Brown (J.) and Duclos, equal; Graham (F.) and MacGregor, equal ; 
Bickerdike and Bond aud Calvert and Harvey, equal. Class //i/.—Har 
grave and Morrow, equal; Murray and Dickson (8. M.), equal; McCoy 
Garrett; [reland and Mathers, equal ; Boyd and Lewis, equal; Lambty 
Boshart, Jamieson, McCuaig. 


Tuirp YRAr.—(Mental Philosophy).—Class I—Crombie (W.) and Howard and 
Radford and Sutherland and Travis and Wallace and Watt, equal 
Watson and Young (H.), equal; Trenholme, Smyth, Rogers, Hanson. 
Keefer and Keith, equal; Fish; Gustin and Milliken, equal; Hickson 
and Hopkins and Wilson (A.), equal; Armstrong (E). Class I7.—Mc- 
Naughton, Weir, Young (S. Boshart and Symmes and Wilson (W. 
equal ; Seller, Humphrey ; Brown and Dyer, equal. Class 1//.—Fraser 





207 


and McAmmond and McEwan, equal ; Mason and Mills, equal; Beam 
ish and Extence and Harnwell, equal ; LeRoy, Tooke, Culp, Leitch (Fy 
Prizes: Travis ; Crombie and Wallace. 

SECOND Yrar.—(Logic).—Class I.—Lennon, Scott, Archibald, Campbell; Ro- 


bertson and Saunders, equal ; MacGregor and Schwartz, equal ; *Belton 


and *6race and Ferguson, equal ; Hammond and Watters, equal; Cole 
Molson; *Harnwell and *Miller and Pitcher and St. James, equal ; 


Smiley ; Hurst and MacPhail and Nicholls, equal; Kagleson and Hen- 
derson and Locke, equal; Mitchell and Serimger, equal. Class J].— 
Chalmers; Howell and McCnaig and Stockwell, equal; *McAteer, 
Hutchinson and Patterson, equal; Bates and Gordon and Ross, equal 
“Pollock (A. F.); *Harsey and Watson, equal; Denoon and Hill and 
McMartin, equal; Hinds; *Keefer and *Mvuunt. equal ; McBurney and 
Pollock (T. J.) and *Smith (W. A.), equal. Class JJT.—*Beamish and 
; *Benny and *Leitch, equal ; Krause and *Seller, equal; Kennedy, Brown 
*Smith (G. E.), Hamilton; *McAmmond and Pinder, equal ; *Smith 
(H. L.) and Turner, equal ; *Wright, Watt, *Kelly, *Fish; Graham and 
*Culp, equal. 
EUROPEAN HISTORY. 


B.A. Orpinary.—Class J.—Barlow, Craig, Mackenzie, Moffai, Harper, Class //. 


—Ogilvy; Boyd and Fraser, equal : Stewart; Lewis and Shaw, equal ; 
Dickson (E. F.) ; Hanran and Harvey, equal ; Duclos, Davis K.), Bicker- 


dike. Class /[J.—Dickson (8.); Bond and Ireland and *Ashforth, equal: 
Graham and MacKeracher, equal; Garrett; Bremner and MacViear, equ 


al ; 
Lambly and Hargreave, equal. 


ENGLISH LITERATURE AND RHETORIC. 

THirp YEAR.—C/ass J.—Cameron (Prize); Howard and Trenholme equal ; 
MacIntosh. Olass {{/.—Armstrong (E. N.), Travis, Hickson, Le Oy ; 
Hopkins and Tooke, equal; Sutherland; Dyer and Browne equal ; 
Cushing. Class //—Weir, Symmes, Fourney, Hanson. 


ENGLISH LITERATURE AND HISTORY. 

Ssconp Year.—Class J.——*Walker, Hurst (Prize), Ferguson (Prize) ; Campbell 
and Henderson, equal; * MacGregor and Scott, equal + Mitchell and 
Smiley, equal ; Hammond, Nicholls, Archibald ; Pitcher and Robertson 
and Saunders, equal ; Scrimger; Cole and Hutchinson, equal ; Locke ; 
*Norris and Schwartz, equal, Class I/.—*Leitch, Molson ; Lennon and 
Ross, equal; Hill, St, James, Gordon, Turner, *Wilson. Class /J/.— 
Howell, Hamilton, Pollock, Chalmers, McMartin. 


ENGLISH LITERATURE. 
First Year.—Class /—Smith (Prize), McMaster (Prize); Holden and Ross (E.), 


equal ; Galt, Campbell (R. P.), Young, Wyman (H. B.), Mackay (M.), 
Overing, Olass 1J.—Russel, Cleland ; MacKay (H.) and Meyer ‘and 





aan 


. se VA A 


Pea | 


. 


“a 2 SO 


a 





208 


Ross (A. R.) equal; Browne; Harrington and Macfarlaze and Wal- 
bridge, equal; Willis; Howard and Shaw, equal; Ker. and Cameron, 
equal; Class /J/.—Mallinson and McLeod and Steacy, equal ; Bruce and 
‘Stuart, equal; *Douglas and Larmonth and McLean (S.), equal, 
sickerdike and Doull and Trenholme and Wyman (D. B.), equal ; 
Armstrong and Ives and Saxe, equal; Stevenson, Marler, Stephen; 
Ferguson and *Pollock, equal. 


MECHANICS AND HYDROSTATICS, 


3,.A.—Class J.—Dickson (T.), Harper. Class IT.—Ogilvy (Isa), Stewart, 
Garrett, Barlow, Harvey. Class ///.—Blacket, Naylor, Ogilvy (C.), 
Duclos, Hanran, Hargrave, Ireland; Bremner and Craig, equal; Shaw; 
Bond and McGregor, equal; Brown, McCoy, Bickerdike. 

Tuirp YEAR.—Class J.—Howard, Whiteaves, Rogers; Crombie and Armstrong 
(L. E.), equal. Class 17.—Smyth, Fourney ; Armstrong (E, N.) and 
Levy, equal; Hopkins, Travis, Hanson. Class I1f.—Craig, Tooke; Le 
Roy and Symmes and Fraser (H. A.), equal ; Radford, Dyer, Trenholme, 
McNaughton, Hickson. 


ASTRONOMY AND OPTICS. 


B.A,—Class} J.—Smith, Blacket, Boyd, * Duclos, Barlow; Dickson (T.) and 
Fraser (F. C.) and Ogilvy (Chs.), equal. Class /J.—Harvey; Hanran 
and Harper, equal; Stewart, Garrett. Class J{I.—Brown, McGregor, 
Bond, McCoy, Bickerdike, Ireland. 

Tarp Yrar.—Class 1.—Howard, C rombie, Fourney, Craig. Class J/.—Smyth ; 
Dyer and Symmes, equal; Hanson and Hopkins and McNaughton, equal, 
Class I/J.—Rogers, Hickson, Trenholme, Levy. 


EXPERIMENTAL PHYSICS, 


B.A.— Class 1.—Smith ; Class 177.—McVicar (R. M.), 
Tairp Year.—Class J.—Howard, 


GEOMETRY AND ARITHMRTIC. 


SECOND YEAR.—Class J.—Robertson, Hutchinson. Cole, Molson, Ferguson: 
Archibald and Sanders, equal. \ Class Z1.—Hurst, Ross, Campbell, 
Hammona, Scott; Gordon and Smiley and McCuaig and Pitcher, equal; 
Lennon, Brown, Nichols, Watson, Hill. Class L11.—Schwartz, Watters, 
Locke; Chalmers and St. James, equal; Pollock, Scrimger, Bates ; 
McMartin and Henderson, equal; Mitchell; McBurney and Macphail, 
equal; Denoon ; Moore and Turner, equal ; Stockwell, Benny; Howell 
and Hinds, equal’; Hamilton, Krause. : 

First Yrar.—Class /.—Bruce, McKay (H.); Holden and Macgregor and Mackay 
(M.) and Steacy, equal; Mcleod and Saxe, equal; Walbridge, Cameron, 
Wyman (D. B), Campbell (R. P.) ; Harrington and Galt, equal. Class 





| 209 


/Z.—Doull ; Meyer and Boyce, equal; Douglas; Brown and Ross (EB), 
and Russel and Smith, equal; Ker and Shaw and Young, equal; McLean 
and Stephen, equal. Class J77.—Gowan; Ross (A. R.) and Wyman 
(H. B.), equal; Armstrong and Macfarlane, equal ; Trenholme; Mallin- 
son and Stevenson, equal ; Cunningham and Larmonth, equal; Howard, 
Willis, Ives, Overing, Hill, Bickerdike, McMaster, Botterell, Crozier , 
Marler and Warren, equal ; Ziegler. 


TRIGONOMETRY AND ALGEBRA. 


SECOND Yuar. —Class /.—Robertson. Hutchinson, Ross; Molson and Stockwell! 
equal. Class J7.—Saunders, Hammond, F erguson; Hurst and Smiley, 
equal; Nicholls; Cole and McCuaig, equal; Gordon and Schwartz 
equal. - Class JJ/.— Archibald and Howell, equal; Bates; Lennon and 
Pitcher, equal; Brown and os equal; Henderson ; Campbell and 
Mitchell and Scott, equal; Hill; Chalmers and Turner, equal; Locke 
and Watters, equal; Benny and St.. James, equal; Hinds ; McBurney 
and Moore, equal; Macphail; Denoon and McMartin, equal. 

First YEAR.—Olass J.—Saxe; Cameron and Macgregor, equal; Mackay (M.), 
Holden, Steacy ; Kerand Wyman (H.), equal; Bruce and Wyman (D. B.), 
equal; Mackay (H). Class /7.—Stevenson, Galt, Young, Browne, 
Walbridge. Class I/1,—Campbell (R. P.) and Ross (A. R.) and Boyce, 
equal; McLean and Doull, equal; Mallinson; Harrington and Ives; 
equal; Ross (E.), Howard, Russell, Larmonth, Macfarlane, Smith , 
Cunningham and McMaster and Marler and Trenholme and Willis, 
equal; Meyer; Armstrong and Stephen, equal; McLeod, Gowan 
Bickerdike, Botterell, Douglas, Hill. 


. 


ri 
g | 
e 
a 
f 
g 
7 


~ 
> 


HONOUR EXAMINATION IN MATHB MATICS AND NATURAL PHYLOSOPHY. 


B,A.—Second Rank Honours.—Smith (Alistair. ) 
Tuirp Year —First Rank Honours.—Howard. 
SECOND YEREAR.—First Rank Honours.—Robertson ; Hutchinson. 


First Ysuar.—SZirst Rank Honours.—Bruce.—Second Rani: Honours.—Mackay 
(Malcolm); Cameron (M. T.) 


FRENCH, 


FourtH Year.—Class /.—Harper, Ogilvy (L), Blackett, Ogilvy (Chs.),Bickerdike, 
Boyd, Shaw. Class I/.—Hargrave, Fraser, Bond; Barlow and Duclos 
equal; Craig. Class //7.~-Brown, Mackenzie: Lewis. 


Tarp YpxaR.—Class J.—* Johnson and W ilson, equal; MacGregor, Radford, Levy 
(prize); Armstrong (E.) and Watson equal ; Craig. Class If.—Burnet 
and Whiteaves, equal; Armstrong (EK. N.), Gustin. Glass IZ.— 
Fourney, Smyth, Cushing. 











210 





Srconp Yrar.—Class :J.—Smiley (prize), Benny, St. James (prize); Mitchell, 
Henderson; Molson and Ross, equal; Cole and Fergusson, equal; 
Saunders; Archibald and Hinds, equal; Campbell, Scott; Hurst 
and Schwartz, equal; Nichols ; Scrimger and Stuart, equal; Hammond 
: and Locke and Watson, equal. Class J/.—Hill and Pitcher, equal; 
McCuaig, Waters, Turner; McMartin and Pollock, equal; Hutchinson, 
Krause, Denoon ; Brown and McBurney, equal; Stockwell. Class JJ/.— 
MacPHail, Kennedy, Chalmers, Walker, Moore, Pinder, Graham. 












First Year.—Class J.—Smith prize), Cameron, Holden; Doull and Wyman, 
equal ; Ker, Ross (A.R.), Coussirat, Bruce, Howard. Class //.—Young, 
McFarlane, Galt, Mackay (H.), Campbell, Walbridge, Mackay (M). Class 






J/1.—Browne, Shaw, Stephen, Ives, McMaster, Armstrong, Saxe,Bicker- 
dike, Stevenson, Warren, Ross (E.), Marler, Harrington; Cunningham, 
equal; Botterell and Larmont and Russell, equal. 








" GERMAN. 





TuirD Year.— Class I.—Levy (Prize), Wilson, Whiteaves, Armstrong. Class LI, 





—* Johnson. 






Szmconp YEAR.—Olass /.—Hammond (Pr2ze) ; ;Mitchell and Hurst, equal ; Nicholls, 
Locke, Hutchinson, Robertson; Krause and Hill, equal; Pitcher and 
Denoon and Watson, equal. Class J/.—Gordon and Howell, equal; 
is | Macphail, McBurney. Class J/J,—Pinder, Graham.* 
* Partial. 








First Yrar.— Class /.—Cameron (Prize) ; Pattison (B. A.), and Holden, equal; 
Doull, Young, Galt.. Class 1/7.—Walbridge, Bickerdike, Shaw, Ross, 
Stephen, Johnson, Class /J/.—Warren, Willis, Dover, Hill. 





















HEBREW 


B.A. Orpinary.—Class -I.—Day |(F. J.). Class 1J.—Naylor, Bremner. Class 
IT].—Davis, MacGregor. 


Tuirp Yrar.—Class J1.—Keith (Prize), Ball. Class /I.—Wallace. Class H1.— 
Brown (J. L.). . 

Srconp YHar.— Class 7,—Bates, Lennon (Prize). Class //.—Milliken, Humphrey. 
Class IJJ.—Brown (Th.) and Peever and Mount, equal ; Sing, Extence, 
Mason, Fairbairn, Jackson, Jamieson, 

First Yrear.—Class I.—Belton, Internoscia (B. A.), Wyman (D. B.) (Prize), 
Pollock ; Stacy and Cleland, equal; McLeod (D. M.), Class I/.—Fergu- 
son (H.) and Horsey, equal; Smith ; McAteer and Kelly, equal; Fraser- 
and Eagleson and Boyce, equal; Watt WJ. C.) and Leitch, equal; 

Genova, Mair, Douglas; Mallinson and McLean, equal, Class 1L1.— 

Young (S:), Wilson, Ziegler, Shaw; Menangon ,and Brace, equal; 

Crozier and Overing, equal; Gourlay, Gowan, Young (H.), Biron. 











211 


Honour EXAMINATIONS IN Spurric LANGUAGES AND LITRATURE. 
B. A.— First Rank Honours and Governor General's Me lal.—F. J. Day. 
Tarp YeAr.—First Rank Honours.—N. D. Keith. 
The Neti Stewart prize.—F. J. Day. 


9 


GEOLOGY AND MINERALOGY. 


Fourrs Yrear.—Class 1.—Barl low, Craig, Fraser, Ogilvy (1). Class JI.—Naylor; 
MacGregor and B lackek: and Sing, sgaaks ¢ xraham (A.) and Warner, 
Sth Brown (J.); Harvey and McConnell, equal; Shaw, Stewart,’ 
Boyd, Graham (F. H.), Duclos. Fairb: uirn, Ogilvy (C.); Leitch and Peever, 
equal; Bethell and Davis (RB. A.), equal; Garett and Mathers, equal ; 
Hanran and Hargrave, equal ; Lambly. Class T7[.—Ireland, MacKer 
acher, Bremner, Calvert, Ellicott ; Murray and Lewis, equal. 


ZOOLOGY. 


Tord YEAR.— Class 1 —Travis (Prize), Sutherland (Prize), Keith, Armstrong 
(Ethel); McIntosh and *Brace, equal; Cameron and Wilson, equal 
Radford and Wallace, equal; Whiteaves. Olass I/.—Le © Roy, W: atson 
McNaughton, Gustin, ‘Smit sh (W. A.), Cashing; McAteer and Young 
S.), equal; Rogers, Armstrong (Edgar). Class J/7.—*Belton: Burnet 
and McEwan, equal; Eagleson: Orombie ahd Fourney, equal ; Smith 

K.), Young (H.), Weir, Smith (H. L.), *Seller, *Wilson (A. C.); Pater 
son and Walker, equal. 


aa. GS @ See 


Sak me 
nS A i 


F 
' 
¥ 
if 


BOTANY, 

Tarp YEAR.—Class J.—Pattison. 

SEConD Yrar.—Class I.—Scott (Prize), Hammond (Prize), Smiley, Campbell, 
Cole; Nicholls and Hill, equal; Ferguson, Lennon, Mitchell, Henderson, 
Locke; Watson and Pitcher, equal. Class JI.—Bates, McMartin,* 
McOuaig; St. James and Archibald, equal; Stockwell and Watters, 
equal; Serimger, Gordon, Chalmers; Molson and Schwartz, equal; 
Krause and Macphail and Pollock and toss, equal; Saunders and 
McCallum, equal; Denoon.. Class Ii7.—Benny,* Brown, Hamilton,* 
Hinds, Hurst, McBurney, Turner, Pinder. 


CHEMISTRY. 
Tarp YeAr (Additional)—Class 77.—Watson' 


First Year.—Class 1.—Pattison (B. A.), Browne (J. G.) (Prize), Boyce, Harrington. 
Class IJ.—Saxe; Bruce and Steacy, equal ; Ross (A. R.), Young ; 

Mackay (M.) and Wyman (D. B.), equal ; Campbell, Mackay (H.), Ives. 

Ross (E.); Armstrong and Douglas and Mallingon and Smith, equal. 

Class [[/,—Ker and McLean and Wyman (H. B. ), equal; Doull; McLeod 

and Holden, equal; Milliken, Cunningham, Cameron ; Galt and Gowan 














equal; Howard and McMaster, equal; Marler and Stuart, equal; Dover 
and Stevenson, equal ; Bickerdike, Larmonth; Macfarlane and Overing, 
equal; Oke and Walbridge and Wilson, equal Brown (T.) and Cous- 






































sirat, equal; Willis. 
WICKSTEED SILVER MEDAL FOR PHYSICAL CULTURRE. 
Fourra YBAR.—Dickson, Sypnry M. 
DONALDA PRIZES FOR PHYSICAL CULTURE. 
Graduating Class —Warner, Agnes. 
Undergraduates.—Travis, Katharine. 
MORRIN COLLEGE. 
B.A. ORDINARY. 


Greek.—Class /.—Fraser. 
Latin.—-Class /.—Fraser. 
MECHANICS AND Hyprostatics. —Class ///.—Fraser. 
AstTRoNoMY AND Oprics.— Class //.—Fraser. 
Mora. Puintosopuy.--Class /.—Fraser. 
Frenou.—Cl ass 11 /.—-Fraser. 
INTERMEDIATE, 
Greex.—Class 1.—Langlois. Class ///.—Taylor, Drum 
Latin.— Class I.—Langlois. Class J/.—McWilliam. Class /1/.—Taylor, Drum, 


Bishop, 
Latin Prose.—Class J/.—Langlois. Class /7.— Drum, McWuuam, Taylor. 





TRIGONOMETRY AND ALGEBRA.—C/ass J—Langlois. Class JJ.—Taylor. Class 
1IJ,.—MacWilliam, Bishop. 
J 
Gromerry anp Ar(THMETIo.—Class J.—Langlois. Class J/.—MeWilliam, Class 
I1i.—Taylor, Drum, Bishop. 
McWilliam, Langlois. Class //.—None. Class [11.—Yaylor, 





Loeic,—Class TL. 
Bishop. 
Bneuish Literature and HistoRy.—Class /.—MecWilliam. Class 4/.—-Lan- 
glois. Class ///.—Drum. 
FRENCH,—Class J.—Taylor, McWilliams, Langlois. Class //i.—Urum, bisnop. 
GerMan.—Class J.—Mc William. 
ST. FRANCIS COLLEGE, 


INTERMEDIATE. 


GrREEK.—Class J/.—Paterson. Class /J7—Coburn, Vaudry. 
Latin.—Class 1/.—Paterson. Class [//.—Coburn and Vaudry. 
- Latin Prose Composition.—Class J/.—Paterson. Class [.—Coburn, 


TRIGONOMETRY AND ALGERRA.—Class. .—Paterson. Class Z11.—Vaudry, Coburn. 


GHOMETRY AND AriTHMmati¢.—Class 1.—Paterson. Class MT.—Coburn, Vaudry. 
Logic.—Class £.—Coburn. Class I/.--Paterson. Class /I/.—Vaudry. 
Ene@uisH Lirerarure AND History.—Class HI.—Vaudry, Paterson. 
Frenoa.—Class 11.—Coburn, Vaudry Paterson. 


STANSTEAD WESLEYAN COLLEGE. 


INTERMEDIATE. 
GREEK. —Class.l7/.—Ryan. 
Latin.—Class I7.—Rugg, Howard ; Bryant and Ryan, equal. 
Latin Prosm Composition.—Class J{—Bryant and Rugg, equal; Howard, Ryan 
TRIGONOMETRY AND ALGRBRA.—Class H.—Rugz, Bryant, Howard. Class [IL.— 
Ryan. 
GEOMETRY AND ARITHMETIC. 





Loaic.—Class IL—Rugg. Class 1.—Howard. Class H11,—Bryant, Ryan. 
ENGLISH LITERATORE AnD History.—Class 1.—Bryant. Class If1.—Howard. 
HFRENCH.—Class 7.—Bryant. Class H.—Rugg. Class /T1.—Howard, Ryan. 
German.—Class 1.—Rugg, Bryant, Howard. 


FIRST YEAR. 


GRruek-— Class 1.—McNaughton. Class i1.-—Whitcher, DuBoyce, Vaughan. 

Lavin.~-Class J; McNaughton. Class. H--Terrill and Whitcher, equal. Class 
/11.—DuBoyce and Vaughan, equal ; Nunns: 

TRIGONOMETRY AND ALGEBRA.—Class H.—Whitcher. McNaughton. Class Z7/.— 
Nunns, Terrill, DuBoyce, Van Vleet, Vaughan, 

GEOMETRY AND ARITHMETIC.—Class /.—McNaughton. Class J71.—Vaughan 
Nunns, DuBoyce, Whitcher, Van Vleet. 

GrerMaN.—Class /1/.—Terrill, Van Vleet. 

Frencu.—Class 1J7.—DuBoyce, MacNaughton. . 

Cuemistry.—Class [1/.—Whitcher, Vaughan. 


Roman History.— Class IJ.—DuBoyce and McNaughton and Terrill, equal. Class 


//J—Nunns and Vaughan, equal ; Whitcher. 


Class [,—Bryant, Rugg. Class J. —Ryan, Howard. 


—- 


oa o 





- 
¥ 
- BEB Se G@ S| 


Se 


—=5 =A. 
~. ae 


7 








FACULTY OF APPLIED SCIENCE. 
FOURTH YEAR. (GRADUATING CLASS.) 


Henry MARTYN Mackay., B.A.—Governor General’s Medal; British Association 
Exhibition of $50.00 Honours in Theory of Structures, Hydraulics, 
Designing ana Geodesy ; Prize for Astonomical Work. 

ALEXANDER Scotr Dawson.—Prize for Summer Essay ($25.00); Honours in 
Theory of Structures and Hydraulics ; Price for Astronomical Work 

Frank Henry Prrcner.—Honours in Thermodynamics and Dynamics of Machin- 
ery; Prize for Summer Hssay. 

A.rrup Cottyer.—Prize of a Weston Voltmeter ($75.00), for Work in Electrical 
Laboratory. 

Epwarp DARLING.—British Association Medal; Honours in Machine Design, 
Mechanical Drawing, and Designing, Prize for Summer Essay. 
Wiuuram Arcarato Durr.—Honours and Professor’s Prize in Thermodynamics ; 

Honours in Dynamics and Machinery and Designing. 

Arrnur LAN@LEY Muper.—Honours in Designing. 

Jams SHEARPR CosTiGAN.—Honours in ries age: Prize for Summer Essay 

Joun Herpzrt LArmMontu.—Prize for Summer Ess: 

Artaur Aveusrus Coin, B.A.—Honours in Sachaisll Assaying and Metallurgy ; 
First Rank Honours in Natural Science. 

Orton Epwarp Simpson Wuirresipr.—Honours in Metallurgy and Assaying ; 
First Rank Honours in Natural Science, Prize for Summer Essay ($25). 

Herpert Motson.—Honours in Metallurgy, Chemistry and Mineralogy. 


ALRXANDER Bropiz.—Honours in Chemistry, Metallurgy and Mineralogy. 
THIRD YEAR. 


Carter, William Frederick.—Prizes for Theory of Structures and Work in Testing 
Laboratory, Prize for Levelling. 

Dobson, Gilbert Sherwood, B.A.—Prize for Work in Testing Laboratory. 

McDunnough, Ralph Baylis.—-Scott Exhibition of $60; Prizes for Mathematics 
and Experimental Physics. Machine Design, Dynamics of Machinery 
Mechanical Drawing. 

King, Robert Owen.—Prizes for Mathematics and Work in Physical Laboratory. 

Currie, William.—Prizes for Theory of Structures, Mathema .tics, and Work in 
Testing Laboratory, and Dynamics of Machinery. 

Baker, Hugh C.—Prizes for Work in Physical Laboratory and for Shopwork. 

Robinson, Sampson Paul.— Prize for Experimental Physics. 

Hart, Orobio Chandler.—Prizes for Geology and Mineralogy, and Mining, Logan 
prize for Collection of Insects. 


Gwillim, John Cole.—Prizes for Theoretical and Practical Chemistry, and Dra- 
wing (Mining). 

Wilkin, Francis Alfred.—Prize for Mechanism, Prize for Transit Work. 

Moodie, Kenneth.—Prize for Shopwork and Drysdale Prize. 





215 


PASSED THE SESSIONAL EXAMI NATIONS. 
CIVIL ENGINEERING. 


Carter, William Frederick. Cowansville, Que, 
Dobson, Gilbert Sherwood, B.A., Dorchester, N.B. 


ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING. 


King, Robert Owen, Montreal. 
McDunnough, Ralph Baylis, Montreal. 
“Becket, Frederick Mark, Montreal. 
Scott, Alfred, Port Hope, Ont. 


MECHANICAL ENGINEERING. 

Currrie, William, Montreal. 

Baker, Hugh C., Montreal. 

Robins, Sampson Paul, Montreal. 
Griffin, Michael Edward, Georgetown, P.E.I 
Boright, George Nelson, Sutton, Que 
Greig, Alexander R., Montreal. } 
Angus, William Forrest, Montreal. { eqiat. 
McDougall, George Dewar, Amherst, N.S, 
Nivin, Thomas Francis, Montreal, 

Moodie, Kenneth, Chesterville, Ont. 
McNaughton, Peter, Huntingdon, Que. 
Primrose, John, Pictou, N.S 

Rogers, Frank Doughty, Montreal. 


MINING ENGINEERING. 
Hart, Orobio Chandler, Cowansville, Que: 
Wilkin, Francis Alfred, Calgary, N.W.T. 
Gwillim, John Cole, Winnipeg, Man. 


= oe 


* Askwith, William Robert, New Edinburgh, Ont. 


SECOND YEAR. 


Stewart, Robert Holden.—Prizes for Mathematics, Physical Laboratory Work 
Descriptive Geometry, Mapping (Mining), Surveying, and Fieldwork (Surve- 
ying). 

Chase, Harry A.—Prize of $40 for Entrance Examination. 

Kenny, Thomas Frederick.—Prize for Experimental Physics. 

Killaly, Hamilton MeM., B.A.—Prizes for Mapping (Civil) and Surveying. 

Green. Joseph Samuel Raoul.—Prizes for Zoclogy, English and French. 

Courtice, Francis E.—Prizes for German and Mechanism. 


Gill, James Lester Willis.—Prizes for Shopwork and Mechanism, Wicksteed Bronz 
Medal for Physical Culture. 





* Supplemental in one subject. 













216 


PASSED THE SESSIONAL EXAMINATIONS. 







CIVIL ENGINEERING. 

































Hare, George Gray, St. John, N.B. 
Killaly, Hamilton MeM., Morrisburg, Ont. 
Reinhard, Carl, Montreal. 

* Denis, Théophile, Montreal. 

* Ogilvie, William Morley, Cumming’s Bridge, Ont. 


ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING. 


Chase, Harry A., Kentville, N.S. 
Jaquays, Homer Morton, B.A., Montreal. 
Wrighi, Charles Harvey, Renfrew, Ont. 
Dougall, George Matile, Montreal. 

* Howe, Ralph Edwin, B.A., Hatley, Q. 


MECHANICAL ENGINEERING, 


Gill, James Lester Willis, Little York, P.E.I. 
Courtice, Francis Edward, Port Perry, Ont. 
Keuny, Thomas Frederick, Ottawa, Ont. 
Hunter, John William, Kingston, Ont. 
Clarke, Ernest Randolph, Stratford, Ont. 
McDougall, William, Ormstown, Que. 
Smaill, Albert Edward, Montreai. 
mS White, Frank Herbert, Montreal. 
Walkem, George Alexander, Kingston, Ont. 
* Rutherford, Gordon Scott, Montreal. 


MINING ENGINEERING. 


Stewart, Robert Holden, Montreal. 
Green, Joseph Samuel Raoul, Montreal. 
Mussen, Horace W., Aurora, Ont. 
* Archibald, WUliam Munroe, Truro, N.S. 
* Webb, William Morton, Petrolia, Ont. 
* Metcalfe, Thomas Henry, Montreal. 
Rutherford,.Forrest, Montreal. 


PRACTICAL CHEMISTRY. 


McCallum, Arthur, Maxwell, Ont. 


Supplemental in One subject. 





217 


FIRST YEAR. 


Stovel, Russell Wellesley.—Prizes for Descriptive Geometry, Mathematics, and 
Work in Mathematical Laboratory. 

Newcombe, Avard B., Matriculation Prize of $22.50. 

Turnbull, John Moncrieff.—Matriculation Prize of $22.50. 

Guthrie, Norman Gregor. Prizes for Theoretical and Practical Chemistry 
English and German. 

Staples, Clark.—Prize for Freehand Drawing. 

Thompson, Frederick William.—Fleet Prize for Shopwork. 

Macdonald, James E.—Matriculation Prize of $15, 

Hillary, George M.—Matriculation Prize of $10. 


PASSED THE SESSIONAL EXAMINATIONS. 


Stovel, Russell Wellesley, Toronto, Ont. 
Thomson, Clarence, Montreal. 

Guthrie, Norman Gregor, Guelph, Ont. 
Turnbull, John’ Moncrieff, Montreal. 
MacKinnon, George Douglas, Charlottetown, P.E.I. 
Macdonald, James Ewan, Providence, R.I., U.S.A. 
Thomson, Henry Nellis, Quebec, Que. 
MacLeod, George Roderick, Uigg, P.E.I. 
Thomson, Frederick William, Coaticook, Que. ° 
Burnham, Harold Bostwick, Peterboro, Ont. 
Macdonald, Peter William, West Bay, N.S. 
Connal, William Ferguson, Peterboro, Ont. 
Travis, Berton Cecil, Hampton, N.B. 

Bell, John Wainwright, Montreal. 

Angel, Frederick W., St. John’s, Newfoundland. 
Davidson, Shirley, Montreal. 

Hillary, George, M., Whitby, Ont. 

Ross, John Kenneth, Montreal. 

*Mackie, James D., Kingston Station, Ont. 
Pitcher, Norman Charles, Montreal. 

Walters, Morley, Hull, Que. 

Symmes, Howard Church, Aylmer, Ont. 
*Newcombe, Avard Borden, Lakeville, N.&. 
Haycock, Richard Lafontaine, Ottawa, Ont. 
Blair, David Edward, Chicoutimi, Que. 
Staples,Clark, Balsam Lake, Ont. 

*Suter, Robert William, Carleton Place, Ont, 
*Packard, Francis Lucius, Montreal. 

Beatty, David Herbert, Sarnia, Ont. 


*Supplementa) in one subject. 








218 


*McKibbin, frederick William James, Peterboro 
Yorston, Louis, Pictou, N.S. 

Sise, Charles Fleetford, Montreal. 

*Kennedy, Lindsay Russel, Pembroke, Ont. 
*Edward, Jobn R., Outremont, Que. 
*Dougall, Ralph,Montreal 

*Reid, Robert G., Moutreal. 

*Archibald, Harry P., Antigonish, N.S. 
*Bovey, Edward Palk,Torquay, England. 
*Macbean, Stanley Lorne, Montreal. 
*Desbarats, Charles Henry Hullett, Montreal. 


STANDING IN THE SEVERAL SUBJECTS. 


ENGLISH. 

Smconp Yrar.—Class 1—Green, Hare, Mackie; Dougall (G.) and Webb and 
Courtice and Stewart, equal; McDougall and McLaren, equal; Chase. 
Class JJ.—Mussen and McCallum and Balfour, equal; Bayfield; 
Smaill and Wright, equal; Clarke and Kenny, equal. Class L/1.— 
Gill and White, equal ; Archibald, Metcalfe, Denis, Ferguson, Walkem, 
Sise, Alley, Reinhardt ; Rutherford (G.) and Hunter, equal ; Ogilvie. 

First Year.—ClassJ.—Guthrie, Macleod, Suter, Thomson (C.), Stovel. Class 
i—Davidson and Macdonald (J. E.) and Craig* and Packard, equal; 
Burnham, Staples, Thomson (H. N.); Angel-and McBean, equal. Class 
I7I.—Bovey, Turnbull; Travis and Ross, equal; Connal; Bell (J. W.), 
and Edward and McKinnon, equal; Drinkwater and Macdonald (P. W.), 
equal; Hillary and Thompson (F. W.), equal; Archibald, Campbell, 
Colson; Newcombe and Yorston, equal; Beatty and Symmes, equal; 
Pitcher and May and Simpson, equal ; Paradis and Reaves* and Reid, 
equal; Finnie, Kennedy* equal; McKibbin and Walters,* equal; Blair, 
Dougall and Mitchell (N. 8.)* and Desbarats, equal; Holland. 

FRENCH. 

Second Year.— Class /.—Green, Denis, Gill, Wright, Hare. Class I7—Chaser 
Metcalfe, White (F. H.), Clarke; Dufresne and Webb, equal ; Smaill. 
Class I/J.—Bayfield, Rutherford (G. S.), Balfour, Rutherford (8S. F.), 
Reinhardt, Alley. 

First Year.— Class J.—Desbarats, Thomson (C.) Class 1/.—Thomson (H. N.). 
Class UI.—Bell (J. W.) and Lacroix, equal; Stovel, Macleod, Ross, 
Blair, Thompson (F.); Connal and Edward, equal; Packard ; Colson 
and Turnbull, equal; McKinnon; Machean and Macdonald (P. W.), 
equal; Corriveau and Pitcher, equal; Symmes. 

GERMAN. 


Seconp YreAR.—Class J.--Courtice, McCallum, Kenny. Class 7/.—Hunter, Mc- 
Dougall, McLaren, Walkem. Class J//.—Mussen, Buchanan, Ferguson, 
Bishop, Olive, Ogilvy, Archibald. 


*Supplemental in Dictation. 





wy 


219 


First YrAr.-—Class /.—Guthrie, Burnham, Aylmer, Macdonald (J. E.), Hillary, 
Travis. Class J]/.—Suter, Angel. Class [1T.—Beatty, Craig ; Campbell 
and Walters, equal; May, Yorston; Simpson and Archibald, equal ; 
Staples and Finnie, equal ; Vickerson, Kennedy, Mitchell (N. C.), Dou- 
gall (R.), Bovey, Holland, Reid. 





CHEMISTRY. 

First YrAr.—Class J.—Guthrie, Thomson (C.), Turnbull. Class JI.—Me- 
Kinnon, Thomson (H. N.) ; MacDonald (P. W.)and Macleod and Ross, 
equal; Stovel and Thompson (F. W.), equal; Burnham and Macdonald 
(J. K.), equal; Archibald ; Haycock and Hillary, equal; Newcombe and 
Pitcher, equal ; Connal and Dougall (R.), equal ; Davidson, Bell (J. W.), 
Travis, Edward. Class [//.—Blair; Angel and Symmes, equal; Wal- 
ters; Packard and Suter, equal ; Bovey and Yorston, equal ; Aylmer and 
Mitchell (N. S.), equal; Desbarats; Beatty and Drinkwater and Mac- 
bean and Staples, equal; McRae and Reaves, equal; Colson and Me- 
Kibbin, equal. 

PRACTICAL CHEMISTRY. 


First YeAR.—Class /.—Grant and Guthrie, equal; Thompson (F. W.) ; Bell (J. 
W.) and Thomson (H. N.) and Turnbull, equal; Paradis; Angel and 
Bovey and Connal and Macdonald (J. E.) and Macdonald (P. W.) and 
Ross and Stovel, equal ; Symmes, Aylmer; Davidson and Hillary and 
McKinnon and MacLeod and Pitcher and Simpson and Suter, equal 
MacKenzie ; Burnham and Campbell and Desbarats and Newcombe and 
Thomson (C.) and Walters, equal. Class //—Drinkwater and Haycock 
and Vickerson, equal; Travis, Staples, Barber, Finnie; Dougall (R:), 
and Packard and Reaves, equal; Archibald and Macbean, equal ; Bell; 
(R. A. 5.) and Ewan, equal; Yorston; Gisborne and McKibbin, equal; 
Lacroix. Class /I{.—Corriveau and Edward, equal; Kennedy and 
May, equal; Mitchell (N.S.); Blair and McRae, equal; Craig, Beatty, 
Mitchell (N.C.). 


MATHEMATICS. 


Tuirp YeaR.--Class J,-Currie, King, McDunnough, Hart, Wilkin, Carter, 
Class H.—McDougall, Dobson, Scott, Angus ; Baker and Rutherford (F,), 
equal; Greig and Griffin, equal; Boright, Robins. Class Z7/.—Gwillim. 
Rogers, Nivin, *Primrose ; *Becket and *McNaughton, equal; Dougail, 
(W.), Blackburn, *Johnson, *Moodie. 


Seconp YearR.—Class /.—Stewart, Courtice, Gill, Chase, Kenny, Archibald, Hare. 
Class I].—Clarke, Killaiy, Hunter, Wright, Jaquays, Walkem, Green, 
Reinhardt, Dufresne, White; Howe and McDougall (W.) and Mussen, 
equal; Denis and Dougall (G. M.), equal. Class J7J.—Rutherford (S.), i 
Ogilvie, *McLaren, Smaill, Rutherford (G.), Webb, *Metcalfe, *Olive , 
*Bishop. 











9) 2() 









First Year.—Class J.—Stovel, Thomson (C.), Connal,, Macdonald (WJ. E.), 
Thomson (H. N.), Turnbull, MacKinnon, surnham, Macdonald (P. W.). 
Class [1.—Guthrie and Macleod, equal; Davidson and Mackie, and 
Walters, equal; Travis, Thompson (F. W.), Ross, Bell (R. A. S.), New- 
combe, Pitcher; Bell (J. W.) and Hillary, equal ; Angel, Sise, McKib- 
bin, Kennedy, Packard. Class /J.—Blair, Suter, Haycock, Campbell, 
Beatty, Symmes, Yorston ; Dougall (R.) and tHdward, equal; *Reid, 


































Staples, +Paradis. 


* To pass Supplemental in Mechanics, 
Bit oid, ag ¥ * Trigonometry, 


EXPERIMENTAL PHYSICS, 


Heat an Lgditht. 


| Seconp Yrar.—Class /.—Kenny; Jaquays and Stewart, equal; Green, Gill, 
} Hart; Courtice and Wright, equal; Chase, Killaly, White (W. T.): 
is Hunter, Smaill. Class J7.—McDougali and Mussen, equal; Dougall’ 


(G. M.) and Howe, equal; Clarke and McCallum, equal; Walkem, Webb, 
Metcalfe, Johnson (W. S.), Reinhardt. Class //,—McLaren, Archibald, 
Rutherford (G.), Denis, Ogilvie, Rutherford (S. F., Ferguson, Bishop, 
Buchanan, Bayfield, Dufresne. 


Electricity, Magnetism and Sound. 


Tarp Ywe8ar.—(Civil, Mechanical and Mining Courses).—Class' J.—Robins 
Wilkin, Greig, Hart. Olass //.—Baker, Gwillim, Dougall (W.), Dobson; 

| Askwith and Currie, equal ; Angus, Boright. Class ///.—McNaughton ; 
. . Carter and Griffin, equal; Nivin, McDougall and Primrose, equal; 
Moodie, Rogers. 

(Hlectrical Engineering)—Class J.—McDunnough, King. Class I1.— 

Becket. Class ///.—Johnson (KE. P.) and White, equal; Scott, Tren- | | 

holme. 

SUMMER ESSAYS. 

Fourtu YEAR,—Clas» /.—Dawson (Main Line Changes) and Pitcher, equal ; Dar- 
ling (Hzperiments on Thermal Conductivity) and Costigan ( Calorimetry 
and Conductivity Tests),and Larmonth (Calorimetry and Conductevity 
Tests), equal; Duff ( Westing-Houwse Automatic 100 H. P, Standard 
Engine) and Dyer (Manufacture and uses of Wire) and Whiteside (Coal 
Mining, Pictou, N.S.), equal; Brodie (Verns) and Mackay ( Water 
Supply, Pictou, N.S.) and Scammel (Wooden Bridge Construction) 
equal; Cole (Laurentian Limestones) and Collyer (Car Repairing and 
Equipment, and Running of Power House, M. S. R.) and Connor (fer- 
mentation) and Molson (Petroleum), equal. Class J7,—Lambert (Mining 
Notes) andjMudge (Power Hammers) and Scott (Forged Cutting Tools), 
equal, Class J/J.—Leach (Gold and Gold Mining) and Lonergan 
(Water Works and Elec, Light), equal; Gunn (Mining in the Prov. 

of Quebec), Longworth (Jnstallation of Electric Plant), Morris. 





221 
Tuirp YrarR,—Class T.—Carter (oad Making) and Dougall (W, (Montreal 
Street Paving) and Gwillim (Geology of Keewatin), equal; Greig 
(Transmission of Power by Wire Rope). Class I7.—Robins (Com- 
pensation in Time Pieces) and Rogers (Locomotive Construction) and 
Wilkins (Hydrographic Survey), equal; Blackburn (Corliss Engine 
Building); Askwith (Rock Blasting) and Griffin (Forging and Weld. 
ing), equal; Trenholme (Adjustment of a Lathe), Currie (Paper Mill), 
McNaughton (Water Works, Huntingdon, P.Q.), Nivin (Corliss 
Engines for London Elec. Works), McDougall (G. D.) (Zron Foundry), 
Moodie (Turning Tapers), Turner (The Foundry), Boright (Locomotive 
Construction) and Hart (Mine Surveying), equal; Becket (/ntramural 
Elec. RK. R. Columbian Fair) and Dobson (The Sun), equal., 
Class [/7,—Primrose (Locomotive Repairs), Baker (Locomotive Con- 
struction) and White ( Elec. Street ky.), equal ; Johnson (E.P.) ( Ottawa 
Hlec, Ry.) and Van Barneveld (Works and Mines of the New Glasgow 
Coal § Iron Co.), equal; King (Electric Welding and Forging) , 
McDunnough ( Construction of T. and H. Are Light Dynamo), Angus, 
(Stationary Engines for Electric Street Ry.), Scott (Electric Bells) 


= 


—- 
=~ 2 — 
Sm WA. WA Gk SE OR 


ie 


—= 


a 


CHEMISTRY. 


fi 
x 

; 
y 
g " 


Fourtu YxAR.--(Chemistry Course).— Class I,—Brodie and Molson, equal ; 
Connor. 


a & 


THIRD YpBAR.—(Mining Engineering UVourse).—Class I.—G willfm, Askwith, Hart 
Wilkin. Class JZ—Johnson. Class 7/7.—Van Barneveld. 


SeconD Year.—(Chemistry Course).—Class 1.—McCallum. 


Second YrRArR.—(Mining Engineering).—Class [.—None, Class [J —Rutherford 
(F.), Green, Stewart, Mussen, Archibald. Class [11.—Webb, Buchanan 


PRACTICAL CHEMISTRY. 


FourtH Yrar.—(Chemistry Course).—Class I.—Molson, Brodie. Class J/.— 
Connor, 


Tuirp Yrar.—(Mining Engineering Course).—Class I.—Gwillim and Johnson, 
equal; Wilkin; Askwith and Hart, equal. Class J/.—Van Barneveld. 


SECOND YBAR.—(Chemistry Course).— Class .—McCallum. 
DETERMINATIVE MINERALOGY. 


Tarp Year.—( Mining Course).—Class I.—Gwillim. Class /I.— Hart, Johnson. 
Class JJJ,—Askwith and Wilkin, equal; Van Barneveld. 


GEOLOGY (Advanced). . 


FourTH YwRar.—Class J.—Cole and Whiteside, equal. Class JJ1.—Leach, 
Lambert. Class J//.—Gunn. 









”) ») ”) 














































MUSEUM WORK IN GEOLOGY AND MINERALOGY, 





Fourru Yrar.—Class 1.—Cole. Class J/.—Whiteside and Leach, equal; Lam- 
bert. Class /J/,—Gunn. 
SURVEYING. 
THirp Yrar.—Class J.—None. Class JJ.—Hart, Rutherford (F.), Wilkin 
Dobson and Van Barneveld, equal; Gwillim, Carter. Class //.—Ask- 
with. 
Seconp YuAR.—Class J. —Stewart and Killaly, equal. Class JJ.—Hare, Archi- 
‘ bald, Reinhardt, Webb, Metcalfe, Green, Johnson (W.8.); Denis and 
Er iy Ogilvie, equal. Class //7.—Dufresne, Mussen, Buchanan. 


SURVEYING FIELD WORK. 


ha . : pe y ihe as ‘ 
. Tairp Yrar.—Class .—None. Class J/.—Carter, Wilkin, Dobson, Rutherford 
His (F.). Ctass 1JJ.—Gwillim, *Van Barneveld, Hart,, *Dougall (W.) and 
! 


Askwith, equal. 

Sreconp Yrar.—Class J.—Stewart. Class JJ.—Killaly, Webb, Hare ; Mussen and 
Reinhardt, equal; Green, Archibald, Dufresne, Denis. Class J//.— 
Ogilvie, Johnson (W.8.), Metcalfe. 


*Supplemental in instrument work. 
GEODESY. 
Fourta Yrar.—Class J.—Mackay. Class JJ.—Dawson and Lonergan, equal. 
PROJECTION AND GEOMETRICAL DRAWING. 


First Yrar.—Class [.—Stovel, Turnbull, McKinnon, Guthrie, Corriveau ; Bell 
. (J.W.) and Macdonald (P.W.) and Travis, equal; Bell (R.A.) and 
McRae, equal. Class. J/.—Macleod; Mackie and Ross and Thomson(C.) 
equal; Angel, McDonald (J.E.), Thompson (F.W.), Archibald, Davidson, 
Blair, Symmes ; Connal and Hillary and Thomson (H.N.), equal; Reaves ; 
Burnham and Staples, equal; Beatty and Grant, equal; Kington, 
McKibbin; Lacroix and Pitcherand Walters, equal. Class //7.—Bovey, 
and May, equal; Kennedy, Yorston; Gisborne and Holland, equal ; 
Desbarats and Macbean, equal; Finnie and Colson, equal; Newcombe 
Reid; Drinkwater and Dougall (R.), equal. 


FREEHAND DRAWING. 


First Year.—Class J.—-Staples, McRae, Gisborne, Angel ; Thomson (C.) and 
McKinnon, equal; Beatty. Class J7.—Guthrie and Turnbull, equal; 
Stovel, Bell (J.W.}, Newcombe, Finnie, Davidson; Archibald and 
Bovey and Macdonald (P.W.) and Thompson (F.W.) and Thomson (H.N.) 
equal; May and Symmes, equal; Macbean and Walters, equal; Blair ; 
Colson and Macleod, equal; Travis, Drinkwater; Pitcher and Reaves 
and Bell (R.A S.), equal ; Mitchell (N.S.) and Ross and Vickerson, equal ; 

Campbell and Packard and Suter, equal. Class J//.-—Burnham and 


223 

Kennedy, equal ; Connal and Grant, equal ; Hillary’and Macdonald(J.E.), 
and Mcakenzie and. McKibbin, equal; Holland, Edward, Desbarats; 
Paradis and Lacroix, equal; Yorston, Dougall .(R.); Corriveau and 
Mitchel! (N.C.), equal. 


MAPPING, 


Tarp Year.—(Civil Engineering Course)—Class 1.—None, Class 1].~Carter, 
Dobson. Class [1I.—Dougall (W.). 
(Mining Course).—Class .—Gwillim and Hart, equal; Wilkin, Ruther- 
ford (F.). 

SECOND YEAr.—(Civil Engineering Course).—Class I.—Killaly, Reinhardt, Du- 
fresne, Denis. Class /7.—Hare, Ogilvie. 
(Mining Course).—Class I.—Stewart, Green, Mussen. Class IT. 
bald, Webb. 


Archi- 





First Ybar.— Class J.—McRae ; McKinnon, and Stovel and Thomson (C.), equal. 
Class JZ,—Colson; Walters and. Corriveau and Thompson (F.W,, 
equal; Angel, Turnbull, Thomson (H. N.); Symmes and Madconald, 
(P. W.), equal; May and Macleod, equal; Bell (R.A.); Kennedy and 
Kdward and Blair and Bell (J. W.); equal; Travis and Ross, equal ; 
Staples, Campbell, McKibbin ; Guthrie and Finnie and Drinkwater and 
Archibald 
Lacroix and Beatty, equal. Class riy7.—Ritcher and Packard and 


, equal; Hillary; Macbean and Rovey, equal; Paradis and 
Newcombe, equal; Simpson; Yorston and Vickerson and Reaves and 
Barber, equal; Gisborne and Davidson, equal; Mackenzie; Grant and- 
Desbarats and Connal, equal; Mitchell (N. C., Mitchell (N. 8.), Hol. 
land; Hwan and Macdonald (J. E.), equal ; Suter and Burnham, equal. 


DESCRIPTIVE GEOMETRY, 


THIRD YeAR.—Class I.—Dobson. Class I/.—Carter. 

SEcoND YrAr.—Class 7.—Stewart; Killaly and Gill, equal; Hare. Class J/.— 
Dougall (G. M.), Green, Hunter, Wright, Kenny, Chase ; Reinhardt and 
Smaill, equal. Class 1/1.—Courtice ; Howe and McDougall, equal ; Wal- 
kem and Jaquays, equal; Clarke, White; Mussen and Dobson, equal. 


MBCHANICAL DRAWING, 


Tairp YxrAR,.—Class 1.—King, Currie, McDunnough. Class JJ.—Baker and 
Griffin, equal; Becket, Robins, Moodie, Turner. Class lI/.—Greig, 
Johnson, McNaughton; McDougall and Angus, equal ; White, Primrose, 
Rogers; Boright and Scott, equal; Blackburn, Nivin, Trenholme. 

Seconp Year.—Class J.—None. Class J/.—Gill, Hunter, Jaquays, Bayfield 
Chase ; Smaill and McDougall (W.), equal. Class 1/1.-—Howe, Ruther- 
ford (S.), McLaren ; Kenny and Wright and Olive, equal; Haycock and 
Ruthertord (G.), equal; Sise, White; Clarke and Walkem, equal; 
Courtice and Dougall (G.), equal; Balfour and Bishop and Ferguson, 
equal ; Alley. 











MINING DRAWING, 






































Toirp Yrar.—(Mining Engineering Course)—Class I.—Askwith, Gwillim. 
Ciass J1.—Hart, Wilkin, Van Barneveld. 


DESIGNING, 


Fourtn YEAR.—Oivil Engineering Course).—Class 1.—Mackay, Lonergan, Daw 
son. 
(Electrical Engineering Course).—Class I.—Longworth. Class L1.— 
Morris, Pitcher. Class J//.—Collyer. 
(Mechanical Engineering Course.)—Class 1.—Darling, Costigan; Duff 
and Mudge, equal.Class J/.—Dyer, Larmonth. 
(Mining Engineering Course)—Class J:—Cole, Gunn, Leach, Whiteside. 
Class [I.—Lambert. 


ZOOLOGY. 


Seconp Yrar.—Class /.—Green, Stewart. Class //.—Rutherford (F.), Mussen, 
Denis. Class J7/.—Archibald; Dufresne and Ogilvie, equal; Hare, 
Reinhardt. 


GEOLOGY AND MINERALOGY, 


Tuirp YeAr.—Cluss /,—Hart, Gwillim, Carter. Class //,—Wilkin and Dobson, 
equal; Johnson (E.P.). Class ///.—Askwith, Van Barneveld, Douga!l 
(W.). 
MINERALOGY (ADVANCED). 





FourrH YEAR.—Class /.—Brodie, Molson, Whiteside, Connor. Class Z/.—Cole, 
Leach. Class J//.—Lambert, Gunn. 

Tuirp YEAR.—Class 4.—None. Class J//.—Hart, Wilkin, Gwillim. Class I1//.— 
Van Barneveld, Askwith. 


ASSAYING, 


Fourth Year.—( Mining Course).—Class 1.—Whiteside, Cole. Class //.—Leach 
Gunn, Lambert. 


METALLURGY. 


Fourta YeRar.—Class /.—Molson; Cole and Whiteside, equal ; Brodie, Leach, 
Class JJ7.—Connor, Lambert. Class ///.—Gunn. 


BOTANY. 
Seconp YRArR.—Class J.—None. Class 77.—McCallum. 


MINING, 


Tarp YEAR.—Class /.—Hart, Gwillim. “/ass 17.—Wilkin, Van Barneveld, 
Askwith. 





225 


MECHANISM, 


SECOND anD Tuirp YRARS,— Clase 7.—Courtice and Gill, equal ; Chase, Jaquays, 
Kenny. Class M—Walkem, Hunter, Balfour, Carter. Class 1I/.— 
Dobson, Wright, Clarke, McDougall, Dougall (G.), Rutherford (S.): 
tutherford (G.) and Smaill, equal ; Bayfield, Bishop; Dougall (W.) and 
White, equal. 


TairpD Yrar.—(Mining Course).—Class I.—Wilkin. * Class IJ.—Hart. Class LI}: 

—Adams, Gwillim, Askwith, Dougall (W.). 
THEORY OF STRUCTURES. 
Ordinary. 

Fourta YEAR.—(Civil Engineering Course).—Class I.—Mackay. Class I.— 
Dawson and Lonergan, equal. 

Tutrp Year.—(Civil, Mechanical and Mining Courses).—Class 7—Carter and 
Currie, equal. Class 11.—Hart, Dobson, Boright, Angus, Greig; Mc- 
Dougall (G. D.) and *Primrose, equal; Wilkin, Adams. Class 777,.—~ 
Griffin, Van Barneveld: McNaughton and *Rogers, equal ; *Robins ; 
*Baker and Gwillim, equal ; *Blackburn, *Nivin, *Askwith; *Dougall 
(W.) and *Turner, equal; +Moodie. 

THIRD YRAr.—( Electrical Engineering Course.)\— Class 1. — King, McDunnough. 


Class IJ.—None. (Class 711.—* White (W. T.), *Trenholme, *Johnson 
(E. P.). 


Honours. 
FourtH Yrar.—OClass —None. Class II,—Mackay, Dawson. 
TuirD Ynar.—Class 7.—Carter. Class 17.—Currie and King, equal; Dobson. 
‘Supplemental in Paper IT, 
+ Supplemental in Paper I. 
HYDRAULICS. 
Ordinary. 
FourtH YEAR,—Class 1.—Darling, Duff, Mackay. Class i7.—Lonergan, White- 


side, Cole, Adams, Leach; Dawson and Mudge, equal. Class IJZ.— 
Dyer, Larmonth, Costigan; Gunn and Lambert, equal. 


Honours. 
Fourty Yrar.—Class I.—Mackay. Class 17.—Dawson. 


THERMODYNAMICs. 


FourtH YEAR.—Class I.—Duff, Pitcher. Class 11.—Darling, Mackay, White- 
side, Longworth, Dobson. Class 111.—Dyer; Cole and Costigan and 
Mudge, equal; Collyer, Lambert, Leach,'Morris; Adams and Larmonth, 
equal; Lonergan, Gunn. 
P 





226 


MACHINE DESIGN. 


Fourta YgAr—Class j.—Darling, Mudge. Class 11.—Duff, Longworth. Class 
yi1.—Dyer, Pitcher, Costigan, Collyer, Larmonth, Morris. 

Turrp YEAR.—(Mechatical and Electrical Courses).— Class I.—King, Currie. 
Class 11.—Becket and McDougall (G.), equal; Baker, McDunnough; 
Angus and Boright, equal ; Nivin, Griffin, Scott. Class 117.—Moodie, 
Robins, Rogers, Greig, McNaughton, Trenholme, White, Primrose. 

DYNAMICS OF MACHINERY. 

Tuirp YEAr.— Class 7.—Currie and King, equal; McDunnough. Class 11.— Baker 
and Becket, equal; Robins; Angus and Nivin, equal; Boright and Mc- 
Dougall, equal. Class 1.—Griffin, Scott, Greig, Moodie, White, 
Rogers; McNaughton and Primrose, equal; Johnson and Trenholme, 
equal. 

Fourtn Year.—Class 7.—Duff and Pitcher, equal. Class J/.—Darling, Mudge, 
Longworth. Class 11j,—Collyer, Dyer, Costigan, Morris, Larmonth. 


ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING. 


Fourtu Yrsr.—Class 7.—None. Class 11.— Longworth, Morris, Collyer, Pit" 
cher. 


THkp YeaR.— Class 1.—King. Cldss I1.— McDunnough and Scott, equal. 


D> 
LABORATORY WoOKK. 

THIRD YEAR.—(Cement Laboratory).— Class I—Carter and Dobson, equal. Class 
11,—Dougall (W.). Class 111.—None. 

FourtH YRAR.—(Llectrical Laboratory),—Class 1.—Collyer. Class 4/ — Pitcher 
Morris, Longworth. 

THIRD YEAR.—(#lectrical Laboratory ) — Class j.— King na McDunncugh, equal. 
Class I1.—Scott. Class J/1.—Johnson, Becket. 

FourtH YRar.—( Geodetic Laboratory and Astronomical Work)— Class 1.— Mackay, 
Dawson. Class 1/.—\onergan. 

Fourta YrEaRr.—(Meteorological Work.)— Class 1.— Mudge. 

Fourty Yrar.—(Hydraulic Laboratory).— Class 1.—Mackay, Duff. Class U.— 
Darling; Costigan and Mudge, equal: Dyer, Dawson, Larmonth, Loner- 
gan- Class 1II,—None: 

FourtTH Yrar.—(Hydraulic Laboratory).— Class 1.—None. Class U.—Whiteside, 
Cole, Leach, Lambert. Class JJ7.—Gunn, Adams. 


First Yrar.—(Mathematical Work,)—Class 1. — Stovel, Pitcher, » Turnbull 
Macdonald (P. W.)and Symmes, equal ; Mackay and Macleod, equal ; 
MacKinnon and Thomson (C.), equal ; Thompson (F. W.) and Thomson (H. 
N.), equal. Class 71.—Burnham and Guthrie, equal ; Travis, Macdonald (J. 
B.); Gisborne and Grant, equal; Edward, Ross ; Davidson and Me- 
Kibbin and Reid, equal ; Bell (J. W.) and Lacroix and Staples, equal } 
Bell (R. A.S.) and Bovey and Macbean and Suter, equal ; Campbell 








227 


and Colson and Kennedy and Newcombe and Paradis and Simpson, 
equal ; Angel and Archibald and Blair and Mitchell (N. 8.) and Wal- 
ters, equal; McRae; Connal and Hillary and Mackenzie, equal. Class 
I11.—Packard, May; Beatty and Drinkwater and Dougall (R.) and 

Finnie and Thomson (H. §.), equal; Desbarats and 
Yorston, equal; Corriveau and Ewan and Nise, equal. 

FourtH Y8ar.—( Mechanical Laboratory).—Class 1.—Darling and Mudge, 
Class [1.—Duff and Dyer, equal. 


Haycock and 


equal. 
Class I17.—Costigan, Larmonth. 


Tuirp Year.—( Physical Laboratory)—(Cwil, Mechanical and Mining Courses,)— 


Class 1.—Baker. Class [/.—Boright, Dobson, Blackburn, Angus, Askwith, 
Currie. Class J7/.—Nivin : Griffin and Hart, equal ; Wilkin ; Gwillim and 
Robins, equal; Greig, - Dougall (W.); Moodie and Turner, equal; Me- 
Naughton, Primrose, Rogers, McDougall, Carter, Van Barneveld. (Elec- 
trical Engineering Coursey—Class /.—King, Scott. Class I7.—Johnson 
(E.P.) and White, equal ; Becket and McDonnough, equal. Class 1I7.— 
Trenholme. 


SECOND YEAR.—(Physical Laboratory).—- Class I.—Stewart, Reinhardt, Kenny ; 
Gilland Hunter and Jaquays, equal; Walkem; Denis and Rutherford (G.), 
equal; Hare and Johnson, equal ; Courtice and Green, equal ; Rutherford 
(S.) and Smaill, equal. Class J7.—McCallum ; Balfour and Dougall (G.M.) 
and McLaren and Sise, equal; Archibald and Buchanan and White and 
Wright, equal; Clarke and Mussen. equal; Webb; Dufresne and 
Ferguson, equal; Howe, Class {1I.—Metcalfe; Alley and Ogilvie, 
equal; Chase; Killaly and McDougall, equal; Bishop, Bayfield, Olive. 


a 


SS wBEaucavaunw 


~~ a 


f 
f 
' 
Oy 
h 
§ 


Fourtn YEAR.—(Zesting Laboratory)—Class .—Dawson and Mackay, equal. 


Class LI. —Lonergan. 
Tuirp Yrar.—( Testing Laboratory)—(Civil and Mechanical Courses).—Class I.— 
Currie. Class [J.—Rovins, Dobson, Griffin, Carter, Baker; Boright, 
Greig, Blackburn, Nivin. Class I/ /.—McNaughton and Moodie equal ; 
Angus, Primrose, Dougall (W.), Rogers, McDougal .G.D.), ‘Turner. 
Tuirp Year.—(Electrical Engineering Course)—Class I.—King, McDunnough, 


Becket. Class I1.—Scott, Johnson (E.P.). Class /I1.—Trenh olme, 
White. 


THERMODYNAMIC: LABORATORY. 


FourtH Yrar.— Thermodynamic Laboratory \—(Mechanical Engineering Course). 
—Class I.—Danling ; Dyer and Mudge, equal. Class /7,.—Duff, Costigan. 


Class 1J7.—Larmonth, 

Tarp Yrar.—( Thermodynamic Laboratory)—(Civil, Mechanical and Mining 
Courses)—Class 1.—Baker and Currie, equal. Class /J.—Robins and 
Griffin, equal ; Angus, Moodie, Nivin, Greig, McNaughton. Class I/J.— 
Primrose ; Turner and Boright, equal; Blackburn } McDougall and Rogers, 
equal, ( Electrical Engineering Course).—Class /.—King. Class I[.-- 


McDunnough and Becket, equal. Class JJ/.—Scott; Trenholme and 
White and Johnson, equal. 











































First Yxrar.—Class J.—Vickerson, Thompson (F. W.), MacKinnon, McRae, 


FouRTH 


228 


Staples, Angel. Class J/.—Blair; Macbean and Macleod and Pitcher, 
equal; Bell (J. W.) and Reaves and Travis, equal; Bell (R.A.); Archi- 
bald and Davidson, equal ; Barber and Guthrie and Newcombe, equal; 
Stovel and Symmes, equal; Hillary and May and McKibbin, equal; 
Thomson (C.) and Turnbull, equal; Bovey and Colson and Mackenzie 
and Yorston, equal; Drinkwater, Beatty. Class JJ/.—Campbell, 
Seagram ; Mitchell (N. S.) and Packard, equal; Suter; Gisborne and 
Walters, equal;. Thomson (H. N.); Macdonald (J. E.) and Macdonald 
(P. W.), equal ; Aylmer and Connal, equal ; Edward and Finnie, equal ; 
Bickford and Corriveatu and Desbarats and Dougall (R.) and Simpson, 
equal ; Burnham ; Grant and Lacroix, equal ; Craig and Lomas, equal ; 
Kennedy ; McDermott and Paradis and Ross and Wade, equal ; Mitchell 

(N. C.) and Thomson (H. 8.), equal; Ewan, Donkin. 


SHOPWORK, 


Yrar.—Class J.—Costigan and Dyer, equal. Class J//.—Darling; 
Larmonth and Mudge, equal ; Duff. 


TrirpD YpaR.—(Mechanical and Electrical Engineering)—Class I.—Baker, 


SECOND 


Griffin; King and Moodie, equal; Becket and Robins, equal; Greig, 
Boright. Class J/.—Ourrie, McNaughton, Rogers, Angus, Nivin, Tren- 
holme; Blackburn and McDougall and Primrose, equal; Turner and 
White, equal; McDunnough and Scott, equal; Johnson. 
Yrar.—(Electrical and Mechanical Engineering Courses).—Class 1.— 
Gill, Hunter, Jaquays, Mackie, McDougall; Walkem and Wright, equal ; 
Smaill, Chase. Class JJ.—Courtice; Kenny and Rutherford (6.), 
equal; Ferguson and Rutherford (G.), equal; Howe; Bayfield and 
Clarke, equal; Dougall (G. M.) and McLaren, equal. Class 1£1— 
Balfour, Alley, Bishop, White. 

(Civil and Mining Engineering Courses).— Class J— Archibald, Stewart. 
Class IIJ—Mussen, Green, Webb, Ogilvie, Denis. Class J//.—Rein- 
hardt, Killaly, Hare, Dufresne. 









Students of the Wuiversity 
SESSION 1893-4. 


MoGILL COLLEGE. 


FACULTY OF LAW. 


FIRST YEAR, 


Boyer, Louis, Montreal | Mitchell, Victor E., London, Eng. 
Donahue, William, Farnham, Q | Monty, Rodolphe, Marieville, Q 
Doucet, Réné Pothier, Montreal | Mullin, Robert T., Leitchfield, Q 
Fortier, Joseph A., St.\Scholastique, Q Ovgilvie, Douglas, Montreal 
Gamble, William, St Henri, Q White, Chas. D., Sherbrooke, Q 
Hanson, Albert Curtis, Barnston, Q 


SECOND YEAR. 


Barron, Robert H., B.A., Lachute, Q | Lamoureux, E.M.J., St. Sebastien, Q 


Carmichael, S., B.A.,, Montreal | Landry, Joseph, Quebec 
Devlin, E, B., B.A. (St. Mary’s., | Patterson, Wm., M.A., Montreal 

Aylmer, Q Swindlehurst, Albert, Montreal 
Devlin, Jos. A., Aylmer, Q | Whelan, Jno. P., B.A. (Laval), Montreal 


Gaudet, Dom. Chas., B.A., Ottawa, O 


THIRD YEAR. 


Cox, Wm. Hy., B.A. (Laval), Montreal | MacDougall, Gordon W., B.A., Montreal 
Dunlop, John Hamilton, Montreal | Sawyer, Bannell, Cote St. Antoine 
Hogle, Arthur, Montreal | Sheridan, Philip, Cote St. Antoine 
Internoscia, Girolamo, _Rapolla, Italy | Walsh, J. Chas., B.A. (Laval), Montreal 
Jones, Arthur G., Richmond, Q | 


PARTIAL, 





Cole, E. C., Montreal ; O'Leary, Emil, Montreal 
Cole, F.M., Montreal | Ringland, Jos., Cote St. Antoine 
Fortin, P. A. A., St. Francois, Beauce, Q Ross, John W., Montreal 
McCurdy, E. A., Montreal | Sinn, George M., Arnprior, O 








oS ey 


~~ =e 
“= = C2 wi «aR a 


Se 


































































230 
FACULTY OF MEDICINE, 


FIRST YEAR. 





Adams, E. J., Montreal ; Lyster, H. F., Richmond, Q 
Allan, J. B.. Covehead, P.E.I Macleod, E. E., Vancouver, B.C 
Allan, Ww. G., Montreal | Maloney, M. J.., Pembroke, O 
Bacon, F.:J.. A Montreal | McCabe, J. A. P., Windsor Mills, Q 
Bearman, G. P., Ottawa McCallum, a a D., Maxville, O 
He Boyne, J., Montrexl | McDonald, D. J., ’ Whycocomah, C.B 
Brears, C. E:. Regina, N.W.T | McDougall, G. P., Lot 14, P.E.I 
Brown, Cl Ts Port Lewis, Q McDougall, J.G,- New Glasgow, NS 
Brown, F. W.., ee Q McE lroy, A.8., Richmond, O 
Burrell, R. H., Yarmouth, N.S| McKinnon, F. W., Vankleek Hill, O 
Callaghan, J. i Lake Verd, P.B.1 | McLennan, A. A., Lancaster, 0 
\) Campbell, H. 32, Russell, O | McNally, W. P., Summerside, P.E.I 
BY Casselman, V. E. D., Lander, Man McRae, J. D., Glennevis, O 
4 Clev “ari K. A,, Richmond, Q | Merkley, E. A., Chesterville, O 
i Darch, . A. Sherbrooke, Q | Morrison, C. F., Montreal 
; ate a D.C.A., Richmond, Q | Morris, C. H., Windsor, N.S 
. Douglas, A. J., Winnipeg, Man | Morse, L. H.., Bridgetown, N.S 
Doyle, J. J., Halifax, N.S | O'Neill, Chris., Waterbury, Conn 
1 / Eberts, E. M., Winnipeg, Man | O’Reilly, R. H., Ottawa 
. j Enright, W. J., Port Daniel, Q | Pennoyer, A. R., Cookshire, Q 
. Evans, T. H., Trenholmville, Q | Peppers, H. W., Lower St Mary’s, NB 
Foster, A. Ti, Ottawa | Picard, R. F. a Montreal 
Foster, G. M., Pembroke, O Prodrick, W. S., Ottawa 
i Galbraith, H. 'H., Montreal Ritchie, A. A.., Dalhousie 
A Gadbois, F. A. Sherbrooke, Q | Robert, G. C., Holyoke, Mass 
is Gardner, F., Huntingdon, Q | Robert, A. N., Holyoke, Mass 
Gladman, E. A., Lindsay, O | Robertson, D. M., Perth, O 
Gourley, T. A., Eganville, QO | Zobertson, H. M., Chatham, 0 
Gurd, C. C., Montreal | Robertson, Andrew, Arnprior, 0 
Hayden, EK. W., Cobourg, O | Rogers, F. E., Brighton, O 
Howden, G. T., Montreal | Shaw, J. M., Montreal 
Hudson, H. P., Chelsea, Q | Skeels, A. A., Montreal 
Hurdman, A. H., Ottawa | Smith, H., Acadia Mines, N.S 
Irving, L. E. W., Toronto | Sparrow, J. C., Alexandria, O 
Johnston, J.A,, Kinkora, P.E.I | Stanfield, H. M., Truro, NS 
Johnston, W., Charlottetown, P.E.I | Stansby, F. ys: Montreal 
Keenan, C. B., Ottawa | Thomas, H. W., Montreal 
Keenan, F. T., Lindsay, O | Thomas, J. E., : Montreal 
Kerr, A. R., Montreal | Thompson, J. A., Kinnear’s Mills, Q 
Kirby, H. 5., Ottawa | Tierney, J. A., Fallonfield, O 
Laidley, J. H., Montreal | Tozer, F. W., Newcastle, N.B 
Laing, A. L., Buckingham, Q , Trainor, J. B., © Keliy’s Cross, P.E.I 
Lang, A. A., Almonte, O | Wainwright, F. R., Montreal 
Lennon, H., B. A.; Montreal | Wainwright, 8. F. A., Montreal 
Lockary, bay Oe St Stephen, N.B | Werngren, B. C., Grosse Isle, Q 
Loeb, A. A., Montreal | Williams, BE. J., Montreal 
Long, C. B., Whitehall, N.Y | Wyman, D. C., Ohio, U.S 
Lynch, T. J., Knowlton, Q | 





SECOND YEAR. 


Archibald, E. W., B.A., Montreal | Bessey, M. W.., Waterville, Me’ 
Argue, J. F,, Carp, O Berkett, NW. Ottawa 
Barry, Fred., Montreal Bonnell, S. N., Sydney, N.S 








23 

Braithwaite, J. McC., Montreal | Macauley, J. F., River Dennis, N.S 
Brown, W. K.., Quebec | Mac leary, k. by Danville, Q 
Brown, G. T., Cantley, Q| McAllister, D. H., Belle Isle, N.B 
Sees a Lowell, Mass | McArthur, “A. W., Williamstown, O 
Bullard, ! Boston, Mass | McConnell, H. C., Lachute, Q 
Ont ybal Bo Carnduff, Assa | McEwen, D., St Elmo, O 
Churchill, J. 1 Lockeport, N.S | McDonald, H, K., Pictou, N.S. 
Church, C. H., Montreal ; McLaren, R. W.,, St Raphael, O 
Church, J. M., Avimer, Q | McTaggart, D. D., Montreal 
Church, H. M., Montreal | Martin, R. H., Jhatham, O 
Clindinnin, S. L., Brighton, O | Meikle, R. H., Lachute, Q 
Colquhoun, P., B.A Colquhoun, O:} Milburn, J. A.,, Peterboro, UO 
anaes F. A. B.A., Parrsboro, N.S | Mitchell, R. J. W., B.A,, Montreal 
Craig, H, Montreal | Moffatt, W. A., Ormstown, Q 
Curra a T. J... Montreal | Moles, E. B., Arnprior, O 
Deacon, G R.. | Stratford, O | Morse, L. R., B.A., .Laurencetown, N.B 
Dean, W. E., Toronto | Moss, J. N., Montreal 
Denny, H. E., Montreal | Mowatt, w. Montreal 
Dewar, F. E., Glen Sandtield, O | Ogilvy, C., Montreal 
Donahoe, M., Cardigan Bridge, P.E.I Oppenheimer, Ss 83; Vancouver, B.C 
Douglas, J. A., Chatham, O | Palmer, A. J., Buckingham, Q 
Draper, A. L, Vancouver, B.C | Patrick, D., Montreal 
Drum, L, B.A., (Juebec | Poussette, W. C., Peterboro, O 
Duckett, F. C., Montreal | Prescott, A. H., Queensbury, N.B 
Dunbar, W. R., New Glasgow, N.S | Purvis, B. H., Portage du Fort, Q 
Dyer, A., Montreal | Rea, W.., Huntingdon, N.S 
Edwards, A. F., Thurso, Q | Robins, G. D., B.A.,, Montreal 
Ellis, G. H., Dundela, 0 | Robertson, A. ay Agassiz, B.C 
Elliott, F. B., Mayfair, O | Ross, R. O., B. A., N. E. Margaree, N.S 
Ewan, R. B., Montreal Russell, R. H,, Quebec 
Fairie, J. A Montreal} Ryan, J. P., Portage la Prairie, Man 
Ferguson, J. A., Smith’s Falls, O | Seale, J. H., Spokane, Wash. Ter 
Ferguson, W. R., Niagara Falls, O | Secord, J. H, Summerside, P.#.1 
Ferguson, J. B., Kemptville, O | Scott, W. T., Montreal 
Findlay, C., Hamilton, 0 | Shaw, R. B., Covehead, P.E.1 
Fish, B. C., B.A., Newcastle, N.B. | Smillie, Wm., Huntingdon, Q 
Fisk, W. M., Abbotsford, Q | Smith, R. E.G, B.A., Woodstock, N.B 
Fraser, H. B., B.A., Westmeath, Q | Smith, H. A., N. Sydney, C.B 
Garrett, L., Montreal | Smyth, W. B., B.A., Montreal 
Gilday, F. W., Montreal | Steeves, C. P., B.A , ,Lower Coverdale, 
Grant, D., Pictou, N.S N.B 
Hartin, G., Bell’s Corners, O | Stackhouse, 0. C. S., Lachute, Q 
Healey, D. J., Sault Ste Marie, O | Stearns, C. N., Montreal 
Hogan, E. Vv. B.A., Weymouth, N.S | Sterling, A., Fredericton, N.B 
Howell, Ww. B., Montreal Staples, C CG. A B.A., Stillwater, Minn 
Hughson, R. E., Blenheim, O | St Pierre, A. ob. Ripon, Q 
Irvine, A. D., Montreal | Sutherland, J. A. River John, N.S 
Jack, A.C., Montreal | T'étreau, T., Lawrence, Mass 
Kelly, sii K., Almonte, O | Thomson, F, L., Mitchell, O 
Kemp, 8. ..G., Brighton, O | Trudeau, M. A., Henryville, Q 
Kendrick, W. N., Austin, Minn | Tupper, T.5S., Fredericton, N.B 
Lake, H. W., Ridgeville, O Warren, J. F., Ba pee O 
Lauder, S. E., Durham, 'O Wheeler, F. H., B.A., Florenceville, N.B 
Lee, J. F., Port Hope, O | Whyte, R. B., Pembroke, 0 
Lynch, D. P., Chapleau, Q | Wood, 'W. S., Fairbault, Q 


MacCartney, F. W., 


Montreal 








——7 o—. - 


—_ - 2 


Fa, 


yar 
& 
~ Re . = a 


—= 


— A= A 


*S 


~™ 


232 
THIRD YEAR. 
Kni LPP, 6 AY i Sackville, N.B 
Lambly, W. D., Inverness, 


Lashier, “iz | Notre Dame de Levis, Q 
Le Rossignol, W. J., Montreal 


Alexander, OC. C., 
Allen, J. H., B.A.; West UPHRcde, QO 
Anthony, i eh Berwick, N.S 
Anderson, D. P., B.A., N. Liverpool, Q 


Fredericton, N.B 


Baird, J., 

Basken, J. f ee 
Barret, H. H., 
Beatty, H..D:, 
Bishop, C. W., 

Blow, T.H., 
Boucher, R. B., 
30uck, C. W., 
Carron, F. B. 
Chapman, H. a 
Cummins, E., B. me, 
Cowie, W. , B.A., 
Cruikshank, A, 
Day, d. Ee ore 
Feader, W. 

Foss, A. F., 

Fox, C. ea 
Fraser, A. D., 
Gallant, St. C. G., Charlottetown,P.E.I 
Gleason, J. H., Cowansville, () 
Grant, J. oe New Glasgow, N.S 
Gun, A., Durham, O 
Hamilton, R., Bright, O 
Hargrave, 1.L.,B.A., Rosedale, Man 
Harwood, R. de L., Vaudreuil, Q 
Hogg, L., B.A., 
Hogle, J. 'H., 
Johnston, F. E. L., 
Keith, H. W., 
Kerry, R. A., 
King, J. F1., 


Dunrobin, O 
Three Rivers, Q 
Nepean, Q 
Montreal 


Peterboro, O 


Brockville, O 
Port Elgin, 
St. Stephen, N.B 
Montreal 
Inverness, Q 
Montreal 


Oxley, O 


Montreal 


Havelock, N.S 
Montreal 


pOURTH 


Ault, C. R., 
Akerley, A.W. K. i 
Bazin, A. T., 
Byers, W. G. M., 
Colvin, A. Ri, 
Davidson, A., 
Davis, R. E., 
Drysdale, Woah: 
Ellis, W. L., 
Estey, A. S., 
Evans, J. W., 
Ferguson, W. 
Fowler, D. S., 
Fry, F. M., B. ‘A, 
Fulton, J. A, 
Gilman, F, M., 
Goltman, A., 


Tilsonburg, O 
Fredericton, N.B 
Montreal 


Lethbridge, N.W.T 


Perth, O 


Keswick Ridge, N.B 
Hull, Q 

Pictou, N.S 
Hudson, Wis 
Montreal 

Franklin Centre, Q 
Tusket, N.S 


St Paul, Minn | Leslie, 
Link, D. A., 


South Mountain, O | 
Inkerman, O | 


N.B | 


| Reilly, 
lroquvis, O | 
Sherbrooke, Q | Ryan, E. 


Hawkesbury, O | 





J,ondon, O | 


Delaware, O | 


Chipman, N.B 


Gananoque, O | 


St. John, N.B | 
| Kearns, J. F., 





Montreal ' 


ae Oe 


McLeay, A. oo 
McNally, G 
McKinnon, W 
ihe annon, A. V., 
May, G. F., 
Merrick, e: AH, 
Neill, R. 
Oliver, W., "B.A 
Phelps, S. E., 
Price, B.5., 
Quay, D. D., 
W. G., 
Robertson, J. E., 


Saunders, ff i 
Shaw, H. M., 
Slack, T. J., 


| Smith, A. D.. 


Smith, S. R. Bs, 
Smith, i, Aa 

Spes man, F, 
Tees, J., B. ye 

V ipond, 0. W., 
Walker, D. F., 
Watson, J. H. y Det. 
Wickham, w. W., 
Williams, J. A., 
Wood, D. M., 
Wright, H. K., 


YEAR, 


| Gorrell, C. W. F., 


Hamilton, G., 
Hannington, J. Rss 
Hart, E. C., 


| Henderson, W., 
Burns, O 
Fallowfield, O | 


Hepworth, W. G., 


Holohan, P. A,, B.A., 


Hume, Geo. W. L., 
Jacques, H. M., 


Kinghorn, H. McL., 
Lambly, W. O., 
Lauterman, M,, 
Lewis, J. TT, 
MacCarthy, 'G. S., 
McCrea, J. J 
McLaren, J. T., 


Belle Oreck P 


Montreal 
Gravenhurst, O 
Danville. Q 


, Upper Kingsclear, N. B 


Park Hill, O 
3rockville, O 
Montreal 
Merrickville, O 
Aylmer, Q 
Rockburn, Q 
Montreal 

King’s Co., N.B 
Port Hope, O 
Ottawa 
Morrisburg, O 
St. Kitts, N.W.T 
Woodstock, O 
Berwick, N.S 
Waterloo, Q 
New York 
Brighton, U 
Durham, O 
Hemmingford, Q 
Montreal 
Montreal 
Huntingdon, Q 
Barbadoes, W. J 
‘Summerside, P.E.I 
Carleton Place, O 
Kenmore, O — 
Montreal 


Brockville, O 
Bright, O 
Montreal, Q 
Baddeck, N.B 
Dickinson, O 
Manitoba 
Newcastle, N.B 

” Leeds Village, Q 
Upper Dyke, N.S 
Metcalfe, O 
Montreal 
Montreal 
Montreal 
Hillsboro, N-B 
vesony: 


La ggan 
ey I 


B.A+, 





McLaughlin, J. A., 
MacLean. ©. M., 
McIntosh, ry z., 
McKenzie, L. F. 
McLenn: an, Ls x. 
Manchester. H.. 


Matthewson, . H., B.A., 


Meikle, R. H., 
Mitchell, WwW. 
Nicholls, A. G., M.A., 
O’Connor, Rf. 

Ogden, C. L., 8 A., 
Reeves, Jas., 
Richardson, A.., 
Richardson, H- J., 
Rimer, F. E 


“2 


Names. 
Botterell, John E. , 
Browne, John G., 
Bruce, John C,, 
Campbell, Ed. M., 
Campbell, Roland se 
Cleland, J. A., 
Coussirat, Henri A. 
Cunningham, Arthur : 
Davidson, Campbell, 
Douglas, "Robt. te 
Eastman, Fred, Bug 
Ferguson, Hugh, 
Fraser, Simon L., 
Gowan, Thos,, 
Harrington, G. Eric, 
Howard, Campbell, 
Ives, Chas, Sissy 
Kerr, Robt. Harold, 
Larmonth, G, Everett, 
McLean, Bani.; 
McLean, Arch. K., 
McLeod, Donald M., 
McMaster, Andrew R ; 
Macfarlane, Lawrence, 
MacKay, Hector, 
MacKay, Malcolm, 
Mair, John A, 
Mallinson, Stephen ss 
Marler, Herbert M., 
Meyer, "John B., 
Overing, Rees, 
Ross, A.R, 
Russel, Colin | ae 
Saxe , John G,, 


Warrensburg, N. . 


233 


Avonmore, 0 
Cambrid ige, N B 
Str athmore. O 
Montreal 
Chicago, Ills 
Ottawa 
Montreal 
Lachute, Q 
Lachute, Q 
Montreal 
Ottawa 


Rodger, D. A. 
Ross, D. We; 
Ross, E, 

Ross, J. J., B.A,, 
Scammell, J. H., 
Scott, W. H., 
Sharpe, E, M., 
Shaw, H.S., 
Shillington, A. T., 
Spring Rice, T. 
Stearns, CO, N., 
Stenning, W. 
Wilson, Aeon 


Eeanv ille, 
South March, 0 

Chesterville, 
Bryson, 0 


5 ——EE 


~_ 


York, H. E., 
FACULTY OF ARTS. 


Undergraduates. 
FIRST YEAR. 
School. 
Merchiston Castle, 
MsFi.S 3 
Huntingdon Academy, 
Inverness Academy, 
Montreal Collegiate Institute, 
Private Tuition, 
M.H.S. 
Huntingdon Academy, 


Montreal Collegiate Institute, 
Private Tuition, 


Montreal Diocesan Theological College, 


Almonte H. S., 

Hawkesbury H, as 

Goderich Collegiate Institute, 
M.H.S., 

Montreal Collegiate Institute, 
Normal School, Montreal, 
M.H.S., 

M.H.S. 

Lindsay Collegiate Institute, 
Private Tuition, 

Private Luition. 

Montreal Collegiate Institute, 
M.HS., 

Kincardine H.S., 

Montreal Collegiate Institute, 
Almonte H.S, 

Private Tuition, 

Montreal C ollegiate Institute, 
Senior School and Private Tuition, 
M. Diocesan Theo. Coll., 
Montreal Coll, Inst., 

Montreal Collegiate Institute, 
M.H.S., 


| Robertson, A, A., B.A.,, 


W olf, b @. L., B.A., 


Montreal 
Genoa, Q 
Peel, N.B 
Thornburn, N.S 
Dewittville, Q 
St. John, N.B 
Owen Sound. O 
Havelock, N.B 
Montreal, Q 
Kemptville, O 
Montreal 
Montreal 
Coaticook, Q 
De rby, N B 
Winnipeg, M: ee 
Metc al fe. 


Residence. 


Montreal, Q 
Montreal, O 
Huntingdon, O 
Inverness, Q 
Cote St. Antoine 
Montreal, Q 
Montreal, ¢ 
Huntingdon, 6 
Montreal, Q 
Farltown, N.S 
Toronto 


McLaren’s Depot, O 


Hawkesbury, Q 
Pe 
Monrtreal, 
Montreal] 6 
Stanstead, Q 
Montreal, O 
Montreal. O 
Bolsover, O 
Berwick, O 
Springton, P.E.I 
Montreal, Q 
Montreal, O 
Ripley, O 
Montreal, Q 
Lanark, O 
London, Eng 
Montreal, O 
Montreal, O 


Mount Royal Vale, © 


Montreal, Q 
Montreal, Q 
Montreal, Q 





Se 4.5 =. 


A Se BC BC OER OE 


a. 48.6° S37 


“a 
— 


—- 
= 


ws _ 
= 





BR4 


Steacy, Fred. W., 
Stevenson, James, 
Trenholme, Arthur K., 
Turner, Henry H., 
Willis, James J., 
Wyman, Dan. B., 
Wyman, Hiram B., 


Ziegler, John A., 


Montreal Diocesan Theological College, Montreal, Q 
Montreal Collegiate Institute, Montreal, Q 
M,H.S., Cote St. Antoine 
Carleton Place H.S., Appleton, O 
M.H.S., Montreal, Q 
Hawkesbury H.S., Chute au Blondeau, O 
Hawkesbury H.S., Chute au Blondeau, O 
Berlin H.S., Berlin, O 


SECOND YEAR. 


Residence. 


Montreal, Q 
Lanark, O 
Montreal, Q 
Montreal, Q 
Marshfield, P.E.1 
Alberton, P.E.I 


Names. School. 
Archibald, Sam, G., 
Bates, Geo. E., 
Campbell, Geo. A., 
Cole, Wilfrid G. G., 
Ferguson, Wm. S 
Gordon, Alf. E., 


M.H:S., 

Concord H.S 

M.H.S., 

Montreal Collegiate Institute, 
Prince of Wales College, 
Prince of Wales College, 


Howell, Arch. R., 
Lennon, Walter S., 
McMartin, thos. A., 
Molson, Kenneth, 
Moore, Wm., 
Pollock, Thos. [., 
Robertson, John C. 
Ross, Herbert, 
Saunders, Frank C., 
Schwartz, Hans J., 
Scott, Arthur P, 
Scrimger, J. Tudor, 
Smiley, Francis C., 
Stockwell, Hy. P., 
Turner, Wm. G., 
Watters, Wm. H., 


Armstrong, E. N., 


St. John’s School, 


Wesleyan Theological College, 
McGill Normal School, 


M.H.S., 

Inverness Academy, 
Lachute Academy, 
Private Tuition, 
M.FLS., 

M.H.S., 

Quebec H.S 
M.H.S., 

M.H.S., 


St. Francis College, 
St. Francis College, 


Quebec H.S., 


Stanstead W esleyan College, 


THIRD YEAR, 


Montreal, Q | MacIntosh, Major H., 


Montreal, Q 
Montreal, Q 
Grande Fresniére, Q 
Montreal, Q 
Lachute 

Hill Head 
King’s Co., N.B 
Montreal, Q 
Montreal, Q 
Quebec 
Montreal, Q 
Montreal, Q 

St. Lambert, Q 
Danville, Q 
Quebec 

Lynn, Mass 


Burnet, Arthur, 
Craig, W. W., 
Crombie, Wm. B., 
Dyer, Edward, 
Fourney, F. W., 
Gustin, Wm. Alfred, 
Hanson, Albert C., 
Hickson, James Claud, 
Hopkins, M. C., 
Howard, E. Edwin, 
Keith, Neil D., 
Leroy, O. E., 

Levy, A., 


Montr eal, O 


Fitch Bay, Q 
Barnston, © 
Montreal, Q 
Montreal, Q 
Farnham, Q 

Glencoe, O 
St. Andrew’s, East 
Montreal, Q 


= 


‘Farnham Centre, O ! 


Fort Coulonge, Q | 
Sutton, Q | 
Montreal, Q | 


Summerside, 

Pk 
McNaughton, Francis, Huntingdon, Q 
Rogers, Reginald H., ’ Alberton, P.E.L 
Smyth, W. Oswald, Montreal, Q 
Sutherland, Wm. oe Woodstock, O 
Symmes, Thos. J., Aylmer, Q 
Tooke, Fred. T., Montreal, Q 
Trenholme, Norman M., Montreal, Q 
Wallace, James M., North Gower, O 
Watt, James C., Lanark, O 
Weir, George, Eastwood, O 
Young, Henry, Blakeney, O 
Young, Stephen, Blakeney, O 





rT? 


Barlow, Walter L., 
Bickerdike, F. A. C 
Blackett, John, 
Bond, Wm. L., 
Boyd, Leslie H., 
Bremner, William, 
Davis, E.. 5 UY 
Davis, David T., 
Day, Frank J., 
Dickson, Ed. H. T,, 
Dickson, Syd. M., 
Duclos, Arnold Wm 
Ellicott, T. W., 
Fraser, Frank C., 
Garret, W. P., 


Gordon, John S., 
Internoscia, Jerome 


235 


FOURTH YEAR, 


Montreal, Q | 
9 Montreal, Q | 


Ormstown, Q 
Montreal, Q 
Montreal, Q 


Ottawa, O | 


McGerrigle, John A. 
McLeod, Norman A. 


Muir, Peter D, 


Barlow, Alf. E. 


Student. 


Graham, Angus, Glencoe, O 
Graham, Fred. H., Trow Hill, Q 
Hanran, Robt. J., Inverness, Q 
Harper, Robt. M-, Quebec, Q 
Harvey, Fred, W., Abercorn, Q 
Ireland, G, D., Alberton, P.E.I 


Morin Flats, Q | Lambly, M.O.,, Inverness, Q 
Montreal, Q | Lewis, Wm. P., Iberville, Q 
Belleville, O | McGregor, Alex., St Andrews, QO 

Trenholmeville,Q | McKeracher, W., Howick, Q 
Richmond, Q | Moffat, D. S., Irvine, Q 
f Montreal, Q | Naylor, Henry A,, Shawville, Q 
Montreal, Q | Ogilvy, Charles, Montreal, Q 
Montreal, Q | Smith, Alistair, Petitcodiac, N.B. 
Ottawa, O | Stewart, J. C., Embro, Q 
B.A. 
Reeves, Arch. C. 
| Sadler, Thos. A. 
Smith, Ed. F. McL. 
Smith, Geo. Hutchinson 
M.A. 


artial Students, 
A Student who is not an Undergraduate, or Graduate, is called a Partial 


The figure (1), (2) or (3), prefixedto a name, indicates that the Student takes 


a class in the corresponding year as well as in that where the name is found. 


Armstrong, W. J. Al 
Belton, Alf. J., 
Bethel, Thos. G., 
Biron, M. W., 
Blair, David E. 
Boyce, Wm. S. P., 
Brace, Adam P., 
Brown, Thos., 
Carr, John 
Crombie, Geo. L.., 
Crozier, Hugh G., 
Culp, Josephus, 
Currie, C. Willey, 
Davidson, Shirley, 
Eagleson, Richd., 
Edgar, Mackay, 
Extence, George 
Genova, Val., 
Gilmore, Geo., 


FIRST 


ex., Bristol, Q 
Clayton, O 
Masc, Rapids, Q 
Wakefield 





Norham, O 
Toronto, O 
Montreal, Q 


Fort Coulonge, Q 
Grand Valley, O 
Beamsville, O. 
Abercorn 
Montreal, Q 
Hazeldean, O 
Montreal, Q 


Montreal, Q 
Derry, Ireland 





YEAR. 


Gourlay, Wm. L., Carp,O 
Hamilton, Arthur, Montreal, Q 
Hayson, Hy. J., Montreal, Q 
Heeny, Wm. B., Danford Lake 
Hill, Walter H. P., Montreal, Q 
Horsey, Harold I., Kingston, O 
Judah, Fred. R., Montreal, Q 
Keefer, Robert, Flesherton, O 
Kelly, Matt. 
Lamoise, Victor L., 
Leitch, Fred. A., 


Montreal, Q 
Flesherton, O 


| Leitch, Hugh, Walkers, O 
Lough, Dan. B. 

McAmmond, Robt. B., Winchester 

Springs 

McAteer, Thos. G., Stayner, O 

MacCosham, Jno. A., Bryson, Me. 

McCuaig, Wm., Bryson, Q 


MacDougall, Robt. E. 





| 
4! 
| 
4 
3 

$ 

4 











McKinnon,— 
McMartin, Andrew R, 
Mackie, Robt. L. D., 
Menangon, John E., 
Millar, David D., 
Miller, Amasa B., 
Milliken, Robt., 
Morris, Harry C.., 
Oke, John, Oka, Q 
Orr, Wm. J., Montreal, Q 
Patterson, Joshua R., Rochester, N.Y 
Peever,, R.G,, Haley’s Station, O 
Pidgeon, E. Leslie, N. Richmond, Q 


Lachute, Q 
Stoke Centre 
Burgoyne, O 
Brantford, O 

London, O 

Perth, O 


236 





| Shaw, Ernest J., 


| Smith, Wm. Arthur, 


SECOND 


Acer, John H. A., 
Allison, T. Carlton, 
Beamish, Wm. J., 
(1) Belton, Alf, J., 
Benny, Walter W., 


Montreal, Q 
Dunbar, O 
Prescott, O 
Clayton, O 
Daillebout, 

Joliette Co., Q 
(1) Bethel, Thomas G. 
(1) Brace, Adam P. 

Brown, — 

Brunton, Jno. N., Marvelville, 
Russel Co., O 
(1) Crombie, George L. 
(1) Eagleson, Richd. 
(1) Extence, George 

Fairbairn, Andrew, 
(1) Gilmore, George 
(1) Gourlay, Wm. L., 

Graham, David J., Ashton, O 
Graham, Sharon, Montreal, Q 
Halpenny, Wm., Smith’s Falls, O 
Hamilton, W.J., Milverton, O 
Harnwell, H.J., Kincardine, O 
Hodgson, fonathan R., Sawyer- 

ville, Q 

Humphrey, J. W., Cowansville, Q 
Jackson, Wm. P., Kingston, O 
Jamieson, S. Dawson, Inver- 
ness, Clapham, O 


Prescott, O 


(1) Keefer, Robert 
Kelly, Edwin R., 

(1) Kelly, Matt. 
Kennedy, John K, 

(1) Leitch, Fred. A, 


Pembroke, O 





| 








Pollock, Albert F. 
Schwitzer, Wm. C., 


Ottawa, O 
Avonmore 
Sincennes, Jean B., Masham, Ott. Co. 


Brussels 
Squires, George 
Stuart, Jas. Alex., 
Sykes, Chas, A., 
Sykes, Thos. G., 
Warden, Fred. A. 
Watt, Robt. G., 
Wilson, William 
Ziegler, John A, 


Montreal, Q 
Cobden, O: 
Cobden, O 


Lanark Village 


YEAR, 
(1) McAmmond R. B. 


| (1) McAteer, Thomas G. 


McCallum, Arthur L. 
McConnell, J. H., 
McEwan, Sam, R 
Mason, Harry E. 
(1) Millar, David D., 
(1) Miller, Amasa B, 
(1) Milliken, Robert 
Mills, A, W., Kemptville, O 
Mount, Allan E., Montreal, Q 
Murray, Hazen T., King’s Co.,N.B. 
(1) Oke, John 
(1) Patterson, Joshua R. 
(1) Peever, R. G. 
(1) Pollock, Albert F. 
Seller, Johnson, 
(1) Shaw, Ernest J. 
(1) Sincennes, Jean B. 
Sing, Charles R., Singhampton, O 
Smith, Geo. E., Stoney Creek, O 
Smith, Harry L., Currie’s Crss’g, O 
(1) Smith, Wm, Arthur 
Smythe, Theo. A., 


Montreal, Q 
3 Rawdon, O 


ig, cf 


Burgoyne, O 


Sawyerville, Q 


Ulster Spring, 
Jamaica, W.I, 


| (1) Squires, George 


(1) Sykes, Thomas G, 
Vickery, Thos. J., Smith’s Falls, O 
Walker, Harry, Montreal, Q 

(1) Watt, Robt. G. 
Wilson, Alf. C., 
Wright, Robert, 


Hiliar, O 


Braehburg 


THIRD YEAR, 


(2) Allison, T. Carlton 
Armstrong, Sidney 
Ball, George W., 

(2) Beamish, William J. 

Belton, Alf, J. 


Montreal, Q | 


Boshart, W. P. aes 
(2) Brace, Adam P. 
Brown, J. Livingston, Wood Eay, 
Man. 









) Brown, Thomas 


) Crombie, George L. 


) Eagleson, Rich. 

2) Extence, George 
Fish, Hy. A,, 
Fraser, Septimus, 
Gilmour, F. W., 

(2) Halpenny, William 

2) Harnwell, H. J. 

(2) Humphrey, J. W. 
(2) Keefer Robert 

(2) Leitch, F. A. 

(2) McAmmond, R. B. 


(1 

(2 

(1) Culp, Josephus 
(2 

( 


(2) McAteer, ‘Vhomas G. 


(2) McConnell, J. H. 
(2) McEwan, Sam. R. 
(2) Mason, Harry E, 


237 


(2) Miller, Amasa B, 
(2) Milliken, Robert 
(2) Mills, A. W. 
(2) Patterson, J. R. 
(2) Seller, Johnson 
Toronto, O | (2) Shaw, Ernest J. 
Montreal, Q (2) Sing, Chas. R. 
Almonte, O | 52) Smith, George E. 
¢2) Smith, Harry L. 

2) Smith, Wm. Arthur 
2) Smythe, Theo. A, 
| (2) Sykes, Thomas G. 
(2) Vickery, Thomas J, 
2) Walker, Harry 
+35 Wilson, Alf. C. 
| (1) Wilson, Wm, 
| (2) Wright, Robert 








FOURTH YEAR, 
(3) Armstrong, Sidney Johnson, W. 
(3) Ball, George W. (2) Kelly, Edwin R. 
2) Bethel, Thomas G., (3) Leitch, Fred. A. 
(3) Boshart, William P, | (3) Leitch, Hugh 
(3) Brown, J. Livingstone | (3) McAmmond, Robert B. 
(1) Brown, Thomas (3) McConnell, J. H. 
Calvert, Reuben, Vittoria, O | (1) McCuaig, William 


(3) Culp, Josephus 

(2) Fairbairn, Andrew 
(1) Gilmore, George 

(2) Graham, David J. 
(3) Harnwell, H. J. 

(2) Hodgson, Jonathan 
(2) Jamieson, S. Dawso 


/ ” . 
GAi7lé. 


Bickerdike, May C., 
Cameron, Mary T., 
Doull, Ethel M., 
Galt, Annie P., 
Holden, Margaret L., 
O’Connor, Bertha V.., 
Ross, Elizabeth, 
Shaw, Ethel C., 
Smith, Annie Louise, 
Stephen, Jennie, 
Walbridge, Mabel H., 
Young, Laura A., 


Mathers, Frank M., 
(2) Millar, David D. 
(2) Murray, Hazen T, 
(2) Peever, R. G, 

(3) Sing, Charles R. 
| (2) Sykes, Charles A. 





R. 
n 
DONALDA DEPARTMENT. 
SPECIAL COURSE FOR WOMEN, 
Undergraduates. 
FIRST YEAR, 
School. 
M.G. H.S., 
Trafalgar institute, 
McGill Normal School, 
Private Tuition, 
G. H. S., St. John, N.B., 
M. G, -HOS. 
Private Tuition, 


M. G. H. S., 


Misses Symmers, and Smith’s School, 


Ottawa Coll. Inst., 
Mystic Model S. and P. T., 
Prince of Wales College, 


Lucknow, O 


Residence. 


Lachine, Q 
Kingston, O 
Montreal, Q 
Montreal, Q 


St. John, N.B 


Montreal, Q 


Brucefield, O 


Montreal, O 
Montreal, Q 
Ottawa, O 
Mystic, Q 


Charlottetown, P.E,I 





238 
SECOND YEAR, 
Name. School, Residence. 


Brown, J. M., McGill Normal School, Montreal, Q 
Chalmers, L. H., Granby Academy, Granby, Q 
Denoon, Agnes H., G. H. S.M., Montreal, Q 
Hammond, E. A., G.H. S. M.; Montreal, Q 
Henderson, G., Misses Symmers and Smith’s School, Montreal, Q 
Hill, H. S. M., M, G.H.5., Montreal, Q 
Hinds, C., Compton Ladies’ College, Actonvale, Q 
Hurst, I. E., M.G.H. 5., St. Lambert, Q 
Hutchinson, M., Coll. Inst., St. Thomas, St. Thomas, O 
Krause, Louise, Private Tuition, Montreal, Q 
Locke, W. A., VEG ES, St. Lambert, Q 
McBurney, E. E., M.G.H.S., St. Lambert, Q 
McCuaig, M., M.G.H.5., Montreal, Q 
Macphail, Jeanette C., Prince of Wales Coll., Orwell, P.E.I 
Mitchell, K., Trafalgar Inst., Montreal, Q 
Nichols, A. W., M.G.H.S., Montreal, Q 
Pinder, E. B., M.G H.S., St. Lambert, Q 
Pitcher, W.J., MSG," FL. 5, Montreal, -Q 
St. James, L. M., McGill Normal S., Grande Ligne, Q 
Watson, M. T., Renfrew H. 5S., Montreal, Q 


THIRD YEAR. 


Armstrong, L. E., Montreal, Q | Radford, Ethel S., Montreal, Q 
Botterell, Florence, Montreal, Q | Seymour, Clara, Montreal, Q 
Cameron, Susan E., St. John, N.B | Travis, Katharine, Hampton, N.B 
Cushing, Florence E., Montreal, Q | Watson, Rosalind, Huntingdon, Q 
Fraser, H. Alice, Richmond, Q | Whiteaves, A. Maud, Ottawa, O 

Wilson, Margaret, Montreal, Q 


FOURTH YEAR. 


Brittain, Isabel, Montreal, Q | McCoy, EmmaC., Rockburn, Q 
Brown, Jessie, Montreal, Q | Mackenzie, Jane E. F., Montreal, Q 
Campbell, Rosalia F., Montreal, Q | Ogilvy, Isabella, Montreal, Q 
Craig, Margaret, Montreal, Q | Shaw, S. Louise, Montreal, Q 
Hargrave, Edith, Sherbrooke, Q | Warner, Agnes L., St. John, N.B 
Bes; 
Angus, Frances R, | Pattison, M. L. 
Binmore, Elizabeth Raynes, Ethel G. 
Jackson, Annie L. Reid, Helen R. Y. 
Leach, Milda E, Ross, Jessie K. 
McGregor, Elizabeth B. Smith, G. Louise. 
Macdonald, M. L. 
, Partial Students. 
A Student who is no! an Undergraduate, or Graduate, is called a Partial Stu- 


dent. 
The figure (1), (2) or (3), prefixed to a name, indicates that the Student takes 
a class inthe corresponding year as well as in that where the name is found. ,--- 


‘ 








Anderson, Alice G., 


Bredin, Beatrice, 
Bredin, Bessie L., 
Carter, Mabel A.., 
Dover, Mary V., 
Draffin, Isabel B., 
Hanna, Ethel M., 


TS 


= eee 


239 


FIRST YEAR, 


Ottawa, O | Lovelace, Ida, 


Montreal, Q 
Montreal, Q 
Montreal, Q 
Peterboro, O 
Almonte, O 
Montreal, O 


Lovelace, Ruby, 


Montreal, Q 
Montreal, Q 


MacGregor, Janet G., N. Glasgow, N.S. 


McLea, Rosalie, 
Silcox, Georgia, 
Simpkin, Lottie, 


Stevenson, Winifred, 


Henderson, Margaret E., Montreal, O 
Hodge, Sadie A,, 


Johnson, Sybil 


Burnett, C. H. 
Claggett, Olive G. C,, 


Coussirat, Eva 
Craig, Jennie, 
Dods, Mary J 


bd 


(Mrs.), 


Donahue, Clara 
Gordon, Elizabeth M. 
Guerin, Bellelle 


Gurd, Effie S., 
Henderson, E] 


Lowden, J. C.. 


b 


Lyman, Ethel 


Montreal], Q 


liot 


Montreal, Q 
Montreal, Q 


Montreal, Q 
Montreal, Q 
dé Montreal, Q 

Montreal], © 
? Montreal, Q 


Montreal, Q 
L, Cote St, Antoine, 


‘Tyrrell, 
Warren, 


SECOND YEAR. 


Margaret J. 
Hattie S. 


5 


(1) MacGregor, Janet G. 
Macdonald, Ina, 
McGarry, Isabel 
Monk, Millie J. 

(1) Murphy, Fannie M. 


Norris, Amy, 
Samuel, E. Maggie, 
Sharpe, Mima L. 


Montreal, Q 


Ashforth, Agnes M. 


Johnson, Helena, 


(2) MacGregor, Janet G. 


(1) Anderson, 


Alice G. 


(3) Ashforth, Agnes M. 


Cantlie, Mary S , 
Finley, Greta, 

Greene, Florence M., Montreal, Q 
McLea, Jean C., 


McMillan, 


*Angel, Frederick. W., Newfoundland 
Archibald, Harry P., Antigonish, N.S. 
Aylmer, Arthur Lovell, Melbourne, Q 
Barber, Charles Herbert, Georgetown, 


O 


S. E 


me, 


FACULTY 


Beatty, David Herbert, Sarnia, O. 


England 


Montreal, Q 


Montreal, Q 
Montreal, Q 


Montreal, Q 
England 


THIRD YEAR, 


FOURTH YEAR. 


MacNider, Constance 





OF APPLIED 


First YEAR. 


(1) Silcox, Georgia 

(1) Stevenson, Winifred 
Walker, Laura F. M. 
Whyte, Clara M., 


Trenholme, Florence, 
Antoine, 
(2) Walker, Laura F. M. 


Morrow, Edith 

Reid, 

Schuyler, Estelle L., N. York, U.S. 
(3) Walker, Laura F. M. 


Ethel H., 


SCIENCE. 


Bell, John W., Montreal 

Bell, Richard A. S., Mosgrove, O. 
Bickford, Oscar L., ‘Toronto, O. 
Blair, David E,, Chicoutimi, Q. 


Montreal, ( 
Montreal, | 
Montreal, ‘ 
Montreal, ( 


Montreal, © 


Montreal, QO 


Montreal, © 
Montreal, Q 


Montreal, 
Lancaster, O 


Cote S C e 
Montreal, Q 


A. M,, 
Montreal, Q 


Montreal, Q 


Bovey, Edward P., Torquay, Devon, 


Eng. 






































ee PY 


StS 


t+ 25 
oS 


— 
ee 


=e 





240 


Burnham, Harold B., Peterboro, O. 

Campbell, Alexander, Ottawa, O. 

Colson, Charles H., Montreal 

Connal, William F., Peterboro, O. 

Corriveau, Albert R, 

*Craig, Arthur Frederick, Montreal 

*Crawford, Arthur Ross, Montreal 

Davidson, Shirley, Montreal 

Desbarats, Charles H, H., Montreal 

Drinkwater, Charles Graham, Mon- 
trea] 

Donkin, Frank W., Cow Bay, N.S. 

Dougal!, Ralph, Montreal 

Edward, John R., Outremont, Q. 

Ewan, Herbert M., Montreal 

Finnie, Oswald S., Ottawa 

Gisborne, Lionel L,, Ottawa 

Grant, George H., Victoria, B.C. 

Guthrie, Norman G., Guelph, O. 

Haycock, Richard L., Ottawa, O. 

Hillary, George M., Whitby, O. 

Holland, Cecil F., St Eleanors, P.E.1. 

*Hibbard, Walter R., Frelighsburg, Q. 

Kennedy, Lindsay R., Pembroke, O. 

Lomas, Joseph A., Sherbrooke, Q. 

Macdunald, James E., Providence, R.1., 
U.S.A. 

Macdonald, Peter W., West Bay, N.S. 

Macbean, Stanley L., Montreal 

Mackenzie, Malcolm, Sarnia, O. 

*Mackie, James D., Kingston Station, 
O. 

MacKinnon, George D., Charlottetown, 
PE.1. 

Macleod, George R., Uigg, P.E.I. 

May, Lorne W., Ottawa, O. 


SECOND 


Alley, Gordon T., 
Post, 

Atkinson, George A. S., Montreal] 

Archibald, William M., Truro, N.S. 

Balfour, Reginald H., Montreal 

Bayfield, Henry A., Charlottetown, 
P.E.I, 

Bishop, James S., Montreal 

Buchanan, Fitzherbert P., Montreal 

Chase, Harry A., Kentville, N.S. 

Clark, Ernest R., Stratford, O. 

Courtice, Francis E., Port Perry, O. 

Denis, Théophile, Montreal 

Dougall, George M., Montreal 

Dufresne, Alexander R., Ottawa, O. 

Ferguson, Thomas, Peterboro, O. 


Charlottetown, 








McDermott, Michael S., Montreal 

McKibbin, Frederick W. J., Peterboro, 
O. 

McRae, John B., Ottawa, O. 

Mitchell, Norman C., Halifax, N.S. 

Mitchell, Norman §., Montreal] 

Newcombe, Avard B., Lakeville, N.S. 

Packard, Frank L., Montreal 

Paradis, Paul, St. Johns, Q. 

Pitcher, Norman C., Montreal 

Primrose, Harry G., Pictou, N.S. 

*Reaves, Campbell, Montreal 

Reid, Robert G.; Montreal 

*Ramsay, William A., Montreal 

Ross, John K., Montreal 

*Scott, James H., Outremont 

*Seagiam, Edward F., Waterloo, O. 

Simpson, Colligan D,, Westville, N.S. 

Sise, Charles F., Montreal 

Staples, Clark, Balsam Lake, O. 

Stovel, Russell W., Toronto, O, 

Suter, Robert W., Carleton Place, O. 

Symmes, Howard C., Aylmer, Q. 

Thompson, Fred. W., Coaticook, Q. 

Thomson, Clarence, Montreal 


| Thomson, Henry N., Quebec, Q. 
| Thomson, Henry S., Quebec, Q. 


Travis, Berton C., Hampton, N.B. 


| Turnbull, John M., Montreal 


“Vickerson, Herbert J.,Bedeique, P.E.I. 

Wade, Francis K., Rickmansworth, 
Herts, Eng. 

Walters, Morley, Hull, Q, 


| Weldon, Robert P., St. John, N.B. 


Yorston, Louis, Pictou, N,S. 


YEAR. 


Gill, James L. W., Little York, P.E I. 

Green, Joseph S. R., Montreal 

Hare, George G., St. John, N.B. 

Howe, Ralph E., Hatley, Q. 

Hunter, John William, Kingston, O. 

Jaquays, Homer M., Montreal 

Johnson, William S., Clapham, Q. 

Kenny, Thomas F., Ottawa, O. 

Killaly, Hamilton McM., Morrisburg, 
O 


*Lewis, George G., Montreal 
McCallum, Arthur, Maxwell, O. 
McDougall, William, Ormstown, Q- 
McLaren, Duncan T., Montreal 
Metcalfe, Thomas H., Montreal 
Mussen, Horace W., Aurora, O. 





Ogilvie, William 
Bridge, O. 
Olive, Walter McH., St. John, N.B. 
Reinhardt, Carl, Montreal 
Rutherford, Gordon S., Montreal 
Rutherford, Stewart F., Montreal 
Skill, Herbert G., Cobourg, O. 


M., Cumming’s 


THIRD 


Angus, Wm, F., Montreal 

Askwith, Wm. R., New Edinburgh, O. 
Baker, Hugh C., Ottawa, O. 

Becket, Frederick M., Montreal 
Blackburn, Robert L., Ottawa, O. 
Boright. George N., Sutton, Q. 

Carter, Wm. F., Cowansville, Q. 
Currie, Wm., Montreal 

Dobson, Gilbert S., Dorchester, N.B. 
Dougall, Wilfrid, Montreal 

Greig, Alex. R., Montreal 

Griffin, Michael E., Georgetown, P.EI, 
Gwillim, John C., Winnipeg, Man. 
Hart, Orobio C., Cowansville, Q. 
Johnson, Edward P., Ottawa, O. 

King, Robert O., Montreal 


FOURTH 


Brodie, Alexander, Quebec 

Cole, Arthur A., Montreal] 
Collyer, Alfred, Playden, Sussex, Eng. 
Connor, Matthew F., Ottawa 
Costigan, James S., Montreal 
Darling, Edward, Montreal 
Dawson, Alex. S., Pictou, N.S. 
Duff, Wm. A., Montreal 

Dyer, Leonard W. E., Montreal 
Gunn, Robert A., Montreal 
Lambert, Frank, Woodstock, O. 
Larmonth, John H., Ottawa, O. 


9) 


-_ 


41 


Smaill, Albert E., Montreal 
Stewart, Robert H., Montreal 
“Taylor, Jeremy B. F., Ottawa, O. 
Walkem, George A., Kingston, O. 
Webb, William M., Petrolia, O 
White, Frank H., Montreal 
Wright, Charles H.,, Renfrew, O, 





—_—_—_—. 


YEAR. 


McDougall, George D., Amherst, N.S. 

McDunnough, Ralph B., Montreal 

McNaughton, Peter, Huntingdon, Q. 

Moodie, Kenneth, Chesterville, O. 

Nivin, Thomas F., Montreal 

Primrose, John, Pictou, N.S. 

Robins, Sampson P., Montreal 

Rogers, Frank D., Montreal 

*Rutherford, Forrest, Montreal 

Scott, Alfred, Port Hope, O. 

Trenholme, Henry R., Montreal Jct.,Q 

Turner, John A., Hamilton, O. 

Van Barneveld, Chas. .E , Grindstone, 
Magdalen Islands, Q. 

Wilkin, Francis A., Calgary, N.W.T. 

White, Walter T., St. John, N.B, 





Y EAR * 


; Leach, Wm. W., Montreal 
Lonergan, Gerald J., Buckingham, Q. 
| Longworth, Chas. H. B., Charlottetown, 
PEI: 
| Mackay, Henry M., Pictou, N.S. 
| Molson, Herbert, Montreal 
| Morris, John W., Wallace, N.S. 
| Mudge, Arthur L., Montreal 
Pitcher, Frank H., Montreal 
Scammell, John K., St. John, N.B. 
| Scott, Walter M., Charlottetown, P.E.I, 
| Whiteside, Orton E. S., Metcalfe, O. 


Post GRADUATE. 


Adams, Walter C., Montreal 
Featherston, John H., Montreal 
Herdt, Henry, Montreal 


*Partial Student. 


| Kingston, Charles B., Montreal 
| Ogilvy, Robert F., Montreal 
| *Westwood, Geo. W. J., Nanaimo, B.C. 














FACULTY OF COMPARATIVE MEDICINE AND 
VETERINARY SCIENCE. 


FIRST YEAR. 


.... Allan’s Corners, Q | McNider, & ............ Little Metis, Q 
London, O Morris, K. H ...........Mexico, Mo 
jelsaehes voavse..OTmstown, Q | Ness, J Howick, Q 
Judge, J. J | Newcomb, H. H Greenfield, Mass. 
Kee, F. W Ormstown, Q | Parker, J. C...........Montreal 
McCarry, J. J......... Montreal Richards, 8. C........S5outh Wales, Eng. 
MacKeracher, G. P..Howick, Q 





SECOND YEAR, 


Baldwin, B. K Philadelphia, Pa. | Inglis, W............++.. Granby, Q 
Boutelle, C. A ......... Danville, Q Jones, W. V ee Wolfville, N.S 
Clarke, H. D............Plainfield, Mass | Lehnert, E, H........... Clinton, Mass 
Cowan, A.................Montreal | Reagan, 8. M............ Mexico, Mo 
Cutting, J. C Boston, Mass Thurston, E. C......... Montreal 
Fraser, A. D.............Montreal Zink, C. H., jr Philadelphia, Pa 
Hargrave, J. C......... Medicine Hat, Ass 


THIRD YEAR. 


Anderson, B.............. Montreal Morin, W Belle Riviere, Q 
Barer; Gu tP ise Binsearth, Man Mulvey, ©: J............Mooers, N.Y 
Buchan, J. A............L°Orignal, O McAlpine, D Vankleek Hill, O 
Gannon, A...scrssecceecss Greenfield, Mass | McGillivray, J. D Laggan, 0. 
Carey, EH. J............... North Adams, Ms |} McLeod, J. H............ Howick, Q 


Cleveland, WH. R Danville, Q 2 gas BN Actor me eae Honolulu, H,! 
French, © London, Eng Salley, J. Li..s.s cee Skowhegan, Me 
Grattan, Ro Ft, ges. Preston, Minn | Solandt, J. V Inverness, Q 

ot UNRP - ) & Gages appara pe Leeds, () TOMES, FG cruel vases vede Middlebush, N.J 
Hollingsworth, J. B...dawkesbury,O | Walsh, F. W.......00. Ormstown, 4) 
Moore, A. E Stanbridg?: E.,Q | 


COLLEGES AFFILIATED IN ARTS. 


MORRIN COLLEGE, QUEBEC, 
Undergraduates. 
Fraser, Ethel, 4th year, ; Drum, Harcourt 


McWilliam, Bessie, 2nd year, Langlois, Peter 
Bishop, Cyril Taylor, William B. 


ST. FRANCIS COLLEGE, RICHMOND 
Ondergraduates. 


McDougall, Cairnie L., Melbourne, Q | Wadleigh, Wm. W., Kingsey, Q 
Crack, Herbert A., Kingsbury, Q | McBurney, Chas. E,, Sawyerville, Q 


Ewing, Wm. John, Melbourne, Q | Pocock, Charles A., Hillhurst, Q 




















/ “2 ’ 
243 
Fisher, Ernest M., Melbourne, Q | McRae, Robert H., Cookshire, Q 
Frye, Alfred W., Windsor Mills, Q McRae, J as. ‘I’, Cookshire, Q 
McIver, Evander W., Richmond, Q Watson, Wm., Kingsbury, Q 
Paterson, Edwin R., Richmond, Q|C oburn, David N., Upper Melbourne, Q 
Pope, Charles A., ‘Sydenham Place, QO; Paterson, Wm. F., Richmond, Q 
Tanner, Chas. A. H., Richmond, Q Vaudry, Mary O., Shefford Mt., 6) 
Tanner, Wm. P., Richmond, Q 
STANSTEAD WESLEYAN COLLEGE. 
Undergraduates. 
Bryant, Flora A., Stanstead, Q | Van Vliet, Leonie, Lacolle, Q 
Rugg, M. Alice, Stanstead, Q | Terrill, H. Maud, Stanstead, Q 
Howard, Cath, M. H., Philipsburg, Q | Mac Naughton, Wm. G., Huntingdon, () 
McDuffee, Mary E, Stanstead, Q | Duboyce, Perey C.., Knowlton, Q 
Ryan, Wm. A., Three Rivers, Q | W hitcher , Herbert, Derby Line, Vt.,U.S. 
Ryan, George, Three Rivers, Q|V aughan, Fred. W., Ayer’s F lat, Q 
Nunns, EH. J., '  Coaticook, Q | | 
aaa fi 
SUMMARY. E 
q 
OM 
Students in Law, McGill College Satnav ebdustoaeee crates Cis eRVs be veceeecncorsasnues Sarees 38 » | 
e in Medicine, ce docoses Psevectse ocseveabysodeud Sasede ecetintee ductus tt: 350 
we in Arts :— = 
( GPAGUHTCS ie is cach denetiank ou SPS ndy Vede teow Nice edatoban’ 10, 
met'< Undersraduatesiaieris hice Wie viess en otaoas « 121} 
Partial. ie wev Uh Gupte! Fp cheba des aus cueeaee ban caccseee Sie e 106 aye 
CRPAQURTEB ecisices . coeincs cebiwege Peel es ae 1 that 
We OMG 4: UNAGESPACUATARs «iiew au cvihev wiavevide: cdavkucaucsbevmietinn 53 
Lg SEE SA TREE 5 SRE AHI BE Heh 51 
Total in Arts including Students from other Faculties ......599 
Students in Arts, Morrin College............cc5 ceeeeees é: Widaeeeateivedadubsdedgautetieares 6 
i wo © SG Prants College Sb cusny edited dav iseaasty:vordes i ekdaedabe Mee 19 
or Um Staustead Wesleyan College............,c00 Weack ds .civeenke tees . 13 
x ‘* Applied Science, McGill College :— 
j Undergraduates......... 183 
| Partial and Graduates COSEES LOKS Oe CES OES SOeeOe See es v 
V OLOLINATY SCIONCE,..s0<osevcecsayrersdvecsssa Sri'ok Soa bse'te 960 4ans ac sagnun eanesnans 53 
1,014 
Deduct entered in two Faculties......... jus qeases ites Adan yewbe dace nage ined Seer l 
1,013 
McGill Normal School, Teachers-in-training ,..... 20.0.0. cecccccee ccsecsee coe hie: 136 
Pitaksy served Of gre Geer eee eK Pt 1,149 





Donations to Library anc Miuseum 
DONATIONS TO THE LIBRARY. 
1893-94. 


From Canterbury College, New Zealand: Calendar for 1892-93. 

From W, Trelease, Missouri Botanical Garden, St. Louis: 
Report, 1892. 

From Sir J. W. Dawson: The Hawks and Owls of the United States, in their 
relation to Agriculture. 

From the Weather Bureau, Washington: Weather Maps for April and May. 

From the Brooklyn Institute of Arts: Fourth Year Book, 189I-92. 

From the State Board of Agriculture, Massachusetts: 4oth Annual Report, 
1892. 

From the University of Sydney, N.S.W.: Catalogue of the Library, 1892. 

From the University of London: Catalogue for 1893-94. 

Frem Sir J. W. Dawson: Proceedings of the American Association for the 
Advancement of Science, 40th meeting held at Washington, 41st meeting held at 
Rochester ; Bulletin of the United States Fish Commission, 1890; National 
Electrica] Light Association, 14th convention held at Montreal, 1891; 15th held 
at Rochester, 1892; U.S. Commission of Fish and Fisheries, Commissioners’ 
Report, 1888; Smithsonian Report U.S, National Museum, 1890; Missouri 
Geological Survey, Report on Iron Ores, Winslow ; Report on Coal Deposits 
of Missouri, 1891; Report of the Minister of Education, Ontario, 1892; Leading 
Poets of Scotland by W. J. Kaye; Proceedings of the Manchester Literary and 
Philosophical Society ; Memoir of J. P. Joule; Principles of Education, by 
Malcolm Mac Vicar. 


Fourth Annual 


From Dr. Darey: Cruel Persecutions of the Protestants in the Kingdom of 
France, by Jean Claude. 

From the Smithsonian Institution: Proceedings of the U.S. National Museum, 
1890-91 ; Bulletin of ditto, No. 40, and 7 pamphlets, Entomology, etc. 

From the author, Rev. George Brown, D.D.: Grammar and Dictionary of 
the Duke of York Dialect, New Britain; The Gospel according to St. Mark, in 
the same. 


From Sir J. W. Dawson: Smithsonian report of the U. S. National Museum, 
Geology of Weymouth, Portland and. County of Dorset, by D. Robert Daman ; 
the Balance of Physics, by Edward Daigh ; 


; Scripture Readings for High and 
Public Schools, Ontario. 
From the Medical Faculty : Histoire du Canada et des Canadiens, par M. 
Bibaud ; Causes Politiques Célébres du XIX Siécle, Procés du Duc d’En- 
ghien, and a number of pamphlets and books in paper covers. 
From the Provincial Government of Quebec: Arréts en Conseil ayant Force 
de Loi dans la Province de Québec, 1893. 


From Sir J. W. Dawson: Transactions of the Manchester Geological Society, 
Vol, 22, part 8. 


From the Woodwardian Museum, Cambridge, Eng, : 27th Annual Report of 
the Museum and Lecture Room Syndicate, 1892. 


From Hon. Arthur Benwick, M.D., Executive’ Commissioner for N.S.W. 


and Chicago ; an Australian Language as spoken by the Awabake, the people 
of Awaba or Lac Macguarie, by L. E. Threkeld, 1892. 





245 


From the U.S. War Department: Professional Papers of the Corps of 
Engineers of the U, S. Army, No, 26, 1892. 

From the Dominion Government, Ottawa; Debates of the House of Com. 
mons, Vol. 36, 1893; Sessional Papers, Vol, 25, No. 7, &92; ‘© Public 
Works,” Vol. 25, No, 71092; ** Railways and Canals,” Maps—Public Works, 
1891-92; Orders-in-Council of the Imperial Government, together with Treaties 
negotiated between H. M. the Queen and Foreign Powers; The Statistical Vear 
Book of Canada for 1892 ; Analytical Index to Customs Tariff of Canada ; 
Journal of the Senate of Canada, Vol. 27, 1093; Census of Canada, A, Vol. 1, 
1890-91; Sessiona] Papers No. 1, Vol. 26, 1893; Journal, House of Commons, 
Canada, Vol, 27, 1593, Appendix. 

From the Trustees of the Peabody Institute, Baltimore: Catalogue of the 
Library of the Peabo ly Institute, Part 5 S-Z, 

From the Astronomer Royal: Greenwich Observations, 1890; Observations 
of the Time of Swing of the Indian Invariable Pendulum, 1889; Annals of the 
Cape Observatory, Vol. I., Parts 2, 3 and 4, 

From the Geological Survey of New Jersey: Gasteropoda and Cephalopoda 
of the Raritan Clays and Greensand Marls of New Jersey. 

From the University of Edinburgh: Calendar for 1893-94. 

From Glasgow University: Calendar for 1893-94. 

From the Dominion Educational] Association ; Proceedings of the Ist Conven- 
tion held at Montreal, July, 1892. 

From the Institution of Civil Engineers : Charter and List of Members, 1593, 
Minutes and Proceedings of the Institution of C.E., Vok, “CAR... 1592-93, Part 
IT, 


From the Smithsonian [Institution : Smithsonian Collections, Vol. 36, 1593. 

From the University of Sydney, N.S. W.: Calendar for 1893. 

From the University of Manitoba ; Calendar for 1893-94. 

From the Royal Colonial Institute - Proceedings, Vol, XXIV., 1892-93. 

From the New Zealand University, Wellington, N.Z.: Calendar for 1893-94. 

From the Bureau of Education, Washington : Report of the Commissioners of 
Education, 1889-90. 

From the American Institute of Mining Engineers, N. Y.; Transactions, Vol. 
XXI_, 1893. : 

From the Institution of Civil Engineers, London, Eng. : Proceedings, Vol. 
CXIII,, 1893. : 

From Sir J. W. Dawson: 2nd Report of the Bureau of Mines, Ontario, 1892 ; 
Jamaica at the Columbian Exposition, 1893 ; U.S. Geological Survey, Mineral 
Resources of the U.S. for 1891 ; do., Irth Annual Report, Part 1 Geology, 
Part 2 Irrigation; United States Geological Survey, Monograph, Vol. 17; the 
Flora of the Dakota Group, by L. Tesquereux; ditto, Monograph, Vol. 18 
Gasteropoda and Cephalopoda of the Raritan Clays of New Jersey ; ditto Vol. 
20; Geology of the Eureka District, Nevada, by Arnold Hagne, 1892, Maps to 
accompany ditto. Report of the U.S. National Museum for the year ending, 
June 30th, 1891. Proceedings of the Boston Society of Natural History, Vol. 
XXV.; Iowa Geological Survey, Vol. I. rst Annual Report for 1892; Pro- 
ceedings of the Convention of the Dominion Educational Association, July 
1892, 

From Messrs. Macmillan & Co., London: Das Wirtshaus im Spessart 
Mardun, von Wilhelin Hanff, : 

From the New York Academy of Sciences: Transactions, Vol. XII., 1892.93. 

From the Royal Society of Canada: Proceedings and Transactions, Vol. Xx. 

Fronr the Geol. and Nat. History Society of Minnesota: The Metaspenniz 
of the Minnesota Valley, 1892. 


From the Bureau of Ethnology : 8th Annual Report of the Bureau. 




































































246 


From the Victoria University, Toronto: Calendar for 1893. 

From Dr. D. J. Leech (Master of the Council of Owens College) : Owens 
College, its Foundation and Growth. 

From the Aberdeen University : Calendar for 1893-4. 

From Peter Redpath, Esq.: Quaritch’s Catalogue, 7 vols.; Macmillan’s 
Bibliographical Catalogue ; Picturesque Canada ; Statesman’s Year Book, 1874- 
93; The Book-worm, 5 vols. ; Fleming, The Intercolonial ; English Catalogue, 
1835-93, 8 vols.; Sonnenschein, The best Books; Vallée, Bibliographie des 
Bibliographies ; Stevens’ Facsimiles, 4 vols. ; Murray’s English Dictionary, part 
7; Annual Register, 1892; Reiss & Steubel, Necropolis of Ancon; Index 
to the ‘* Times,” 218; vols. ; Symond’s Michael Angelo ; Catalogue of The 
London Library, with Index; Hazlitt’s Collections, and Gray’s Index to do, 6 
vols.; Report of Royal Commission on Hist. MSS.; Calendars of State Papers ; 
Acts of Privy Council ; Chronicles and Memorials of Gr. Brit. ; British Museum 
Catalogues; Facsimiles of National MSS., Scotland; Facsimiles of National 
MSS., England; Hakluyt Society pubs; Oxford Hist. Society ; Holbein 
Society ; Royal Society, Catalogue of Scientific Papers ; Chaucer Society, 59 
vols.; Rousseau, CEuvres, 1827; Waring’s Art Treasures, 1858; Milton’s 
Works, Boydell, 1794-7 3 vols. fo.; Hodgson’s Letters from North America, 
1824; White’s Sketches from North America, 1870; Warburton’s Canada, 
1849; Statesman’s Year-Book, 1864-73 ; Coffin, 1812, The War and its Moral ; 
Garneau, History of Canada, 1860; Watt’s Bibliotheca Britannica, 1824; 
Lownde’s Bibliographer’s Manual ; British Catalogue, Index ; English Catalogue; 
Power’s Handy Book about Books; Hains’ Repertorium, 1826-38; Panzer’s 
Annales Typ. 1789-1805; Panzer’s Annalen d. Deutsch. Lit., 1785-1805; 
Teleng’s Bibliotheca; WHazlitt’s Hand-book to Popular Literature; Buck’s 
Views; Pyne’s Royal Residences; Boydell’s River Thames; Dictionary of the 
Chinook Jargon, or Indian Trade Language of the North Pacific Coast, p, c. 

From W.C. McDonald, Esq., Archimedes, Opera Omnia ; Liebig, Annalen 
der Chemie, 276 vols. ; Gilbert, Poggendorff and Wiedemann, Annalen der 
Physic und Chemie, 280 vols. ; Annals of Electricity, 10 vols.; Barr, Opera; 
Berliner Akademie der Wissenschaften, Histoire, Abhandlungen, Sitzungs- 
berichte, etc., from 1745-1893; Braun, Abhandlungen; Beltzmann, do; Four- 
ier, Travaux 3 Foucault, Travaux ; Gauss, Werke; Gordon, Physical Treatises ; 
Green, Essay; Guericke, Experimente ; Helmholtz, Abhandlungen, 2 vols, ; 
Huygens, CEuvres, 5 vols.; Kirchhoff, Abhandlungen; Lang, Lummel, 
Siemens, Ohm and others, Abhandlungen; Newton, Philosophia Naturalis; 
Rumford, Werke, 5 vols.; Repertorium fur Experimental Physik, 27 vols.; 
Paris, Institut de France, Histore et Mémoires, 107 vols. ; Comptes &endus, 
117 vols.; Torricelli, De Sphzra; Weber, Wellenlehre ; do, Werke, 5 vols. ; 
Wiedemann, Electricitat, 5 vols.; Wiener Akademie, Abhandlungen, Sitzungs- 
Berichte, etc., 101 vols. ; Ostwald and Van Hoff, Zeitschrift fur physical. Chemie, 
12 vols.; do, fur Instrumentenkunde, 13 vols.; Journal de Physique, series I., 
II., and III., complete. 

From Five Graduates: Curtis’ Botanical Magazine, vols. 1-36, and Index. 

From New York Academy of Sciences: Annals, vol. 8, Nos. I, 3. 

From Dominion Government, Ottawa: Sessional papers, vol. 26, No, 2. 

From Sir Donald A. Smith: Descartes, Opera., 1664; Archimedes, Opera, 
1543; Edinburgh Journal of Science, 1524-52; Edinburgh Philosophical Jour- 
nal, 1819-54; Fresnel, GEuvres; Newton’s Optics; Verdet, Ciuvres; Nature, 
1869-73 and 1873-92; Adelaide Observations, 1876-83 and 1888-9; Cape of 
Good Hope Observations, 1856-73; Clarke’s Standards of Length; Connaissance 
des Temps; Hansen’s Tables de la Lune ; Indian Trigonometrical Survey ; do, 
Synopsis; do, Reports; Ordinance Survey; Lough Foyle, Base; Anglia Christiana 
Society; Manchester Lit. and Philosophical Society; Monthly Notices of R. Astron, 














247 


Society ; Berlin Nouveaux Mémoires; Dublin Observations ; Edinburgh Obser- 
vations ; Goettingen Nachrichten ; Journal des Savants; Oxford Observations ; 
Poultrove Description de l’Observatoire ; Turin Mélanges; Mémoires de |’Aca- 
démie des Sciences; Palzeographical Society, Pubs.; Legenda Sanctorum, MS. : 
Pitanus de S. Concordio; MS. ; Arrowsmith’s Tactica Sacra: Baker’s Chron- 
icle ; Barclay’s Argenis ; Barclay’s Apology ; Bergh’s Inundations ; Lewis, Hist. 
of Trans, of the Bibles; Bilson’s Christian Subjections ; Biographia Britannica; 
soitard, Histoire Naturelle ; Boyle Cogitations ; Britton ; Camfield’s Angles ; Cle- 
ment of Rome: Carew’s Cornwall; Descartes’ Meditations; Oliver’s Devon Mon- 
aste ries ; Chapples’ Risdens Survey ; Edward’s Gangrzena; Evelyn’s Navigation; 
Fortescue’s, De Laudibus Legum Angliz ; Misard, Livres Populaires; Friendly 
Debate ; Fullers’s Church History; Agricola’s Husbandry ; Costens Dutch 
Gardener; Gilpin on Prints; Hesiod ; History of the Irish Rebellion; De 
Principalibus Italiz; James I. Apologia ; Johnson’s Typographia ; Kirby and 
Spencer’s Entomology; Lemnius, De Miraculis; Shuyd, Archzologia Brit., 
Libri. ; Reponse au M. Bouchy; Pap witha hatchet; Parson’s Conference ; 
Paton’s Adriatic; Philostratus; Price, Hist. of Brit. Def.; Raleigh’s Life ; 
Ray’s Discourses; Martiani Urbis Romane top.; Scardzonius, De Castitate ; 
Smith’s Discourses; Spencer’s Prodigies ; Strada Eloquentia Bipatita; Swan’s 
Speculum Mundi; Tacitus, Annales; Taylor’s Prophesying; Udell’s Mary 
Stuart; Hutchinson’s Witchcraft; Hurtley’s Malham; Adams’ Motion of 
Uranus ; Astronomische Nachrichten; Astronomisches Jahrbuch; Bashforth’s 
Chronograph; Bashforth’s Reports of Experiments; Belidor, Architecture 
hydraulique; Besset’s Fundamenta Astion; Bernouilli, De Gravitate A-theris ; 
Bernouilli Opera; Cagnoli Catalogue; Fellow’s Cape Observations; Carlin , 
Tavole astronomiche; Cassini, Tables Astronomiques; Cellarius, Harmonija 
Macrocosmica; Curtis’ Gvroscope ; d’Alembert Fluides; Duncan’s, Syllabus ; 
Fourier, La Chaleur; Frend’s Algebra; Gardiner’s Tables of Logarithms; Heath’s 
Astronomia Accurata; Hobb’s Decameron ; Klese, Lehre vom Drucke der Luft ; 
Tangie’s Etoiles Fondamentales ; Lawson’s Thermometer stand ; Leslie’s Arith- 
metic; Manilius’ Astronomicon, 1600; do, 1679; Maseres, Cubic and 
Biquadratick Equations; Maxwell’s Reciprocal Figures; Mayer’s Lunar 
Tables; Mayer’s Observations and _ other Tables; Milan’s Effemeridi; 
Mudge’s Timekeepers; Saunderson’s Algebra; Saunderson’s Fluxions ; van 
Schooten’s Exercitationes; Shepherd’s Tables; Sherwin’s ‘Tables; Steck’s 
Astronomia Carolina; Struve’s Liborum; Tacquet, Opera; Vierteljahrsschrift 
der Astron. Gessell., vols, 1-26inc.; Viete, Opera Math; Zach. Catalogue ; Les 
Mondes; Airy, Hebrew Scriptures ; Gubernatis, Ecrivains du Jour; Life of J. 
Newbery, Welch; Beresby’s Memoir; Reproductions of Cambridge Books ; 
Astronomische Nachrichten; Clarke’s Sextant; Cranmer’s Graphic Italics ; 
Crofton’s Tracts; Grant’s Catalogue of Stars; Lloyd’s Miscellaneous Papers ; 
Love’s Elasticity ; Todhunter’s Elasticity: Boussinquet’s Massifs Pulverulents ; 
Bodmer’s Hydraulic Motors; Porllon, Processes and Machines and Plates ; 
Solutions to Besant’s Hydrostatics ; Cosmos; Dycke’s Catalogue. 

From the Dominion Government, Ottawa: Sessional Papers, Vol. XXVL., 
Nos. 3 to 11. 

rom Owen’s College, Manchester : Calendar for 1893-94. 

From the University of the State of New York: ros5th Annual Report of 
Regents, 1891; Regents’ Bulletin No.21, May, 1893; Bulletin of the N.Y. 
State Museum, Vol. 3, No. 11; 74th Annual Report of the N. Y. State Library 
for the year ending September 30th, 1893. 

From the Provincial Government, Quebec : Journals of the Legislative Assem- 
bly, -Vol. 27, (English and French) ; Sessional Papers, Departmental Reports, 
Vol. 25-1, 1893. 


i eS _- 


~~ BA QE eae @ Oe 


li 
IV 
¢? 
4 





=> a . 2a 
ae ear 


~~ 

































































24.8 


From the Geological Society of America : Bulletin, Vol. 4, in sheets unbound, 
From Oxford University : Catalogue of books added to the Radcliffe Library 
during 1892. 

From the’ Royal Society of London, per Sir J. W. Dawson: - Philosophical 
Transactions for 1892, Vols. 183a@ and 1836; List of Council and Fellows, No- 
vember 30, 1892. 

From Sir J. W. Dawson (the author) : Some Salient Points in the Science of 
the Earth. } 

From the Department of Agriculture, Toronto: Annual Report for 1592 (2 
copies). 

From Corne]l University; Exercises at the opening of the Library building, 
October 7th, 1891. 

From the Zoological Society of London: Proceedings 1893, Parts 2 and 3 
Transactions, Vol. XIII., Part 7. 

From Mrs. Walter Norton Evans: Fac-simile of the Black Book of Carmar- 
then (reproduced by the Autotype Mechanical Process) by Gwenogvyrn Evans; 
The text of the Mabinogion and other Welsh Tales, edited by the same ; The text 
of the Bruts from the Red Book of Hergest. 

From Francis McLennan Esq.: Practical Grammar of the Sanscrit Language, 
by Monier Williams; First Book of the Hitopadesa, containing the Sanskrit 
Text; Report on the Petition of Wm. Lyon Mackenzie, acting executor to the 
estate of Robert Marshall. 

From the Provincial Government, Quebec (Department of Public Instruction), 
per Hon J. S. Hall: Books on Canadian History, etc., bound 31, and in paper 
covers, 41 vols. 

Fiom the author, Sir J. W. Dawson: The Canadian Ice Age, 1893, 2 copies. 

From the Bureau of Ethnology, Washington: gth Annual Report, 1887-88 ; 
Bibliography of Salishan Languages, by J. C. Pilling, 3 vols. paper cover. 

From the Institution of Engineers and Shipbuilders in Scotland ; Transactions, 
Vol. 36, 1893. 

From the California State Mining Bureau; 11th Report for the two years end- 
ing September 15th, 1892. 

From the University of Toronto: Calendar for 1893-94. 

From the Geological Survey, Ottawa: Contributions to Canadian Micro- 
Paleontology, Part 4. 

From Professor Penhallow : Report of the Commissioner of Education, 1887- 
88 ; the same, 1888-89. 

From the Kansas Academy of Science : Transactions, Vol, XI1I., 1891-92. 

From the Faculty of Applied Science (McGill College): Opening of the En- 
gineering and Physics buildings (Souvenir). 

From Yale University : Catalogue 1893-94. 

From the Department of Agriculture, Massachusetts; Synoptical and Anaby- 
tical Index, 1837-92, by Fredk. H, Fowler. 

From the Geological Survey of Canada: Annual Report, Vol. V., part 1; 
do Vol. V., part 2; and maps. 

From the Institution of Mechanical Engineers, London; Proceedings, Middles- 
borough Meeting, August, 1893. 

From the Superintendent of Public Instruction, Quebec: Report for the year 
1891 92; do 1892-93. 

From the Palzeontographical Society, per Sir J. W. Dawson: Annual Volume 
for 1892, Volume 46. 

From Harvard University : Catalogue for 1893-94. 

From Miss Mackay: The Review of Reviews for 1893 (12 numbers—2: 
volumes), 
















249 


From Francis McLennan, Esq,: Army List of the Officers of the Army, etc., 
Dublin 1785 : The Discoveries of America to the Year 1525, by Anthony James 
Wise : A Commentary on the International S.S. Lessons, by Peloubet: Journal 
of Frances Anne Butler, 2 vols; Gita Govinda, Jayaaevz, poet Indici Drama 
Lyricum, translated by Christian Lassen ; Lettres, Les Etats Unis et Le Canada, 
par M. G. DeMolinari. 

From Charles G, D. Roberts, through Mr. W. D. Lighthall, MS. of poems 
** Songs of the Common Day,’’ by C. G. D. Roberts. 

From W. D. Lighthall : MSS. copies (8) of the late Charles Sangster’s 
Poems ; Hesperus and Other Poems; St. Lawrence and the Saguenay, and 
Other Poems; Norland Echoes and Other Poems; revised proof of Hesperus 
and Other Poems; MS. subscription lists to ** St. Lawrence and Saguenay ” and 
‘* Hesperus,” with press notices of same; parcel of newspaper cuttings, ete. ; 
Record of Canadian Historical Portraits, etc., exhibited by the Canadian Num- 
ismatic and Antiquarian Society in September, 1892; Portrait of Charles 
Sangster ; The Canadian Christian Offering, edited by Kev. R. J. MacGeorge, 
pub. about 1847; proof sheets of ‘‘ Songs of the Great Dominion,” edited by W. 
D. Lighthall, 

From Alexis A. Julien, Columbia college, N.Y.: Notes of Research on the 
New York Obelisk, 1893. 

From Bryn Mawr college, Philadelphia: President’s Report for 1892-93. 

From the Department of Mines and Agriculture, Sydney, N.S.W.: Records of 
the Geological Survey of New South Wales, volume 3. part 4, 1893. 

From Dr, Darey : Catalogue of the University of Pennsylvania, 1892-93. 

From Dr. F. J. Shepherd: Framed address to “ The Patriots of the Western 
District,’’ dated at Lewiston, October 2, 1813, signed George McClure, Briga- 
dier-General Commanding Niagara Frontier ; Letter dated November 14, 1813, 
signed “C. S. Todd,” aide-de-camp to Captain Leonard, Fort Niagara, order- 
ng the close confinement of — Thompson, 2 prisoner; Letter signed “ Peter 
Turquaud,” dept. Commissary-General, Burlington Heights, December 6, 1814, 
addressed to several farmers, demanding wheat and grain to be furnished by 
them; MS. account, showing price of tea, etc., January, 1813. 

From Francis McLennan; Sixth annual report of the Commissioners of the 
State Reservation at Niagara for year ending September goth, 1889 ; Art and 
Handicraft in the Woman’s Building at the Chicago Exhibition ; Official Cata- 
logue of Fine Arts, Chicago Exhibition. 

From the author, Percy Norton Evans: Condensations produkte der B. 
Diketone mit Harnstoff Guanidin und Thioharnstoff ; Inaugural Dissertation, etc., 
Leipzig, 18 93. 

From the Royal Irish Academy, Dublin: Transactions, Vol. XXX., part 5, 
*©On a Block of Red Glass Enamel said to have been found at Tara Pitt,” 
by V. Ball; C.B., LL.D., F.R.S., with ‘ Observations on the Use of Red En- 
amel in Ireiand,” by Margaret Stokes, Hon. Member R.1.A. - part 6. ** Ruler 
Constructions in Connection with Cubic Curves,”’ by R. Russell, M.A., 
Pt. 7: ‘*Onthe Domnach Airgid MS.,’ by Rev. J. H. Bernard, D.D.., Pt. 
8: I. “On the Stowe St. John,” II. ‘*On the Citations from Scripture in the 
Leabhar Breac,’’ by Rev. J. H. Bernard, D.D., part 9; “ On the Tides of the 
Arctic Seas, On the Tides of Lady Franklin Sound,” by Rev. S$. Haughe 
ton, M.D., F.R.S., part 10; “* On a Syriac MS, of the New Testament in th- 
Library of the Earl of Crawford,’ by Rev. J. Gwynn, D.D., Proceedings, 
Third Series, Vol. III., part 1. 

From W. C. McDonald, Esq.: Procher, Droit International privé, 3 vols. ; 
Fustil de Coulonge, Cité antique; F. Helie, Constitutions de la France; Bard 
et Robiquet, Constitutions ; Laurent, Droit civil international, 8 vols.; Laurent, 
Droit civil, 33 vols.; Saint Joseph, Code civil, 4 vols.; Boitard, Procédure ci- 


a 


¥ = aa -s 
=. .: = = 
fo a eee . = 


i 
| 
Hi) 
4, 


=a 








250 


vile, 2 vols.; Rauber, Procédure civile ; Dalloz, Code civit, 2 vuls.; Dalloz, 
Code civil Supplément ; Dalloz, Code de Procédure ; Dalloz, Code de Com- 
merce ; Dalloz, Répertoire de Jurisprudence, 48 vols.; Dalloz, Répertoire de 
Jurisprudence Supplément, 9 vols. ; Larombiére, Obligations, 7 vols. ; Savigny, 
Obligations, 2 vols.; Aubry et Rau, Droit Civil, 8 vols.; Bandry-Lacantinerie,: 
Droit civil, 3 vols.; Constitution fédérale; Flach, Etudes. Histoire de Droit 
Gerardin, Solidarité ; Gerardin, Tutelle ; Giraud, Histoire du Droit Frangais, 2 
vols. ; Guetat, Histoire du Droit; Laboulaye, Trente ans d’Enseignement ; La- 
boulaye, Axiomes; Laboulaye, Liberté d’Enseignement ; Lachan et Daguin, 
Exécution de Jugements; Loiseau, Extraits de la Tutelle; May, Eléments du 
Droit romain; Maynz, Esquisse historique du Droit criminel ; Brauchet, Célébra- 
tion de mariage; bry, Droit international public; Buche, Ancienne Coutume de 
Paris; Chenon, Histoire des Alleus; Chenon, Démembrement de la Propriété; 
Cornil, Droit romain; Dareste, Etudes, Histoire de Droit ; Durand, Essai de 
Droit international ; Revue Historique, 1892 ; Jowett’s Aristotle, 2 vols. ; Bryce, 
Holy Roman Empire; Gardiner’s.England, 10- vols.; Adams and Cunningham, 
Swiss Confederation; Salkowskis’s Roman Law; Hunter’s Introduc. Roman 
Law; Bentham’s Fragment of Government ; Arnould, Marine Insurance, 2 vols.; 
Hopkins’ Marine Insurance ; Lowndes’ Marine Insurance; Lowndes’ General 
Average ; Pike, History of Crime, 2 vols.; Pollock’s Jurisprudence; Law 
Quarterly Review, 8 vols.; Dickson, Evidence, 2 vols.; Blackburn, Sales; 
Chalmers, Sale of Goods; Law Reports, Digest, 3 vols. ; Maxwell on Statutes ; 
Amos, Jurisprudence ; Bar, International Law ; McArthur, Marine Insurance ; 
Campbell, Sale of Goods; Ker, Sale of Goods; Wilberforce, Statutes ; New 
Criminal Digest ; Napier and Stephenson, New Criminal Digest ; Cox, Criminal 
Cases, 16 vols.; Bell. Crown cases; Dearsley, Crown cases; Dearsley and Bell, 
Crown cases ; Anson, Constitution, Part 2; Boutney, Constitutional Law; Frost’s 
Patents ; Lewis’s Governance of Dependencies ; Revised reports, 4 vols.; Lang- 
mead’s Constitutional History ; Fortescue’s Government of England ; Lorimer’s 
Institutes, 2 vols; Amos, International Law ; Scrutton, Influence of Roman Law; 
Hastie, Science of Jurisprudence; Pain, International Law; Starke’s Interna- 
tional Law. 

From the McGill College Book Club, 121 volumes of general literature. 

From Graduates’ Society: Manual on Lime and Cement, by A. T. Heath ; 
Engineers’ Surveying Instruments, their Construction, Adjustment and Use; by 
Ira O. Baker; Buildings and Structures of American Railroads, by W. G. Berg; 
Highway Construction, by Austin T, Syrne ; Discussion of the Precision of Meas- 
urements, by Silas W. Holman. 

From American Society of Civil Engineers: Transactions, Vols. 24, 25, 26, 
27 and 28, : 

From Institution of Civil Engineers (England) : Proceedings, Vol. 114. 

From Professor Bovey : Moulders’ Text-Book, by T. D. West; Elements of 
Practical Hydraulics, Part I., by S. Downing ; Transactions of American LInsti- 
tute of Mining Engineers, index vols.I. to XV.; Report of Director of the Mint 
upon the Production of the Precious Metals in the United States during the year 
1883, by H.C. Burchard ; Applied Mechanics, Parts I. and II., by H. T. Bovey ; 
Mechanical Science Examinations at St. Johns College, Cambridge, by W. H. 
Besant, 2 vols., 1883 and 1885 ; do, sets do., unbound, for 1890, 1892 and 1893 ; 
Theory and Practice of Hydro Mechanics, by W. H. Besant. 

From Carnegie Steel Co. (limited), Pittsburg: Pocket Companion of Useful 
information and Tables appertaining tu Use of Steel. 

From the United States Geological Survey : Contour map of the United States. 

From T, C. Mendenhall: Forty charts of United States Coast and Geodetic 
Survey. 





25] 


From Professor McLeod: Charts showing temperature of Hudson’s Bay region 
and Eastern Canada; Contract Sheets of Intercolonial railway ; Engineer’s Re- 
port of St. Lawrence bridge scheme: 

From C. B. Smith: Two framed photographs of bridges. 

From A. C, Lyster, England, Drawings and Sketches - Chromo lithograph of 
the North End Docks; Lithographed General Plan of the Dock Estate ; Plan of 
the Double Storey Sheds at South End; Plan of the Sluices at Langton En 
trances (North End Docks); Detail Plan of Mr. Lyster’s Patent Roof Crane; 
Copy of Specification for excavation of Canada Branch Dock ; [wo Plans, Gates 
roo ft. Lock, 

From W. B. Dawson, Esq.: Drawing and Specifications. 

From P. A. Peterson Esq.: Blue print of Windsor street Station; “Bridge and 
Roof Specifications ” received from A, and P. Roberts & Co., Theodore Cooper, 
Chas. Macdonald, Edwin Thacher, J, A. L. Waddell, L. F. C. Bouscaren, 
Carnegie Steel Co., Collingwood Schreiber, C. E. Fowler. 

From Berlin Iron Bridge Co.: Album. 

Pamphlets—From Professor Bovey: On Amsler’s Planimeter; Report on 
Egyptian Irrigation and on the Ship Canal between Alexan‘ria and Cairo, by J. 
Fowler ; The Bazin Patent Dredger ; Chicago, Milwaukee & St, Paul Railway 
Bridge Standards; Papers on The Steam Engine, published by University Col- 
lege, Nottingham, Eng.; Retaining Walls, by Casimir Constable, Esq. ; Reports 
and Estimates for Competitive Designs for a tower of not less than 1,200 feet in 
height ; Canadian and United States Lumber Tariffs, by Wm. Little; Specifica- 
tion for a new Turbine, Clearing Pumps, etc., for Wheel House Montreal Water 
Works; Railway Construction; by J. Buchanan, C.E.; Canada, Annual Report 
of Minister of Public Works for year 1890-91, parts I. and II. 

[illustrations —Description of Emery Testing Machine (two copies, English and 
French) ; Mathematical Notes, by W. H. Besant ; Note on the Envelope of the 
Pedal line of a Triangle, by W. H. Besant; Hydromechanics, by W. H. Besant : 
Paper on the Venturi Meter; Some disputed Points in Kailway Bridge Vesigning, 
by J. A. L, Waddell. 

From R.A. Hadfield, Esq., Sheffield, Eng.: On Alloys of Iron and Chromium, 

From Geological Survey of Canada : Catalogue of a Stratigraphical Collection 
of Canadian Rocks prepared for the World’s Columbian exposition, Chicago, 
1893, by W. F. Ferrier. 

From the Director of the U.S. Mint: 21st Annual Report for the year ending 
June 30th, 1892. 

From the Dominion Government, Ottawa: Census of Canada, 1890-91, Vol. 
Il ; Appendix to 26th Vol. of the Journal of the House of Commons, session 1892; 
Tables of the Trade and Navigation of the Dominion of Canada, 1893. 

From Francis McLennan, Esq., E. Zola, 13 vols. 

From the Author (A. T. Taylor, Esq.): London Churches—Towers and 
Steeples designed by Sir Christopher Wren. 

From Morris Steinert, Esg. New Haven, Conn.: “Collection of keyed and 
stringed instruments” (in paper covers). 

From Dublin University : Calendar for 1894 ; Examination Papers for 1894. 

From Hon. J. S. Hall: Copy of the Minutes of the Evidence taken betore the 


Select Committee appointed in the year 1834, in affairs of Lower Canada; Report 
on the affairs of British North America by the Earl of Durham. 


Journal of the House of Assembly of Upper Canada, from June roth, 1836, 
to July 11th, 1837 (session 1837). 

From the U.S. Government, Washington ; Annual Report of the Comptroller 
of the Currency to the 2nd Session of the 53rd Congress (December 4th, 1893). 


=? 


333m “Suet 


i. Sk SB eo eee 


j 


fi 
7 | 

r 

L’ 
bg 
“3 
f 


_~ 


a 


ae eS 










































From Sir J. W. Dawson: Journal of the General Mining, Association of, the- 
Province of Quebec, Vol. I., 1891-92-93 ; Transactions of the Manchester Geo- 
logical Society Vol. X XIIL., part 13 ; Records of the Geological Survey of New 
South Wales, Vol. III., part 4. 

From Messrs. Rand, McNally & Co., Chicago: Handbook to the World’s 
Columbian Exposition ; A Week at the Fair; Columbian Exposition Album. 

From Mrs. Drummond, London, per Peter Redpath, E sq.: Twelve volumes of 
Medical Works, by Dr. Ligue S. Be sale, and one Pamphlet. 

From the U.S. Commission of Fish and Fisheries, per Sir J. W. Dawson : Re- 
port of the Commissioners from 188g to 1891. 

Fron) Edinburgh University: Supplement to the University Calendar, 
1893-94. 

From the Smithsonian Institution: Annual Report of the Board of Regents of 
the Smithsonian Institution, July, 1891. 

From the Superintendent of Education, British Columbia : 23rd Annual Report 
ofthe Public Schools in B.C., 1892-93 ; Manual of School Law and School Re- 
gulations, 1893. 

From the Weather Bureau, Washington : Weather Maps for January, Febru- 
ary and March. 

From the U.S. Government, Department of the Interior: Report on Popula- 
tion and Resources of Alaska at the 11th Census, 1890. 

From Sir J. W. Dawson: U.S. Geological Survey, Bulletin No. 63 ; Super- 
intendent of Public Instruction, Report for 1892-93; Notice sur la Publication 
des Registres du Conseil Souverain, etc., par P. J. O. Chauveau. 

From Harvard College, Cambridge, Mass. : Annual Reports of the President 
and Treasurer, 1892-93. 

From the Smithsonian Institution, W ashington : Annual Report of the Board 
of Regents, ‘* U.S, National Museum, 1891.” 

From the National Electric Light Association, per Sir J. W. Dawson: Report 
of the 16th Convention of St. Louis, 1893. 

From the Botanic Garden, per Prof. Penhallow : 17 Handbooks of Commercial 
Products, ‘‘ Imperial Institute Series,” Indian section. 

From the Geological Survey of New Jersey : Annual Report for 1892. 

From the Smithsonian Institution ; Proceedings of the U.:'. National Museum ; 
Bulletin of the U.S. National Museum ; Bulletin No. 44 Catalogue of Noctuide, 
by John B, Smith; Bulletin No. 45 Monograph of the N. A. Prototrypide ; Bul- 
letin No. 46 The Myriopodz of North America. 

From the Provincial Government, Quebec: Sessional Papers—Departmental 
Reports, Vol. XX VI, 1892 

From the Norwegian Government : Den Norske Nord-haus Expedition, 1876- 
78; Zoology, part 22, Ophiuroiden. 

From the University of ‘Toronto: Examination Papers, 1893. 

From I’, E. Grafton, Esq.: Canada and: the States, by Sir E. W. Watkin; 
Montreal after 250 Years, 1642-1892, by W. D. Lighthall. 

From the Geological Survey of Canada: Summary Report for 1893, and 4 
plates to replace 4 numbered in error. 


From the Volta Bureau, Washington, per the Smithsonian Institution: Hist- 
ories of American Schools for the Deaf, 1817-1893. 


From Trinity University, Toronto: Abridged Calendar for 1894. 

From the U.S. Coast and Geodetic Survey : Report for 1891, Part 2. 

From Mrs. R. Macdonnell: Ordres de Chevalerie et Marques d’Honneur, par 
Auguste Wahlen. 

From the Lick Observatory, Sacramento, Cal.: Publications of the Lick Ob- 
servatory, Vol. II., 1894. 














. % 


-2 vols. Principe de Chimie, par A. Nagent ; 7 vols. Miscellaneous works and a 


Pe 


252 


From the Provincial Government, Quebec, Statuts de Québec, §7th Vict , 
‘1894 ; Statutes of Quebec. 


From Sir J. W. Dawson’: Duplicate copy of the above. 
From the Bureau of Education, Washington : Catalogue of ‘*A. L, A.” Li- 
brary, 1892. 


From C. H. Gould: Memorial of Archbishop Taché on the School Ques- 


‘tion; (the same in French); A Republic or a Colony, by Joseph: Royal. 


From the University of the State of New York: ro6th Report of the Regents, 
‘1893 ; 75th Annual Report of the State Library for the year ending September 
goth, 1892. (paper covers); New York State Museum, 45th Annual Report 
of the Regents, 1891; 46th Annual Report of the Regents, 1892. 

From an Anonymous Donor: Toutes les CEuvres de Virgile, traduites en vers 
francais, par l’Abbé Marolles. Paris, 1672, 

From the Rev. R. Alexander Morgan, Queensland, Australia : Bible Teaching 
on the Sanctification of one day in seven, 1894, 

From Mr. Walter N. Evans: The Text of the Book of Llan Day, re produced 
from the Gwysaney Manuscript, by J. Gwensgvryn Evans, Oxford, 1893. 

From the McGill Graduates’ Society : 44 volumes, 

From John H. R. Molson, Esq., Am. Catalogue, 4 vols, 

From C. S. DeWitt, Esq. : 60 vols. 

From Dr, Frank D. Adams, 10 vols. Reports U.S, Department of Agriculture ; 
number of Pamphlets. 

From Sir.J. W. Dawson: 314 vols, besides Reviews and Pamphlets, as follow - 

Indiana—tith Report of the Geological Survey (Geology and Natural His. 
tory), 1881. Indianapolis, 1882. Do—12th Report, do, do, 1883; do, 1884. 
Iowa—Report of the Geological] Survey, 2 vols., 1858; Vol. lL... Part [, Geolo- 
oy: shar | 2. Palzontology ; Report by Chas. A, White, 1870, 2 vols., 
Des Moines. Kentucky—ath Report of the Geological Survey during 1858-so, 
by David Dale Owen, Frankfort, 1861. Missouri—Report of the Geological Sur- 
vey, by G. C. Brockhead, Jefferson city, 1882: Pennsylvania Report of Progress 
in the Fayette and Westmoreland District of Western Pennsylvania, in 1877 ; 
Part 2nd, The Ligonier Valley, by J. J. Stevenson, Hamburg, 1878, 
Geology of Vermont, by Albert D. Hager, 2 vols., 1861. Northwest Wyoming, 
including Yellowstone National Park, 1573, by Wm. A. Jones, Washington, 1875 ; 
U.S. Geological and Geographical survey of Colorado and adjacent Territories, 
1574, by F. V. Hayden, Washington, 1876; do, 1875, do, 1887: U.S. Geo 
logical, Monograph III., Geology of the Comstock Lode, by Geo. F, Becker, 
Washington, 1882 ; Geology of the Uinta Mountains, by J. W. Powell, Wash- 
ington, 1876; Ricordi di un Viaggio Scientifico nell America Settentrionale, Prof 
Car. Giovanni Capellini, Bologna, 1867. Ona Natural System in Mineralogy 
with a Classification of Native Silicates, by Dr, T. Sterry Hunt, Montreal, 1886; 
System of Crystallography, with its Application to Mineralogy, by John Joseph 





“Griffin, Glasgow, 1841; Annals of British Geology, 3 vols., 1890-91-92, by F. J, 


Sid : 
Blake, London; Transactions of the Edinburgh Geological Society, 4 vols., Vol. 


I. 1870, Vol. If. 1874, Vol, III. 1880, Vol. I[V.’1883 ; do, do; do, 8 numbers 
unbound, 

Reports of the Meteorological Service of Canada, by Charles Carpmael, 1876- 
79-80-81. Sixth Annual Report of the Department of Marine and Fisheries, 
1873, Ottawa, 1874. Canadian Biographical Dictionary —Quebec and Maritime 
Provinces, 1881. Quebec and its Vicinity, “ Reminiscences of Old Quebec,” 
by Daniel Macpherson, Montreal, 1890, Hand-Book of Toronto, Montreal, 
1858. High School History of England and Canada by Buckley and Robertson, 
Toronto, 1891. Atlas of the Province of Ontario, by counties, Toronto, 1879, 
Cyclopzdia of History and Geography, by J. D, Borthwick, Montreal, 1859. 








254 


History of Nova Scotia, by Beamish Murdoch, 3 vols., Halifax, 1865-7. Nova 
Scotia Archives—selections from the Public Documents of Nova Scoti a, edited 
by Thos. B. Akins, Halifax, 1869. Census of Nova Scotia, 1861 ; Halifax, 1862, 
Proceedings of the Nova Scotia Institute of Sciences (7), Halifax. Bulletin of 
the Natural History Society of New Brunswick (11), St. John, N.B. Rulesand 
Regulations of the Legislative Council of the Province of Quebec, 1883. La 
Revocation de 1’Edit de Nantes (deuxiéme anniversaire séculaire de cet Ev ene- 
ment), Montreal, 1885. Beaugrand (H.) Jeanne la Fileuse, Mélanges (Trois 
Conférences,) Montreal, 1888. Histoire du Canada, de Son Eglise et de Ses 
Missions (par l’Abbé Brasseur de Bourbourg), 2 vols., Paris, 1852, 

Canadian Journal of Industry, Science and Art (published by the Canadian 
Institute), 9 vols. ; New Series, vols, I to 9, 1856-1864, loronto: Transactions 
of the Literary and Historical Society of Quebec, Miscellaneous Papers, bound, 
1863-64, 1869-70, 2 vols.; Papers,, British America, vols. I, 2, 3 and 4. 
Miscellaneous Papers, bound, M.S, Index in each vol.; Nova Britannia, or Our 
New Canadian Dominion Foreshadow ed, by Hon. Alex. Mor ris, Toronto, 1884 ; 
Canadian Reports, 1873, various papers bound in I volume ; Canadian Reports, 
Mines, 1878, various papers bound in 1 volume ; Census of the Canadas, 1851- 
52, 2 vols, Quebec, 1855; Chiniquy, Rev. Father, Le Prétre, La Femme et Le 
Confessional, Montreal, 1875 ; Count de Bouthiilier-Chavigny, A Ruu Through 
the Canadian Northwest, Montreal, 1893; Day, Mrs. C. M., History of the 
Eastern ‘Townships, Montreal, 1869; New Brunswick, Nova Scotia and Prince 
Edward Island, by Alexander Monroe, Halifax, 1855 ; Annual Reports of Socie- 
ties, boundin one volume. Footprints, or Incidents in Early History of New 
Brunswick, by I. W. Lawrence, St. John, N.B., 1883; City of Toronto—The 
Hand-Book—IIlus trated, Toronto, 1860; Life of James O’Malley, Montreal, 
1893; Amateur Florists’ Guide, by S. Jones Lyman, Montreal, 1863 ; Old and 
New Canada, 1753-1844. Historic Scenes and Social Pictures; or the Life of 
Francois Perrault, by Dr. P. Bender, Montreal, 1832; McGill College Calen- 
dars, 1872 to 1877, 6 vols.; Anderson, Rev. Duncan—Lays of Canada and other 
Poems, Montreal, 1890; McColl, Mary J.—Bide a Wee and other Poems, Buffalo, 
1880 ; McGee, Thomas D’Arcy—Poems. New York, 1869; Smith, Wm. Wye— 
Poems. ‘Toronto, 1888; and a number of pamphlets. 

Elements of Chemical Analysis, by Edward A, Parnell, London, 1842. In- 
struction of Chemical Analysis (Quantitative), by Dr. C. Remigius Fresenius ; 
co (Qualitative), London, 1846. Selections from the correspondence of Dr. Geo. 
Johnston, Berwick-on-Tweed, by his daughter, Mrs. Barwell Carter, Edinburgh, 
1872, Life sketch of Frederick Jos n W illiam, eighth Earl of Cavan, n.d. Life of 
Eminent Zoologists, from Aristotle to Linnzeus by W. McGillivray, Edin, 1834. 
American Naturalist, vols. I to 6, 1868 to 1872, Natural History 
Review, 4 vols., 1861-64, London; do for 1865, unbound. Present Conflict of 
Science with the Christian Religion, by Herbert W. Morris, Philadelphia, 1875 
The twenty-four books of Holy Scripture according to the Masoretic text, by 
Isaac Leeser, Philadelphia, 1853. Novum Vestamentum Grecum, Oxford, 1859. 
Introduction to the Pentateuch, 2 vols., by Rev. Donald’ Macdonald, Edinburg, 
1861. <A Jewish Calendar tor Fifty Years, by J. J., and A. De Sola, Montreal, 
1854. ‘ ihe Original,” by Thos. W alker, M.A. (Morley’s Universal Library), 
London, 1887. Liber Cantabrigiensis, in two parts, by Robert Potts, M.A,, 
London, 1860. Catalogue of the Collection of Worcester Porcelain in the Royal 
Porcelain Works Museum, Worcester, 1882. Leif’s House in Vineland, by 
Eben Norton Horsford, Boston, 1893; and Graves of the Northmen, by Cornelia 
Horsford, Boston, 1893. History of Harvard University, by Josiah Quincy, 2 
vols., Cambridge (Mass.), 1840. Fauna and Flora des Golfes von Neapel, 
Monographi XIII. (isarl Brandt), Berlin, 1885. Synopsis of the family Union- 
ide, by Isaac Lea, Philadelphia, 1870. Isca Silurium, illustrated catalogue of 























































q 








255 


the Museum of Antiquities at Caerleon, by John Edward Lee, London, 1852. 
Library of Illustrated Standard Scientific Works, vol.6. Quekett’s Practica] 
Treatise on the Use of the Microscope, vol. 11. _ Mitchell’s Manual of Practica] 
Assaying, London, 1852, London, 1854. Novelties in Experimental Science 
Electrotvpe, Photography, etc.. Glasgow, 1845. Chamber’s Information for the 
People, 2 vols., London and Edinburgh, 1848. Systematic Technical Education 
for the English People, by J. Scott Russel, London, 1869. Gould, Otia Con- 
chologica. Description of Shells and Mollusks, from 1839 to 1869. 
Boston, 1862. Practical Miner’s Guide, etc., by J. Budge, London. 
1854. Lectures on Rhetoric, and Criticism on Subjects introductory to the 
Critical Study of the Scriptures, by Rev. Stevenson MacGill, Edinburgh, 1838, 
Souvenir, American Institute of Mining Engineers, Ottawa, meeting 1889 
(photographs), Archzologia Grgeca, or the Antiquities of Greece, by John Potter, 
2 vols., Edinburgh, 1832, Bagster’s Analytical Greek Lexicon, London, 1870, 
Tacitus, Opera, by A. R, Caron, Edinburgh, 1833. Virgil, literally translated 
by Davidson, New York, n.d. Report of the Exploring Voyage of H.M.S. 
Challenger, 3 vols.: vol. r, Zoology; vol. 2, Text ; vol, 3. plates. U.S. Coast 
Survey Reports, 7 vols. ; 1855 to 1860, 6 vols.; 1862, 1 vol. And a number of 
pamphlets and books in paper covers. 

Ray Society Publications (37 vols.) as follow :—Agassiz (Louis), Bibliogra- 
phia Zoologiz, 3 vols., 1848-50-52; Baird, W., Natural History of the 
British Entomostraca, 1849 ; Brady, G. S., Monograph of British Copepoda, 3 


3 
vols., 1880 ; Brown, Robert, Miscellaneous Botanical Works, 2 vols. 1546-7 ; 
Buckler, Wm., Larve of British Butterflies and Moths, 4 vols.. 1885-6-8-90 ; 
Buckton, G.B., Monograph of the British Aphides, 4 vols., 1875-7-80-82; 


Bush, G., Tulk and Haliday Reports on Zoology, 1847; Bowerbank, J. § 


x} 
Monograph of British Spongide (4th vol. only), 1882 : Cameron, Peter, Mono- 
graph of British Phytophagous Hymenoptera, 3 vols., 1882-4-9 ; Currey, Fredk., 
Hofmeister on the Higher Cryptogamia, 1862; Douglas, J. W., and Scott, John, 
The British Hemiptera-Heteroptera, 1865; Henfrey, Arthur, Botanical and 
Physiological Memoirs, 1853; Henfrey, Arthur, Reports and Papers on Botany, 
3 vols,, 1845-49 ; Lankester, E,, Memorials of John Ray, 1844; Lankester, Biss 
Correspondence of John Ray, 1848; Leighton, W. A,, Angiocarpous Lichens, 
British Species, 1851; Lubbock, Sir John, Monograph of Collembola and 
Thysanura, 1873 ; Masters, Maxwell T., Vegetable Teratology, 1869 ; Michael, 
A. D. British Aribatide, 2 vols., 1583-87 ; Oken, Lorenz, Elements of Physio 
Philosophy, 1847 ; Reports on the Progress of Zoology and Botany, 1841-42, 
Victoria Institute, Journal of Transactions, 22 vols. Vols. 1—24 (wanting 
vols. 2 and g) ; Aveling, Edward, Introduction to the Study of Geology, Lon- 
don, 1883; Dawson, sir J. W., Acadian Geology, Edinburgh, 1855 ; Phillips, 


_John, Treatise on Geology, 2 vols., London, 1840; Reichenbach, O., Some 


Properties of the Earth, Lundon, 1880; Ward, J. Clitton, Elementary Geology, 
London, 1872; Geological Papers, (Miscellaneous) bound, 19 vols, ; 
Clarke, Rev. W. B., Researches in the Southern Gold Field of New South 
Wales, Sydney, 1860 ; Dana, J. D., Manual of Mineralogy, New Haven, 1871; 
Hooker, Worthington, Mineralogy and Geology, ‘‘ Science for Schools and 
Family,” New York, 1871; Laflamme, J.C. M. Minéralogie, Géologie et 
Botanique, St. Roch’s, Q., 1835; Echoes of the Aésthetic Society of 
Jersey City, by Cecilia Gaines and others, New York, 1882; Autobio- 
graphy and Memorials of Mrs. Gilbert, by Josiah Gilbert, London, 1878 ; 
Biographical Sketch ot David Milne Home, by G.M_ H., Edinburgh, 18Q1 ; 
Life and Letters of John Winthrop, by Robert E. Winthrop, Boston, 
1839; Papers on Natural History, (miscellaneous) bound, 9g vols, 
Reports on the Fishes, Reptiles and Birds of Massachusetts,; Boston, 













































































i 


i 


< ail gS 


96 
at 


1839 ; Westwood, J. O., Modern Classification of Insects, 2  vols., 
London, 1839 ; Scudder, Samuel, American Entomology ‘‘ Orthoptera,” Wash- 


ington, 1868 ; Thompson, Anthony Todd, Lectures on the Elements of Botany 


(vol, 1 only), London, 1822 ; Wilson, George, Chemistry, London, 1860 ; 
Kane, R., Elements of Chemistry, New York, 1860; Brewster, Sir David, 
Treatise on the Microscope, Edinburgh, 1837 ; Chemical Experiments, London, 
1849; Calleja, Camilo, Principles of Universal Physiology, London, 1889; 
Murray, Dr. J. Clark, Outline of Sir William Hamilton’s Philosophy, Boston, 
1871 ; Bowen, Francis, Treatise on Logic, or the Laws of Pure Thought, Cam- 
bridge, 1866; Homer, The Iliad, literally translated, Dublin, 1847 ; Homert 
Ilias, ed. by Veitch, Edinburgh, 1849; Man and his Migrations, by Dr, R: 
G. Latham, New York, 1882; Acland, H. W., Health ; Address at the Social 
Science Congress at Plymouth, Oxford, 1873 ; Drinking Water and Ice Sup- 
plies, by T. Mitchell Pradden, New York, 1891 ; Where, and Whither tending ? 
Lectures on the Reality and Worth of Human Progress, by Rev. M. Harvey, 
Boston, 1886; Manual of Anglo-Saxon for beginners, by Samuel M. Shute, 
New York, 1875; Letters from High Latitudes, by the Earl of Dufferin, Toronto, 
1872. Five Years at Panama, the Trans Isthmian Canal, by Dr. Wolfred 
Nelson. New York, 1869. Three Visits to Maaagascar, by Rev. William 
Ellis, New York, 1859. Tours in Scotland, 1747, 1750, 1760, by 
Richard Pococke ; published by the Scottish History Society, Edinburgh, 1887 ; 
Students’? Guide to the University of Cambridge, 1863 ; Edinburgh University 
Calendars, 1860-61, 1865-66. New York, Manuals of the Regents of the Univer- 
sity of the State of New York, Albany, 1864; New York, Manuals of the Board of 
Education of the City and County of New York, N.Y., 1869; Pass and 
Class: an Oxford Guide Book by Montagu Burrows, Oxford, 1860 ; Union Col- 
lege, Brooklyn, N.Y., Address on the soth Anniversary of the Class of 1832, by 
Chas. E: West, 1882; Oxford Almae Matres, by Megathym Splene, London, n. 
d. + Useful and Ornamental Planting, London, 1832; Work Amongst Working- 
men, by Ellice Hopkins, London, n.d, ; High-Caste Hindu Women, by Pundita 
Ramabai Sarasvati, Phila., 1888; Mammoth Cave (The): Kentucky’s Greatest 
Natural Wonder: Acland, H. W., The Harveian Oration, London, 1865; 
Evangelical’ Alliance Conference, 1873 (essays, etc.), at New York, October, 
1873, edited by Rev. Philip Schulff and Rev. 3S. S. Prince; Hull, Wilfred, 
The Problem of Human Life, etc., New York, 1886; Merton, Rev. George, 
The Book of Heaven, New York, 1891; Newman, Analysis of Dr. Newman’s 
Apologia pro Vita sua, by J. N.D., London, 1866; World’s Congress of Reli- 
gions, Chicago, 1894; Cook, John, D. D., Sermons preached in St. Andrew’s 
church Quebec, Montreal, 1888; Cook, Joseph, Boston Monday Lectures, Lon- 
don, 1882; New Testament, by Constantine Tischendorf, Tauchnitz Edition, 
Leipzic, 1869; English and Latin Hymns, Halifax, N.S., 1888; Flora 
and Fauna of the Devonian and Carbonife1ous Periods, by John J. Bigsby, M.D., 
London, 18733 Bigsby, Thesaurus Siluricus : Flora and Fauna of the Silurian 
Period, London, 1868 ; Congrés Géologique International, Compte-Rendu de la 
ame. session Londres 1888, Londres, 1891; The Geology of Sutherland, 
‘Sutherland Papers,’? by H. M. Cadell, Edinburgh, 1886 ; Page, David, Intro- 
ductory Text-Book of Geology, Edinburgh, 1854; Report on_ the 
Geology of Cornwall, Devon and West Somerset, by Henry de la Beche, Lon- 
don, 1839; Figures and Descriptions of the Paleozoic Fossils of Corn- 
wall, Devon and West Somerset, by John Phillips, London, 1541. 
Royal Institution of Great Britain, Proceedings, 3 vols., 1864-5, 1868-9, 1870; 
Dictionary of the English Language, by Samuel Johnson, London ; Handbook 
of Birmingham, “ British Association Meeting,” Birmingham, 1886; Viri Illus- 
tres, Edinburgh, 1884; Manuscript Index of Pamphlets and Books; Bore Henry, 








257 


‘The Story of the Invention of Steel] Pens, London, n. d.; Papers by Hunt and 
Chapman,—Miscellaneous—bound in one volume; Kamilarvi, and other 
Australian Languages, by Rev. William Ridley, Sydney, 1875; Jackson, A 
Manual of Etherization ; do Ether, Chloroform and other Anzesthetic Agents, 
Boston, 1861. 

From the Graduates’ Society : Practical Astronomy, by P. S. Michie and F. 
5. Harlow ; American Practice in Block Signalling ; Notes on the Testing and 
Use of Hydraulic Cement by F. P. Spalding ; Practical Treatise on Foundations, 
by W. H. Patton ; Spherical and Practical Astronomy, by Bascom Greene. T. 
C. Mendenhall, Esq. : Treatise on Projections, by Thos. Craig (U. S. Coast and 
Geodetic Survey); Henry Garth, Esq.: Dr, Brook Taylor’s Principles of Linear 
Perspective, by Joseph Jopling; National Electrical Light association, Sixteenth 
Convention, St. Louis, Mo., February, 1892. Institution of Engineers and 
Shipbuilders in Scotland ; Transactions, 1892-93. Massachusetts’ Board of Rail- 
road Commissioners ; Twenty-fifth Annual Report. Westinghouse Electric & 
Manufucturing Co : Evolution of the Electric [Incandescent Lamp, by Franklin 
L. Pope. H. R. Worthington Co. : Reports of Duty and Capacity Tests of 
Worthington High Duty Pumping Engines. Ecole des Ponts et Chaussées, Paris: 
Atlas des Voies Navigables de la France (Canal de l’Oise 4 l’Aisne), Inall, 13, 
vols. Also 38 vols. unbound. 

Pamplets and Books in Paper Covers :— 

From Sir W. Dawson ; Minnesota Botanical Studies. Bulletin No. 9, Part r ; 
Contributions from the Botanical Laboratory of the University of Pennsylvania ; 
Annales de la Société Géclogique de Belgique, Bulletin, Vol. 20, 1892-93. 

From the University of California: The Eruptive Rocks of Point Bonita, by 
F’, Leslie Ransome ; The Post Pliocene Diastrophism of the Coast of Southern 
California, by Andrew C, Lawson. 

From the Smithsonian Institution, Washington: Memoirs of the National 
Academy of Sciences, vol. 6, 1893. 

From the Botanic Garden, per Prof. Penhallow: Relatorie Annual de Insti- 
tute Agronomico do Estado do Sao Paulo (Brazil) em Campernus, 1892. 

From Manitoba University ; Calendar for 1893. 

From the Provincial Government, Ontario, Department of Agriculture: 24th 
Annual Report of the Entomologica] Society of Ontario, 1893. 

From Cornell University : Register for 1893-94. 

From the Dominion Government, Ottawa : Keport on Canadian Archives, 
1893, by Douglas Brymner, 

From the University of Vermont : Catalogue of the State Agricultural College, 
1893-94. 

From Dr, Kingsford, Ottawa: Canadian Canals ; their History and Cost, Mr. 
Kingsford and Sir H, Langevin: Address of Abbé Laflamme at Meeting of the 
Royal Society oi Canada, 1891; A Canadian Political Coin, 1894; In 
Memoriam, Sir Daniel Wilson, 1893. 

From the Birmingham Philosophical Society ; Proceedings, Vol. 
Session 1892-3 ; Report to the Annual Meeting, October 19th, 1893, 
From the Seismological Society of Japan: Journal vol. 2, 1893. 

From the Smithsonian Institution, Washington: The Internal work of the 
Wind, by S. P. Langley. 

From the Superintendent of Education, Nova Scotia ; Annual Report on the 
Public Schools of Nova Scotia, 1893. 

From Dr. A. Fisher ; Popular Sociology. 

From the University of California: Notes on the Development of a Child ; 
Annual Report of the Board of Regents, 1893. From the Indian Academy 
of Science: Proceedings of the Academy, 1892. From Canterbury College, 
New Zealand: Calendar for 1594. From Sir J. W. Dawson: Bulletin de 


R 


S, part 2, 





58 


la Société Belge de Géologie, Tome 6, Part 3, 1892; Transactions 
of the Manchester Geological Society, vol. 32, part 15 ; Massachusetts’ Institute 
of Techonology, Boston ; Annual Report, December 13th, 1893 ; Annual Cata- 
logue, 1893-94. From the Yorkshire College Leeds, England: I9th Annual 
Report, 1892-93. From Professor MclI,eod~ Report of the Canadian Observa- 
tions of the Transit of Venus, December 6th, 1882 ; ** How to do it,” Some Sug- 
gestions on House Sanitation; Lecture on the Pr rogress of Science in Canada, by 
Prof. H. T. Bovey ; Errors of levels and Levelling, by Prof. McLeod: On the 
Longitude of the Toronto Observatory, by C. Carpmael ae Prof. McLeod ; 
Longitude of the McGill College Observatory, by Prof. W. A. Rogers and Prof, 
McLeod; Atlas designed to illustrate the Geography sbthe Heavens, by Elijah 
H. Burritt. From the Dominion Government, Ottawa—Report of the Post- 
master-General for the year ended June 30th, 1893; Report of the Minister of 
Public Works for the year ended June 30th, 1893. From Bryn Mawr College, 
Philadelphia—Programme for 1894. From Professor Penhallow—Thirty-eight 
pamphlets (bulletins and reports) of the U. S. Department of Agriculture, 
trom the University of Rochester, N.Y.—Annual Catalogue, 1893-94. From 
Hartford Theological Seminary—Record, vol. 4, No, 4, April, 1894 

Miscellaneous—Charles J. Fleet, Esq.: 3 Studies of Sir J. W. Dawson, by 
Wyatt Eaton, From Dr. Harrington: Portrait of Sir William Logan. From 
Dr. F. J. Shepherd: Death Mask of Oliver Cromwell. From Dean Bovey: 
MS. of his work on “ Applied Mechanics.’’ 





Observatory 


Latitude, N. 452 30’ 17//. Longitude, 4%, 54™, 18s, 65. 


Height above sea level 187 ft, 


Superintendent.—C. H. McLreop, MA.E. 
yp eeries Rost, BICKERDIKE, Jr., B.A.SC, 
'" §O,. E. S. WHITESIDE, B.A.Sc. 

Meteorological Observations are made every fourth hour, beginning at 3, om East- 
ern standard time; also at 8h om and 20n 0,,. Independent bi-hourly tempera- 
ture observations are also made. The principal instruments employed are the 
following :—Two standard mercurial barometers; one Kew standard thermome- 
ter; two Pastorelli thermometers ; one maximum thermometer ; one minimum 
thermometer ; one set ot six self-recording thermometers, with controlling clock, 
battery, etc.; two anemometers ; one wind vane (wind-mill pattern), oneanemo- 
graph, with battery, etc. ; one sunshine recorder; one rain-band spectroscope ; 
and one rain gauge. 

The Anemometer and Vane are on the summit of Mount Royal, at a point 
about three-quarters of a mile northwest of the Observatory. They are 57 feet 
above the surface of the ground and 810 feet above sea level. 

Lhe Astronomical Equipment consists of :—The Blackman Telescope (6% 
in.) ; a photoheliograph (4% in.) ; a 3% in. transit, with striding level, etc.; a 
prismatic (8 c.m.) transit instrument also arranged as a zenith telescope, a 2 in. 
transit in the prime vertical; two collimating telescopes ; one sidereal clock ; one 
meantime clock ; one sidereal chronometer; one meantime chronometer; one 
chronograph ; batteries, telegraph lines and sundry minor instruments. 

Observations for clock errors are made on nearly every clear night. Time ex- 
changes are regularly made with the Toronto Observatory. ‘Time signals are 
distributed throughout the city by means of the noon time-ball, continuous clock 
signals, and the fire alarm bells ; and to the country, through the telegraph lines. of 

Observations of sun spots, for position and area, are made with the Blackman | 
telescope and the photoheliograpi. 

Courses of instruction are given in the use of the meteorological instruments, 
see parag. 13, page 55, and in astronomical work to the Fourth Year Students in 
the Civil Engineering Courses. 








260 


University Gymnasium. 


instructor.—R. TalT McKEnzIE, B.A., M.D. 



































The classes, which are open to Students of all the Faculties, will meet at the: 
University Gymnasium, at hours to suit, as far as possible, the convenience o 
Students, and which will be announced at the commencement of the Session. 

The recent addition of some special apparatus enables the instructor to devote 
some attention to the application of exercise in treating special cases of weakness 
or deformity, which it is requested shall be reported to him before the regular 
class work is undertaken. 

THE WICKSTEED SILVER AND BRONZE MEDALS FOR PHYSICAL CULTURE. 
(the gift of Dr, R. J. Wicksteed) are offered for competition to Students of the 
Be es, graduating class and to Students who have had instruction in the Gymnasium for 
Be two sessions: the silver medal to the former, the bronze medal to the latter. 

The award of these medals is made by Judges, appointed by the Corporation, 

of the University. 

Every competitor for the silver medal is required to lodye with the Judges,. 
before the examination, a certificate of good standing in the graduating class 
: signed by the Dean or Secretary of the Faculty to which he belongs, and the 
medal will not be awarded to any Student who may fail in his examination for 
the degree. 

Classes for the Students of the DONALDA SPECIAL COURSE FOR WOMEN 
will be conducted by Miss BARNJUM at hours found most suitable. . 


Wniversity Dorteties. 


THE GRADUATES’ SOCIETY OF McGILL UNIVERSITY. 
INCORPORATED I88o., 
OFFICERS FOR 1894-95. 


President : 


ee ee ee eee eee 


Pror, M. C. Baker, D.V.S. 
Vice-Presidents : 


HELEN R. Y. REID, B.A.; JEANNIE T, BOTTERELL, B.A.; 


WELLINGTON Dixon, L.A. 


Secretary: 


HH. -V,; TRUELL) BAG B.Gas 





261 
Treasurer : 
FRANCIS Topp, B.A., B.C.L. 
Resident Councillors :—Carrie M. Derick, B.A.; Prof. A. McGoun, M.A., 
B.C.L. ; F. G. Finley, M.D.: D. D. McTaggart, B.A.Sc., F. W. Hibbard, 
M.A., B.C.L.; Nevil Evans, M.A.Sc. 
LVon- Resident Councillors :—Maude E. S. Abbott, B.A., M.D., Paris, France ; 


Sir James Grant, M.D., Ottawa, Ont.; Hon Justice Lynch, Knowlton, Q.; 
J.-J. McLaren, Q.C., Toronto, Ont.; A. E. Childs, B.A.Se., Peterborough 





Ont.; E, H. Hamilton, B,A.Sc. New York. 
Auditors :—Alex, Falconer, B.A., B.C.L.; Prof. A. McGoun, B.A,, B.C.L. 
Secretary’s Address—2367 St. Catherine St., Montreal. 

OTTAWA VALLEY GRADUATES’ SOCIETY. 
ORGANIZED 1890, 
OFFICERS FOR 1894-5. 
Honorary President : 
SIR JAMES A. GRANT, K.C.M.G., M.D., C.M., F.G.S., M.P.,; etc. 
President : 
Henry P. WRIGHT, M.D., C.M. 

Vice-Presidents : 
Dow inc, B.A.Sc. ; 


ROBERT CAssELs, B,A., Q.C.; D. B, 


R. H. Conroy, B.C.C. 


4 
Treasurer . 
R, W. Ets, M.A., LL.D. 
Secretary : 
HENRY M. Ami, M.A., D.Sc., F.G.S. 


C. Cousens, Dr, Sydney P. Cooke (Hull, Q.); Dr. R. 


Committee :—Dr. W. 
W. Powell, Dr. Alex. H. Harris, D.V.S.; Walter F. Ferrier, B.A.Sc, 


UNIVERSITY LITERARY SOCIETY. 
x 
ESTABLISHED 1869. 


OxnjJECTS.—The encouragement of literary and scientific pursuits, and the pro- 


motion of self-culture among the members. 





262 
UNDERGRADUATES’ LITERARY SOCIETY. 
CONSTITUTED 1880. 


President ; W. DONAHUE, B.A. 

1st Vice-President ; F,. H, GRAHAM, 

2nd Vice-President : je Co WATT. 

Zreasurer . F, LAMBERT. 

Secretary : H, A, HONEYMAN, B.A. 
Assistant Secretary : W.G. G. COLE. 


Programme Committee —C.C, Gurp, D. T. Davis, J. M. WALLACE, S. G, 
ARCHIBALD, M. F. CONNOR. 


McGILL COLLEGE YOUNG MEN’S CHRISTIAN 
ASSOCIATION. 


OBJECT.—To promote the piety of its members and the cause of Christianity in 


the University. 


MEMBERSHIP.—The active Membership of the Association shall consist of Gra- 
duates and Students of the University who are members of some Protestant church. 
Any Graduate and Student of good moral character may become an associate 
member. A social reception is given to new students at the beginning of the 


session , 
SESSION 1894-95. 


Hon. President : 
Sir J. Wm. Dawson, LL.D., C.M.G.,' etc. 


President—W ,.C. SUTHERLAND, Arts, ’95. 
Ist Vice-President—PERCY C, LESLIE, Med., ’95. 
and Do H, P. ARCHIBALD, Sc., ’97. 
Recording Sec.—ARTHUR GUN, Med., ’95. 
Treasurer—].C. ROBERTSON, Arts, *96, 
Assistant Treas.—A,. R. Ross, Arts, ’97. 


General Secretary—A. MAHAFFY, B.A, 
CHAIRMEN OF COMMITTEES, 


Religious Meeting—R.O. Ross, B.A., Med., ’96. 


Bible Study—C, Ociivy, B.A. 





Membership—J, M. WALLACE, Arts, 95. 
Soctal—N. D. KEITH, Arts,’95. 
Music—F¥. M. BECKET, Sc., ’95. 
Social Purity—M. C, Hopkins, Arts, "95- 
Bulletin—H, J. VICKERSON, Sc., ’97. 
Hand Bookh—W , G, Coe, Arts, 96. 
Finance—J. C. ROBERTSON, Arts, ’95. 
Luilding—¥. J. DAy, B.A. 


Graduate—A, GRAHAM, B.A. 


& 


\ 


{ 
SG 
it 
rh 
b 
eh 
ld 
F 


Boarding House—=, W. ARCHIBALD, B.A., Med., *96° 


™ 


Fall Campaign 





P. C. LESLIE, Med.,, ’g5. 


-~ Lea DB we CS 
——— - — — 


McGILL UNIVERSITY ATHLETIC ASSOCIATION. 
ESTABLISHED 1884. 


flon. President, 
ProF, C. H. McLEon, MA.E., F.R.S,C. 


om 


President. 


a oa 
~ 


F. A. WILKIN, Ap. Sc., ’95. 
Vice- President, 
5. CARMICHAEL, B.A., Law, ’95. 
Secretary. 
I’, E. L JOHNSTON, Med.,, ’95. 
Flon .Treasurer. 
PROF. J. Cox, M.A, 
7 reasurer. 
H. J. SCHWARTZ, Arts, 796, 
Commiuttee.—C. Gaudet, ’95, and V.E, Mitchel, ’96, (Law); E.E. Howard, 955 
and A. R. McMaster, ’97, (Arts) ; H. Trenholme, ’95, and G. Drinkwater, 975 


(Science); H. T. Knapp, B.A,, ’95,and H.C. Campbell, ’97, (Medicine); A. 
Cowan, “95, (Vet. Medicine.) I. Day, — Hamilton, Brace. (Theology.) 





264 
IN AFFILIATION. 
Foot—Ball Club. 


Hon. President—Prof, J. Nicolson, b.Sc. 

President—-W . F. Angus, Ap. Sc., ’95. 

Vice-President—C. Gaudet, Law, ’95. 

Captain 1st XV—Lorne Dunn, B.A., Med.,’96. 

Secretary—]. C. Hickson, Arts, ’95. 

Fon, Treasurer—Prof. Ruttan, M.A., M.D. 

Treasurer—W . Turner, Arts, ’96. 

Committee—Schwartz and McDougall, (Arts); Davidson and Wilkin, (Ap. 

Sc.); Ogilvie and Donahue, (Law); P. Leslie and Jack Tees, B.A., (Med.) ; 
Cowan, (Vet. Science.) 


Hockey Clud. 


Hon, President—Sir W. Dawson. 


President—Shirley Davidson, A}. Sc., ’97. 
Vice-President—G. Lewis, Ap. Sc. 

Captain—F¥. A. C, Bickerdike, Arts, ’94. 
Secretary- Treasurer —¥. M, Becket, Ap. Sc., ’95; 


DELTA SIGMA SOCIETY. 


ESTABLISHED 1884. 
OFFICERS FOR 1893-94. 


President—Jessie Brown. 

Vice-President—F¥ lorence Botterell. 

Secretary- Treasurer—W inona Pitcher. 

Assistant Secretary—Bessie Ross. 

Committee. —Misses Hammond, Watson and Reid. 


——$ =$__ 


YOUNG WOMEN’S CHRISTIAN ASSOCIATION. 
ESTABLISHED 1887 (AS THEODORA SOcIETY). 


OxnjEcT.—The development of Christian character in the members, and the 
development of active Christian work particularly among the young women of 


the University. Open for membership to students of the Donalda special course 


for women. 





+ 


265 
SESSION 1894-95. 


President ~ Ethel Radford. 

Vice- President —J.ouise Krause. 
Corresponding Secretary—Amy Nicholls. 
Kecording Secretary-—Ethel Doull. 


Lreasurer—A, Louise Smith. 
Convener cf Devotional and Bible Study Committee. 
Katharine Travis. 
Convener of Theodora (Missionary) Committee. 
Harriet Hill, 
Convener of Membership Committee. 
Bessie Ross, 
McGILL COLLEGE CLASSICAL CLUB. 


For the purpose of fostering a greater interest in and promoting 
study of Classical Languages, Literature and Art. 


OFFICERS FOR 1894-5. 
fTon, President, 





-A. J. Eaton, Ph.D, 
President,—David ‘T’. Davis, B.A., 94. 
Vice-President,—M. O. Lambly, B.A., 94. 
Secretary,— Major MacIntosh, ’95. 
Lreasurer,—W. W. Craig, ’95. 


Executive Committee;—John Blackett, B.A., 94; W.P. Garrett, B.A., ’94. 





Qniversily 


UNDER THE SUPERINTENDENCE OF McGILL UNIVERSITY, 
MONTREAL, ANI) BISHOP’S COLLEGE, LENNOX VILLE, 


SESSION 1894-95. 


The Joint Board of Representatives of McGill University and the University 
of Bishop’s College is prepared to organize and superintend courses of Lectures 
and Classes in populous centres for English-speaking audiences in the Province 
of Quebec. 


OBJECT, 


The purpose of the Local Lectures is to provide the means of higher education 
for persons of all classes-and of both sexes engaged in the regular occupations of 
life. To obtain this object, the Lectures will be organized upon the general lines 
which have been worked out successfully from twenty years’ experience in 
England. 


PLAN OF THE LECTURES. 


In order to make the teaching at the same time attractive and thorough, a 
special method is followed, 

1. The courses consist of ten weekly lectures, each lecture occupying an hour. 

2. For about an hour preceding or following each lecture, a Class is held for 
those students who wish to study the subject more thoroughly. The teaching in 
the class is conversational, and its object is to enable the Lecturer.to answer 
questions or solve difficulties which have occurred to students, and to give advice 
as to text-books and other means of studying the subject. 

The ten Lectures and Classes, which may be given in the three months before 
or three months after Christmas, form a continuous course on one subject. 

3. In order to enable Students to follow the lecture readily and to carry away 
the substance of it, a printed syllabus in pamphlet form is prepared beforehand 
by the Lecturer for the use of Students. 


4. Questions (printed in the syllabus) are set upon each Lecture. Those who 


desire to answer the questions write their answers at home during the week, and 
forward them to the Lecturer for correction and comment. 





5. At the end of the Course an examination is held by the Lecturer, and an- 
other Examiner appointed for the purpose by the Joint Board of the Universities. 
The examination is not compulsory. Only those are admitted to it who have 
attended the Lectures and Classes to the satisfaction of the Lecturer, and have 
done such an amount of weekly paper work as the Lecturer may have required, 

A list of the Candidates who have satisfied the Lecturer and Examiner is pub- 
lished, the names being arranged in alphabetical order. The list also indicates 
those who are recommended both by the Lecturer and Examiner for special dis- 
tinction. Certificates of Passing and of Distinction are granted, based upon (1) 
the Lecturer’s report of the weekly work, (2) the final examination. 

It will be seen that this system is adapted at the same time to persons who 
desire merely a general acquaintance with the subjects taught and to Students who 
are anxious to make a more thorough study. The majority of the courses in the 
English system have been given in the evening, as the fundamental idea through- 
out has been education for busy people. The audiences have included persons 
drawn from all ranks of society and of the widest diversity of previous education 
and training. 


a] 


= "= 


SUBJECTS OF THE LECTURES. 


~ 


oe es 


The Universities expect to provide Lectures on subjects connected with :— 


‘| 
4 


aan 


I, English Language and Literature. 

II, History and Archeology. 

III. Logic, Mental and Moral Philosophy, and Political Science. 
IV. Chemistry and its applications, 


V. Astronomy. 
VI. Electricity and other branches of Physical Science. 
VII. Botany and Zoology, Animal and Vegetable Physiology, 


VIII. Mineralogy and Geology. 


APPOINTMENT OF LECTURERS. 


In accordance with the requirements of the General Council for the extension 
of University teaching, Lecturers are appointed by the Joint Board only upon 
recommendation by a University and after inquiry as to svecial qualifications and 
approval of the syllabus submitted. The choice ofa lecturer and subject from the 
list approved by the Board is made in each case by the Local Centre concerned. 





ORGANIZATION OF A CENTRE. 


When it is desired to establish a course of Lectures, a Local Committee should 
first be got together, and a guarantee fund formed sufficient to cover the expenses 
of the Course. The Local Committee undertakes all ‘responsibility for hire of 





268 


rooms, lighting, printing and sale of tickets, etc.; it fixes the price of tickets 
according to the size and class of audience expected, with a view to making the 
Lectures self-supporting, and chooses the subject and the Lecturer, communicat- 
ing its wishes to the Joint Board through its Secretary. 


EXPENSES OF A COURSE. 


The payment to the Joint Board for a complete course of Ten Lectures and 
Classes, with examination, is $150. In cases where a lecturer from a distance 
is chosen, or much apparatus is used, travelling expenses and the cost of hiring 
apparatus will be an extra charge, 

Further information may be obtained from the Secretary to the Joint Board, 
Professor J. Cox, McGill University, Montreal. 

May, 1894. 


REGULATIONS 


CONCERNIXKG 
THE COLLEGE GROUNDS AND ATHLETICS. 


All matters relating to the management of the College grounds and of Out- 
Door Athletics and Sports are under the control of a Committee consisting of: 


One Governor. 

The Principal. 

One Member of the Faculty of Arts. 

One Member of the Faculty of Applied Science. 
One Member of the Faculty-of Law. 

One Member of the Faculty of Medicine. 

One Member of the Faculty of Comp. Medicine. 
One Graduate, . 

One Undergraduate, member of the Football Club. 
One Undergraduate, member of the Tennis Clubs. 
One Undergraduate, member of the Cricket Club. 
One Undergraduate, member of the Hockey Club. 
The President of the Athletic Association. 


The following extracts are made from the rules and regulations of the Com- 
mittee for the guidance of Members of the University and the several Athletic 
‘Clubs and Associations which are from time to time permitted to use the grounds : 


The University and McTavish Street gates shall be closed between 6 p.m. 
and 7 a.m, on week days and the whole day on Sundays. 


The Sherbrooke Street gates shall be closed between Io p.m. and 6 a.m. 





.of all such examinations sh 





269 


Such persons as are entitled to use the Grounds shall 


be provided with 
tickets renewable each year, 


Those entitled to tickets are the Members of the U 


niversity and prominen 
Benefactors 


, and the families of Governors and Professors. 


The several Clubs shall be permitted to issue special tickets (without charge), 
entitling the holders to admission to the Grounds for the purpose of viewing 
matches, or for other special occasions of public interest. 


All Students desirous of taking part in football matches, or otherwise 
engaging in violent athletic contests, must pass a medical examination, to be held 
under the direction of the Superintendent of the Gymnasium. A complete record 


all be kept by the Superintendent or other officer: 
appointed to this duty. 


All Clubs must submit their Regulations, Rules and By-Laws, and any 


changes in the same, for the approval of the Committee, They must make 
Cation for the use of such 


special privileges. 


appli- 


portions of the Grounds as they require and for any 


The Athletic Association must submit its programme for eacl 


1 year for the 
approval of the Committee, 





io a = + 


mr 
eS 
SS oe oe 


= 


= 


» i ea 


— - 


ee a le Sn. ee | 





BENEFACTORS OF 
McGill Wniversity, Moutreal, 


1. GENERAL ENDOWMENTS AND SUBSCRIPTIONS FOR 
THE UNIVERSITY AND THE FACULTY OF ARTS. 


1. ORIGINAL ENDOWMENT, 1811. 


THE HONORABLE JAMES MoGILL, who was born at Glasgow, 6th Oct., 1744, 
and died at Montreal, 19th Dec., 1813, by his last will and testament, under 
date 8th January, 1811, devised the Estate of Burnside, situated near the City 
of Montreal, and containing forty-seven acres of land, with the Manor House 
and Buildings thereon erected, and also bequeathed the sum of ten thousand 
pounds in money unto the “ Royal Institution for the Advancement of Learn- 
ing,’’ a Corporation constituted in virtue of an Act of Parliament, passed in 
the Forty-first Year of the Reign of His Majesty, King George the Third, to 
erect and establish a University or College, for the purpose of Education and 
the advancement of learning, in the Province of Lower Canada, with a com- 
petent number of Professors and Teachers to render such Establishment effec- 
tnal and beneficial for the purposes intended; reyuiring that one of the 
Colleges to be comprised in the said University should be named and perpe- 
tually be known and distinguished by the appellation of “McGill College.” 

The value of the above-mentioned property was estimated at the date of the be- 
quest at $120,000 


9. UNIVERSITY BUILDINGS, ETC. 


Tus WittraM Monson Hatt, being the west wing of the McGill College buildings 
with the connecting Corridors and Class Rooms, was erected in 1861, through 
the munificent donation of the founder whose name it bears. 

Tur Perer Reppatu Museum, the gift of the donor whose name it bears, was 
announced by him as a donation to the University in 1880, and formally 
opened August, 1882. 

Tug WittiaM C. McDonatp Physics building and equipment of same, the gift of 
William C. McDonald, Esq., announced by him as a gift to the University in 

1890, and formally opened February, 1893. 

Lots for University buildings adjoining the College gerounds fronting on Me- 
Tavish St., presented by J. H. R. Molson, Esq.,—$42,500. 

Tur Perer Reppara Lisrary Buitpine, the gift of Peter Redpath, Hsq., an- 
nounced by him as a gift to the University in 1891, and formally opened Oct. 
31st, 1893. 


3 THE DONALDA ENDOWMENT FOR THE HIGHER EDUCATION 
OF WOMEN. 
This endowment, given by the Honorable Sir Donald A. Smith of Montreal, is for 
the education of women in the subjects of the Faculty of Arts, up to the stand- 


ard of the examination for B.A., in classes wholly separate, to constitute a 
separate Special Course or College for women,—$120,000. 


4. ENDOWED CHAIRS, ETC. 


Tur Monson Cuair or Encuisn Language ANp Literature, in 1856, endowed 
by the Honorable John Molson, Thomas Molson, Esq., and William Molson, 
Eisq.,--$20,000, and supplemented in 1892 by John H. R. Molson, Esq., with 
a further sum of $20,000. Total $40,000. 





- 


27] 


THe Peter RepPatu Cxair or Purp MATHEMATICS (founded as Chair of Natural 

a Philosophy), in 1871, endowed by Peter Redpath, Esq.,—$20,000. 

Tur Logan Crater or GEeLoGy, in 1871, endowed by Sir W. E, Logan, LL.D., 
F.R.S., and Hart Logan, Esq.,—$ 20,000. 

Tar JoHN FrorHincHam Cuan or MENTAL AND MoRAL PHILOSOPHY, in 1873, en- 
dowed by Miss Lonisa Frothingham,—$20,000. | 
THE Mayor HiraM Minis Cuair or CLASsics, in 1882, endowed by the last will 

of the late Major Hiram Mills of Montreal,—$42,000. 

Tue Davin J. GREENSHIELDS CHAIR OF CHEMISTRY AND MineraLoay, in the Fa- 
culties of Arts and Applied Science, in 1883, endowed by the last will of the 
late David J. Greenshields. Esq., of Montreal, with the sum of $40,000, half 
of which is devoted to the Faculty of Arts. — 

Tue Wittiam C. McDonatp Ounatrs OF PHysics, endowed by William ©. McDon- 
ald, Esq., in 1890 ,—$50,000 : in 18932. $50,000. Total, $100,000, 

Tur Joun Froruincuam Princrrayz FuND, to be invested for the endowment of 
the Principalsbip of the University ; founded by the Rev. Frederick Froth 
ingham and Mrs. J. H. R. Molson, —3$40,000. * 

Tae Cuar tes Gis Boranicaz ENDOWMENT, received by subscriptions, the endow- 
ment to be invested by the Board of Governors and the income devoted to the 
maintenance of the Chair of Botany in the Faculty of Arts, and to procuring 
appliances therefor. . 

Miss Elizabeth ©. Orkney,—$2,000. 
Mrs. Ca‘herine Hill,— $200. 

W. ©. McDonaLp Puysics BurpiInG Maintenance Fund, endowed by W. C. Mc- 
Donald, Esq., to be invested and interest used to meet the expense of Heating, 
Lighting, Insurance, and salary of caretaker, —$40,000. 

5. ENDOWMENT FOR PENSION FUND. 

This endowment is given to be in vested and kept as a Special Fund, the revenue 
arising from which to be used exclusively for providing Pensions or Retiring 
Allowances for members of the teaching staff of the Faculties of Arts and 
Applied Science. 7 


Hon. Sir Donald A. Smith. $50,000 00 
John W. R. Molson, Esq., 50,000 00 
William C. McDonald, Ksq., 50,000 00 

Total $150,000 00 


6. EXHIBITIONS AND SCHOLARSHIPS, ETO, 


THE JaANe Reppata EXHIBITION, in the Faculty of Arts,—founded in 1868 by Mrs. 
Redpath, of Terrace Bank, Montreal, and endowed with the sum of $1,667. 

THe McDonatpy Scuonarsnirs AND EXHIBITIONS, 10 in number, in, the Faculty of 
Arts—founded in 1871, and endowed in 1882 with the sum of $25,000, by Wil- 
liam C. McDonald, Kisq. 

THE CHARLES ALEXANDER ScuHonarsup, for Classics—founded in 1871 by Charles 
Alexander, Esq. Kndowed in 1893 with the sum of $2,000. 

THE Barsara Scorr Scuonarsuip FoR CLASSICAL LANGUAGE ‘ND LITERATORE— 
founded by the last will of thé late Miss Barbara Scott of Montreal, in the sum 
of $2,000, in 1884, 

Tue Grorce Hague Exnipition—founded in 1881 in the Faculty of Arts —Annual 
value, $125. 

Tae Major Hikam Mitts Mepat anp SCHOLARSHIP--in the Faculty of Arts, 
founded by the will of the iate Major Hiram Mills of Montreal, and endow- 
ed with the sum of $1,500. 

T. M. THomeson, Esg.—$250 for two Exhibitions in September, 1871 ; $200 for 
two Exhibitions in 1872,—$450. 

Rev. Cou C. Stuart—for the ‘Stuart Prize in Hebrew,’—$60. 

THe TAyLtor ScaoLtarsaiwwe—founded in I87l, by T. M. Taylor, Esq.—Annual 
ralue $100.—terminated in 1878. 





27: 


a 


Proressor ALEXANDER JoHNsoN—for Scholarship for 3 Sessions, terminated 1886- 
67,—$350. é 

Her Mavsesry’s Commission for the Exhibition of 1851— Nomination Scholarships 
for 1891 and 1893, value £150 annually, tenable for two years, 

Tue Puinip CarPenter FeLLowssarp—founded by Mrs. Philip Carpenter, for the 
Maintenance of a Post-Graduation Teaching Fellowship or Scholarship in 
Natural Science or some branch thereof in the Faculty of Arts of McGill Col- 
lege, endowed with the sum of $7,000. 

A Lady, to provide four free tuitions in the Faculty of Arts for sessions 1892-3 and 
1893-4. 


7, ENDOWMENTS OF MEDALS AND PRIZES. 


In 1856 Henry Chapman, Esq., founded a gold medal, to be named the ‘‘ Henry 
Chapman Gold Medal,” to be given annually in the graduating class in Arts. 
This Medal was endowed by Mr. Chapman in 1874, with the sum of $700, 

In 1860 the sum of £200, presented to the College by H.R.H. the Prince of Wales, 
was applied to the foundation of a Gold Medal, to be called the “Prince of 
Wales Gold Medal,” which is given in the graduating class for Honour Studies 
in Mental and Moral Philosophy. 

In 1864 the ‘‘Anne Molson Gold Medal” was.founded and endowed by Mrs. John 
Molson, of Belmont Hall, Montreal, for an Honour Course in Mathematics and 
Physics. 

In the same year the “Shakespeare Gold Medal,” for an Honour Course, to com- 
prise and include the works of Shakespeare and the Literature of England 
from his time to the time of Addison, both inclusive, and such other accessory 
subjects as the Corporation may from time to time appoint, was founded and 
endowed by citizens of Montreal, on occasion of the three hundredth anni- 
versary of the birth of Shakespeare. 

In the same year the ‘‘ Logan Gold Medal,” for an Honour Course in Geology and 
Natural Science, was founded and endowed by Sir William Logan, LL.D., 
F.R.S., F.G.S., ete. 

In 1874 a Gold and a Silver Medal were given by His Excellency the Earl of Duf- 
ferin, Governor General of Canada, for competition in the Faculty of Arts, 
and continued till 1878. 

In 1875 the ‘ Neil Stuart prize in Hebrew ” was endowed by Neil Stuart, Esq., of 
Vankleek Hill, in the sum of $340. 

In 1880 a Gold and Silver Medal were given by His Excellency the Marquis of 
Lorne, Governor General of Canada, the former for competition in the Facul_ 
ty of Arts, the latter for competition in the Faculty of Applied Science; con- 
tinued till 1883, 

In 1883 a Gold, Silver and Bronze Medal were given by R. J. Wicksteed, Esq,, 
M.A,, LL.D , for competition in ‘‘ Physical Culture,” by Students in the Gra- 
duating Class and 2nd year, who have attended the University Gymnasium. 
The Gold Medal was continued to 1889 and the Silverand Bronze have been 
continued to date. 

In 1884 a Gold and a Silver Medal were given by His Excellency the Marquis of 
Lansdowne, Governor General of Canada, the former for competition in 
the Faculty of Arts, the latter for competition in the Faculty of Applied 
Science, continued till 1888. 

In 1888 a Gold and a Silver Medal were given by His Excellency Lord Stanley, 
Governor General of Canada, the former for competition in the Faculty of 
Arts, the latter for competition in the Faculty of Applied Science: 

Tue “ CHartes G. Coster MermorIAL Prize” for general proficiency—given 
annually by Colin H. Livingstone, Esq., B.A., founded in 1889. 

In 1894 a Gold and a Silver Medal were given by His Excellency The Earl of 
Aberdeen, Governor General of Canada, the former for competition in the Fa- 
culty of Arts, the latter for competition in the Faculty of Applied Science. 





rr 


> 
mle 


8. SUBSCRIPTIONS TO GENERAL ENDOWMENT. 











1856, 
John Gordon McKenzie, sq ...... $2000 Charles Alexander, HBO) vis teteae . $600 
RRNA Ry WOBOD ie cicasdce, ascysee cosvns 2000 | Moses H. David, Ksq......... si swessies 600 
John Frothingham, Esq ............ 2000 | Wm, Carter, Hsq...t...cs..cc0ee) senses 600 
JOHN Torrance, Haq .i.is.icccc.. esses 2000 | Thomas Patton, Hsq......... dm seiusi 600 
James b. Greenshields, Esq......... 1200 | Wm, Workman, Oe iced A <hbeuts 600 
William Busby Lambe, Esq ........ 1300 | Bon. Sir ALT. Galt cciceee ceced sais 600 
Sir George Simpson, Knight....... 1000 | Hon. Luther H. Holton.............. 600 
BOUry 2 DOMAS, TSG .o...0c0.-.ccceee 1000 | Henry Lyman, Esq. ....:. fioreteyees » 600 
John Redpath, Esq .............0see00s 1000 | David Torrance, Esq........... Jasecba 600 
James McDougall, Esq............... 1000 | Edwin Atwater, Esq .......0. ..sseeee . 600 
James Torrance, Hsq..........00 see. 1000 | Theodore Hart, Hsq...... ...see secede 600 
Hon. James Ferrier................s00: 1000 | Wm. Forsyth Grant, Esq:........... 600 
Harrison Stephens, Hsq............. - 1000] Robert Campbell, Esq ............... 600 
Henry Chapman, Esq ..... ........ - 600) Alfred Savage, Esq........... besstsees 600 
Honorable Peter McQill ........ Wass. 600 | James Ferrier, jun., Esq.....+....++ 600 
John James Day, Esq .....6....ce00s 600 | William Stephen, Esq ....... dpetsee 600 
Thomas Brown Anderson, Esq... 600| N.S. Whitney, Bsq....0..cssseeceeees 600 
Peter Redpath, Haq s.. 464 .cccces eceees 600 | William Dow, Esq....e...secessceee cee 600 
Thomas M. Taylor, Esq..........+ 600 | William Watson, Hsq............s000 600 
Joseph McKay, Esq........ Shivy vedere 600 | Edward Major, Hsq........ Mapetee 600 
Donald Lorn McDougall, Esq. ..... 600 | Hon. Charies Dewey Day.......... 200 
Hon, Sir John Rose. ......000. sseeeee 600 | John R. Esdaile, Bsq.....c.. cesses 200 
L871. 
William Molson, Esq ...............4 -$5000.,'T. W.. Ritchie, Hsq. ....scersccsesveeee $600 
Wm. ©. McDonald, Hsq........ ..... 5000 | Messrs. A. & W. Robertgon......... 600 
Thomas Workman, Esq............ 5000 | Messrs. Sinclair, Jack & Co........ 250 
‘ John Frothingham, Esq. .......... 5000 | John Reddy,:-M.D,.....+ .cccesese sssees 100 
PIPER: Fey: DOOD, EGS «x ssa bpteressacdate 5000 | Wm. Lunn, HSq.,...s.dsresecoee vavencees 100 
John McLennan, Esq.......0+0. «+ 4000! Kenneth Campbell, Esq ............ 100 
BAUD, FOG, (45 dees dbensentexicenee 600 | R. A. Ramsay, Hsq..ssessseseeseeees 100 
WY RV ORURAI LUNG sy vege dicceacsivesste vhs 600 |. With. Rose, Bae win cedessavisvcies 50) 
1881-82, 
Hugh McLennan, Hsq........:0...++++ $5000 | O. S. Wood, Esq.......66 ceeves vs eevee PLOOO 
G. A. Drummond, Esq.......06 i... 4000 | J. S: McLachlan, HBO Serie) ssceseeie 1000 
Geo. Hague, Esq. ..........4-.-see0ee 3000] J. B. Greenshields, Esq. (London) 1000 
M. H. Gault, Esq....... nedvansvnuaves 200C | Warden King, Esq..........06 st yeede 1000 
Andrew Robertson, Hsq........ «+. 1000} W. B. Cumming, Hsq ........... ‘s 1000 
Robertson Campbell, Esq. ....... »« 1000} Mrs. Hew, Ramsay.........00+ .sssesees 500 
Sir Joseph and Lady Hickson..... 1000] R. A. Ramsay, Esq........ si pewaiebese 500 
Mra, Andrew DOW:...0...40cccea Genes 1000 | H. H. Wood, Esq .......... «. lienvens 500 
Alexander Murray, Msq....... ....+. 1000 | James Burnett, Hsq .......eceee ce eeee 500 
POU COT RTC Y saci cvynvessivee spsetvevusseys 1000 | Charles Gibb, Esq....... paseeibencades 500 
Hector McKenzie, Hsq...........00 » 1000! 
1883-84, 
Edward Mackay, Esq.....ideccesscssee vreeeens $5000 
9, BUIBSCRIPTIONS FOR CURRENT EXPENSES, 1881-82. 
Principal Dawson... .....0+...eccsee $1000 Being ....... byeneae eivceurh o bevbeceuta artes $1000 
Jy Fi. Ry Molson, Bag sicecicvedcessess 1000 Per annum, 5 years, being ....... » 5000 
George Stephen, Hsq....ces.sseceeeee 1000 “ a iveices OOOO 


A RTT 


ve ai. 8 & Ga eS 


a 
a 





Hon. Donald A. Smith 1000 er annum, 5 years, being 
David Morrice, Esq 200 ut ts 
Messrs. Gault Brothers & Co...... 200 ‘ ‘ 
ssrs. S. H. & A. S. Ewing... 200 is v6 
Hon. Robert Mackay .....- s.eee- sees: 300 annum, 2 years, bei! g...-.++++ 
Jonathan Hodgson, Esq 100 vi 5 ts 
Geo. M. Kinghorn, Esq 100 “ 
Thomas Craig, Esq f 100 « 2 
Jobn Rankin, Esq.....----+++ ++ or 200 Being .......++--- ne EAR 
Jobn Duncan, Es 200 (b asner tee 
Robert Benny, Esq 100 & 
Miss B. A, Ramsay......+-- +e 100 
Hugh Paton, Esq ..--- «++. «++ 50 For 2 years, being.........0+ +--+ eat 
George Brush, Esq....---+++++++. ; 25 For 5 years, being..... ..... 
J. M. Douglas, Esq BOING 5 sccises dooce 
James Court, Ksq........... Se aes ee 
David J. Greenshields, Esq ......--. 


John H. R. Molson, Ksq.........--++ $1000 Per annum, 3 years, being $3000 
W. CU. McDonald, sq .... 1000 oe eo “ 3000 
Peter Redpath, Esq.... 1000 ci z v6 2000 
Hon. Sir D. A. Smith, 1000 ss a“ ‘ 2100 
Hon. James Ferrier...... -...s0s:++++ oi “ 1500 
Sir Joseph Hickson............ ase 

Hugh McLennan, Esq 

E. B. Greenshields, Esq 

George Hague, Esq.........0+-+++ Fah 

John Mokson, Esq......... cccee sees bi 

Samuel Finley, Esq 

Mrs. Mackay, $100.00 annually, 1889 to 1893.......-.+++ 


10. TO PROVIDE SESSIONAL LECTURERS. 


Hon. Sir Donald A. Smith, PET Sy WER Ys 
do 9% ee a praixaktie ss < . 4000 
do 189394... 000 seozse 4000 


Mrs. Jolin H. R. Molson, —92 300 
au 1892-03 cgktidke tb adeni axel 1000 


do 1000 


II ENDOWMENTS AND SUBSCRIPTIONS FOR THE 
FACULTY OF APPLIED SCIENCE. 


1. BUILDINGS, CHAIRS, ETC. 


Tue WitLiam Scorr CuHair oF Civil ENGINEERING, in 1884, endowed by the last 
will of the Jate Miss Barbara Scott, of Montreal],.— $30,(.00. ; 

Tue Davin J. GREENSHIELDS CHAIR OF CHEMISTRY AND MiNERALCGY in the Fac- 
nities of Arts and Applied Science, in 1883, endowed by the last will of the 
late David J. Greenshields, Esq , of Montreal, with the ‘sum of $40,000, half 
of which is devoted to Faculty of Appled Science. | 

Tue THomaS WorkMAN DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING— founded un- 
der the last will of the late Thomas Workman, Esq., and endowed with the 
sum of $117,000. The sum of $60,000 for the maintenance uf a Chair of Me- 





EI] 


yt 


2% 


chanical Engineering, with the assistance, shops, machinery and apparatus 


necessary thereto, $57,000 to be expended in provision of necessary buildings 


machinery and apparatus. A ny balance of this to be added to the invested 
endowment for the maintenance of the said Department. 
fg s | - - ‘ . “a a » e r Ss | 

W ILLIAM C, McDonatp, Esq., toward erection of Thomas Workman W orkshops, 
$20,000. 

Tue Witiiam C. McDonatp Eneiyeerine Bornpixe, and Equipment of same— 
announced by the donor as a gift to the University in 1890, and formally 
opened February, 1893, 

THe WittiaM C. McDoNnaLp Cuair or KvEctricaL ENGINEERING, endowed by 
William C. McDonald, Ksq., in 1891, with the sum of $40,000. 

MACDONALD ENGINE&ERING BuILpING Maintenance Fund, endowed by W. C. Me- 
Donald, Esq.,in 1892, the income to ke devoted to paying for Heating, Light 
ing, Insurance and Salary of Mechanician,—$45,000. 


2. ENDOWMENT FOR PENSION FUND 


This endowment is given to be invested and kept as a Special Fund, the revenue 
arising from which to be used exclusively for providing Pensions or Retiring 
Allowances for members of the teaching staff of the Faculties of Arts and 
Applied Science. . 


Hon. Sir Donald A. Smith, $50,000 
John H.R. Molson, Ksq., 50.000 
Wm. C. McDonald, Esq., 50,000 


Total $150,000 
3. EXHIBITIONS AND SCHOLARSHIPS. 


Tue Scurr Exuisition—founded by the Caledonian Society of Montreal, in com- 
memoration of the Centenary of Sir Walter Scott, and endowed in 1872 with 
the sum of $!,100, subscribed by members of the Society and other citizens of 
Montreal. The Exhibition is given annually in the Faculty of Applied 
Science—Annual value $60. 

THE Burtanpd SCHOLARSHIP—founded 1882, by J. H. Burland, B.A.Sc., $100 for a 
Scholarship in Applied Science. for three years, being $300. 

Her MaJesry’s CoMMIssIon for the Exhibition of 1851—Nomination Scholarships 
for 1891 and 1893, value £150 annually, each tenable for two years. 


4. MEDALS AND PRIZES. 

In 1885 the British Association Gold Medal, for competition in the Graduating 
class in the Faculty of Applied Science, was founded by subscription of mem- 
bers of the British Association for the Advancement of Science, and by gift of 
the Couucil of the Association, in commemoration of its meeting in Montreal 


in the year 1884. 
(See also under Medals and Prizes in Section 1.) 


5. ENDOWMENTS AND SUBSCRIPTIONS FOR MAINTENANCE OF 
FACULTY OF APPLIED SCIENCE. 


Endowment Fund. 


Daniel Torrance, Esq............ vee 0000 , Graduates” Endowment Fund— 
George Moffatt, Esq.....-.sseeesesee - 1000; Class 1890—$70.00 a year for 5 


Charlies J. Brydges, Esq..........006: OOO |= years -ccccecs sscscoose $350 





: 
Pee | 


es 


= 


a. 
a Te ee © oe 


>> 
at, 
a 

Se eee 


P: 


-—~ 


ate 


a 


ea 


=. — “ia 


BEES 


=a 


a 


a 


~ == 


— 
-~ “wa BD & = Oe 


~~ 


-~ 


“a 4 So" SSA 


=a = 


_ 





oy 


Annual Subscriptions 


Hon. James Ferrier ($100 per an- 
num, for 10 years) 

Peter Redpath, Ksq. ($400 per 
annum, for 10 boii 

John H. R. Molson, Esq. ($400 
per annum, for 10 years) 

George H. Frothingham, Esq. 
($400 per annum, for 7 years).. 

T. Jas Claxton, i Sq. saat ed 
annum, for 6 years). 

Donald Ross, Esq. ($ 50, per ‘an- 
num, for 5 years) 250 

Miss Mary Frothingham ($400 per 
ANNUM, fOr 3 VCALS) cccsescerreeees 1200 


$1000 
4000 
4000 
2800 


600 


"His 


76 


1871-1879 


H. McLennan, Esq. ($100 per an- 
num, for 5 years 

A. F. Gault, Esq. ($100 per an- 
num, for 5 years) 

Gilbert Scott, Esq. ($100 for 2 
years) 

Joseph Hickson, Esq. ($100 for 2 
VORLB 5 seckics We std tase ae eunvdeec ened 

Principal Dawson ($300 for 2 

years)... 
Excellency ‘the “Marquis. “of 

Lorne 

Mrs. Redpath (Terrace Bank) 


Towards Maintenance of Engineering Department. 


Wits CD Onaldy HOS sie. cisas.isines vcitseees 
(for advertising) 


do 


pease Vedses ichss wcdsl oD test Ne pe 


To provide lectures in Mechanical,and Sanitary Engineering. 


kK. B. Greenshields, Esq $50 
J. E. Bovey, Esq . 
Professor H. T, Bovey 


Jeffrey H. Burland, B.A.Sc., $100 
for 2 years 
Smaller aMOuUNtS .....s000.eeees coscoeves 


Chair of Practical Chemistry. 
y 


Hon. ©. Dunkin, M.P 
Principal Dawson 


$1200 
1200 


For Maintenance of Chair of Mining Engineering and Metallurgy, 1891. 


.. $2000 00 
1000 00 


R. B. Angus, Esq... 
Mrs. Dow 
Hugh 
Esq 
Miss Benny 
T. A. Dawes, Esq ... 
A.A. Ayer, Esq 
G. W. Reid, Esq...... 
Evans Bros........000 
$6200 00 
Payable in three years. 
Sir Wm. Dawson..... 1000 00 
Alex. Stewart, Esq. 
(London, Eng.) ... 
R. C. Reid, Esq 
James Ross, Esq... 
KE. K. Greene, Esq... 


1500 00 
1500 00 
600 00 
750 00 


0 00 $6200 00 


| P, Redpath, Hsq. x.’ sssessccssovess 


% 


00 $6200 00 
Dr. T. Brainerd 
A. F. Gault, Esq ... 
Messrs. H. & A. 
Allan 
Hector McKenzie,Esq 
Peter Lyall, Esq...... 
A. Robertson, Esq... 
John Duncan, Esq... 
Geo. Hague, Esq..... 
Jonathan Hodgson, 
Esq 
James Moore, Esq... 
Messrs. Ames 
Holden 
Jas. Cooper, Esq... 


$17,000 00 





217 


Ciass Rooms for Faculty of Applied Science 1888. 


John H. R. Molson, Esq.......... - $3000 | W. C. McDonald, Esq...... 


$3000 


Surveying and. Geodetic Apparatus. 


W. C. McDonald, Esq...... ..... 


CC$CHTEESS SHEETS teseses 


1500 


6. LIST OF SUBSCRIBERS AND DONORS TO THE EQUIPMENT OF THE 
NEW ENGINEERING BUILDINGS OF McGILL UNIVERSITY, TO 
MAY, 1894. 


Mrs. J. McDougall............... ye $4000 
ee AUR GOM: Tea Jin) izle tend cxccik 1200 
Few BOLOr, Mag. . sice siikeceieciteveocides 1000 
Messrs. Garth & Co......066 csseeee «es 500 | 
Messrs. Warden King &4Son........ 534. 


Messrs. Jordan & Locker.....Equipment 
W. Ogilvie, Esq cs eens . $500 


OPA Pillow, Msg... iicd scasecdeccoacet « 250 | 
James Shearer, RAGE «vival ou ctarterendads 200 
See WW, ERGO, TQ. .ovcessoos:sbievc toupee 100 
Messrs. A. Ramsay & Son..........:, 100 
Bic RICWNGB. TOSG, vosss sadeos aeseveasercca LOO 
Messrs. W. McNally & Co........000. 100 
peer MPMI LONG Loess ve ls cncecétecd.cceul & LOO 
Pen OCTANE 2. ccyel tidshe Assos lomeiel 100 
EK. Chanteloup, Esq...... .eccccceseee se 20 
Charles Sheppard, Esqu.... .e..ceeee 200 
G. Sadler, Esq. (Robin & Sadler.) 
Belting ($400) 
Bes GIG, EGG io ad otaa se oceeee Equipment 
P. Mitchell, MSOs dicisu Equipment ($300) | 
Messrs. Twyford & Oo.. ...... Equipmen t 
Di Mebaren, Haq... csccccsecvce sccceees $100 
J. Robertson, Esq...... .....ss0e. Kquipment | 
Kenneth Campbell, Esq...... -.... $50 
BeeU¥, RIG.) Mees; cies ihendvnecrle ss L000 
ay. DY¥Sdals, Ma0.,.°.cididch wise Tools 
A. Macpherson, Hsq.......0. ..ceseee. Tools 
Swan Lamp Mt’g. Cow... ......00e Lamps 
Messrs. E. & C. Gurney & Co........ $604 
James Ross, Esq..ccecsscceeaseererseeses 500 
H.R, Ives, Esq... .sco.seceese susie’ saves Cupola | 
G. R. Prowse, Esq.......iss00 Equipment | 


Jonathan Hodgson, Esq...........0166 $200 | 
Messrs. Hughes & Stephenson 


{quipment 
W. H. Hutton, TS Ae ae sahanacion 
G. A. Grier, Esqi.........0ss0 . Equipment 
S. Carsley, MED cabs ab Whls’ thewer pitadiees $100 
Bie APODMIN, 080 as dedbvidshiessed .cccveee . 100 
He W. Rathbun, Baq....6. ..ccdeceeoss. 112 
Messrs. Brodie & Harvey.............. », 80 
W. Abbott, ‘Esq oc ccek i iccscees Equipment 
CNIS DIRS, SQ Koi ciswnetcesin «nonce Clock 


Kennet Blackwell, Esq........Equipment | 


A. BPOWIn@h, TiSt) vrsxsnn viny slice ck 
Campbell Tile Co., England, per 
Jordan & Locker...... ...... Equipment 
F. Chadwick, Hsq ........... Truss Models 

Crosby Steam Valve Co., Boston. 
[Indicator & Valves 


350 


John Date, Hsq.........  .....-. Equipment 
D. Drysdale, Esq......... eas liad Maas ‘Tools 
R., Forsyth, Ba)., sors icsevovncess Equipment. 
Messrs. Frothingham & Workman. Tools 
W. E. Gower, EGG) evvnie) ausbas” Dureikies 
Messrs. Hearn & Harrison, per L, 
Harrison, Hsq...... Barometer & Clock 
A... holden, HB — issue. soasetens Kyuipment 
John Kennedy, Esq...... -2..., Equipment 
J. Laurie & Bro........ Compound Engine 
pists ERUGR ISG. | cu ocae Cates Boiler 
Messrs. Miller Bros. & Toms.....Elevator 
Wm. Kennedy, Esq.Owen Sound, Pump 
Messrs. R. & W. Kerr.,....cecs. cess, Tools 
A. J. Lawson, Hsq.............. Kquipment 


Messrs. D. & J. McCarthy, Sorel ...$300 
Norton (The) Emery Wheel Go., 


Worcester, U:83..r.ued deal Kquipment 
Wm. Notman, Hsq............ Photographs 
Radiator Co., Toronto... css ..sse00e $500 
HE. My. Renoul, Hadise ais ie ten Books 


Scovill Manufacturing Co... Equipment 
P. W. St. George, Esq........ ... .. Models 


Messrs. Tees & Co ............ KHquipment 
Messrs. James Walker & Oo........ Tools 
George Bishop, Esq.. ......... Kauipment 


The Edison General Electric Co .. 
Two 450 light dynamos 

The Whittier Machine Co. (Boston). 
Klectric Elevator 

The Thomson-Houston Co. (Bos- 
LOE ) veces. wen dukees Incandescent dynamos 

The Royal Electric Co...... ........0. 
12 Are Light dynamos 
W. Rutherford, Esq............ Hquipment 

Messrs. J. Bertram & Sons (Dun- 
GAS) hus ecddis, odertazersateat .«.24in. Planer 

Messrs. R. W. Gardner & Son ...., 
l6in. Lathe 


SSeS 


TT a I ee 


ae 





es, 


-~ wa B& —<- = Se 


ss sav 


. = 


a5 6° "S377 


4 





278 


Dominion Wire Manfg. Co., per 
F, Fairman, Esq Shaper 

The B. F. Sturtevant Co. (Boston). 
Blowers 

The Geo. Blake Pump Co. (New 
York and Boston) ....+sserees see .. Pump 

Ashton Valve Co. (Boston) 

Sectional Valve 

Bros. (London, 
Cable Samples 


Siemens 
ing.) 
A. T. Taylor, Esq 
ee Vo Bovey, Esq 
National Electric Mf’g. 
Transformers 
W. C McDonald, Esq Aquipment 
M. Parker, Hsq...--- ss+++ +++ .. Equipment 
Messrs. Robb & Armstrong....-. ..-+ 
80 H. P. High Speed Engine 
Messrs. Pratt & Whitney (Hart- 
ford, Conn.), Epicycloidal Gear Model 
Messrs. Schaeffer & Budenberg 
(Brooklyn, N.Y.)... .Double Indicator 
J. Costigan, Esq Equipment 
H. Archbald, Esq....- . ci barn Aa tabees Books 
Herr Brockhaus.....-..+++ Books 
John Seeley, Esq .... 
Messrs. Nalder Bros. & Co. (Eng.). 
Standard Cell 
Warrington Wire Co....Cable Samples 
The Pelton Water Wheel Company 
(New York) Two Motors 
Yale & Towne Manutacturing Co. 
(Stamford, Conn) Equipment 
The Orooker-Wheeler Electric Mo- 
tor Co. (New York):.. -..+-.-+..- Motor 
American Steam Gauge Company 
(Boston). Indicator 
Messrs. John Wiley 
York) 


Messrs. 


’ 


E J. Maxwell & Co..Equipment 
Dr. Mason...... tat PER ADI OANG naka te he 
Messrs. R. Mitchell & Co...... 

F. L. Wanklyo, Esq 

F.R. Redpath, Esq....--..-+-++ 

Messrs. Irwin & Hopper 


Electric 
Ni- 


Oanadian General 
Co. (Toronto), per F. 
chols, Esq as 

R. Guilford Smith, Esq.. ....--Books 

Henry Garth, Hisq......+-+ +++ Equipment 

R. Gardner, Esq et 

H. Paton, Esq... . k BAe es 

Messrs. John Lovell & Sons...... ..Books 

Professor Egleston (New York)... Books 

S. R. Earle, Esq. Air Injector 

Enreka Tempered Copper Co.Equipment 

Alf. JOY CO. .c10s seseneses oes beh aeVeces $50 

Hon. J. K. Ward Sekt heer 


The above representing a total value 


¢ 


50 | 


Peter Nicholson 
W. Rodden, Esq 
R. Smith, Esq ...-- 
A. Palmer, Esq 
Prof. G. A. Carus-Wilson.... 
Electric Welding Company 
(Boston) 
Professor 
ville, Maine) 
Messrs. Sharp, Stewart & Co. 
(Manchester, Eng.) 
Messrs. Hadfield (Sheffield) .. 
W. C. McDonald, Esq.. ....-. Fxperi- 
mental Pump 
Canadian General Electric Co 
Electrie Drill 
Canadian General Electric Co 
Edison Generator 
National Electric Mfg. Co 
100-volt. Transformer 
Framed Photo- 
graph of the Moon 
W. ©. McDonald, Esq Piano 
FP. Reddaway & Co 


D. Egleston.. 


(value $50.00) 
Model of 
Steam Engine 
©. F. Lindsay & Equipment 
Canadian Pacific Railway Co 
‘limber Beams of large Scantling 
for Testing Laboratory 
McLaughlin Bros...... Timber Beams 
of large Scantling for Testing 
Laboratory 
British Columbian Mills, Timber 
and Trading Company..... Timber 
Beams of large Scantling for 
Testing Laboratory 
T. J. Claxton, Esq Timber 
Beams of large Scantling for 
Testing Laboratory 
Framed 
Photos of Bridges (2) 
Pennsylvania Railroad Co... Work- 
ing Drawings of Locomotives (32) 
Rhode Island Locomotive Works... 
Photos of Locomotives 
A. G. Lyster, Esq....----. .. Drawings 
and Sketches of London and 
Liverpool Docks 
The Geo. F. Blake Mnfg. Co 
Blue Prints of Pump 
Blue Prints of 
Machinery 


P. H. Cowper, Esq.. 


CB. 


Smith, Esq 


Yates & Thom 


' Felton & Guilleaume.. ......Samples 


; of Cable Wire, etc. 
The Steel Company of Scotland 
Samples of Cable Wire, ete. 
of about $80,000. 





7 FACULTY OF APPLIED SCIENCE LIBRARY ENDOWMENT. 





ME PATON ooh he cssoenc cei SPAS bh We eROMGOM cies Mosckatel avees (edule $25 
Mie PDE CE ven cael usn cs ddpe Sa bentley Tikeaeaays Ree Deere Reker: obo tbat, Weds 6eid, ots 25 
PRP MOR oel ack: ccs sict pribsuiee cs 50? Rebtn. & Sadler... ccceudee. sc cncaton © 50 
ee 1 eet SPIE BD eae SNA US iy & 100 | J. Robertson, Esq ..... i... .c.seeeee es 50 
Hughes & Stephenson...... ......... . 100 | — 
R. Mitchell...........0 be ahaeaews coceuunt 300 $750 


Ill. ENDOWMENTS AND SUBSCRIPTIONS IN AID OF 
THE FACULTY OF MEDICINE. 


l. LEANCHOIL ENDOWMENT. 


Hon. Sir Donald A. RUTH) IK, NEG cos wassi anes oe carved deneatae We uneue obien thee DOL ODE 
2. CAMPBELL MEMORIAL ENDOW MENT—$53,00. 


Ustablished to commemorate the service rendered to the Faculty during 40 
years by the late Dean George W. Campbell, M.D, LL.D. 


Mrs G. W. Campbell.........’.........$2000 : BE. K. & G. A. Greene, Esqrs ....... $500 


Bet eT T ATS LOG ,snnen veosemetebacivae [500% RR. As naith, Bsa tstityenteacs ues: 500 
Hon, Sir D.. A; Smiths .c...0csc.... 1500 : George Hague, Esq..e... cceeeeesee 500 
Sir George Stephen, Bart............ L000's9. K. Wired, Bsai....¢) “s.uth euere bane 500 
Bere AMES, FSSC eis .c seed: vedenese as 1000: Warden King, Hsq .....0.0 256... c.e0e, 500 
George A. Drummond, Esq......... 1000 : John Stirling, Esq. .......... 2.0... 500 
BIO. MMPTAY, TUS ....5 ibisse sevesese 1000 : John Rankin, Esq. ......cc003, bidscoes 900 
Robert Moat, Hisq ...... -..ece-+ s.eeee 1000; Messrs. Cantlie, Ewan & Co. ...... 500 
W. C. McDonald, Bagq....... .......00.. 1000} Robert Reford, Esq vscss sssseecse sees 500 
PRAMR TOIL a ibew asta thecadssosmees ob tvcurss 1000 |. Messrs. J. & W. Ogilvie ....0......00, 500 
Duncan McIntyre, Hsq............000.. 1000 | Randolph Hersey, Esq...... Er ma 500 
BOK. BUR: Wa ies ccsnaxs es reoenn 1000 | John A. Pillow, Esq 20... .ccccesseees 500 
PR a POLL, LOGE os ciy noes subiesys.ccdves IGOO"| SS. CALrsiGys eG v.saccsk stscSeansveskul, 500 
M. H. Gault, E<q.......... Saree se 1000] D. C., MacCallam, M.D .............. 500 
WW . Stephon, Wg ..sen ccscecscapees 1000 | Messrs. McLachlan Bros...... ....... 500 
James Benning, Hsq ......+ ..cesseees 1000 | Messrs. 8S. Greenshields, Son & Co. 500 
Ree HU WALG. MD as ccinneiee nprsscns 1000 | Jonathan Hodgson, Esq........ ..... 500 
Frank Buller, M.D...... ..es00 -+--+-. 1000 | Duncan McEachran, Esq.,+F. R. 

G. B. & J. H. Burland, Esqs..... .. TOG Ty SW. We tods wasrhetee wang peur eeen 500 
Miss Elizabeth C. Benny.............. 1000 | George Rogs, MiDsii.c.ccciis.s-ssee. ose 500 
pers VV LIGIED  AUBO nie + aps engines avees 1000 | T. G. Roddick, M.D...... Series a Oe 
Mrs. John’ Redpath............000 sevees 1000 | Wm. Garuer, M.D: >... lice... 500 
Hon. John Hamilton......... -......4. 1000 G. P. Girdwood, M.D ..........4.c000. 500 
Ov osak, bess cahean Cavenscctvas 1000.| G. E. Fenwick, M.D...... c.006 0s . 500 
BGO MACKAY. T0SQ j..0v- vocece ase sesee 1000 | Alex. Ramsay, Esq...... ebay Changes 500 
Hector McKenzie, Haq...... .....0..2. 1000 | Messrs. Cochrane, Cassils & Co. 100 
Thomas Workman, Esq...... cs... 1000 | Sir Joseph Hickson.........ccecsceeeees 500 
Hugh McLennan, Hsq........4. ss. 1000} Allan Gilmour, Esq. Ottawa.....' 500 
Saha WY OO, FOGG ia csbc ontddyiesecores tee 1000 | R. W. Shepherd, Hsq ...2.....+5..000 500 
James Burnett, Hsq.. 2. ...... ccceeee 500 | Miles Williams, E8q.........00+..006e. 300 
Andrew Robertson, Esq... ......... 500 | Charles F. Smithers, Hsq...... ...... 250 
Robert McKay, Hsq ssc. ....,c000se000e 500 | John Kerry, Hsq...... sescosssseeeseeees 250 
FOOT HONG MBO 0: ccesievnnts vecicencneses 500 | A. Baumgarten, Esq ........00+.sscee es 250 
Alex. Urquhart, Hsq.....:....0s- s.000 500 | R. W. Elmenhorst, Ksq............... 250 





























































ty Sees 
7 


W. Fo Lewis, Haq... ssesers-sstervease 250 


George Armstrong, Hsq...... «+ «+. 250 
J. M. Douglas, Hsq...... ..-26. --sseeees 250 
Messrs. H. Lyman, Sons & Co...... 250 
William Osler, M.D.......csc0+..seevee- 250 
F. J. Shepherd, M.D..........46 ssseeee: 250 
Benj. Dawson, Hsq....-. .scee ceseeeres 200 
R. Wolff, Esq...,...,-0ersec-seves sascers. 150 
James Stuart, M.D...... ...eseeee eevee 150 
A. T. Paterson, Hsq......seee.s-see 100 
H. W: Thornton, M.D. (New Rich- 
TORE, QO) ...c0- deswesiucoteraevece aeeses 100 
M. EB. David, Hsq..........0+ esses seeees 100 


C. B. Harvey, M.D. (Yale, B.C.)..... 100 
D. Cluness, M.D. (Nanaimo, B.C.) 100 


W.,Kinlock, Esq................ .. 100 
Hua & Richardson........... ... 100 
Mrs. Cuthbert (N. Richmond, Q.). 100 
Jus Drake, MD cs. cciiiecilss cesses 100 
Hugh Paton, Hsq...... Saeotedtie Spokes 100 
RavP. Godfrey, M.D.....+ sees vereveees 100 
T. A. Rodger, M.D,..... 0.00. ssseees 100 
WAS PCT, TSO soe one th steees sotees 100 
George Wood, M.D. (Faribault, 
PALE.) vino c ereds> geen tcsnencesvemAeises 100 
A. A. Browne, M.D... sess cecese seees 100 
George Wilkins, M.D ....-.......seeees 100 | 
R. L. McDonnell, M.D...... ... ..0... 100 
Joseph Workman, M.D. (Toronto). 50 
Mos. IP AY ©, Gal tis espsc: iseny saunas 50 


Henry Lunam, B.A., M.D. (Camp- 
HELO DBs) cives:s,co0s, sasansconeds 
Re J: B: Howard, M.D. ..2 cents. 20 


3. ENDOWED 


280 


T. J. Alloway, M.D 2.00. ..406 serseeees 
Louis T. Marceau, M.D. (Napier- 

Ville, ’Q.),<csve cones pine areas 25 
Griffith Evans, M.D. (Vet. Dept. 

A TINY) .cccce ceccrecccensesseoned ones a 
J.J. Farley, M.D. (Belleville)...... 25 
Henry R. Gray, Esq .ccce  seosseeesees 25 
J. E. Brouse, M.D. (Prescott) ..... 20 
R. F. Rinfret (Quebec)......... $20 
Robt. Howard, M.D. (St Johns) 20 
Drs. J. & D.J. McIntosh (Vank- 

leek Hill) ....cis.a.scceseses ci 20 
J. H. McBean, M.D... = -....... 15 
J.C. Rattray,M.D.(Cobden,O. ) 10 
KE. H. Howard, M.D. (Lachine) 10 
J. W. Oliver, M.D.(Clifton, O.) 10 
D. A. McDougall, M.D. 

(Ottawa, O.)...00. coer cereerens 10 
A. Poussette, M.D. (Sarnia, O.) 10 
A. Ruttan, M.D. (Napanee, VU. ) 10 
Jas. Gunn, M.D. (Durham, O.) 10 
J. McDiarmid, M.D. (Hensall, 

W.J. Derby,M.D.(Rockland,O) 5 
J.Gillies, M.D. (Teeswater, VO.) 5 
| J. B. Benson, M.D. (Chatham, 

IND: Jee dey <oebannedbeinescne eeners 5 

| L, A. Fortier, M.D. (St David, 

RD.) seas evade beg cs sxomeareemnee nen 
J. A. Merthur, M.D. (fort 

lain, Ospiisseddes ites atebotves 5 
John Campbell, M.D.(Seaforth 

"ie ate er) 5 


CHAIRS, ETC. 


Sir Donald A. Smith Chair of Pathology in the Faculty of Medicine, en- 


dowed in 1893 by the Hon. Sir Donald A, Smith with the sum of..... 


350.000 


¢ 


Sir Donald A. Smith Department of Hygiene in the Faculty of Medicine, 
endowed in 1893 by the Hon. Sir Donald A. Smith with the sum of... 50,000 
Mrs. Mary Dow Bequrst—Bequest by the will of the late Mrs. Mary Dow 
for the Faculty of Medicine, 1893, $10,000, less Government tax of 


LO POF CONT. 2.5. since vevccscss ssvesscneved veces receses cceccesce scumeuany Bensenesges erases $9,000 
Joux H. R. Motson Donation—Donation by J. H. R. Molson, Esq., to the 

Faculty of Medecine of McGill University, $25,000 for the purchase 

of land, and $35,000 for additional building and equipment............ $60,000 
Water Drake, Esq., for benefit of Chair of Physiology, interest annually 

ON $10,000, session 1891 tO 1RD2Q-3B..........eeccssseerecrsees sseesscereseond oo save $ 500 
Mrs. JouN McDouGatt, toward formation of a Dr. Craik Fund............... $ 500 
JANE F, Learmont, bequest do G0 -N' ln eae $3,000 


4. MEDALS AND SCHOLARSHIPS. 


In 1865 the “ Holmes Gold Medal” was founded by the Faculty of Medicine as 
a memorial of the late Andrew Holmes, Esq., M.D., LL.D., late Dean of the 


Faculty of Medicine, to be given to 
in Medicine, who should undergo a 
whether Primary or Final. 


the best student in the graduating class, 
special examination in all the branches 
















281 


In 1878 the “ Sutherland Gold Medal’’ was founded by Mrs. Sutherland of Mon. 
treal, in memory of her late husband, Prof. William Sutherland, M.D., for com- 
petition in the classes of Theoretical and Practical © hemistry in the Faculty 
of Medicine, together with creditable standing in the Primary Examinations. 

Tae Davip Morrice Scnotarsuip—in the subject of Institutes of Medicine, in 
the Faculty of Medicine—founded in 1881—value $100. (Terminated in 1883.) 





5. LIBRARY, MUSEUM AND APPARATUS. 


bo 


for the fittings of the Library and Museum of the Faculty of Medicine, 187 


G. W. Campbell, A.M., M.D..... $1200 | Robert Craik, M.D ..........0sa000. $200: 
Mis We. ICO, MD i osss cc cecccaste see 200 | Geo. HE. Fenwick, M.D.....:...0:. 200 
We. Wright, M.D)... cccsbs ecco 200 | Joseph M. Drake, M.D............ 200 
Robert P. Howard, M.D........... 200 | George Ross, M.A., M.D......... 50: 


Duncan ©. MacCallum, M.D... 200 





The Professors and Lecturers in the ¢ Donation to Apparatus Museum, ) 
Summer Sessions of the Facultyof} Library, etc., of the Medical [ 2905. 
PROMO IG oni shies satan dc) osdian-ch; canis Faculty, 1887, $1,182; 1888, coe hd 
$1,023. ; 
For Physiological Laboratory of Facully of Medicine, 1879. 
BPR PRMY DIGI 02504 lkce sve veu ue toecces BuO’ |) Ta ROGAN Yeas £50 
PPeRTOM MPs ht ee a. LUO | BOT. FROGAICR:....vtaecleswnacameecu tues 50 
SENTRA is) w 07 cv vickae scbuae si vtcs LOO’. |) Dr. Billie .t sc. 04) conan, ban 50 
PE MOCUGH UI. 1.0 icia-tessereccnec BOO | Dir. Graritatien. 2 c55-. tues cack bas 50: 
LPP DTRRG 605.0200: a a eta LOO! | DUES BEOE ia cSoleeponesedes sateen ere 50: 
Dr. Godfrey......... Stnacecees canoes 100 — 
Dr. McKachran, F.R.OU.V.S...... 100 $950 
Cameron Obstetrical Collections. 
Berar Cs OMI PONT as ec Pe ee in ene aio Deel Haan due eee ete ene $10,000 


6, MISCELLANEOUS. 


Anonymous Donor toward Expenses of Pathology for Session 1892-3....... $500 


IV. ENDOWMENTS AND SUBSCRIPTIONS FOR THE 
FACULTY OF LAW. 


1. ENDOWED CHAIRS, ETC. 


Tae Gate Cuair, in the Faculty of Law, endowed by the late Mrs. Andrew 
Stuart (née Agnes Logan Gale) of Montreal, in memory of her father, the 
late Honourable Mr, Justice Gale,—$25,000 ; part received, May, 1894. 

Tur Wittiam ©. McDonatp Faculty of Law Endowment, founded by William C.. 


. 


McDonald, Esq. (1890)—$150,000. 
2. MEDAL, 


In 1865 the “ Elizabeth Torrance Gold Medal’’ was founded and endowed by John 
Torrance, Esq., of St. Antoine Hall, Montreal, in memory of the late Mrs, John 
Torrance, for the best student in the graduating class in Law, and more espe- 
cially for the highest proficiency in Roman Law. 











John Thorburn, for purchase of 


Andrew Drummond, 


P2R9 


V. LIBRARY, MUSEUM AND APPARATUS. 
I. LIBRARY. 
i. SPECIAL COLLECTIONS OF BOOKS PRESENTED TO THE LIBRARY. 


. The Peter Redpath Collection of Historical Books, presented by Peter Red- 

‘path, Esq., of Montreal, 2676 Volumes, with subsequent additions. — 

The Robson Collection of works in Archeology and General Literature, 
presented by Dr. John Robson, of Warrington, England, 3436 Volumes. 

3. The Charles Alexander Collection of Classical Works, presented by C. Alex- 
ander, Esq-, of Montreal, 221 Volumes. 

. Frederick Griffin, [sq., Q.C., Collection of Books, 
Library, bequeathed by his will, 2695 Volumes. 

. The Hon. Mr. Justice MacKay, Collection of Books, 
Library, 2007 Volumes, 
The * T. D. King Shakespeare Collection,” presented by the Hon. Sir Donald 
A. Smith and W. ©. McDonald. Esq., of Montreal, being 214 Volumes. 


being the whole of his 


being the whole of his 


2. SUBSCRIPTIONS, ETC., TO LIBRARY. 


Hon. Sir Donald A. Smith, for 
purchase of books from the 
R. W. Boodle Library 

Ottawa ValleyGraduates Society, 


L203) 9 a 
$200 


for Applied Science 


Hon. F.W. Torrance, for Endow- 
ment of Mental and Moral Phi- 
losophy Book Fund 

Mrs. Redpath, for the endowment 
of the Wm. Wood Redpath 
Library Fund... .. 

“A Friend, by the 
Torrance 

The Graduates in Arts and Ap- 
plied Science of 1885 for pur- 


Hon. > F. 


1000 


L000 


for binding books in the Uni- 
VESEY DIOTE VA J cs0 Soa Se Rasotnas 
Hugh §S. MeLennan, Library 
Endowment, a gift from Estate 
late Hugh 8S. McLennan to the 
Library of McGill College, the 
income to be applied to bind- 
ing 
Peter 


the new catalogue of the 


tedpath, Esq., in aid of 


chase of Books..........<. ‘ 
Do ot 1886 
The late R. A. Ramsay, Esq., 
Bequest for purchase of books 
‘Wao. Molson, Esq., for Endow- 
ment of a Library Fund 
Andrew Drummond, Esq,, to Li- 
brary Fund of Faculty of Ap- 
PNGGISCICNGE 5s ie esctces occ 


Library (1892)...... 

Miss Elizabeth Binmore, M. A., 
for the purchase of Botanical 
BOOKS -2. 20080 


LOO0 


1000 


3. SPECIAL COLLECTIONS PRESENTED TO -THE MUSEUM. 


. The Holmes Herbarium, presented by the late Andrew F. Holmes, M.D. 
2. ae Carpenter Collections of Shells, presented by the late P. P. Carpenter, 
h.D. 
The Collection of Casts of Ivory Carving; issued by the Arundel Society, 
presented by Henry Chapman, Esq. | 
. The McCulloch Collection of Birds and Mammals, collected by the late Dr. 
M. McCulloch, of Montreal, and presented by his heirs. 
- 5. The Logan Memorial Collections of Specimens in Geology and Natural His- 
tory, presented by the heirs of the late Sir W. E. Logan, LL.D., F.R.S. 





sO 
Zoo 


6. The Dawson Collection in Geology and chagreptig es being the Private 
Collections of Principal Dawson, presented by him to the Museum. 

7. The Bowles Collection of Lepidoptera, presented by W. OC. McDonald, Esq., 
and J.H. Burland, Esq. 


R. Morton Middleton, Jr., London, Eng. Collection of Plants. 


(See also “ List of Donations to the Library and Museum,”’’ printed annually 
in the Calendar and Report of the Museum. 


t. SUBSCRIPTIONS, ETC., FOR THE MUSEUM. 


T. J. Claxton, Esq., for purchase A Lady, for Museum Expenses 

of Specimens for Museum...... $ 250 from 1882. tO 1804 acic ii he ccth xk $7000 
Wm. Molson, Esq., for Endow- A friend for the pure hase of spe- 

ment of a Museum Fund........ . 2000 cimens for the Museum......... « 1900 
Peter Redpath, Esq., for Museum Jobn H, R. Molson for purchase 

Expenses, $1000 per annum of book on “ Butterflies of East-. 

fan S82" 00 1898 ck ace 12,000 ern U.S. and Canada ”’’......... es 50 
Mrs. H. G. Frothingham, for the Hon. Sir Donald A. Smith, for 

arrangement of Dr.Carpenter’s mounting skin and skeleton of 

Collection of Mazatlan shells. 233 MUSK OES ci cinices heneearnnoes Pees - 150 
Peter Redpath, Esq., for improve- 

ments to Museum........ eros o EOD 


5. FOR APPARATUS. 


William Molson, Esq., Philoso Chas. Gibb, b.A., donation for 
phical Apparatus, L867 ....... . $500 | Apparatusin Applied Science. $50 
John H. R. Molson, Esq., for The Local Committee for the 
CDE SAME .....s00 caved ecess Live tees 500 reception (1881) of American 
Peter Redpath, Esq., for the Society of Civil’ Engineers 
RAMS... 0s Mises oe ELS Sas anslemanes 500 For the purchase otf appli- 
George Moffatt sq., for the ( ances for the depute (7n 
TEPC re dba Wide gp jp Sea lwod dedh as Heed see «8360 of Civil Engineering in , = 
Andrew Robertson, Ksq., for Faculty of Applied Sce... ) 
the same ...... se sreseeereeeres, 100 | Capt. Adams, Chemical Appar- 
John Frothinghat um, Ksq., for i JL CS hivktonpsaks en. madbasthysaare tones 10 
SEU SAIESO cies recta -cnom senadu bans 100 | J. H. Burland, B.A. Se., Chemi- 
David Torrance, Esq., for the LS cal A pparatus aioe ais 3 25 
BAMIG.i..00... psartvnd ca’ <supee kon geaegwes 100 Ae: Redpath, Storage battery.. 400 
A Telescope and ne Pry aee | W. C. McDonald, Hsq., fittings 
Instruments, the gift of Chas. of upper Chemical Labora- 
T, Blackman, Esq., of Mont- TOEFL diGu; satees! Ledelisveeiiraaee 2075 
real, and called after his name. | The Local Committee of the 
Thos. J. Barron, B.A., for Phil- | British Association for the 
osophical ApparatuS...........0. 50 | Advancement of Science, to 
J. H. R. Molson, Esq., Dynamo, | found the British Association 
Gas Engine and fixtures... .... 1792 | Apparatus Fund in the Fa- 
A Lady, for the purchase of culties of Arts and Applied 
Mining Models........000: cesses 1000 | Science, in commemoration of 
Thos. McDougall, Esq., the | the meeting of the Association 
UN shes eecinv gonne dy GinksvnealWiadanss 25 | in Muutreal in 1884 ..,.......:... . 1500 
J. Livesey, Esq. ; through ‘Dr. A. J. Lawson, a Dynamo. 
Harrington, for the same...... 50 | Benjamin Dawson, 3  Micro- 
Geo. Stephen, Hsq., for the same. 50 scopes, 


B= AR 
. 


i. 
: . Sek 


ae 


a ua | 





284 


VI. SUBSCRIPTIONS FOR SPECIAL OBJECTS. 


1. FOR A BUILDING FOR THE CARPENTER COLLECTION OF SHELLS, 


500 
500 
100 
100 
100 


Peter Redpath, Esq.........-.-++++« $ 
William Molson, Esq 

Harrison Stephen, Esq 

Robert J. Reekie, Esq 

John H.R. Molson, Esq 

Sir Wm. E. Logan, Esq., F’. 

John Molson, Esq..... 

Thos. Workman, Hs 

Geo. 4. Frothingham, Esq........ 


2. FOR THE ERECTION OF 


William Molson, Esq 

John H. R. Molson, Esq............ 
William Workman, Esq 

Joseph Tiffin, jun., Esq 

Thos. J. Claxton, Esq 

James Linton, Esq 

William McDougall, Esq..... ..... 
Charles J. Brydges, Hsq.. ......:. 
George A. Drummond, Ksq...... 
Thomas Rimmer, Esq 

William Dow, Esq 


100 f 
100 | 
100 | 
100 | 


1868, 


Wm. Dow, Esq 

Thos. Rimmer, Esq 

Andrew Robertson, Hsq............ 
Mrs. Redpath 

Benaiah Gibb, Esq 

Honorable John Rose...... ++. .+-++ 


THE LODGE AND GATES. 


| John Frothingham, Esq...... 
| James A. Mathewson, H¢q........ 


Peter Redpath, Esq.........s0+ secre 
G. H. Frothingham, Esq........... 
G. D. Ferrier, Esq...... uhwaipes sana 
Geo. W. Warner, Esq 

John Smith, Esq 

Charles Alexander, Esq..........- 
J. Evans, Esq _.. 
Henry Lyman, Hsq 


3. FOR THE SUPPORT OF THE CHAIR OF BOTANY, 


Principal Dawson 

Hon. Sir D. A. Smith 

Pestle RS MOIBON) sy 5s tersenss (Ss peeves 
Mrs. J. H. R. Molson, Esq 

G. Hague, Esq 

Mrs. Redpath 

Hugh McKay, Esq 

Robert Moat, Esq 

W. C. McDonald, Esq 

Charles Gibb, Esq 

Miss OBRGOV ios iN eee hes 
Robert McKay, Es 

Mrs. Molson.......... 

Mrs. John Molson 

John Stirling, Esq 

Warden King, Hsq.......sc00ceceee 
Miss Hall 

Robert Angus, Esq 

D. A. P. Watt, Esq 

Hugh McLennan, Esq 

Sir Joseph Hickson 

Mrs. Phillips...... 


$500 


per annum, for 5 years, 
ce as “ 




































4. SUBSCRIPTIONS TO BOTANIC GARDEN. 1890-91, 


Hugh McLennan, Esq .............. $100 ; Jonathan Brown, Esq...........005. $100 
Gilman Cheney, Esq ........ se... 100 | Jonathan Hodgson, Hsoq............ 100 
James Johnston, Esq............00 100 Robert Mackay, Esq ..... ......00 100 
James Slessor, Hsq............s0000- 100° | By Shorey, Mad,..écs casss wes sienes 50 
MRRPEO TES HBG da ciasioswe. conn scaveuss LOO.) J.dS. Shearer, Bsayisic.:cses sscss. 50 
Hugh Graham, Esq.............6.... 100 Geo, Sumner, Hsq.isseocvces seseos 25 
inten GROUIG, HBG ciccw es, (evesvee esis 100 A. Ramsay & 00.0260. 2.05. cosee 25 
W. T. Costigan, Esq.............+ LOO: lO NGRPERE We OG ep aiteaedevvns | t. Gacechs 25 


5. TO ERECT PLANT HOUSE IN BOTANIC GARDEN. 


ret OMAN AUSTEN... ......04 006s eachednadltedolaieceee ween eae $362 00 
See REC GOR, LONG” sive. .expne crocs svevcivsoniuaes, Mbustueedh Ee a 361 51 
perenne, O MGDOn ald s Begs 2...5)..0500.c08ec.usas ova clbldcven edie.  Piaaddeneer veveneaee 361 02 





$1084 53 
6. IN AID OF THE CHAIR OF HEBREW. 


Warden King, Esq...... ...000 sees in 1889 $50 per annum, 3 years, being... $150 
Principal Sir William Dawson... “ 50 - e Sy ve 150 
Hon. Hugh Mackay.................. * 50 me 2 eRe. 150 
OO 8 OF an “ 25 oc a s 75 
RyOG, IAPUC, TOEG ..0scsecc0e ssecbends * 25 se “y Fi as 75 
Bs tel DAWES, «NSA sess cacoes veveveess ce 25 a me te 75 
RPRPMEDIPY, TOS... ..tcecescecvccevnence 25 x ee a Se 75 
BaP IRs LGBG 05 sacs acess vecews Sesyes? BM SOS ask’ eses~ cased! bebab, cenkeoeee ae 20 
Warden King, Esq..........00..5 avert $50 per annum for 3 years........ 150 
EPS GARG, HBG... oiscevs ce cesiirvecve . 50 2 eee 150 
Robert MacKay, Esq......... cece rf 50 * Te iw) eee 150 
Hugh McLennan, Esq............ ... . 25 - OC nc y hinanseaes 75 
George Hague, Hsq...... ......c000e ‘i 25 4s ai PORE 75 
ZT. A. Dawes, Haq.......6 cesssecesees + 25 s - 75 
Bee PRO SIO Ys LUSC ..06 toseey le cves events "i 91} (paedlars aba ebay cube SV ous eenande beatae MUTE 25 
Oe MaP DO Y, sip isons s cases <csers: saree Say PrMelkv adibn ey aetdpaeaia Wows Canteen tocemruile 25 


7, FOR MUSICAL INSTRUCTION IN THE DONALDA SPECIAL COURSE 
FOR WOMEN. 


Hon. Sir Donald A. Smith, session 1889-90...... en eR See bneiennieh vpaaea side wardens when 200 
a - 4 1890-91 ...... ,teses Vader siwhhey wasceuberenascest enue 200 


8. FOUNDER’S TOMB. 


R. A. Ramsay, M.A., B.C.L., to defray the expenses of re-erecting the tomb 
of the late Hon. James McGill 


9. UNIVERSITY PORTRAITS AND BUSTS. 


Portrait of the Founder, presented by the late Thomas Blackwood, Esq. 
Portrait of William Molson, Esq., presented to the University. 


Bust of William Molson, Esq., by Marshall Wood, presented by Graduates of the 
University. 


=} a 4 = 


— tj 


Cy Se 


= 


a 
“! 


wet me 


a * 





Oo, 
ty 


ae 


Portrait of Peter Redpath, Esq., painted by Sydney Hodges, presented by Citizens: 
of Montreal. 

Portrait of Rev. Dr. Leach, by Wyatt Eaton, presented by Graduates of the 
University. 

Portrait of Sir William Dawson, by Wyatt Eaton, presented by Friends and 
Graduates of the University. 

Portrait of Hon. James Ferrier, by Robert Harris, presented by Friends and 
Graduates of the University. 

Portrait of Dr. William Robertson, founder of the Medical Faculty, presented in 
loving remembrance by his family and descendants. 


10. ENDOWMENT, HELD IN TRUST BY THE BOARD OF ROYAL 
NSTITUTION. 


The “Hannah Willard Lyman Memorial Fund,” contributed by subscription of 
former pupils of Miss Lyman, and invested as a permanent endowment to fur- 
nish annually a Scholarship or Prize in a “ College for Women ”’ affiliated to the 
University, or in classes for the Higher Education of Women approved by the 
University. The amount of the fund is at present $1,100. 


VII. THE GRADUATES’ FUNDS. 
1. THE FUND FOR ENDOWMENT OF THE LIBRARY. 


The Graduates’ Society of the University, in 1876, passed the following Keso- 
lution :— 

Resolved :—“ That the members and graduates be invited to subscribe to a 
‘¢fund for the endowment of the Libraries of the University ; said fund to be in 
“ vested and the proceeds applied under the supervision of the Council of the 
« Society in annual additions to the Libraries; an equitable division of said pro- 
« eeeds to be made by the Council between the University Library and those of 
“The Professional Faculties.”’ 

In terms thereof subscriptions have been paid in to the ‘Graduates’ 
Society, amounting in all to $3,090, the interest on which is annually 
expended in the purchase of books for the several libraries under the direction of 
a special committee appointed tor that purpose. 


9. THE DAWSON FELLOWSHIP FOUNDATION. 


The Graduates’ Society of the University, in 1880, and in commemoration of 
the completion-by Dr. Dawson of his twenty-fifth year as Principal, resolved to 
raise, with the assistance of their friends, a fund towards the Endowment of the 
Fellowship, under the above name. 

Details of the scheme can be had from the Treasurer, J. H. Burland, B.A.Se. 
The following subscriptions have been announced to date, May Ist, 1889. They 
are payable in one sum, in instalments, without interest or with interest till 
payment of capital, as subscribers have elected,. 





237 
A lpha betically ad rrange i. 


Abbott, H., B.C ee Lyman, H. H., M 


Archibald, By B.A. Sc. . 
Bethune, M. B., M.A., 
Carter, 0, B., B.C. L. 
Cruicks hank. Nhe 
Dawson, W. 

Dongall, = 

Gibb, C.. 

Hall, Rev. a Se Rt eae ee 
Hall, J.S., jun., B.A., 
Harrington, B J., B A., 
Hutchinson, M. 
Kirby, Liki. D.. 


Krans, Res EK. H. yA A. *bL.D. 


Leet, ‘g Pp. mS 
Lighthall, W. D., 


Lyman, A. ( 
McCormick, D., 
McGibbon, R. D., 
McGoun, A., jun., 
McLennan, J. S., E 
Ramsay, R. 
Spencer, J. 
Stephen, ©. 
Stewart, D. A., 
Stewart, J., M. 
Tait, M. M., 
Taylor, A. U 
Trenholme, N. W. a MA , DAA 


Total to date..........; &: 

















EXAMINATION PAPERS 


OF THE 


McGILL UNIVERSITY, a 


MONTREAL, 





SESSION OF 1893-94, 





SHontreal : 
PRINTED BY JOHN LOVELL & SON, 
ST. NICHOLAS STREET. 


1894. 








ORDER OF EXAMINATION PAPERS. 


1. FACULTY OF ARTS. 
PAGE 
MATRICULATION, SCHOLARSHIPS AND EXHIBITIONS, 1893 occ. sscele aces oc... 2 





SESSIONAL EXAMINATI( INS, 1894. 


CLASSICS —— Ordinary -occeccicees cocces cece i“ Veena ond Uevevebes. wneett saeiee bate 93 
_ Se, ee Se OEM ace Fey bv onveree! ead 
MATHEMATICS AND NATURAL PHILOSOPHY : —Ordinary 
ee os ef oF FT OR OUT sesie coissincdtods . 164 
ENGLisH LancuaGe ann Litera RE > —Ordinary...cecees scteesiees PS oe 177 
66 ec e = LONOUP ss scbh boos so ccs ee eces L8G 
Logic, MpnraL anp MorAL PHILOSOPHY :— Ordinary itvds cotuis Ms scutes 204 
: :' LON OUF Rice ck A 
FRENCH :—Ordinary ....... ee nveddys OesnGivads, Lobeh olepns Veoded lopien conte eee 215 
se LOW acne worsieon' itsuysoeiniersssssted. visit edible sale ee 
(FERMAN : PURGES Pacteied eectuset coved icaconevsev ides Koes tens date pate: FEZ 
" POPE eh dave bua'icakpa' bgtls ooskeeed as te ee @vecesne-sees sevteccce 2OG 
HEBREW......... WM Caras Asides s vedas edi sel (eailagewavacsouc acdc dedleG ecissee scuetee becdes. Oe 
NATURAL SCIENCE (Chemistry—Botany —Zoology — Geology—Mineral- 
ogy and Lithology): 
Ordinary ORR cig tae Ue WEE eee AT vies thew ucice cy Ohukay Cebuee beenerecasedecsaul 251 


CR OMU seit cataices Hd Ae vtidessit cies Wien ee als bidatdeceds a i ihes Se 255 





ENTRANCE EXAMINATIONS, ETC., 1893 .....0.. ......... qdbn due bewed ineie cries Gules 8] 
MATHEMATICS, BY «sie s6s 40 iwe eeedte WN See te beds cima cd veunee  odenGaadbuuadactio: pee a 265 
BPN RRBIN eo i case ss onhe nsohebau sesbende gta sevees riores dace labedccgdoilondth 310 


emer RENE GROMMET F 15 J. <scvedeWivbilh doug aabicl caller Nelic a, seeseevenss 2! 

PRACTICAL CHEMISTRY, MINING, BTC... .sseeccceeee'scss.,, pial Seaeedne eri levee 303 

Mopern Lancuaces, Natcrat anp Prysicat. SCIENCE,—(See Arts 
Examinations ). 


3. UNIVERSITY SCHOOL EXAMINATIONS. 


PRELIMINARY SUBJECTS......0<c sesses 0... ‘les tebce sid aust Sieeeis Hissadhei 337 
UPTIONAL DSUBIBOTS..cccs secocs aces. pO Oe oe eees veeenscsence eee COS 80888 t ve eees ceeeen ou & 
BREET APROMED LAR re 5 UAV PSGON cata gs° ys 0s aosand Va erdrdee eeu cenendeloule cma. are eee wees! ONS 


— 





ee 





McGILL UNIVERSITY. 
MONTREAL. 


ENTRANCE, EXH] 
HXAMINATIONS. 


SEPTEMBER, 1893. 


BITION AND SCHe \LARSHIP 











FACULTY OF ARTS. 





FIRST YEAR ENTRANCE. 


> 


GREEK, 


THURSDAY, SEPTEMBER 147H :-— MORNING, 9 To 12. 
EKanaminer ( A. Jupson Eaton, Px.D. 
Mew RP GW ECCT, Se" 6 606s bebe 6 6 0 dee en > 

| JOHN: L. Day, B.A 


| Nore, Candidates will do (A), translate one of t] 
passages of Grae and answer the questions printed at the 
end of that passage ]. 


(A) 


a} ash ee . > r : Ae ? f t 
Decline ooos., OW Ua, VaAVS, LEvsS, vue : EY@, ELS, Mbeyas. 


+) - p | . 4 : a f - : (" fs at 
Z. Inflect the Future Active (throughout ) OL AvV@; the 
Present Indicative Active of Tiuaw (giving the contracted 


forms); the Present Optative Middle of frrnpe. 

3. Name the mood and tense of the following forms. 
a. a (/ ~ . ae 
eihov, evradev, Xe€XUC AL, fact. dbivoyv, ALTr@ual. (Give also 


their prineipal parts, 


4. Translate, and state the principles of Syntax illus— 
trated :— 


aie * y ‘ . ™~ ‘) 5 ] f mae Pp + ‘ 
((t) TavuTa EVEVETO, (O} TO 7 ANCGOS ern dicav7 O TOAE- 
: ; 
ELV, C) VOGOY VOCELLY, (cd) KaXOS TO el oos. (\€) TOAA® 
- 5 


K Pel TTOV €OTL). 


a, Express In Greek : thas man: the sani Wea F We 


Ag wath OILT CWYeS : MWe do 10F beqin Oa? . 
2 

1) } 

7 ~ . - a —— 7 \ , 5s 9 

(b) Aro NEAOLTTACLY NMaAS MEVLAS Kal llaciar, arxr 


MevTot emiaotacG@car 6Tt OvTeE ATOOEOPAKGLY. OLOa 


= tne 4 : ca fe 
ae 


=e me Ey 


& = = 


rm 
= 













































ee 
+ 


rd / y 5 x 7 ati. 

yap O77?) ol YovTar, OUTE ATTOTTEPEVYATLY. eyo yap TpLynpeEls, 
ey e ao \ 5 , . A 5 ~ 4 4 ‘ * » 

Gore EXELY TO EXelLV@V. THOLOD., anra pa TOUS Geovs ovK 
say . + es , ’ . ; P77 ‘ ” 

eyarye AUTOUS OLHE@, OVO = OvVOEIS, WS EVM, EWS MEV AV 


. ° YQ \ 
Tapy TU, Vpopmdal, errevoay Oe amieval BovrAnTAL, TUAAAP@Y 


¥ a ‘ \ 
Kal Ta XpHpara atToovA® ArAAGa 


KAI AUTOS KAK OS TOLW 


} +A / c/ f \ / ’ r 4 
LTMOAV ELOOTES, OTL KAKLOVS item TrEpt has ?) 1 /LELS TrEPt 


EKELVOUS. 

‘bY Kal ibn Te nV wecov mpepas Kal OUT@ KaTapavels 
Hoay ol TONEMLLOL. vind Sé Se(An eyiveTo, Ehary KOVLOPTOS 
W OTE vedberXn NEVK ”, Xpove de TUKVO VOTEPOV WOTEP 


pedavia TLS €V TO Teo Lo €rrl TOAU, 
¢) A@pa 6€ rrELTTAa MeV OL pat cis ye wy avip éhapPave 


cS GS /D 
6 LAT TONKN ta. TAaUTa Oe wT AVTOV } 1) La Alo Ta TOUS pirols dLtEOLOOV 


- 7 / 
porous EXKATTOU OKOTOMYV Kab OTOU pariota 


7 pos TOUS 7 
r ; e/ ; cw / \ e/ ~ , . wn / 
Op@?) EXAGTOV O€OMEVOV, KAL OCA TOW COWLATL AUTCU KOO [LOV 


, a b f \ 4 . f 
TEULTTOL TLS 7) ws ELS KANAWTILO LOD, Kab TEDL TOVT@V NEVyElV 


aprov éhacayv, OTL TO pey EaVTOD TwMpa OVK AV OUVALTO 
covrols Tact KooUNnOnVal,. PiXols O€ KAAWS KEKOT MNMEVOYS 


L, 


‘ f “aah ‘he } ] 
peerytao TOV KOG KLOV AVOPt vowtCol.— Anab. Bk. 


Distinguish carefully between the meaning of three 
verbs, in the first passage for translation, V1Z,, (uTroN€XOI- 
TAaOotY, aTrObEOpaKkad LY, and amTroTrepEevyacw, and derive 
OMANDS | éfexupalve, NevKoPwmpakes, AUTOMLONNT AVTES and 


Wh nd LO@VTAL. 


Il.’ Earerd) 6€ ed€itrvnoav Kat vug EyeveTO, OL MeV Taxb- 
EVTES WKXOVTO, Kal KaTarapBavoval TO apos, ot d€ adXol 
awvToU GVETTAVOVTO. Ol O€ 7 TONEMLOL em €t no Govt 0 a bi rat 
TO Opos, eypuyry oper ay Kal exalovy TUpPa TOAAG OLA VUKTOS. 
’Errerd7 5& Hepa eyevero, Neipicogos pev Ovaodpevos nye 
KATA TNIV OOOV, OL CE TO OPOS KaTadXaPorres KaTa Ta aKpa 

ie) °’ a E f \ . 4 ov 9 x. ~ 
emer ay, Tov 6 av ToXeuiwv TO ev TOA epmevEeV ETL TH 


vrepBory TOU Opous, pepos 0 avrav anrnvra Tos Kata Ta 
















































—e—_—_oo a ee na A RS ee a a 


‘IRST YEAR ENTRANCE. 





aKpa. TWplv O€ OfoU ELtVval TOVS TrOAXOUS ANANA@Y TUL MLY- 


Véaolv Ol KaTa Ta apa, Kal 


_w 


ViEMOLVY Ot HAAVES Kal 


Cw « ' 


% ; . ; ‘ ‘ r se 
OLWKOVC LY. Ky tTouTwm d€ Kal ol de TOD Tediov-o; eV trer- 


‘ nt ¢ . . ; * ; / . 
Ta0TaAL Tay HAA NU@V OPO (L@ eGeorv TT pos TOUS TF APAT 


éeTay- 
i 


A “XY = r 
4 C . ’ . ‘ 7 fF DP \ ae . y - a); 
KEVOUS, Xetpiaodos O€ Paony TAYU EMELTTETO GUY TOLLS 6 ; 
: P A : . lead 
oT AiTats,—Anab. Bk. T\ vl 
‘ Py 
Pht 
+Ive ha - ¢ | j ) 5 SL Ne mh 
(Q) Give bhi Drincipa! Parts, OL .€YEVETO, Tay CEVTeEs , aitad 
. ~* 4 - 2 ; ma rn be ie t 
yoVovrTo, (b) Derive uTEepOoAn.. (c) Define the term vs 
TEXT AC TAL 4 
BOM ee tin ay hake aac ity SLA, al CAS Le 
. aeS ELT] Wi] HW POEL, K pa ] Epov ¢ ETT | be UVOV ETEAAEPD. e 
rr \ W9 5 ; ; ‘ J/\i- . Os ’ t 
® O AEKOVTE ATH Vp TAP Giy aAOSs a TPUye TOLO, hl 
a 9 
CS / . . : ‘ 5 = + eu 
Muppidover O €7t TE KALOLAS Kal VHas tKéeaOny. ne 8 
T , Oo i J : ‘ AY . oat v 
OV O €upoV Tapa TE KALO IN KaAL Vl LErAaWy ee 
“H Vowv’ Wy : , : AQ ‘ vA arp, od ‘3 
Mel QO] OVO apa T@M YE lOgmy) vy? VICE Wa AAEUS . h 
/ / j rAY ir 
T ye aah ; 2¢ ; : 
@ MEV 17 apPnoavre KaAabt ALOOMLEV®@ Pad vI)a 
THT) Vy. « DO 2 ey \yoors br en he ay A Ce ra ieee 
—!INTHV, QUOE TL LLY TPOTEMWVEOV OVE ENEIVTO | 
i ; 
. 5 c / e 5 _ ‘ ; ; / . 
Avrap O EYVY@ NOLV Evi ppect, PWVNTEV TE 


‘ Nalpere, xnpuces, Atos ayryeXot NOE KAL AVOPOD. 
‘Acoop ir’. ob tépwar VULL-S €rraitiol, AXX’ Avapeuvon, 
"O chet pole Bptanioos eivera Kovpns. 

AX aye, Sioveves [latpoxres, €Eaye Kovpns. 

Kai opwiv d05 dye. Td 8 adto fapTupot Eotov 
Llpos te year haKkapov mrpos te Ovntav avé pwrev 
Kat mpos tod Bacidhos amrnveéos, ef rote 8 adte 
Xpew eweio yevntat aeKéa LOLYOV amovat 
Tots aXXows.—lIliad, Bk. I. 

(4) What is the subject of the verb mpoiet ? the object? 
(b) Who were the heralds sent to Achilles ? (c) What are 
the Attic forms of wiv, éueto, Eupmes, now? Sean the first 
two lines 
IV. ‘Os & bre tis 7? éeXehavta yuv7 poivixe winvyn 


Mynovis né Kaepa rapniov éupevac irrev 


FACULTY OF ARIS. 


Keira: 6 év Oadapo, Todees TE PLY NPNTAVTO 


"lararnes popecty” Baowhnt O€ KELTAL si desi, 
: A udorepor, KOG [LOS 0 inrr@ EXAT rhpel TE KUOOS” 
Toiol ror, MeveXae, pravOny ai part pn pol 


Bidvueéee Kvjpat 7 Loe odupa KAN vTreveEs Ger. 


Oi & bre 8% p' és ywpov Eva EvriovTes (KOTO, 
Suv p’ &adov pivovs cv 8 eyxea Kal peéeve avdpov 
XarkxeoOwpnxav atap aorives ouparderoat 
"Erdnvr’ adrjrnol, ToAUS 6 Opumayoos opwpeL, 
"EvOa 8 dw olwwyr te Kal evy@AN TErEV avdpav 
‘Orr, rTov Te Kal OAAUPEVOY. Pee 0 aipart yata. 
‘Os 0 OTE Vel wa ppot TOTAMOL KAT Oper dl peovTes 
Es puoyayKecav Eup Sarderov Odpl “ov VOMp 
K povywy (K MEYANOD, KoltAns evtoale Vvapadpas* 
Tav 6€ Te TNAOTE SovTrov €v oupEeo ly EK AVE TOLLnv” 
"Os Tov pLoyouevary YyevEeTO LaYn TE TOVOS TE. 
Ihad, Bk. ITV. 
(1) Sean the last four verses of ext. (b) noting any 
metrical peculiarities. (2) Give as carefully as you can 
the derivation and meaning of the following: asoroPwpné, 


imrepxvoavTas, pudoT ey, TapaBrAnonv. 


LATIN. 
THURSDAY, Sepr. 14tTH :—AFTERNOON, 
Examiner, A. Jupson Eaton, 
(A) LATIN GRAMMAR. 
1. Decline rex, corpus ; vir liber; unus quisquam ; apse. 


2. Write down the genitive plural of dews, nox, canis, vis. domus; the 
ablative singular of animal, turris, Anchises; the locative of Koma, Phi- 
lippi, rus, domus, Carthago. 








FIRST YEAR ENTRANCI 


w 7 


Sy Compare the adjectives felix, prudens, malevolus, 2d 0neNs ° 


the ad- 
verbs misere, male. parwm. 


4 \ {j ~ +1 > " 4 . ° ; _ . : 
+. (2) Infiect in the Present Subjunctive aud Future indicative of bot) 


voices: laudo, tego, fero. (hb) Write down the [mperfect 


and Pluperfect 
Subjunctive (1st 


person ONLY) of Ortor, potizo] / nlio, VERO. 


3. State the chief rules of Latin Quantity. 


6. Lllustrate AN three of the uses of the genitive case, 


7. Translate into Latin any five of the following sentences: 
(a) You are favored. (6) He was most dear to the whole nation. (ec) 

. . a - -. - —_ 7\ ; FF eer A , , i . 

Fortune favors the brave. (qd) In Caesar’s language the Celtae were 

called Galli. (e¢) And hence he made a league of the 


Then the Helvetii spoke to each other thus: 


A 


noble and rich. (f) 
‘* We will try whether. by 


& passage.” 


joining boats and making rafts, we can force 
(B) Caksar AND Virein. 


(Candidates are requestea to translate two of the following extracts. ang 
answer the questions, 


[. Postero die castra ex eo loco movent: idem facit Caesar: equita- 
tumque omnem, ad numerum quatuor milium, quem ex 
Aeduis atque eorum sociis coactum habebat. praemittit, 
in partes hostes iter faweiant. 


omni Provincia et 
qui videant, quas 
Qui, cupidius novissinum agmen insecut 
alieno loco cum equitatu Helvetiorum proclium committunt; et pauci de 
nostris cadunt. Quo proelio sublati Helvetii. quod quingentis equitibus 


tantam multitudinem equitum propulerant, audacius Subsistere, nonnun. 


quam ex novissimo agmine proelio nostros lacessere, coeperunt. 
Multa ab Caegsare in eam sententiam dicta sunt, quare negotio desistere 

hon posset, et “* neque suam, neque Populi Romani consuetudinem 

uti optime meritos socios desereret ; neque se 


Ariovisti, quam Populi Romani. 


pati 
iudjcare Galliam potius esse 
Bello superatos esse Arvernos et Rutenos 


ab Q. Fabio Maximo, quibus Populus Romanus ignovisset, neque in provin- 


ciam redegisset, neque stipendium Impostisset, Quod si 


Sl antiquissimum 
quodque tempus spectari oporteret, Populi Romani iustissimum esse in 


Gallia imperium ; si iudicium senatus observari oporieret, liberam debere 
esse Galliam, quam bello victam suis legibus uti voluisset.’’—Carsar, 
B.G.I1. 

(a) State clearly the principles of syntax that determine the tlalicized 
forms. 


Il. Kodem fere tempore Caesar, etsi prope exacta iam aestas e 
quod omni Gallia pacata Morini Menapiique supererant qui 


rat, tamen 
in armis essent 


a 










































tAiit 

















riter confici posse eo exercitum adduxit; qui longe alia ratione ac reliqui 


Galli bellum gverere coeperunt. Nam quod Intelliveodant MAaArdAIMaAs Hatviones 
7W2e 7 lin rn nniecan? lax narata ; ; i oe A oul eo 
quae proeelio contendissent pulisas supera ASQ Ut esse, Continentesque sl.Vas 

>| ] } } ‘ A . — — +51 28% : . eT .waetsenw 
AC paluades hnavedant, *eO se suaque OMNIA Con lerunt. Ad quarun nibviumM 


silvarum cum Caesar pervenisset castraque munire instituisset, neque hos- 
tis interim visus eSset. dispersis In opere nostris syubito ex omnibus partibus 


silvae évolaverunt et in nostros impetum ecerunt Vostri celeriter aria 


cepertunt €osgque in sivas reppulerunt, et compluribus interfectis LONGUS 
: : > > : . 
; st; shKarr9c ? —— »2a4 a at ie . » tes Ue nis — Cn at ™>} ; 
impeditioribus locis secuti paucos ex suis deperdiderunt.—Cabs %. Bk. UT. 
: :) es ; “5 . 
(a) Aecount for the case of Galita, rd be im “1120 the mood of 
c MLLSUS }? fe 712is 


1 : rn ota : : ‘ 
lll. Kadem no¢cte accidit ut esset luna piena, qu qaieS Marithynos aestus 


B4 maximos in Oceano efficere consuevit, nostrisque id erat incognitum. Ita 
nno tempore et longas naves, quibus Caesar exercitum transportandum 
curaverat quasque in aridum subduxerat, aestus complebat, et onerarias 
quae ad ancoras erant deligatae tempestas afflictabat, neque ulla nostris 
facultas aut administrandi aut auxiliandi dabatur. Compluribus navibus 
fractis, reliquae cum essent funibus, ancoris reliquisque armamentis amis- 
sis ad navigandum inutiles, magna, id quod necesse erat accidere, totius 
exercitus perturbatio facta est, Neque enim naves erant aliae quibus 
reportari possent, et omnia deerant quae ad reficiendas naves erant usui ; 


et quod omnibus constabat hiemari in Gallia oportere, frumentum his in 


. ; 


locis. in hiemem provisum non erat.—Carsar, Bk. LV 


} - 
; ; 


(a) (ive the principal parts oft « Ci i Lit. CONSMEVU,. ‘i¢ As. (d) Fill in 






the ellipses after aridum and onerarias. (c) Explain the construction of 





“dad ndvigandum NUL e8, and Aa réeMmcrvenads NavES 






iV. Tum breviter Dido, voltum demissa, profatur: 
tk 






Solvite corde metum, Teucri. secludite curas. 





Res dura et regni novitas me talia cogunt 





moliri, et late finis custode tueri. 






Quis genus Aeneadum, quis Troiae nesciat urbem, 






virtutesque virosque, aut tanti incendia belli ? 






Non obtusa adeo gvestamus pectora Poeni: 






nec tam aversus equos Tyria Sol iungit ab urbe. 






Seu vos Hesperiam magnam Saturniaque arva, 






sive Erycis finis regemque optatis Acesten, 





auxilio tutos dimittam, opibusque invabo. 






voltis et his mecum pariter considere regnis ; 





urbem quam statuo, vestra est: subducite navis: 








(TUTOes 
purge 


m0 
é 
1estuat, atque omnem C ructat arenam. gi 
Portitor has horren: . Humina servat na 
Pi 
erribili sgualore Charon : ‘ui plurima mento i 
canities inculta ia in lina flamma P¢ 
" 
Sord aus ex umeri iodo ad eT im tus 
Ipse atem conto <s ibigit qi } stra aus 
ioe 
et lerruginea subvectat corpora cymba if 
lam senior; sed cruda deo viridisque senectus, 4 
hue omnis turba ad ripas effusa rueba - 
Matres Lue Vil  % n cj ie COrpora Vita nt 
magnanimom heroum, pueri jin iptaeque puellae ve 


Impositique rovis invenes ante ora 
| U 


quam muita in silvis auctumni frivore Qnwno 
] . sant faisa -« amt ben tre > at ‘ 

lapsa cadunt folia; aut ad terram gurgre ab alto 

juam multae glomerantur aves. ubi frigidus annus ; 


Trans pontum fugat et terris inmittet apricis.—Virait. Aen, VI 


(a) mxplain the grammatical ec mstruction of italicized words. (/)) 


ocan the first and t} 


— 
; 


Ea 177 in ef, 


1. On a given straight line construct a segment of a circ] 
an angle equal to a given acute angle 
2. The straight line drawn perpendicular toa tang 
the point of contact passes throuch the centre. 
3. Divide a sttaight line into two parts, so that th rectangle under th : 
whole line and one part shali be equal to the s juare on the other. 
lf a straight line be divided into any two parts, the square on thi 
whole line is equal to the sum of the rect ingles contained by the wl] 


. 
I: 


line and each of the parts. 


i') 


a Te 


—_ LL eee TRE eee \ 























= — 














10 



















5. Describe a parallelogram that shall be equal to a given triangle, 


and have one of its angles equal to a given one. 


rio 


6. The three angles of any triangle are equal to two 


7. Solve the equations 
(a) x2 — 1l4z 120 ; 
@)  V5G@ad) = Vixt% 


(c) ot + By¥—8=0, Tz—y— i 
5 ~ - 4 p 
Of -t* itg— oOo Ly +4- 6 
(1) tes - : = = = nk 
14 oT ws Z 7 


‘) 


(¢) (2 + 2%) (a—3) Li Buel 


aL 


f 


8. Find by inspection the highest common factor (G.C.M.) of 6 (@2— 1) 
ey" 


and 8 (72— 3% + 2). 


( 9, Reduce to a common denominator the fractions 


LO. Divide 6 23 - L7 Te Uo L6 y- by or — +. 


Ll. Add 14 + %?— J and divide the sum by { ot § 
oo” 


,° 


: 15] oe 
12, Reduce ~ toa decimal. 


236 
13. Find the square root of 3.14159. 
14. Find the interest on $3456.53 for 4 months at 55 per cen 


= &, | : 1 ” by =. snohad ana fna the nimi r 
15. State the length of a metre in feet and inches, and hnd the numvet 





of millimetres in 30 inches. 







ENGLISH HISTORY AND ESSAY. 


Monpay. Sepr. 18TH :—MorwnineG, 10.30 To 12.30. 







. ( Cuas. E, Morse, B.A 
Examiners, veevvcess SOS SCCOUD CoeeUeivigees cae Kee gastos eieceactices Pe LAFLEUR, M.A. 






First YEAR. 






1. Give some account of a rebellion in the reign of each of the following 
kings :—(a) Richard Il: (6) Henry VI; (¢) James IT. 






9. Show the connection between the Tudor Line and James I, and trace 





the descent of Victoria from James I. 








FIRST YEAR ENTRANCE. 1] 


3. Make notes on the following "matters of importance 
English history :—Monopolies; the officering of the militia; the billeting 
of soldiers on private subjects; indefinite imprisonment without trial; uni 
versal suffrage ; the exclusion of foreieners from any civil or military office ; 
the trial of ecclesiastical offenders in civil courts. 


4. Notice the chief events in the intercourse between | 


{ngland and Scot 
land in the time of the Tudors. 


5. State the cause of the Gunpowder Plot. Give an outline of the chief 


events of the reign in which that plot occurred. 


6. State in whose reigns the to!lowing persons are conspicuous, and note 

the political policy of each: Thomas Cromwell, Robert Walpole, Earl 

Grey, Sir Thos. More, Sir Thos. Wyatt, Vellington, Pitt the elder. 
Explain the following terms and titles 


:—the Covenant, Peter’s Pence. 
Villeinage, Folkland, the Mise of Lewes. 


SECOND YRAR. 


(Answer questions 2 and 6 of the First Year set. and also the following.) 


7. Give an outline of the Hundred Years’ War between England and 


France, noting territorial gains and losses, and describing one of the prin- 
cipal battles. 


8. Sketch the career of Shaftesbury and of Washington. 
ESSAY. 
(Write the Essay on a separate set of papers, and affix your name to it.) 
First YERAR. 
Write an essay of not less than two pages on any one of the followiz 
subjects :— 
A, Ambition, 
B. Town Life, or Country Life. 
C. Honesty is the best Policy 
SECOND YRAR. 
ENGLISH COMPOSITION AND BSSAY. 


1, Explain and illustrate the following :—Tautolo 


gy, Circumlocution, 
Simile, Metonymy, Periodic Sentence, Alliteration. 


2. Make divisions and subdivisions, as headings for paragraphs, of any 


one of the following themes :—War, Governments. Inventions. 


in the course of 


~ WV 


ua Ga we Ow 































LZ FACULTY. OF ARTS? 


















3. Draw general distinctions between the language of prose ard that of 


poetry. } 
4. Write an essay of at least two pages On any Olle of the following 

subjects — F 
i. The Future of Canada. 
B. BH xhibitions. 
©. Time and Tide wait for no mar. 

(FACULTIES OF ARTS AND APPLIED SCIENCE.) 
FIRST AND SECOND YEAR ENTRANCE. . 


ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 


Monpay, Sepr. 18th:—9 To 10.30 a.M. 


Ty ee ( Cnas. E. Moysn, B.A. 
Haamaine FGn Sb ook viwees WEtOh en vwedse ceveseses 6b ere sb00n.8 4 \ 


| W. J. Messencemr, B.A. 


l. Describe fully the different classes of Nouns, giving examples of each. 


2. Illustrate the meaning of inflection by reference to the Personal Pro, 
. noun. 
3. Show bw examples how a verb may be modified by a word, by a 
phrase, and by-a subordinate sentence. 


] 


4. Give the principal parts of the following verbs: kneel, read, sit, 






gird, rive, lade, bid, tear, How, mow. 






5. Analyse and parse: 





‘Saint Augustine! thou hast well said 





That of our viees we can frame 
A ladder, if we will but tread 
Beneath our feet each deed of shame.”’ 







(. Mention all the uses of a noun in the nominative caze, and give 





examples. 






7. What is meant by mood, conjugation, voice, gerund, participle, de- 





fective verb, preposition, case ? 







SECOND YEAR. 





(Candidates to answer the last four questions of the First Yearand the 
following). 








FIRST 


or, Analyse ; “Of comfort no man sped | 
Let's talk of graves, of worms and epitaphs ; 


Male dust our paper, and with rainy eves 


: Vrite sorrow in the bosom of the earth 
* > « . a , "oO ] - . owt t : 
Let's cuoose executors and talk of Wills: 
And yet not so ror what cai we bequeath 
be . 


- ’ ’ “4 4 . ,¢ ** 
Save our deposed bedies to the ground ? 


9, (a) Write on the uses of the word “but” in old and modern English. 
(5) Make notes on the etymological and grammatical peculiarities of 


the following words: children. gander. so lgstress, riches, news, rather. 


LO. Parse italicized words in question 


Wait a little longer and you shall see those scattered mists rallyine in 


the ravines, and floating up toward you, along the winding valleys, 


till they couch in quiet masses, iridescent with the morning light upon the 


broad breasts of the higher hills, whose leaves of massive undulation will 
melt back and back into that robe of material licht. until they fade away. 
lost in its lustre, to appear iain above. in 


the serene heaven, like a wild, 


bright, impossible dream. foundationless and inace ssible, the Very bases 
vanishing in the unsubstantial and mocking blue of the deep lake below. 


Wait yet a little longer. and vou shall see those mists gather themselves 


into white towers, and stand like fortresses along the promontories. massyv 
and motionless, only piled every instant higher and hicher into th 


: 
| f 


; sky, 


and casting longer shadows athwart the rocks, and out of the pale blne of 
the horizon you will see forming and advancine a troop of narrow, dark 


pointed vapors, which will cover the sky, inch by inch, with their orAay 
net-work, and take the light off the landscape with an eclipse which will 
Stop the singing of the birds and the motion of the leaves, together ; and 


then you will see horizontal bars of black shadow forming under them, 


along the 
shoulders of the hills - you never see them form, but when you look back 


and lurid wreaths create themselves, you know not how, 


to a place which was clear an instant ago, there is a cloud on it, hanging 


by the precipices, as a hawk pauses over his prey 


YEAR ‘ENTRANCE. |< 


«4 
qi 7 
ew GD 
4 
a 
ne 
c ¥ 
fh 
Be 4 
rT 
VW 
we. 
the \“ 
- 
ee 
i 
iy 
" 
: 
1 





















































FACULTY OF ARTS. 


SUPPLEMENTAL EXAMINATION, 
ENGLISH LITERATURE. 
. MonbAY, Sept. 18ta :—MornineG, 9 To 12. 


I. Sketch briefly the progress of Christianity in Britain, till the Synod 
of Whitby. 


IJ. Deseribe the great A. S. Epic Beowulf. 
Iil. Mention three of Cynewulf*s works, and deseribe any one of them. 


IV. Make notes on Odericus Vitalis, Hilarius, Wm. of Newbury, Robert 


of Gloucester. 


| . V Name the authors of the following works :—Philobiblon, Rosa An- 
} ii glica, Vox clamantis, De dominio divino, King’s Quhair, Satire of the 
. Three Estates, Gorboduc, Pandosto, The Araygnment of Paris, Temple of 
ti Glass. 
. 
VI. Indicate Chaucer’s piace in English literature. 


Vil. Give a short account of Petrarch, and mention his chief works. 


VIII. Give an outline of Marlowe’s Fanstus. 


(FIRST YEAR ARTS AND SCIENCE.) 


SUPPLEMENTAL EXAMINATION, 






MILTON AND COMUS. 






Monpay, Sept. 18TH :—MORNING, 9 To 12. 





[. Deseribe Milton's Italian tour. 





Il. (4) Make notes on Epitaphium Damonis, Ad patrem, Sportive 





Wit, ikon Basilike, Defensio Regia. (4) Morus, Ellwood, Thos. Young: 


Ed. King, Hartlib. 






Ill. Describe the part taken by the Attendant Spirit. 





[V. Describe the first meeting of Comus and the lady, and the conversa_ 





tion that ensues. 






V. Explain the appearance of Sabrina, and her significance ? 






V{. Explain the following expressions, and refer them to their respective 





speakers ; 






































FIRST YEAR EXHIBITIONS. Ld 


‘* Hail foreign wonder,’’ 
“May sit i’th’ centre.” 
[ do not think my sister so to seek 
Ur so unprincipled in virtue’s book.’’ 
‘Thou shalt be our star of Arcady, 
Or Tyrian Cynosure.”’ 
‘Mysterious dame 


That ne’er art called.’’ 


FIRST YEAR HIGHER ENTRANCE AND HX HIBI- 
TIONS 
THURSDAY, SEPT, 141TH -- 


TRANSLATION 


MORNING, 9 To 12. 
YROM GREEK AUTHORS. 


( A.J. Eaton, Pa.D, 
| JOHN L: Day, B.A. 


Kaam COMETS Sees 


eeeeoeceeuse tesveve sessed 


[Candidates are requested to translate from the paper 


for First Year Entrance. one extract from Homer, and one 


from Xenophon ; and the following passages }. 


[, 


TEVTHKOVTA € 01 Ouwai Kata SOua yuvaixes 
al ev aXETpEVoUGt KUAHS Et HrOTTA KapTrov, 
at & ictovs vpowat Kal WANAKATA TPAD URN 


NLEVAL, Ol TE durAXa MaKkeovns atryetpoto 
Katpocéwv & dGovéwy amrareiBerat i oe éXatov. 


doc0v Painxes TEpl TaVT@Y idples avopav 


via Sony évi TOVT@ éXauvepev, ws be yuvatKes 


to TOV TEXVH To AL, TE pt yap odhict OWKED AOnvn 
Eepya T eTriaTaclat 7] TEPLKAANNE a Kal dpevas ec OXas. 


extoaGev & airs weyas Oopyatos ayy. Oupdwr 


TET Tpayuvos: TEpL 6 EpKOS eAnAaATAL aupotepaber, 


eva o€ dévdpea Hakpa Tepuxe. tTHACOwVTA 


OyYVal Kal polai Kal pnr€at an yAaoKaprrot 


TUKEAL TE YAU K€pai Kal éXatat THACGOweal. 


HomER, Opyssey, VII. 



































L6 FACULTY OF ARTS, 


(a) Write out any non-Attic forms in the above 
extract, and give their Attic equivalents, (/) Distinguish 
TENT al ant TEYVHOCTAL. Some editors adopt LO TOV for 
vaTov :-which reading is to be preferred, if reyvioaat be 


retained, (cc) Mark the seansion of the first two lines. 


II. (a) Aoxetre dé pow word BéATLOV av TEpl TOV 
TOKEMOU Kai OANS THS TapaoKeuns BovrevaacGal, et TOV 
ToTov, ® avopes ’APnvaiot, THs YOpas, Tpos HY TrONEMEITE, 
évOupnGeinre, nat Royloaicbe Ort ois mveipact Kat 
TALS Wpals TOU ETOVS Ta TOAAA TPOAAUBaVaV OLAT PATTETAL 
Pirimmos xa gdurdEas tovs éerncias Tov VELMLOVA, 
ETIVELPEL, NVIK’ AV ALES [A)) duvvaimela éxeiae adis KeoOat. 
dei Tolvuy trait’ é€vOvpovpévovs jn) PonGetats rrorepety, 
UTTEPLOUMEYaN aTaV’TwY, adrXaA TapacKkeun cuvexyel Kal 
OUVA EL. uTapye 0 Upiv yerwadio pev ypnolat tn duvdpet 
Anpve cai Mace Kat L«.ab@ Kal Tais év TOUTWM TO TOT@ 
yHoos, év ais,nal Awéves Kal citos Kal d Vp?) TTPATEV MAT 
rave’ wrapye THY 8 wpav Tod erous, bre Ka) Tpos TH YN 
yeveoOat padioy Kal ro Tav TVEULATOV ATPares, pds 
avTy ™ Yapa Kal pos Tols TeV euTopi@y cTomact 
padiws eicecOe,— DEMOSTHENES, Phil. J. S$ 31-32, 

(6) Tadr’ axovcavres éxevvor. nal GopuBoovres ds opbas 
AéyeTal, Kal TOdXOVS ETEpoUS oyous Tapa tav tpésSewv 
Kal wapovros éuoo Kal mddu, UTTEPOV, WEOLKEV, ODOEY 
Mardrov aTrocyncorral THS Dirizrov dirias obs op 
émaryyeAAeTas. Kai ov Tob?’ eat atomv, e Meconmot cai 
Tap’ a7@® royioua BérATICO’ opadi 
TL mpatovow, ar’ ef tpmeis of 


/ > , 
AEYOVTOYV AKOVO VTES 


Tlexorovvnciwy tives 


Kb’ CUVLEVTES AUTOL KAL TV 
NKAMVY WS eTuBovrEVETOE, as TEploTol- 
ae = e ay ie \ wd pn) / , ¢ 5 a 
x (Gea Ge, €K TOU [LNOEV NON TOLLEY AnoEO”’, as EOL doxel, 











FIRS? YEAR EXHIBITIONS, 17 


peiCav LOYVEL TOU Tr00’ UOTEPOV TUVOITELY LENNOVTOS,— 
DEMOSTHENES, Phil. IT. S$ 26-27. 


(1) Describe the Geographical position of Amphipolis, 
Olynthus, :Potidaea, Methone. What was the cause of the 
war between Philip and the Athenians ? 


Ill, (At Sight. ) 
Batpayor, 


AUTFOUMEVOL Trepi THS EauvTa@V avapyias, mpéc- 
7 \ \ 4 ’ / > ~ lon 

Bes emTeprav mpos tov Ala, Baoiréa aUTOLS Trapacyetv’ 
0 dé, cundav adtav THv evnOevav, Evrov 


, x 
ets THY ALYY 
Ka@yjKev. Kai oi Barpayot, 


\ \ la ‘ 
TO MEV TPWTOV KaTATTNAYEVTES 
\ / bd ‘ oe A / v df \ 
Tov Yrogoy, els Ta Ban TAS rAiuvns edvear voTepov oe, 
@S akKivynToy HY TO EvXov, avadvvrTes, es TocovToV Katad- 
= c \ ‘4 / _ n / 
povncews iXOov, ws Kal értBalvovres avt@ éemixabéGec Oat. 
; A , ‘ / v , e ; 
avaktoTrabouvres S€ Torovrov evyetv Baothda, HKov éx 
f \ \ / \ qr 5 / 
devtépou mpds tov Ala, Kal rodrov Tapexaddovv adrakas 
QUTOLS TOV apynyov’ Tov yap wpatov Xlav elvat VOYENT 
\ ae AW, e ‘ \ > ~ ¢ 
Kal ao0oKimov, o dé Zevs. ayavaxtnoas Kat’ abtav, vdpov 


aUvToIS EeTrEurer, id’ ob oTU\NapBavopevoe catnobiovro, 


' Batpayot: frogs. ediOevav : stupidity. caramraryévres 
frightened at. axivyrov: motionless, Katadpovncews : dig- 


respect. avakorrabodrtes : indignant at unworthy treat- 
ment. 


[V. (At Sight. ) 


‘Avtioxos, o otpatevoas Sevrepov em) IlapGow, ev rim 
Kuunyerio Kal Siwyu@ Tov hirwov Kat Jepatrovtwy arom. 
AavnGeis, eis erravduv® TrevATw@Y avOpwrav ayvootpevos 
elonrAOe Kal, rapa ro Seimvoy, éuBarwv Adyov epi rod 


Ww f- . 
Bactréws, nKovoeV OTL TAaAXA YpnoTOs éoTip, hiro de 





'kuvyyeoig: hunting expedition. %éraviw: homestead, 
2 


8 


ee fy oe 4h 


= = 
r= = 


Sa “B We 


th 


=> 
os A - 
iv 








a 


—- wa B “SA *¥ 


































































18 FACULTY OF ARTS, 


poxOnpois éeritpéemay Ta TAELTTA Tapopa, Kal TOANAKIS 
dperet rav avaycaiwy bia To Aiav PidoOnpos eivar, TOFE 
uev obv eovmmnoev’ dpa Sé juépa TaY Sopypdpwr" Taparye- 
vowéevev ert Thy éravrv, pavepos yevopevos, Tporpepo- 
wevns THS Tophvpas avT@ Kal TOU d:adypmatos, "AXA, ag’ 
AS, Elrrev, Hucpas Vmas averknpa, TpwTOV eyOes arn Oivav 


/ \ “ 
Ady@v nKOVOA TrEPL EMaVTOL, 


FIRST YEAR EXHIBITIONS. 
TRANSLATION FROM LATIN AUTHORS. 
Tuurspay, Seer. 14th:—ArTERNOON, 2 to 5, 
Huaminer,....-. TRIAS... SE aa ey Ee weveesA.d. Baton, M.A., Pb.D. 


Novrs.—Candidates will do (B) IV, and I orlll. from the paper for 
first year Entrance and translate the following extracts. 


(a) Quid ?.Cum te Praeneste Kalendis ipsis Novembribus occupaturum 
nocturno impetu esse confideres, sensistine illam coloniam meo iussu prae- 
sidiis custodiis vigiliis esse munitam? Nihil agis, nihil moliris, nihil cogi- 
tas, quod non ego non modo audiam, sed etiam videam planeque sentiam 

Recognosce tandem mecum noctem illam superiorem; iam intelleg es 
multo me vigilare acrius ad salutem quam te ad perniciem rei publicae. 
Dico te priore nocte venisse inter falcarios—non agam obscure—in M. 
Laecae domum ; convenisse eodem compluris eiusdem amentiae sceleris- 
que socios. Num negare audes ? quid taces ? convincam, si negas. Video 
enim esse hic in senatu quosdam, qui tecum una fuerunt. 


I (6) Quod exspectavi, iam sum adsecutus, ut vos omnes factam esse 
aperte coniurationem contra rem publicam videretis ;.nisi vero si quis est 
qui Catilinae similis cum Catilina sentire non putet. Non est iam lenitati 
loeus: severitatem res ipsa flagitat. Unum etiam nunc concedam : 
exeant, proficiscantur ; ne patiantur desiderio sui Catilinam miserum 
tabescere. Demonstraboiter; Aurelia via profectus est :si ad celerare 
volent, ad vesperam consequentur .—Cicero In Catilinam, I. and II. 


Il. (At sigAt). 


His rebus permotus Q.Titurius, cum procul Ambiorigem suos cohortantem 
conspexisset, interpretem suum Cn. Pompeium ad eum mittit rogatum ut 





lrapopd : neglect. 2,dopvddpev: body-guard. 











































| FIRST YEAR EXHIBITIONS. 19 i. 


sibi militibusque parcat. Tlle appellatus respondit : Si velit secum collo« ! 
qui, licere ; sperare a multitudine impetrari posse quod ad militum salue | 
tem pertineat ; ipsi vero nihil nocitum ir, Inque eam rem se suam¥fidem 


interponere. Ille cum Cotta saucio communicat, si videaiur, pugna ut 
excedant et cum Ambiorige una colloquantur; sperare ab eo de Sua ac | mg 
militum salute impetrare posse. Cotta se ad armatum hostem iturum mii] 
negat atque in eo constitit. #4 ) 
Sabinus quos in praesentia tribunos militum circum re habebat et iny | 
| primorum ordinum centuriones ge sequi iubet, et cum propius Ambiorigem eos 
accessisset, iussus arma abicere imperatum facit suisque ut idem faciant ~~’ | 
imperat. Interim dum de conditionibus inter sé agunt longiorque con- per) 
sulto ab Ambiorige instituitur sermo, paulatim circumyentus interficitur. 
Tum vero suo more victoriam conclamant atque ululatum tollunt, impetu- vs 3 
que innostros facto ordines perturbant. Ibi L. Cotta pugnans interficitur ( 
cum maxima parte militum; reliqui se in castra recipiunt unde erant if / 
egressi: ex quibus L. Petrosidius aquilifer, cum magna multitudine mF 
hostium premeretur, aquilam intra vallum proiecit, ipse pro castri s fortia- Csi 
sime pugnans occiditur. [lliaegre ad noctem Oppugnationem sustinent: er 4) 
noctu ad unum omnes desperata salute se ipsi interficiunt. Pauci ex 4 
proelio elapsi incertis itineribus per silvas ad T, Labienum legatum in : 
hiberna perveniunt atque eum de rebus gestis certiorem faciunt. i 
, ¢ 
Ill. (At sight). 


DESCRIPTION or A TERRIFIC STORM. 


Me miserum, quanti montes volvuntur aquarum ! 
lam iam tacturos sidera summa putes. gf 
Quantae diducto subsidunt aequore valles ! 
[am iam tacturas Tartara nigra putes. 
Quocumque aspicio, nihil est, nisi pontus et aér, 
Fluctibus hic tumidus, nubibus ille minax. 
Inter utrumque fremunt immani murmure venti ; 
Nescit, cui domino pareat, unda maris. 
Nam modo purpureo vires capit Eurus ab ortu, 
Nunc Zephyrus sero vespere missus adest. 
Nune sicca gelidus Boreas bacchatur ab arcto, 
Nunc Notus adversa proelia fronte gerit. 
Rector in incerto est nec quid fugiatve petatve 
Invenit ; ambiguis ars stupet ipsa malig, 
Hei mihi quam celeri micuerunt nubila flamma ! 
Quantus ab aetherio personat axe fragor ! 
Nec levius tabulae laterum feriuntur ab undis, 
Quam grave ballistae moenia pulsat onus. 
Nec letum timeo : genus est miserabile leti. 



































FACULTY OF 
Demite naufragium, mors mihi munus erit. 
Est aliquid, fatoque suo ferroque cadentem 
In solida moriens ponere corpus humo, 
Et mandare suis aliqua, et sperare sepulcrum, 
Et non aequoreis piscibus esse cibum. 
Fingite me dignum tali nece ; non ego solus 
Hic vehor ; immeritos cur mea poena trahit ? 


FIRST YEAR EXHIBITIONS. 
GENERAL PAPER. 
Turspay, Sept. 19th:—A¥FTERNOON, 2 TO 5. 


PAIN ck cca 420 ik eters injartesnmie’ pick abess cugethlpenee A. J. Eaton, M.A., Px.D. 


1. Write down the gen. sing. of deus, Vergilius, vis, vir ; the abl. sing. of 
animal, urbs - the locative of Roma, Philippt, Tralles, rus, Carthago; the 


voc. sing. of meus filius. 
2, (a) Give the dat, and accus. sing., and dat. pl. of X€wv. erATIS 


Tibeis, yaples, yurn, yelp, Ovyarnp, ppnv, (4) Gave the 


Homeric declension of paus. 


3% Compare prudens, mulevolus, idoneus : OALYOS, KANOS, cwoppor, 
NOUS, 
4. (a) Write down the principal parts of scindo, jido, caedo, cado. (b) 


Form compounds with caedo, cado and ob, and distinguish in form and 
meaning. 


5. (a) Mention some verbs beginning with ¢ that take « for their aug- 
ment instead of 7. Account for the apparent irregularity. (6) Give the third 
person plural of all tenses of prosum, fio. (¢) Write down the second per- 
sons of the imperfect of EL MLL, the aorist indicative and imperative active of 


TtOn mt, and thé present optative of opaa. 
6, Give the rules, with examples, for the use of cum (conj.) and dum. 


7. When is a syllable said to be long by position? Is the vowel of such 
a syllable long or,sbort? Mark the quantity of each vowel, and show 
what metrical foot each word represents: regis (thou rulest); regis (of a 
king); patrts, late, pelago, manu. 


: ; ai f ‘ ae ea : . 
8. With what cases are dua, LET, Tept joined, and with what 
meanings ? 











FIRST YEAR EXHIBITIONS. 21 


9. Translate into Greek ‘—(1) The father rejoiced in his sons 
(2) [ wonder 


at the men of the present day. 
doing kind offices to the good. 
from the gods. 


being wise. 
(3) He took pleasure in 
(4) It is necessary to bear what comes 
(5) He said that, unless the citizens performed him his 
service, he would lay waste the rest of the country. 


10, Translate into Latin either (A) 
the Belgae occupied began at the 
said that the Helvetii surpassed 
The state did not enforce its 
desire anything 


or (B):--(A) 1. That part which 


remotest confines of Gaul. * 2 [t has been 


all the rest of the Gauls ip 4 
authority, because Orgetorix died. 4. It you 
» YOU may return on the 13th of April. 5. In about fifteen 
days he came to the territories of the Belgae. 6. They informed him that 
the Germans were in arms, and that even their own brothers and kinsmen 
could not be kept by ‘them from uniting with the Belgae. ‘‘So great,’? 
said they, “is the blind passion of all the Belgae, that even the Suessiones 
cannot be kept from marching against them. 


Towess. 3 


(B) 1. Both you and I have wage 


lt seem that death is an eternal] sleep, or the beginning of another life ? 
3. I sent you the best and bravest foot soldiers that I had with 
having promised to send them back, yon reluctantly 
I am afraid he will come. 5. You are obe 
was the ruler of'a mighty nation. 


d many wars for our country. 2. Does 


me; and 
kept your word. 4. 
yed by no one, yet your father 
6. Ido not doubt but that the soldiers 
fought bravely. Both your father and you were at that time in exile; my 
father and I were at home exposed to the fury and cruelty of our deadliest 
enemies. Now you and I are secure and free from care. and no one will 
any longer inflict on us injury and wrong. 


11*. There is nothing that Catiline c 
nothing but what is brought to light by the vigilance of Cicero. Will 
he therefore change his mind? Will he take the consul’s advice and for- 
get his infamous plans of murder ° Let him recall to mind those words 


which Cicero uttered in the senate, and he will see that al] 


was foretold by 
him. After Manlius, his tool and agent, had gone into Etruria he 


remained in Rome, trusting that he should seize Praeneste by an assault 
in the night; but Cicero, for the purpose of thwarting his plans, had 
strengthened that town with guards, fle cannot plot anything that doe, 
not come to Cicero’s ears. 


an now look forward to, for he does 





* Netra q uestion. 












































































FACULTY OF ARTS. 





























Ky FIRST YEAR EXHIBITIONS. 


i 
: ALGEBRA AND ARITHMETIC. 
Fripay. Sepr. 157TH :—AFTERNOON, 2 TO 5. 


FEXRAMANET erere ceveen eosee sneer overs aenenenee ver svaveeey ALBXANDER JOHNSON, LL.D. 


1. The fifth term of a series in geometrical progression is 8 times the 
second, and the third term is 12 ;—find the series. 
| 2. The sum of an infinite geometrical series is 2, and the second term is 
it —. Find the series. 


3. Find the arithmetical, geometric and harmonic means Letween 3% 


and 14. 


4. Investigate a formula for finding the sum ofa series in arithmetical 


a 
. 


progression. 


5. Solve the equations :— 


(a) Vbatpar = lta 











Loo it: | 5—Zx 4 x 
) 19 34a 9 
(é€) Bethy = 58; 3 e+ y — i 
(2) i ai oa x 2 a—b 
| Oe ea ie x a 22 


6. The sum of two numbers multiplied by the greater is 144, and the 


difference multiplied by the less is 14; find them. 
+42 


7. Explain why itisthat@m—=—1l1,@ > | 
“a 
* §. Find the highest common factor (or G. C. M.) of 6 27 + 13 « + & 


and 8 z*+62—9. 
9. Extract the square root of 2 to five places of decimals. 
10. Find the interest on $5764 for five months at 6 per cent. 
11. Find how niuch per cent. 3765 is of 86342, 


12. If the weight of a cubic inch of water be 252.5 grains and 10 inches 
of snow be equal to one inch of rain, find in tons the weight of snow on the 
ground when 1509 square miles are covered to the depth of two feet. 























FIRST YEAR 





EXHIBITIONS, 


FIRST YEAR EXHIBITIONS. 
GEOMETRY. 
FRipay, SepTEMBER 15TH :—Mornine, 9 ro 12. 
Huaminer,....s. 
1. Describe a circle which shall pass through two given points and 


have a radius equal to a given straight line. When will this be impossi- 


ble ? 


2. If through @ point within a circle two lines be drawn cutting the 
eircle, prove that the rectangle under the segments of the one is equal -to 
the rectangle under the segments of the other. 


(4) Prove that this is true also if the point be without the circle, 
defining segments properly. 


J. In equal circles, angles whether at the centres or the circumferences 
which stand on equal arcs are equal. 


4. Through a given point within a circle draw the shortest chord. 


5. If a straight line be divided into any two parts, the rectangle con- 
tamed by the whole line and one of the parts is equal to the square on 
that part together with the rectangle contained by the two parts. 


6, The complements of the parallelograms about the diagonals of any 
parallelogram are equal to one another. 


"7. Divide a given line so that the parts shall be in the ratio of 2: 3. 


*8. Two parallelograms, which are equal in area and have an angle im 
the one equal to an angle in the other, have the sides about the equal 
aagies reciprocally proportional. 


“9. If four right lines be proportional, the rectangle under the extremes 
will be equal to the rectangle under the means. 


oe 


* Naira questions. 


Reasiethe a a seeeeeeee+ ALEXANDER JOHNSON, LL.D. 








FACULTY OF ARTS. 










FIRST YEAR EXHIBITIONS. 
























3 ENGLISH LITERATURE AND COMPOSITION. 


| SHAKSPERE: Macbeth. 


MonpAy, Sept. 18TH :—AFTERNOON, 2 TO 5. 
HLAMINET,* 000440 bébe sas pee Caeeaess Aalasd Vere ae nedeer anubaaniees Ouas. E. Moys#, B.A. 
1. From what source did Shakspere draw material for Macbeth? Is the 
play universally recognized as entirely Shakspere’s ? 
ae 2, Illustrate the following subjects from the play, quoting Shakspere’s , 
| . precise words where you can: 
(a) The unselfishness of Lady Macbeth’s ambition. 
(6) Lady Macbeth’s strength of will. 
i; (c) The want of precaution in Duncan, Banquo and Macduff, 


_(d) Maecbeth’s conscience. 


ie) 3. Give an outline of the scenes in which the Witches take part, quoting 
at discretion as you proceed. 


4, (a) Give the meaning (and nothing else) of the following words, as 
fe used in the play: ronyon, Weird, metaphysical, husbandry, dudgeon, 
i | filed, seeling, maggot-pies, chaudron, pester’d. 

(6) Explain the following phrases: the sbipman’s card; the insane 


root; adder’s fork; ’Tis called the evil ; bear-like I must fight the course ; 
the Roman fool. 






Explain this passage : 
, ‘* His two chamberlains 
Will I with wine and wassail so convince 
That memory, the warder of the brain, 
Shall be a fume, and the receipt of reason 
A limbec only.’ , 









5. State where the events described in the play take place. 






6. On the following extracts make notes which refer to differences be- 
tween Elizabethan and Modern English : 






(a) Which the false man does easy. 





(6) Upon the sightless couriers of the air. 





(c) And all thing unbecoming. 






(d) Our fears in Banquo stick deep. 




























* 


FIRST YEAR EXHIBITIONS. 


bo 
Or 


(é) Words 
Which would be howled out in the desert air 
(f Running were as tedious as go o’er. 
(g) May soon return to this our suffering country 
Under a hand accurst. 
(hk) Only I say. 


7. Sean : 


(4) Are hired to bear their staves; either thou, Macbeth 


(6) My thought whose murder yet is but fantastical 
(e) Attend his majesty ! 

A kind good night to all. 
(¢) The which no sooner had his prowess confirmed, 
(¢) That croaks the fatal entrance of Dunean. 
(7) The newest state. This is the sergeant 
(9) Authoriz’d by her grandam. Shame itself. 


(h) Bounty, perseverance. mercy, lowliness. 
BSSAY. 


Write an Essay of not less than one page 


on one of the following 
subjects : Sports, History, Elocution. 


EXHIBITION FOR lst YEAR AND PRIZE IN APP. SCIENCE. 
FIRST YEAR. 


SEPTEMBER 19TH. 


P. J. Darsy, LL.D. 


Hxaminers, | Rev. J. L. Morry, M.A. 


l. Write in the plural sou, chou, hal, wil, ciel. Give the rules. 


2. Write the plural of ce demonstrative adjective, and demonstrative 
pronoun, 


3. Where do you place the pronouns governed by the verb as direct and 
indirect objects? In what order? 


Translate as examoles: 
thee, and He gives it to him. 


He gives tt ta 


4. How do youtranslate: Hz, she, they, when foliowed by who, whom? 
Give two examples. 


5. Distinguish between a direct and indirect object. Give two examples. 


= 
a 
.- 


nm? 


» 4 FMA DC Go GR 


” 


26 FACULTY OF +ARTS, 


6. Interrogatively the verb to have in the Preterite indesinite, the Past 
anterior, Future anterior. 


7. Write in full the Preterite definite, the Present and the Past Sub- 
junctive of three of the following verbs : aller, naitre, venir, ne pas se lever, 


y avoir, aquérir, cueillir, absoudre. 


8. Translate into French: We grind our coffee ourselves. We are born 
in this world to prepare ourselves for a better one. I do not think she 
likes that little town. We resolved to go by the steamboat. They live on 
vegetables and milk food. There are ladies who know how to laugh, but 
who do not know how to smile. And into English: Les poulets écloront 
la semaine prochaine. Ne déplaisons pas par des airs de hauteur. I] vit 
de peu. II est nécessaire de traire les vaches deux fois par jour. Ces 
arbres ont beaucoup crf cet été. 


9. To the foregoing questions the candidates for the exhibition in - lrts and 
the Garth prize in Science will please add the following questions. What 
mistake is there in the sentence: Ce fils est utile et chéri de sa famille, 
Correct it. 

Answer the same question for the sentence: i/ me s'adressa. 

When two or more words form the subject of a verb, how do you write 
that verb, and in what person? Give two examples. 


10. When do you translate the Hnglish Pluperfeet by the Past anterior 
and when by the Pluperfeet in French? Give two examples. 


11. Translate into French: 

Modesty is a very good quality, and which generally accompanies ‘true 
merit: it engages and captivates the minds of the people ; as, on the other 
hand, nothing is more shocking and disgustful. than presumption and 
impudence. We cannot like a man who is always commending and 
speaking well of himself, and who is the hero of his own story. 


CHESTERFIBLD. 


DONALDA DEPARTMENT. 
FIRST YEAR EXHIBITIONS. 
GERMAN. 
SepreMRER 147H:—9 ro 12. 


Examiner.. eeesee@@ereeveteeoeeeeeeveeeevneereee “Lites an R. GREGOR, B.A. 


1. Translate :— 


(a) Sagt mir, ibr holden Téchter der rauhen, schwarzen Erde, 
wer gab euch eure schOne Gestalt? Denn wahrlich von niedlichen 


































FIRST YEAR EXHIBITIONS, a | 


Fingern seid ihr gebildet. Welche kleinen Geister stiegen aus euren 
Kelchen empor? Und welch Vergniigen fiihltet ihr, da sich Gottinnen 
aufeuren Blattern wiegten? Sagt mir, friedliche Blumen, wie theilten 
sie sich in ihr erfreuend Geschaft, und winkten einander zu, wenn sie 
ihr feines Gewebe so vielfach spannen, so vielfach zierten und stickten ? 


(b) Ich wohn’ in einem steinernen Haus, 
Da lieg’ ich verborgen und sechlafe ; 
Doch ich trete hervor, ich eile heraus, 
Gefordert mit eiserner Waffe. 
frst bin ich unscheinhar und schwach und klein, 
Mich kann dein Atem bezwingen ; 
Kin Regentropfen schon saugt mich ein, 
Doch mir wachsen im Siege die Schwingen ; 
Wenn die machtige Schwester sich zu mir gesellt, 
Krwachs’ ich zum furchtbar’n Gebieter der Welt. 

(c) “ Warum strebtest du mit deinem zarten Leben so friih in die 
rauhe Zeit hinaus? Ein schwaches Geschlecht musz untergehen ina 
Frost und Sturm. Wenn du aber nun dein kleines Haupt niederlegst 
im Hauche der Nacht, will ich dich in den Schoosz deiner Mutter 
zuriickbringen, wo deine Geschwister noch schlafen. Frost und Starme. 
wergehen, doch das Leben verbirgt sich nur und kehrt wieder.” 

(da) Darob entbrennt in Roberts Brust, 

Des Jagers, gift’ger Groll, 

Dem langst von béser Schadenlust, 

Die schwarze Seele schwoll ; 

Und trat zum Grafen, rasch zur That, 

Und offen des Verfiihrers Rat, 

Als einst vom Jagen heim sie kamen, 

Streut’ ihm ins Herz des Argwohns Samen. 
(€) Dem dunkeln Schoosz der heil’gen Erde. 

Vertrauen wir der Hinde That, 

Vertraut der Samann seine Saat, 

Und hofft, dasz sie entkeimen werde 

Zum Segen, nach des Himmels Rat. 

Noch kostlicheren Samen bergen 

Wir trauernd in der Erde Schoosz 

Und hoffen, dasz er aus den Sargen 

Erbliihen soll zu schOnerm Loos. 


2, Parse in full the words italicised in the preceding: passages. 


| ee mee fF oe Ah 


 - 


wai & 


~ we oe 


= & 
<< 


= & 


a 






















FACULTY OF ARTS, 


3. Decline in the singular :—die schwarze Seele,ein schoneres Loos, 
ein steinernes Haus. 


4, Give the nom. pl. of the following substantives: Bett, Handschuh 
Vetter, Wand, Buchstabe, Mutter, Wald, Schade, Wissenschaft, Herr, 
Gesell, Apfel, Koch, Magd, Kuh, Ast. 


5. Distinguish between :— 


Das Mittagsessen war serviert. als wir ankamen. 
and 


Das Mittagsessen wurde serviert, als wir ankamen. 


6. What is the order of personal pronouns? Give sentences in 
illustration. 


7. Give meanings, genders and all forms of nom. pl. of Laden, 
Land, Band, Bauer, See. 


8. “Tell all you know about the genitive of geographical proper 
names. 


J. Decline the rel. pro. der in all genders and both numbers. 


LO. Which of the three forms of declension of the adjective do 
elwas and nichts iake after them? 


ll. What kinds of antecedents may the pronoun was have ? 


12. Write a composition in German of not Jess than one hundred 
and fifty words on one of the following subjects :—Montreal, This 
University, School Life, Animals. 


13. Translate into German :— 


The teacher is ashamed of her because she has not finished her 
work. My father would send me to the city if I were old enough. 
We have presented flowers to Elizabeth and Mary. When we has- 
tened home yesterday it was raining heavily.’ People who are not 
industrious do not become rich. If she had not been hoarse she 
would have sung. This blue ribbon is too long; please cut a little of 
it off for me. When the weather becomes cold the dogs like to 
creep behind the stove. When I was young I weighed more than my 
brother, but now he weighs more than I. It will have been a good 
lesson for us if it makes us inore prudent in future.. The women on 
the shore screamed and wrung their hands when the boat sank in 
which their husbands were. 











had 


SECOND YEAR 
GREEK. 


Xenophon :—Hellenics, Bh. I. 
Homer :—Jliad, Bk. AEE 


THurRsbAY, Sgpr. 1477 -——-MorNING, 9 To 11. 


Examiners A. J, Eaton, M.A. PH.D. 
Ae U u U 5, OO CeCe’ ch sledeceacs JOHN L. Day, B.A. 


I. Translate :— 

(A) 0 6€ Karas per epy avtovs Aéyev, od dSvvaroy 8 
elvat ea a Pactrevs éréarreNev avT@ arXa Toreiv, eivas 
d€ Kal Tas suvOnkas  ovrTws éyovoas, TplaKxovra pvas 
av Povrwvrat 
o 6€ Averav8pos TOTE [Lev eowomrnae, 
peta O€ TO Stimvov, eel abrs 7 porreay 


“w we, 4 7 
EKao TN vnl ‘too Knvos OLOOVaL, oTTOGaS 
/ 
Tpepev Aaxedarpdvror, 


0 Kdpos npero, ri 
av wardwora yapiCorro Trova, eimev OTL Ef Tpos Tov picOov 


exaoTY vavTn 0BoXov T poo eins. EK O€ TOUTOU TETTAPES 
0Borol Hv o ptabos, Tr PpOTEpOV d€ TpLwBorov. Kal TOV Te 
Tpoodetho wevov aTrédwKe Kab Ett unvos TPOoeOWKEV, WOTE 


TO OTpaTEVLAa TOAD 7 poOumorepor eivat. 


j 
II, Turn the first two sentences into the direct narra- 


tive form, giving rules for any changes. ti ay paduota 


YaptCouro 7To.wv—Explain this use of the participle. To 
what is it here equivalent? elev Stu e 


buieees po Veins — 
Remark on the construction. rod Hnvos, what genitive 2 


How much was TplaKovTa vas ? 


IIT. Explain: (1) of rpuraves (4) 9 €xxrnola (3) 
‘Atratovpia (4) ras XElpas ovK av Kabedpwv (5) dtayrn- 
picacBat Kata puras. 


SECOND YEAR ENTRANCE, 29 


ENTRANCE AND FIRST YEAR SUPPLEMENTAL. 























































30 FACULTY OF ARTS, 


i IV. Translate :— 


i (B) “Exropa & airot peivat odXo1n poip’ erédnoer, 


. / 
>~Katawy, 


IX tov rporapobe TuXAwY TE 
Abrap IInXelova trpoonvda DoiBos ’AmrodAAoV 
“ Tiare pe, I1ndr€os vie, tociy Tayeetor SiMKeELs, 
Avros Oyntos éwy Oeov ap.poror ; OvOE VU Ta fe 
"Eyres ws Geos elu, ov 0 aatrepyes peveaiveis, 
"H vv rot ov TL méret Tpowy TOVOS. ous edo Bnoas, 


O? dn Tot eis Gotu arev, TV O€ SevpO ALA ONS. 


Pie V. Give Attic for Epic forms in Ext. B., and scan the 
i first five lines, giving rules and explaining peculiarities, 
} 


How do you account for the present tense ws Geds El [Lt 
after eyvws ? “Derive the epithet aySporov, In what 
sense in Homer is ¢o8ém mainly used ? ddev—what part 
of the verb? Mention. the chief patronymic endings in 
Greek. 


VI. Write a short analysis of Book XXII. 
VII. Translate :— 


(C) Ilavra & irrepvnpvee, dedaxpuvrar 5€ trapecal, 
Aevopevos O€ 7 averot Trais és TaTpOS éTaipous, 
“AXXov pev yraivns épvov, adrov- dé-yeTavos” 

wn 5 > , 7 s 5 , 
Tap 0 €Xenoavtwy KoTUAnY Tis TUTOOY érréoyen, 


Xevrea pwev T €dinv’, Urrepwinv & ovK ediynvev. 


VILL. vrexvnpwvee—note the formation of this word. 
VALS; yviT@vos, What genitive? What was the yirav ? 
érréoyev—explain this form. Conjugate dveior in the Im- 
perfect Indicative, and decline yvetrea. 


IX. Shew by examples the uses of; ore, ws, and 
mpiy, 








SECOND YEAR ENTRANGE, 5] 


SECOND YEAR ENTRANCE AND FIRST YEAR SUPPLEMENTAL, 
LATIN, 
CicERO :—de Amicitia. 
Vine, :—Aeneid XI, XII. 
LATIN Prose Composition :—Caesar Bk. II. 
THurspay, Sept. 14tH :—2 To 4.30 P.M. 


A.Jupson Eaton, Ph.D. 
| Joun L. Day, B.A. 


Hxaminers, +. 
l. Translate : 


Est amicitia nihil aliud, nisi omnium divinarum humanarumque r 


ernm. 
cum benevolentia et caritate. consensio : 


qua quidem haud scio an, ex- 
cepta sapientia, quidquam melius sit homini a Diis immortalibus datum. 
Divitias alii praeponunt, bonam -alii valetudinem. 
honores: multi etiam voluptates. Beluarum 
illa autem superiora caduca 


alii potentiam, alii 
hoe quidem extremum 
et incerta, posita non tam in consiliis nostris 
quam in fortunae temeritate. Qui autem in. virtute summum bonum 
ponunt, praeclare illi quidem ; sed haec ipsa virtus amicitiam et gignit et 
continet ; nec sine virtute amicitia esse ullo pacto potest. Iam virtutem 
ex consuetudine vitae sermonisque nostri interpretemur, nec eam, ut 
quidam docti, verborum magnificentia metiamur : virosque bonos eos, qui 
habentur, numeremus, Paullos, Catones, Gallos, Scipiones, Philos : his 
communis vita contenta est: eos autem omittamus, qui omnino nusquam 
reperiuntur. Tales igitur inter viros amicitia tantas opportunitates habet, 
quantas vix queo dicere. 

2. (a) Give the principal parts of metiamur, repertuntur, queo. (b) 
Account for the case of beluarum, his; the mood of sif datum, numeremus 


reperiuntur. 
; 


3." Translate ; 


Vix ea legati; variusque per ora cucurrit 
Ausonidum turbata fremor : ceu, saxa morantur 
(Juum rapidos amnis, fit clauso gurgite murmur, 
Vicinaeque fremunt ripae crepitantibus undis. 

Ut primum placati animi, et trepida ora quierunt 
Praefatus divos solio rex infit ab alto 

Ante equidem summa de re statuisse, Latini, 

Kt vellem, et fuerat melius ; non tempore tali 


) 


Cogere concilium, quum muros adsidet hostis. 


ua “A GD 





























































ff 


ay 





OF 





FACULTY ARTS. 
Bellum importunum, civ es,cum gente deorum, 

Invictisque viris, gerimus : quos nulla fatig ant 

Proelia, nec victi possunt absi stere ferro, 

Spem, si quam adscitis Aetolum habuistis in armis, 

Ponite : spes sibi quisque. Sed haec, quam angusta, videtis. 
Cetera qua rerum iaceant perculsa, ruina, 

Ante oculos interque manus sunt omnia vestras, 

Nec quemquam incuso. Potuit quae plurima virtus 

Ksse, fuit. ‘oto certatum est corpore regni. 


4. (a) Supply an ellipsis in the first line. (6) Ausonidwm: who are 
meant? (c) vellem : what use of the subjunctive ? Explain the change 
to fuerat in the same rime. (d) Ferro: what case and why? (¢) taceant : 
account for the mocd. (/)In what sense is potwit here used ? 


> 


5. What rules are to be observed in the passage from oraizo reeta to 
oratio obliqua ? Illustrate. 


6. Explain: Relative clause of characteristic ; accusative of specifi- 
cation: double accusative : substantive final clause; contrary-to-fac 
condition. 


7. Write ashort account of the life of Virgil. 
8. Translate : 


(A) Caesar explained to Dwitiacus how greatly it concerned the 
oman people that he should lead the forces of the Aedni into the country 
of the Belloraci and lay waste their lands. After giving these instructions 
he sent off scouts, who soon reported that the Beigae were not far off. -On 
getting this information, Caesar though the ought to pitch his camp on 
the other ide of the river whither the Remi and other States could bring 
supplies. 


(B) Mittunt nobilissimos civitatis qui  dicerent: Sibi esse in 
animo sine ullo maleficio iter per provinciam facere, propterea quod 
aliud iter haberent nullum : rogare ut ejus voluntate id sibi facere liceat: 
Turn (B) into the oratio recta. 











SECOND YEAR ENTRANCE, ; 


SECOND YEAR ENTRANCE AND FIRST YEAR SUPPLEMENTAL. 
ROMAN HISTORY. 
TOESDAY, SepreMBer, 197TH :—2 ro 4 P.M. 


( A.J. Eaton, Pu. D. 
| Joun L. Day. B.A. 


Examine7s,.... oe ws 


PEOCCHOS CH SO OSE cere edshs aed eOES CO EES 


I. The reforms of Servius Tullius. 


If. What events led to the First Secession of the Plebs? What w 


as the 
result of this Secession ? 


III. Trace the steps by which:the Plebs gained equality of civil righ ts. 


IV. Describe the battle of the Candine Forks, or the Capture of Rome 
by the Gauls (B. C. 390). 


V. Who was Appius Claudius? What innovations did he introduce ° 


VI. Explain the constitution of the Senate. 


How many comitia were 
there? Distinguish them. 


VII. (a2) What occasioned the interference of Pyrrhus in Roman affairs ? 
(6) What is meant by the term Ager Romanus ? 
B 
1. A short account of the character and works of Virgil. 
2. Into what periods may the literature of Rome be divided ° 


3. Name the chief authors of the Augustan age. Mention works of 
each. 


4. What was the mime? 


5. What position does Livy hold as an historian ? 























































FACULTY. OF 


hi SECOND YEAR. 
} SUPPLEMENTAL EXAMINATION. 


SHAKESPERB:—A Midsummer Night's Dream. - 
7 Tennyson :—Gareth and Lynnette. 


Monpay. Sept. 18TH:—£ To 12 A.M. 


1. What are the three external tests of Chronology ? 
Write on the “ Palladis Tamia.” 


2. Tllustrate the balance of parts in A Midsummer Nights Dream. 


3. Write on the Fairies of A Midsummer Night’s Dream. 


a. 


. Deseribe the play of the Mechanicals, and illustrate your views by 
means of quotations. 

5. Assign the following quotations to their respective speakers. Give 
. the context in each case. 
i" (a) “* These aré the forgeries of jealousy.” 


(b) “Nota whit: I have a device to make all well 


(c) ‘*My mistress with a monster is in love.”’ 
(d) ‘* My hounds are bred out of the Spartan kind” 
(ec) ** When my cue comes, call me.”’ 


4 
. 


! (f) “If we offendit is with our good will 
6. Write on the character of Theseus. 


7. Mention the arguments used by Gareth to induce Bellicent to allow 


him to go tu Arthur’s hall. 


8. Describe the gale of Camelot. Give the spiritual interpretation as 


you proceed. 
9, Deseribe the first Combat. 4 


10. What part is played by Lancelot in this poem % 





TUITTOD. (2) Scan the line 11. (3) Comment on the use 
of the tense in arevayorro (1, 7), the mood of KNALELY 


(l. 9), and the number of éX@dvtes (1. 2), 


Oi wev ody ToAAOL Maxeddvearv TOs Eyouct 


SECOND YEAR EXHIBITIONS. 


SEC OND YEAR EXHIBITIONS, 


GREEK, 


THURSDAY, SEpr, 14TH :—Mornina. 9 to 11. 


: . wri) 
Examiners... ag itt: | 
/ 1t€47 5 e@eeteeese *e*@eeseeeeees J OHN L.. Da Yy. B.A. 


I. Translate :-— 
(A) 


\ 5 \ \ \ \ ” ; : pA 
Os etrrav Tov Kplov atro €0 Treutre Oupa€e. 
3 / 5 \ ‘ \ / \ , orn 
EeXOorvtes § nBa.ov aro otreious Te Kal avAIS 
TPOTOS UIT’ apvecod AVOMHDY, UTédXAVCA 8 ETaipous. 
KapTrariuws dé Ta LirXa TavavTroba, Tiova dnLa, 
‘ 7 / v ; 3 \ ‘a! 
TOANKA TEepiTpoTréovTeEs ENaVVOLED, odp’ emt via 
t / ‘ , wy / ta ; / 
ix0 EO ‘ adomaotot be dirols ETAPOLTl paun Lev, 
“‘ An cy) 8 4 ms \ ~ de 7 . Py 6 ~ 
ot puyouev Gavarov: rods &é TTEVAYVYOVTO YOOVTES, 
\ , / \ , f a t ‘ 
arr’ eyo od« ewv, ava § oppvat vevov éexaoT@ 
A , ; » | /. ~ 3 a 
KXalev* arXX’ éxé€Xevoa Ooas KaXXiTpiya phra 
§ ? “As / / A r ‘ oe 
TOAN’ €v yt Bardvras érrimXelv arpupov vdwp. 
? > / & \ >] »" _~ a 
ot 0 ai’ eta Bator Kal er KrAnLot KaOivor: 
¢ a O° Cu / \ v , 5 on 
eEns 0 eComevor TOMY AXa TUTTOY épeTmois. 
> 5 c/ / , ~ of ; ; , 
arr OTE TOCCOY arnv dacoV TE yeyeve Ponaas. 
\ | foe 3 \ 7 / / 
Kat TOT Ey® Kuerwra mpoonidwr KEPTOMLOLTLY" 


Homer, Odyssey IX, 


(L) Remark on the forms éo, Ovpacve, tavavroa, 


(B) 


‘eter 
St 


HATON, M,A., PH:D. 


ELV, 


Dirirre, éx 


~~ BA DB 


=—_ 































































36 FACULTY OF. ARTS, 


/ v / ’ ? a € ‘ \ \ 2 ae 
rovTev av Tis oKeratT’ ov yaheTT™S’ OL Se 5% wept avTov 
f \ / 50 X w al P's fa) \ 
Egvot Kal melératpol, d-av pev Exovo’ ws Evol VavpacTol 
/ \ a tA ¢ 4 — rat 
Kal SUYKEKPOTH EVOL TA TOU TTOAEMOU, WS 8 eyo TOV Ev AUTH 
oO / \ ¥ 5 a 
TH XOPA YEeyernpwevov TWOS 2KOUY avbpds, ovdapas ovov 
, ) / ’ \ é BE > \ f > / 
wrevder Gat, ovdeévev etoly BeAdTiovs, Eb pev yap TIS avIp 
9 na A / / / 
Zoriy ev avrTois olos Ewrerpos ToNEMou Kal aywver, TOUTOUS 
wev PlAoTLMLa TAVTAS arwbeiv avtov edn, Bovdopevov 
f BA’ a¥e a 5 * oF LA < \ \ > ce v 
rdvb’ avTov SoKely EeLval Tapya* Tpos yap av TOUS aXAOLS 
\ / , / * 
kal THv-piroTipiay avuTrépBANTOV ELval el O€ Tis TwppoV 
3 ) ’ / an \ 
/) Sixavos ANAWS, THY cal’ iucpav axpaciav tov Biov Kat 
\ \ + / wn 
weOnv Kal KopdaKLa mous Ov Suvdpevos épewv, TapeaoOat 
5 \ 2 / \ fa 
xa) év ovdevos ElVAaL PEpEel TOV TOLOUTOD, Nowtrovs 82) rept 
9 \ \ \ / \ / 
avrov elvat AnoTas Kal KOhaKAS Kal rotovTous avOpwrrous, 
olous peOvolevtas ropxetc Oat TovabTa, ob” éya@ VUV OKVO 
nt >] / nan ¢ al 5 ~ 
Tpos UMas ovopac dal. SArov & bru Tad7’ eotTly adnOH. Kat 
‘ a > Q / 8 ; > / - \ = 
yap ous evOEvoe TAVTES amyravvov, Ws TOAV T@V Gavma- 
a / s/ lal \ 
rorrolav aoeryerTepous OvTas, Kaddtav éxeivoy Tov dn mo- 
\ / ; y 
clov Kab TOLOVTOUS avOpwpovs, pipous yeroiwr Kal 
‘ , ‘a > ul ew , A A 
TOLNTAS AITKPOV ATPMATOV, WY ELS TOUS TUVOVTAS TrOLOVaLY 
Svea Tod yeracOnvat, TovToUs ayaTa Kal ‘rept avTov 
éyet.— DEMOSTH, OLYN. 1S Ly, 


(1) Give the derivation of reCératpor, cvyKexpoTnMevol, 
girotimiav. (1) av THs oxéyrarro—explain the construc- 
tions in which ay is combined with a relative on conjunc- 
tion. (3) Give an account of Philip’s attack upon Olyn- 
thus, and its fall, What was the geographical position of 
this cy, and the date of its capture ? 


(C) 


SQ Todro toy altioy érxeyov, Str eyo * TLOS 1) KANWS 
e a b / / f 
ge wrroxpivacOa, dTt ov Kadws NPOHNY: BovrAopevos yap 
* nw c wn > f 
sou rudécbar 7) pdvov TOS eV TO OTALTLK avdpeious, 





SECOND YEAR EXHIBITIONS, 37 


ara Kal TOS ev TH 'rmriKA Ko) ev EirravTt T@ TONEMLKD 
eldel, xal ut) .dvov Tors év T@ TWONEU@, AXA Kal Tors éV 
Tots mpos tiv Odratrav Kivdvvois avdpelous dvtas, Kal 
Ocal ye pos Vocous Kal boot mpds mrevias 7} Kal Tpos Ta 
TOMTiKA avopetlol elot, Kal Ett ad fn) pdvov boot T pos 
huras avopeiol eiowy 7 hdBous, adrra Kal mpos émriOuulas 
n ndovas Cewvol payerOat, Kal pévovTes 7) avactpépovTes — 
elol yap Tov Ties, 3 Adyns, Kal év Tots ToLovToLS avopelol. 

AA. Kai cdodpa, d Lwxpares. 

20. OvKodv avédpetos péev wavres odtol eto, aX’ 0; 
wev €v nOovais, ot 8 év Xvrraus, of & ev ériOvpias, of 8 ev 
poBos thv avdpeiav Kéxtnvrat of dé y’, of war, Secdiav év 
Tos avTots ToUTOLS. 


AA. Iavu ye. 


x 7 nn > t 
2Q. Ti mote ov éxdrepov tovtwv, TovTo émuvGavouny, 
/ s ~ lal DI nw / BY , ~ 
TAAL OV TELPw ElTreiV AVdpelav TP@TOV, TL OV EV Tat 


+ ; xX “ / “a / a 
TOVTOLS TAUTOV €oTLV, 7) OVT@ KaTapavOaves 0 EY ; 


AA. Ov ravv tu.—PLATO, LACHES, CH. XVIII. 
Il. Translate (at sight). 


Mera &€ ravTa avaotas cite Zevodavy “’Q avopes 
OTPATLOTAL THY MEV TropEiav, MS EoLKE, OH AOV OTL TECH TrOLN- 
Téov" ov yap éatiTAOla’ avayKn dé Tropever Oar HSn* Ov yap 
éoTl pnvouct Ta erritndeta, Ayeis ovv,” Edy. “ OvedpeOa’ 
ipas dé dei tapacxevaler Oat ws mayoupevous, ei ToTE Kal 
ddXoTE’ Of yap ToAkduoe avatePappyKaciy.” €K TOVTOV 
€OvovTo of atpatnyol, wavTis dé wapnv ’Apnkiov ’ ApKas 
0 6€ Siravos 0 ’AuBpaxiotns dn atrodedpaxet moto 
pucOwodpevos && ‘Hpaxrelas. Ovopevois 8€ érri TH afpdd@ 
OvK eyiyvero Th lepad, TAUTHY meV OvY THY 7mépaV eTaveay- 
TO. Kal TIVES ETOAM@Y éEyELY, WS 0 Bevopav Bovrdpmevos 


\ 7d \ \ / e , € \ 
TO Ywplov oiKical TéTELKE TOV WaVTLVY EyELY, WS TA LEPa 































ee 


wid |! 

























































38 FACULTY OF ARTS. 


ov mioverat érl abode. évTevbev Knpusas TN auptoy mr apet- 
yas ert tiv Ouciav-rov BovdAdpmevoy, Kal, MavTLS el Tus etn, 
TARO VICNAS: Tapeivat Ws avvOcacdpevov Ta Lepa, eve’ 
kal évrav0a Traphoav Todo. Ovopevwv d€ TaALY Els TPIS 
ert TH apdd@, ovK éyiyveTo TA Lepa. EK TOUTOU YAAET OS 
elyoV Ol OTPATLWTAL. kal yap Ta émiTnoea eTreuTTEV, a 


éyoutes AGov, Kal ayopa ovdeu“ia TAP. 


SECOND YEAR EXHIBITIONS. 
LATIN 
THURSDAY, Sepr. l4rH:—APCERNDON, 2.70 5. 


_.A Jupson Eaton, M.A., Pa.D. 


EXAMINET scorer ives 
(A) Vixer, Groreics, Bk I. 


1. Mention the principal sources from which Virgil. drew his material 
for the Georgies. State what influence Lucretius exercised on Virgil. 


2. Translate :-— 


Tum liquidas corvi presso ter gutture voces 
Aut quater ingeminant, et saepe cub'‘libus altis, 
Nescio qua praeter solitum dulcedine laeti, 
Inter se fo.iis strepitant: iuvat, imbribus actis, 
Progeniem parzam dulcisyue revisere nidos : 
Haud equiden ciedo. quia si! divinitus illis 
Ingenium, aut rerum fato prudentia maior ; 
Verinm, ubi tempestas et cacli mobilis humor 
Mutavere vias, et luppiter uvidus austris 
Denset, crant yuae rara modo, et, quae densa, relaxat, 
Vertnntur species animorum, et pectora motus 
Nune alios, alies, dum nubila ventus agebat, 
Joncipiunt: hine ille avium concentus in agris, 
Et laetae pecudes, et ovantes gutture corvi. 


Write short notes on :— 


(a) Kliadum palinas equarum;: (+), Ile. etiam, exstincto mineratua 
Gaesare Romam. (c) Deucalion vacuum lapides iactavit in ren. (4) 
Lycaonis Arcton. 











SECOND YEAR EXHIBITIONS. 39 
4. Scan the following lines, indicating any metrical peculiarities : 
(a) Ante tibi “oae Atlantides abacondantur— 
(6) Ter sunt conati imponere Pelio Ossam. 

(ce) Lappaeque tribolique, interque nitentia cult 


aA— 
(B) Horacr, Ongs, Br. T. 


4. Translate :-— 


O navis, referent in mare te novi 
fuctus. O quid agis 2 fortiter occupa 
portum. Nonne vides. ut 
nudum remigio latus, 
et malus celeri saucius Africo 
antennaeque gemant, ac sine funibus 
vix durare Carinae 
possint imperiosius 
aequor? Non-tibi sunt integra lintea, 
non di, quos iterum pressa voces malo, 
Quamvis Pontica pinus, 
silvae filia nobilis, 
iactes et genus et nomen inutile: 
nil pictis timidus navita puppibus 
fidit. Tu, nisi yentis 
/ debes ludibrium, cave. 
Nuper sollicitum quae mihi taedium, 
nune desiderium, curaque non levis, 
interfusa nitentes 
vites aequora Cycladas. 


5. (4) Is this poem allegorical? If so, explain the allusions in eeleri 
Afri¢o, antennae, sine fun bux. Carinae. (d) Explain the force of the sub- 


junctive in gemant, possint. (c) Name the metre and write down the 
scheme. 


(C) Livy, Br. XXII. 


6. Translate : 


Contiones, priusquam ab urbe’ signa moverentur, consulis Varronis 
multae ac feroces fuere; denuntiantis, bellum arcessitum in Italiam ab 
nobilibus nansurumque in visceribus rei’ publicae, si plures Fabios impera - 
tores haberet, se, quo die hostem vidisset, perfecturum. conlegae eius 
Pauli una pridie, quam ab urbe proficisceretur, contio fuit, verior quam 
gratior populo, qua nihil inclementer in Varronem dictum nisi id modo, 


» Ve Sk SE WA We 


-, 
oe 


~~ A 












































































AO 





FACULTY OF ARTS. 


mirari se, quod ne qui dux, priusquam aut suum aut hostium exercitum, lo- 


corum situm, naturam regionis nosset, iam nunc togatus in urbe Ssciret, 
quae sibi agenda armato forent, et diem quoque praedicere posset, qua Cum 
hoste signis vonlatis esset dimicaturus: se, quae consilia magis res dent 
hominibus quam homines rebus, ea ante tempus inmatura non praeceptu- 
rum ; optare, ut, quae caute ac consulte gesta essent, satis prospere eveni- 


rent; temeritatem, praeterquam quod stulta sit, infelicem etiam ad id 
rocorum fuisse. id sua sponte apparebat, tuta celeribus consiliis praeposi- 
Iturum et quo id constantius perseveraret, Q. Fabius Maximus sic eum pro- 


ficiscentem adlocutus fertur, 


7. (a) Remark on the following grammatical constructions, found in 


the last extract : verior quam gratior; nosset ; ad id locorum; quo id con- 


stanlius perseveraret. . 


8. Comment on the grammar of the following expressions : 


(a) proeo, ut ipsiex alieno agro raperent, agerentque, suas terras sedem 


esse videre. 


(b) Primi, qua modo praeirent duces, signa sequebantur. 


(c) Nec ante nos hinc moverimas, quam C. Flaminium ab Arretio 


patres acciverint. 


(d) Ibi castra in aperto locat, ubi ipse cum Afris consideret. 


(e) Inexplorato postero die, postquam in patentiorem campum pandi 
agmen coepit, id tantum hostium, quod ex adverso erat. 


(D) TRANSLATION aT SIGHT. 


Hercules finds that some of his cattle have been stolen by Cacus, whom 


he slays. 


Mane erat: excussus somno Tirynthius hospes 
De numero tauros sentit abesse duos. 

Nulla videt taciti quaerens vestigia furti : 
Traxerat aversos Cacus in antra boves ; 

Cacus, Aventinae timor atque infamia silvae, 
Non leve finitimis hospitibusque malum, 

Dira viro facies ;° vires firo corpore ;.corpus 
Grande: pater monstri Mulciber huius erat: 

Proque domo longis spelunca recessibus ingens 
Abdita, vix ipsis invenienda feris. 

Gra super pustes affixaque bracchia pendent, 
Squalidaque humanis ossibus albet humus. 

Servata male parte boum love natus abibat : 

Mugitnm rauco furta dedere sono, 



























SECOND YEAR EXHIPITIONS. 


Accipio revocamen, ait; vocemque secutus ‘| 
Impia per silvas ultor ad antra venit. | 

Ille aditum fracti praestruxerat obice montis : 
Vix iuga movissent quingue bis illud onus. 

Nititur hic humeris (caelum quoque sederat illis), 


Kt vastum motu collabefactat onus: rid 
Quod simul evolsum est, fragor aethera terruit ipsum ; «gy 

Ictaque subsedit pondere molis humus. ~ ral 
Prima movet Cacus collata proelia dextra ; ue | 

Remque ferox saxis Stipitibusque gerit. ‘oll 
Quis ubi nil agitur, patrias male fortis ad artes pe 


pee . mae 
Confugit, et flammas ore sonante vomit. ‘ 
Quas quoties proflat, spirare Typhoéa credas, 





ee 
Et rapidum Aetnaeo fulgur ab igne iaci. ) A 
Occupat Alcides : adductaque clava trinodis if 4) 
Ter quater adversi sedet in ore Viri. is 4 
[lle cadit, mixtosque vomit cum sanguine fumos ; Cs | 
Et lato moriens pectore plangit humum. -~ aan 6 4 
he a 
oy 
ket 
a Pa Y TT ‘ r ,Trn rq b J 
SECOND YEAR EXHIBITIONS, a 
f 
GENERAL PAPER. ge? 
Togspay, Sepr. 19TH: —ArreRrNoon, 2 To 5. FF 
PAD ge (A. J. Eaton, M.A,, Pa.D. : is 
LLAMUNETS, TORO F HOO He sweet ee ewes sees SC eeeees seesaw seeee JOHN ae Day, B. * 5 


1. Give a short account of the period known in Roman History as the 
Monarchy. 


2. (a) Sketch the career of Miltiades. (+) Anestimate of the character 
of Hannibal. (c) Describe the phalanx and the testudo. Bow wasa legio 
composed ? 


3. (a) An account of the conspiracy of Catiline, (4) A brief summary 
of the main events in Grecian History from B.C. 404—371 (the Spartan 
Supremacy). 


4. Write down the dat. and accus. sing., and dat. pl. of Néwr. eATrIS. 
Tes, yapies, yuvn, yelp, Ouyatnp, ppv. 


~ . 4° ? c ‘/ , / 

5. Exemplify the uses ot WS, Ya, Tpty. 

6. Show by examples the construction Of pureo, pudet, iubeo, tenus, guam- 
VS. 







































4? FACULTY OF ARTS. 


My af , ; : 
My 7. Illustrate the various ases of the Middle voice. 


i: 8. Turn the following passage into oratio obliqua (prefixing the words, 
ie Imperator milites in hunc modum hortabatur) : 

Instate; Cur nune hic moramur’ Nolite dubitare de vestra virtute aut 
de mea vigilantia. Si ignavus fuissem, vos deseruissem, urbs enim, ut 


opinor, non facile capietur. 


4 9. Distinguish ‘ nescio quem suspicor,’ and ‘ nescio quem suspicer.’ 


- 


. : ‘s > > / >] e J ? t/ e ss ‘Ss gg ee 
10. Distinguish eZu, eli; ets, els, ES’; OL, OL, OL: Soles and 
soles; sedet and sedet ; esset and esset ; 


ll. Give a scheme, with illustrations, of the uses of the subjunctive in 


conditions. 


12. Translate into Greek (accenting): (1) Speak well of those who 


i 

17) . . - 

f have done you kind offices. (2) If I had known this, | would not have 

1. . : . : 

fF tried at all to dissuade him. (3) He has injured the state morethan any 

| other single person. (4) They choose warin preference to peace, because 

t, they are ambitious. (5) [ admire your virtue and that of our friend. 

. 13. Translate into Latin: 
p (1) There is no doubt that he promised to come to Athens, but he did 


ie not perform what he promised. (2) Although my kind friend Tullius 
7 promised to help me, he forgot his promise. The consequence was that I 
h was left, while a boy, at Rome, without money to take me home; and 
| there’ was no one to help me in my sore distress. Indeed, if the worthy 
Balbus had not seen and pitied me, ! do not know what I should have done. 
His enemies used to say that he loved no one, and that no one loved him, 
but he asked me to come home witb him, and treated me all the time I was 
in his house, like a man of humanity, as he was, with kindness and con- 


sideration. 
SECOND YEAR EXHIBITIONS. 
EUCLID, ALGEBRA, TRIGONOMETRY. . 
FRIDAY, SEPTEMBER 15TH :—MoORNING, 9 To 12. 
BEAMING, cseniviningcspndtinienhs 0 e0aee, ncnbsanagint bits ewan ALEX. JOHNSON, LL.D 


1. Prove that in a right-angled triangle, any rectilineal figure, described 
on the hypotenuse is equal’to thé sum of the two similar‘and similarly, 
described figures on the sides containing, the right angle. Why ate the 
words ‘‘ similarly described ” inserted ? 


2. If four right lines be proportional, the similar rectilineal figtires simi- 
larly described on them are also proportional, 





























SECOND YEAR EXHIBITIONS, ee | 

ith 

3. Inscribe a circle in a given triangle. Ms 
(a) Describe a circle which shall touch the base arid the two sides if 
produced, ’ 


i. If a chord of a circle be drawn from’ the point of contact. of a tan 
gent, the angles which it/makes with the tangent shall be equal to the 


‘ angles in the alternate segments of the circle. Sg . 
: Q |. ; 
| Pee , 1 
= nb . . . e ~ . wid 
5. Find two numbers, one of which is 3-5ths of the other, so that the ‘$y | 





difference of their squares may be equal to 16. gmy 
‘fill 
. ' pt ele, a e a ra 6 | 
6. A piece of work can be done by A and B in 4 days, by A and Cin 6 pe | 
days, and by Band C in 12 days; find in what time it would be’ doné by po!) 
A, B and C all working together. alt i 
sed | 
7. Solve tbe equations. eel 
rf 
4 . ¢ " . -F ta 4 
(a) a y Be 2 y 15. ih 1 
(6) y +z 2a@,Z+2 26, 2 + ¥ 2¢ ch at 
. ah : ; te * 
(c) / Z 4 oie s—2 a/ 3 { ~~ ty ery 
fe s! 
H ) ve fl 
oO ‘* a ~ t : a 
8. Simplify vag ikl seb bates re Re ‘a " 
i Zxv’—d a 20 2 | wi 
el 
, j 
9. Prove ¥ 1+ sin 4 A =sin 2 A+ cos2 A; and (sin 4 + sin B) | 
(sin A— sin By = sin (A +B) sin (A—B). 
tf 
10. Trace the changes in the signs of cosine and tangent as the angle s 
3 increases from 0° to 360°. 
11. Find the number of seconds in thc radian (the conic of circular kd 


measure). 


12. Find the sine of 18°. 


SECOND YEAR EXHIBITIONS. 
GEOMETRY. 
FRIDAY, SEPTEMBER L5TH :—AFTERNOON 2 To 5. 
PTATMARET, : .scrgsar tad rr dlinbuscite Clee haeh bie ALEXANDER JoHnson, LL.D. 


1. If through a fixed point two transversals be drawn intersecting two 
given straight lines, and if the points of intersection be joined trans- 
versely, find the locus of the point of intersection of the joining lines. 


2. If two circles do not meet one another, any system of circles. cutting 
them orthogonally, always passes through two fixed points on the line 
joining the centres of the two given circles. 































at 





OF 





FACULTY 


3. If a system of circles be described cutting a given circle ortho- 
gonally, and having their centres in a given straight line, the radical axis 
of the system will be the perpendicular from the centre of the.given circle 
on tke given line. 

4. Describe a circle passing through a given point and touching two 
given circles. 

5. The reciprocals of lines in harmonical profession are in Arithmetical 
progression. 

6. State and prove Brianchon’s theorem concerning a hexagon cirt- 
cumscribed to a circle. 

7. Given the rectangle under the sides, the bisector of the base, and the 


i. 
difference of the base angles ; construct the triangle. 


8. Ifa perpendicular be drawn from the right angle of a triangle to 
the hypotenuse, the square on its reciprocal is equal to the sum of the 
squares on the reciprocals of the sides. 

9. If a quadrilateral be not circamscribable by a circle, the rectangle 
under the diagonals is less than the sum of the rectangles under the 
opposite sides. 

10. If circles be described passing through two given points and cut- 
ting a given circle, the chords of intersection will all pass through a fixed 
point on the straight line passing through the two given points, or will 
be parallel to ‘this line. 

11. One vertex of a triangle. given in species turns round a fixed point, 
and another vertex moves along a fixed straight line ; find the locus of the 
remaining vertex. 


12. Three perpendiculars of a triangle are concurrent. 


SECOND YEAR EXHIBITIONS. 
THEORY OF EQUALIONS—-ALGEBRA. 


WepNespay, Sepr. 20TH -—Mornine, 9 To L2. 


. 


EXAMINE, cree vveee jc distiea exe: Sae Oorageeetene ALEXANDER JOHNSON, LL.D. 


1. Solve the equation 


443— 2442 + 23% + 18 = 
tor which the roots are in arithmetical progression. 


SECOND YEAR EXHIBITIONS, 45 


“> 


2, Find the sum of the sqnares of the roots of the equation 


7? 


— P28.. gi —7r =O. 

3. In an equation with real coefficients imaginary roots enter in pairs. 
4. An equation f(x) = 0 cannot have more positive roots than there are 

changes of sign in f (x), and cannot have more negative roots than there 

are changes of sign in f (—z). 


5- Find the equation whose roots are the squares of those of the equation 
v3 pxiz + Gt + rT =—=-0: 


6. In passing continuously from a value a—h of 2, a little less than a real 
root a of the equatiou f(x) = 0 toa valuea + h, alittle greater, the poly- 
nomials f(x) and/! (x) bave unlike signs immediately befuré the passage 
through and little signs immediately after. 


(a) Show that this is true, no matter how many times the root a is 
repeated in f (x) = 0. 


7. Find the equation whose roots are those of 
v4 tes La Pg + Tx 


each diminished by 4. 


— |lvx + lil 0, 


8 If two rational integral functions of x dimensions are equal for more 
than m values of the variable, they are equal for every value of the yari- 
able. 


(2) Find by the method of indeterminal coefficients the sum of n terms 
of 1? + 3° + 5° + ete. 


9. Find a general formula giving the present value of a deferred anuuity 
to commence at the end of p years and to continue for » years, allowing 
compound interest. 


i0. Find the number of triangies that can be formed by joining 


the 
three angular points of a quindecagon. 


11. Find the greatest coefficient in the expansion of (1 + x)n. 


6 x? r 
12. Resolve < aa < 





into partial fractions 


a 
rs 


~z 


co 





= 
+ 5 
MAUR GEa@ue 


se 


2. 4 2 Se ia | 
\ z 


— 
ia 






































46 FACULTY OF ARTS. 


i HIGHER ENTRANCE EXAMINATION AND SSCOND YEAR 
i EXHIBITIONS. 
i 


ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 


MonpayY, SEPTEMBER 18TH :—9 To 12 4M. 


1 Bec ( Cuas, E. Moyss, B.A, 

. LLAIMINETS, cel OS ORS 0d 0eee Ce Cees BO BHHS [88 Yeesese.e seeecees | W. 2: MESSENGER. B.A. 

i 

‘ HIGHER ENTRANCE EXAMINATION, 

tA 1. (a2) What doyou under-tand by “Gender” in grammar? Show that 
be your definition applies to the following words: lady, seamstress, testatrix, 
mistress, heroine, bridegroom. 

} , ’ . * . . 

(b) Write the plurais of: Mosquito, no, Livy, appendix, miasma, 
{ colloquy, court-martial, solo, grouse, stratum. 

as 2. (a) Define case, and show that in Older English the noun was more 
Ht highly inflected that now. 

i (b) Give examples of the different uses (1) of words ending in ‘ing’ 
f . and (2) of ‘‘ but.” 

a 3% Adverbs are for the most part formed by inflection, derivation or 
i composition from nouns, adjectives and pronouns.” 

th! Illustrate this fully. . | 

| ae 

f 4, (a) Define “ Conjunction)’ Give a full classification of conjune- 
1 . ‘ 
fs tions. 


(b) Give the principal parts of kneel, read, sit, gird, rive, lade, bid 


tear, flow, mow. 


5. Analyse the following, and parse italicized words : 

«“ As bees 

In springtime when the Sun with Taurus rides, 

Pour forth their populous youth about the hive 

In clusters; they ¢mong fresh dews and flowers 

Fly to and fro, or on the smoothed plank, 

) The suburb of their straw built citadel, 

New-rubbed with balm, expatiate and confer 

Their state affairs ; so thick the airy crowd 

Swarmed and were straitened.”’ 


6. (1) Correct or justify the following, giving your reasons : 


(a) In the observance of the laws consists the stability and welfare 
of the kingdom. 
(b+ Whom do you think it is? 
(c) The creed of Zoroaster supposes the existence of a benevolent | 


and malevolent principle. 








SECOND YEAR EXHIBITIONS. 47 


(7) There have been three famo us. talkers in Kngland, 
whom woiuld illustrate what I 
purpose. 


either.,,of 
say about dogmatists well. enough for my 


(2) Make notes on al, half, many, few, more, and their uses. 


(3) Illustrate the difference between notional and auxiliary verbs. 


SECOND YEAR EXHIBITIONS. 


(Candidates to answer the last 3 questions in the Higher Entrance puper 
and .the following. ) 


7. State the meaning and origin (A nglo-Saxon or Classic) of the 


suf- 
fixes in the following words : 


drunkard, liar, hireling, sponsor, chan- 
cellor, wisdom, shovel, voyage, infancy, 


tapster, wedlock, globule, memory, 
chapel, sickle. 


8. (a) What is Hybridism ? Give six examples. 


(d) Derive peripatetic, synod, lord, See. 


anathema, piemature, rather, 
fathom, meander, genteel. 


(¢) What traces of Danish occupation do we find in 


local English 
names ? 


9. Analyse the following and parse the italicized words : 


‘And yet not so— for what can we bequeath 
Save our deposed bodies to the ground. 

Qur lauds, our lives, our all are Boling broke’s, 
And nothing can we ¢all our own but death 
And that small model of the barren earth 
Which serves as paste and cover to our bones. 





SECOND YEAR EXHIBITIONS. 
ENGLISH LITERATURE. 
WEDNESDAY, Sepr. 20TH: —-AFTERNOON, 2 To 5. 


Yee {-Cuas:. E, Morse, B.A. 
4LEMIURETS, seese ee eee 2 ee 2 PC COPE eee eet twee { p- ihe LAFLEUR. M.A. 


(N.B.—Write the answers to-A and B on separate-sets of papers. ) 
A. 
SHAKSPZRE, As Jou Like It. 


1. Discuss the character of Jaques, and the part he takes in the story of 
the play, ° 


2. Narrate, in outline, the events ¢ontained in‘Act IT, or those contained , 
in Act IV. 


Se 
5 


| a 


= —= s-on wt 
= fA 


4 25 



































48 : FACULTY OF ARTS. 






3. Make explanatory notes on :—the poor allotery my father left me by 
testament; a quintain, a mere lifeless block, the toad, ugly and venomous; 
wears yet a precious jewel in his head; bearded like the pard ; Caesar's 
thrasonical brag: It is not the fashion to see the lady the epilogue. 

































x 
comedies, drawing your illustrations from the play As You Like It, 


4. Give some precise idea of the merits of Shakspere as a writer of 


B. 
. Trenon, Study of Words. 
y © -@ 


(The paper is the same as that set for the Third Year Scholarships.) | 


SECOND YEAR EXHIBITIONS 
AND FIRST YEAR SUPPLEMENTAL. 
FRENCH. 


ae (J.P. Darvy, M.A., LL.D. Orricier D’ACAD EMIE. 
Examiners,. se , 
7 | J. L. Morin, M.A. 


1. Translate into French :— 
Le Berger et la Mer. 


Du rapport d’un troupean dont il vivait sans soins, 
Se contenta longtemps un voisin d’Amphitrite. 


Si sa fortune était petite 
Elle était sar: (@) tout au moins. 


A la fin, les trésors déchargés sur la plage (a) 
Le tentérent si bien gu’il vendit (0) son troupeau, } 
Trafiqua (d) de l’argent, la mit entier sur l’eau. 

Cet argent périt par naufrage. 
Son maitre fut réduit a4 garder les brebis, 
Non plus berger en chef comme il était jadis, 
(Quand ses propres moutons paissaient (e) sur le rivage : 
Celui qui s’était vu Coridon on Tircis, 

Fut Pierrot, et rien davantage. 

La Fonraing, Livre IV, Fable 11. 


Write the first two lines of that fable in their grammatical order. 
(a) Give two homonyms of this word with their meaning. 


mM 























SECOND YEAR EXHIBITIONS, 


(6) Conjugate that verb in all the simple tenses, giving the first 
person singular, 
(c) What other word could be used here 
(d) How do you explain the use 
well as in the two previous verbs ? 


(¢) And the use of the Imperfect here ? 


with the same meaning ? 
of the Preterite definite here as 


3. Give five cases where the article 


is used in French and not in 
English, and five cases where it is use 


d in English and not in French. 


4. What adjectives are always placed before the nouns, and what 
are those which are always placed after? Give two examples of 
each. 

5. State the rules with relation tu the following words: nu, feu, 
france de port, quelque, air, amour. 

6. (a) How is the adverb of negation ne completed ? 
(6) With what verb is it used alone ? 
(c) When must it be used and when 


Suppressed after the verbs 
(1) craindre, trembler, etc., and (2) 


after duuter, nier, ete. ? 


(. Translate into English :— 


Harpagon. Ne vous offensez pas, ma belle, si je 


viens & vous avec 
des lunettes. 


Je sais que vos appas frappent assez les yeux, 
assez visibles d’eux-mémes, et qu’il n’e 
les apercevoir; mais enfin, 


son 
st pas besoin de lunettes pour 
c’est avec des lunettes qu’on observe les 
astres ; et je maintiens et ga:antis que vous Ctes un astre, mais un 
astre,le plus bel astre qu'il soit dans pays des astres. 


Frosine, elle ne 
répond mot, et ne témoigne, ce me semble, 


aucune joie de me voir, 
8. Translate :—Of the works of that author, nothing can be recom- 
mended except his fables. In these he has surpassed every other 


= eee fy oe A S 


writer, and the name of the Inimitable La Fontaine has been given 
him by common consent. His fables are perfectly natural and re 
with wit. He was a man of extreme simplicity of m 
candor and probity ; but in society he was al 
thoughtful, so much so that he often 
knowing them. 


plete 
anners; full of 
ways absent-minded and 
spoke to his friends without 


a & =e 
= Se eee 


“ei 
= 


a a Gs 





















































FACULTY OF ARTS, 





if SECOND YEAR EXHIBITIONS. ‘ 
GERMAN. | 
We AME OP ie i oe Oe Wk iuvasensieoe ve oh Yeware «dix 2. At ReG@Oie mea 


SEPTEMBER 191TH :—9 TO 12. 
1. Translate into English :— 


(a) Es war ein Médchen faul und wollte nicht spinnen, und die 

Mutter mochte sagen, was sie wollte, sie konnte es nicht dazu bringen. | 

Endlich iibernahm-die Mutter einmal Zorn und Ungeduld, dasz sie p 
ihm Schlage gab, wortiber es laut zu weinen anfing. Nun fulr gerade 
die Kénigin vorbei und als sie das Weinen horte, lesz sie anhalten, 
| trat in das Haus und fragte die Mutter, warum sie ihre TYochter 
. schltige, dasz man drauszen auf der Strasze das Weinen horte. Da 
ee schamte sich die Frau, dasz sie die Faulheit ihrer Tochter offenbaren 
sollte, und sprach: “ Ich kann sie nicht vom Spinnen abbringen, sie 
will immer und ewig spinnen, und ich bin arm und kann den Flachs 


F nicht herbeischaffen.’’ . 


(b) Wie eine Schnecke kam er zu einem Feldbrunnen geschlichen, 
da wollte er ruhen und sich mit einem frischen Trunk laben ; damit 
er aber die Steine im Niedersetzen nicht beschadigte, legte er sie be 
dachtig neben sich an den Rand des Brunnens. Darauf drehte er sich 
und wollte sich zum Trinken biicken ; da versah er’s, stiesz ein klein 
wenig an, und beide Steine plumpten hinab. Hans sprang vor Freuden 
auf, kniete dann nieder und dankte Gott mit Thranen in den Augen, 
dasz er ihm auch diese Gnade erwiesen und auf eine so gute Art von 
den Steinen befreit, das sei das Hinzige, was ihm noch zu seinem 
Glick gefehlt habe. ‘So glicklich wie ich,” rief er aus, gicbt es 
keinen Menschen unter der Sonne.” Mit leichtem Herzen und fre! | 
von aller Last sprang er nun, bis er dahéim bei seiner Mutter war. 


(Cc) Drum vor dem ganzen Dienertrosz, 
Die Gratin ihn erhob ; 
Aus ihrem schonen Munde flosz ; 
sein unerschopftes Lob, 
Sie Azelé ihn nicht als ihren Knecht. 
Ks gab sein Herz ihm Kindesrecht ; 
Ihr klares Auge mit Vergntigen. fh 
Hing an den wohlgestalten Ziigen. 


2. Parse carefully the words italicised in the preceding passages. 








SECOND YEAR EXHIBITIONS, o1 
3. Decline: ein leichtes Herz, ihr schdner Mind, die kleine Hand. 


#. Give the two main classes of verbs which take the auxiliary sein. 


3. Conjugate sein in all moods and tenses, giving the English of 
the lst person of each tense. 


6. Give three forms of the nom. 


7 


sing. mase. of the poss. pro. his. 
7 y : > . : ° ; : P 

i. Explain the termination of the adjective in the expression der 
Pariser Handschuh. 


8. Compare the following adjectives :—gut, viel, grosz, breit. 


9. Give the nom. pl. of the following substantives:—Baum, Glas, 
Vorhang, Ofen, Feuer, Schaf, Nachbar, Gedanke, Sohn, Hinflusz, 
Monarch, Blatt, Chor, Hand 


10. What prepositions govern both the accusative and the dative 2 
Hixplain the distinction. Illustrate by means of well-composed sen- 


tences containing relative pronouns—two sentences for each case. 


ll. Distinguish between Sie and ihr (pers. pronouns). When are 
they severally employed ? 


12. Translate into German :— 


The scholars praise themselves because they have done their 
exercise so quickly. What would you pay for these glasses? Would 
the girl be contented if she were with her mother? Charles, bring 
Fred and Max and we shall play in the garden. The north, the 
south, the east and the west are the four cardinal points of the com- 
pass. The honey, which the countryman brought us yesterday, is 
not good. I like to hear the singer who sang in the concert yester- 
day. Little Charles is a naughty child; he has torn his new dress, 
The professor seemed not to be at home, for his windows and shutters 
were not open. If Charles tears his new book his mother will be 
very angry. Schiller and Beethoven were Germans; the latter was 
a great musician, the former a great poet. In the year eighteen 
hundred and eighty-seven Queen Victoria celebrated the fiftieth year 
of her reign. 




































FACULTY OF ARTS, 








(DONALDA DEPARTMENT.) 
SECOND YEAR EXHIBITION EXAMINATIONS. 
GERMAN. 



































L. R. Grecor, B.A. 


EERE RSE es 1 Ss rye Sig GG Se p00 bc8 0.0 BO e/a ees 


SEPTEMBER 147TH :—9 To L2. 


]. Translate :— 
(a) Und zwischen Trug,und Wahrheit schwebet | 
Noch zweifelna jede Brust und bebet, . | 
Und huldiget der furchtbar’n Macht, q 
Die richtend im Verborg’ nen wacht, a 
Die, unerforschlich, unergrtindet 
Des Schicksals dunkeln Knauel flicht, 
Dem tiefen Herzen sich verktndet, 
Doch fliehet vor dem Sonnenlicht. 


(b) Ja, Schurke, ich will dich tanzen machen !—Und die Quit- 
tung uber die hundert Pistolen, merk’ ich jetzt wohl, habe ich auch 
nicht der Ehrlichkeit des Wucherers zu verdanken.—Zu meinem 
Glick hat der Juwelier Bankerott gemacht—Mein Taugenichts von 
Neffe begnugte sich, seine Schulden mit meinem Gelde zu bezahlen; 
er macht auch noch neiie auf meinen Credit—Schon gut! Er soll mir 
dafiir bezahlen!—Und du, ehrlicher Gesell, rechne auf eine tiichtige 


Belohnung. | \ 


(c) Diesen Morgen habe ich das Urtheil angehért, welches Ew. 
Majestat gefallen hat uber mich aussprechen zu lassen. So weit ich 
auch immer davon entfernt gewesen bin, gegen die Person und den 
Dienst Ew. Majestiit, oder gegen die cinzig wahre alte und katholische 
Religion etwas zw wnternchmen, so unterwerfe ich mich dennoch dem 
Schicksale mit Geduld, welches Gott gefallen hat, tiber mich’zu ver- : 


* 


hangen. 
2. Parse carefully the words italicised in the preceding passages. 


3. Decline in the singular: die furchtbare Macht, ihr unglickliches 
Schicksal, der spOttische Ton. 
4. When is the definite article employed in German contrary to 


English usage ? 


5. What classes of nouns are neuter in German? Limit your 
answer to gender as determined by meaning. 














SECOND YEAR EXHIB ITIONS, 


6. Comment on the mood and tense of indirect statements. Give 
exam ples. 
7. When do substantives expressing quantity (me 


asure, weight and 
number) retain the form of the singular ? 


8. Conjugate the present indicative of all the modal auxiliaries. 


J. Er hatte gehen konnen, 
sentence. 


Comment on the last word of the above 


10. When is als used in comparison ? 
11. Write a composition in German of not less than two hundred 
words on one of the following subjects :—Canada, Summer Holidays. 


12. Translate into German :— 


We should praise ourselves, too, if we had done our exercise. 
Our parents travelled in Germany and Switzerland. The teacher 
praised his scholars, and said to them “ You h: 


ive been diligent.” If 
Charles is not ready w 


e shall go without him to Germany. Buying 
is pleasant, but paying is very disagreeable. When we hastened bome 
yesterday it was raining heavily. High mountains and beautiful val- 
leys spread out before us. The rain spoiled my journey to the country. 
Fifty years ago Queen Victoria ascended the throne. Green isagreeable 
to those who have weak eyes. The upper part of the city of Quebec 
is much finer than the lower. This is my neighbour of whom you 
have already heard so much. The eldest son of the Queen of Eng- 
land was born the ninth of November, one thousand eight hundred 
aud forty-one. Good evening, my little friend, howdoyoudo? The 
pen still lies on the book on which I laid it. 





SECOND YRAR EXHIBITIONS. 
CHEMISTRY. 
MonDay, Supt. 18rH :—AFTERNOON, 2 To 5. 
Examiner, .....++ PE Pree R650 Leehdessasateritees B, J. Harrineron, B.A., Pu.D. 
1, How is Hydrogen Dioxide prepared, and what are its properties ? 


2, What gasis given off when Sodium Acetate and Caustic Soda are 
heated together? Describe its properties. 

3. Calculate the weight of one liter of Hydrochloric Acid Gas at 10° c 
and 780 m.m. | 





AG GD US AY 
































a4 FACULTY OF ARTS. 


4. Why is Hydrogen regarded as the vapour of a highly volatile metal ? 


5. What takes place when Lead Nitrate is strongly heated ? Write the 
equation. 

6. How many pounds of Tron Pyrites (Fe S,) would be required to 
make a ton of Sulphuric Acid ? 

7. Explain the relation of specific heat to atomic weight. 

8. State what you know with regard to the principal salts of Mercury 
and their preparation. 

9, What is (1) acompound radical, (2) an anhydro salt, (3) a> basic 
salt, (4) a crystalloid. Give examples. 


10. Give the formule of the Oxides of Iron, Cobalt and Nickel. 


CLASSICAL AND MODERN . LANGUAGE SCHO- 
LARSHIDPS. . 


GREEK. 
THURSDAY, SEPTEMBER 147TH :—MorNING, 9 To 12, 
Examiners,.......... REV. GEORGE CoRNISH, M.A., L.L.D. 
1, Translate :—(A) Demosthenes, the Olynthiacs :— 


1. Dyp) dy Seiv bpas apa Trois pev ’OrdvvOioss Bonbetp, 
\ ¢ \ e/ © 
(cal Orrws Tis heyel KAAMLOTA Kal TAYLTTA OVT@S APETKEL 
sc be Merraror eRelav aré eat ae aoe 
pot,) mpos 5é Bertadols mperLeiav Tepe, N TOUS MEV 
Si8d£er Tadta Tovs dé mapokuvei* Kai yap viv elo eyrnpio- 
; : ‘ , A \ \ / / 
wévot Ilayacas amraiteiv, Kat wept Mayvnoias oyous 
mowicbat. oKxotreice pero. TovTo, wo avdpes ’AOnvaior, 
sd \ Ul 5 ‘a / e e a 
Seras py) Adyous epodor pdvov of Tap’ jpav mpéc Bets, AdrG 
% 4 & ae 4 ; a , e = Nee 
kal Epyov Tt Sexvuery EEovowy, eeAnAvGoTav nuov a&ios 
A / \ 9 ’ \ n 
Ths wédews, Kal dvTwv él Tois Tpdyuacu" ws amas MEP 
/ v7 > “~ 4 7 ’ 
Adyos, av arn TA Tpaypara, paray TL paiverat Kab 
; f Ve \ as e , , ¢ Ais 
ddota O€ 
seed) a AMoOTAa O€ 0 Tapa THS NMETEpAS TrOhEWS’ OTM YAP 
5 wie re a = A 
éroiudtar’ avt@ Soxovpev ypncbat TocovT@ wadXov aTic- 































he 








CLASSICAL AND MODERN LANGUAGE SCHOLARSHIPS, 55 


la > = \ ~ \ \ / \ / 
TOUCL TAVTES AUT@. TOAAHV ON THY WETATTAGIVK! Hey 


~ nw . te el ‘ pas: d 2) ai 7 , Os F er 
ANY O€LKTEOY THV METAHOANHY, ELOpEepoVTas, *EvdvTas, dTravTa 


‘oa € / 7 Lg ‘an / rn 
TOLOVYTAS ETOLUMS, ElTTEep TLS LLY TpoTeEEL TOY vOdV 


bd a ’ f e “4 \ we, 7 
Kav tavTa eVedXnonte ws mpoonker Kalb Sei, epaiverv 
> 


> ; > v by ’ / a \ 4 5 r \ 
ovov, ® avepes ’AOnvaio., Ta oc VLK VOSS KO 
ov povov, ® avopes AOnvaiol, Ta « ULMaAV LK a acbevas Kal 
> / 3 / /  - mee A on 
aTicTMS EYOVTAa havyncetat Pirin, adArAG Kal 7d TS 
? j ’ A \ ie ; a Vv ) . / 
l LS S KAt OVUVAMEDS KAKWS EVOYTA E vv nc 
OLKELAS apKYns 6 OU!1 AMEWS KAKWS eX ol Ta eee (xX Onoerat. 


2, Write short explanatory notes on :—(1) ev@uvas padsat. 


¢ 5 et f s>\ b a’ 7 , a : / ~_ 
(2) €v nAtKiu. (5) esodépovtas, (4) aveyaitice. (5) 


mepevacikey (6) AetToupyiar. (7) @ Tay, (3) THY 


, \ ) / rt / 
peTaoTacwWw—Tyy petaBornv. (9) Urocreihec Oat. 


3, Explain the metaphors in ;—docteiAac Oa, repeva- 
KUKEV, AVEXALTLOE, NVONnTEV, PwPATaL, KaTAppEl, TUYKEKPOTY- 


pevol, 


4, Translate :—(B) Thucydides, Bk. VI, chap. 75. 


5.. Translate carefully the following extt :—(a) cap. li 
tocavTn otca * * * S:épyerai TO ph HIrElpos OvcAa;—exX- 
plain the use of 2) in such phrases. (b) cap. 2.—mp@toe 
paivovTat :- distinguish between datvowat with the Infi- 
nitive, and the Participle as here. (c) cap: 6.—o@v axovovtes 


* * *® crodXdxKis AeyovTov :—account for the 


ot >A @nvaior 
use of two genitives with axovw. (d) cap, 33.—os odv 
Tapecopéevov :—give the force of ws. (e) cap. 59.—as 
Baciréa : 


without the Article. (f) cap. 72.—éavrijs Capoadewre- 





explain this use of ws, and also of Baotrda 


pay :—explain the construction, 


6. Translate :—(C) Herodotus, Bk. VILI., Chaps. 55- 
56, 
































56 FACULTY OF. ARTS. 


7. Comment on the following phrases in these chaps. 
(a) mpos rod IIdvrov. (b) % Oeparin. (c) pata. (d) 


> / \ > 4 
edivuoas. (€) avacTaToD. 


8. Give an account of the dialect used by Herodotus, 
and turn the following words into the common dialect :— 
GV, TOleel, EWVTOV, ATrikaTO, OTEW, TAWOVTAS, TPNYEWS, 


n / wn , ; 
vnas, meiGeo, TAEUVES, OLKOS. 


9. Translate :—(D) Plato, Apology :—TI1pés adrwv roivuy, 
@ Mérnte, TovTay Tav Gedy, bv viv 6 Adyos éotiv, Eire 
ETL TapeoTEpoV Kal E“ol Kal TOS avopact TovToicl, éy@ yap 
ov dvvapat pabeiv, TOTEpoy Aéyers Siddorev pe vowlCew 
eivat Tivas Oeovs, Kal avtos apa vouitm elvar Oeors Kab 
OvK Elut TO Tapatrav aOeos ovdé TAUTH AOLK@, OV MEVTOL 
ousTrep ye 1 mods, AAD’ erépous, Kal TovT’ éotiv & pol 
eyKanels, OTL ETepous. 7) Tavtdtaci pe dys ovTe avTov 
vowiCev Geovs Tovs Te AXXOUS TadTa SiddoxKery, Tatra Xeya, 
@$ TO waparav ov voultes Oeo’s. *O Javpdaove Médnte, 
iva ti tadta Réyets ; 0ddE HALO OvdE ceAnVnVY apa voywteo 
Geovs civat, dsTrep 01 GAOL aVOpwrrot; Ma A/’, d avdpes 
Sixactal, émel Tov pev HrALov ALGov dynaolv eivat, THv Se - 
cernvnv ynv. 'Avakayopou ole KaTnyopeiv, & dike MéAnte’ 
Kal ovTw Kkatadpoveis TwvdE Kal oles avTovs aTreipous 
ypappatev eivat, asTe ovK eldéval, OTL Ta ’Avakayopou 
BiBria rod Kralopeviou yéuer tovtTwy Aoywrv. Kal 
67) Kat ot véot TavTa Tap’ éuov pavOdvovo., a ekeoTW 
EVLOTE, EL TAVU TOAXOD, Spaypns Ex THS OpynoTpas Tpla- 
pevois LwKpatovs Katayedav, €av mpostroinrar éavTowU 
eival, @AXWS TE Kal OVTWS aTOTTa dYTAa* aA @ pos ALOos, 
ottacl cot Sox@ ovdéva vomifev Oeov eiva.; Ov pévrot pa 


Av’, ov omr@stiovp. 

















(1) av viv Adyos éorlvy:—what use of the Genitive? 
(2) wa Ac’ :—< arse and explain this formula, (3) dpa~ 
XMAS € THS opynoTpas :—write an explanatory note on 
this, 

lu, Translate :—(E) Plato, Crito :— 

20. ’AAN, d Kpiror, TUX ayabn, ef TavtTyn Tois Beols 
Prov, TavTH ETM. od pévTOL oluae HEEW adTd T1)EPOV. 
KP. [lo@ev robo texpaipe; TO.’ Eye cou Epa. ™ yap 
Tov voTEpaia et pe aTroOvncKev 7 dv EXOn TO TAoiov. 
KP. Daci yé tot 67) 04 TovT@Y Kipior. TO, Ov roivuv THS 
emovans nMépas oluat avTo HEE, ANAA THS erépas, Texpal- 
powar dé €« Tivos évuTrviov, 6 éwpaka drLyov 7 pOTEpOV 
TAVTNS THS vuKTOS' Kal Kivduveters ev Kalp@ Tie ovK 
éyetpai we. KP.”’Hyv &€ 84 ri 70 evpirrmov; SO, ’ESdxet 
TIS pot yurn TpocehOovoa Kary Kal everdys, NevKA iwdria 
eyouoa, Kadéoat pe Kal eirreiv, "2, Lwxpates, nuare 
Kev TpitTat@ DOinv épiBwrov txoto. KP.‘Qs dromov 7d 
évuTuiov, & Lwxpates. TO. ’Evapyés pev odv, ds y 
Euol Soxcel o Kpirov. : 

(1) Explain the import of TUYn ayaOn, and express it in 
Latin, (2) Give as accurately as you can the import of 
the particles :—pév—dé. toivuv, ei—yap. 81. Kal dy Kab. 


dpa. apa, ovv. yé. 
Translate :—(F) Xenophon, Memorabilia, Bk, I, :—~ 


AeEw b€ rpatov, & Tote avrod jKovca mept tov darpo- 
viov dtadeyomevou des Tov Mixpov érixarovuevov, Kara- 
pabwv yap adrov ote Ovovra Tois Oeols oii’ evo LEVOV 
OUTE MAaYTiKN Yp@pevoy, dAXA Kal TOV ToLoUYTeY TadTA 
KaTayerdvra. Eimé pot, é¢n, 3 'Apiotddnyue, ect 
wortivas avOparav teOavpaxas érh copia;— Eyay’, édn. 


—Kai os, r\<Eov nyiv, pn, ra dvdpara attov.— Em) pev 





CLASSICAL AND MODERN LANGUAGE SCHOLARSHIPS, 57 


























































— 


a5 FACULTY OF ARTS. 


i rolvuv erav mounoes “Opnpov éywrye padiora TeOavpaka, 
dard 58 SiOupdBo MedravrriSny, él oé Tpaywoia Lopo- 
xréa, ert 58 avdpravrorroiia WodvKretov, ert S&¢ Swypadia 

‘i Zevéw. Tldrepd oot doxovow of amrepyatdpevor eld@ha 
aidpova Te Kal akivnta aio0avpacrdrepor elval, 7 ot Caa 
Eudpova te Kal évepya -__TloAd, v) Ala, ot Gaa, eitrep YE 
ph royn Tvl, GARG Ld YrOuns TAVTA yeyevntar, Tar o€ 
arexudptros eyovT@v, OTOU &vexd éati, Kal Tov havepas 

ex’ dherela OvT@Y, TOTEPA Toys Kal TéTEpAa YvO-LNS eLval 

Zpya xKpivets; Tpéret pev Ta én’ @dherela Auyvopmeva 

s yrouns epya eivat. Ovxovy Soxes oor 0 €& apyYns ToLov 

avOpwrous én’ dhereia TposGetvat avrois 8’ av aicba 

vovrat Exacta, dbOarpors wey wore’ Opav TA opaTa, OTA 

So ic’ dxovey TU UKOVTTA; OTPAV YE pV, EL py pives 

mpoceteOnaar, TE av mL Sheros Hv; TIS 0 av aicOnats 

Av yAvKéov Kal Spipéov Kal wavTwv Tov dua FTOMATOS 

Hd€wY, EL 14) YAOTTA TOUT@OY YYOLOV éverpyaa On. 

(a) Write short explanatory notes (syntactical) on :—(1) 
avtod jKovaa, (2) avtov Gvovta, (3) pavricn. (4) early, 
ovaTtivas avOpwreayv ; (5) TOV TOLOUYTMV TAUTA, 

12. (a) Write down the Gen. Sing. and the Dat. Plu. 
of :—opuUis, KUMV, KEpas, oanriyé. (6) Decline yeXOs. (c) 
Write down the Positive and Superlative of :—apeivoy, 
Oarrov, padrov, rpdtepov, (d) Parse, pointing out the 
root of each :—éoxeupevos, éyvwxoras, adeivat, UTNPYMEVAly 
dno, nvEnOn, Tponpyn-a', oupBn, Kometo Ge. 





CLASSICAL AND MODERN LANGUAGE SCHOLARSHIPS, 59 


CLASSICAL AND MODERN LANGUAGE SCHOLARSHIPS. 
LATIN. 
FRIDAY, SEPTEMBER 15TH :—MORNING, 9 To 12. 


BREUIPO ion sy Va bnts cnnsas Soare ig sxe cle OEE nA ae ree A. JUDSON Eaton, Pu.D, 


I. Translate with short notes on the references and grammatical pecu- 
arities :— 


(a) Quinque dies tibi pollicitus me rure futurum, 

Sextilem totum mendax desideror. Atqui 
si me vivere vis recteque videre valentem, 
quam mihi das aegro, dabis aegrotare timenti, 
Maecenas, veniam, dum ficus prima calorque 
designatorem decorat lictoribus atris, 
dum _pueris omnis pater et matercula pallet, 
officiosaque sedulitas et opella forensis 
adducit febres et testamenta resignat. 

Horace Kp. Bk. I. 


(4) Humida solstitia atque hiemes orate serenas, 
agricolae ; hiberno laetissima pulvere farra, 
laetus ager; nullo tantum se Mysia cultu 
iactat, et ipsa suas mirantur Gargara messis. 
(Juid dicam, iacto qui semine comminus arva 
insequitur cumulosque ruit male pinguis arenae ? 
Deinde satis fuvium inducit rivosque sequentis, 
et, Cum exustus ager morientibus aestuat herbis, 
ecce.supercilio clivosi tramitis undam 
elicit ? illa cadens raucum per levia murmur 
saxa ciet, scatebrisque arentia temperat arva. 
Virer, Groraics, Bk. I. 
(c) Verum enimvero, pro deum atque hominum fidem, victoria in manu 


nobis est, viget aetas, animus valet: 
consenuerunt. 


contra illis annis atque divitiis omnia 
Tantum modo incepto opus est, cetera res expediet, 
Etenim quis mortalium, cui virile ing enium est, tolerare potest, illis 
divitias superare, quas profundant, in extrudendo mari et montibus 
coaequandis, nobis rem familiarem etiam ad necessaria deesse? illos binas 
aut amplius domos continuare, nobis larem familiarem nusquam ullum 
esse? Cum tabulas signa toreumata emunt, nova diruunt alia aedificant, 
postremo omnibus modis pecuniam trahunt vexant, tamen summa lubidine 
divitias suas vincere nequeunt. At nobis est domi inopia, foris aes 
alienum : mala res, spes multo asperior: denique, quid relicui habemus 
praeter miseram animam ? 


- +e VA 


2  “ GR VAS 































































a 





60 FACULTY OF ARTS. 


Quin igitur expergiscimini. En illa, illa quam saepe optastis libertas, 
praeterea divitiae decus gloria in oculis sita sunt: fortuna omnia ea vic- 
toribus praemia posuit. Res tempus, pericula egestas, belli spolia magni- 
fica magis quam oratio mea vos hortantur. Vel imperatore vel milite me 
utimini: neque animus, neque corpus a vobis aberit. Haec ipsa, ut 
Spero, vobiscum una consul agam, nisi forte me animus fallit et vos servire 


magis quam imperare parati estis.”’ 
SALLUST, CATILINE. 


II. Translate :— 


(a) Omnis enim ferme via praeceps, augusta, lubrica erat, ut neque 
sustinere se a lapsu possent, nec, qui paulum titubassent, haerere adfxi 
vestigio suo, aliique super alios et iumenta in homines occiderent. 

(6) Id cum inter omnes constet,eo magis miror ambigi, quanam Alpis 
transierit et vulgo credere Poenino—atque inde nomen ei iugo Alpium 
inditum—transgressum, Coelium per Cremonis iugum dicere transisse ; 
qui ambo saltus eum nonin Taurinos, sed per Salassos montanos ad 
Libuos Gallos deduxissent. 


(c) Nec diu in pacto mansit: nam subinde ab Carthagine adlatum 
est, ut Hasdrubal primo quoque tempore in I[taliam exercitum duceret, 
quae volgata res per Hispaniam omnium ferme animos ad Romanos aver- 
tit. itaque Hasdrubal extemplo litteras Carthaginem mittit indicans, 
quanto fama profectionis suae damno fuisset; si vero inde pergeret 
priusquam Hiberum transiret, Romanorum Hispaniam fore: nam praeter- 
quam quod nec praesidium nec ducem haberet, quem relinqueret pro se, 
eos imperatores esse Romanos, quibus vix aequis viribus resisti possit : 
itaque si ulla Hispaniae cura esset, successorem sibi cum valido exercitu 
mitterent, cui wt omnia prospere evenirent, non tamen otiosam provinciam 
fore: —Livy, Brs. XXI-X XIII. 


III. (a) Why is tétubassent (Ext. a) in thesubjunctive mood? (4) Who 
was Coelius? By what pass is it probable that Hannibal crossed the 
Alps? (ec) In the last passage—(Ext. c.) convert in Latin the indirect 
speech into direct ; and the direct of I. (c) from Quin igitur expergiscimina 
to the end, into indirect. 


IV. Write short notes on :— 


(a) Sosiorum pumice mundus. 

(b) dente Theonino. 

‘(c) Romanas acies iternm videre Philippi. 
(d) emenso cum iam decedit Olympo. 


(e€) pecuniarum repetundarum reus. 
































CLASSICAL AND MODERN LANGUAGE SCHOLARSHIPS, 61 





(f) Drusus erat de praevaricatione a tribunis aerariis absolutus. 
(7) Comitia Bibulus in ante diem XV. Kal. Novembr. distulit: 
(What date, by our mode of reckoning? Remark on the expression). 
V. Translate :— 


CICERO ATTICO SAL. 
SOR. BRUNDISII PRIDIE KALENDAS MAIAS A. U. C. 696. 


Brundisium venj a. d. XIII. Kal. Maias: eo die 
litteras reddiderunt, et alii pueri post diem te 
attulerunt. 


pueri tui mihi a te 
rtium eius diei alias litteras 
Quod me rogas et hortaris, ut apud tein Epirosim, voluntas 
tua mibi valde grata est et minime nova. 


Esset consilium mihi quidem 
Optatum, si liceret 


ibi omne tempus consumere—odi enim celebritatem, 
fugio homines, lucem aspicere vix possum —e 


sset mihi ista solitudo, prae- 
Sertim tam familiari in loco, non amara; 


sed itineris causa ut devurterer, 
primum est devium, deinde ab Autronio et ceteris quadridui, deinde sine 
t€; nam castellum munitum habitanti mihi prodesset, tr 


anseunti non est 
necessarium. 


Quod si auderem, Athenas peterem ; sane ita cadebat, ut 
vellem: nunc et nostri hostes ibi sunt et te 


non habemus et veremur ne 
interpre 


‘entur illud quoque oppidum ab Italia non satis abesse, nec scribis, 
quam ad diem te exspectemus. 


CLASSICAL AND MODERN LANGUAGE SCHOLARSHIPS. 


= 
ate 


GREEK AND LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION 
THurspAyY, SEPTEMBER 147TH :-— AFTERNOON, 2 To 5, 


ne ee Te vevsssee coe REV. George Oornisu, LL.D. 


(A) Translate into Greek :— 


1. If the children obey their elders it will be a good thing for the State, 
for disobedience is the source of many evils. 
2. Parents should be careful to have their children taught truthfulness, 
self-restraint and reverence for all good men and things, 

3. So ambitious was he that he was ready to do and to bear an 


ything, 
to be thought well of by his fellow-citizens. 


4. It is the part of a wise man to gain the mastery over mere pleasure 
and desire, and thus to be an example of temperance to others. 


5. The general said to his soldiers :—“ If we are defeated in the battle we 


shall fall into the hands of the enemy and shall then saffer a x 


nost grievous 
fate.” 


. CA SA SR DA 





ee 





62 FACULTY OF ARTS. 


JZ 




































ti ; ! eae ve 
6. He said that men should live according to reason, which is very differ- 


ent from living according to passion. . 


} (B) Translate into Latin :— 

*% . - . ‘ . . 4 . 

Whilst the Senunian Gauls were besieging Clisinm, a town of 
ambassadors were sent from Rome to warn the Gauls to 
One of these, contrary to the law of nations, went 
Exasperated at this, the 


Etruria, three 
desist from the siege. 
forth to battle, and slew a chief of the Senones. 


Gauls, after having in vaio demanded the surrender of the ambassadors, 


set out for Rome, and overthrew the Roman army at the river Allia. They 
entered the city as conquerors, where at first they reverenced, as though 
they were gods, the most noble of the old men, who were sitting in their 
curule chairs, and clothed with their insignia of magistrates ; afterwards, 

4 when they perceived them to be but men, they put them to death. The 

iH rest of the youth fled with Manlius into the Capitol, were they were 

. besieged, but liberated by the valour of Camillus, who, being appointed 7 
ihe Dictator in his absence, collected the citizens that still remained, and 
overpowered the Gauls by an unexpected attack. 





CLASSICAL AND MODERN LANGUAGE SCHOLARSHIPS. 
ANCIENT HISTORY. 


Fripay, SEPTEMBER 15TH:—AFTERNOON, 2° T0 9. q 


Examiner, «++ Fale Nee eds caetes Paden ans Rev. Grorer Cornisu, M.A., LL.D. 


1. Write a general account of the Hellenic people in the early historical 
period, noting the four ties which held them together. 


ade 


2. Explain the geographical distribution of the ASolians, Dorians and 

lonians. ; 
2. Mention the principal epochs of Greek colonisation, and the states 

most famous for their colonies. 


4. What were the leading states of Greece at the time of the Persian 
War, and what part did they severally take? What important results fol- 
lowed this war? 

5. (a) Trace briefly the growth of the leading Grecian States, naming 
those that in succession held the hegemony of Greece. (+) What events 
and causes led to the establishment and overthrow of the supremacy of 


Athens ? 


6. Set forth the nature and uses of Ostracism, What pleas could be ; 
urged in its defence, 








CLASSICAL AND MODERN LANGUAGE SCHOLARSHIPS. 63 


7. When did Pyrrhus invade [taly, and under what pretext ? In what 
part of Italy did he wage war with the Roma 1S, and what was the result 
of the war ? 

8. Trace the most important political eve 
at Rome, with dates, from the 
to the Punic wars. 


nts and constitutional changes 


period of the expulsion of the Kings down 


9. When was the office of Praetop first 
the duties of the Office, and how were 
guish between the Praetor Urbanus ant 


instituted at Rome? What were 
they afterwards modified ? Distin- 
1 the Praetor Peregrinus. 


10. Explain the origin and meaning of the phrases :—Patres Conseripti + 
Populus Romanus ; Quirites; Plehs. 


ll. Give an account of the Law of Debtat | 


tome, and point out how its 
operation acquired political importance 


and led to political changes, 
12. What were the real character and ok 


ject of the Leges A 
Rome? Define the terms 


graride at 
Ager publicus and Possessio. 





CLASSICAL AND MODERN LANGUAGE SCHOLARSHIPS. 


ENGLISH LITERATURE: 


Monpay, Serr. 18ru :—MorninG, 9 To 12 


Cuas, E. Moysg, B.A. 
POMRLEND lesa Lick ewes ve ee anak + 1 P. T. Larveur, M.A. 
W.. J: MESSENGER, B.A. 


(N.B.—Write the answers to A and B on separate sets of papers ) 


A. MiLTon, Paradise Lost, Books I and ITI. 


l. What, in the opinion of the best critics, 
qualities of Milton’: verse ? 
Paradise Lost. 


are the specially poetic 


In support of your propositiens, quote from 


2. Give some account of the origin and composition of Paradise Lost 3 
also, of the circumstances and condition of the poet at the time of its 
appearances. 


3. Point out, with the help of quotations from the poem, that Milton’s 
writings shew : (a) his political sympathiés, (6) his wige and accurate 
scholarship, (c) his knowledge of the continent of Europe, (d) hig piety 
and reverence. 


= 
fee 7 


A 


= 


— BM 


_ Va SE 




































a 









64 FACULTY OF ARTS, 


















4. Make short notes on:—shield, ethereal temper, massy ‘ Astarte, 
queen of Heaven: the Dorian mood of flutes and soft recorders ; Atlantean 
shoulders: Alcides...... felt the envenomed robe. 

5. Describe the building of the palace of Satan. 

B. 
SHAKSPERE: Z'empest. 


mporary event which is supposed to have influenced 


I. Describe the conte 
f this play, and examine the evidence in favour 


Shakspere in the writing 0 
of the supposition. 


II. Describe the songs of Ariel, and the connections in which they are 
introduced. 
Ill. Give a careful account of the Storm in Act I, Se. 1. Follow the 


orders given by the boatswain, and explain these fully. 


IV. Explain : piece of virtue ; the will above be done; to trash for over- 
topping ; performed to point; come from thy ward ; if ’twere a kibe; put 
it to the foil; where the quick freshes are ; Dusky Dis; leave not a rack 
behind. 


V. Summarize the events of the Third Act. 

VI. Write on the character of Prospero, using quotations in illustration, 
CLASSICAL AND MODERN LANGUAGE SCHOLARSHIPS. 
ENGLISH LITERATURE. 

SPALDING (cHarTsr 6 To END) ; TRENCH :—Study of Words. 


Monpay, Sept. 18TH :—AFTERNOON, 2 TO 5. 


Betachare Cnas, E. Moyss, B.A. 
AY L C Oz eeeee eee ee eee cesses SHERE TEETH seesesese seHereees W.. J MESSENGER, B.A. 


(Write answers to A and B on separate sets of paper.) 
Bs 


1, (a) Give the substance of Hallam’s criticism of Shakspere. 
(b) Oriticise Ben. Jonson and Massinger as dramatists. 


- 2. (a) Describe the Polyolbion ; name the author. 


(b) Name three eminent churchmen of the Restoration times, and briefly 


criticise their writings. 











CLASSICAL AND MODERN LANGUAGE SCHOLARSHIPS, 683 


3. Give a brief description of Dryden’s non-dramatic works, and the 
substance of Scott’s criticism of Dryden. 


4. Write on Thomson and Cowper. 


5. Describe the character of the poetical Literature of the first half of 
the 19th Century, and give a criticism of Southey. 


6. Notice the ieading periodicals of the first half of the present century. 
B. 


l. (a) Comment on the words: apostle, tribulation. John of Gaunt, 
Mont de Pilate, calculation, cosmopolite, mutton, Wales, 
(4) In proof of what are the words savage and Fancy cited, and 
how ? 
2. What evidence does language give as to the condition of the [Indo- 
European race before it separated into its various branches ? 


3. (@) How do synonyms arise ? 
(9) Give the Anglo-Saxon equivalent of manual, sentiment, homi- 
cide, and show by three examples that English has borrowed 


synony- 
mous words from Latin and Greek. 


4. Give five illustrations of: 


(2) Names of ridicule derived from proper nouns 
(4) Geographical names derived from geographical features. 
(c) Poetry in the names of flowers. 


5. Choose three features of language not referred to in the precedir 


18 
questions, and having named each, write not less than half a page on it. 


CLASSICAL AND MODERN |,ANGUAGE SCHOLARSHIPS. 


ENGLISH COMPOSITION. 


Turspay, Sept. 19TH :—AFTERNOON, 2 TO 5. 


Ss { Cuas. E ‘se, B 
Hxraminer's,. .... 8 s00. de behe ty Pikes cearccwee 4 aa ae He Moves, B.A. 
( P. F. Larceur, M.A. 
1."With how many different constructions mav the idea of purpose be 
rendered in English? State clearly and give an illustration of each. 


2. Give some idea of any Method that may be employed for the 
description of scenery; and apply it to the description of any landse 


ape or 
locality that you know. 


~ 


J 






























































eee 
rs .. ~ — > 





66 FACULTY OF ARTS. 


3. What advantages and disadvantages arise from the use of short, 


>. 


rather than of long sentences ? 


4. Write an essay of at least two pages on any one of the following sub- 
jects ;— 
A, Choosing a Profession. 
B. Capital Punishment. 


C. Memory. 


CLASSICAL AND MODERN LANGUAGE SCHOLARSHIPS. 


FRENCH. 


Rahiens (P.J Darey, M.A., LL.D., Orricer p’ ACADEMIE, 
VEANLLILETS , .ccewe ssenveves H : i om MORIN. M.A. 


1. (a) Quel est le but de la comédie Les Femmes savantes ? (by,Qu’est- 
ce quien ainspiré la pensée d l’auteur? (¢) Décrivez le dénotment de 


cette piece. 

9, Faites-en connaitre les caraciéres suivants: Martine, Henriette, 
Bélise et Vadius. 

3. Traduisez les expressions et l’extrait suivants de la méme piece : 

(1) Se faire féte de.... (2) Se claquemurer. (3) Aller terre & terre. (4) 
Bien vous prend. (5) Ne faire que.... (6) O’est fort bien fait 2 vous. (7) 
Clouer de l’esprit & ses moindres propos. (8) Lui savoir bon re dese. 
(9.) Voild qui va des mieux. (10) Sij'ctais que de vous, 


4, Traduisez :— 


Oui, vous avez raison ; mais Monsieur Trissotin 

M inspire au fond de l’Ame un dominant chagrin. 
Je ne puis consentir pour gagner ses suffrages 

A me déshonorer en prisant ses ouvrages ; 

C’est par eux qu’d mes yeux il a d’abord para, 

Et je le connaissais avant que l’avoir vu, 

Je vis dans le tatras des écrits qu’il nous donne 
Ce qu’étale en tous lieux sa pedante personne, 
La constaute hauteur de sa présomption, 

Cette intrépité de bonne opinion, 

Cet indolent état de confiance extréme 

Qui le rend en tout temps si content de soi-méme, 
Qui fait qu’A son mérite incessamment il rit, 








- 
i 
+E 


Se — — 7 ees 


Cin 
——— 


CLASSICAL AND MODERN LANGUAGE SCHOLARSHIPS. 67 
Qu’il se sait si bon gré d de tout ce qu’il écrit, 

Et qu il ne voudrait pas changer sa renommée 

Contre tous les honneurs d’un général d’armée. 


9 Faites une courte analyse de Britannicus. (Juel est le sujet de cette 





piece? Quand parut-elle ? nie] 
Sg! || 
OO fog 
6. Quels droits Britannicus et Néron avaient-ils chacun au trone? va 
; ¥ ma 
HKacontez comment Néron supplanta Britannicus. plied 
qt 
(hulk i 
7. Donnez un court résumé de la vie de Racine et de Moliére, et indi- mun 
quez leurs principaux o'lvrages., nf | 
de 


8. Indiquez l’origine du théatre en Frauce, et mentionnez quels en sont 
les principaux représentants au 16 siécle, au 18e siécle et au 19e siécle. 


9. Indiquez cing cas ot l'on fait usage du mode subjonctif en francais fe 


. v 
Donnez des exemples. , 


10. Quelles sont les ri 


. Ape A 
‘gles qui déterminent les différents temps de ce ; 
mode ? 


“a GC OSE A 


= 
- 
> 
* 


ee 
» hs 


ll. Traduisez :~— 


» “5 -F 


“Ihave indeed lived fifteen years in solitude,” said the hermit, “ but 


have no desire that my example should gain any imitators. In my youth 


{ professed arms, and was raised by degrees to the highest military rank ‘i | 
[ have traversed wide countries at the head of my troops, and seen many k 
battles and sieges. At last, being disgusted by the preferments of a 
younger officer, and feeling that my vigour was beginning to decay, | 

resolved to close my life in peace, having found the world full of snares; ‘fl 


discord and misery. I had once escaped from the pursuit of the enemy 
by the shelter of this cavern, and therefore chose it for my final residence. 
‘“ For some time after my retreat | rejoiced like a tempest-beaten sailor 
at his entrance into the harpour, being delighted with the sudden change 
of the noise and hurry of war to stillness and repose.” 
Rasselas, JOHNSON, 


CLASSICAL AND MODERN LANGUAGE SCHOLARSHIPS 
GERMAN. : 


MG bs. 5 dias % vote) doeasss seeeeceess lL. R. GReGor, B.A 


SEPTEMBER 191H :—9 ro 12, A.M. 
1. Translate into English :-— 


(a) Herr von Lormeuil ist ganz verbliifft tber die sonderbare 
Aufnahme, und ich will suchen, die Entwickelung, die. nicht mehr 








68 KACULTY OF ARTS. 




































lange ausstehen kann, so lang als mOglich zu verzogern, dasz ich 
Zeit gewinne den Onkel zudemem Vortheil zu stimmen, oder, wenn’s 
nicht anders ist, den Lormeuil in mich verliebt zu machen—denn ehe 


ch zugebe, dasz er die Cousine heiratet, nekme ich ihn lieber selbst. 


(b) Wiahrend dasz dieser Procesz betrieben wurde, verhielten 
sich die Verwandten und Freunde der beiden Grafen picht muszig. 
Alle protestirten laut gegen dieses gvesetzwidrige Verfahren, und 
wollten die deutsche Reichsfreibeit, worauf der Graf VOvd Hoorn, als 
Poichseraf, noch besondern Anspruch machte, die niederlandische 


Freiheit, und die Privilegien des Ordens vom goldenen Vliesze dagegen 


geltend machen. 
(¢) Sehon winkt auf hohem Bergesrticken 
Akrokorinth des Wanderers Blicken, 
Und In Poseidons Kichtenhain 
Tritt er mit frommem Schauder ein. 
Nichts rect sich um ihn her; nur Schwarme 
Von Kranichen begleiten ihn, 
Die fernhin nach des Sidens Warme 


n graulichtem Geschwader ziehen. 
[n | light ( ] 
9. Parse carefully the words italicised in the preceding passages. 
8. In what situations do you use the demonstr. pro. derjenige ? 
} er ENUGE 


a, hh é , 
4, Distinguish between :—alle Menschen and alle die Menschen : 
hetween Er ist nicht einmal hier gewesen and Er ist nicht einm al 


hier gewesen. 


5. Translate into German :— 
Three by three. The third part. Charles the Third. On the 
third of June. This is the third of May. 


ee ——— 


6. State in general terms. how—(1) participles, (2) adjectives used 
as substantives, are declined. 

7. Conjuzate werden in all moods and tenses, giving the English of 
the first person of each. tense. 

8. Wir lieben uns. Comment on the ambiguity involved in this 
sentence. What changes or additions will remove it ? . 

9, Give a practical rule for the translation of of witha substantive 


into German. 





MATHEMATIGAL SCHOLARSHIP, 69 


LQ. Distinenish between a nn, Wann and als. Give sentences 1 


illustration. 


Br Decline the Interro e. DrONoun weleher. 


LZ. Decline Ln tne singular: - Das liebenswiirdieste Kind eine 


eigenhandige K opie, CrLULES Gras. 


ey os ' : . 
LS; \W rite a COMPOSITION In German of hot jess than one hundred 
and fifty words on one of the ubjects ‘—Shakspeare, Ene- 


ef  | , 
following s 


land, Books. 


l4. Translate in 


~ 
' 


To-day we are learning (reé rman, te rrow we shall learn Latin. 
[ shouid take a walk with you, if Ll had time. Our parents travelled 
in Germany and in Switzerland. ‘The Students became tired because 
they had studied too much. We learn in this book the names of the 
gods of the Romans. The gir! hangs the bird-cage before the window 
in the sun. [ should have bought the book you showed me vester- 
day, if | had had time. [ have something hn portant LO Sav LO Vou 
The soldier had been wounded by a ball. The industrious country- 
man cut the grass yesterday and is makine hay to-day. Please, dear 
‘hildren something new and pretty. When ig 
the weather coldest in Canada ? 


mother, tell us little ; 


Hew should we escape if. the boat 


When the children had drunk, tne cat drank the 


sank ? milk that 
MAIN e: Over. di iS outh 1s Cal all he books in his a l 3 
remained his youth } read all the books in his father’ 


library, but unfortunately he forgets just as fast as he reads. 





MATHEMATICAL SCHOLARSHIP. 
ANALYTICAL GEOMETRY (First paper). 
THorspay, Sepremper 147TH ;—Mornin@, 9 ro 12. 


MENTFIETS isd vce vs cay ven sd zee 4s bbe coan enon se tans Lites ALEXANDER JouNson, LL.D, 

l. Defining a conic section as the locus of a point whose distances from 
& given point and a given line are in any given ratio; find thence : 1° the 
general equation ; 2° the equations ofthe ellipse, parabola and hyperbola 
in their simplest forms. 


2, From the equation of the ellipse obtained in previous question, show 
by transformation of co-ordinates that there are an infinite number of pairs 


































70 FACULTY OF ARTS, 


of conjugate diameters which if usec as axes will give the equation in the 
form 


3. Prove that if the general equation of the second degree be trans- 
formed from one set of rectangular axes to another, the quantities a + 6 and 
ab—h2 will remain wnaitered. 

4. In the hyperbola find the equation referred to the axes of the diameter 
conjugate to that passing through any point «7 on the curve. 


5. Diameters parallel to any pair of supplemental chords of an ellipse 
are constant. Prove this, and show hence how to draw geometrically a 


pair of conjugate diameters making any angle with each other. 
6. Find the co-ordinates of the intersection of the normals to an ellipse 
at any two points zy, wy 


7. The sum of the reciprocals of two focal chords of an ellipse at right 
angles to each other is constant. 

8. The triangle which any tangent to an hyperbola forms with the asymp- 
totes hasa constant area, and is equal to double the area of the parallelo- 
gram formed by the co-ordinates. 

9. Any tangent to a parabola mikes equal angles with the axis and with 
the focal radius vector. 

10. Given the base and vertical] angle ofa triangle, show that the locus 
of the vertex is a circle passing through the extremities of the base, and find 
its radius. 


11. Given the bases and sum of areas ofany number of triangles having 
- ‘ . a TTL sak D 
a common vertex, find its locus. 


12. Find the equation of the line joining the origin to the intersection of 


Az + By+C=0, and A x+Bytif = 0 


3. Find the equation, referred to obtique co-ordinates, of the perpendi- 
cular from 2 vy’ on Ax+ By +C —0 








i ie a ye A 





MATHEMATICAL SCHOLARSHIP. 


MATHEMATICAL SCHOLARSHIP. 
ANALYTICAL GEOMETRY (Second P 


Feipay, Sepremper 15rr -—Mornina, 9 ro 12. 
Lxam iner, sae 


aper). 


1. If three conics have each double 


chords of intersection will pass three by three through the same points. 
2. Ifin the equation of any conic the 


co-ordinates of any point be sub- 
‘stituted, the result will be 


proportional to the rectangle under the seg- 
ments of a chord drawn th rough the point parallel to a given line. 


3. The anharmonic ratio of a pencil, 
oints of a conic, and whose 
I ; 
stant, 


whose sides pass through four fixed 


vertex is any variable point on it, is con- 


tL, Two equal and similarly placed parabolas whose axes are coincident 


other a contact of the third 


may be considered as having with each l order 


at infinity. 


5. Using the eccentric angle %, show that the ler 


igths of two conjugate 
semi-diameters of an ellipse may be expressed as 
a- cos? @ + h2 Sin? 6: a? stn? & + hb? cos2 @ 


6. If 6 be the angle between the tangents to an ellipse from any point, 
and if 2, // be the distances of that point from the foci, prove that 
) fo ; 
A cee oe 0 il | ~ 
CUS =z nA 
2p’ 
7, If the general equation of the second degree represents a parabola, 


show that it is possible by transformation of cO-ordinates to ref 


er it to 
rectangular axes, so that the equation shall be of the form are el a 
8. Show that the equation in trilinear co-ordinates g 3 — y2> 0 will 


represent a circle if the angle A = B. 


9. Use trilinear co-ordinates to determine when the locus ofa point 
will bea circle if the product of perpendiculars from it on two opposite 
sides of a quadrilateral be in a given ratio to the product of perpendicul 
from it on the other two sides. 


ars 


10. Show that a homogeneous equation of the nh degree in x and y 
denotes n right lines passing through the origin. 
11. Find the condition that two lines 7 a+ m 


i | ay 4 J 
3 Wits l’ ate’ AE mee 


may be perpendicular to one another. 


12. Express the area of a polygon in terms of the co-ordinates of its an- 
gular points. 


contact with a fourth, six of their 





~ 

_ 
“4 
¥ 


- 
~~ 


. ee 
ome Re ee 
> ‘ 


~—. 
2 























FACULTY OF ART 


VATHEMATICAL SCHOLARSHIP. 
ALGEB 2A—- TRIGONOMETRY. 
WEDNESDAY. SEPTEMBER 20TH:—0J TO 


BXAMINET pov sees senereees eveveees eeap ave nseds ALEXANDER Jonnson, LL.D 


1. The equation 2*— 4a?— ta + & has a root between 2 and 3; 
calculate it by Newton's method. 


9 Solve the following equation which has equal roots ; 
ti — llz a loz —_ bas Ti 


3. Transform the equation x - pi- hgt ro? = ( into another, the 
roots of which shall be the squares of the d‘fferences of the roots of the given 
equation. 

4. Solve the equation 2° 

- 


5. Find the sum of the cubes of the roots of the equation 


6. The roots of the equation «3 — 627° + Li. 0 are in Arith- 
metical Progression ; Hind them, 


7. Prove that the product of the squares of the differences of the roots of 
an equation may be exhibited as a determinant. 


s. If two rows or two columns ofa determinant are identical, the deter- 
minant vanishes. 


9, In a spherical triangle cot. Asin. CU cot. a sin. '— cos. 4 cos. C. 
10. In a spherical triangle 


sin.” | 1 — cos.2a — cos.2h — cos2ec + 2°COS.a cos. h COS.eC 


sin.2a sina sin2é sin,?¢ 


Ll. If m be even, prove that 


2m’ cos. 1 O 2cos.mf *+ 2mecos. (rn — 2)0 + aa cOs.(m —A)O 


)> & - ve & "1 
a SF ae es 1.3.5. &¢, (m —, 1) 23m 
+ Cr y SES. ot = yo 

: 2 1.2.3. &e. m 


12. Prove Demoivre’s Theorem, when the index is fractional or nega- 
tive. 









ee 


———e 


a i a 


ANNE MOLSON MATHEMATICAL PRIZRE, 7 


©o 


13. Investigate a formula for the approximate logarithms of numbers 
consisting of more places of figures than those in the tables; and deduce 
from it the ordinary rule. 


14. The sum of the angles of a spherical triangle lies between two 
six right angles. 


and 


ANNE MOLSON MATHEMATICAL PRIZE. 
GEOMETRY OF THREE DIMENSIONS. 
FRIDAY, SEPTEMBER 151TH :—MornNiNG, 9 TO 12. 
Hraminer,..... papel ees atens <i ay TP EW otal OnOe sees ALEXANDER Jounson, LL.D. 


1. If two finite non-intersecting lines be divided each into the same num- 


ber of equal parts, the lines joining corresponding points will be genera- 
tors of an hyperbolic paraboloid. 


2. Find the equations of the planes of circular section of the ellipsoid. 


3, The sum of the squares of a system of three conjugate semi-diameters 
of an ellipsoid is constant. 


4. Prove that a quadric has in general three diametral planes. 


5. Find the condition that the general equation of the second degree 
should represent a cone, 


6. Find the conditions that a line x = mz + a, y= nz + b, should be 
altogether in a plane Az + By + Cz + D—0. 


7. Find the equations of the perpendicular from z’ y’ 2’ on the plane 
Az + By + Cz + D= O. 


8. Find the direction cosines of 


9. Find the angle between any two given planes. 


10. Show that the equation of the tangent plane to any surface (J = O 
at the point a/y/z/ is 


(e—u’) U,’ +ky—y"') U,'+ @—27) U,' = O 
















FACULTY OF ARTS, 


ANNE MOLSON MATHEMATICAL PRIZE. 
CALCULUS. 
TUESDAY, SEPTEMBER 19TH :—MORNING, 9 To 12. 
Hxaminer, \LEXANDER JoHNSON, LL.D. 


1, Detine ‘‘ Moment of [nertia.’”’ Findyit for a right cone with regard to 
its axis. 


2. A sphere of 15 feet radius is cut by two parallel planes at distances 
of 8 and 7 feet from its centre; find the superficia! area of the portion of 
the surface included between the planes. 


3. Prove that the volume of the segment cut from a paraboloid by any 
plane is #ths of that of the circumseribing cone standing on the section 
made by the plane as base. 

4, Prove that the area of the oval of the parabola of the third degree 
with a double point 


» 


cy (x—a) (@ —b)* 
s (D — a) 5 


dn 


5. Find the value of : = 
0 Gh a4 os 


6. Change the independent variable from « to 9 in the expression 
dey supposing « = sin #/ 
dx? 


7. Eliminate the arbitrary function from 


8. Find the equations of the cycloid referred to its vertex, and show 
that the length of an arc is given by the equation s*= 8 ay. 


9. Find the envelope of given length (a) whose extremities move along 
two fixed rectangular axes. 


16. Find the volume of a given ellipsoid, 








ANNE MOLSON MATHEMATICAL PRIZE. 75 
y ANNE MOLSON MATHEMATICAL PRIZE. 
| ASTRONOMY AND OPTICS 
L WEDNESDAY, SEPTEMBER 207TH :—MorninG, 9 To 12 
ns ns inns dhtay cas p idvess, Sue ee \LEXANDER JOHNSON, LL.D 
fr 
} i. Given the annual parallax of a star, investigate a formula for de- 
{ termining its parallax in longitude at a given time. 
4 


2. If and @’ be the geographical and geocentric latitudes re spectively 
: 
of a place, and _¢ the compression. prove 


— a 


O—)'—  ¢ sin Af @ 
; 
| 3. Show how to determine the coefficient of refraction from observations 
, on a circumpolar star. 
Investigate the general differential equation of refraction. 
5, Explain fully why the twilight is shorter in the latitude of Montreal 
than in Scotland. (a) Find the time of year when the twilight is shortest 
| at a given place. 
6. Prove that the equation of time vanishes four times a year. 
74 
7. Find the latitude of a place, when two altitudes of the sun and the 


interval of time between the observations are given, 


8. Find the R. A. and Lecl. of the Sun w hen his longitude was 59° 3: 


>i 
—) 
pry 


#2"".5 and the obliquity of the ecliptic was 23° 27° 29.06. 


~ 


. Investigate the condition for minimum deviation of a ray of light pass- 
ing ones a prism. 


10. Explain the method of measuring the minimum deviation of 
: corresponding to one of the fixed lines in the spectrum, 
determining its index of refraction. 


& ray 
and of thence 


ll, Calculate the position and dimensions of the least circle of aberra- 
tion after direct refraction at a spherical surface. 


“A Va 




















FACULTY OF ARTS. 


SCIENCE SCHOLARSHIPS. 
CHEMISTRY. 
MonpayY, SepTeMBER 18TH :—AFTERNOON, 2 tO D. 


BEXUMINETS, 10g e020 veces sceeeesees sectes ceeseeves B. J) HARRINGTON, BA, Pu.D. 


1. What volume of Nitrous Oxide at 20° C. and 750 m.m. can be ob- 
tained from 100 grams of Ammonium Nitrate ? 
2. How may the relative proportions of Oxygen and Nitrogen in the 


atmosphere be determined ? , 


3. In what way are metallic salts formed ? 


4. What do you understand by the natural arrangement of the elements ? 


5. Into what classes are Oxides divided’ Give examples of each class. 


6. Give the names and formula of the Oxides of Manganese, and de- 


scribe briefly the preparation of Potassium Manganate and Permanganate. 


1. Describe the estimation of Carbon, Hydrogen and Nitrogen in an 
organic body. 

8. Give briefly the preparation and properties of («) Ether, (b) Acetic 
Acid, (c) Glycol, (d) Glycerol. 

9. What are Carbohydrates? How are they classified ? Give the chem- 
ical properties of one member of each group. 

10. The Silver salt of a monobasic acid gave on analysis 53.6 per cent, of 
Silver. Deduce the molecular weight of the acid. 


SCIENCE SCHOLARSHIPS. 
BOTANY. 
(FIRST PAPER.) 
Fripay, SEpTEMBER 15th, 1893 :—MorNING, 9 To 12. 
BQMANET jiviece Sever acebee seeeeees ‘i . sccsseeeD). P, PENHALLOW, B.SC. 


1. Give a concise xccount of the nutrient fluids of plants with respect 
to (a) the mechanism of absorption, (4) the directions of transfer, (c) the 
tissues traversed, and (7) their relation to nutrition. 





























SCIENCE SCHOLARSHIPS, 


— 
i 


7 





2. Explain the principal forms of distribution in the root systems of v 


plants, and show what offices they fill. 


oe 


| 3. Outline the life history of a Pteridophyte. 

\ 4. Show the application of the terms hetero-sperous and homosperous 
E with respect to the Pteridophytes and Spermaphy tes. 

5 r * ¥ ¢ * apr : 
) p> Ra > 2 ee ae i SE Po 
: 5. Give an account of the structure of the leaf in Spermaphytes, and ame 

show (a) what functions this organ performs, and (>) its principal adapta- 2 5 
iN , ia ; ; : qin | 
| tions to modified function. ‘<a ® 
; mine § 

6. The Apple, Squash, Corn, Peach, Strawberry, pe, 
; OA 
> pas» 
| Classify these fruits, and show (a) the conditions of adnation repre- a 
sented, (5) the parts of the original pistil represented, (¢) the principal 
: directions in which the original structures have been modified in deveiop- qa 
ur 
ment. BiEY 
ck 3 
7. Indicate the principal methods by which pollen may be transferred, aux 9 
and show what provisions are made for the purpose of securing continual a | 
vigor and perpetuation of the species. sor S| 
18 
8. Give two examples of reversion, and show what is indicated by such 1 
alterations of organs. 7 
9. Give a concise account of the growth rings of an exogen with re- 
spect to (a) their cause and (0) their relation to age. 
10. Explain what classification is designed to represent. 
Point out any errors you may be aware of in the classification given by 
H Gray, and shew reason for changes you suggest. 





SCIENCE SCHOLARSHIPS. 
BOTANY. 
(SECOND PAPER.) 
Fripay, SEPTEMBER 15TH:—AFTERNOON, 2 TO 5. 
Examiner. 


srateviwaaye ipnavae tens sides 4 Ldnee eee bash Vag naceeAeay LE > BRENT Ere 


1, Qutline the characteristics of the two groups, Bryophyta and 
Pteridophy ta. 


2. Explain, in detail, the nature of the fructification in Filices. Show 
what characters serve to separate Aspidium, Asplenium, Adiantum and 
Pteris. 


[od FACULTY OF ARTS. 


3, Outline the principal characteristics of the Cruciferae, and show the 


distribution and economic importance of this family. 


4, Enumerate, as far as you can, the trees of economic value found in 


the vicinity of Montreal. 
5, Outline the characteristics of the Ericaceae, and show the distribu- 


tion of the family. Give the name and use of any member of this family 


in Canada which is of economic value. 

6. Give the names of twenty Canadian trees of economic importance, 
and show to what uses they are chiefly put. 

7. Give the names and uses of twelve herboraceous or shrubby plants of 
Canada of economic value, 

8. Give the characteristics of the genus Equisetum, and show what spe- 


cies may be found about Montreal. 


Examination of plants, Tuesday, Sept. 19th, 9 to 12 a.m. 





FACULTY OF APPLIED. SCIEN 


i 


rae S: 






















ae eae —~ al Se ad 
= as rr a= ia Ma 4 al 7 


FACULTY OF APPLIED SCIENCE, 


MATRICULATION EXAMINATION. 
MATHEMATICS (Firs¢ Paper). 


FRIDAY, SEPTEMBER 157TH :— MoRNING, 9 To 12, 


r. H. CHANDLER, M.A 
MPMI EY BS Cy ci ho.cn Cueh sh ones, caicee cs ucdudsvecks o/eAE 5 ees greg Sek 
t. S. Lea, M,A.Sc. 


(Arithmetic. ) 


1. Express a yard asa decimal of a metre, and a square yard as a 


decimal of a square metre. 
2. What principal will, at 5 per cent. simple interest, amount to $1280 
in 5 years ? 


3. Assuming that the area of a circle is half the product of the lengths 
of the circumference and radius, find in feet the diameter of a circular 
field containing one acre. 


4. A mixture is made of 20 gallons of syrup worth 60 cents per gallon, 
36 gallons worth 75 cents per gallon, and a certain quantity of water ; a 
profit of 10 per cent. is made by selling the mixture at 65 cents per 
gallon ; how much water was added ? 

(Algebra.) 

5. Find the factors of 

(1) x* —- x — 240, 

(2) 4x? +a-14, 

(3) 4(x-y)* -(x-y), 
(4) x y* — 512. 


. 4 a, 2 l l ate2 a- x" 
6. Simplify ( be asain bss. —,) Rg, Sew Meer ead ) 
-¥ at zx a-2 a-2z at+e2 


and show that 
a? 5% he 


' oer eae ed Br atobte. 
(a-b) (a--c) i (b=-c) (6- a) t (ea) te. 6)> 


7. Show that 


(DD? Buss tt a) + 6.8L sy o ver 5. 


6 





FACULTY OF APPLIED SCIENCE, 


(2) 3y8 x26 x 34/54 = 216 V6. 


8, Solve the equations : 
(1) (a + a)* — (a - a)* t 8a* = Bax’, 
(2) 12 x? - 11 ax = 36a’, 
(3) 3a —11 + 3a = ¥120 - 23, 


x3 4+ y> = 126 


4 
(4) (x? —ayty? = 2l 


9,If (ata)? +(x b)? =2(at+a) td), show that a = 0. 
10. If (wta)>+(x7t+b)? + to) =3@ta) (a + b) (x + €), 
show that x=-t(atbtc). 


N. B.—It is necessary to pass in each subject. All the work must be 
shown ; answers alone will not be accepted. 


MATRICULATION EXAMINATION. 


MATHEMATICS (Second Paper). 
Fripay, SEPTEMBER 15TH :—AFTERNOON, 2 to 5. 


Examiners ( G. H. Cuanptrr, M.A. 
TLAMINETS, vevencees cenccssenseeee convener peeeas seeweren ces | R.S. Lea, M.A.So. 


(GEOMETRY.) 

1. Ifa side of a triangle be produced, the exterior angle is equal to the 
gum of the two interior opposite angles, and the sum of three interior 
angles is equal to two right angles. 

(a) Show how aright angle may be divided into three equal parts. 

2. On a given straight line to describe a square. 

(a) Describe a square which shall have a given line for diagonal. 

3. To divide a straight line into two parts, so that the rectangle con- 


tained by the whole line and one of the parts may be equal to the square 
on the other part. 


(a) If the given line be AB and the point of section H, prove that AH. 
HB=AlP?—BF. 


4, Prove that the straight line which bisects any chord of a circle per- 
pendicularly passes through the centre of the circle. 








ls Soe 


avoir, acquérir, cueillir, absoudre. 


PRIZE IN APPLIED SCIENCE, 85 
©. The opposit? angles ofa quadrilateral inscribed in 
gether equal to two right angles, 
(a) Divide a circle into two segments, so that the 
may be three times that in the other. 


& circle are to- 
angle in one of them 


(TRIGONOMETRY. ) 
6. What unit angles are employed in Trigonometry ? 
of degrees in an angle which is at the centre of 
by an arc equal to the radius. 


Find the number 
& Circle and is subtended 


7. Give the signs of the following : (1) sin 100°, (2) cos 200°, (3) tan 
800°, (4) cot 400°, (5) sec 500°, (6) cosec 600°, 

8. Find the trigonometrical functions of 90° 
terms of those of A. 

9. Prove the following : — 

(1) cos (A+B) = cos A cos B—sin A sin B. 

(2) cos 2 A =2 cos*A—] =1—2 sin 24. 

(3) sin A = _4 18024 

1 +tan?3 4 
(4) sin 80° —sin 20° = sin 40°. 
(5) tan’ A sec 7A —sec 24+1 — tant A 


ake 


—Aandof 90° + A in 


— 


PRIZE IN APPLIED SCIENCE. 





FIRST YEAR. 
FRENCH, 


SEPTEMBER 19TH, 1893. 


. P. J. Darey, LL.D. 
BxAMine’s, ...+.0000 00 ube. <dvUESGRY Cobdvevan: Wesdteuacecnetines 


Rev. J. L. Morty, M.A, 


l. Write in the plural sow, chou, bal, wil, ciel. Give the rules. 
2. Write the plural of ce, demonstrative adjective, and demonstrative 


pronoun. 


> 


3. Where do you place the pronouns go~erned by the verb as direct and 


indirect objects? In what order? Translate as examples: //e gives it to 
th:e, and He gives tt to him. 


4. How do you translate: He, she, they, when followed by who, whom ? 


Give two examples. 


5. Distinguish between a direct and indirect object. Give two examples. 
6. Interrogatively the verb fo have in the Preterite indefinite, the Past 


anterior, future anterior. 


7. Write in fuil the Preterite definite, the Present ant the Past Subjune- 


tive of three of the following verbs: aller, naitre, venir, ne pas se lever, y 


vo 



























wa 


$4 FACULTY OF APPLIED SCIENCE. 


8 Translate into French: We grind our coffee ourselves. We are born 
in this world to prepare ourselves for a better one. Ido not think she 
likes that little town. . We resolved to go by the steamboat. They live on 
vegetables and milk food. There are ladies who know how to laugh, but 
who do not know how to smile. And into English: Les poulets écloront 
la semaine prochaine. Ne déplaisons pas par des airs de hauteur. II vit 
de peu. Il est nécessaire de traire les vaches deux fois par jour, Ces 
arbres ont beaucoup erii cet éte. 

9. To the foregoing questions tha candidates for the exhibition in Arts and 
the Garth prize in Science will please add the following questions. What. 
mistake is there in the sentence: Ce fils est utile et chéri de st Famille, 
Correct it. 

Answer the same question for the sentence : i/ me sadressa. 

When two or more words form the subject of a verb, how do you write 
that verb, and in what person? Give two examples. 

10 When do you translate the Lnglish Pluperfect by the Past anterior 
and when by the Pluperfect in French? Give two examples. 

11, Translate into French: 

Modesty is a very good quality, and which senerally accompanies true 
merit: it engages and captivates the minds of the people; as, on the 
other hand, nothing is more shocking and disgustful than presumption 
and impudence. We cannot like a man who is always commending and 
speaking well of himself, and who is the hero of his own Story. 


CHESTERFIELD. 


SECOND YEAR EXHIBITION. 
MATHEMATICS. 
Frarpay, SepremBer 15TH :—MornNInNG, 9 To 12. 
Examiners,. - | G. H, CHANDLER, M.A. 


1. In a given circle to inscribe a regular pentagon. 

2. Divide a given straight line both internally and externally so that the 
rectangle contained by its segments may be equal toa given area, 

3. Prove that the volume of a pyramid is one third of the base by the 
altitude. 

4. A line drawn parallel to the axis of a parabola and terminated by the 
curve bisects all chords parallel to the tangent at its extremity.- 


(a + a) (a + 6) (a + 
x+at+6  a«atetd 


BT c) (a+ d) 


b 


cd (a + b) — ab (e+ d) 


showthat 2 = 
ab - cd 












eh Bien bie bows 


Ee are ae | 


ee gs ee ee ee ee eee 


6. Solve the equations : 


1 x-8 re 4h Bah open. 

Gy A £8 ey, 
x-— ly x-—6 x-— 7 x-9Y 

(2) x? + To? = 8, 

(3) sin dz + sin 3x = cos 2s 


(4) tan“! 2? + tan“) & = tan7 4, 


7. Show that 


(1) sec” (45° + A) 
tan (45° + 6) 


= 2 sec 26, 


9 


‘ l 
2) sin@ —__@ ban 9f 


(4) tan-' 3 + tan"! L + tan"! 1 


; ’ 
l + tan 2 44 


] 
5 
2 


(3) cosec 2/ + cot 20 = cot 4, 


8. In any plane triangle 


(1) cos24 + cos2B+cos2044 cos A cos B cos C +1 


A-B a-b C 
(2) tan — To = — ‘COL —. 
2 arth 2 


l. Make corrections iz the following, and give your reasons in each case : 
(2) Good orthography is as necessary as good caligraphy. 
(+) A capacious rent had been made in a part of his costume. 


(c) Practical joking does not deserve condign punishment the less 
because it often succeeds in escaping it. 





SUPPLEMENTAL EXAMINATION. 


SECOND YEAR. 


SUPPLEMENTAL EXA MINATION, 


ENGLISH COMPOSITION. 


Monbay, Serr. 18TH :—9 to 1 


) 


~ 


A.M. 


















86 FACULTY OF APPLIED SCIENCE. 


(d) There have been three famous talkers in England, either of whom 


would illustrate what I say about dogmatists well enough for my pur- 


pose. 


(ec) It also looks to the final elimination of the soul from the body. 


9. Distinguish between the following pairs of words :— detect and dis. 
tinguish ; credible and credulous ; perspicuity and perspicacity ; converse 
and reverse; verbal and oral; presumptive and presumptuous. 


3 Write an essay of not less than two pages on one of the following sub- 


jects :— 
(a) Climate. 
(6) History. 
(c) Pleasure. 


GARTH PRIZES. 


er on Macaulay in the same as that set for the Scott Exhibition. 


(The pap 
Third Year 


The paper on the Tempest is the same as that set for the 


Scholarships in Arts.) 


SCOTT EXHIBITION 
AND SECOND YEAR SU PPLEMENTAL. 
FRENCH. 


Examiners (P. J. Darey, LL.D. 
WoL UMINETS, vveveesvg verses cseseressscseeeeceeroreeoseorrreres ) Rew L. J, Moarix, M.A, 


1. Traduisez en francais :— 


Aman, W’insolent devant moi ne se cou rba jamais. 
En vain de la faveur du plus grand des monarques 
Tout révére & genoux les glorieuses marques ; 
Lorsque @’un saint respect tous les Persans touches 
N’osent lever leurs fronts A la terre attaches, 
Lui, (@) fi¢rement assis, (4) et la téte immobile, 
Traite tous ces honneurs d'impiéte servile, 
Présente A mes regards un front séditieux, 
Et ne daignerait pas au moins baisser les*yeux ! 

Du palais cependant il assiege la porte: 

A quelque (¢) heure que j’entre (d) Hydaspe, ou que je sorte (e) 

Son visage odieux m’afflige et me poursuit 

Et mon esprit troublé le voit encore la nuit. 











’ 
4 
‘, " 


-, * - st oe 





7 


SCOTT EXHIBITIONS. 87 


2. Rétablissez l’ordre grammatical dans les cing premiers vers de cet 
extrait, en faisant disparaitre les inversions. 
(2) Pourquoi /uc et non pas i! Indiquez trois autres cas ou lon 
emploie les pronoms disjonctifs en francais. 
(6) Conjuguez ce verbe dans tous les temps simples 4 la premiére 
personne du singulier. 
(c) Quelles sont les différentes maniéres d’écrire quelque ? 


(d) Analysez ce verbe. 
(e) Conjuguez ce verbe aux temps simples de l’indicatif. 


nd 


3. De qui Aman parla-t-il dans l’extrait ci-dessus? Décrivez les carac- 
{eres représentés par l’un et l’autre. 


4, Je ne mets point du tout votre talent en doute : 
Mais il est malaisé de se frayer ga route: 
[1 faut se signaler entre mille rivaux, 
Et l’on n’acquiert un nom que par de longs travaux. 
Encor que de dégofits et de déconvenues! 
Les plus forts voient souvent leurs ceuvres meconnues ; 
Prud’hon et Géricault ont eu ce méme gort 
De n’étre appréciés, tous deux, qu’aprés leur mort. 
Notez que je vous nomme ici deux hommes rares, 
Joués de qualités dont nos temps sont avares ; 
(Jue si nous descendons au rang inférieur, 
Il n’est pas d’humble état qui n’efit été meilleur : 
C’est la qu’est la misére, urgente, impitoyable, 
Dont vous n’avez jamais vu le spectre effroyable. 


5. Distinguish between the ¢rouveres and the troubadours. Who were 
the yongleurs ?. Name two famous trowbadours. 


6. What are the characteristics of the French literature of the 17th cen- 
tury? Compare it with the literature of the 18th century. 


7. Ecrivez un court résumé de la vie de Pierre Corneille, J. J. Rousseau, 
Guizot et Alfred de Vigny. 


8. Traduisez en francais : 


The old man, thus encouraged, began to lament the change which had 
been lately observed in the prince, and to inquire why he so often retired 
from pleasures of the palace to loneliness and silence. “TI fly from 
pleasure,’’ said the prince, “because pleasure has ceased to please; [ am 
lonely because I am miserable, and am unwilling to cloud with my presence 
the happiness of others.” “ You, Sir,” said the sage, “are the first who 
has complained of misery in the happy Valley.” 




























FACULTY OF APPLIED | SCIENCE. 


SCOTT EXHIBITION. 
Macaunay :— History of England (Vol. |, cap, 1). 
Scorr :—Lady of the Lake. 
MonpAY, SEPTEMBER 18TH :—MORNING, 9 To 12. 


» ¢ ’ ; CHAS. E. Moysk, B.A. 
Examiners, ...... . MESSENGER, B.A. 


1. Write on the separation of England and Normandy. 
2. Describe the government of the Tudors. 
3. Make notes on the following: Star Chamber, High Commission, 


Self-denying Ordinance, Petition of Right, Triennial Bill, the Indepen- 
dents. 


4. Describe the resources of both parties at the outbreak of the Civil 
War. 


5. Give a short account of the state of England under the protectorate 
of Cromwell. 


6. Describe the part taken by Monk in bringing about the Restoration. 


b. 
1. Over what time does the action of Scott’s poem extend? In what 
metre is it written ? 

2. Mention the songs in the poem, and briefly notice the theme of each. 
3. Quote or give the substance of passages which illustrate : 

(a) Scott’s familiarity with distinctly Highland customs. 

(4) His power as a colourist. 
4. Describe (a) Ben-Venue, (%) Ellen, (c) the lodge. Trace the course ot 


the Fiery-Cross, and indicate with precision the situation of the localities 
mentioned. 


5. Give an outline of what occurs at Stirling. 


6. Mention non-Scottish allusions which bear on history, literature or 
art. 






























f) 


THIRD AND FOURTH YEAR ENTRANCE, 89 ae 

EXHIBITION EXAMINATION. 

THIRD AND FOURTH YEARS. 
MATHEMATICS, 


Fripay, Sepremper 157TH ‘—MORNING, 9 To 12. 





Buaminer,...... e*eerer eeeeee seeeeeace Sareea. ae H. CHANDLER, M.A th 
git ; 
l. Prove that the area of a triangle in terms of the co-ordinates of its on 2 
a inta ig & fe bod a AN es ae UF ik 6 
gegular points is 4 [: ; (Y, Y.) X, ( Yo Yi) +a ‘ CY, ¥, pi 
"al 
2. Find the equation of a circle ha ving (5, 3) for centre and 3x + 2y = 
40 for tangent. — 
t G, 
: * One side of a triangle is fixed in Magnitude and position, a second ~ 
- . ~ ov . J . . . atti 
side in magnitude only; find the locus of the middle point of the bat 6 
third side. «a? 
Find the equations of the tangent and normal at any point of a ‘ig 
hyperbola, reducing them to the ordinary forms. . 
>.” If = rco3fand y = rsin #, show that 
i (1) x ly—y dx. = 72 dé, 


(2) xd y—y diz =2rdrddir 8. 





6. Find the equations of the cycloid when the vertex is the origin and 
the tangent at the vertex is the 


axis ofy. Show also that ds/dz = /2a/x. 


. Hence show that the whole len: gth of the ecycloid is four times the 
Sea of the generating circle. 
Find the radius of curvature at any point 


of an ellipse, or at any 
' point of a helix ona cylinder 


of given radius. 


S¥. Integrate (1) (log x) ‘ dx [x, (2) ~x—a dz, (3) tan ‘6 d 8, 


(4) 46 /oos'#, (5) dx (x y F—) 
. 10;. Integrate (1) 4x de 


es  S 


, (1 + 2) (34 


* For third year only. 
For fourth year only. 


G() FACULTY OF APPLIED SCIENCE, 


11. Show that the centrifugal pressure produced on the rails by a loco- 


motive of w lbs. moving at the rate of v miles per hour in a curve of f 
feet radius is .0669 w v */, pounds. 


12%. Particles slide from the common highest point of a series of vortl- 


eal circles down their convex sides ; find the locus of the points of depart- 
ure from the circles. 


y loaded, show 


13. When the roadway of a suspension bridge is uniform] 


Is 


that the curve of the chain is a parabola. 


14+, Find the ratio of the applied force to the resistance in a single 


palley when friction is taken into account. 

15+. A fly-wheel of a tons mass, 4 feet diameter, makes ¢ revolutions |*t 
minute; show that the accumulated energy is ‘087 al? c*® foot pounds, 
nearly. 


* For third year only. 
+ For fourth year only. 






, — A 


——————— ee 


ee — 


PACUL TY OF ARTS. 


$$ __ 
a 


—— 


SESSION, VAl EXAMINATIONS 


1894. 


eee 








= 
= ; 


= 





a 
= 


FACULTY OF ARTS. 


SESSIONAL EXAMINATIONS, 1894 
FIRST YEAR. 


Bs ( Xenophon, Hellenics, Bk. I. 
th HG "1 Homer, Iliad, Bh. XXTI. 


TuESDAY, APRIL 38RD ;—MOoRNING, 9 To 12. 


LLOMINET,. «06. 0000 seeeens .++++eA, JUDSON Eaton, Pu, D, 
Assistant-Haaminer, ....00 6.005. JOHN L. Day, B.A, 


l. Translate : 


TosoUTOV 0 exw elrreiv iméip dudorépwr brt 6 VEL ULOY 
duex@ruce undev mpaéa Sv of etparnyol Taper KevadcavTo. 
TovT@y O€ pdpTupes of awbdvtes ard Tod AUTO MATOU, 
ov els TaV rwerépov oTpaTnyov él KaTtadvans veds 
dtac@beis, dv KeXeVovat ™ avTn Wide KpiverOa, Kal 
avTov tdére dedpevor avaipéceas, nTEp TOUS ov TpdEavrTas 
Ta mpoctay0évta. pu Tolvur, avdpes ’A@nvaior, 
avtt wev ths vixens Kal Ths euTUyias Gmola Toinonrte 
Tois HTTnMévols Te Kal aTvyodoLv, avTl Se Tov ee Oeod 
avayKkatwv ayvopoveiv dd&nte, Tpodociay Katayvovres 
avrt THs advvapias, ovy iKavors yevomevous dia TOV VELULOVA 
mpaEat Ta tpoctayOévra’ adda Tord duKalorepov oredavous 
Yépaipev tos wKavras 7 Oavatw Choo ToVvnpois 
avOpwrrots mretOouevovs.—XEN. HELLEN. I. Vi. 32-33. 






















FACULTY OF ARTS. 


2. (a) What constructions do verbs of hin drance allow 
after them ? Illustrate by examples, (6) How are pro- 
hibitions expressed in Greek? Distinguish the two 
forms. (c) Explain the construction of arvxotou and 
mpaéa. (d) Give the stem and_ principal parts of éya, 
SdEnte, meMouevovs (e) Write out the imperf. indie. act. 
of gir (contracted forms), the pres. indic. of dni, and 
2nd aor. imper. act. of tw. (f) State the various uses 
of the participle in Greek. 

3. (a) Mention the points which were unconstitutional 
in the trial of the generals. (b) Explain the following 
terms : 7poBovrevpa, Wndic pa, TpoBorn, Eyparrn yvouny, 
T pvTaus. 


4, Translate (at sight) : 


\ rr c Ss \ e > i 
‘O &€ Kipos ws ef5e rodXovs imméas avriovs, npeto, H 
= 4 eg / / / > e\ ” / la 
ovTol, hn, @ Tame, TrOAEULOL ELoLY, OL EhlaTHKadL TOLS 
7 Son / s »” - / 
tarmrow npéwa; Llordusor pévror, én. "H Kat exeivor, edn, 
er 7 5 a \ b 
oi €Xavvovtes ; Kaxeivor wévror, Ni tov Ai, én, o ware, 


> ’ > / ~ 
aX’ odv movnpol ye havdpevor Kal ert TOVNnpOV iTTaplov 


v t a \ / a) f 

dyoucw av ta xphpata’ ovKxody xpi eAaUvELY TLVAS 
id n ? 3 ’ 4 ; ; “ c ~ ” > A e/ ~ 
HUY eT auTous, 'AXAXA ovXY Opas, épn, @ Tat, OTOV TO 


a Ta t , > 

otidos Tav imméwy ExTnKE TUVTETAYMEVOV ; Ol, NV én’ €Kel- 
ra a 5] , a wn a a 

vous nels eXaVVMpmEV, HTTOTEWODVTAL HMAaS TAAL €KElVOL’ 

e al be Vv e 3 \ 7 ; ; a \ , »” 

npmiv S€ ova % ioyis mapeactiv, 'AXN Hv ov pwevys, Epy 

€ rR 5 A 

6 Kipos, xabl dvarauBavyns ors apoo BonOovrTas, 
f e \ * 

poBycovra: obTor Kal od Kuvyjcovrat, oi 8 ayovtes evOus 

5 / \ / \ > 

apnoover THY elav, éredav dwot twas é7’ avTovs 

b] J r 

eXavvovTas.—XENOPHON, CYROPAEDEIA. 




























CLASSICS. 


5. Translate : 


) ae 2) / y 4 > / 
(a KTOP, KN) (Ol, AXKaoTE, TUYHMOCUVAS ayopeueE, 
. b] ° 
‘Os ov« dott A€over kal avdpdow bpxia mica, 
; ‘ , \ ” r . > 
Oude AvKor Te Kal dpves onodpova Oupov éyovaw 
? \ / \ + 
Adda Kana ppovéovor Svapmepes aAArrovow, 
a b ] ” ; 3 ‘ \ \ / v Aw 
Qs ove €or’ ewe Kal oe PiANMEVAL, OVTE TL V@ILV 
Y ” I ee ‘ u 
Opia éooovtat rpiv y’ 7 ETEPOV YE TrEGOVTA 
6 > v ¢ f 
Aipwatos aca.” Apna tadavpivov TONEMLO THY, 
/ > na , a 
llavroins aperis pimyynoKeo’ vov ce ara ypn 
3 / ‘ » 
AiXuntnv 7 euevat kal Oapoaréor TONEMLA THY, 


? 


(6) Tov & dp’ irdédpa idev rpocépn rddas wKds ‘Ayidreus* 
“M7 pe, Kvor, youvwy ryouvaceo noe TOKNMY. 
At ydp Tes a’rov pe pévos Kal Oupos aveln 
Ow’ atrotapvopuevoyv kpéa edpevat, old p’ éopyas. 
Os ov €o@ Os ahs ye Kdvas Kehbadris aTaddr«OI, 
Oud’ €i Kev dexants Te Kab ekoowvHptT’ a7rowwa 
2tHowo’ €vGad ayovtes, brdcywvrat Sé nal dda 
Oud’ ei Kev 0’ avrov ypuve@ éptcac Oat aveyor 
Aapdavidns Ipiauos: ot& &3 o¢ ye rérma enTNp 
‘EvGepcvn Aeyéeror yonoerat, Ov TéKev adrn, 


, \ / ae \ , re aN / } ‘ 
AXdXA@ KUvES TE Kal OlwVvOL KATA TraVTa acovrTat. 


6. Ex:, (A) Scan, making notes explanatory, the first 
seven lines. (1) Account for case of avédpdor, aipatos, 
aperis,and the construction of firnpevae and ceodyra. 
(2) The derivation of diaore, Siaprepé&s, and TaXavptvon, 


7. Ext. (B) (a) iddpa td@v—how doves Virgil translate 
'h.s ? (b) Explain fully the constructions involved in aveéy ; 
awadddxot ; ornowor; and avwyot. (c) Why the change 
vf mood in the last (avwyo)? (d) Account for the 
peculiar accentuation of ds. 


FACULTY OF ARTS. 


2 State some of the Homeric peculiarities in the vom 
ditional sentence. Show the relation of the potential 
indicative and optative, and the form for expressing a w:sh, 
to the normal conditional sentence. 


9 Show the application of lost sounds to the Homiurie 


versification and state the theories advanced to accoun! for 


the negative instances of the Digamma. 


10. Short notes on: mnyal Zxduavépou, the infinitive in 
Homer, the nage, VUKTOS AporAY@, yAauvKaTLS ’AOHIN, 
the root MA ; Re os, the use of dpa, Bucolic diaeresis. 


INTERMEDIATE EXAMINATION, 


Plato, Apology. 


GREEK. : 
Aeschylus, Prometheus Vinctus, 


TuEsDAY, APRIL 3RD:—MoRNING, 9 TO 12. 


Puuniners A. Jupson Eaton, Px.D. 
Ese JIU O,eeeese = : ’ 
) W. Crocket, M.A, 


Assistant Hxamiuner, JoHN L. Day, B.A. 


1. Translate: 


an 9 pe! ‘ / > a ‘ 
(A) Terevtay ovy emt Tovs yelpoTexvas 7a" ELAUT@ yap 
/ > \ b] v ’ A / ia , 
Evyndey OvoEeV CTLETAMEVO , ws ETT OS €ELTTELVY, TOUTOUS dé y 
no fed c / X \ \ 5 / r 
NOELY OTL EUPHTOLWLL TOAAA KAL KANGA €ETLOTAMEVOUS, Kab 
‘A \ ’ 3 A > : S b] ? 
rovTou pev ove evevcOnv, aN HriotavTO a eyo ovkK 
? U / on / / iy b] ’ > ‘ 
NTLOTALNVY Kal LOU TAUTY TOPMWTEPOL NOAV AAXN , @ AV. PE 
; \ 63 na > / 28 5 ae r, € f cf 5 3 
AOnvator, ravtov por edogav eyetv a MapTN Ma OTTEP Kt Ob 
Tointal, Kai ol ayabot Snpsoupyot? dua TO THY TéEXYHD 
KANOS eEepyatea Oar EKATTOS ng lov Kal TANNA TA peyloTa 
COPOTATOS elval, Kal avT@V avTn 7 TAnMperELA ExeElvyP 


Thy copiav QTEKPUTTEV’ WOT EME EMAUTOV AVEPWTAV v1 ép 








- . aA a 





CLASSICS, )7 


TOU YPNT LOU, TOTEpa bcEaluny av ovTwS osTrep éyw every, 
pnre TL cohos av THY éxelvav copiay, prre awabys tiv 
apabiav, n auddtepa a éxetvor eyovow eye. atrexpivdunv 
OvY EMaUTD Kal TO YpNTUe, STL mot AVoLTEAOL asTrep éyw 


4 
EK ELV. 


(B) “I@¢ 8% viv efreé rod § avtous Berri ‘ 
”n TE TOVTOLS, TiS avTOUS BEATIOUS Tote: ; 
Onr yA \ v > Ac f / \ \ \ ~ 7 
nov yap, OTL OlgVa, wedXov YE GOL. TOV pEev yap dLadet- 
? Ses Chinhe ian Be ae ee 
povta efevpwv, ws dys, éuée elodyes tovtoecl cal KATHY O- 
nw x \ \ \ / f= wn f 
pets’ tov d€ 67 Bedrtiovs rrovobyta Oc ele nab prvucov 
> oe / > € - e a4 \ ’ + 
avTOUS, TiS EaTLV, Opas, ® MeAnTe, oT oryas Kat OvK Exes 
, - / 5} 5 / “ a os r ‘ 
ELTTELY 5 KALTOL OVK aloypdV cot doKEl eEivat Kal iKavODV 
/ 2 °f% 9 \ / ¢/ > a , % - 
TEK[LNPLOV OV On) EYW AEYO, OTL TOL OVOEV peUcrANKEY 5 AAX 
} 2 


bd f (9 \ > \ > / >? / 
evmré, @ yale, Tis avTovs apeivous trotel ; Oi vomor. 


(C) ef & av oiov arrodnuncal éctiv 6 OGdvaros évOédvbe 
eis AAAov TdTOV, cal adnOH éott TA AEyOmEVA, WS dpa exel 
eiolv amravres ot TEOvew@TES, Ti petfov ayabov TovToU En 
av,@ avodpes dixactai; eb yap Tis adixdpmevos ets” Ardov, 
avrahrAayels ToUT@Y TOV hacKdrToY SiKaTTOV eivat, ebpnaet 
Tos WS arANOas diKacTas, oiTrep Kal NEyovTat exer Sixaley, 
M ives te cal ‘PaddpavOus kat Ataxos kat Tprmrroreyos, 
Kal ddrXot door TOV HutOéwv Sixatot éyevovTo ev T@ éavTav 


Biw, apa davry av ein 7 atrodnpia 
Ww, 4 he Wuds ) } ) )M Ms 


2. (a) émictrapévm: what other construction is found 
in the Apology with otvvoida? (b) Explain the mood and 
tense of etpnooiwt, (c) Supply the condition to deEaiuny 
av. To what form of condition does it belong? (@) Account 
for the case of tavryn, codiav, auddtepa (Ext. a): ov 
(Ext. b): “Avédou, ducactwv, Mivas (Ext. ve). (e) Give the 
derivation, and explain the formation from stems, of 
Snpusoupyot, mAnupeneca, “Avdov, yeipotéyvas, (f) Wxplain 
the construction of wéXov yé cot, rovroic! in (Ext, b). (g) 

























98 FACULTY OF ARTS. 


Give the interrogative particles in Greek corresponding to 
(i) Remark on the form of 


num, nonne and ve. 
(g) Write short 


conditional sentences found in (Ext. c). 
notes on Mivas, ‘PadapavOus, Tpimroreuos, ’Opdevs. 


3. Write briefly on any three of the following topics : 


(a) ot évdexa. 

(b) The datpomov of Socrates. 

(c) The early Greek philosophers. 

(ad) The Three Prosecutors of Socrates. 
4, Translate - 


: > Ps ys , 
(4) @ dios ainp, Kai raxtvrrepor trvoal, 
TOTAMOV TE TNYAl, TOVTi@Y TE KULATOV - 
avnpiOwov yékacua, TampArép Te Yh, 
\ S / 4 he / a 
Kal TOV TAVOTTTHV. KUKXOV NALOV KANO’ 
Vv © \ an 
ldecb€ wv’ ota pos Oca Tacye Oeds. 
IN Ee 9 iA ? / 
dépxOn? oiais aixklarow 
OLaKVALOMEvOS TOV mUpLETh 
/ > , i FORA / 
ypovov abrevow. Toidvd’ 6 véos 
Tayos pakdpwv €Enip’ én’ éuol 
Seg MOV HELKh. 
a A. \ \ / ee / 
pev ev’ TO Tapov Td 7’ érrepyomevov 
THUA CTEVAYW, TH TOTE “OyOeov 
/ “ 3 A 
XpPN Téepwata TMVO’ érvTEiAAL. 


\ 4 
iro O€ KnpdTAacTOS bTOBeEl Sdvak 
aYETAS UTVOOOTAV VOLO. La, iW, TdTrOL, 
> ' a 1 ȴ , f 
@ TOTTOL, TOL {6 AYOVol THAE€TAaVOL TAAVAL; - 
/ ; ’ s [7 / an / a ’ 
Ti ToTé “', @ Kpowe trai, ti rote taiod 
5 / ec \ e an 
evéCevEas evpwov amapTovcar 
3 f >\ 
EV TNMoTVVAls, €1), 



























4 
‘ 
3 
(c) ILP. 
10. 
UP. 
XO 
| ITP. 


CLASSICS, 


oloTpnAaT@ oe Se(uatt SeiNalav 


/ “A 
TAPAKOTOV wOE TELPELS ; 


/ , B) 3 oO 
Tupi we PrEEov, 4 yOovt KadUWov, 7 Tovriow SaKect 
dos Bopar, 


undoé por POovnans 
evyuatov, ava€. 
adnv me TOAVTTAAVOL TAAaVAL 


; ” ini Ie 
yeyULLVaKaclY, ove’ eyo wabelv brra 
) 


\ > 7 
Tnmovas ave. pa 


Krves POéyua Tas Boveepw trapbevon ; 


lanl / / 4, 
dvoiv Adyou oe GCatépw dwpycopar, 
/ ; 
Toiolv ; mpodetEov aipeciv 7’ éwol didov, 
8 /> » Se ar a \ x / \ f 
lomu * €Xov yap ) Tovey Ta ROTA Got 
7 a x \ b , ) ’ / , 
ppacw cadnvas, 7 Tov éxrAvcorT’ pe. iP 
TOUT@Y CU THY pev THOE, THY 8 Ewol yapLY 
4 / > , ; 
Géc Oat GérAnoov, wd’ aTiuaons Noyou* 
\ “ X\ / 
Kal THOE MEV YeywvE THY AOLTTIY TAAUNY, 
€u“ol 02 TOY AVTOVYTA* TODTO yap TroOd. 
évrel TpoOupetoO’, ove évayTi@copat 
\ \ a an e/ e 
TO Ln OV YEYHVELY TAY dcov TpoaxpHCeTE, 
a J n / 
col mpa@ror, ‘loi, rodvdovov trraYnY dpdco, 


nv éyypapou ov uvynpoow dérXTOLs dpeven, 


o. In what metres is extract (a) written? Write down 
the scheme of the metre of the first part, and scan the first 
two lines of Extract (a), and the last three of Extract (c). 
Scan the last four lines of extract (a), and explain the 
peculiarities of this metrical system. 


6. (a) Derive rayvrrepol, avnpiOuov, pupieTh, Taryds, 


oloTpynAaT@, TapaKotrov, SéATos, (6) Decline *Iw, (c) 


TLTOTE..... 


mnuoovvats: explain the construction of ri 








100 FACULTY OF ARTS. 


and dwaprodcav, (d) pndé por POovycys: distinguish the 
two forms of prohibitions in Greek. (¢) dvoiv dwpn- 
comat: remark on this construction, and compare it with 
that of donare in Latin. (j) rovrwy (line 5 of extract (c)) : 
supply the ellipsis, Another reading is Tovrow: explain. 
(g) ovK évavTi@aopat TO 2) OU yeywvety: Temark om the: 


construction. 


7. (a@) Briefly relate the myth upon which this tragedy 
is founded, (b) Where is the scene laid? (c) Enumerate 
and define the ‘parts’ into which Greek plays were 
divided hy ancient critics. 


THIRD YEAR. 


GREEK. — EURIPIDES. — MEDEA. 


Monpay, APRIL 9TH:—MorNING, 9 TO 12. 
Exqminety......seeeee. REV. GEORGE CorNISH, M.A., Lip; 
1. Translate :— 


(A) ILA, Koved tov réyovTos, ov Soa KAVELY 
meacors mpocenOwr, eva 67) TadaitaTot 
Odocovet, ceuvov ahi Ilepyvns vowp, 
ws Tovade Traidas ys hav KopiwGias 
Eby untpt wérroe THaOE Koipavos yGoves 
Kpéov? o pévrou wd0os ef cadis 00¢ 
ovk ofda* Bovroiunv & adv ovK eivar TAadE 

TP, cal tad7’ "lacwv raidas éEaveEerat 
mdcyovras, eb Kal pntpl Scapopav Exel 5 
TLA. warard xawvev relrrerat kndevpator, 


’ ¢ ‘a a / 
KOUK €aT’ éxelvos Totcbe OwpuacLY PLArOS, 








CLASSICS. 
































; , , ‘ r oy 
TP. arwrcpec@ ap’, ef kaxdv Trposotcoper | 
/ ww / 
a veéoYv TaXal@, Tpilv Tdd e€EnvTAnKEevat, 


ITA, arap ov y’, od yap Katpos etdévar Trade 


7 f id \ / ; 
. déotrowvav, navyate Kal olya Noxon, 
. +\ \ ; p 
j (B) LN, TPOS yovaTwY aE TAVTES E 
. r ¢ s a 
| AVTWS LKETEVO MEV site 
: TT POS MeV, gm 
\ / / 
| pn TEKVA HPovevo ns. ie 6 
f moGev Opacos 7 hpevos 7 S aL g 
| pe 


\ / / 
yelp Texvwv oéeGev 
/ / P 
7) l um F 
Kapdta Te Ane, 
\ / 
SeLVaV TPOTAayoUca TONMAD ; | 
a Op / a 4 * 
TOS 0 Ou“pata TpocBarovca re 
: TEKVOLS AOAKPUY otpav (< 
’ ; w 
axvnoes Povov; ov duvacei, 
‘Aw. t nw J 
£ TALOWY LKETAV TLTVOVT@V 
. 7 ; / 
TéyEat yvépa howwiav 


>) / a 
ev TAawow Gupue. 


? 


‘ \ > PQs. A 5 / ~ OA 
(C) OUK 010’ av él Treicatmt, TwepacOar o€ YpN. 
‘ Ay 5 \ \ / ; a \ 
au 0 adda ony Kédevooy aiteicbat TATpPOS 
Yuvaika Tatdas tTHvdE pw» hevyew yOdva. 


r \ ‘ ; ; 
3 Kadota, Kal weice ye doEatw of’ eyo, 


a 


elTTEp YUVALKOV eoTL TOV Adv pia. 
cvrAAnWomat Oé TODSE GOL KAYO TrdVOU" 
Téurpw yap avtn Sap’, & kaddoTeverat 
TaV vov év avOpwrroiety, 010 éry@, Tron, 
ew TOV Te TETAOV Kal TAOKOY YpUTHAATOV 
Tatdas h€épovras. aXX’ doov Tayos ypewy 
Koo ov Komilew Sedpo mpocmdd@v Tia. 
evdatuovnce 0 ovy Ev adda mupia, 
avopos 7 apictou cov TvxYova’ omevvérou, 


f / ¢ ¢ 
KEKTHMEVN TE KOT MOV OV Tol’ “HdXxos 





FACULTY OF ARTS. 


matpos TaTnp Sidwow exyovolol ots, 
rAdtvabe hepvas tacde, Traides, es YEpas, 
cab TH TUpavyw paxapla vipdy doTe 
pepovres’ ovTor dMpa peurTa déEeTai. 


2. (a) Inext.(A) explain :—(1) meocous mpoaerGwv, (2) 
amwrdper@’. (3) eEnvTrAnkeva. (4) knoevpatev, (0) In 
ext. (B) explain :—(1) mpos yovatwr ce. (2) téxvev oeGev 
—why Genit? (3) Opacos or Gapaos ? (4) Point out Doric 
forms. (c) In ext. (C):—() Assign the vss. to their 
several speakers, and state what change has been suggested 
concerning vs. 4. (2) aitetcOat matpos :—point out the 
solecism, and what change of reading has been proposed 
to remove it. (3) Comment on the irony in. the use of 


’ / 
pakapia and peurra. 


3. Explain carefully the use of the oblaque cases in :— 
(1) dvotarawa ris evs avOadias, (2) eirep yap Has 
a&éiot AOyou TLVOS YyuVvyn TpoOnce ypnuaToy, (3) evvAs 
atuyes yaunriov. (4) EvxpBarretar S€ ToArA Todde 
deimatos’ (5) madata NeitreTat Kndevpatov, (6) 7 ypHY 
meTeival T@Vvde TOV BovrAEevLAaTwY, vUUdn TE KNdEVOVTAD 
noeo Oar céGev. 


oe. (a) mpos idovnv Aoyous, E“avTn da AOywr adiKounr. 

Tposynpas ov« evdoEov. 2) Tpos Laxyvos yapw :—Translate, 
and explain the import of the propositions. (b) atimacas 
éyel, yurn dé OArU éepu, yuvn dé GnAvs ovca (Soph.). 
ovoe TavT émnverca. ws Ti ypnlwv THVde vavoToXeis 
yOova ; Kal yap noicnuévot orynoopwerGa (Medea). Com- 
ment on and explain these usages. 


5, Give the meaning and etymology of the following :— 
dépyua, aptippwv, €EnvTAnKkéval, aTAaTOV, TKAaLOUS, TpO- 
TaVTES, Exeyyvous, aBpas, K(BSndos, YAwpOr. 








eS ee en ee 


CLASSICS. 103 


6. Parse the following :—-wonrdrras, cEnvyou, dnyOetn 
oHé, Kadwv, éx Saxeir, apron, weOd, efrov, olya, TaKov, 


efena. 


7. Resolve the following crases :—rodros, VO, Tapa, 


> / € / la , \ 
XAUTN, AVNP, MOV, KAY, KAY. 


8. Name the metre, giving the scheme, of ext. (A), and pi 


scan the first four vss, of the same ext. He 
guise 

B.A. ORDINARY EXAMINATION. rei a 

a, uh 

FRIDAY, APRIL 13TH :—MornInG, 9 To 12, ef 

ir 

hrm j\AESCHINES—CONTRA CTESIPHONTEM. te 
ere Tareas 8 HE | EURLPIDES,—MEDEA. ‘ 

5 : ( Rev. GEorGE Cornisu, M.A., LL.D. 
EXAMIUNETS, ....000. 


 Pror. Crocxet, M.A, 
1. Translate :— 


(A) Iparov pev roivyv, & ’A@nvaio, avtiypadeds nv 
XELpoTrovnTos Tn TOrEL, OF KAY ExdoTHY TpuUTavelay aTreEXO- 
yilero Tas mpocodovs ra Syuw. Sia S€ THY pds 
EvBovrov yevouervny trict tuiv ot eh Td Gewpixov 
KEXELPOTOVNLEVOL NpYoV meV, TpLY » Tov “Hyrpovos vduov 
yevéerOat, THY TOD avTiypadéws apxynv, npyov 6 THY TOV 
aTodeKTaV, Kab vedpiov Kal oKevoOnKnv @Koddpmour, hoav 
d€ kal odotrotol Kal oyeddov THY bAnv Siolenow ELYOV THS 
Tohews, Kal od Katnyopav aitav ovd’ éritiav eyo, 
arn’ exeivo bpiv evdeiEac Oat Bovroman, St 6 wev vomwobérns, 
ed Tis las apyns THS ehaylatns brevOuvos , TOUTOY OUK 
éa, Tplv dv Adyov Kal evOdvas So, stehavodv, 6 dé Kryat- 
pov AnuooBernv tov cvrAXABdnv amacas tas ’AOnvnoww 
apXaS ApKXOVTA OK WKUYNTE ypaat oTehavacat. 






















10-4 FACULTY-OF ARTS. 


(B) "Eye tov pev Biov tov AnpooGévous é&eracety mak- 


poTépou Aoyou Epyor nyoupar ELval. Ti yap et vov TaUTa 


/ > \ \ \ ‘a 7 \ > nn 
Aeyelv, 7) TA TEPL THY TOV TPAVLATOS ypadiy avT@ cvpPe- 
r] c/ , 5 ; " , v A } ‘\ 
BnkoTa, oT eypayaTo ets Apeov tmrayov Anpopwedny TOV 
/ > \ ’ t “ \ \ - tat 5 
Havanda avewriov dvta éavt@ Kal THY THS Kepadns ETTLTO- 
/ )) \ \ \ 7 / \ \ a 
unv Ta Tept THY Kyndicodetou oTpaTHiay Kal TOV TOV 
a ” \ ? ¢T . \ c/ AINE Ls a : / 
veav extrrovy Tovels ‘EAANOTOVTOL, OTE ELS WY TALNPAPY@V 
/ \ \ ‘ 3 \ ~ » \ 
Anpoobevns Kal Tepidyov TOV oTpaTHYOV ETL THS VEWS Kab 
‘a \ \ / \ s 
suocitov Kal cuvOvtor Kab cvoTrrévdor, kal rovTor afobels 
\ \ \ 5 ~ 5 v . 
Sid 7d TraTtpiKds adT@ pidos elvat, OvK WKUNTEY ATT elo ay- 


/ 


f > “ / \ 
yedias avToo Kpivouévou Trepl Pavatou KaTyyopos yevéo Gas 
\ rn Vv \ / \ ‘ ie a 
cal taba non Ta wept Mewoiay Kal Tous KOVOUAOUS, OUS 
; 1D 5 a) , \ 3\ \ id 5 / 
ExaBev ev TH OopxneTpa Kopnyos wv, Kal WS ar éOoTo 
/ an / / + \ dg f \ \ a 
TpLaKOVTA MYOV awa THY TE Eels AVTOV UBpi Kal THY TOV 
f «A / / 
Sypouv Katayeporoviayv, nv ev Avovucov KaTexelpoTornae 


x ~ 
Mezdiov. 


(C) "Ev@a on Kai tav ayabav avopov akiov éoTW 
erin Onvat, ois obTos GOUT@Y Kal aAkKadXALEepNT@V CVTOY 
an e a / \ \ kw PA. ; } 
Tay lepav exmréurapas él Tov TpoOnACY KLVOUPOY ETOAUNTE 
4 ~ / \ \ ; \ 7 5 i> % >) \ 
rois Spamrérais Tool Kal AEhoLTTOTL TV Tae avaPas eT 
, al > / 
Tov Tapov TAY TETENEVTNKOTOV eyK@miatery THY EXELVOV 
ns \ \ /- \ A / 
aperny. @ TpoS pev Ta peyada Kal omovoala TavToP 
Punhe ARO IERS,, 5 SD chy dp tote woe ee 
avOpwrwv axpnaTOTAaTE, TPOS O€ THY EV TOUS Noyos TOAPAD 
f 5 / ] / ’ ¥. / 
Pavpaciorate, eriyerpnoev eOednoes avTixa paha, 
/ 3 , e r 3 \ n 
Brérav eis Ta TOUTOV TpdcwTra, AEYELY, OS del oe ETL TALS 
A / m : n 3\ ® / 
Ths médews cuppopais orepavotalar; €av & ovros rey, 
4 r e a \ a a 
ipeis bropeveite, Kal cuvarroGavetrat Tots TENEUTNT ACL, 


ws GoLKe, Kal 1) UMETEPA MYND 5 


2. (a) Explain the personal references In Ext. (B). (0) 
Describe briefly the constitution and functions of :—(1) 7 


€ f ‘ : 2 f 
Bovry of wevtakoolor, (2) 4 Bovrn 1 €v "Apelm Taye. 








SS a Ss. cm 


(3) 9 €xxAnola. (c) Write explanatory noves on any six 
of the following :—(1) mpoedpot. (2) hurr mputavevovea, 
(3) wputaveia. (4) rpurdves. (9) ecoayyeria. (6) edOvvy, 
(7) ot Geo pobérar. (8) nyEMovia SikacTyplor, (9) Tpenpapyot, 
(10) ta Oewpixd. (11) dvtvypadets. (12) revyorrods. (13) 
Ta Avoviota ta év adore. (14) wvrayepas. (1 D) lepouyn- 
proves, (rive the divisions of the Attic month and explain 
the manner of dating. 


3. Translate and explain the following idiomatic phra- 
ses :—(a) mpocéute hepa, (6) €rabev pixpov eETLOYOY 
uperouevos. (¢) exelvo memdvOare. (d) eri Suerés HRdar, 
(€) ne hepduwevos eis thy éavtod duow, (f) tas evOtvas 
5 / 

WPANKWS. 


4. Translate, Euripides, Medea :— 

(a) TP. rékvev dradé rpéo Bu rev ’lacovos, 
XPnaToLaL Oovrous Evppopa ta SearroTar 
KAKwS TiTVOVTA Kal hpevov avOdarreraL. 
ey@ yap és Toor’ ExBEBnK’ adynbdvos, 
Os?’ (wepds pw’ UTHNGE yn Te Koupav@ 
A€eEat morovan dedpo Searrolyns TUYAas. 

(1) Parse Evydopa and distineuish from Evudopa. (2) 
imepos pw foroven:—point out the elision in wm, and 
account for the Dative porovcn. 

(0) TO yap etOiacbat Chv ér icovow 
Kpeiaoov" § €potry’ ody, Ef ji) Meyaros, 
oyupas vy’ ein KaTaynpacKely. 

TOV Yap meTplov TpaTta mev eitreiy 125 
Tovvoua wiKa, ypnabal Te akpo@ 
AwoTa Bpotoicw* ta 8 uTrepBadXXovr’ 
ovdeva Kalpov dvvatat Ovarois. 

HeiCous 8 atas, dérav opyta On 


/ v ; , 2 
Salmon, olxows amédwxev. 130 


o 


CLASSICS. 105 


a “wm <= 


























106 FACULTY OF ARTS. 


(1) Construe carefully vss. 125—130.....(2) What is the 


subject of avrédwxev ? 


(c) KP. reyes axovoa uarOak’, arr’ elow Ppevov 
7 ¢ / / f / / 
éppwdia mor pn TL Bovdevns KaKO?, 
too@oe 8 Haoov 7) TApos mérolba cot’ 
>) / e y b / 
yuviy yap o€vOupos, ws 0’ aVTwS aVnp, 
/ vn \ ; 
pawy pvrAaccely 2 TLOTNAOS TOPs. 
Grn EO Ws TayLoTa, MN Aoryous AEye’ 
és Tabr doape, KOUK EXELS TEXYNY OTT WS 


an eA 3 > eee 7 
MEVELS Tap MLV, OVTA OUSMEVIS E101. 


(1) axotoai—dguraccew : What use of the Infin. ? (2) 
Bovrevns—Povrevons :—distinguish between these va- 
riants. (3) dpape:—parse, and show the quantity of the 
penult. (4) seveis —-parse, and explain the mood, 


(d) 1A, Set p’, ws €ouxe, U1) KAKOV Poval EryeELY, 
GAN w&sTE Vaos KEdVOY OLaKoTTpopor 
dxpoiot Naihous KpacTrédols UTEKopapely 
THY ony TTOMApyoV, w yUval, yYAwooaryiay, 
(1) Give the derivation of :—olaxooTpodor, cTo“apyor, 
yAwooadyiav, (2) Explain the metaphor here used, 


h > ~ \ c 7 7 

(e) MH. & Zed Aikn te Zynvos Hdiov re pars, 
vov KadXluixor TOV éua@v eyOpav, dirat, 
yevnooperOa, Keis o6ov BeBnkapev" 

a ’ 5) \ ) \ \ 3 \ / / 
vov 8 érmis éx@povs Tous Emous Tice diKNV. 
ovTos yap avnp 4 waddioT’ Examvopey 
iy wepavTar TOV é~av BovrevpaTov" 


(1) caddrimxou:—explain this use of the Mas. Plu, 


(f) KateT avactaco éx Opovewr di€pxeTat 


/ Ly \ / / 
otéyas, aBpov Batvouca TadrEevK@ 71001, 





























CLASSICS. 


dw pots UTEpyatpovea, TOAXA TOAAAKIS 
tévov7’ és opOov dupact TKOTOULEVN, 
rouvbevde pwévror Servo Hv Géap’ (Seiv: 
Xpotav yap adddk~aca Neypia wdduv 1168 
Koper Tpé“ovca KOXa, Kal pores ho aver 
Opovotow éumecovea jury Vapat weceiv. 1170 

(1) Explain the meaning of révovr’ és dpOdv, (2) Cons 
strue vss. 1168-1170. (3) yauad:—what case ? 


express it 
in Latin, 





FIRST YEAR. 
LATIN. 
Cicero, De Anicitia ‘—VirGit, Aeneid Viw 
LATIN Prose Composition. 


WEDNESDAY, 4TH APRIL - —Morninoe, 9 To 12 


~. 


Mraminer,. occ. 0. i din bile, eA Ib ode ease Hiss 1. Jupson Eaton, Pu.D. 


Assistant Examine Ti Waser ew bes vegdowvo sees cee uce eae ub ed cokes JOHN L. Day. BLA 


A. 


I. Translate : 


(¢) Saepissime igitur mihi de amicitia cogitanti maxime illud consi- 
derandum videri solet, utrum propter imbecillitatem atque inopiam deside- 
rata sit amicitia, ut dandis recipiendisque meritis, quod quisque minus per 
se ipse posset, id acciperet ab alio vicissimque redderet, an esset hoe qui- 
dem proprium amicitiae, sed antiquior et pulchrior et magis a natura ipsa 
profecta alia causa, Amor enim, ex quo amicitia nominata est, princeps 
est ad benevolentiam coniungendam. Nam utilitates quidem etiam ab eis 
percipiuntur saepe qui simulatione amicitiae coluntur et observantur tem- 
poris causa: in amicitia autem nihil fictum est, nihil simulatum; et quid- 
quid est, id et verum est et voluntarium. 


(5) Cum autem contrahat amicitiam, ut supra dixi, si qua significa- 
tio virtutis eluceat ad quam se similis animus applicet et adiungat, id cum 
contigit, amor exoriatur necesse est . 


Il. Ext. (@) (1) Account for the case of mihi, meritis, (2) Explain the 


syntax of tte subjunctive moods in the passage. (3) Distinguish the syn 
onyms of amo and videfur. (4) The formation of praesertim, 





L108 FACULTY OF ARTS, 


Ext. (3}. (1) Account for the moods in this passage. (2) What cases 
ollow s‘milis, and with what difference of meaning? (3) Drawa distinc- 
tion. between animus, anima, and mens, and compare their Greek equiv- 


alenis. 


ft eae Ge At, Phoebi nondum patiens, inmanis in antro 
Bacchatur vates, magnum si pectore possit 
Excussisse deum: tanto magis ille fatigat 
Os rabidum, fera corda domans, fingitque premendo. 
Ostia iamque domus patuere ingentia centum 
Sponte sua, vatisque ferunt responsa per auras : 
O tandem magnis pelagi defuncte periclis! 
Sed terra graviora manent. In regna Lavini 
Dardanidae venient ; mitte hanc de pectore curam ; 
Sed non et venisse volent. Bella, horrida bella, 
Et Thybrim multo spumantem sanguine cerno. 


Egregia interea coniunx arma omnia tectis 
Emovet, et fidum capiti subduxerat ensem : 
Intra tecta vocat Menelaum, et limina pandit: 
Scilicet id magnum sperans fore munus amanti, 
Et famam exstingui veterum sic posse malorum., 
Quid moror? inrumpunt thalamo; comes additus una 
Hortatur scelerum Aeolides. Di, talia Graiis 
Instaurate, pio Si poenas ore reposco. 

Sed te qui vivum casus, age fare vicissim, 
Adtuleriut. Pelagine venis erroribus actus, 

An monitu divom ? an quae te Fortuna fatigat, 
Ut tristis sine sole domos, loca turbida, adires ? 


Sunt geminae Somni portae: quarum altera fertur 
Cornea ; qua veris facilis datur exi:us umbris: 
Altera candenti perfecta nitens elephanto ; 

Sed falsa ad coelum mittunt insomnia Manes. 
His ubi tum natum Anchises unaque Sibyllam 
Prosequitur dictis, portaque emittit eburna: 
[lle viam secat ad navis, sociosque revisit ; 
Tum se ad Caietae recto fert limite portum 
Ancora de prora jiacitur; stant litore puppes. 


iV. Ext. (y) Mention other adjectives which take the same construc- 
tion as patéens. Remark on this construction of excwssisse. 


Ext, (0) Why is cazatd-dative? adtulerint, adires : explain the syn- 


tax. 


Ext. (s) fertur: what is implied in the use of this word? elephanto : 
what case and why 9 What other reading for dimete ? 








CLASSICS 


V. (a) What interpretations have been given of the 
Ext. (e) above ? 


(6) Write a short account of the Roman burial e 
the references to the same in Aeneid VI. 


VI. (1) Write a note on the following constructions, 
amples: (a4) Dative of service. (4) Ablative with opus. 
Subjunctive. (d) Passive of Intransitive verbs. (2) 
Ext. (e), Marking the quantity of long vowels. 


VII. Explain the main points in the following constructions: 


(i) Paulatim adnabam terrae: iam tuta tenebam ni gens crudeli 
dida cum veste gravatum...... ferro invasisset. 
(ii) Et fors omne datum traherent per talia tempus sed comes 
(ii) Non illi se quisquam inpune tulisset 

Obvius armato, seu cum pedes iret in hostem 

Seu spumantis equi foederet calcaribus armos. 


VIII, Quote either (a) Virgil's description of Charon, or (3) the 
beginning ‘‘.Quo fessum rapitis, Fabii? ” or (7) any. other passa 
than seven lines), 


sage (not less 


{ 


[X.* What variae leetiones occur, and with what difference in meaning 


in these passages ? 
(i) Tu ne cede maiis, sed contra audentior ito, 
Quam tua te Fortuna sinet. 
(ii) Sedibus optatis gemina super arbore sidunt, 
(iii) Festinant flentes aramque sepulchro 
Congerere arboribus caeloque educere certant, 


Extra question. 
b. 
Lavin Composition and TRANSLATION av Sigur. 
X. Translate : 

Reliquum divi expedienilis armis et cuiratione corporum consumptam, 
et maior pars noctis quieti data est. Quarta vigilia movere. Brant ultra 
proxima castra sex milium intervallo distantes aliae copiae Poenorum: 
valles cava intererat condensa arboribus: in huius silyae medio iene spa- 
tio cohors Romana arte Punica abditur et equites. Ita medio itinere in- 
tercepto ceterae copiae silenti agmine ad proximos hostes ductae, et, cum 
statio nulla pro portis neque in vallo custodiae essent, velut in’swa castra 
nullo usquam obsistente penetravere. Inde signa canunt et tollitur cla- 
mor? pars semisomnos hostes caedint, pars ignes casis stramento arido 
tectis iniciunt, pars portas occupant ut figam intercludant. Hostes simul 


109 


gate3 mentioned in 
ustom, touching on 


illustrating by ex- 
(c) Poteutial 
2) Sean the whole of 


iS me. 


admonuit= 


passage 


5) 

































. & 





L10 FACULTY OF 


ignis clamor caedes velut alienatos sensibus nec audire nec providere quic 
quam sinunt: incidunt inermes inter catervas armatorum : ‘alii ruunt ad 
portas, alii obsaeptis itineribus super vallum saliunt: et ut quisque evaserat, 
protinus ad castra altera fugiunt, ubi ab cohorte et equitibus ex occulto 
procurrentibus circumventi caesique ad unum omnes sunt: quamquam, 
etiam si quis ¢x ea caede effugisset. adeo raptim a captis propioribus cas 
tris in altera transcursum castra ab Romanis est, ut praevenire nuntius 
cladis non posset. 
XI. Translate into Latin: 

(1) These are indignant that an army of the Romans is wintering and 

getting a foothold in Gaul. (2) They informed him that the Germans were 


in arms. and that eve1 their own brothers and kinsmen could not be kept 
‘by them from uniting with the Belgae. (3) After burning the villages and 


dwellings of the Remi all the forces of the enemy hastened agains! 


Caesar. (4) The citizens were all carried off and sent to the king. (5) 
Having led out their forces, they pitche}a camp. (6) Not by violence did 
he obtain his power, but by the consent of the people. (7) Darius, after 
his return to Asia, resolved to reduce Kurope under his power, for the 
Athenians had aided the [onians and killed his garrisons. The fleet which 
he got ready was brought to Euboea by his commanders, and all the citi- 
gens of Eretria were carried off to the king. From there they led their 
forces into the plain of Marathon. This so alarmed the Athenians that 
they besought the aid of the lacedaemonians, announeing what speedy 
assistance they needed. 


FIRST YEAR, 
ROMAN HISTORY AND LITERATURE. 


History: Myers’ History of Rome. LITERATURE: Bender’s Homan 
Literature. 


Wepnespay, Apri. 410 :—2 TO 5 P.M, 


; A.Jcupson Eaton, Pu.D 
KLAMINES, ceed cevecs eocccs SAN he hr re so ati gcc 
) Joun L. Day, B.A. 


t. 


Hight questions only to be answered in Group I. Numbers 5 and 9 are 
compulsory.] 


1. An account of the carly inhabitants and of the geographical divisions 
of Italy. 


2, Under what ci:cumstarces were consuls, censors, the Decemviri, 
military tribunes, the Tr.imviri, frst e’ected or ap} ointed» Give dates. 








CLASSICS, roe 




















3. (4) A description of the “wars for the mastery of Italy ’’ from 343- . 
r 272 BO. (4) Write a note on the Colonies of Rome. . 


4. In what connection do these names appear in Roman History 7— . 


| Cincinnatus, Verres, Longinus, Aétius, C. Duillius, Alarie. 

is a) oe i 

t o. Causes, events, and results of the First Punic War. i= | 

h diced 

f 6. Describe the battle of Cannae. In what respects was the policy of ee 

t (). Fabius Maximus commendable in the second Punic War? ar 

: stun 

; i. Between whom, when, and with what results were the following pus F 

battles fought: Chalons, Thapsus, Cynoscephalae, Ecnomus, Beneventum ? hen & 

8. The character of (a) Iulius Caesar, of (4) Hannibal, and of (c) 

Tiberius. gin * 

%) , 
9. Outline the reign of Augustus. Compare the extent of the Roman uc 3 

Empire at his death with that under Trajan. nna 8 

f - . ° ‘ ee 

10. What were the causes which led to the Fall of the Roman Empire ? ho 

Compare the social and literary condition of Rome under Augustus with re 

j ? > p *° 

’ that under Marcus Aurelius. . 


7 


ll. Give a list of the Emperors (with dates of their reigns) from Augus- 
tus to Marcus Aurelins. 


12. Mention the various occasions on which Rome has been attacked by 1 
. foreigners. Dates. 


I]. 


(«) What are the characteristics of the Golden Age of Roman Litera- 


ture ? 


(4) Cornelins Nepos—what is known of him’? What criticism would 
you give of his style and character as an historian ? 


@ fap * 2 


(c) What place ani influence did Lucretius possess among the Roman 
litterati ? 


(dq) A short account of the Lyric poets of the period, with the names 
of their works. 


(¢) What attention did philosophy receive at Rome during the Golden 


m > 
Age: 


FACULTY OF ARTS. 


INTERMEDIATE EXAMINATION. 


 { LIVY. BOOK XXI. 
AEN. | HORACE, EPISTLES, BOOK I., 1-6. 


WEDNESDAY, APk&IL 4TH s— MORNING, 9 TO 12. 


EB ae ( A. Jupson Eaton, Pua.D. 
LEAMAIMETS, .cnnecrencerverces ss +. eee seesens ae | W. CROCKET, M.A. 


Assistant Examiner, Vegan iin mee as DAY. Damn 
A.—Livy, Bk. XXI. 


1. Translate : 

Dum ea Romani parant consultantque, iam Saguntum summa vi 0) ug- 
nabatur. Civitas ea longe opulentissima ultra Hiberum fuit, sita passus 
mille ferme a mari. Oriundi a Zacyntho insula dicuntur, mixtique etiam 
ab Ardea Rutulorum quidam generis ; ceterum in tantas brevi creverant 
opes seu maritimis sen terrestribus fructibus seu multitudinis incremento 
seu disciplinae sanctitate, qua fidem socialem usque ad perniciem suam 
coluerunt. 

(b) Hannibal cum recensuisset om iinm gentinm auxilia, Gades profec- 
tus Herculi vota exsoivit, novisque se “bligat v otis, si cetera prospera eve- 
nissent. Inde partiens curas simul'é7 inferendum atque arcendum bellum, 
ne, dum ipse terrestri per Hispaniam (alliasque itinere Italiam peteret 
nuda apertaque Romanis Africa ab S.ilia esset, valido praesidio firmare 
eam statuit; pro eo supplementum i) se ex- Africa maxime iaculatorum, 
levium armis, petiit, ut Afri in Hispan a, Hispaniin Africa, melior procul 
ab domo futurus uterque miles, velut mutuis pigneribus obligati, stipendia 
facerent. 

(cy “Si quem avimum in al enae so:tis exemplo paulo ante habuistis, 
eundem mox in aestimanda fortuna vestra habueritis, vicimus, milites; 
neque enim spectaculum modo illud, sed quaedam veluti imago vestrae 
condicionis erat. Ac nescio, an maiora vincula maioresque necessitates 
vobis quam captivis vestris fortuna circumdederit. Dextra Jaevaque duo 
maria claudunt, nullum ne ad effugium quidem navem habentes; circa- 
Padus amnis, maior (Padus) ac violentior Rhodano, ab tergo Alpes urgent, 
y.x integris vobis ac vigentibus transitae. 


aw 


2. (a) Dum parant: remark on the use of the tense and mood after dum. 
(b) Where was Saguntum situated, and by whom founded? What is the 
origin of its name? Why was it besieged by Hannibal? Describe the 
siege. (c) Describe the vinea, and explain why it was so called. (1) pro- 
eul muro: remark on this construction. 


3. (a) Explain the subjunctives in the second passage. 


(6) Give the principal parts of pertiens, creverant, 

































CLASSI¢ is, 


(c) Explain the construction of levinm arm’s, and give the usual 


phrase. . 
(7) By whom and under what circumstances were the words of the . 
t third extract spoken ? 
i] 
4. Translate, and explain grammatical construction of italicized words : oe 
Y (1) Poenis indignantibus, quod superbe averaque crederent imperila- Hh 
. tum vielisesse. (2) Angebant ingentis spiritus virum Sicilia Sardiniague - 
amissae. (3) Itaque haud facile discerneres, Utrum imperatore an exerci- f at 
f tii carior esset. (4) fessum militem proeliis habebat. (3) Mediis campis sus 5 
F /nsulae nomen inditum. (6) [n eos versa peditum haud dubium fecit, quin, f* > 
nisi firmata extrema agminis /uwissent. ingens in eo saltu aceipienda clades ‘neat 
Juertt. (7) Js pavor perculit Romanos. (8) Captas naves Messanum in 
portum deduxerunt. (9) Ad supplicium depoposcerunt me ducem primum, gre 
deinde vos omnes, qui Saguntum oppugaassetis ; deditos ultimis ernciatibus pi 
affecturi fuerunt. (10) Ubi vero d*micarent, is habitus animorum eorum, eh 
ut non Vincentium magis quam bene morientium fortuna laudaretur. nas # 
9. Detine the following terms, giving derivation when possible : praero- De 
; gativa, praetorium, obsidio and Oppugnatio (distinguish), contio, catapulta, ‘a 
caementa, supplicatio, coloninue, anfructus, promunturium, equites frenutos z 
infrenatosque, bruma. Beir 
5. (a) Write out, as nearly as possible in the words of Livy, some scene 
or speech (in part) of the twenty-first book. (4) Turn extract (¢) into L 
| Indirect Narration. 
afta B.—Horacr, Epistles, Bk. I. 
1. Translate : 
| (a) Nam cur 
¥ quae laedunt oculum festinas demere ; si quid 
est animum, differs curanai tempus in annum? 
Dimidium facti gui coepit habet : sapere aude : 
incipe. Qui recte viveadi prorogat horam, 
| rusticus exspectat dum defluat amnis; at ille 
labitur et labetur in omue volubilis aevum. 
| (4) Isne tibi melius suadet qui rem facias, rem. 
Si possis, recte, si non, quocumque modo rem, 
: ut proyius spectes lacrimosa poemata Pupi, 
an qui Fortunae te responsare superbae 
liberum et erectum praesens hortatur et aptat ? 
(c) I nune, argentum et marmor vetus aeraque et artes 
suspice, cum gemmis Tyrios mirare colores ; 
gaude quod spectant octli te mille loquentum ; 


gnavus mane forum et vespertinus pete tectum, 





FACULTY OF ARTS, 


ne plus frumenti dotalibus emetat agris 
Mutus est—indignum, quod sit peioribus ortus,— 
hic tibi sit potius quam tu mirabilis illi. 


8. (a) est animum: give the principal parts of est, and inflect it in the 
present indicative. () qui rem facias : supply the ellipsis. (c) responsare 
hortatur et aptat: what constructions do hortatur and aptat regularly 
take in prose ? How do you account for the infinitive here? (4) indignum, 
quod sit ortus: explain the case of indignum, and the mood of s7f. 
9. What is the connection in thought of extract (¢) with the context? 
What are the lessons that the poet would inculcate by this epistle’ Give 
an outline of the argument. 


10. (a) Write both the vocalic and syllabic quantities in the following 
words: persone, prohibere, mitescere, dolis, respicientis, fustidire, férra - 
rum, edmiruri, numerus. dimidium. Account for the quantity where you 


can- ‘Scan the lines of extract (6). 
11. Write briefly on any three of the following topics: 

(1) The Life of Horace. (2) Questions discussed in the Kpistles of 
Horace. (3) Comparison between Horace and Virgil. (4) Livy, his life 
and writings. (5) The language and style of Livy. (6) The Route of 
Hannibal across the Alps. 


INTERMEDIATE EXAMINATION. 
LATIN COMPOSITION AND TRANSLATION AT SIGHT. 
WEDNESDAY, 4TH APRIL :—AFTERNOON, 2 to 5. 


Examiners, { A. Jupson Eaton, Pu.D. 
1 W. Crocker, M.A, 
Assistant Examiner, ......0. s+ Joun L. Day, B.A. 


i. Translate into English :— 
SICILIA DESERTA A POENIS 
Atque ille, cum ei multitudo maior quam Numidarum procul visa et 
clamor Romanus handgqnaguam ignotus ad aures accidisset, priusquatm ad 
etim teli veniret, cavessit fugam: per aversam portam emissus adsumpto 
comite Epicyde cum paucis ad mare perveni', nactique opportune parvum 
navigium relicta ho-tibius Sicilia, de que per tot annos certatum erat, in 


Africam traiecerunt. Alia maltitudo Poenorum Siculorumque ne temp- 


txto quidem certamine cum caeci in fugam ruerent clausique exitus essent, 
icirea portas caesa. Oppido recepto Laevinus, qui capita rerum Agrigent 
erant, virgis caesos securi percussit, ceteros praedamque vendidit, omnem 
pecuniam Romam misit. Fama Agrigentinorum ¢ladis Siciliam cum per- 
vasisset, omnia repente ad Romanos inclinaverunt : prodita brevi sunt 
viginti oppida, sex vi capta, voluntaria deditione in fidem venerunt ad 


‘ 








ST Pe aa 


= 


—s 


quadraginta. Quarum civitatium principibus cum pro culusque 


merito 
consul pretia poenasque exsolvisset. 


roegissetque Siculos Pcsitis tandem 
armis ad agrum colendum animos convertere, 


ut esset non incolarum modo 
alimentis frugifera insula sed urbis 


tomae atque [taliae—id quod multis 


sHepe te mpestatibus fecerat— annonam ley; aret, ab Agathyrna incondit: am 


multitudinem secum in Italiam transvexit. Quattuor 
erent, mixtiex omni colluvione exsnles obaerati 
Cam in civitatibus suis ac sub legibus 


milia hominum 
capitalia ausi plerique et 
vixerant, et postquam eos ex variis 
causis fortina similis conglobaverat \guthyrnam, per latrocinia ac rapin- 
am tolerantes vitam 


Translate into Latin :— 
Nevertheless, some on both sides had a little hope of peace. A soldier 
of Haunibal’s, without the latter’s knowledge, went to the Saguntine 
general’s headquarters, and delivered a long speech, in which he told them 
that they would do well not to consider ag lost what they should give 
up, but to count what should be left to them as 30 much gain, for every - 


thing belonged to the victor: their town was his, but Hannibal Would 


generously give them a place to build a new town. « Suffer all this,” he 
said, in closing, ‘ although it is bitter and hard. rather than allow your- 
selves to be butcherea end your wives and innocent children to he 


He gave theta ae Souniet: but, as often happens, without winning 


even while he was 
yet speaking, Hannibal issued an order to his soldiers to make an assault 
over the ruins of a tower that had just fallen, and to put all the 
adult males to the sword. 


anyone over to his side. Before an answer was given, 


Whoever was spured beeime the booty of the 
soldiers. 


THIRD YEAR. 
LATIN. 


Puiny, Selvet Leters. Juvenan, Satire V. 


WEDNESDAY, APRIL 41TH ‘-—MORNING, 9 To (2 
Keaminer. paws b44-wig oh pep abseees ON ON) < Skee ed levees anes debe sees AA, JUDSON EATON. Pu.D. 


Translate, with short notes on the words italicized : 


#) Aurelia, ornata femina, signatura testamentum sumpserat pul- 
therrimas tunicas. Regulus.cum venisset ad signandum, “ rogo”’ ingnit 
“has mihi deges.’’ Aurelia ludere hominem putabat, ille serio instabat - 
ne mulia, coegit mulierem aperire tabulas ac sibi tunicas guas erat induta 


legare: observavit scribentem, inspexit an scripsisset. Et Aurelia quidem 


x 


Vivit, lle tamen tstud tamquam morituram coegit, et hic hereditates, hic 


legata, quasi mereatur, accipit. , 


CLASSICS. 1TS” 




































= “Ak SA Ww See YO 


























116 FAGULTY OF ARTS. 






(4) Quid agit Comum, tuae meaeque deliciae 2 quid suburbanum 
amoenissimum ? quid illa perticus verna semper’? quid eurtpus viridis et 


i 
i eae 2 quid subiect 1s et servens lacus - quid illa mollis et tamen g2s- 
44 tatio? quid cubicula diurna nocturna? possident te et per vices partiun, 
At 
i tur an, ut solebas, intentione rei f uniliaris obeundae crebris excursionibus- 


‘ avocaris? Si te possident, felix beatusque ; si minus, unus ex multis. 


f (c) lam cinis, adhuc tamen rarus; respicio; densa caligo tergis 
imminebat, quae nos torrentis modo infusa terrae sequebatur. ‘ Defi 
! : tamus ” inquam, ‘‘dum videmus ne in via strati comitantium turba in 


i . 
i ~tenebris obteramur.’’ Vix consideramus, et nox, non qualis inlunis aut 
‘int . nubila, sed qualis in locis clausis lumine extincto Tandem illa caligo 


tenuata quasi in fumum nebulamve discessit: mox dies -verus, sol eliam 


| effilsit, luridus tamen, qualis esse, cum deficit, solet 

I 

at (d) (At sight) Rogas ut 2gam Firmanorum publicam causam quod ego 

Ni quamquam piurimis occup: ationibus distentus, adnitar. Cupio enim et orna- 

| 

tissimam coloniam advocationis officio et te gratissimo tibi munere obstr in, ‘ 


gere. Nam cum familiaritatem nostram, ut soles praedicare, ad praesi 
r | dium’ ornamentumque tibi sumpseris, nihil est quod negare debeam 
| praesertim pro patria petenti. Quid enim precibus aut honestius piis aut 
h efficacius amantis? Proinde Firmanis tuis ac iam potius nostris obliga 
fi fidem meam; qnos labore et studio meo digno3 cum splendor ipsorum 


tum hoc maxime pollicetur, quod c.edibile est optimos esse inter quos tl 


talis moreris Vale. 


























\ e, Expende iannibalem ; quot libras in duce summeo 
invenies? hic est quem non capit Africa Mauro 
percussa Oceano Niloque admota tepenti, 


a 1 


rursus ad Aethiopum populos altosqne elephantos. 

: Additur imperiis Hispania: Pyrenaeum 
transilit. Opposuit natura Alpemque nivemque: 
diducit scopulos et montem rumpit aceto, 
lam tenet Italiam: tamen ultra pergere tendit: 
¢ Actum,’ inquit, “nibil est, nisit Poeno milite portas 
frangamus et media vexillum pono Sudura.” 
(O qualis facies et quali digna tabella, 
cum Gaetula ducem portaret belua luscum !) 
exitus ergo quis est? O gloria! vincitur idem 
nempe et in exilium praeceps fugit, atque ibi magnus 
mirandusque c/dens sedet ad praetoria regis, 
dcnec Bithyno libeat vigilare tyranno. 
Finem animae, quae res humanas miscuit olim, 





non gladii, non saxa dabunt, nec tela: sed ille 
Cannarum vindex et tanti sanguinis ultor, 
anulux, J, demens, et saevas curre per Alpes, 
ut pueris placeas et declamatio fias! 





2. Write short notes on: téllum Homericum QUEeTpoery 


yenua incerare; caballus ; nde ; 


Roman Toleration in the time of Pliny ; Verginius Rufus ; Antoni gladios 
potuit contemnere, si sic omnia dixissel ; O fortunatam natam me consule 


Romam ,, CXUVIAE - aplustre ik induperator. 


3. Translate into Latin 
(«) Do not desert me in this sad calamity. 


(4) We ought to love our friends equally with ourselves. 

(c) As the shades of evening gathered, the 
became more striking. But to calm the panic of those around him, the 
philosopher constantly assured them, that they arose from cottages on the 
slope, which the alarmed rustics had abandoned. He then took his eas. 
tomary brief nigiit’s rest; but his attendants weré not so 
quillized, and as night advanced, the continued fall of 
them that delay would make escape impossible. They roused their 
master, and hastily debated how to proceed. To] 


rotect themselves from 
the thickening cinders, they tied cushions to their heads, and sought the 


coast in hopes of finding vessels to take them off. 


brightness of the flames 


ashes convinced 


B.A. ORDINARY EXAMINATION. 
WEDNESDAY, APRIL 4TH :—Morninc. 9 To 12. 


LATIN... { TACITUS.—ANNALS, BOOK I. 
oe " T JUVENAL.—SATIRES, Vill. and XII. 


é keV. Georeb Cornisu, M.A. LL D. 
Examiners, » } 


ROF. Crock.t, M.A. 


’ 
; 


Translate :— 


(A.) Postremo deserunt tribunal, ut quis yraetorianortim militum amico 
{ 


rumve Caesaris occurreret, manus intentantes, causam discordiae et initium 


armorum, maxime infen-i Cn. Lentulo, quod is ante alios aetate et gloria 


belli firmare Drusum credebvtur et illa militiae flagitia primus aspernari. 


nec multo post digredientem cum Caesare ac provisu periculi hiberna eas- 
tra repetentem circumsistunt, rogi'antes quo pergeret, ad lmperatorermn an 
ad patres, ut illic quoque commodis ] 


egionum adversaretur: simu! Ingru- 
unt, saxa iaciunt, 


iamque lapidis ictu cruentua et exitii certus adcursu 


“multitudinis vere que Druso advenerat protectus est. 


B. Idem annus novas caerimonias accepit addito 


sodalium Augustalium 
sacerdotio, ut quondam Titus Tatius retinendis 


Sabinorum gacris sodales 
Titios instituerat. sorte ducti e primorilus civitatis unus et 
erins Drususque et Claudius et Germanicus adiciuntur, 


une primum coeptos turbavit discordia ex ¢-rtamiue 


viginti: Tibe 
ludos Augustales 


histrionum. indul- 





CLASSIGS. a by’ 


ws pracvarieatto 3 
turla Remi: Capreae ; egregit equites ; 


sasily tran- 











































118 FACULTY OF ARTS. 


serat ei Iudicro Augustus, dum Maecenati obtemperat effuso in amorem 
Bathylli; neque ipse abhorrebat talibus studiis, et civile rebatur miscer 
voluptatibus vulgi. alia Tiberio morum via: sed populum per tot anno- 
molliter habitum nondum andebat ad duriora vertere. 


(C.) Conciti per haec non modo Cherusci sed conterminae gentes, actus 
ouiomerus Arminii patruus, veteri apud Romanos auctoritate 


ique in partis Ing 

unde maior Caesari metus. et ne bellum mole una ingrueret, Caecinam 
eum qnadraginta cohortibus Romanis distrahendo hosti per Bructeros ad 
flumen Amisiam mittit, equitem Pedo praefectus finibus Frisiorum ducit 
pse inpositas navibus quattuor legiones per lacus vexit; simulque pedea 
eques classis apud praedictum amuem convenere. Chauci cum auxilis 
pollicerentur, in commilitium adsciti sunt. Bructeros sua urentis expedita 
eum manu L. Stertinius missu Germanici fudit ; interque caedem et prae- 
dam repperit undevicensimae legionis aquilam cum Varo amissam, ductum 
inde agmen ad ultimos Bructerorum, quantum@re Amisiam et Lupiam 
amnes inter vastatum, haud procul Teutoburgiensi salty, in quo reliquae 
Vari legionumque insepultae diceban tur. 


2. (a) In ext. (A) (1) explain the mood of occurreret. (2) Causam,— 
what use of the acc.? (3) rogitantes,—* * adversaretur:—turn into the 
Orat. Recta, and state the rules tor so doing. (4) Ext. (B)— Write short 
notes, etymological and explanatory, on -—sodales, ludos, histrionum, 
talibus studiis,—what case, and why?  (¢) Ext. (C)—Arminius :—give 
the modern name. Per lacus: —Modern name, and also of Amisia, Lup- 
pia, Teutoburgiensis saltus. 


2. Translate the following, commenting on any peculiarities of con- 
struction :—(a) Privatam gratiam statim mereare, stalim recipias. (4) 
Prospereque (putans) Cessura, que—gqua—pergerent.  (¢) Rector juveni, 
et ceteris periculuram pramiorumque ostentator, (d) Moderandos femi- 
narum honores dictitans. (¢) Comparatione deterrima. sibi gloriam qucé- 
sivisse. (f/f) Tempora reipublice obtentui sumpta. 


4, Write explanatory notes on :—(1) Populo et plebi quadringenties tri- 


cies quinquies dedit. (2) Nulla jam publica arma. (9%) Quotus quisque 
reliquus qui rem publicam vidisset. (4) Nomen imperatoris * * * 
partum. (5) Dux olim theatralium operarum. (6) Apud vexillum tenden 
tes. (7) Incendebat hiec fletu. (8) Luna visa languescere (what date ?) 


5, Derive and explain the meaning of*:—potestas, potentia, dominatio 
exenbiae, cohortes, legio, pontifices, manipuli, municipium, vexillum, vexle 
aril, porta decumana, 


6. Translate, Juvenal Satt. VILL. and XIII.:— 


(a) Praeconem, Chaerippe, tuis cireumspice pannis, 
iamque tace. Furor est, post omnia perdere naulur. 





































CLASSICS, 





Non idem gemitus olim nee Vulnus erat par 


damnorum, sociis forentibus, et modo victis. 


| Plena domus tune omnis et ingens Stabat acervus 
F numorum Spartana chlamys, conchylia Coa, 
, et cum Parrhiasii tabulis signisque Myronis 
f Phidiacum vivebat ebur, nec non Polycleti 
P. multus ubique labor: rarae sine Mentore mensae. a 
, Write short notes on praeconem, neulum. conchylia. ois 
E va | 
; (4) Praestare Neronem mie 
securum valet haec aetas, Mitte Ostia, Caesar, er ‘ 
‘ mitte ; sed in magna legatum quaere popina : ve ; 
> invenies aliquo cum percussore iacentem, fi} 


permixium nautis aut furibus aut fugitivis. 
inter carnitices et fabros sandapilarum 
ul 
4 


ame F 
et resupinati cessantia tympana Galli, pe 
, aequa ibi libertas, communia pocula, lectus al : 
ri non alius cuiquam, nee mensa remotior ulli. t $ 
For Ostia, read ostia, and distinguish between them. tH « 
| sleet 
(¢) Par Agamemnonidae crimen ; sed causa facit rem # 
F dissimilem. Quippe ille deis auctoribus ultor i 
patris erat caesi media inter pocula; sed nec 1 
Klectrae iugulo se polluit, aut Spartani 
4 sanguine coniugii; nullis acenita propinquis 
3 miscuit, in scena numquam cantavit Urestes ; . 
’ Troica non seripsit. Quid enim Verginius armis 
: debuit uleisci magis, aut cum Vindice Galba? 
a quid Nero tam saeva crudaque tyrannide fecit ? 
Explain briefly the legendary and historical references in (¢). 
‘ (¢) Nona aetas agitur, peioraque saecula ferri 
7 temporibus, quorum sceleri non invenit ipsa 
; nomen eta nullo posuit Natura metallo ; 
| nos hominum divumque fidem clamore ciemus, 
quanto Faesidium laudat vocalis agentem 
4 sportula? Dic, senior bulla dignissime, nescis 


quas habeat Vencres aliena peeunia ? 
Sportula :—derive the word and explain the custom ; also Lulda. 


(e) Credebant hoc grande nefas et morte piandum. 
si iuvenis vetulo non adsurrexerat, et si 
barbato cuicumque puer, licet ipse videret 
plura domi fraga, et maiores glandis acervos. 
Tam venerabile erat, praecedere quatuor annis, 

primaque par adeo sacrae Janugo senectae ! 





2() FACULTY OF ARTS. 


Explain the use of the Sing. in glandis . 


(f) Prandebat sibi quisque deus, nec turba deorum 
talis. ut est hodie, contentaque sidera paucis 
numinibus miserum urgebant Atlanta minor 
pondere. Nondum aliquis sortitus triste profundi 
imperium, aut Sicila torvus cum coniuge Pluton. 
Nec rota, nec Furiae, nec saxum, aut vulturis atri 
poena: sed infernis hilares sine regibus umbrae. 
Improbitas illo fuit admirabilis aevo. 


Comment on the above, with other passages, 4s illustrating the opinions 
of the poet on the current religion of the times. 


7. Give the exact meaning and derivation, where you can, of the follow- 


ing :—stemmata, nanum, nobilis, viduas, ergastula, alapas, triscurria, 


arcana, gradivus, hostia, mobilis. Name derivations in English from any, 


8. (a) What is the subject of Juvenal's Satire XIII? (6) Note the charac- 
teristics of the Satire of Juvenal. (c) Derive the word Satzre. 


B.A. ORDINARY EXAMINATION. 
LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION 
Wrepnespay, APRIL 4TH:—2 TO 4 P.M. 


Gian tices { Rev. Dr. Cornish, 
eases | Prog. Crocxet, M.A. 


Translate into Latin :— 
(A) 


And so Pyrrhus, having taken the colony of Fregellae by storm, (and) 
the «ifadel1 of Praeneste having been surrendered to him, advanced so far 
thathe was distant on/y2 18 miles from 2ome. But since Coruncanius was 
defending the city itself, and Laevinus threatening him from the rear,3 he 
determined to lead his army into wznfer quarters4 at Tarentum. The winter 
is famouss for the embassy of C. Fabricius, who was sent by the Senate to 
arrange® that the prisoners should be mutuslly? restored.S8 Andto him 
Pyrrhus said that he would restore no Roman citizen whom he had taken, 
unless the Senate accepted the terms offered through Ciueas, Let them 
however (said he), return home in the month of December, for the sake of 
keeping» the Saturnalia, provided only10 they gave their wurd11 that 
they would return. And them, though they (ried 12 in vain to arrange 13 
a peace, the Senate ordered to appeari4 at Tarentum on the day 


a yppornte i,1.3 








ee er a eee ee ities ayy t 
OO ws . Z %, > 
. ee el de ee -~ > . : ; 


CLASSICS, 


l. arx, 2. tantum. 3, tergum. 4, 
7. say, by both, g. restituo, 9, 


12. conor, 13. compono. ld. compareo, 15, dico. 


(B) 


Ancus Marcius had a war with the Latins, and conquered them, and 
brought the people to Rome, and gave them the hill A ventinus to dwell on. 
He divided the lands of the conquered Latins amongst all the Romans ; 
and he gave up the forests near the sea, which he had taken from tne 
Latins, to be the public property of the Romans. He founded the colony 
at Ostia, by the mouth of the Tiber. He built a fortress on the hill Jani- 
culum, and joined the hill to the city by a wooden bridge over the river. 
He secured the city in the low grounds between the hills by a great dyke, 
which was called the dyke of the Quirites; and he built a prison under the 
hill Saturnius, towards the Forum, because 
bers, offenders against the laws | 
Ancus died, after a reign of thre 


» 48 the people grew in num- 
ecame more numerous also. At last king 
e-and-twenty years. 





THIRD YEAR HONOU uw IN CLASSICS. 
GREEK, 
TUESDAY, APRIL 17TH -—Morninea, 9 To 12. 
Examiner,, .....0000.... REV. GEORGE CoRNISH, M.A., LL.D. 


1, Translate (with an explanatory note wl 


ere you deem 
it necessary) :— 


Apologia Socratis; (a) chap. ITI. 


2. (1) ratra yap ewpate :—to what is the reference ? 
(2) ody os atiuatov :—give the force of os. (3) pe 
ypayaro tiv ypadiv Tavrnv :—explain the Syntax, (4) 
TEplepyaterar :—give the etymology and exact meaning ot 
this verb, 


3. (a) Give a short account of the composition of the 


Courts of Law at Athens, and sketch their general method 


9 


hiberna. 5. insignis. 6. curo 
ago. 10. dummodo. 11. fides; 










122 FACULTY OF ARTS. 


of procedure, (b) Explain carefully the terms :—dcKn, 
padi, KANTHpes, avaxpiows, Bacavos, cuviyopol, KAepudy- 
pa, Whol, atipia. 

4, Translate, ib., (>) chap. XVIIL, 1-25. 


5. (a) Comment on the construction of :—ov yap olopwat 
Oewirov eivac * * * BrdwrecOa. (b) mpooKetwevov TH 


* * taro pvwrmrds Tivos :—discuss the meaning of 


6. Translate, ib., (c) chap. XXIX., 1-18. 


7. (a) Ort woppow * * Tov Biov:—what use of the 
Genitive, give analogous instances. (b) ate Bpadus OV i— 
what does &re imply, fact or supposition ? 

8. Translate, Crito, (a) chap. II. 

Tiyn ayabn :—express this in Latin. 

9. Translate, ib., (b) chap. X., 15-40. 


Distinguish between ¢aiverar and oxel, and give 
equivalent terms in Latin. 


10. A short sketch of Plato. 


THIRD YEAR HONOURS IN CLASSICS. ; 


GREEK. 


WEDNESDAY, APRIL 18TH :—Mornine, 9 TO 12. 
Examiner, .vccccce scoceseeees REV, GEORGE CORNISH, LL.D. 


1, Translate, adding an explanatory note where you 
deem it necessary in any of the extt. given below :— 


Thucydides, Book VI., Chaps. 47-48. 








rs 


. x ae a 
* 1 


— 
> = =- oe ee ee lind nw 


~ 


2. (4) Point out t] 
chap. 47. (b) Name the several clauses d 
youn. (Cc) TH dere ‘—construe, (d) 
how may the ellipsis be suppl 
of the preposition. (e) 
distinguish and give t] 


ATO TOD adoKToU :— 
ied, and what is the import 
aT paKTws —aT pakTous (Poppo) * tats 
1e note of the commentators on the 
former word. (f) épdpunow—éepdppio :—distinguish be- 
tween these readings. 


‘ 


3. Translate carefully the following extt., 


adding an 
explanatory note, crammatical or 


general, where you see 
3 \ \ , ’ , ° 4 ~ 
meet —(q) @v"yap eV AELOMaTt UTO TMV 
> / / 

emtOuuiais weiCoow 


\ t 
TaS \TTOTpOdias Ka 


acTOV, Tails 
n KATA THD uTdpxovcay éyphto & te 
) / v4 \ i 
L Tas ddXas Satrdvas: OTEp Kal Kabej- 
Nev vaTEepov THY TeV "A@nvaiov rorw oux nKiota. (b) Ka} 
id / 5 > ; / f \ e/ 
OQ aTOAOS OvY HocoV TérALuNS TE GawBe kat owews Nap- 
3s A \ “A 5 7 
TpoTHTL Tepi3dnros éyeveTo 9 aTpaTias POS OUS e€mnecav 
; A \ » , v / ; > \ A c / 
uTEepBory, Kal ore wéyioros non OvdtrAOUS amd THS olKelas 
ve | \ / BA la) / \ SER g / 
MQUETTL MEYLOTH EXTTLOL TOV MEXXOVTOV TPoS Ta UTapyYovTa 
, ent | A SRK / ne ee 
emexerpnOn. (c) cal To hev Nixia wpocdeyoudve Hu ra 
e / \ / 
CTEPAV KAL AXorywrTeEpa. 


4. Translate, Demosthenes :—(a@) Olynthiacs, 


e \ > ; u 2 Ke al ¢/ 
(A) p. 10, 6 wev ody Tapov Katpos *™ ™ Tov ddov Tpay= 


Maton, (B) p. 21 Kab pnp ef tis * * * Kad ScerXvcer, (I) 


+\ 


5 A aan A 7“ 
€aV OVY adda Vov * * * aTroOuncKe €d, 


5. (4) devat auyKpyvat, hoB_eoor TpooTroAeunoat:— 
Explain the use of the Infinitive. (b) od why arn’ eyarye :— 
Explain the force of this expression and supply the ellipsis, 
(¢) EXoduny * * * n:—Why is uaAXov omitted 2 (d) Cav- 
Malo ef avTnpere :—Explain the use of ef and é7u to intro- 


duce substantival clauses, and show how the former is used 
in Attic Greek. 


CLASSICS, 123 


1e correlative to weév at the opening of 
ependent, on #v 


A “4G we 




























124 FACULTY OF ARTS. 


6. Explain the metaphors, and give the literal signifi- 


cation of :—éxvevevplo pevol, poo OnKns,.TUac evovel, yElpo- 
c / > / 
nOes, aopmas, SarogTELAATOAl, TEPNVAKLKED, Uvex AlTLGE 


CUYKEKPOTNMEVOL TpoTreTroTal, nvOnoev, POpATAal, KATAPPEl- 


”, Explain the ceosraphical situation of Olynthus, and 


set forth its political importance. 
g Translate :—Herodotus, Bk. VIL, chaps. 54 and 143, 


9, (@) Give an account of the dialect used by Herodo- 
tus, and turn the following words ‘nto the common dia- 
lect :-—dv, moder, EwuTou, amixato, OTEw, adnOEa, 7 A@OV- 
Tas, TENXE®S:; Oupnot. vias, elOeo, TAEDVES, OLKOS. Parse 
and give the literal meaning of the following words ‘— 
Keyapay LEvor, eSovéeTo, TpoTwpEeyovrTo, avapTnpat, €MTa- 
Nacodpevot. (c) Tavoat catactpeyad lat .—Note this rare 
construction of aw7, and distinguish it from the common, 
construction with the Participle. (d) avTt Tov wo Gein 
Sarapls :— Explain this use of the article. 


THIRD YEAR HONOURS IN CLAS 
GREEK DRAMATISTS. 
Fripay, APRIL 20TH -_Mornine, 9 TO 12. 

Examiner, sees REV. GEORGE CORNISH, M.A., LL.D. 

1. Translate (with an explanatory note where you deem 
it necessary) :— 

AFschylus, Prometheus Vinctus, (A) vss, 397-4309 ;and 
(B) 887-206. 


2. (a) Note varieties of reading and of punctuation in 
the above ext. (b) Explain the geographical references, 











HONOUR CLASSICS. ize 


and give a short account of the geography of this Drama, 
pointing out mistakes. (c¢) Show the connection of the 
legend of Io with this drama. (d) What was the proverb 
referred to in vs, 887, and who was said to be its author ? 
(¢) A note on the etymology and meaning of tpouvceXou- 
[evon, 


3. Translate :—(D) Sophocles, Antigone, vss. 1115-— 


rl5Z. 


O 


4, (a) Write short explanatory notes on :—TroAU@VULE, 
ayarua, krutav 'Iradiav, taép 8. métpas, Nucalwy bpéov, 
(6) Give the derivation and meaning of :—vedray, jayKoi- 
Tas, €yKAnpov, ériyverpa, detpadas, éripavtov, roratviou, 
TpimodicTov (note variants), péro.Kos. (c) &baveas 
adyewotatas éuol pepiuvas.—xKeivos éeTéyvw pavias 
aver Tov Gedy (963) :—Explain these constructions with 
Wave. (1) cel tes 4 copds (710) :—Explain this use of 
et with the Sub. (e) vs. 71, aA tc6’ érola—éroia— 
oTota—aor Soxel -—Distinguish between these variants 
Also Between Bopéas and Bopeds, giving the Gen. of 
each, 


or 


. I'ranslate, Euripides, Medea :—(E) vss. 1081-1115, 


6. In the above ext. (E) (a) note the metre used, and 
the topic of discussion, How does it illustrate the views 
attributed to Euripides, and his connection with the 
Sophists?. (6) In vs. 1109 :—eé KUpnoas—KupHnoel— 
Kupjoat— Kupyoat :—note these variants, 


7. Translate, (F) Theocritus :—(a) Idyll L, 15-28. (dD) 
Ii]., 1-14. (c) VI., 6-20, 

























126 FACULTY OF ARTS. 


8. (u) What interpretations have been suggestedof I 
vs. 51:—parl mpi * * *® xabiéy? I. vs. 19 :—Note 
the variants:-arye delSes—arye’ dedes—aryea eldes 
(b) Derive and define the term elovAALoy, and name 
writers of this kind of poetry in ancient and modern times. 
(c) Write an explanatory note on the metre of Theocritus., 


9. (a) Parse, noting the dialect, the following words :— 


alka, ximapm, Teide, GONKAaVTL, OPXOS, nvOoV, TL, TAPHMEY, 


percha, atrésBns, NWKos, ToOdpyna Oa. (b) Point out forms 
most akin to Latin forms. 


THIRD YEAR HONOURS IN CLASSICS. 
GENERAL PAPER. 
Monpay, Arrit 23rd :—MorninG, 9 70 12. 
Examiner , Rev. Georce Cornisu, M.A., LL.D. 


1. Give a general account of the nations of Asia Minor with whom the 
Greeks came into contact, and point out in what ways the Greeks were 
influenced by this intercourse. 


2. (a) The Pan-Hellenic festivals; their uses and effects on the Greek 
mind. (%) After the year B. C.560 new causes began to operate favouring 
union among the several States :—comment on and explain this statement 
of Grote’s. 


3 Describe, severally, and distinguish between Greek and Roman 
colonization. 


4. Write a short account of the /onic Revolt, and sketch its important 
political consequences. 


5. The Reforms of Cleisthenes in the Athenian Constitution. 


6. Trace the origin and growth of Dramatic Literature in Greece. Name 
with dates the leading dramatists. Derive, and distinguish between 
tpaywdia and Kouwdia 


7. Translate into Greek :— 


(a) The poet was surprised at the daring of the philosopher. 











HONOUR CLASSICS. 


(4) Before entering upon the war the King s 
the allies he could find in Hell 
importance to success, 


(¢) What could have induced him with such inadequate re 
enter upon a campaign ag 


yainst so rich and powerful a State 
(d) They were in a state of uncertainty whether the 

Cyrus or return to their homes, in such a pitiable pl 

consequence of the hardships they had suffered. 


(e) Without a trial or a hearing the 


y passed sentence of de 
all the accused, and cau 


sed them to be put to death. 


(7) At last the Athenians took the 
to the succour of their allies 
five hundred horse; and 
home again. 


with two thousand heavy-armed int 


antry and 
after winning a brill 


iant victory, they returned 
THIRD YEAR HONOURS. 

THE GOLDEN AGE OF ROMAN LITERATURE. 
CICERO AND LUCRETIUS. 


THURSDAY, MAron 29TH :—AFTERNOON, 2 To 5. 


MNP OTOURER 655) Sods velavs cs ceo vcsex. ae aeyy 


To 2000 C Cees ceeeeeees A. JUDSON KATON, Pu. D. 
l. Translate, and comment on: 


Cicero, Dr Orrictus, Book III. c. ITI. § 2; c. XI, § 47 ; and c, XXX,, 
$116. 


2. Write brief explanatory notes on the followir 


mumquam se minus otiosum. esse quam 
naturae vivere ; 


1g expressions :—(q) 
cum otiosus ; 
(¢) dolus malus; (d) mancipatio ; (e) 
bris mices ; (f) orichaleum. 


(4) convententer 
Quicum in ten- 


3. (a) At what period in Cicero’s life was the De Ofieiis written ? 
Could you determine the probable time of its composition from any 
allusions in the work itself? (6) Briefly state the contents of the first and 
second books. (c) Givea general survey of Cicero’s life and Writings: 

4. Translate, with short notes e 


xplaining any difficulties of construc- 
tion or sense : 


(a) Lucretius, T. 84-92; (6) IT. 14-22; (e) IIL. 870-878 ; (d) 1003-1010. 


5. (a) Give a short account of the life of E 


picurus and the leading 
principles of Epicurean ethics. 


(4) State the arguments of Lucretius as 


& secured for himself all 
as,;—a step which he deemed of the highest 


sources to 


y should follow 
ight were they in 


ath upon 


field in person, and marched forth 


a = 






























8 FACULTY OF ARTS. 


to the soul’s composition. What beliefs are based on these argu- 
ments? (c) Explain the Atomic Theory of Democritus. Did the 
Epicureans hold this theory ? 


6. Explain the following expressions: (1) materies opus est; (2) scept 
ra potitus eadem aliis sopitu’ quietest ; (3) aelernas quoniam poenas i 


morte timendest; (4) fulgorem ab auro; (5) vestis splendorem purpurea = 
(6) prima virorum. 


7. Translate: 


Laudat Africanum Panaetius, quod fuerit abstinens. Quid ni laudet ? 
Sed inillo alia maiora. Laus abstinentiae non hominis est solum, sed 
etiam iemporum illorum. Omni Macedonum gaza, quae fuit maxima, 
potitus est Paullus: tantum in aerarium pecuniae invexit, ut unius im- 
peratoris praeda finem attulerit tributorum. Athic nihil domum suam 
praeter memoriam nominis sempiternam detulit. Imitatus patrem Afrie 
eanus nihilo locupletior Karthagin eversa. Quid? qui eius collega fuit in 
censura L. Mummius, numquid copiosior, cum copiosissimamu verbem 
fanditus sustulisset? Italiam ornare quam domum suam maluit. Quam- 
quam Italia ornata, domus ipsa mihi videtur ornatior. Nullum igitur 
vitium taetrius, ut eo, unde degressa est, referat se oratio, quam avaritia, 
praesertim in principibus rempublicam gubernantibus. Habere enim 
quaestui rempublicam non modo turpe est, sed sceleratum etiam et 
nefarium. Itaque quod A pollo Pythius orac ulo edidit, 


Spartam nulla re nist avaritia perituram, 


id videtur non solum Lacedaemoniis, sed etiam omnibus opulentis populis 
praedixisse. Nulla autem re conciliare facilius benevolentiam multitudinis 
possunt ei, qui reipublicae praesunt, quam abstinentia et continentia. Qui 
vero se populares volunt, ob eamque caussam aut agrariam rem temptant, 
ut possessores suis sedibus pellantur, aut pecunias creditas debitoribus 
condonandas putant, ei labefactant fundamenta reipublicae, concordiam 
primnm, quae esse non potest, cum aliis adimuntur, aliis condonantur 
pecuniae, deinde aequitatem, qua e tollitur omnis, si habere suum cuique 
ion licet, Id enim est proprium, ut supra dixi, civitatis atque urbis, ut sit 
libera et non sollicita suae rei cuiusque custodia.—Cie. Orr. If. XXII. 76 


8. Translate : 
Cicero M. VarRon1 BS. 


Ex iis litteris, quas Atticus ate missas mihi legit, quid ageres et ubi 
esses ccgnovi, quando autem te visuri essemus nihil sane ex iisdem litteriS 
potui suspicari, In spem tamen venio appropinquare tuum adventum : 
qui mihi utinam solacio sit ! Etsi tot tantisque rebus urgemur, nullam ut 
levationem quisquam non stultissimus sperare debeat: sed tamen aut tu 
potes me aut ego te fortasse aliqua re juvare. Scito enim me, posted 








quam in urbem venerim, redisse cum veteribus amicis, id est, cum libris 
nostris, in gratiam: etsi non jdeirco eorum usum dimiseram, quod iis suc- 
censerem, sed quod eorum me suppudebat. Videbar enim mihi, cum me 
in res turbulentissimas, intidelissimis sociis, demisissem, praeceptis illorum 
hon satis paruisse. Ignoscunt mihi, revocant in consnetudinem pristinam 
teque, quod in eo permanseris, sapientiorem quam me dicuntfuisse. Quam 
Ob rem, quoniam placatis iis utor, videor sperare debere, si te viderim, et 
fa, quae premant, et ea, quae impendeant, me facile transiturum. Quam 
‘ob rem sive in Tusculano sive in Cumano ad te placebit sive, quod minime 
velim, Romae, dum modo simul simus, perficiam profecto, ut id utrique 
aosirum commodissimum esse videatur. 


THIRD YEAR HONOURS. 
LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION, 
MonpayY, APRIL 2ND :—MornineG, 9 To 12. 
BLAMIUMET 00 i000 secves vecoesss sacar te ceseresseserseeerreveree A. JUDSON Haron, Pu D. 


(A) 


Manlius, in reply, accused them of base cowardice ; “ for,” he said, “ if 
they had listened to their brave fellow-soldier, Sempronius, when he 
ordered them to break ‘away with him, they would never have been cap- 
tured ; did they have courage enough either to save themselves or defend 
their camp? Nay, rather, they hid themselves in their tents for two whole 
days, and waited for Hannibal to demand the surrender of themselves and 
all they had. They knew neither how to fight nor how to run away ;— 
such citizens the state could not use.” And so he moved that they should 
neither be ransomed from the state treasury, nor should money be loaned 
toany who might wish to save them. 


(B) 


Scipio meanwhile held councils of war in Massilia as to the proper mode 
of occupying the ferries of the Rhone, and was not induced to move even 
by the urgent messages that came from the leaders of the Celts. He dis 
trusted their accounts, and he contented himself with detaching a weak 
Roman cavalry division to reconnoitre the left bank of the Rhone. This 
detachment found the whole enemy’s army already transported to that 
bank, and occupied in bringing over the elephants, which alone remained 
on the right bank of the stream; and, after it had warmly engaged some 
Carthaginian squadrons in the district of Avignon, for the purpose of 
enabling it to complete its reconnaissance,—the first encounter of the 
Romans and Carthaginians in this war,—it hastily returned to report at 
headquarters. Scipio now started in utmost haste for Avignon; but when 


HONOUR CLASSICS, 129 






































130 FACULTY OF ARTS. 


he arrived there, even the Carthaginian cavalry that had been left behind 
to cover the passage of the elephants had already taken its departure 
three days ago, and nothing remained for the consul but to return with 
weary troops and little credit to Massilia, and to revile the “ cowardly 
flight?’ of the Carthaginians.—MoMmMSEN. 


THIRD YEAR HONOURS. 
THE GOLDEN AGE OF ROMAN LITERATURE. 
CATULLUS, HORACE AND VIRGIL. 
SATURDAY, APRIL 77TH :—MoRNING, 9 To i2 
EGRIMCNET ev seNeeU Sivek cA se kasiessve've SUS Sveueeeeese \. Jupson EATON, M.A., 
1. Translate and comment on :-— 


(a) Suffenus iste, Vare, quem probe nosti, 
Homost venustus et dicax et urbanus, 
Idemque longe plurimos facit versus, 

Peuto esse ego il milia aut decem aut plura 
Persecripta, nec sic ut fit in libimpseston 
Relata: chartae regiae novi libri, 

Novi umbilici, lora rubra, membrana : 
Derecta plumbo, et pumice omnia aequata. 
Haeec cum legas tu, bellus ille et urbanus 
Suffenus unus caprimulgus aut fossor 
Rursus videtur; tantum abhorret ac mutat. 


Paene insularum, Sirmio, insularumque 
Ocelle, quascumque in liquentibus stagnis 
Marique vasto fert uterque Neptunus, 

Quam te libenter quamque laetus inviso, 

Vix mi ipse credens Thyniam atque Bithynos 
Liquisse campos et videre te in tuto! 


Laeva colum molli lana retinebat amictum, 
Dextera tum leviter deduceng fila supinis 


Formabat digitis, tum prono in pollice torquens 
Libratum tereti versabat turbine fusum, 


Atque ita decerpens aequabat semper opus dens, 
Laneaque aridulis haerebant morsa labellis, 
Quae prius in levi fuerant extantia filo ; 

Ante pedes autem candentis mollia lanae 
Vellera virgati custodibant calathisci. 

Haec. tum clarisona vellentes vellera voce 








Wy Carmine, perfidiae quod post nulla arguet ae t 
hy 
Ie 
f (d) Volteium mane Philippus 
e Vilia vendentem tunicato seruta popello 
i Occupat et salvere iubet prior, Ille Philippo 
h - ASS UE 
: Excusare laborem et mercennaria vinela, 
b (Juod non mane domum venisset, denique quod non 
‘a Providisset eum. “ Sie ignovisse putato 
t Me tibi, si cenas hodie mecum.’’? “Vt libet.”  « Ergo 
Post nonam venies: nune i, rem strenuus auge,”’ 
k Vt ventum ad cenam est, dicenda tacenda locutus 
Tandem dormitum dimittitur. Hie ubi saepe 
Occultum visus decurrere piscis ad hamum, 
n Mane cliens et iam certus conviva, iubetur 
Rura suburbana indictis comes ire Latinis. 
q Impositus mannis arvum caelumque Sabinum 
Non cessat laudare. Videt ridetque Philippus, 
] + ey: . ‘ : : 
: Kt sibi dum requiem, dum risus undique quaerit, 
\ Dum septem donat sestertia, mutua septem 
P Promittit, persuadet uli mereetur agellum, 
2, a) Name the metres most commonly employed by Catullus, and write 
Out the scheme of each. (4) Scan the last two lines of Exts, (a) and (8). 
, ; (c) Determine the metres of the following lines: 
} (1) Passer deliciae meae puellae. 
(2) Rhodumque nobilem horridamque Thraciam. 
(3) Cecropiam solitam esse dapem dare Minotauro. 
3. Explain any difficulties of construction or sense in the following 
passages : 
(1) Phasellus ille, quem videtis, hospites, 
| Ait fuisse navium celerrimus. 
| (2) Iam ver egelidos refert tepores. 
(3) Tintinant aures, gemina teguntur Lumina nocte. 
(4) Candet ebur soliis, collucent pocula mensae. 
(5) Quicquid delirant reges, plectuntur Achivi. 
(6) Quo mihi fortunam, si non conceditur uti? 
(7) Rure ego viventem, tu dicis in urbe beatum. 
(8) Non cuivis homini contingit adire Corinthum. 
4. (a) What is the probable date of the birth and death of Catullus ? 


Discuss the evidence concerning the date of his birth. (5) Give Teuffel’s 
characterization of Catullus. 


HONOUR CLASSICS, 


Talia divino fuderunt carmine fata, 
































_— = =e 


TA 





32 FAGULTY OF ARTS. 


5. Translate: 


Iunonem interea Rex omnipotentis Olympi 
Adloquitur, fulva pugnas de nube tuentem ; 

Quae iam finis eri/, coniunx? quid denique restat ? 
Indigetem Aenean scis ipsa, et scire fateris, 

Deberi caelo, fatisque ad sidera tolli. 

Quid struis ? aut qua spe gelidis in nubibus haeres ? 
Mortalin’ decuit violari volnere divum ” 

Aut ensem—quid enim sine te [uturna valeret ? 
Ereptum reddi Turno, et vim crescere victis ? 
Desine iam tandem, precibusque inflectere nostris ; 
Nec te tantus edat tacitam dolor, et mihi curae 
Saepe tuo dulci tristes ex ore recursent. 

Ventum ad supremum est. Terris agitare vel undis 
Troianos potuisti, infandum accendere bellum, 
Deformare domum, et luctu miscere hymenaeos ; 
Ulterius temptare veto. Sic [uppiter orsus ; 

Sic dea submisso contra Saturnia voltu : 

Ista quidem quia nota mihi tua, magne, voluntas, 
Iuppiter, et Turnum et terras invita reliqul ; 

Nec tu me aeria solam nunc sede videres 

Digna indigna pati, sed flammis cincta sub ipsa 
Starem acie traheremque inimica in proelia Teucros, 
Iuturnam misero, fateor, succurrere fratri 

Suasi, et pro vita maiora audere probavi; 

Non ut tela tamen, non ut contenderet arcum ; 
Adiuro Stygii caput inplacabile fontis, 

Una superstitio superis quae reddita divis. 


THIRD YEAR HONOURS. 
THE GOLDEN AGE OF ROMAN LITERATURE. 
TIBULLUS, PROPERTIUS, OVID. 
WEDNESDAY, AprIL 11TH:—AFTERNOON, 2 TO 5. 
Pas eae o\ vos 5. o-0im 064s co a00ein.020 00+ Ap OU DEON. ATOM. Reads 


1. Translate and briefly explain :-— 


An te Cydne, canamn, tacitis qui leniter undis 
Caerulcus p'acidis per vada serpis aquis ; 

Quantus et aetherio contingens vertice nubes 
Frigidus ntensos Taurus alat Cilicas ? 






































HONOUR CLASSICS. 133 


Quid referam, ut volitet crebras intacta per urbes 

Alba Palaestrino sancta columba Syro ; | 
Utque maris vastum prospectet turribus aequor 

Prima ratem ventis credere docta Tyros; yh 
Qualis et, arentes cum findit Sirius agros, 


Fertilis aestiva Nilus abundet aqua ? eae || 

2. What do we learn of the life and character of Tibullus from the 2 i 
rt 2 i a 
poets Horace and Ovid? Whom does Teuffel regard as the greatest nF 
lyric poet of the Romans? the greatest elegiac poet? af 


3. Translate :— , 
Damnatae noctes, et vos vada lenta paludes, cr 
Et quaecumque meos implicat unda pedes, ue 
Immatura licet, tamen hue non noxia veni: ‘ ; 
Det Pater hic umbrae mollia iura meae. mi © 
Aut, si quis posita iudex sedet Aeacus urna, ee 

In mea sortita vindicet ossa pila ; ir 


Assideant fratres, iuxta et Minoida sellam 
EKumenidum intento turba severa foro. 

Sisyphe, mole vaces, taceant Ixionis orbes, 
Fallax Tantaleus corripiare liquor, 





Cerberus et nullas hodie petat improbus umbras, 


| 


Et iaceat tacita laxa catena sera. 


| 

(a) Make such explanatory notes on the above passage as you may 
‘ deem necessary. (b) Other. readings are hine (for hic, line 4), and 
‘ Tanta leo (for Vantaleus) : explain, (¢) Describe the metre, and scan 
lines 10 and Il. (d) From what poem is the passage above taken ? 
Describe it. (¢) Give the leading characteristics of Propertius as a 
y poet. 

. a ; : 

4, Translate with brief notes: 


(d@) Nondum etiam Ascraeos norunt mea carmina fontes, 
Sed modo Permessi flumine lavit Amor. 
(6) Callimachi Manes et Coi sacra Philetae, 
In vestrum, quaeso, me sinite ire nemus. 
(c) Et Veneris dominae volucres, mea turba, columbae 
| Tingunt Gorgones punica rostra lacu. 
| (d) Nam tibi nocturnis ad saxa ligata procellis, 
Omnia detrito vincula fune cadunt. 


FACULTY OF ARTS, 


(e) Pauper, at in terra, nil ubi flare potest. 
What is the reading of the vulgate ? 


5. Translate, with short notes on the words italicized : 
(a) Argolici rediere duces: altaria fumant: 
Ponitur ad patrios barbara praeda deos. 
Grata ferunt nymphae pro salvis dona maritis : 
[li victa suis Troia fata canunt. 
Mirantur iustique senes trepidaeque puellae : 
Narrantis coniunx pendet ab ore viri. 
Atque aliquis posita monstrat fera proelia mensa, 
Pingit et exiguo Pergama tota mero. 
Hac ibat Simois: hic est Sigera tellus: 
Hic steterat Priami regia celsa senis. 
Illic Aeacides, illic tendebat Ulixes: 
Hic ldcer admissos terruit Hector equos. 
Omnia namque tuo senior, te quaerere m1sso, 
Retulerat nato Nestor, at i//e mihi. 
Retulit et ferro Rhesumque Dolonaque caesos ; 
Utque sit hic somno proditus, ille dolo. 


Dissilit omne solum, penetratque in ‘Tartara rimis 
Lumen, et infernum terret cum coniuge regem ; 
Et mare contrahitur, siccaeque est campus arenae 
Quod modo pontus erat, quosque altum texerat aequor, 
Exsistunt montes et sparsas Cycladas augent. 
Ima petunt pisces, nec se Super aequora curvl 
Tollere consuetas audent delphines in auras. 
Corpora phocarum summo resupina profundo 
Exanimata natant: ipsum quoque Nerea fama est 
Doridaque et natas tepidis latuisse sub antris. 

Ter Neptunus aquis cum torvo brachia vultu 
Exserere ausus erat ; ter non tulit aeris ignes. 


6. What is the chief source of our knowledge of Ovid’s life. Give 
a brief sketch of his life. 








_— 


ah 


— eS Oo 


— | he 


HONOUR CLASSICS, 
THIRD YEAR HONOURS. 
THE GOLDEN AGE oF ROMAN LITERATURE. 
THE HISTORIANS, 


SATURDAY, Apriz 14H :—Mornine, 9 ro 12. 


BLGMEREP ooiviies vecees vebbess , 


adevthe 1a seeeA, JUDSON Eaton, M.A., Pu,D. 


1. Name, in chronological order, the chief historical] writers of the 
Golden Age of Roman Literature, with a very brief sketch of the life 
of each, and extant works. Discuss the defects and excellencies of 
the work of the leading historian of this period. 

2. Translate: 


(a) Longe alia mihi mens est, 
pericula nostra considero, et cum sententias nonnullorum ipse 
mecum reputo. Illi mihi disseruisse videntur de poena e 
patrize parentibus, aris atque focis suis bellum 
monet cavere ab illis ma 


patres Conscripti, cum res atque 


orum, qui 
paravere: res antem 
gis quam quid in illos statu 


amus consultare. 
Nam cetera malificia tum per 


sequare, ubi facta sunt: 
videris ne accidat, ubi evenit, frustra ludicia implores: Capta urbe 
nihil fit relicui victis. Set per deos inmortalis, vos ego ac 
Semper domos villas, signa tabulas 
cam fecistis: si ista, 


hoe, nisi pro- 


lpello, qui 
vostras pluris quam rem publi- 
culuscumque modi 
retinere, si voluptatibus vostris otinm } 
aliquando et capessite rem publ 
neque de sociorum iniuriis : 


Sunt quae amplexamini, 
raebere voltis, expergiscimini 
icam. Non agitur de vectigalibus 
libertas et anima nostra in dubio est. 

(6) Ad fidem deinde tam letarum 


rerum effundi in vestibulo 
curiae iussit anulos 


aureos, qui tantus acervus fuit 
Supra tres modios explesse sint quidam auctorés : fama tenuit, quae 
propior vero est, haud plus fuisse modio. <Adiecit deinde verbis, 
quo maioris cladis indicium esset, neminem nisi equitem, atque 
eorum ipsorum primores, id gerere insigne. Suinma fuit orationis, 
quo propius quem belli perficiendi sit, eo magis Omni spe iuvandum 
Hannibalem esse; procul enim ab domo militiam esse, in media hos- 
tium terra; magnam vim frumenti et pecuniae abs 
ut hostium exercitus delesse, ita victoris etiam copias parte aliqua 
minuisse ; mittendum igitur supplementum esse mittendam in sti- 


pendium pecuniam frumentumque tam bene meritis de nomine 
Punico militibus. 


» ut metientibus 


uml, et tot acies, 
































= 





FACULTY OF ARTS. 


(c) In ea castra Dasius Altinius clam nocte cum tribus servis 
venit, promittens, si sibi praemio foret, se Arpos proditurum esse- 
Cum eam rem ad consilium retulisset Fabius, aliis “ pro transfuga 
verberandus necandusque” videri, ancipitis anim communis hostis. 
Contra ea consulis pater Fabius, “ Temporum objitos homines in 
medio ardore belli, tanquam in pace, libera de quoque arbitria agere,” 
diebat : “qui, cum illud potius agenduin atque jis cogitandum sit, s1 


quo modo fieri possit, ne qui socii a populo Romano desciscant, id 


non cogitent; documentum autem dicant statui oportere, si quis 
resipiscat, et antiquam societatem respiciat. Quod si abire Romanis 
liceat, redire ad eos non liceat; cui dubiam esse, quin brevi deserta 
ab sociis Romana res foederibus Punicis omnia -in Italia iuncta 
visura sit? Se tandem non eum esse, qui Altinio fidei quicquam 
censeat habendum, sed mediam consecuturum consiliiviam. Neque 
eum pro hoste, neque pro socio in praesentia habitum, libera custodia 
haud procul a castris placere in aliqua fida civitate servari per 
belli tempus: perpetrato bello, tum consultandum, utrum defectio 


prior plus merita sit poenae, an hic reditus veniae.”’ 


(d) Singulari militum nostrorum virtuti consilia cuiusque mod, 
Gallorum occurrebant, ut est summae genus sollertiae atque ad 
omnia imitanda et efficienda quae ab quoque tradantur aptissimum 
Nam et laqueis falces avertebant, quas cum destinaverant tormentis 
‘ntrorsus reducebant ; etaggerem cuniculis subtrahebant, eo scientius 
quod apud eos magnae sunt ferraria?, atgue omne genus cuniculorum 
notum atque usitatum est. Totum autem murum ex omni parte 
turribus contabulaverant atque has coriis intexerant. Tum crebris 
diurnis nocturnisque eruptionibus aut aggeri ignem inferebant, aut 
milites occupatos in opere aloriebantur; et nostrarum turrium 
altitadinem, quantum has cotidianus agger expresserat, commissis 
suarum turriam malis adaequabant; et apertos cuniculos praeusta 
et praeacuta materia et pice fervefacta et maximi ponderis saxis m0 
rabantur moenibusque appropinquare prohibebant. 


8. Write notes on: simulator, dissimulator—domi militiaeque— 
adepta libertate—municipia, coloniae—pecuniarum repetundarum 
yeus—dolabra—navis actuaria—Poeninus mons—nuncupatio—duit 
= faxit—volones—macte virtute—mediusfi lius—antesignani—pilleati 
—Tarentum+Achradina—ver sacrum—sacramentum—<consul suf- 
fecttis—sub corona venire—iusta acies—trium viri mensaril- 


4, Derive: peregrinus, aerarium, plebs, praetor, promuntorium, 
stipendium, usurpo, populus (according to Mommsen); Mavors, 














.Y 
1 
Zz 
b 


eel OOO ee ~ iis 


ae aye 


HONOUR CLASSICS, 


Minerva, Saguntum, 


Beneventum (what was it 
arbitrium, caelum. 


S original name ?) 
5. Discuss the following 


MSS. readings (Livy): 
(a) cum Mopsi 


ani urbem excessissent. 


(6) ipse circumspectans sollicitusque omnia incedebat. 
(¢) membra torrida gelu. 


THIRD YEAR HONOURS. 
‘OMAN HISTORY AND GENERAL PAPER. 
Tvespay, APRIL 24TH:—Mornina, 9 ro 12: 
Examiner 


5ee « **@t @e@ @s 


cs eeseees.. cA. JUDSON Haron, M.A., Pu.D. 


l. Give an account of («) the Atomists and their doctrines, or (4) the 
Philosophy of Heracleitus. 

2. What did the earliest thinkers mean by ‘philosophy’? What seems 
to have been the distinction betwe What relation 
do the Sophists bear to the philosophers who preceded and followed 
them 


€n oodia and diAocogia ? 


3. Relate the myths of Phaethon, Ixion, Philemon and Baucis, Arachne, 
Persephone. 


4. What was the origin of the Latin A!phabet ? 


9. Discuss the spelling of: 
mercennartum, cum (quo m, 


accedo (adcedo), sodes, vin’, 


substciunde, duellum, duumviri, relligione, 


quum), servus (servos), h temps, Parilia (Palilia), 
homost, caelum (coelum), 
6, Explain the form 
dea), denuo, scilicet 
calefacio. 


ation of the following compounds : 


antea (old anti- 
» Pro T8UB, marmor, comes 


» peculium, munusculum, Theside 


7. Discuss the derivation and m 


eaning of: Lures, Penates 
genius, Pegasides, retiarius, rarus, 


» Hopévidec 
Pisiphone, quinquatrus, 


Nebro phonus, 
nefast dy sestest Us, homoeomer ia, 


8. Remark on the resemblance and distinction between Greeks and 
Italians. 

9. Explain the terms Roma Quadrata, cooptio, are, capitolium, Comitia 
Centuriata, ager publicus. 

10. Name the extraordinary and ordinary magistrates of Rome. To 
which of these belonged the imperium? Define the term, 
























FACULTY OF ARTS. 


il. (a) When was the praetorship detached from the consulship ? 
When was the praetor peregrinus first appointed, and what were his 
duties? (+) Who were the chief finance ministers at Rome 


12. What were the numbers of the following officers at different periods 
of the republic: Praetors, Aediles, Tribunes, Quaestors 2? What was the 
mode of their election? At what age could each office be held, and what 
were its particular duties ? 

13. Give an account of the Lex Canuleia and the Agrarian Law of 


Spurius Cassius. 


14. Explain carefully the causes and results, either of the expulsion of 
the Kings, or of the appointment of the Decemviri. 

15. (a) What were the chief events (with dates) between the First and 
Second Punic Wars? (4) Why was it so important for the Carthaginians 
to hold Spain? (¢) What Roman general besieged and captured New 
Carthage? Give the geographical position of this town and an account 
of its siege. 


ig. In what respect did the defeat of Hannibal show the greatness of 
Rome, and has her success been for the good of mankind ? 


17. Explain (a) the following expressions : locare aliquid faciendum } 
deferre aliquid ad senatum ; socii navales ; lectisternwum - (b) the abbrevia- 


tions D.D.D. ; Q.B.F.F.Q:S. ; S.D.P. 


18. Explain as carefully as you can the use of the participles in the 
following expressions: — 
(a) cohortatus milites docuit. 
(b) itaque convocatis centurionibus milites certiores facit. 
(c) Gallia est divisa. 
d) maturato opus est. 


(ec) aedem © astoris habuit twendam. 


19. What is the root from which the verb sum is derived ? Show the 
formation of each fora of the present indicative from this root, and compare 
it with the corresponding form of the verb ipl. 


20. Explain the following grammatical terms and rhetorical figures, and 
illustrate by examples :—Hysteron Proteron, Prolepsis, Synesis, Chiasmus; 
Oxymoron, Ecthlipsis. 








" 


B, A, EXAMINATIONS FOR HONOURS IN CLAS. 


SICS. 
GREEK Ports, 


Monpbay, APRIL 2ND :—MorninG, 9 To 19. 


Examiner,......, ey a REV, GEORGE CoRNIsH, M.A. LL.D. 
1. Translate, with an expl 


anatory note where you 
deem it nevessary :— 


Pindar, (a) Olymp. 1a (6) Olymp. XTV. 


2. (a) Give the meaning 


and etymotogy of. the follow 
Ng :—awrTov, amnvas 


/ , A a 
Hova“TuKia, aBbpdv, KOANA, dadpmor, 
EKaTL, K@MOS, ava, udooov’, KapTaitroéa, evdouayas. (6) 
Parse the following words i— avodcoper, kexadméevov, 
dvedacavTo, edoyyev, Kaxcaydpos, 


Aabeuevr, vacos, 
yeyaneyv, wetadrracev, b/Sor. 


avédpaoy, eayede, evi, 


3. (a4) Write a short account ‘of the life 
tion of Pindar, dwelling on his char 
Translate the following extracts, 


and social posi- 
acteristics as a poet, (d) 
pointing out differences 
In any:—(1) 6 péyas 8é KLVOUVOS 
avarkiv ov dota AauBave, (2) poat & aor’ dra 
> n \ \ / } 4 4 2 f, 

evOumiav te KEeTa Kal Trov@yY és avdpas eSav. (3) Ecivav 


S , / > 4 \ A 
8 ev mpacodyvtay écavav abtix’ ayyeXtay trotl yXuKEtav 


of interpretation 


é€oroi. (4) axivduvor aperal ore Tap avdpacw ovr’ év 
vavol Koiras Titar. (5) ayabol && xa) copoixata Saluov’ 
avdpes éyévovto. (6) avevOe beod TETLYAMEVOY OV OKALOTE= 
odv xpnu’ exactov. (7) éx Oeod & avnp cohais avbei écael 
moatiderawv. (8) drrovov 8 éxaBov Kapa madpol tives. 
(c)~What favourite doctrines of the poet are touched upon 
in any of the above extt, ? 


HONOUR CLASSICS. 139 


=a 



























140 FACULTY OF ARTS. 


4. Translate :— 


Hesiod, Works and Days, (a) vss. 205-220. (b) vss. 
500-514. 


5. (a) Comment on the meaning and object of this 
Poem, What approximate date may be assigned to 
Hesiod? (b) Give the meaning and etymology of the 
following words, noting cognate forms of any in Latin or 
English, or in both :—apeiwy, ipn€, adpav, érépnpt, vnTLos, 


heoyn Bovdopa, aryabas, Svanreyees, VnpiTas. (¢) Write 
an explanatory note on the form and power of the Digam- 


ma, and illustrate from Latin and English. 


6. Translate, Theocritus:—(a) Idyll 1, 15-28,% (6) 
IIL. 1-14. (c) VL,.6—20. 


7. (a) What interpretations have been suggested of I. 
vss, 51:—arl rplv * * * «aOi—n? I. vs. 19 :— Note the 
variants :—dAye’ aetdes—anrye dlevses—aryea eldes. (6) 
Derive and define the term efSvAdAsov, and name writers of 
this kind of poetry in ancient and modern times, (¢) Write 
an explanatory note on the metre of Theocritus. 


8. (a) Parse, noting the dialect, the following words :— 
aixa, Ximapw, Telde, PONKAVTL, dpyos, nvOov, TLV, Taph-ers 
uéoha, améaBys, KOS, rodpncGa. (6) Point out forms 
most akin to Latin forms. 































ae ee ee oe ee 
: ‘ 


B.A. EXAMINATION FOR HONOURS IN 
CLASSICS. 


GREEK HISTORIANS. 


WEDNESDAY, APRIL 9TH: 





MorNING, 9 To 12. 


e 


Kaamine) 


1. Translate (adding an explanatory note wl 
cessary In any of the extt. given below) 


. 
__—_ 
. 


A) Herodotus, Book IX., chaps. 84-85. 
(B) Thucydides. (a) Book VI. 
chap. 74. 


(C) Xenophon, Hellenics, Book LI., chap. 2, §§ 18 to 


—) 
23. inclusive. 


2. (ad) In ext. (A) explain ipevas, T) atrectvi, for which 
latter there is a variant azrectoZ. (b) wavrn ova Tpéhavtes 
Kat TuKvwcartes (CO. 18): express in. Latin, 
ayvopoovrns (4):—Show the construction. (13) avexo- 
xeve :—Show the formation of this word. (c) Explain 
the following :— 


¢ / ~ 
UTNTELY THS 


Ta vaxivOia, Kpnodvyeror, Tov AOYov TOV 
Ilitavyrny, yevouevns héoyns. (d) émicrduevor ta Aaxe- 
Caimoviov dpovrimata, ws dra dpoveovrwv Kal drrXa 
Aeyovtwy :—to what extent was this imputation of double- 
dealing on the part of the Lacedemonians justified ? 


3. (a) In ext. (B) Kal tyiv radra Evudepovta is 
Classen’s reading ; is it better than the ordinary reading ? 
1b, TH EYKELPNHG EL :—LExplain the form and the case. (b) 
aredpayvucav :—from what is this formed? Cite a pas- 


sage from the Antigone where the same verb is used. 


4. Write explanatory notes on the following from 


HONOUR CLASSICS. 141] 


yseccesees w.REV, GEORGE CoRNIsH, M.A., LL.D 


lere ne- 


cnap. 83. (b) VII, 





FACULTY OF ARTS. 


Hellenies, Book II. :—(a) amd tis dpas étpeporTo (). S 1) 
(b) Ort od Sidwoav dia THS Kopys Tas yeipas (vb. 8). () 
TOV pakpoav Tevyav * * * éxatépov (ii. § 15). (cd) aro 
cuxohavtias Cavras (ill § 12). (e) Kd@opvos émiKanetTat 
(ib.31). (Illustrate from Aristophanes). (ft) aroBneéret er’ 
appotepov—apuddtepov (1b,), (Discuss the meanings and 


o 


the readings.) (g) éwt tov cwpov Auwéeva (iv. § 31.) 

5, Translate and explain the following military or naval 
terms :—(1) Oéo@ac Ta Orda. (2) cupdhpagavtes. (3) 
éredi) Wpuicavto, (4) oi émiBatat. (9) dv0 Aovou BonG- 
noavres. (6) Tas O€ NouTTas UTO TH Teltyer avetdxvoe. (7, 


Ta Tpappiuwata TapaParwv. (8) eri pias TeTaypevol. (9 


) 
9) 
) 


( 
iva wi Su€errrovv Sidoiev. (10) kata todas Teovtes. (11 


Taperaéavto ev weror@, (12) 7) Lapanos. 


6. Translate the following, commenting on the dialectic 
peculiarities :—'Epper ta Kara (al. ta kara) Mivoapos 
ameccova. TelwavtTe tovdpes. "Arroplomes, Tl vpn Opar. 
Plutarch speaks of this despatch as ypappata AaKkwviKas 


dpagovta :—why Aaxerixas ? 


B.A. EXAMINATION FOR HONOURS IN 
CLASSICS. 


GREEK PROSE WRITERS. 
Monpay, APRIL 16TH ;—MOoRNING, 9 TO 12. 
Examiners,..... Rev, GEORGE CornisH, M.A., LL.D. 


1. Translate, adding an explanatory note where you 
deem it necessary :— 
(A) Demosthenes, De Corona, page 284-85 :— Eorepa 


\ \ > ee & / td lal F 
wev yap Av * * * Sixaov Eotiv HyeioGae 








es el 


HONOUR CLASSICS. 143 


4. (d) Comment on the rhetorical excellences of the 
above ext. and compare it with the narrative style of 
Aeschines, (b) wera€d Sevmvodvres :—explain the refe- 
rence. (¢) What points in the above ext, illustrate public 
life at Athens ? 

3. Translate, Aeschines Contra Ctesiphontem, S$ 234-35 
inclusive. 

4. (a) trav Tptaxovra :—Name the two chief authorities 
lor the events of the year of The Anarchy at Athens. 
(b) rpiv axodoa :—-What is the subject to this verb 2 

9. Explain the following trois Spamérais moat. ta 
Avovvcia, atoyveTw, Katayvero, épavifov oreddvovs. 
Tmpotevias evpnudvot, tpaywdav ayouloudvoy Kawoar. 
Kal?’ éxdotny mputavelav. 

6. At what date was the suit of Aeschines against Ctesi- 
phon instituted? How long time elapsed before the trial 
took place ? State definitely the accusation which Aeschines 
brought against Ctesiphon, and also the three distinct 
grounds on which he based it. How was the court consti- 
tuted by which the case was tried ? 

7. Translate :— 

Aristotle, De Poetica, chap. xiii., §§ 5 to 8, inclusive. 
Translate and illustrate $§ 13-14 of Chap. iv., giving the 
derivation of tauSetov, (¢) Account for the unsatisfactory 
condition of the text of this treatise, and mention the 
theories held touching the history of the text as we 
have it. 

8. Comment on o ’Eupimiédns tpayicoratos, dia TH 
tav Geatpwv acbeveiar, 

9. Translate :— 

Plato, De Republica, Book II., chap. xvii., §§ B to E, 
BovrAnOn yparrat. 

10. Give an outline of Plato’s system of education. 

































144 FACULTY OF ARTS. 


B.A. EXAMINATIONS FOR HONOURS IN CLASSICS. 
LATIN POETS. 


Wepynespay, Apri, 18TH:—MornineG, 9 To 12. 


TRUMINET, covers cvcees creeeereaees: Rev. Georce Cornisu, LL.D. 


1. Translate (adding an explanatory note where you may deem it neces- 
sary on any peculiar form or construction in any of the extt.) :— 


Horace, Epp., Bk. l.:— 


(a) Quod si me populus Romanus forte roget, cur 
non, ut porticibus, sic iudiciis fruar isdem, 
nec sequar aut fugiam, que diligit ipse vel odit : 
olim quod vulpes aegroto cauta leoni 
respondit, referam : Quia me vestigia terrent, 
omnia te adversum spectantia, nulla retrorsum. 


Nestor componere lites 
inter Peliden festinat et inter Atriden : 
hunc amor, ira quidem communiter urit utrumque. 
Quidquid delirant reges, plectuntur Achivi. 
Seditione, dolis, scelere atque libidine et ira 
Iliacos intra muros peccatur et extra. 


Vescere, sodes. 
Iam satis est. At tu, quantum vis, tolle. 
jenigne. 
Non invisa feres pueris munuscula parvis. 
Tam teneor dono, quam si dimittar onustus. 
Ut libet : haec porcis hodie comedenda relinques, 


(dq) Tu mediastinus tacita prece rara pete bas, 
nunc urbem et ludos et balnea villicus optas ; 
me constare mihi scis, et discedere tristem, 
quandocumque trahunt invisa negotia Romam. 


(e) Ne vulgo narres, te sudavisse ferendo 
Carmina, quae possint oculos auresque morari 
Caesaris ; oratus multa prece, nitere porro. 
Vade, vale, cave ne titubes mandataque frangas. 


9. Translate, Juvenal:—(a) Sat. VIII., vss. 259-268. (b) Sat. X., vss. 
{33-146 (Explain tke form /nduperator). 


3, (1) Explain these social or political references in Sat. X.:—(@) Quos 
sportula fecit amicos. (4) Genua incerare deorum. (e¢) Seianus ducitur 
unco. (d@) Verbosa et grandis epistola venit a Capraeis. (¢) Egregios 








~— = ree al Sg a 


did he take as his literary model ? 
quent obscurity ? 
and disputed interpretation. (dq) Cor 
word cor, and the reference to Ennius. 


cire paratus. Maris 
Bathylli. Lubrica Coa. Derive 
Satir a. 


Se. 2, vss. 14-29 (Ed. Ta uchnitz), 


HONOUR CLASSICS, 


equites. (/) Quinquatribus. 
(a) Note the tense and mood of /< 
use of the Genitive in legum prima securis. 
vss. 38, 42, 68,155, 171] 


4. Translate, Persius, Satt. Y. y 
interpretations :— 

(a) Verterit hunc dominus, mome 
Marcus Dama. 
Credere tu nummos ? 
Marcus dirit, ita est: 


(4) Disce, sed ira cadat naso rugosaque 


sanna. 
Dum veteres avias tibi de 


pulmone revelio, 
Non praetoris erat stultis dare te 


nuia rerum 
Officia, atque usum rapidae | 


sermittere vitae 
Sambucam citius caloni aptaveris alto. 
c) Sed cenam funeris heres 
Negliget iratus, qiod rem curtaveris : urnae 
Ossa inodora dabit, seu Spirent ¢ 
Seu ceraso peccent casiae, nescire paratus. 
Tune bona incolumis minuas ° 
Doctores Graios: 
Cum pipere et p: 


Foenisecae crasso vitiarunt unguine pultes.’’ 

(d) Hee miseere nefas ; nec, cum sis cetera fossor, 
Tres tantum ad numeros 
“Liber ego.”’ 
An dominum ignoras, nisi quem yv 
I puer, et strigiles Crispini ad balnea defer, 
Si increpuit, cessas nugator ? 


9. (a) Point out peculiarities of construction | 


6. Write explanatory notes on :—Verterit. 


7. Translate :— Plautus. Aulularia, (a) Act IV 


(yg) Iam dextra computat annos. (2) Ext, 
izabant, deceret, miraretur, and explain the 
(4) What variants occur in 


and VI., noting various readings or 


nto turbinis exit 
Papae! Marco spondente recusas 
Marco sub indice palles? 
assigna, Marce, tabellas. 


innama surdum. 


Kt Bestius urget 
‘Ita fit, postqnam sapere urbi 
ilmis venit nostrum hoc maris expers, 


satyrum moveare Bathylli. 
Unde datum hoe Sumis, tot subdite rebus ? 
indicta relaxat ? 


oy Persius. 


(6) Whom 
How would you account for his fre- 
(¢) Cite passages from these two Satires of doubtful 
Enni, ete. :—Explain this use of the 


Dama. Sambucam. 
expers :—What -different interpretations ? 


and give the exact meaning of the term 


: + Se. 85 and (6) Act IT 


a = 


































146 FACULTY OF ARTS. 


In the above extract derive cassam, inhiat, zamiam, polypos, harpaga- 
am, ilico, mendicabula. 
. an wy oF¢ ey, TN. wh 

8 Translate :—Terence, Adelphi, Act Il., Sc. 4, vss. 1-23. (Hd. Tauch 
nitz). Point out ellipses occurring in this extract and supply them. 

9. (a) Write down the schemes of the Lam ic Senarius and of the Trochavc 
Septenarius of Latin Comedy, and show how they differed from the cor- 
responding metres as used by Aristophanes. (4) Describe the practice 
designated by the verb contaminare. 


B.A. EXAMINATIGN FOR HONCURS. 
LATIN PROSE WRITERS. 


Fripay, Aprit 20TH :—Mornine, 9 To 12. 


ELAMIUNET, vicveeeen covcvnneecnssrensece peneenees Rey. GrorGe Cornisu, M.A., LL.D. 


1. Translate the following extracts into English, adding a brief com- 
ment where any peculiar form or construction seems to you to require 
it :— 

Livy, Bk. XXI., chap. 98, down to “ milite$ iuberet.’’ 


2. Write explanatory notes on the following :—(1) Ne Latinas indiceret, 
Iovi Latiari solemne sacrum in monte faceret. (2) Ob cetera prodigia lib- 
ros adire decemviri iussi. (3) Cum iam in orbem pugnarent. (4) Socium 
nominis Latini. (5) Socii navales. (6) Ad rupem muniendam. (7) Occi- 
dente iam sidere Vergiliarum. (8) Quadrato agmine. (9) Cum Gallis 
tumultuatum. 


3. (a) Give an account of the writings of Livy, stating what have been 
lost and what have come down to us. (6) What authorities had heat 
command for the history of the Second Punic War? How did he use 
them. 


4. Translate the following extracts from Tacitus Annals, Bk. IL., adding 
an explanatory note where you see fit :— 


(a) Nam Phraates quamquam depulisset exercitus ducesque Romanos, 
cuncta venerantium officia ad Augustum verterat partemque prolis firman 
dae amicitiae miserat, haud perinde nostri metu quam fidei popularium 
diffisus. 


(b) Accendebat dedignantes et ipse diversus a maiorum institutis, raro 
renatu, segni equorum cura; quotiens per urbes incederet, lecticae gesta- 
mine fastuque erga patrias epulas. inridebantur et Graeci comites ac vilis” 
sima utensilium anulo clausa. sed prompti aditus, obvia comitas, ignotae 
Parthis virtutes, nova vitia; et quia ipsorum moribus aliena, perinde 
odium pravis et honestis. 








HONOUR CLASSICS, 147 





(¢) Postremo deligunt locum flumine et silvis clausum, arta intus plani- 
tie et umida: silvas quoque profunda palus ambibat, nisi quod latus unum 
Angrivarii lato aggere extulerant, quo a Cheruscis dirimerentur. bic pedes 
adstitit : equitem propinquis lucis texere. ut ingressis silvam legionibus a 
tergo foret. 


(7) Distinctos senatus et equitum census, non quia diversi natura, sed 
ut, Sicut locis ordinibus dignationibus antistent, ita iis quae ad reqniem 
animi aut salubritatem corporum parentur, nisi forte clarissimo cuique 
plures curas, maiora pericula subeunda, delenimentis curarum et pericu- 
lorum carendum esse. facilem adsensum Gallo sub nominibus honestiS 
confessio vitiorum et similitudo audientium dedit. adiecerat et Tiberius 
non id tempus censurae nec, si quid in moribus labaret, defuturum corri- 
gendi auctorem. 


(e) Contra veterani ordinibus ac subsidiis instructi: hine militum, inde 
locorum asperitas : sed non animus, non spes, ne tela quidem nisi agrestia 
aut ad subitum usum properata, ut venere in manus, non ultra dubitatum 
quam dum Romanae cohortes in aequum eniterentur: vertunt terga Cili- 
ces, seque castello claudunt. 


(f) Classem quippe et avia Oceani quaesita, ne quis venientibus occur 
reret, ne pulsos premeret : sed ubi miscuerint manus, inane victis ventorum 
remorumve subsidium. meminissent modo avaritiae, crudelitatis, super~ 
biae ; aliud sibi religuum quam tenere libertatem au mori ante servitium ? 


3. Translate, Tacitus Histories, Chap. 80. 


6. (a). Hpraetorianis:—Supply the ellipsis. (%) Familiae Senatorum :— 
who were these? Show how Rome in the long run suffered from this class 
ofmen. (c) Comment on the following :—(1) Falsi Neronis. (2) Plenum 
exiliis mare. (3) Primores equitum. (4) Clientes libertique. (5) Ubique 
hasta et sector. (6) Haruspex Umbricius. (7) Sed manipuli quoque e. 
gregarius miles viatica sua et balteos phalerasque, insignia armorut 
argento decora, loco pecunize tradebant, instinctu et impetu et avaritiat, 
(8) Cum aia Petrina. 


7. Translate Cicero, de Officiis, Bk. III, chap. 9, from “ Fimbriam 


consularem ’’ to end. 


8. (1) Explain the phrases guicum * * * mices. Sponsionem fecisset. (2) 
With what object was this treatise written? What is its subject, and how 
treated? (3) Wri'e short biographical notes on :—Antipater Stoicus ; 


Chrysippus t.aelius; Zeno. (4) Distinguish between the different schools 
of Philosophy and Philosophers referred to by Cicero in this treatise. 


g- Translate Cicero, De Imp. Cn. Pomp., chap. 12, gg 34.36. 


10. What were the political circumstances in which this oration was 
delivered ? 


4. ee 2 


= Ve wee 






























148 FACULTY OF ARTS. 


B.A. EXAMINATION FOR HONOURS IN 
SsIcs. 


GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION. 


Wepnespay, Aprit 10TH :— MorwninG, 9 TO 12. 


ELAMANET, «0-000. 00020: Rev. Grorce Cornisu, M.A., LL.D 


Translate into Greek (accented ) :— 


On this, the herald of the Thirty commanded the police 
-to arrest Theramenes and they having entered with their 
attendants, Satyrus, the most reckless and profligate of 
hem, leading them, Critias said: ‘We deliver over to you. 
Theramenes, who is before you, coudemned according to 
the law ; anddo you, police, apprehend and conduct him 
to prison, and complete your duty. > On these words, Saty- 
rus dragged him from the altar—the attendants also drag, 
ged him away. Theramenes, as might have been expected 
invoked gods and men to look down on w hat was passing 
but the senate maintained silence, seeing that the men at 
the bar were also like Satyrus, and that the [space] in 
front of the senate-house was full of guards—aware, also, 
that those present had daggers with them. They conducted 
the man through the Agora, pat esting against his treatment 
in very loud accents. One saying of his is recorded, When 
Satyrus told him that he would suffer, if he were not silent, 
he said: ‘ Andif I ata silent, shall ti not still suffer?’ And 
when he began to drink the hemlock, constrained to die, 
they report that he said, as he dashed away the last drops, 
This to the health of the handsome Critias ! 








































26 eyes Se 


~ 





HONOUR CLASSICS. 


3A. EXAMINATIONS FOR HONOURS IN CLASSIUS. 
LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION. 
TUESDAY, APRIL 10TH :-—AFTERNOON, 2 To 5. 
BOAMIRET, 3 00s ceers svevias bs stcnosivanes cose REV. GeorGE Cornish, M.A,, LL D. 
Translate into Latin :— 


The nephew of Marius, the husband of the daughter of Cinna, who was 


yet the great aristocrat, sprung of the race of the gods, counting Venus - 


amongst his ancestors, had for many years been directing his unparalleled 
powers of captivation to the headless party. He had lived amongst the 
grimy proletarians in the Suburra until they made him high pontiff of the 
national religion, when he moved to the official residence, the Regia, 
close by the Temple of Vesta in the Forum. As edile, he had given 
gladiatorial games in which every combatant was cased in silver harness. 
He had reared again the demolished monuments of Marius, and in a funeral 
oration over his aunt, had flung a mist of divinity and romance over the 
people, and himself their friend. As praetor he had astonished the 
Optimates by his masterful moderation in restraining the mob of the 


Forum, which nearly worshipped him. He had exhausted his resources in. 


liberality, and he could not go to his province, Spain, until an arrange 
ment with the millionaire Crassus had enabled him to satisfy his creditors 
But once in Spain he had exhibited extraordinary qualities; he led his 
army victoriously through unconquered tribes to the Atlantic; with 
striking humanity, he abolished the remnants of human sacrifices which 
were the heritage from the Carthaginian occupation ; and returning with 
a princely fortune, he had yet contrived to recall the traditions of Sertorius 
and to make of the provincials friends who ever after turned to him as 
their patron. This remarkable man in the year 60 B.C. came home for 


the consular elections, relinquished his claim to a triumph, and was. 


returned as consul for 59 B.C., the recognized leader of the popular party. 
It was with Cesar thus at the outset of his career that Pom peius, the 


foremost man in Rome, entered into a political union, in which was. 


included his old rival Crassus, in order to accomplish his immediate end s- 


B.A. EXAMINATION FOR HONOURS IN C LASSICS. 
HISTORY OF GREECE AND ROME. 
MonDay, APRIL 23RD:—MoRNING, 9 To 12. 
s eeeeeee REV. GEORGE CornisH, M,A., LL.D. 


PRUNE coh ajitede'eiae .'xaredr 


I, (a) Sketch the system of Government that prevailed in the Heroie 


Age. (6) What value may be assigned to the Homeric Poems as sources. 
of History ? 


tA ee 


= = = 


— VA 


‘es 


_ Ww 





150 FACULTY OF ARTS. 


2. Name the three great divisions of the Greek race, and give some ac- 
count of their geographical distribution. 


2 Discuss the causes of the early superiority of the Ionic Colonies in 
Asia Minor over the Mother-country in poetical, philosophical and histori- 
cal literature. 


4. Into what divisions may the Greek colonies in Italy be divided ? 
Name the most ancient and influential of them. 


5. Give an account of the rise and fall of The Four Hundred and of The 
Thirty at Athens. 


6. Trace the policy and influence of Persia among the Grecian States 
during the Peloponnesian war. 


7. (a) Characterize the policy and conduct of Sparta and Thebes, sev- 
erally, in the affairs of Greece. (6) Sketch the main causes that led to 
the political decadence of Athens as a Greek power. 


8, Sketch the personal character, and political aims and policy of 
Pericles. 


9. Enumerate the principal races that inhabited ancient Italy, with a 
note on the Etruscans. 


10. (2) What facts connected with the early government of Rome may 
be inferred from the legends. (&) Derive and define the term Plebs. (¢) 
What classes were comprised in the Plebs at Rome”? 


11. Enumerate the sources of Roman History which were open to the 
earliest Roman annalists. Give the names of the chief of these previous 
to the time of Livy. 


12. (a) Give a summary of Mommsen’s account of the original Con- 
stitution of Rome, and of the changes that it underwent by the reforms of 
Servius Tullius, and the expulsion of the kings. (%) Sketch the political 
development of the Republic. 


13. Define the meaning of the terms:—Provincia, Colonia, Municipium, 
Civitas, Clientes and Socit. 


14. Give an account of the Licinian Laws. 








HONOUR CLASSICS. 


B.A. EXAMINATION FOR HONOURS IN CLASSICS. 
GENERAL PAPER. 


Monpay, Apri 23RD :—AFTERNOON, 2 tro 5, 


MMII, 5.050% bcd v0. ¢ cao cco aa GEORGE Cornisu, M.A., LL.D. 

- (z) Discuss the question of the original seat of the Ary 
iia published views thereupon 
the Aryan family. 


fan race, noting 
( 6) Name the leading languages of 


Give examples of the verbal adjective in Greek. To what does it 
correspond in,Latin? Express by different constructions :—I must do 
these things, employing the verbal in each. 


Mention the Greek particles which express :—(1) Emphasis. (2) 
Irony. (3) Astonishment. 


4. (4) Compare the earlier and later uses of the Greek Article. (3d) 
What classes of nouns may be used Anarthrous ? (¢). Classify the various 
uses of the Middle Voice in Greek. How does the Latin provide for the 


want of the same? (d) Are there any traces in Latin of a Middle V 


0ice 
and of an Aorist Tense ? 


5. Set forth (1) in Latin. (2) in Greek, the various ways In which pur- 
pose can be expressed, using the phrase He came to see the Army. (b) 
What does av imply when used with the Historic Tenses of the Indica- 
tive? 


6, Point out and illustrate what is peculiar in the use of the Infinitive in 


the following quotations, severally :—(a) Peeus egit altos visere montes. 


(6) Fruges consumere nati. (¢) (Juis sibi res gestas Augusti scribere 


Sumit? (d) Nil scire tuum eSt, nisi te scire hoe sciat alter. 


(«) To whom is the system of Greek accentuation attributed 2? .(b) 
Detine Enelities, Proclities and Anustrophe. (ce) Give the rules for the 
accentuation of the Greek verb. Accentuate, with the proper spiritus, the 
following ext. 

Aiuerec i’ ELOL TOC Ty LDQvi Tl OLE T POocg Hoppa Vp (LVEMLOV EK TEAAYOUCG é TI AEovTe 


dia tod uov, Kat tov toSuov amexherov YEQUPAiC, WY TOTE KPaTOULTET ot *Pauatav 


Ppoupot OGiot pév edEXOVTO THY ayopav EK Fahacane, Tapavrtivoe 30’ exwAvop 
ekkoucecvat, ot_ev nropouv ayopag ot Tapavtivot, ewe emeAdwv avTale Oo 


Avvipac e010 1£8 AEWOOPOV o00v, 7) Ota LEON? TIC TOAEWC 
’ ” 


EQEPE V ato TWV 
Aievwy ere THY voTiov Vvahakoav, totuov eTepov moinoacvat, 

8. Account for the difference of the dialect in the Chorus and Dialogue 
of Greek Tragedy. 



































~~ OD =e 





52 FACULTY OF ARTS. 


9. Describe the steps that had to be taken for putting a play on the 
stage at Athens. 


10. What changes in the construction and representation of Attic tra- 
gedies are ascribed to Aeschylus, Sophocles and Euripides severally ? 


11. The origin of Comedy and Tr agedy among the Greeks. Give also 
the etymology of the terms 7pc) woia and Kwp@dia. 


12. “* Graecia capta ferum victorem cepit ; __ illustrate this by reference 
to the literary history of Rome. 


MATHEMATICS AND NATURAL PHILOSOPHY. 
FIRST YEAR. 
J}EOMETRY AND ARITHMETIC. 
Monpay, APRIL 9rH:—Mornine, 9 To 12. 
Examiner, _. AnExaNpER Jouyson, M.A., LL.D- 
Assistant Bxraminer,..++ eee ees ees H. M. Tory, B.A. 


Write the answers on separate set of pupers marked A and B respec- 
tively to correspond to the questions. | 


A. 


1. Find a third proportional to two given straight lines. 
a. A Bisa diameter of a circle, and through A any straight line is 
drawn to cut the circumference in C and the tangent at Bin D; show 
that AC is a third proportional to AD and AB. 


2. Define duplicate ratio. Given any two lines, enunciate the proposi- 
tion in Euclid by which you would find two lines whose ratio would be the 
duplicate ratio of the given lines. Prove that the areas of similar 
triangles are in the duplicate ratio of the homologous sides. 

3. Prove that ifa straight line be drawn from any point on the circum- 
ference of a circle perpendicular to the radius, it cannot meet the circum- 
ference in any other point, 

4. Describe a square equal to a given equilateral triangle. . 

(a) If the side of the equilateral triangle be 10 feet long, calculate by 
any method the length of the side of the square. 

5. Find the volume in cubic feet of a ton of gold if a cubic inch of 
gold be 19.35 times as heavy as a cubic inch of water, anda cubic inch 
of the latter weight 252.458 grains. 

6. Find the interest on $2,768.25 for 7 months at 5g per cent. per 
annum. 




























MATHEMATICS AND NATURAL PHILOSOPHY. 153 


B 


7. Iffrom any point without a ¢ 
of which cuts the circle 


by the whole line w 
circle, must be e 


ircle, two Straight lines be dr 
and the other touches it ; 
hich cuts the circle, 
qual to the squ 


awn, one 
the rectangle contained: 
and the part of it without the 

are on the line which touches it. 


a 
(2) When two circles intersect their common chord will bisect a 
common tangent. 


e SIT tain part aitak s 


ee 


8. In a given circle inscribe a triangle equiangular to a given triangle. ol 
(a) If an equilateral tri 


angle be inscribed in a circle, 
radii drawn to the 


prove that the a” 
angular points bisect the ay 


igles of the triangle. 


a eae 


9. If the vertical angle of a triangl 
which also cuts the base, tl 
ratio which the sides of the 


e be bisected by a Straight lime 


? 
1@ segments of the bage 


must have the same 
triangle have to one another. 


10. The rectangle contained by the diagon 


scribed in a circle is equal to the sum of the rectangles contained by its 
Opposite sides. 


als of a quadrilateral in- 


Il. A river 25 feet deep and 150 feet wide, 
an hour, how many tons of water will 
. minute, assuming a cubic y 


flows at the rate of 4 miles 


pass a given point on the bank one 
ard of water to weigh # of a ton. 





| FIRST YEAR. 
TRIGONOMETRY—ALGEBRA. 


Turspay, Apri 10TH :—Mornine, 9 ro 12. 
Examiner 


9 **e eee tease 


**® eve seeete .ALEXANDER JOHNSON, M.A., LL.D. 


Assistant Hxaminer,..cce. ss... .H. M. Tory, B.A. 


1. Draw a diagram showing the sine, cosine, tangent and secant of 
150°, 


(a) Calculate the values of these functions, 


2. Prove that the sine of an ang 
plement, and the co 
supplement. 


le is equal to the sine of its sup- 
sine of angle equal to minus the cosine of its 


3. In any triangle the sides are proportional to the sines of the 
Opposite angle. 
4. If the distance of the moon be 240,000 miles, 


and the angle it 
subtends at the eve be half a degree, find its 


diameter. 





154 FACULTY OF ARTS. 


5. Solve the equations :— 


a+* x 


6. Find the highest common factor (7.¢. G.C.M.) of 
9 ot —3 27 y*® + y'* and 2 x® Z3at y+ ys. 


— r e ? a s 
7. -Derive and explain the formula A = In a circle an angle 


r. 
of 75° at the centre is subtended by an arc, the length of which is 
40 ft. Find the length of the radius. 


8. Shew that sin (A—B) = sin A cos B—cos A sin. B; 


cos (A—B) = cos sin Asin B; 


9 Prove the following relations :— 


: cot 4 
(a) 668. A= 3 Sgt = Sed 
V 1+ cot? A 


(b) sec 4B—tan’ 4B = 1+ 2 sec? B tan? B 


(c) sin 2 A=2 sin A cos A 


(dq) cos2 A = tan” A 


1+ tan” A 
_0. In any triangle shew that, 


tan A+ b&b 


tan =z 
—— 


il. Solve the following equations : 


% 


o 


° § —zx) 


i 


3—ax 





























tvely, to correspond to the questions, 


are together equal to two right angles. 


P, 2, and about the triangle 
be described meeting again 
Straight line. 


are 20 and 15 feet res 
ence to the diameter is 3.14 159 and that the ar 
that of the rectangle under the rai 
ference. 


if it be covered with snow to the depth of 
tons of the snow, assuming that 10 
will give 1 cubic inch of water, and that : 
® ton. 


MATHEMATICS AND NATURAL PHILOSOPHY. 195 : 


(3) a--y = 3: g? 3 g y+ y= — 19 


pass 273 + 3y 2 
and simplify Lg 2 
5 +276 


ina stream which runs 1} miles 
lim four 





12. A person swimming 
finds that it takes } 
Stream) as it does t 


an hour, 
a mile up the 
down; at what rate does 


times as long to swim 
O Swim the same distance 
he swim ? 

SS 


INTERMEDIATE Ex AMINATION. 
GEOMETRY—ARITHM ETIC. 


Monpay, APRIL 9TH :—MorNING, 9 To 12, 
ALEXANDER Jounson, M.A., LL.D. 
LLAMINETS, ise saviiedsisscoecess.. whiabesd JOHN Cox, M.A. 
H. Watters, B.A. 
Assistant Examiner ieee. cccccccce....., H. Tory, B.A. 


Write the answers on separate sets of papers marhad A,B, and ©, respect- 


A. 


1. The opposite angles of any quadrilateral figure, inscribed in a circle. 


(a) If the opposite sides of the quadrilateral be produced to meet in 


8 so formed without the quadrilateral, circles 
in #, show that P, R, Q will be in one 


2. Inseribe a regular pentagon in a given circle. 


3. Find fhe area included between two concentric circles whose radii 
pectively, assuming that the ratio of the circumfer- 
2a of a circle is equal to 
lius and a line equal to the semi-cirenm- 


4. The area of the Province of (Juebec is said to be 227,500 sq. miles ; 


one foot, find the weight in 
cubic inches of snow, when melted. 
a cubic yard of water weighs 





FACULTY OF ARTS. 


Lovett 4 
5. Simplify “sy 7 413 and express £61 188° 1}d. as a decimal of 


= 


£283. 


6. If 8,000 metres be equal to 5 miles, and if a cubic fathom of water 
weigh six tons anda cubic metre of water weigh 1,000 kilograms, find the 
ratio of a kilogramme to a pound avuirdupois. (1 ton = 2,240 Ibs.) 


7. Ifa straight line drawn through the centre of acircle bisect a chord of 
the circle, it cuts it at right angles; and if it meets the chord at right 
angles it bisects it. 

a. Two circles intersect in 4; B; PAP’, QAQ’ are drawn equally 
inclined to 4B to meet the circles in Py P/, V1 G15 prove that PP’ is 
equal to YY’. 


8. Ifa straight line be drawn parallel to one side of a triangle it will 
cut the other sides, or those sides produced, proportionally. 
C3 


9. If two triangles have one angle of the one equal to one angle of the 
other, and the sides about the equal angles proportionals, the triangles 
must be equiangular to one another, and must have those angles equa 
which are opposite to the homologous sides. 


10, Similar triangles are t> one another in the duplicate ratio of their 
homologous sides. 


11. 1f four straight lines be proportionals, the rectangle contained by the 
€xtremes is equal to the rectangle contained by the means. 


12. Find the present worth of $1,500 due three years hence, interest 
being reckoned at 5 percent. per annum. 












ra a ee , 


a eS > oe oS 
> ‘ . 


6 feet high at a point one mile distant. 


QO) 


MATHEMATICS AND NATURAL PHILOSOPHY, 


INTERMEDIATE EXAMINATION. 
TRIGONOMETRY—ALGEBRA ; 


Turspay, Apri. 10TH :—Mornine, 9 ro 12. 


LELAMINETS, oo oe oe cnc 


JoHN Cox, M.A. 
H. Watrmrs, B.A. 
PPaeee ee cect a! H. M. Tory, B.A. 


ALEXANDER JOHNSON, M.A., LL.D. 


Assistant Examine 


Write the answers on separate sets of papers marked A, B and C, 
respectively, to corrsspond to the questions. 


A. 
l. Prove the following relations : 


: . wets 
Pee _ ‘ ‘ ' ) 
(1) sin P+sin Q = 2 gin >—cos 


}- 
& 
Sy 

& 





(2) cos4=2e09 4 l 
(3) tan B+ cot B= 2 cosec 2 B 
(4) l1— cos C 2 


diate = tun’ 


1 + cos 


2. In any triangle show that, 





67 + ce? — aq? 
cos A = 2 TO Te, 
2 be 
“ (s—a) atb+e 
and cos A = yf) when s = —__— 
2 be 2 


3. From the foot of a tower, a horizontal distance of 245 feet is 
measured outwards, and the angle of elevation of the top is found to 


be 352 24’, find the height of the tower, the height of the point from 
which the angle is measured being 44 feet. 


4. Solve the equations :— 








V2r+8 —2Vaa5 = 29 

eta ‘ x+b a 

x—b r—a 

dx + by = 22; Tx — 4y = 20 
B. 


5. (a) If sin A = 11 and sin B= 2, find the value of cos (A—B). 


(8) Find in minutes and seconds the angle subtended by a man 
















158 


(vy) Prove that 
(sin A+ cos A) (sin 2 A+ cos 2 A) = cos A — cos (3 A+ rm) 


6. A man sees a fort 26° N. of E., and after walking 2,000 yards in 
a direction 40° S. of E., he then sees it due N. Find the distance of 


the fort from his second position. 

“A certain number is formed by multiplying together three con- 
secutive numbers. Ifit be divided by each of them in turn, the sum 
of the quotients is 431. Find the number. 


8. Find the H. C. F. and Pe ae ER eS 
ve i x—06an | Co=— 6 2 


and solve the equations : 


9. The distance of three objects A, B, C, in the same horizontal 
plane are AB = 3 miles, AC'= 2 miles, BC = 1.8 mile; from a station 


D on CA, produced throngh A, the angle ADB=17° 477 20° is ob- 
served: find the distance DB. 

10. Frem the top of a house, and from a window 30 feet below the 
top, I observe the depressions of an object on the ground to be 15°.407 
and 10°; what is the distance of the object and the height of the 


house. 


11. (2) Simplify 


(b) Solve 


(c) Solve 


—— 
rT 


12. Find tio fractions whose sum is §, and whose difference is 
equal to their product. 








































co 


MATHEMATICS AND NATURAL PHILOSOPHY, 1; 


= 


THIRD YEAR. 
MECHANICS—HYDROSTATICS. 
Turspay, Aprit. 3kD:—Morwnine; 9 ro 12. 


(A. Jonson, M.A., LL:D. 


Hxaminers, COSCO eee ee urease Feeeeeses sees ee eherrs arses ] JOHN Oox M A 


l. Prove that the velocity acquired by a body in running down an in 
clined plane is equal to the velocity acquired in falling freely through the , 
vertical height of the plane. t 


2. Find the resultant of two parallel forees acting in the same direction. 

(a) A uniform bar of iron 15 inches long, weighing 12 Jbs., has a 

weight of 10 Ibs. suspended from one end. Where must a fulcrum be 
placed that the bar may just balance on it? 


» 


3. Describe Nicholson’s Hydrometer, and the mode of using it. If the . 
standard weight be 300 grs., calculate the specific gravity of a specimen 
of mineral whose first and second weighings give 25.36 grs,, and 102.33 : 


grs. 


4. Describe the Suction Pump and its action. (a) Find the effective 
pressure on the piston. 


5. If the elastic force of steam in a boiler be 54 atmospheres, calculate 
the pressure on a safety-valve whose area is 5.4 sq. inches, 


6. A ball of 4 lbs. weight moving with velocity 8 feet per second strikes 
directly a ball of 10 lbs. weight moving in the same direction with velocity 
2 feet per second ; determine their motion after impact (a) when they are 
inelastic, (b) when the co-efficient of elasticity is Le 


B. 


7, A weight of 1 lb.is dropped down a well 400 feet deep. If sound 
travels 1120 feet per second, after what interval will the splash be heard ? 
Calculate (a) the velocity of the stone at the bottom, (d) its momentum, 
(c) its energy. 


8. A bullet is fired with a velocity of 1600 feet per second at a slope of 
1 in 80 to the horizon. Find the range and the greatest height attained. 

9. State the Second Law of Motion, and shew how to express it in a 
formula, carefully explaining the units to be used 

Weights of 1} oz. and 2 oz. are attached to a light string which is hung 
over the pulley of an Atwood’s machine. Find the velocity 3 seconds 
after the system is released and also the space passed over. 








160 FACULTY OF ARTS. 
i0. Find the resultant of four forces at a point, viz., 8 lbs. acting due N ; 
12 lbs. N. W.; 10 lbs. 30° east of S; 6 lbs. 60° E. of N. 


11. State Boyle’s Law and describe experiments to prove it. 


750 cubic inches of gas at 15° C temperature and 760 m. m. pressure are 
raised to 50° C and 820 m.m. pressure. Find the new volume. 


12. State and prove the conditions of equilibrium of a body floating in 
water. 


THIRD YEAR. 
ASTRONOMY —OPTICS. 


Turspay, Aprit 10tTH:—Mornine, 9 to 12, 


, Sea ALEXANDER Jounson, M.A., LL.D. 
EXAMINETS, eee vere veeesees +) Tony Cox, M.A. 


A. 


1. State the changes which would be observed in the point of 
sunrise on the horizon, if it were observed daily throughout the 
year. 


2. Describe a method of observing the changes in altitude of the 
sun at mid-day throughout the year, and state what would be results 
of the observations. Explain the connection between the observa- 
tions and the amount of the sun’s heat that would fall on a square 
mile at Montreal at different seasons. 


3. In what direction can the constellation Orion be seen at 8 
o’clock p.m., to-night ? 


4, Account for an eclipse of the Moon. Which side of the Moon 
will first get darkened, and why? 


5. For a concave spherical mirror prove 
1 
D d 
(a) Explain how this formula becomes applicable to a convex 
mirror; and if the radius in this case be 10 inches, and the rays 


converge to a point 14 inches behind the mirror, find the conjugate 
focus. How can the rays be made to converge practically ? 





























MATHEMATICS AND NATURAL PHILOSOPHY. 161 


6. A ruler is dipped into water (index of refraction = 
20°, find the : 


under water. 


3) at an angle 
ungle made with the surface by the image of the part 


| a) ee 
¢ ~ 


7. A concave lens of 6 inches focal length and placed 10 


inches 
from a luminous point, find the conjugate focus, 


B. 


8. Distinguish between superior and inferior planets. How will 
they differ in their apparent motions ? 


_——— we 4 


J. Give reasons by which you would seek to convince a person (1) 


that the earth is round, (2) that it rotates on its axis. 


10. A double-convex lens has radii 10 and 12 inches respectively 


for the front and back surfaces, and is made of a substance whose 
index of refraction for two particular colours in 1.628, and 1.660 re- 


spectively. Find the focal length of the lens for each colour. 


Il. Find a formula for the deviation produced by a prism of small 
angle upon a pencil incident nearly normally upon it. 


If the angle of the prism is 1° 247 and its refractive index 1.830, 
find the deviation. 


Write down, if you can, without proof formule which will 
determine the deviation for a prism of any angle, and any in- 
cidence. 


12. Trace the pencil of rays by which a distant point not quite on 
the axis is seen in an Astronomical Telescope. Find an expression 
for the magnifying power. What would be the effect of covering (1) 


the lower half, (2) the middle, (3) the outer edge of the object 
glass ? 





B.A. ORDINARY EXAMINATIONS. 
MECHANICS AND HYDROSTATIUCS. 
MonDAy, APRIL 97TH :—Morning, 9 to 12. 


ALEXANDER JonNson, M.A, LL). 
ELAMINETS, oo secs seveeccecs breecalcvenes ssscoee 4 JOHN Cox, M.A. 


H. Watters, 8.A. 


A 


1, Explain the Third Law of Motion, using Newton’s example of a 


horse pulling a stone by means of a rope. Point out the error in the 
following reasoning :— 


162 FACULTY OF ARTS. 


Action and re-action are equal and opposite forces ; 
Equal and opposite.forces counterbalance one another (7.e., produce no 
motion) ; 


Therefore, the horse, by its action, cannot move the stone. 


2. Prove that the component of the centrifugal force employed in 
diminishing gravity at any place varies as the square of the cosine of 
the latitude, and show how the coefficient is calculated. Assuming the 
coefficient to be 0.11126 and that the value ‘of g (the actual acceleration 
due to gravity)at the equator is 32.088, find what the value would be if 
there were no rotation. 


3. A weight of 17 lbs. just balances a weight of 79 lbs. on a wheel and 
axle. What wi